UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 8-K

 

CURRENT REPORT

 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): November 30, 2017

 

 

 

FGL Holdings

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands  001-37779  98-1354810
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)
(Commission
File Number)
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

 

Sterling House

16 Wesley Street

Hamilton HM CX, Bermuda

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (800) 445-6758

 

Not Applicable

(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

 

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
   
¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
   
¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
   
¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

 

Emerging growth company ¨

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

 

 

 

 

 

 

Introductory Note

 

On November 30, 2017 (the “Closing Date”), FGL Holdings (formerly known as CF Corporation), a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), consummated the previously announced acquisition of Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a Delaware corporation (“FGL”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among CF Corporation, FGL US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of CF Corporation (“Parent”), FGL Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”), and FGL. The transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement are referred to herein as the “Business Combination.”

 

Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, Merger Sub merged with and into FGL in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law, with FGL surviving the merger as an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), the Company changed its name from CF Corporation to FGL Holdings. Unless the context otherwise requires, “FGL Holdings” and the “Company” refer to the registrant and its subsidiaries, including FGL and its subsidiaries, after the Closing, and “CF Corp.” refers to the registrant prior the Closing.

 

Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

Equity Purchase Agreements

 

As previously disclosed, on May 24, 2017, CF Corp. entered into equity commitment letters (collectively, the “Equity Commitment Letters”) with each of (i) Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. (“BTO”), (ii) Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“FNF”) and (iii) GSO Capital Partners LP (“GSO”).

 

Pursuant to the Equity Commitment Letters, (a) on November 29, 2017, the Company entered into equity purchase agreements with (i) CFS Holdings II (Cayman), L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership and indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of BTO (the “BTO Purchaser” and such agreement, the “BTO Equity Purchase Agreement”); and (ii) FNF and certain assignees and direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of FNF (collectively, the “FNF Purchasers” and such agreements, the “FNF Equity Purchase Agreements”); and (b) on November 30, 2017, the Company entered into an investment agreement with certain funds advised by of GSO (the “GSO Purchasers”) and the FNF Purchasers (the “GSO/FNF Investment Agreement”).

 

Pursuant to the BTO Equity Purchase Agreement, the Company issued to the BTO Purchaser on the Closing Date an aggregate of 22,500,000 ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“ordinary shares”), for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate cash purchase price of $225 million. The Company also agreed to provide certain registration rights with respect to the ordinary shares issued pursuant to the BTO Equity Purchase Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the FNF Equity Purchase Agreements, the Company issued to the FNF Purchasers on the Closing Date an aggregate of 13,500,000 ordinary shares for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate cash purchase price of $135 million. The Company also agreed to provide certain registration rights with respect to the ordinary shares issued pursuant to the FNF Equity Purchase Agreements.

 

Pursuant to the GSO/FNF Investment Agreement, on the Closing Date, the Company issued (i) to the GSO Purchasers, 275,000 Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares (“Series A Preferred Shares”), $1,000 liquidation preference per share, for a cash purchase price of $275 million and, a fee for the commitment to purchase the Series A Preferred Shares of (A) the original issue discount on the issuance of such Series A Preferred Shares of $5.5 million, plus (B) $6.975 million plus (C) 6,138,000 ordinary shares, and (ii) to certain FNF Purchasers, 100,000 Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares (“Series B Preferred Shares”), $1,000 liquidation preference per share, for a cash purchase price of $100 million and, a fee for the commitment to purchase the Series B Preferred Shares of (A) the original issue discount on the issuance of such Series B Preferred Shares of $2.0 million, plus (B) $2.925 million plus (C) 2,232,000 ordinary shares.

 

 

 

 

The Series A Preferred Shares and the Series B Preferred Shares (together, the “preferred shares”) do not have a maturity date and are non-callable for the first five years. The dividend rate of the preferred shares is 7.5% per annum, payable quarterly in cash or additional preferred shares, at the Company’s option, subject to increase beginning 10 years after issuance based on the then-current three-month LIBOR rate plus 5.5%. In addition, commencing 10 years after issuance of the preferred shares, and following a failed remarketing event, GSO and FNF will have the right to convert their preferred shares into a number of ordinary shares of the Company as determined by dividing (i) the aggregate par value (including dividends paid in kind and unpaid accrued dividends) of the preferred shares that GSO or FNF, as applicable, wishes to convert by (ii) the higher of (a) a 5% discount to the 30-day volume weighted average of the ordinary shares following the conversion notice, and (b) the then-current Floor Price. The “Floor Price” will be $8.00 per share during the 11th year post-funding, $7.00 per share during the 12th year post-funding, and $6.00 during the 13th year post-funding and thereafter.

  

The foregoing description of the BTO Equity Purchase Agreement, the FNF Equity Purchase Agreements, and the GSO/FNF Investment Agreement are qualified in their entirety by reference to such agreements, which are filed as Exhibits 10.28, 10.29, 10.30, 10.31, 10.32, 10.33 and 10.34 hereto and incorporated by reference herein. The foregoing description of the terms of (i) the Series A Preferred Shares is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Certificate of Designations of the Series A Preferred Shares, which is filed as Exhibit 3.2 hereto and incorporated by reference herein, and (ii) the Series B Preferred Shares is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Certificate of Designations of the Series B Preferred Shares, which is filed as Exhibit 3.3 hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

Investment Management Agreements

 

On the Closing Date, Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“FGLIC”), entered into an investment management agreement (the “ FGLIC Investment Management Agreement”) with Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Investment Manager”), and an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of The Blackstone Group L.P. (“Blackstone”), pursuant to which, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, FGLIC appointed the Investment Manager as investment manager of FGL’s general account (the assets in such account, including any assets held in the modified coinsurance account or other collateral arrangements established pursuant to the modified coinsurance agreement to be entered into between F&G Re Ltd., a reinsurance company organized under the laws of Bermuda (“Bermuda Re”), and together with all additions, substitutions and alterations thereto, are collectively referred to as the “FGL Account”), with discretionary authority to manage the investment and reinvestment of the funds and assets of the FGL Account in accordance with the investment guidelines specified in the FGLIC Investment Management Agreement. Under the FGLIC Investment Management Agreement, it is expected that FGLIC will pay the Investment Manager or its designee, from the assets of the FGL Account, the Management Fee which will equal 0.30% per annum 0.225% during the first calendar year of the agreement, pursuant to the waiver of fees by the Investment Manager described below of the Average Month-End Net Asset Value of the assets of the FGL Account being managed by the Investment Manager calculated and paid quarterly in arrears.

 

The FGLIC Investment Management Agreement is more fully described in CF Corp.’s definitive proxy statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on July 26, 2017 (the “Proxy Statement”) relating to the extraordinary general meeting in lieu of annual general meeting of shareholders of the Company held on August 8, 2017 (the “Shareholders Meeting”) in the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Proposal— Related Agreements—Investment Management Agreement,” which is incorporated by reference herein. Notwithstanding the description of the term of the FGLIC Investment Management Agreement in the Proxy Statement, the FGLIC Investment Management Agreement has no set term. Either party may terminate the FGLIC Investment Management Agreement upon thirty (30) calendar days’ prior written notice or such shorter period as the parties may agree in writing, subject to the terms of the Investment Management Agreement Termination Side Letter described below.

 

On the Closing Date, three subsidiaries of the Company in addition to FGLIC entered into investment management agreements with the Investment Manager on the same terms as the FGLIC Investment Management Agreement (the “Additional Investment Management Agreements” and collectively with the FGLIC Investment Management Agreement, the “Investment Management Agreements”). The descriptions of the Investment Management Agreement and the Additional Investment Management Agreements are qualified in their entirety by the terms and conditions of such agreements, which are filed as Exhibits 10.35, 10.36, 10.37 and 10.38 hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

  2  

 

 

Sub-Advisory Agreement

 

On the Closing Date, the Investment Manager appointed MVB Management, a newly-formed entity owned by affiliates of the Company’s Co-Executive Chairmen, as Sub-Adviser of the FGL Account pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will provide investment advisory services, portfolio review, and consultation with regard to the FGL Account (and the accounts of the other Company subsidiaries party to investment management agreements) and the asset classes and markets contemplated by the investment guidelines specified in the agreement, including such recommendations as the Investment Manager shall reasonably request. The Investment Manager will pay the Sub-Adviser, pursuant to the Subadvisory Agreement, a subadvisory fee of approximately 15% of certain fees paid to the Investment Manager and its affiliates pursuant to the investment management agreements. Payment or reimbursement of the subadvisory fee to the Sub-Adviser is solely the obligation of the Investment Manager and is not an obligation of FGLIC or the Company. Subject to certain conditions, the Sub-Advisory Agreement cannot be terminated by the Investment Manager unless FGLIC terminates the FGLIC Investment Management Agreement.

 

Investment Management Agreement Termination Side Letter

 

On the Closing Date, the Company entered into a side letter agreement (the “Investment Management Agreement Termination Side Letter”) with the Investment Manager, pursuant to which, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, the Company agreed to not cause, permit or suffer FGLIC to terminate the FGLIC Investment Management Agreement or certain other subsidiaries of the Company to terminate the Additional Investment Management Agreements with the Investment Manager to which such subsidiaries are parties, except following an initial three (3) year term, commencing on the dates of such agreements, and thereafter following each one year anniversary of the Closing Date (beginning on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing Date), and unless such agreements are terminated in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Investment Management Agreement Termination Side Letter. After the initial three year term, FGLIC and the other subsidiaries party to the Additional Investment Management Agreement may provide the Investment Manager two years’ prior notice of an intention to terminate the Investment Management Agreement, if authorized by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and at least two-thirds of the directors of the Company who are not current officers or employees of the Investment Manager or its corporate affiliates, provided that such persons acting reasonably and in good faith have determined that the Investment Manager’s unsatisfactory long term performance has been materially detrimental to the Company or that fees charged by the Investment Manager are unfair and excessive compared to those that would be charged by a comparable asset manager. The Investment Management Agreements further provide that the Investment Manager may during the two year notice period address the directors’ long term performance concerns or adjust the fees payable to the Investment Manager to be not higher than a comparable asset manager, either of which actions would result in the termination notice being automatically rescinded and of no further force or effect.

 

The description of the Investment Management Agreement Termination Side Letter included herein is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Investment Management Agreement Termination Side Letter, which is filed as Exhibit 10.39 hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

BTO Letter Agreement; BTO/FNF Letter Agreement; Investment Management Agreement Fee Waiver

 

On the Closing Date, the Company entered into a letter agreement (the “BTO Letter Agreement”) with Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC (“BTO Advisors”), an affiliate of Blackstone. Such agreement stipulates that the Company will pay to BTO Advisors (or its designee(s)) $23 million in cash on the Closing Date for services rendered related to the transaction. Concurrently, the Company and the Investment Manager (which is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Blackstone) have agreed that the Investment Manager will forego approximately 30% of the first thirteen months’ management fee to which it is entitled under the Investment Management Agreement. Such amount is estimated to equal approximately $23 million in the aggregate, as calculated under the Investment Management Agreement.

 

The foregoing description of the BTO Letter Agreement is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the BTO Letter Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.40 hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

Separately, on the Closing Date, the Company entered into a letter agreement (the “BTO/FNF Letter Agreement”) with BTO Advisors and FNF. Such agreement stipulates that BTO Advisors and FNF will provide at the Company’s request, from time to time from the Closing Date until December 31, 2018, general consulting services, access to BTO Advisor’s group purchase organization, financial advisory services, and advisory consulting services relating to potential mergers and acquisitions. In consideration for such services that may be rendered, the Company has agreed to pay, on a non-recurring basis, BTO Advisors (or its designee(s)) up to $10.0 million, payable in cash, ordinary shares, or warrants at the Company’s option and to FNF, up to $6.0 million payable in cash, ordinary shares, or warrants at the Company’s option. The actual amounts payable for such services shall be negotiated in good faith by the Company and the applicable party to provide such services when such services are rendered.

 

The foregoing description of the BTO/FNF Letter Agreement is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of such agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.41 hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

  3  

 

 

Nominating and Voting Agreement

 

On the Closing Date, the Company entered into a nominating and voting agreement (the “Nominating and Voting Agreement”) with William P. Foley, II, Chinh E. Chu and BTO (the “Voting Agreement Parties”).

 

Pursuant to the Nominating and Voting Agreement, if the Voting Agreement Parties and their respective affiliates own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares, the Voting Agreement Parties will have the right to designate one director nominee for election at each general meeting of the Company.

 

If the Voting Agreement Parties and their respective affiliates own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least 12% but less than 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares (the “Two Director Range”), the Voting Agreement Parties will have the right to designate one director nominee for each of the two director classes (the “Two Director Classes”) to be voted on at the two general meetings of the Company immediately after the aggregate ownership of ordinary shares comes within the Two Director Range and for each subsequent meeting at which one of the Two Director Classes is to be voted on by the shareholders, provided that such aggregate ownership remains within the Two Director Range at the time of each such nomination.

 

If the Voting Agreement Parties and their respective affiliates own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least 5% but less than 12% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares (the “One Director Range”), the Voting Agreement Parties will have the right to designate one director nominee for the class of directors (the “One Director Class”) to be voted on at the general meeting of the Company immediately after the aggregate ownership of ordinary shares comes within the One Director Range and for each subsequent meeting at which the One Director Class is to be voted on by the shareholders, provided that such aggregate ownership remains within the One Director Range at the time of each such nomination.

 

Director nominees selected under the Nominating and Voting Agreement will be selected by the vote of any two of Mr. Chu, Mr. Foley and BTO.

 

In addition, pursuant to the Nominating and Voting Agreement, each of Mr. Foley, Mr. Chu and BTO agreed to vote for each director so nominated. The Nominating and Voting Agreement is intended to preserve continuity of leadership of the founding sponsors and lead investor to preserve the FGL investment thesis and long term perspective upon which the Company was founded.

 

The foregoing description of the Nominating and Voting Agreement is qualified in its entirety by the terms and conditions of the Nominating and Voting Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.42 hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

Senior Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement

 

On the Closing Date, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“FGLH”), and CF Bermuda Holdings Limited, a Bermuda exempted limited liability company and a wholly owned direct subsidiary of the Company (“CF Bermuda” and together with FGLH, the “Borrowers” and each a “Borrower”), entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with certain financial institutions party thereto, as lenders, and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent and letter of credit issuer, which provides for a $250 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility with a maturity of three years; provided that the Borrowers will have the option to request extensions of the maturity date from lenders of loans made under the Credit Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein. The Credit Agreement provides a letter of credit sub-facility in a maximum amount of $20 million. The Borrowers are permitted to use the proceeds of the loans under the Credit Agreement for working capital, growth initiatives and general corporate purposes, as well as to pay fees, commissions and expenses incurred in connection with the Credit Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Credit Agreement, the existing revolving credit agreement of FGLH, which agreement provided for a $150 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility, was refinanced in full and the commitments thereunder were terminated. Amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement may be reborrowed until the maturity date or termination of commitments under the Credit Agreement. The Borrowers may increase the maximum amount of availability under the Credit Agreement from time to time by up to an aggregate amount not to exceed $50 million, subject to certain conditions, including the consent of the lenders participating in each such increase.

 

Loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest, at the Borrower’s option, at a rate determined by reference to either a “base rate” or a “Eurodollar rate,” in each case plus an “applicable margin” equal to 1.50% to 2.0% for base rate loans or 2.5% to 3.0% for Eurodollar rate loans, which margin varies based upon the ratio of debt to total capitalization of CF Bermuda. For this purpose, the base rate means, for any day, a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the prime rate in effect on such day, and (c) the Eurodollar rate for a period of one month beginning on such day plus 1.00% per annum; provided that, if such rate per annum is less than zero, the base rate will be deemed to be zero. The Eurodollar rate means, for any one, two, three or six month period (or such other period with the consent of each lender), as the Borrowers may elect, the greater of (a) 0.00% per annum and (b) the rate per annum obtained by dividing the London interbank offered rate by one minus the applicable reserve requirement. Interest payments under the Credit Agreement are payable, in the case of loans based on the base rate, quarterly, or, in the case of loans based on the Eurodollar rate, at the end of the applicable interest period but not less than once per three months.

 

The Borrowers are required to pay an undrawn commitment fee at a rate per annum equal to 0.375% to 0.50% based upon the ratio of debt to total capitalization of CF Bermuda of the undrawn portion of the commitments under the Credit Agreement computed on a daily basis. Payments of the undrawn commitment fee are payable quarterly in arrears on the last business day of each fiscal quarter.

 

The Borrowers have the right at any time to prepay any borrowings and to terminate the commitments, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement.

 

The Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants for a transaction of this type that, among other things, and, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement, limit or restrict the Borrowers’ and Borrowers’ subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness; incur or become subject to liens; dispose of assets; make investments, dividends or distributions or repurchases of certain equity interests or prepayments of certain indebtedness; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; undergo fundamental changes; enter into certain restrictive agreements; and change certain accounting policies or reporting practices. In addition, the Credit Agreement includes the following financial maintenance covenants: (a) minimum total shareholders’ equity of CF Bermuda and its consolidated subsidiaries at the end of each fiscal quarter of the sum of (i) the greater of (x) 70% of the total shareholders’ equity of CF Bermuda as of the Closing Date and (y) $1.19 billion plus (ii) 50% of the consolidated net income of CF Bermuda and its consolidated subsidiaries since the first day of the first fiscal quarter after the Closing Date plus (iii) 50% of all equity issuances of CF Bermuda after the Closing Date; (b) maximum debt to total capitalization ratio of CF Bermuda at the end of each fiscal quarter of 0.35 to 1.00 for CF Bermuda and its consolidated subsidiaries; (c) a minimum aggregate risk-based capital ratio of FGLIC, at the end of each fiscal quarter, of 300%; and (d) total shareholder’s equity of Bermuda Re, of 60% of the total shareholder’s equity of Bermuda Re, as measured after the capitalization of Bermuda Re in connection with the Merger and related transactions.

 

  4  

 

 

The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default for a credit facility of this type, including non-payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due thereunder; misrepresentations; failure to comply with covenants (including the financial covenants in the preceding paragraph); cross default to certain material indebtedness of the Borrowers or their respective subsidiaries; change of control; invalidity of the loan documents; the entry of judgments against the Borrowers or their respective subsidiaries above a certain dollar threshold; the occurrence of certain ERISA-related events; and certain bankruptcy or insolvency events. If an event of default under the Credit Agreement occurs and is continuing, then the administrative agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the lenders holding a majority of the aggregate loans, letter of credit risk participations and unused revolving commitments then outstanding under the Credit Agreement, declare the obligations under the Credit Agreement to be immediately due and payable, terminate the commitments thereunder and require cash collateralization of outstanding letters of credit; provided that the termination of commitments and acceleration of obligations and requirement to cash collateralize letters of credit will be automatic upon a bankruptcy or insolvency event of default of any Borrower, Bermuda Re, FGLIC or any guarantor which beneficially owns capital stock in any of CF Bermuda’s insurance subsidiaries.

 

All obligations under the Credit Agreement are unsecured and are guaranteed pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement (the “Guarantee Agreement”) by FGL, FGL US Holdings Inc., Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services and other subsidiaries of CF Bermuda that become guarantors pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

The descriptions of the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement are qualified in their entirety by the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement, which are filed as Exhibits 10.43 and 10.44 hereto, respectively, and incorporated by reference herein.

 

Certain of the lenders party to the Credit Agreement and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed various investments or commercial banking and financial advisory services for FGLH and its affiliates in the ordinary course of business, including Royal Bank of Canada, which is a lender and the administrative agent under the existing revolving credit facility and will receive proceeds from the repayment of the existing revolving credit facility.

 

Amended and Restated Indenture

 

On November 14, 2017, FGLH’s previously announced solicitation of consents (the “Consent Solicitation”) from holders of its 6.375% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) to adopt certain amendments described below (the “Amendments”) to FGLH’s indenture, dated March 27, 2013, governing the Notes (“Original Indenture”) expired at 5:00 p.m., New York City time (the “Expiration Date”). As of the Expiration Date, holders of $296,637,000 aggregate principal amount of the Notes (representing approximately 98.88% of the total outstanding principal amount of the Notes), validly delivered and did not validly withdraw consents to the Amendments pursuant to the Consent Solicitation. FGLH accepted all such consents validly delivered pursuant to the Consent Solicitation prior to the Expiration Date, and on the Closing Date, FGLH paid a cash payment equal to $10.00 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for such consents.

 

On November 20, 2017, FGLH executed an amended and restated indenture amending and restating the Original Indenture (the “A&R Indenture”) with the trustee and the guarantors party thereto that contains the Amendments. The A&R Indenture became effective upon execution thereof and constituted a binding agreement among FGLH, the guarantors party thereto and the trustee on the date of execution, and the A&R Indenture became operative immediately prior to the effectiveness of the merger on the date hereof.

 

The A&R Indenture effects the Amendments, which, among other things, include the following changes to the Original Indenture:

 

(a) amending the defined terms (i) “Change of Control” (to provide that the acquisition will not constitute a Change of Control), (ii) Consolidated Net Income” (to remove the requirement to meet an aggregate risk-based capital ratio in order to include the net income of insurance subsidiaries in Consolidated Net Income), (iii) “Consolidated EBITDA” (to permit the inclusion of all of the net income of insurance subsidiaries), (iv) “Permitted Holders” (to provide that FGL Holdings and certain affiliates and/or funds, as applicable, of Blackstone and GSO Capital Partners LP, among others, will each be a Permitted Holder after the Closing Date, as such term is used in the change of control provisions), (v) “Permitted Liens” (to permit liens securing indebtedness with respect to credit facilities in an amount not to exceed $175 million at any time outstanding), and (vi) “Permitted Transactions” (to expand the types of collateral that an insurance subsidiary may use to secure loans from a federal home loan mortgage bank);

 

  5  

 

 

(b) amending (i) the reporting covenant to provide that, only with respect to the fiscal quarter in which the acquisition is consummated, FGLH will have 75 days (rather than 45 days) after the end of such quarter to furnish to the trustee quarterly unaudited financial statements, (ii) the limitation on indebtedness covenant to allow for debt to be issued under credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $250 million and (y) 1% of the total consolidated assets of CF Bermuda, (iii) the covenant on restricted payments to reduce the size of restricted payment builder basket to $250 million and (iv) amending the covenant on affiliate transactions to increase the transaction consideration threshold requiring board of directors approval for affiliate transactions to $25 million (which is an increase from $15 million prior to the implementation of the Amendments) and to provide that the covenant on affiliate transactions will not apply to the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory, termination and other fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to any investment management agreement and certain investments by Permitted Holders; and

 

(c) adding certain other defined terms, permitting the acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by or in connection therewith and making certain conforming changes to the Original Indenture (including the form of the Notes therein).

 

In addition, the A&R Indenture adds CF Bermuda, Parent and FGL as guarantors (the “New Guarantees”) and makes such parties subject to the covenants of the A&R Indenture.

 

The foregoing description of the Amendments, the A&R Indenture and the New Guarantees is qualified in its entirety by reference to the A&R Indenture, which is filed as Exhibit 4.4 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Convertible Note

 

On November 29, 2017, CF Corp. issued a convertible promissory note (the “Convertible Note”) to CF Capital Growth, LLC (the “Sponsor”) in the amount of $1,500,000 in respect of advances made by the Sponsor from time to time for CF Corp.’s ongoing expenses.

 

The Convertible Note was non-interest bearing and became payable upon the completion of the Business Combination. Under the terms of the Convertible Note, the Sponsor had the option to convert any amounts outstanding under the Convertible Note into warrants to purchase ordinary shares of the Company at a conversion price of $1.00 per warrant. On November 29, 2017, the Sponsor elected to convert all amounts outstanding under the Convertible Note, or an aggregate of $1,500,000, into 1,500,000 warrants (the “note warrants”). Each note warrant will entitle the Sponsor to purchase one ordinary share of the Company at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, commencing 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination, and will contain such other terms identical to the warrants purchased by the Sponsor in connection with CF Corp.’s initial public offering (the “private placement warrants”).

 

The issuance of the Convertible Note was made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

The foregoing description of the Convertible Note is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Convertible Note, which is filed as Exhibit 10.45 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

 

The disclosure set forth above under “Introductory Note” is incorporated by reference herein. The material provisions of the Merger Agreement are described in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Proposal—The Merger Agreement,” which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

As previously disclosed, the Business Combination was approved by CF Corp.’s shareholders at the Shareholders Meeting. Although CF Corp.’s public shareholders had the opportunity, in connection with the Business Combination, to redeem shares of CF Corp.’s Class A ordinary shares, no shares were redeemed.

 

  6  

 

 

Upon the Closing, the Company paid $31.10, in cash, without interest, for each outstanding share of common stock of FGL (subject to certain exceptions), plus additional specified amounts in cash for outstanding equity incentives, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.84 billion, plus approximately $405 million of existing FGL debt which was assumed.

 

In addition, on the Closing Date, Parent completed its purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of (i) Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and (ii) Front Street Re Ltd., an exempted company incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability (together, the “Acquired Companies”), from Front Street Re (Delaware) Ltd. (“FSRD”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of HRG Group Inc. (“HRG”), pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corp., Parent, FSRD and the Acquired Companies, for cash consideration of $65 million, subject to certain adjustments. Prior to the Business Combination, approximately 80% of the outstanding shares of FGL’s common stock was owned indirectly by HRG.

 

In addition, HRG, FS Holdco II Ltd. (“FS Holdco”), FGL’s majority stockholder prior to the Business Combination and a wholly owned subsidiary of HRG, CF Corp. and Parent agreed that FS Holdco may, at its option, cause Parent and FS Holdco to make a joint election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, with respect to the Business Combination and the deemed share purchases of FGL’s subsidiaries. If FS Holdco opts to make such an election, it will be required to pay Parent $30 million, plus additional specified amounts determined by reference to FGL’s incremental current tax costs attributable to the election, if any, and Parent will be required to pay FS Holdco additional specified amounts determined by reference to FGL’s incremental current tax savings attributable to the election, if any.

 

The Business Combination and related transactions (including the acquisition of the Acquired Companies) were funded by a portion of the funds held in the trust account that holds a portion of the net proceeds of CF Corp.’s initial public offering and a concurrent private placement of warrants to the Sponsor, plus the proceeds from equity issuances to (i) the BTO Purchaser, FNF Purchasers and the GSO Purchasers pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreements as described above in Item 1.01, (ii) certain anchor investors pursuant to forward purchase agreements (both as defined below) as described below in Item 3.02 and (iii) certain ROFO Investors (as defined below) pursuant to additional Equity Purchase Agreements (as defined below) as described below in Item 3.02.

 

Prior to the Closing, CF Corp. was a shell company with no operations, formed as a vehicle to effect a Business Combination with one or more operating businesses. After the Closing, the Company became a holding company whose assets primarily consist of FGL and the Acquired Companies.

 

As of the Closing Date and following the completion of the Business Combination and related transactions, the Company’s outstanding securities were as follows: (a) 214,370,000 ordinary shares, (b) 275,000 Series A Preferred Shares, (c) 100,000 Series B Preferred Shares and (d) 70,883,335 warrants.

 

As of the Closing Date and following the completion of the Business Combination and related transactions, the ownership of the Company by the Company’s public shareholders, BTO, FNF, GSO, the investors under the forward purchase agreements and the ROFO Equity Purchase Agreements (the “Anchor Investors’) and the Company’s officers and directors was as follows:

 

Shareholder   Number of Ordinary
Shares
    Percentage of Total
Outstanding Shares
 
Public Shareholders (other than FNF)     66,000,000       30.9 %
Anchor Investors (other than BTO, our directors and entities controlled by our directors)     57,778,118       27.0 %
BTO     37,128,906       17.4 %
Our Officers and Directors (and entities controlled by them)     30,592,976       14.3 %
FNF     16,732,000       7.8 %
GSO     6,138,000       2.9 %
TOTAL     214,370,000       100 %

 

The ownership percentages set forth above do not take into account (i) an aggregate of 375,000 of preferred shares that will be owned by GSO and FNF or (ii) the public warrants, private placement warrants, forward purchase warrants (as defined below) and note warrants that became outstanding upon the Closing and may be exercised thereafter, but do include the ordinary shares converted from Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, upon completion of the Business Combination even though such shares are subject to transfer restrictions.

 

  7  

 

 

The public warrants, private placement warrants, forward purchase warrants and note warrants will become exercisable 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination and will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

The Company makes and incorporates by reference forward-looking statements in this Current Report on Form 8-K. These forward-looking statements relate to expectations for future financial performance, business strategies or expectations for our business. Specifically, forward-looking statements may include statements relating to:

 

· the benefits of the Business Combination;

 

· the future financial performance of the post-combination company following the Business Combination;

 

· expansion plans and opportunities; and

 

· other statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “may,” “can,” “should,” “will,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “forecast,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “seek,” “target” or similar expressions.

  

These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K and the Company’s management’s current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing the Company’s views as of any subsequent date. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

 

As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, the Company’s actual results or performance may be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some factors that could cause actual results to differ include:

 

· the inability to maintain the listing of the Company’s ordinary shares and warrants on the NYSE following the Business Combination;

 

· the risk that the Business Combination disrupts current plans and operations as a result of the announcement and consummation of the transactions described herein;

 

· the ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination, which may be affected by, among other things, competition and the ability of the combined business to grow and manage growth profitably;

 

· costs related to the Business Combination;

 

· changes in applicable laws or regulations;

 

· the possibility that we may be adversely affected by other economic, business, and/or competitive factors; and

 

· other risks and uncertainties indicated or incorporated by reference in this Current Report on Form 8-K, including those set forth in the “Risk Factors” section in the Proxy Statement and Part I, Item 1A of the FGL Annual Report, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Business

 

The business of CF Corp. prior to the Business Combination is described in Part I, Item 1 of CF Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 17, 2017 (the “CF Corp. Annual Report”), which is incorporated by reference herein. The business of FGL prior to the Business Combination is described in Part I, Item 1 of FGL’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2017, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2017 (the “FGL Annual Report”), which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

  8  

 

 

Risk Factors

 

The risk factors related to the Company’s business and operations are described in Part I, Item 1A of the FGL Annual Report and in Part II, Item 1A of CF Corp.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2017, which is incorporated by reference herein. The risk factors related to the Business Combination are described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in the Proxy Statement, which is incorporated by reference.

 

Properties

 

The properties of the Company are described in Part I, Item 2 of the FGL Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Selected Historical Financial Information

 

The selected historical financial information of FGL is provided set forth in Part II, Item 6 of the FGL Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

 

The information set forth in Exhibit 99.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations of FGL prior to the Business Combination is described in Part II, Item 7 of the FGL Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk for FGL prior to the Business Combination is described in Part II, Item 7A of the FGL Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The following table sets forth information known to the Company regarding beneficial ownership of ordinary shares of the Company as of November 30, 2017 by:

 

· each person known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares;

 

· each of the Company’s executive officers and directors; and

 

· all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of options or warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding solely for purposes of calculating the percentage of class and percentage of total voting power of the beneficial owner thereof. 

 

The beneficial ownership of ordinary shares of the Company is based on 214,370,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of November 30, 2017.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that each person named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by him.

 

  9  

 

 

Directors and Officers (1)   Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
    Percentage of Outstanding
Ordinary Shares
 
Chinh E. Chu (2) (3)     23,407,057       6.5  
William P. Foley, II (4) (3)     23,407,057       6.5  
Christopher J. Littlefield     -       -  
Dennis R. Vigneau     -       -  
Eric L. Marhoun     -       -  
Keith W. Abell (5)     220,970       *  
Patrick S. Baird     -       -  
Menes O. Chee     -       -  
Richard N. Massey (6)     2,139,706       *  
James A. Quella (7)     1,084,853       *  
Timothy M. Walsh     -       -  
All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group     50,259,641       14.27  
Greater than 5% Shareholders                
Blackstone (8)(3)     49,516,906       20.2  
Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (9)     18,232,000       7.8  
Coral Blue Investment Pte. Ltd.     14,767,945       5.8  

 

* Less than 1%.

 

(1) Except as described in the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws and similar laws, the Company believes that each person listed above has sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the entities, directors and executives in this table is Sterling House, 16 Wesley Street, Hamilton HM CX, Bermuda.
(2) Includes 13,840,390 shares and 9,566,667 warrants, each exercisable for one ordinary share, held by CC Capital Management LLC (“CCCM”). Mr. Chu is the managing member of CCCM and as such may be deemed to beneficially own all of the securities held directly by CCCM.  
(3) Pursuant to the Nominating and Voting Agreement, Mr. Chu, Mr. Foley and BTO have the right to designate one director nominee for election at each general meeting of the Company, which nominee will be selected by the vote of any two of Mr. Chu, Mr. Foley and BTO. Mr. Chu, Mr. Foley and BTO have agreed to vote all of their shares in favor of such nominee. As such, each of Mr. Chu, Mr. Foley and BTO may be deemed to be members of a “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and each of the members may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of the other members.
(4) Includes 13,840,390 shares and 9,566,667 warrants, each exercisable for one ordinary share, held by BilCar, LLC (“BilCar”). Mr. Foley is a manager of BilCar and as such may be deemed to beneficially own all of the securities held directly by BilCar.
(5) Includes 187,637 ordinary shares and 33,333 warrants, each exercisable for one ordinary share.
(6) Includes 30,000 ordinary shares held by Mr. Massey and 1,806,373 ordinary shares and 333,333 warrants, each exercisable for one ordinary share, held by CFC 2016-A, LLC (“CFC”).  Mr. Massey is the managing member of CFC and as such may be deemed to beneficially own all of the securities held by CFC.
(7) Includes 918,186 ordinary shares and 166,667 warrants, each exercisable for one ordinary share.
(8)

Includes 14,628,906 ordinary shares and 6,250,000 warrants, each exercisable for one ordinary share, held by CFS Holdings (Cayman), L.P. (“CFS 1”) and 22,500,000 ordinary shares held by CFS Holdings II (Cayman), L.P. (“CFS 2”). CFS Holdings (Cayman) Manager L.L.C. is the general partner of CFS 1 and CFS 2. The Managing Member of CFS Holdings (Cayman) Manager L.L.C. is Blackstone Technical Opportunities LR Associates-B (Cayman) Ltd. The controlling shareholder of Blackstone Technical Opportunities LR Associates-B (Cayman) Ltd. is Blackstone Holdings III L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holding III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holding III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is The Blackstone Group L.P. The general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares beneficially owned by CFS Holdings II (Cayman), L.P., but each (other than CFS 1 and CFS 2) disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

 

Also includes 142,111 ordinary shares held by GSO Aiguille des Grands Montets Fund II LP, 4,147,302 ordinary shares held by GSO COF III AIV-5 LP, 1,442,118 ordinary shares held by GSO COF III Co-Investment AIV-5 LP, 50,912 ordinary shares held by GSO Co-Investment Fund-D LP, 165,079 ordinary shares held by GSO Credit Alpha Fund LP, 52,541 ordinary shares held by GSO Churchill Partners LP, 113,921 ordinary shares held by GSO Credit-A Partners LP, and 24,016 ordinary shares held by GSO Harrington Credit Alpha Fund (Cayman) L.P. (collectively, with the other direct holders described in this paragraph, the “GSO Funds”).

 

GSO Capital Partners LP is the investment manager of GSO Aiguille des Grands Montets Fund II LP. GSO Advisor Holdings L.L.C. is the special limited partner of GSO Capital Partners LP with the investment and voting power over the securities beneficially owned by GSO Capital Partners LP. Blackstone Holdings I L.P. is the sole member of GSO Advisor Holdings L.L.C.

 

GSO Capital Opportunities Associates III LLC is the general partner of GSO COF III AIV-5 LP. GSO COF III Co-Investment Associates LLC is the general partner of GSO COF III Co-Investment AIV-5 LP. GSO Co-Investment Fund-D Associates LLC is the general partner of GSO Co-Investment Fund-D LP. GSO Credit Alpha Associates LLC is the general partner of GSO Credit Alpha Fund LP. GSO Churchill Associates LLC is the general partner of GSO Churchill Partners LP. GSO Credit-A Associates LLC is the general partner of GSO Credit-A Partners LP. GSO Harrington Credit Alpha Associates L.L.C. is the general partner of GSO Harrington Credit Alpha Fund (Cayman) L.P. GSO Holdings I L.L.C. is the managing member of each of GSO Capital Opportunities Associates III LLC, GSO COF III Co-Investment Associates LLC, GSO Co-Investment Fund-D Associates LLC, GSO Credit Alpha Associates LLC, GSO Churchill Associates LLC, GSO Credit-A Associates LLC and GSO Harrington Credit Alpha Associates L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings II L.P. is the managing member of GSO Holdings I L.L.C. with respect to securities beneficially owned by the GSO Funds.

 

Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. is the general partner of each of Blackstone Holdings I L.P. and Blackstone Holdings II L.P. The Blackstone Group L.P. is the controlling shareholder of Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is the general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly-owned by Blackstone's senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. In addition, each of Bennett J. Goodman and J. Albert Smith III may be deemed to have shared voting power and/or investment power with respect to the securities held by the GSO Funds. Each of the foregoing entities and individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held directly by the GSO Funds (other than the GSO Funds to the extent of their direct holdings).

 

The address for the GSO Funds, each entity listed in the third paragraph of this footnote (other than Blackstone Holdings I L.P.), each entity listed in the fourth paragraph of this footnote (other than Blackstone Holding II L.P.), Mr. Goodman and Mr. Smith is c/o GSO Capital Partners LP, 345 Park Avenue. The address for each other entity and person listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10154.

(9) Includes 3,125,000 ordinary shares and 1,500,000 warrants, each exercisable for one ordinary share, held by Fidelity National Financial, Inc. and 1,170,680 ordinary shares held by Fidelity National Title Insurance Company, 9,163,920 ordinary shares held by Chicago Title Insurance Company and 3,272,400 ordinary shares held by Commonwealth Land Title Insurance Company, each a wholly owned subsidiary of FNF. The address for FNF is 601 Riverside Ave., Jacksonville, FL 32204.
(10) Includes 12,434,612 ordinary shares and 2,333,333 warrants, each exercisable for one ordinary share.

 

  10  

 

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Biographical information with respect to the Company’s directors and executive officers immediately after the Closing is set forth in the Proxy Statement in the sections entitled “Officers and Directors of CF Corp. After the Business Combination” and “Proposal No. 12–The Director Election Proposal,” which are incorporated by reference herein.

 

In connection with and effective upon the consummation of the Business Combination, Douglas B. Newton resigned as Chief Financial Officer of the Company and David Ducommun resigned as Secretary of the Company, and on November 29, 2017 the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) appointed Christopher J. Littlefield to serve as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Class C director of the Company, Dennis R. Vigneau to serve as Chief Financial Officer and Eric Marhoun to service as General Counsel and Secretary.

 

The size of the Board was increased to nine members effective upon the Closing. At the Shareholders Meeting, each of Mr. Foley, Co-Chairman of the Company, and Messrs. Abell and Massey were elected by the Company’s shareholders to serve as Class A directors effective upon the Closing with terms expiring at the Company’s 2020 annual general meeting of shareholders.

 

In connection with and effective upon the consummation of the Business Combination, on July 24, 2017, the Board appointed Mr. Chu, Co-Chairman of the Company, and Messrs. Quella and Baird to serve as Class B directors with terms expiring at the Company’s 2018 annual general meeting of shareholders and Messrs. Littlefield, Chee and Walsh to serve as Class C directors with terms expiring at the Company’s 2019 annual general meeting of shareholders.

 

Director Independence

 

The Board has determined that Messrs. Abell, Baird, Massey, Quella and Walsh are independent directors under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE Rules”). Under NYSE Rules, no director qualifies as independent unless the Board affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with the Company. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning their background, employment and affiliations, including commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting, charitable and familial relationships, the Board has determined that each of the independent directors named above has no material relationship with the Company, nor has any such person entered into any material transactions or arrangements with the Company or its subsidiaries, either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the Company, and is therefore independent under NYSE Rules.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Following the Closing, the standing committees of the Board consist of an audit committee (the “Audit Committee”), a compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”), and a nominating and corporate governance committee (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”). Each of the committees reports to Board.

 

The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are set forth below.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things, assisting the Board in overseeing and reviewing the Company’s accounting and financial reporting and other internal control processes, the audits of the Company’s financial statements, the qualifications and independence of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, and the performance of the Company’s internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee reviews and assesses the qualitative aspects of the Company’s financial reporting, the Company’s processes to manage business and financial risks, and the Company’s compliance with significant applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

 

  11  

 

 

On November 29, 2017, effective upon the Closing, the Board appointed Messrs. Walsh (Chair), Abell and Baird as members of the Audit Committee. All members of the Audit Committee are independent within the meaning of the federal securities laws and the meaning of the NYSE Rules. Each member of the Audit Committee meets the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), and the Board has determined that Mr. Walsh is an “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined by the applicable rules of the SEC. The Board has approved a written charter under which the Audit Committee operates. A copy of the charter is available without charge on the Company’s website.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other things, reviewing and approving the compensation and benefits of the Chief Executive Officer, other executive officers and directors, administering the Company’s employee benefit plans, authorizing and ratifying stock option grants and other incentive arrangements, and authorizing employment and related agreements.

 

On November 29, 2017, effective upon the Closing, the Board appointed Messrs. Abell (Chair), Massey and Quella as members of the Compensation Committee. The Board has approved a written charter under which the Compensation Committee operates. A copy of the charter is available without charge on the Company’s website.

 

The Compensation Committee has the authority to delegate any of its responsibilities to sub-committees as the Compensation Committee may deem appropriate, provided that the sub-committees are composed entirely of directors satisfying the independence standards then applicable to the Compensation Committee generally.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, identifying and recommending candidates to the Board for election to the Board, reviewing the composition of the Board and its committees, developing and recommending to the Board the criteria for evaluating director candidates, overseeing Board evaluations and recommending director compensation to the Compensation Committee.

 

On November 29, 2017, effective upon the Closing, the Board appointed Messrs. Quella (Chair), Massey and Baird as members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Board has approved a written charter under which the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee operates. A copy of the charter is available without charge on the Company’s website.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The compensation of CF Corp.’s executive officers and directors before the consummation of the Business Combination is set forth in Part III, Item 11 of the CF Corp. Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference herein. The compensation of FGL’s name executive officers as defined under Item 402 of Regulation S-K (the “NEOs”) and directors before the consummation of the Business Combination is set forth in Part III, Item 11 of the FGL Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

As of the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K, the compensation of the Company’s executive officers and directors following the Closing has not been finally determined. Any such compensation to be provided to the Company’s officers and directors will be reviewed and approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee and will be publicly disclosed in accordance with the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

At the Shareholders Meeting, the shareholders of the Company approved the Company’s 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). The description of the Incentive Plan set forth in the Proxy Statement section entitled “Proposal No. 13–The Incentive Plan Proposal” is incorporated by reference herein. A copy of the full text of the Incentive Plan is filed as Exhibit 10.46 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated by reference herein. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company expects that the Board or the Compensation Committee will make grants of awards under the Incentive Plan to key management employees.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

The description of certain relationships and related transactions is included in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and in Part III, Item 13 of the CF Corp. Annual Report, which are incorporated by reference herein.

 

  12  

 

 

The disclosure set forth above in Item 1.01 regarding the Equity Purchase Agreements, the Investment Management, the BTO Letter Agreement and the BTO/FNF Letter Agreement are incorporated by reference herein.

 

In addition, on October 18, 2017, CFS Holdings (Cayman), L.P., an investment vehicle owned by certain investment funds (including BTO) managed by certain indirect subsidiaries of Blackstone issued a promissory note in favor of CF Corp. in the amount of $271,197 (the “Promissory Note”) for purposes of capitalizing Bermuda Re. Interest on the Promissory Note accrued from October 18, 2017 at a base rate of 1.27% per annum and had a maturity date of October 18, 2018. The Promissory Note was repaid in full prior to the Closing.

 

As described above, on November 29, 2017, CF Corp. issued the Convertible Note to the Sponsor in the amount of $1,500,000 in respect of advances made by the Sponsor from time for CF Corp.’s ongoing expenses. The Convertible Note was non-interest bearing and became payable upon the completion of the Business Combination.

 

Under the terms of the Convertible Note, the Sponsor had the option to convert any amounts outstanding under the Convertible Note into warrants to purchase ordinary shares of the Company at a conversion price of $1.00 per warrant. As of November 29, 2017, CF Corp. had drawn $1,500,000 from the Convertible Note, and the Sponsor elected to convert the full amount outstanding into warrants. Each warrant will entitle the Sponsor to purchase one ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, commencing 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination. Each warrant will contain such other terms identical to the warrants purchased by the Sponsor in connection with CF Corp.’s initial public offering.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Information about legal proceedings is set forth in Part I, Item 3 of the FGL Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters

 

CF Corp.

 

CF Corp.’s units, ordinary shares and warrants were historically quoted on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbols “CFCOU,” “CFCO” and “CFCOW,” respectively. CF Corp.’s units commenced public trading on May 20, 2016, and the ordinary shares and warrants each commenced separate trading on July 8, 2016.

 

On December 1, 2017, the Company’s ordinary shares and warrants began trading on the NYSE under the symbols “FG” and “FG WS,” respectively. In connection with the Closing, all of the units of the Company separated into their component securities of one ordinary share and one-half of one warrant to purchase one ordinary share, and the units ceased trading as a separate security.

 

The following table sets forth, for the calendar quarter indicated, the high and low sales prices per unit and Class A ordinary share as reported on Nasdaq for the periods presented.

 

   

Units

(CFCOU)

   

Class A Ordinary Shares

(CFCO)

   

Warrants

(CFCOW)

 
    High     Low     High     Low     High     Low  
Fiscal Year 2017:                                                
Fourth Quarter (1)     12.55       9.44       11.94       9.50       2.20       0.97  
Third Quarter     12.90       11.30       11.75       10.52       2.30       1.63  
Second Quarter     13.80       10.69       12.25       10.00       2.52       1.36  
First Quarter     11.24       10.35       10.25       9.89       1.70       1.20  
Fiscal Year 2016:                                                
Fourth Quarter     10.97       10.13       9.98       9.78       1.19       0.81  
Third Quarter (2)     12.05       9.15       10.02       9.50       1.17       0.53  
Second Quarter (3)     10.10       9.76       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

 

(1) Through November 30, 2017.
(2) Beginning July 8, 2016 with respect to CFCO and CFCOW.
(3) Beginning May 20, 2016 with respect to CFCOU.

 

  13  

 

 

Dividends on Ordinary Shares

 

CF Corp. has not paid any cash dividends on ordinary shares to date. The payment of cash dividends on ordinary shares in the future will be dependent upon the Company’s revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any dividends on ordinary shares will be within the discretion of the Company’s board of directors at such time. In addition, the terms of the preferred shares and agreements governing the indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries contain restrictions on the Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends.

 

Dividends on Preferred Shares

 

Dividends payable on the preferred shares may be paid in cash or, at the option of the Company, in lieu of paying such cash dividends, the Company may instead effect a share capitalization by issuing new duly authorized and fully paid and nonassessable preferred shares.

 

If the Company elects to effect a share capitalization by issuing preferred shares, the number of preferred shares to be issued will be calculated by dividing the portion of such dividend not paid in cash by the original liquidation preference of such preferred shares. Such preferred shares will be entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the same rates as the other preferred shares.

 

As described above, dividends will be payable quarterly in arrears in cash or additional preferred shares of the Company, at a rate of 7.5% per annum for the first ten years. After year ten, the dividend rate will reset quarterly to the greater of 7.5% and a rate equal to the then-current three-month LIBOR plus 5.5% (provided, however, that in the event the three-month LIBOR is less than zero, the three-month LIBOR will be deemed to be zero).

 

As of the Closing Date, there were 60 holders of record of the Company’s ordinary shares. The number of record holders does not include DTC participants or beneficial owners who hold securities through nominees.

 

 

FGL

 

Information about the market price, number of stockholders and dividends for FGL’s securities prior to the Closing Date is set forth in Part II, Item 5 of the FGL Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Information about unregistered sales of and the Company’s equity securities is set forth in Part II, Item 2 of CF Corp.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2017, filed with the SEC on November 14, 2017, and under Item 3.02 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, respectively, which are incorporated by reference herein.

 

Description of Securities

 

A description of the Company’s ordinary shares, preferred shares and warrants is included in the Company’s Form 8-A filed with the SEC on November 30, 2017, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Information about the indemnification of the Company’s officers and directors is set forth in section entitled “Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors” under Part III, Item 10 of the CF Corp. Annual Report, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Financial Statements, Supplementary Data and Exhibits

 

The information set forth under Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 2.03 Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.

 

The disclosure set forth above under Item 1.01 regarding the Credit Agreement, Amended and Restated Indenture and Convertible Note and related agreements is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 3.02 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

 

The disclosure set forth above in Item 1.01 with respect to the Convertible Note and the issuance of the Company’s ordinary shares, preferred shares and ordinary shares is suable upon conversion of the preferred shares is incorporated by reference herein. The disclosure set forth above in Item 2.01 with respect to the warrants issued pursuant to the Convertible Note and the ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of such warrants is incorporated by reference herein.

 

  14  

 

 

On the Closing Date, pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, the Company issued to the anchor investors an aggregate of 51,000,000 ordinary shares, plus an aggregate of 19,083,335 redeemable warrants (“forward purchase warrants”), for $10.00 per ordinary share, or an aggregate cash purchase price of $510 million.

 

In addition, on the Closing Date, pursuant to certain additional equity purchase agreements, dated as of June 21, 2017 (collectively, the “ROFO Equity Purchase Agreements”), by and between the Company and certain accredited investors (the “ROFO Investors”), entered into in connection with the rights of first offer under the forward purchase agreements, the Company issued to the ROFO Investors an aggregate of 20,000,000 ordinary shares for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, or an aggregate cash purchase price of $200 million.

 

The ordinary shares, preferred shares and warrants, in each case, issued in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination, and ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of such warrants were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act, in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

Item 3.03 Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.

 

The disclosure set forth above in Item 1.01 with respect to the Company’s preferred shares is incorporated by reference herein.

 

On the Closing Date, the Company amended and restated its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association the (“New Charter”). The material terms of the New Charter and the general effect upon the rights of the Company’s securityholders are included in the Proxy Statement under the sections titled “Proposal No. 3 – Charter Proposal A,” “Proposal No. 4 – Charter Proposal B,” “Proposal No. 5 – Charter Proposal C,” “Proposal No. 6 – Charter Proposal D,” “Proposal No. 7 – Charter Proposal E,” “Proposal No. 8 – Charter Proposal F,” “Proposal No. 9 – Charter Proposal G,” “Proposal No. 10 – Charter Proposal H” and “Proposal No. 11 – Charter Proposal I,” which are incorporated by reference herein.

 

A copy of the New Charter is filed as Exhibit 3.1 hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 4.01 Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.

 

On November 29, 2017, in connection with the Closing, WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”) resigned as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, effective as of the Closing Date. The report of Withum on the Company’s financial statements for the period from February 26, 2016 (date of inception) to December 31, 2016 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor was it qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

 

During the period from February 26, 2016 (date of inception) to December 31, 2016, and in the subsequent interim period through November 29, 2017, (i) there were no “disagreements” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and related instructions) between CF Corp. or the Company and Withum on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Withum, would have caused Withum to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in its reports and (ii) there were no “reportable events” within the meaning of Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

The Company provided Withum with a copy of the disclosures it is making in this Current Report on Form 8-K and requested that Withum furnish the Company with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the above statements. A copy of Withum’s letter, dated December 1, 2017, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

On November 29, 2017, the Audit Committee engaged KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017. Prior to the completion of the Business Combination, KPMG served as the auditor of FGL since its initial public offering. As of the date of this Current Report on 8-K, KPMG is in the process of its standard client evaluation procedures and has not accepted the engagement.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, and the subsequent interim period through November 29, 2017, neither the Company nor anyone on its behalf consulted with KPMG regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to the Company that KPMG concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement or a “reportable event” (as described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

 

  15  

 

 

Item 5.01 Changes in Control of Registrant.

 

The information set forth above in the “Introductory Note” and Item 2.01 is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

 

The information set forth above in the sections titled “Directors and Executive Officers,” “Director Independence,” “Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Executive Compensation” in Item 2.01 are incorporated by reference herein.

 

In addition, the Incentive Plan became effective upon the Closing Date. The material terms of the Incentive Plan are described in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Proposal No. 13—The Incentive Plan Proposal,” which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 5.06 Change in Shell Company Status.

 

As a result of the Business Combination, which fulfilled the definition of an initial “Business Combination” as required by CF Corp.’s amended and restated memorandum & articles of association, the Company ceased to be a shell company as of the Closing Date. The material terms of the Business Combination are described in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Proposal,” which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(a) Financial Statements of Business Acquired.

 

The audited consolidated balance sheets of FGL and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2017, and the related notes and report of independent registered public accounting firm thereto, are incorporated herein by reference to FGL’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2017 (File No. 001-36227), which was filed with the SEC on November 16, 2017.

 

The audited combined balance sheets of the Acquired Companies as of September 30, 2017 and 2016, the related comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2017, and the related notes and report of independent auditors thereto, are filed with this Current Report on Form 8-K as Exhibit 99.2 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Pro Forma Financial Information.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are filed with this Current Report on Form 8-K as Exhibit 99.2 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(d) Exhibits

 

The following exhibits are being filed herewith:

 

Exhibit No.   Description
2.1*   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and between CF Corporation, FGL US Holdings Inc., FGL Merger Sub Inc. and Fidelity & Guaranty Life (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by CF Corporation on May 31, 2017).
2.2   Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 30, 2017, by and between CF Corporation, FGL US Holdings Inc., FGL Merger Sub Inc. and Fidelity & Guaranty Life (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017).
3.1   Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.
3.2   Certificate of Designations of Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares.
3.3   Certificate of Designations of Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares.
4.1   Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate.

 

  16  

 

 

4.2   Specimen Warrant Certificate.
4.3   Warrant Agreement, dated May 19, 2016, by and between CF Corporation and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by CF Corporation on May 25, 2016 (File No. 001-37779)).
4.4   Amended and Restated Indenture, dated November 20, 2017, among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the 6.375% Senior Notes due 2021.
10.1   Letter Agreement, dated May 19, 2016, by and among CF Corporation, CF Capital Growth, LLC, Chinh E. Chu, William P. Foley, II, James A. Quella, Douglas B. Newton, David Ducommun and Richard N. Massey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by CF Corporation on May 25, 2016 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.2   Letter Agreement, dated May 17, 2017, by and between CF Corporation and Keith W. Abell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by CF Corporation on May 18, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.3   Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated May 19, 2016, by and between CF Corporation and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by CF Corporation on May 25, 2016 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.4   Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 19, 2016, by and among CF Corporation, CF Capital Growth, LLC and the Holders signatory thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by CF Corporation on May 25, 2016 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.5   Administrative Services Agreement, dated May 19, 2016, by and between CF Corporation and CF Capital Growth, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by CF Corporation on May 25, 2016 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.6   Private Placement Warrants Purchase Agreement, dated May 19, 2016, by and between CF Corporation and CF Capital Growth, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by CF Corporation on May 25, 2016 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.7   Promissory Note, dated as of February 29, 2016, issued to CF Capital Growth, LLC (f/k/a CF Capital Partners, LLC) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed by CF Corporation on April 21, 2016 (File No. 333-210854)).
10.8   Securities Subscription Agreement, dated February 29, 2016, between CF Capital Growth, LLC (f/k/a CF Capital Partners, LLC) and CF Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed by CF Corporation on April 21, 2016 (File No. 333-210854)).
10.9   Form of Forward Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed by CF Corporation on May 3, 2016 (File No. 333-210854)).
10.10   Form of Amendment to Forward Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation, the investor listed as the purchaser on the signature page thereof and CF Capital Growth, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.11   Forward Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2016, among the Registrant, CFS Holdings (Cayman), L.P. and CF Capital Growth, LLC, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed by CF Corporation on May 3, 2016 1 (File No. 333-210854)).    
10.12   Amendment to Forward Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation, CFS Holdings (Cayman), L.P. and CF Capital Growth, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.13   Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation and Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.14   Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation and Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.15   Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation and Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.16   Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation and Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).

 

  17  

 

 

10.17   Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation and GSO Capital Partners LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.18   Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation and GSO Capital Partners LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.19   Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P. and Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.20   Equity Commitment Letter, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P. and Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.21   Amended and Restated Investor Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2017, by and among CF Corporation, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., GSO Capital Partners LP and Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.22   Fee Letter, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation and Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.23   Fee Letter, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation and GSO Capital Partners LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.24   Side Letter, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation and GSO Capital Partners LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.25   Amended and Restated Debt Commitment Letter, dated as of May 31, 2017, by and among FGL US Holdings Inc., Royal Bank of Canada, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.26   Letter Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation, FS Holdco II Ltd., HRG Group, Inc. and FGL US Holdings Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.27   Form of Additional Equity Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by CF Corporation on August 14, 2017 (File No. 001-37779)).
10.28   Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2017, by and between the Company and CFS Holdings II (Cayman), L.P.
10.29   Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2017, by and between the Company and Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
10.30   Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2017, by and between the Company and Fidelity National Title Insurance Company.
10.31   Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2017, by and between the Company and Chicago Title Insurance Company.
10.32   Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2017, by and between the Company and Commonwealth Land Title Insurance Company.
10.33   Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 29, 2017, by and between the Company and Corvex Master Fund LP.
10.34   Investment Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and among the Company, GSO COF III AIV-5 LP, GSO COF III Co-Investment AIV-5 LP, GSO Co-Investment Fund-D LP, GSO Credit Alpha Fund LP, GSO Aiguille des Grands Montets Fund II LP, GSO Churchill Partners LP, GSO Credit-A Partners LP, GSO Harrington Credit Alpha Fund (Cayman) L.P., Fidelity National Title Insurance Company, Chicago Title Insurance Company and Commonwealth Land Title Insurance Company.
10.35   Investment Management Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.36   Investment Management Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and between FGL US Holdings Inc. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.

 

  18  

 

 

10.37   Investment Management Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.38   Investment Management Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and between Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.39   Investment Management Agreement Termination Side Letter, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and between the Company and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
10.40   Letter Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and between CF Corporation and Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC.
10.41   Letter Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and between CF Corporation, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC and Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
10.42   Nominating and Voting Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and among Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P., Chinh E. Chu, William P. Foley, II and CF Corporation.
10.43   Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and among CF Bermuda Holdings Limited, Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., the financial institutions party thereto, as lenders, and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent.
10.44   Guarantee Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and among Fidelity & Guaranty Life, FGL US Holdings Inc., Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc. and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent.
10.45   Convertible Promissory Note, dated November 29, 2017, issued to CF Capital Growth, LLC.
10.46   FGL Holdings 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
10.47   Employment Agreement, dated January 27, 2014, between Dennis Vigneau and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on January 28, 2014 (File No. 001-36227)).
10.48   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2013, between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc. and John P. O’Shaughnessy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Current Report Registration Statement on Form S-1/A, filed on November 22, 2013 (File No. 333-190880)).
10.49   Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2013, between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc. and John Phelps (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A, filed on November 22, 2013 (File No. 333-190880)).
10.50   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2013, between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc. and Rajesh Krishnan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A, filed on November 22, 2013 (File No. 333-190880)).
10.51   Employment Agreement, dated November 14, 2013, between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc. and Wendy J.B. Young (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A, filed on November 22, 2013 (File No. 333-190880)).
10.52   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A, filed on November 26, 2013 (File No. 333-190880)).
10.53   Credit Agreement between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. as borrower, the Company as guarantor, and RBC Capital Markets and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC together as joint lead arrangers for the lenders, dated as of August 26, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 26, 2014 (File No. 001-36227)).
10.54   Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of July 17, 2017 by and among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., each of the lenders from time to time party thereto and Royal Bank of Canada (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Form 8-K, filed on July 21, 2017 (File No. 001-36227)).
10.55   Revolving Loan Note, dated August 26, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 26, 2014 (File No. 001-36227)).
10.56   Guarantee Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2014, among Fidelity & Guaranty Life, other Guarantors, and Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 26, 2014 (File No. 001-36227)).
10.57   Employment Agreement, dated October 6, 2014, between Chris Littlefield and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 7, 2014 (File No. 001-36227)).

 

  19  

 

 

10.58   Employment Agreement by and between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc. and Christopher J. Littlefield, dated as of May 6, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Form 8-K, filed on May 8, 2015 (File No. 001-36227)).
10.59   Form of Retention Letter from Fidelity & Guaranty Life to its executive officers, dated July 10, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 5, 2015 (File No. 001-36227)).
10.60   Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Fidelity & Guaranty Life and its directors and executive officers, dated as of July 14, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Fidelity & Guaranty Life’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 5, 2015 (File No. 001-36227)).
21.1   Subsidiaries of the Company.
14.1   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
16.1   Letter from WithumSmith+Brown, PC dated December 1, 2017.
99.1   Front Street Re Ltd. and Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. Combined Financial Statements as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2017.
99.2   Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information of CF Corp. as of September 30, 2017 and for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 

* The exhibits and schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(2). The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule to the SEC upon its request.

 

  20  

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

  FGL HOLDINGS
     
  By: /s/ Eric L. Marhoun
    Name: Eric L. Marhoun
    Title: General Counsel and Secretary
     
Dated: December 1, 2017    

 

  21  

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

  OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

FGL Holdings

(adopted by special resolution dated 8 AUGUST 2017 and EFFECTIVE ON 30 NOVEMBER 2017)

 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

FGL Holdings

(adopted by special resolution dated 8 AUGUST 2017 and EFFECTIVE ON 30 NOVEMBER 2017)

 

1 The name of the Company is FGL Holdings

 

2 The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or at such other place within the Cayman Islands as the Directors may decide.

 

3 The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

4 The liability of each Member is limited to the amount unpaid on such Member's shares.

 

5 The share capital of the Company is US$90,000 divided into 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 100,000,000 Preferred Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

 

6 The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7 Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the respective meanings given to them in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

  2

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

  OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

  COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

  ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

FGL Holdings

(adopted by special resolution dated 8 AUGUST 2017 and EFFECTIVE ON 30 NOVEMBER 2017)

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 In the Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

" Affiliate " means, as to any person, any person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person. For purposes of this definition, " control " of a person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person whether by ownership of voting shares, by agreement or otherwise.
   
" Applicable Law " means, with respect to any person, all provisions of laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, certificates, judgments, decisions, decrees or orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to such person.
   
" Articles " means these articles of association of the Company.
   
" Auditor " means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).
   
" Blackstone " means Blackstone Group, L.P.
   
" Blackstone Group " means: (a) Blackstone; (b) Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., an investment fund managed by Blackstone; (c) any investment fund or other collective investment vehicle whose general partner or managing member is owned, directly or indirectly, by Blackstone or one or more of Blackstone's subsidiaries; and (d) any Affiliate or Subsidiary of any of the foregoing (other than: (x) the Company; and (y) employees of the Company and Blackstone or either of their respective Subsidiaries).

 

  3

 

 

" Business Day " means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorised or obligated by law to close in New York City.
   
" Cause " means a conviction for a criminal offence involving dishonesty or engaging in conduct which brings a Director or the Company into disrepute or which results in a material financial detriment to the Company.
   
" Code " means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any United States Federal statute from time to time in effect that has replaced such statute, and any reference in the Articles to a provision of the Code or a United States Treasury regulation promulgated thereunder means such provision or regulation as amended from time to time or any provision of a United States Federal law or any United States Treasury regulation, from time to time in effect that has replaced such provision or regulation.
   
" Company " means the above named company.
   
" Controlled Share " means an Ordinary Share owned by a US Person either: (a) directly, indirectly or constructively under Section 958 of the Code; or (b) beneficially within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.
   
" Directors " means the directors for the time being of the Company.
   
" Dividend " means any dividend (whether interim or final) resolved to be paid on Shares pursuant to the Articles.
   
" Electronic Record " has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Law.
   
" Electronic Transactions Law " means the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
   
" Equity Security " means a Share, any security exercisable or convertible into or exchangeable for Shares and all options, warrants, and other rights to purchase or otherwise subscribe for Shares, including any share appreciation or similar rights, contractual or otherwise.

 

  4

 

 

" Exchange Act " means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
   
" FNF " means Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
   
" FNF Group " means: (a) FNF; (b) any subsidiary of FNF; (c) any investment fund or other investment vehicle whose general partner or managing member is owned, directly or indirectly, by FNF or one or more of FNF's Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (d) Fidelity National Financial Ventures, LLC; and (e) any affiliate, successor or officer of any of the foregoing.
   
" Governmental Authority " means any Cayman Islands, United States Federal, state, county, city, local or foreign governmental, administrative or regulatory authority, commission, committee, agency or body (including any court, tribunal or arbitral body and any self-regulating authority such as the United States Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).
   
" Group " shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
   
" Member " has the same meaning as in the Statute.
   
" Memorandum " means the memorandum of association of the Company.
   
" Minimum Member " means a Member meeting the minimum requirements set forth for eligible members to submit proposals under Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act or any applicable rules thereunder as may be amended or promulgated thereunder from time to time.
   
" Ordinary Resolution " means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting. In computing the majority when a poll is demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles.
   
" Ordinary Share " means an ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.

 

  5

 

 

" Preferred Share " means a preferred share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.
   
" Register of Members " means the register of Members maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any branch or duplicate register of Members.
   
" Registered Office " means the registered office for the time being of the Company.
   
" Seal " means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.
   
" Share " means an Ordinary Share or a Preferred Share in the Company and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.
   
" Special Resolution " has the same meaning as in the Statute.
   
" Statute " means the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
   
" Subscriber " means the subscriber to the Memorandum.
   
" Subsidiary " means, with respect to any person, any other person the majority of whose equity securities or shares or voting securities or shares able to appoint the board of directors or comparable governing body are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such person.
   
" Total Voting Power " means the total votes attributable to all issued Shares of the Company.
   
" Treasury Share " means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Statute.
   
" US Person " means a United States person as defined in Section 957(c) of the Code.

 

1.2 In the Articles:

 

(a) words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b) words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

  6

 

 

(c) "written" and "in writing" include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(d) "shall" shall be construed as imperative and "may" shall be construed as permissive;

 

(e) references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced;

 

(f) any phrase introduced by the terms "including", "include", "in particular" or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

(g) the term "and/or" is used herein to mean both "and" as well as "or." The use of "and/or" in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms "and" or "or" in others. The term "or" shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term "and" shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires);

 

(h) headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Articles;

 

(i) any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(j) any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Law;

 

(k) sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law shall not apply;

 

(l) the term "clear days" in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

 

(m) the term "holder" in relation to a Share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such Share; and

 

(n) words importing "person" shall be construed in the broadest sense and means and includes a natural person, a partnership, a company, a corporation, an association, a joint share company, a limited liability company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organisation and any other entity and any government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, or any private or public court or tribunal.

 

  7

 

 

2 Commencement of Business

 

2.1 The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation of the Company as the Directors shall see fit.

 

2.2 The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

 

3 Issue of Shares

 

3.1 Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to Dividend or other distribution, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper, and may also (subject to the Statute and the Articles) vary such rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subscriber shall have the power to:

 

(a) issue one Ordinary Share to itself;

 

(b) transfer that Ordinary Share by an instrument of transfer to any person; and

 

(c) update the Register of Members in respect of the issue and transfer of that Ordinary Share.

 

3.2 The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

4 Rights Attaching to Shares

 

4.1 The voting rights of the Shares shall be subject to the following provisions:

 

(a) except as provided in the other provisions of this Article, every Member of record owning Shares conferring the right to vote present in person or by proxy shall have one vote, or such other number of votes as may be specified in the terms of the issue and rights and privileges attaching to such Shares or in the Articles, for each such Share registered in such Member's name;

 

  8

 

 

(b) if, as a result of giving effect to the foregoing provisions of this Article or otherwise, the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares, directly or indirectly or by attribution, to any US Person that owns (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Code) any Shares, would otherwise represent more than 9.5% of the Total Voting Power, the votes conferred by such Controlled Shares shall be reduced by whatever amount is necessary so that after any such reduction the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares to such US Person shall constitute 9.5% of the Total Voting Power (provided, however, that: (a) votes shall be reduced only in the Controlled Shares (other than Controlled Shares held directly by members of the Blackstone Group or members of the FNF Group); and (b) votes shall be reduced in Controlled Shares held directly by the members of the Blackstone Group or the FNF Group only if and to the extent that reductions in the vote of other Controlled Shares do not result in satisfaction of the 9.5% threshold set forth in this Article 4.1(b). Notwithstanding anything in the Articles to the contrary, nothing in this Article 4.1 will reduce the votes conferred by: (i) any Shares held directly by the members of the Blackstone Group, without the consent of a majority of the Blackstone Group shareholders (as determined based on their ownership of the Ordinary Shares); or (ii) any Shares held directly by a member of the FNF Group without the consent of the applicable member of the FNF Group;

 

(c) any reduction in votes required by this Article 4.1(b) shall be effected beginning with the Controlled Shares of the US Person whose Controlled Shares have the largest number of votes and continuing, as required, with the Controlled Shares of each US Person whose Controlled Shares successively have a smaller number of votes (after giving effect to prior reductions), the reduction in votes conferred by the Controlled Shares shall be effected proportionately among all of the Controlled Shares of such US Person in accordance with the relative voting power of such Controlled Shares. If varying the order in which votes are reduced would result in a more equitable allocation of the reduction of votes as determined by the Directors, the Directors shall have the discretion to vary the order in which votes are reduced;

 

(d) after all required reductions to the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares are effected pursuant to Article 4.1(c), the amount of any reduction in the votes of the Controlled Shares of each US Person effected by application of Articles 4.1(b) and (c) shall be reallocated among and conferred on the shares held directly by such US Person, proportionately in accordance with the reduction in voting power of such shares pursuant to Article 4.1(c), to the extent that so doing does not cause the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares, directly or indirectly or by attribution, to any US Person that owns (within the meaning of Section 958(c) of the Code) any Shares to exceed 9.5% of the Total Voting Power;

 

(e) upon written notification by a Member to the Directors, the number of votes conferred by the total number of Shares held directly by such Member shall be reduced to that percentage of the Total Voting Power, as so designated by such Member (subject to acceptance of such reduction by the Directors in their sole discretion), so that (and to the extent that) such Member may meet any applicable insurance or other regulatory requirement or voting threshold or limitation that may be applicable to such Member or to evidence that such person's voting power is no greater than such threshold;

 

  9

 

 

(f) notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, after having applied such provisions as best as they consider reasonably practicable, the Directors may make final adjustments to the aggregate number of votes conferred, directly or indirectly or by attribution, by the Controlled Shares on any US Person to the extent that the Directors reasonably determine, by affirmative majority vote of the Directors, that it is necessary to do so to avoid any adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Member or its Affiliates. Such adjustments intended to implement the 9.5% limitation set forth in Article 4.1(b) shall be subject to the proviso contained in such Article 4.1(b), but adjustments intended to implement the limitation set forth in a notification pursuant to Article 4.1(e) shall not be subject to the proviso contained in Article 4.1(b); and

 

(g) each Member shall provide the Company with such information as the Company may reasonably request so that the Company and the Directors may make determinations as to the ownership (direct or indirect or by attribution) of Controlled Shares to such Member or to any person to which Shares may be attributed as a result of the ownership of Shares by such Member. If a Member fails to provide a timely, complete and accurate response to any such request, the Directors may, upon an affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors and after a reasonable cure period, make adjustments to the aggregate number of votes conferred upon the Shares held by such Member.

 

4.2 Any US Person shall give notice to the Company in writing within ten days following the date that such person acquires actual knowledge that such person would hold directly or indirectly or by attribution Controlled Shares that would but for Article 4.1(b) represent more than 9.5% of the voting power of all Shares entitled to vote generally at an election of Directors.

 

4.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person shall be liable to any other person or the Company for any losses or damages resulting from a Member's failure to respond to, or submission of incomplete or inaccurate information in response to, a request under Article 4.1(e) above or from such person's failure to give notice under Article 4.2. The Directors may rely on the information provided by a person under this Article in the satisfaction of its obligations under this Article. The Company may, but shall have no obligation to, provide notice to any person of any adjustment to its voting power that may result from the application of this Article.

 

5 Tax Restrictions

 

5.1 No Member or holder of Equity Securities that is a US Person (in all cases, excluding any member of the Blackstone Group and any member of the FNF Group), shall knowingly permit itself (or, to its actual knowledge, any direct or indirect beneficial owner thereof) to own (directly, indirectly or constructively pursuant to Section 958 of the Code) Equity Securities possessing fifty per cent (50%) or more of:

 

(a) the total voting power of the Shares or Equity Securities; or

 

(b) the total value of the Shares or Equity Securities.

 

  10

 

 

No Member or holder of Equity Securities (or, to its actual knowledge, any direct or indirect beneficial owner thereof) nor any " related person " (within the meaning of Section 953(c) of the Code) to such Member or holder of Equity Securities (or such owner) (in all cases, excluding any member of the Blackstone Group and any member of the FNF Group) shall make any investment, or enter into a transaction, that, to the actual knowledge of such Member at the time such Member, holder of Equity Securities, owner or related person becomes bound to make the investment or enter into the transaction, would cause such Member, holder of Equity Securities, owner or related person, or any other US Person to own (directly, indirectly or constructively pursuant to Section 958 of the Code) issued Shares or Equity Securities possessing fifty per cent (50%) or more of: (a) the total voting power of the Shares or Equity Securities; or (b) the total value of the Shares or Equity Securities.

 

5.2 In the event any Member or holder of Equity Securities that is a US Person (in all cases, excluding any member of the Blackstone Group and any member of the FNF Group) violates Article 5.1 (without regard to any knowledge qualifier therein), at the discretion of the Directors, such Member or holder of Equity Securities shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect beneficial owner of such Member or holder of Equity Securities and any “related person” (within the meaning of Section 953(c) of the Code) to such Member or holder of Equity Securities to:

 

(a) sell some or all of its Equity Securities at fair market value (as determined by the Company and such Member or holder in good faith) as directed by the Directors; or

 

(b) allow the Company to repurchase some or all of its Equity Securities at fair market value (as determined by the Company and such Member or holder in good faith).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon a breach of Article 5.1 (without regard to any knowledge qualifier therein), the breaching Member or holder of Equity Securities shall be required to take any reasonable action the Directors deem appropriate.

 

6 Register of Members

 

6.1 The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute.

 

6.2 The Directors may determine that the Company shall maintain one or more branch registers of Members in accordance with the Statute. The Directors may also determine which register of Members shall constitute the principal register and which shall constitute the branch register or registers, and to vary such determination from time to time.

 

7 Closing Register of Members or Fixing Record Date

 

7.1 For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty days.

 

  11

 

 

7.2 In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

7.3 If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend or other distribution, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors resolving to pay such Dividend or other distribution is passed, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

8 Certificates for Shares

 

8.1 A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and subject to the Articles no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

8.2 The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

8.3 If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.

 

8.4 Every share certificate sent in accordance with the Articles will be sent at the risk of the Member or other person entitled to the certificate. The Company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.

 

9 Transfer of Shares

 

9.1 Subject to Article 3.1, Shares are freely transferable.

 

9.2 The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by or on behalf of the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

  12

 

 

10 Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares

 

10.1 Subject to the provisions of the Statute the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares shall be effected in such manner and upon such other terms as the Company may, by Special Resolution, determine before the issue of the Shares.

 

10.2 Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) in such manner and on such other terms as the Directors may agree with the relevant Member.

 

10.3 The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Statute, including out of capital.

 

10.4 The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

11 Treasury Shares

 

11.1 The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

11.2 The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

 

12 Variation of Rights of Shares

 

12.1 Subject to Article 3.1, if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two thirds of the issued Shares of that class, or with the approval of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class. To any such meeting all the provisions of the Articles relating to general meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis , except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

  13

 

 

12.2 For the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such class of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.

 

12.3 The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

13 Commission on Sale of Shares

 

The Company may, in so far as the Statute permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

14 Non Recognition of Trusts

 

The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognise in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by the Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

 

15 Lien on Shares

 

15.1 The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company's lien thereon. The Company's lien on a Share shall also extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.

 

15.2 The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within fourteen clear days after notice has been received or deemed to have been received by the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.

 

  14

 

 

15.3 To give effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company's power of sale under the Articles.

 

15.4 The net proceeds of such sale after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any balance shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

 

16 Call on Shares

 

16.1 Subject to the terms of the allotment and issue of any Shares, the Directors may make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares (whether in respect of par value or premium), and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen clear days' notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on the Shares. A call may be revoked or postponed, in whole or in part, as the Directors may determine. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

16.2 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

16.3 The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

16.4 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at such rate as the Directors may determine (and in addition all expenses that have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment), but the Directors may waive payment of the interest or expenses wholly or in part.

 

16.5 An amount payable in respect of a Share on issue or allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the par value of the Share or premium or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid all the provisions of the Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

16.6 The Directors may issue Shares with different terms as to the amount and times of payment of calls, or the interest to be paid.

 

16.7 The Directors may, if they think fit, receive an amount from any Member willing to advance all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any Shares held by him, and may (until the amount would otherwise become payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such amount in advance.

 

  15

 

 

16.8 No such amount paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such amount to any portion of a Dividend or other distribution payable in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such amount would, but for such payment, become payable.

 

17 Forfeiture of Shares

 

17.1 If a call or instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days' notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

17.2 If the notice is not complied with, any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors. Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends, other distributions or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

17.3 A forfeited Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

17.4 A person any of whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with interest at such rate as the Directors may determine, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies due and payable by him in respect of those Shares.

 

17.5 A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or officer of the Company that a Share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is sold or otherwise disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.

 

17.6 The provisions of the Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the par value of the Share or by way of premium as if it had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

  16

 

 

18 Transmission of Shares

 

18.1 If a Member dies the survivor or survivors (where he was a joint holder) or his legal personal representatives (where he was a sole holder), shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his Shares. The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share, for which he was a joint or sole holder.

 

18.2 Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may be required by the Directors, elect, by a notice in writing sent by him to the Company, either to become the holder of such Share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the holder of such Share. If he elects to have another person registered as the holder of such Share he shall sign an instrument of transfer of that Share to that person. The Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

18.3 A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends, other distributions and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of such Share. However, he shall not, before becoming a Member in respect of a Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him be registered as the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution or any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within ninety days of being received or deemed to be received (as determined pursuant to the Articles) the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all Dividends, other distributions, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

19 Amendments of Memorandum and Articles of Association and Alteration of Capital

 

19.1 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a) increase its share capital by such sum as the Ordinary Resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c) convert all or any of its paid-up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid-up Shares of any denomination;

 

  17

 

 

(d) by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and

 

(e) cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the Ordinary Resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

19.2 All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

19.3 Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the provisions of the Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

(a) change its name;

 

(b) alter or add to the Articles;

 

(c) alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

(d) reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve fund.

 

20 Offices and Places of Business

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office. The Company may, in addition to its Registered Office, maintain such other offices or places of business as the Directors determine.

 

21 General Meetings

 

21.1 All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

21.2 The Company may, but shall not (unless required by the Statute) be obliged to, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. Any annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint and if no other time and place is prescribed by them, it shall be held at the Registered Office on the second Wednesday in December of each year at ten o'clock in the morning. At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

21.3 The Directors may call general meetings.

 

  18

 

 

22 Notice of General Meetings

 

22.1 At least five days' notice shall be given of any general meeting. Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted at the general meeting and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

(a) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than ninety five per cent. in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

22.2 The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that general meeting.

 

23 Advance Notice for Business

 

23.1 At each annual general meeting, the Members shall appoint the Directors then subject to appointment in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Articles and subject to Applicable Law and the rules of any applicable stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares may be then listed or quoted. At any such annual general meeting any other business properly brought before the annual general meeting may be transacted.

 

23.2 To be properly brought before an annual general meeting, business (other than nominations of Directors, which must be made in compliance with, and shall be exclusively governed by, Article 30) must be:

 

(a) specified in the notice of the annual general meeting (or any supplement thereto) given to Members by or at the direction of the Directors in accordance with the Articles;

 

(b) otherwise properly brought before the annual general meeting by or at the direction of the Directors; or

 

(c) otherwise properly brought before the annual general meeting by a Member who:

 

(i) is a Minimum Member at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Article and at the time of the annual general meeting;

 

(ii) is entitled to vote at such annual general meeting; and

 

  19

 

 

(iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article.

 

23.3 For any such business to be properly brought before any annual general meeting pursuant to Article 23.2(c), the Member must have given timely notice thereof in writing, either by personal delivery or express or registered mail (postage prepaid), to the Company not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day and not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the one-year anniversary of the date of the annual general meeting for the immediately preceding year. However, in the event that the date of the annual general meeting is more than 30 days before or after such anniversary date, in order to be timely, a Member's notice must be received by the Company not later than the later of: (x) the close of business 90 days prior to the date of such annual general meeting; and (y) if the first public announcement of the date of such advanced or delayed annual general meeting is less than 100 days prior to such date, 10 days following the date of the first public announcement of the annual general meeting date. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual general meeting, or such adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period or otherwise extend any time period for the giving of a Member's notice as described herein.

 

23.4 Any such notice of other business shall set forth as to each matter the Member proposes to bring before the annual general meeting:

 

(a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual general meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual general meeting and the text of any proposal regarding such business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, if such business includes a proposal to amend the Articles, the text of the proposed amendment), which shall not exceed 1,000 words;

 

(b) as to the Member giving notice and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the proposal is made:

 

(i) the name and address of such Member (as it appears in the Register of Members) and such beneficial owner on whose behalf the proposal is made;

 

(ii) the class and number of Shares which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially or of record by any such Member and by such beneficial owner, respectively, or their respective Affiliates (naming such Affiliates), as at the date of such notice;

 

(iii) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, without limitation, any swap or other derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and securities lending or borrowing arrangement) to which such Member or any such beneficial owner or their respective Affiliates is, directly or indirectly, a party as at the date of such notice: (x) with respect to any Shares; or (y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage the potential risk or benefit of share price changes (increases or decreases) for, or increase or decrease the voting power of such Member or beneficial owner or any of their Affiliates with respect to Shares or which may have payments based in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, on the value (or change in value) of any Shares (any agreement, arrangement or understanding of a type described in this Article 23.4(iii), a " Covered Arrangement "); and

 

  20

 

 

(iv) a representation that the Member is a holder of record of Shares entitled to vote at such annual general meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual general meeting to propose such business;

 

(c) a description of any direct or indirect material interest by security holdings or otherwise of the Member and of any beneficial owner on whose behalf the proposal is made, or their respective Affiliates, in such business (whether by holdings of securities, or by virtue of being a creditor or contractual counterparty of the Company or of a third party, or otherwise) and all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such Member or any such beneficial owner or their respective Affiliates and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) in connection with the proposal of such business by such Member;

 

(d) a representation whether the Member or the beneficial owner intends or is part of a Group which intends:

 

(i) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Ordinary Shares (or other Shares) required to approve or adopt the proposal; and/or

 

(ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from Members in support of such proposal;

 

(e) an undertaking by the Member and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the proposal is made to:

 

(i) notify the Company in writing of the information set forth in Articles 23.4(b)(ii), (b)(iii) and (c) above as at the record date for the annual general meeting promptly (and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days) following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first disclosed by public announcement; and

 

(ii) update such information thereafter within two (2) Business Days of any change in such information and, in any event, as at close of business on the day preceding the meeting date; and

 

(f) any other information relating to such Member, any such beneficial owner and their respective Affiliates that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, such proposal pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, to the same extent as if the Shares were registered under the Exchange Act.

 

  21

 

 

23.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the notice requirements set forth herein with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Article, other than nominations for Directors which must be made in compliance with, and shall be exclusively governed by, Article 30, shall be deemed satisfied by a Member if such Member has submitted a proposal to the Company in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act and such Member's proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Company to solicit proxies for the annual general meeting; provided, that such Member shall have provided the information required by Article 23.4; provided, further, that the information required by Article 23.4(b) may be satisfied by providing the information to the Company required pursuant to Rule 14a-8(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

23.6 Notwithstanding anything in the Articles to the contrary:

 

(a) no other business brought by a Member (other than the nominations of Directors, which must be made in compliance with, and shall be exclusively governed by, Article 30) shall be conducted at any annual general meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article; and

 

(b) unless otherwise required by Applicable Law and the rules of any applicable stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares may be then listed or quoted, if a Member intending to bring business before an annual general meeting in accordance with this Article does not: (x) timely provide the notifications contemplated by Article 23.4(e) above; or (y) timely appear in person or by proxy at the annual general meeting to present the proposed business, such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business may have been received by the Company or any other person or entity.

 

23.7 Except as otherwise provided by Applicable Law or the Articles, the chairman of any annual general meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether any business proposed to be brought before an annual general meeting was proposed in accordance with the foregoing procedures (including whether the Member solicited or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such Member's proposal in compliance with such Member's representation as required by Article 23.4(d)) and if any business is not proposed in compliance with this Article, to declare that such defective proposal shall be disregarded. The requirements of this Article shall apply to any business to be brought before an annual general meeting by a Member other than nominations of Directors (which must be made in compliance with, and shall be exclusively governed by, Article 30) and other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act. For purposes of the Articles, " public announcement " shall mean:

 

(a) prior to the initial public offering of the Company, notice of the annual general meeting given to Members by or at the direction of the Directors in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Articles; and

 

(b) on and after the initial public offering of the Company, disclosure in a press release of the Company reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Company with or to the United States Securities Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

  22

 

 

23.8 Nothing in this Article shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

 

(a) Members to request inclusion of proposals in the Company's proxy statement pursuant to applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act; or

 

(b) the holders of any class of Preferred Shares, or any other class of Shares authorised to be issued by the Company, to make proposals pursuant to any applicable provisions thereof.

 

23.9 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, a Member shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Article, if applicable.

 

24 Proceedings at General Meetings

 

24.1 No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. The holders of a majority of the issued Shares being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy shall be a quorum.

 

24.2 A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

24.3 If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened upon a Members' requisition, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and/or place or to such other day, time and/or place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

24.4 The Directors may, at any time prior to the time appointed for the meeting to commence, appoint any person to act as chairman or co-chairman of a general meeting of the Company or, if the Directors do not make any such appointment, the chairman or co-chairman, if any, of the board of Directors shall preside as chairman or co-chairman at such general meeting. If there is no such chairman or co-chairman, or if he shall not be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

  23

 

 

24.5 If no Director is willing to act as chairman or co-chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

24.6 The chairman or co-chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

24.7 When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice of an adjourned meeting.

 

24.8 A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.

 

24.9 A poll shall be taken as the chairman or co-chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

24.10 A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or co-chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such date, time and place as the chairman of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.

 

24.11 In the case of an equality of votes the chairman or each co-chairman, if any, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

25 Votes of Members

 

25.1 Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any Shares, every Member present in any such manner shall have one vote for every Share of which he is the holder.

 

25.2 In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy), shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

25.3 A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member's behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

  24

 

 

25.4 No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by him in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

25.5 No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time in accordance with this Article shall be referred to the chairman or co-chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

25.6 Votes may be cast either personally or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy). A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting. Where a Member appoints more than one proxy the instrument of proxy shall specify the number of Shares in respect of which each proxy is entitled to exercise the related votes.

 

25.7 A Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of his Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing him, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed.

 

26 Proxies

 

26.1 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation or other non natural person, under the hand of its duly authorised representative. A proxy need not be a Member.

 

26.2 The Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited physically at the Registered Office not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting or adjourned meeting to commence at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote.

 

The chairman or co-chairman may in any event at his discretion declare that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted, or which has not been declared to have been duly deposited by the chairman or co-chairman, shall be invalid.

 

  25

 

 

26.3 The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or such other form as the Directors may approve) and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.

 

26.4 Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

27 Corporate Members

 

Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

28 Shares that May Not be Voted

 

Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

29 Directors

 

29.1 There shall be a board of Directors consisting of not less than one person provided however that the Company may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors. The first Directors of the Company shall be determined in writing by, or appointed by a resolution of, the Subscriber.

 

  26

 

 

29.2 The Directors shall be divided into three classes: Class A, Class B and Class C. The number of Directors in each class shall be as nearly equal as possible. Upon the adoption of the Articles, the existing Directors shall by resolution classify themselves as Class A, Class B or Class C Directors. The Class A Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company's third annual general meeting following effectiveness of the Articles, the Class B Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company's first annual general meeting following effectiveness of the Articles and the Class C Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company's second annual general meeting following effectiveness of the Articles. At each annual general meeting following effectiveness of the Articles, the class of Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual general meeting after such election. Except as the Statute or other applicable law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings called for the election and/or the removal of one or more Directors and the filling of any vacancy in that connection, additional Directors and any vacancies in the board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of Directors for Cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, although less than a quorum (as defined in the Articles), or by the sole remaining Director. All Directors shall hold office until the expiration of their respective terms of office and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified. A Director elected to fill a vacancy resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a Director shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the Director whose death, resignation or removal shall have created such vacancy and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. Holders of Shares may nominate persons for election as Director by sending a written notice addressed to the Company at the Registered Office by prepaid postal delivery, such notice to arrive at least twenty Business Days before the date of a general meeting at which the election of Directors is to be considered.

 

30 Nomination of Directors

 

30.1 Nominations of persons for election as Directors may be made at an annual general meeting only by:

 

(a) the Directors; or

 

(b) by any Member who:

 

(i) is a Minimum Member at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Article and at the time of the annual general meeting;

 

(ii) is entitled to vote for the appointments at such annual general meeting; and

 

(iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article (notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Articles, this Article 30.1(b) shall be the exclusive means for a Member to make nominations of persons for election of Directors at an annual general meeting).

 

30.2 Any Member entitled to vote for the elections may nominate a person or persons for election as Directors only if written notice of such Member's intent to make such nomination is given in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article, either by personal delivery or express or registered mail (postage prepaid), to the Company not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day and not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the one-year anniversary of the date of the annual general meeting for the immediately preceding year. However, in the event that the date of the annual general meeting is more than 30 days before or after such anniversary date, in order to be timely, a Member's notice must be received by the Company not later than the later of: (x) the close of business 90 days prior to the date of such annual general meeting; and (y) if the first public announcement of the date of such advanced or delayed annual general meeting is less than 100 days prior to such date, 10 days following the date of the first public announcement of the annual general meeting date. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual general meeting, or such adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period or otherwise extend any time period for the giving of a Member's notice as described herein. Members may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to the Directors only as provided in this Article and only for such class(es) as are specified in the notice of annual general meeting as being up for election at such annual general meeting.

 

  27

 

 

30.3 Each such notice of a Member's intent to make a nomination of a Director shall set forth:

 

(a) as to the Member giving notice and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made:

 

(i) the name and address of such Member (as it appears in the Register of Members) and any such beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made;

 

(ii) the class and number of Shares which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such Member and any such beneficial owner, respectively, or their respective Affiliates (naming such Affiliates), as at the date of such notice;

 

(iii) a description of any Covered Arrangement to which such Member or beneficial owner, or their respective Affiliates, directly or indirectly, is a party as at the date of such notice;

 

(iv) any other information relating to such Member and any such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement in connection with a solicitation of proxies for the election of Directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and

 

(v) a representation that the Member is a holder of record of Shares entitled to vote at such annual general meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in such Member's notice;

 

(b) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the Member or any beneficial owner, or their respective Affiliates, and each nominee or any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the Member;

 

(c) a representation whether the Member or the beneficial owner is or intends to be part of a Group which intends:

 

(i) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Ordinary Shares (or other Shares) required to elect the Director or Directors nominated; and/or

 

  28

 

 

(ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from Members in support of such nomination or nominations;

 

(d) as to each person whom the Member proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a Director:

 

(i) all information relating to such person as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed in connection with a solicitation of proxies for the election of Directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act;

 

(ii) a description of any Covered Arrangement to which such nominee or any of his or her Affiliates is a party as at the date of such notice

 

(iii) the written consent of each nominee to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if so elected; and

 

(iv) whether, if elected, the nominee intends to tender any advance resignation notice(s) requested by the Directors in connection with subsequent elections, such advance resignation to be contingent upon the nominee's failure to receive a majority vote and acceptance of such resignation by the Directors; and

 

(e) an undertaking by the Member of record and each beneficial owner, if any, to (i) notify the Company in writing of the information set forth in Articles 30.3(a)(2), (a)(iii), (b) and (d) above as at the record date for the annual general meeting promptly (and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days) following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first disclosed by public announcement and (ii) update such information thereafter within two (2) Business Days of any change in such information and, in any event, as at close of business on the day preceding the meeting date.

 

30.4 No person shall be eligible for election as a Director unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Articles. Except as otherwise provided by Applicable Law or the Articles, the chairman of any annual general meeting to elect Directors or the Directors may, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure or if the Member solicits proxies in support of such Member's nominee(s) without such Member having made the representation required by Article 30.3 (c); and if the chairman or the Directors should so determine, it shall be so declared to the annual general meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding anything in the Articles to the contrary, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law or the rules of any applicable stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares may be then listed or quoted, if a Member intending to make a nomination at an annual general meeting in accordance with this Article does not:

 

(a) timely provide the notifications contemplated by of Article 30.3(e); or

 

  29

 

 

(b) timely appear in person or by proxy at the annual general meeting to present the nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been received by the Company or any other person or entity.

 

30.5 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, any Member intending to make a nomination at an annual general meeting in accordance with this Article, and each related beneficial owner, if any, shall also comply with all requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the same extent as if the Shares were registered under the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in the Articles; provided, however, that any references in the Articles to the Exchange Act are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations made or intended to be made in accordance with Article 30.1(b).

 

30.6 Nothing in this Article shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any class of Preferred Shares, or any other class of Shares authorised to be issued by the Company, to appoint Directors pursuant to the terms thereof.

 

30.7 To be eligible to be a nominee for election or re-election as a Director pursuant to Article 30.1(b), a person must deliver (not later than the deadline prescribed for delivery of notice) to the Company a written questionnaire prepared by the Company with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Company upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Company upon written request) that such person:

 

(a) is not and will not become a party to:

 

(i) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a Director, will act or vote on any issue or question (a " Voting Commitment ") that has not been disclosed to the Company; or

 

(ii) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person's ability to comply, if elected as a Director, with such person's duties under Applicable Law;

 

(b) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Company with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a Director that has not been disclosed therein;

 

(c) in such person's individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a Director, and will comply with, Applicable Law and corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and share ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Company that are applicable to Directors generally; and

 

  30

 

 

(d) if elected as a Director, will act in the best interests of the Company and not in the interest of any individual constituency. The nominating and governance committee shall review all such information submitted by the Member with respect to the proposed nominee and determine whether such nominee is eligible to act as a Director. The Company and the nominating and governance committee of the Directors may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent Director or that could be material to a reasonable Member's understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

 

30.8 At the request of the Directors, any person nominated for election as a Director shall furnish to the Company the information that is required to be set forth in a Members' notice of nomination pursuant to this Article.

 

30.9 Any Member proposing to nominate a person or persons for election as Director shall be responsible for, and bear the costs associated with, soliciting votes from any other voting Member and distributing materials to such Members prior to the annual general meeting in accordance with the Articles and applicable rules of the United States Securities Exchange Commission. A Member shall include any person or persons such Member intends to nominate for election as Director in its own proxy statement and proxy card.

 

31 Powers of Directors

 

31.1 Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and the Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

31.2 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable or transferable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine by resolution.

 

31.3 The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

31.4 The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

  31

 

 

32 Appointment and Removal of Directors

 

32.1 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director for Cause (and not otherwise).

 

32.2 The Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of Directors.

 

33 Vacation of Office of Director

 

The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

(a) the Director gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; or

 

(b) the Director absents himself (for the avoidance of doubt, without being represented by proxy) from three consecutive meetings of the board of Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and the Directors pass a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated office; or

 

(c) the Director dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(d) the Director is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

 

(e) all of the other Directors (being not less than two in number) determine that he should be removed as a Director for Cause (and not otherwise), either by a resolution passed by all of the other Directors at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held in accordance with the Articles or by a resolution in writing signed by all of the other Directors.

 

34 Proceedings of Directors

 

34.1 The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed shall be a majority if there are three or more Directors, shall be two if there are two Directors, and shall be one if there is only one Director.

 

34.2 Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman or, if there are co-chairman, each co-chairman, shall have a second or casting vote.

 

  32

 

 

34.3 A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman or co-chairman is located at the start of the meeting.

 

34.4 A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of the Directors or, in the case of a resolution in writing relating to the removal of any Director or the vacation of office by any Director, all of the Directors other than the Director who is the subject of such resolution shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.

 

34.5 A Director may, or other officer of the Company on the direction of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days' notice in writing to every Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors either at, before or after the meeting is held. To any such notice of a meeting of the Directors all the provisions of the Articles relating to the giving of notices by the Company to the Members shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

34.6 The continuing Directors (or a sole continuing Director, as the case may be) may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to the Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to be equal to such fixed number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

34.7 The Directors may elect a chairman or co-chairman of their board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such chairman or co-chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman or co-chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

34.8 All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director, and/or that they or any of them were disqualified, and/or had vacated their office and/or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and/or not disqualified to be a Director and/or had not vacated their office and/or had been entitled to vote, as the case may be.

 

34.9 A Director may be represented at any meetings of the board of Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by him. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director.

 

  33

 

 

35 Presumption of Assent

 

A Director who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or co-chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

36 Directors' Interests

 

36.1 A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

36.2 A Director may act by himself or by, through or on behalf of his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director.

 

36.3 A Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

36.4 No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A Director shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

36.5 A general notice that a Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

  34

 

 

37 Minutes

 

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of recording all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of the Directors, including the names of the Directors present at each meeting.

 

38 Delegation of Directors' Powers

 

38.1 The Directors may delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions, including the power to sub-delegate, to any committee consisting of one or more Directors. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such delegation may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

38.2 The Directors may establish any committees, local boards or agencies or appoint any person to be a manager or agent for managing the affairs of the Company and may appoint any person to be a member of such committees, local boards or agencies. Any such appointment may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such appointment may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of any such committee, local board or agency shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

38.3 The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any person to be the agent of the Company on such conditions as the Directors may determine, provided that the delegation is not to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked by the Directors at any time.

 

38.4 The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under the Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

38.5 The Directors may appoint such officers of the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any chairman (or co-chairman) of the board of Directors, vice chairman of the board of Directors, one or more chief executive officers, presidents, a chief financial officer, a secretary, a treasurer, vice-presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries or any other officers as may be determined by the Directors) as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment an officer of the Company may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members. An officer of the Company may vacate his office at any time if he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns his office.

 

  35

 

 

39 No Minimum Shareholding

 

The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.

 

40 Remuneration of Directors

 

40.1 The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine. The Directors shall also be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any class of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company or the discharge of their duties as a Director, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.

 

40.2 The Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services which in the opinion of the Directors go beyond his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel, attorney or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director.

 

41 Seal

 

41.1 The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

41.2 The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

41.3 A Director or officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

 

  36

 

 

42 Dividends, Distributions and Reserve

 

42.1 Subject to the Statute and this Article and except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, the Directors may resolve to pay Dividends and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or other distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. A Dividend shall be deemed to be an interim Dividend unless the terms of the resolution pursuant to which the Directors resolve to pay such Dividend specifically state that such Dividend shall be a final Dividend. No Dividend or other distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by the Statute.

 

42.2 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, all Dividends and other distributions shall be paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

42.3 The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or other distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

42.4 The Directors may resolve that any Dividend or other distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular (but without limitation) by the distribution of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees in such manner as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

42.5 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, Dividends and other distributions may be paid in any currency. The Directors may determine the basis of conversion for any currency conversions that may be required and how any costs involved are to be met.

 

42.6 The Directors may, before resolving to pay any Dividend or other distribution, set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the discretion of the Directors, be employed in the business of the Company.

 

42.7 Any Dividend, other distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Dividends, other distributions, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

  37

 

 

42.8 No Dividend or other distribution shall bear interest against the Company.

 

42.9 Any Dividend or other distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company's name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend or other distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend or other distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

43 Capitalisation

 

The Directors may at any time capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company's reserve accounts or funds (including the share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution; appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst such Members had the same been a distribution of profits by way of Dividend or other distribution; and apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalisation, with full power given to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit in the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental or relating thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such Members and the Company.

 

44 Books of Account

 

44.1 The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company's affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

44.2 The Directors shall determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

  38

 

 

44.3 The Directors may cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

45 Audit

 

45.1 The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.

 

45.2 Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

45.3 Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

46 Notices

 

46.1 Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member). Any notice, if posted from one country to another, is to be sent by airmail.

 

46.2 Where a notice is sent by courier, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays in the Cayman Islands) following the day on which the notice was posted. Where a notice is sent by cable, telex or fax, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted. Where a notice is given by e-mail service shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

  39

 

 

46.3 A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under the Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

46.4 Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner authorised by the Articles to every holder of Shares carrying an entitlement to receive such notice on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves by reason of his being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member where the Member but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

47 Winding Up

 

47.1 If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors' claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any Shares, in a winding up:

 

(a) if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company's issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them; or

 

(b) if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company's issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

47.2 If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any Shares and with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Statute, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

  40

 

 

48 Indemnity and Insurance

 

48.1 Every Director and officer of the Company (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former officer of the Company (each an " Indemnified Person ") shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

 

48.2 The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

 

48.3 The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

 

49 Financial Year

 

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31st December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1st January in each year.

 

50 Transfer by Way of Continuation

 

If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

  41

 

 

51 Mergers and Consolidations

 

The Company shall, with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more constituent companies (as defined in the Statute), upon such terms as the Directors may determine.

 

52 Business Opportunities

 

52.1 In recognition and anticipation of the facts that: (a) directors, managers, officers, members, partners, managing members, employees and/or agents of one or more members of the Investor Group (each of the foregoing, an “ Investor Group Related Person ”) may serve as Directors and/or officers of the Company); and (b) the Investor Group engages, and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Company as they may involve the Members and the Investor Group Related Persons, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Company and its officers, Directors and Members in connection therewith.

 

52.2 To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Investor Group and the Investor Group Related Persons shall have no duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for either the Investor Group or the Investor Group Related Persons, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other. Except to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Investor Group and the Investor Group Related Persons shall have no duty to communicate or offer any such corporate opportunity to the Company and shall not be liable to the Company or its Members for breach of any fiduciary duty as a Member, Director and/or officer of the Company solely by reason of the fact that such party pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, himself or herself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Company.

 

52.3 Except as provided elsewhere in this Article, the Company hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and the Investor Group, about which a Director and/or officer of the Company who is also an Investor Group Related Person acquires knowledge.

 

  42

 

 

52.4 To the extent a court might hold that the conduct of any activity related to a corporate opportunity that is renounced in this Article to be a breach of duty to the Company or its Members, the Company hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any and all claims and causes of action that the Company may have for such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the provisions of this Article apply equally to activities conducted in the future and that have been conducted in the past.

 

52.5 As used in this Article, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a) Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act; and

 

(b) Investor Group ” shall mean Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., CF Capital Growth, LLC, CC Capital Management LLC, GSO Capital Partners LP and Fidelity National Financial, Inc. and their respective Affiliates, and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing.

 

53 Voting of Subsidiary Shares

 

53.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles to the contrary (but subject to Article 53.2), if the Company, in its capacity as a member or shareholder of any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a company or corporation organised under the laws of the United States of America or any state (or limited liability company organised under the laws of the United States of AMerica or any state that is taxable as a company or corporation for United States Federal income tax purposes) and that is not treated as a pass-through vehicle or disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes (unless such disregarded entity owns, directly or indirectly, any subsidiary organised under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States of America that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes), is required or has the right to vote at a general meeting or special meeting of such Subsidiary (whether in person or by its attorney-in-fact or proxy) (or by written resolution in lieu of a general meeting or special meeting), and the subject matter of the vote is:

 

(a) the appointment, removal or remuneration of directors of a non- United States Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

(b) any other subject matter with respect to a non-United States Subsidiary of the Company that legally requires the approval of the shareholders of such non-United States Subsidiary of the Company, the Directors shall refer the subject matter of the vote to the Members and seek instruction from the Members entitled to vote generally at an election of Directors for the Company's corporate representative or proxy to vote with respect to the resolution proposed by such Subsidiary of the Company.

 

The Directors shall cause the Company's corporate representative or proxy to vote the Company's shares in such Subsidiary of the Company pro rata to the votes received at the general meeting of the Company, with votes for or against the directing resolution being taken, respectively, as an instruction for the Company's corporate representative or proxy to vote the appropriate proportion of its share for and the appropriate proportion of its shares against the resolution proposed by such Subsidiary of the Company. The Directors shall have authority to resolve any ambiguity. All votes referred to the Members pursuant to this Article shall give effect to and otherwise be subject to the voting power restrictions of Article 4.

 

  43

 

 

53.2 If the Directors, in their discretion, determine that the application of Article 53.1(b) with respect to a particular vote is not necessary to achieve the purposes of this Article, they may waive the application of Article 53.1(b) with respect to such vote.

 

54 Bye-laws or Articles of Association of Certain Subsidiaries

 

The Directors shall require that the bye-laws or articles of association or similar organisational documents of each Subsidiary of the Company that is not a company or corporation organised under the laws of the United States of AMerica or any state (or limited liability company organised under the laws of the United States of America or any state that is taxable as a corporation for United States Federal income tax purposes) and that is not treated as a pass-through vehicle or disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes (unless such disregarded entity owns, directly or indirectly, any subsidiary organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) contain provisions substantially similar to Article 53 and this Article. The Company shall enter into agreements, as and when determined by the Directors, with each such Subsidiary of the Company, only if and to the extent reasonably necessary and permitted under Applicable Law, to effectuate or implement this Article.

 

  44

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

 

OF

 

SERIES A CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES

 

OF

 

FGL HOLDINGS

 

FGL HOLDINGS, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), does hereby certify:

 

That the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and applicable law, by way of written resolution dated November 30, 2017, duly adopted resolutions creating a class of preferred shares of the Company designated as “Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares”.

 

Section 1.           Designation . The designation of the class of preferred shares shall be “Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares” (the “ Series A Shares ”). Each Series A Share shall be identical in all respects to every other Series A Share. The Series A Shares will rank, on the terms set forth in Section 4(c) and Section 5, equally with Parity Shares and senior to Junior Shares, with respect to the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company.

 

Section 2.           Number of Shares . The number of authorized Series A Shares shall be 275,000, provided , that an additional 325,000 Series A Shares shall be authorized for issuance solely as PIK Shares. That number from time to time may be increased solely with the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of the Series A Shares pursuant to Section 12 and the Board of Directors; provided that no such increase shall be permitted that would cause the total number of authorized Preferred Shares, including the Series A Shares, to exceed the amount of Preferred Shares authorized by the Articles of Association.

 

Section 3.           Definitions . As used herein with respect to the Series A Shares:

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Certificate of Designations, “ control ”, when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(c).

 

Appoint ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(v).

 

AOI ” means, for any period, the adjusted operating income of the Company, calculated on a basis consistent with that adopted by Fidelity & Guaranty Life for the 2016 fiscal year, as reflected in its publicly filed financial statements.

 

  1  

 

 

Arrearage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

Articles of Association ” means the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, as they may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designations and the certificate of designations for any other authorized class of Preferred Shares.

 

Blackstone Funds ” means, individually or collectively, any investment fund, coinvestment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles or accounts, in each case, managed by an Affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., or any of their respective successors.

 

Board of Directors ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals or a committee thereof duly authorized to act for such Board of Directors.

 

Business Day ” means each weekday on which banking institutions in New York, New York are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Calculation Agent ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as calculation agent for the Series A Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation or a company, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares, and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation or a company, any and all partnership, limited liability company, membership or other equity interests of such Person, but in each case excluding any debt securities convertible into any of the foregoing.

 

Certificate of Designations ” means this Certificate of Designations relating to the Series A Shares, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one of the following:

 

(i)           a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than a Permitted Holder, becomes or files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company;

 

(ii)          one or more Permitted Holders become, or commence a tender, exchange or similar offer and/or file a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such Permitted Holder(s) intends to become, in the aggregate, the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owners,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company representing more than 60% of the voting power of the outstanding Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company; or

 

  2  

 

 

(iii)         consummation of any consolidation, merger, amalgamation or scheme of arrangement of or involving the Company or similar transaction or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to any Person other than one of the Company’s Subsidiaries, in each case pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company will be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than pursuant to a transaction in which (A) the Persons that “beneficially owned” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, voting shares of the Company immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, voting shares representing a majority of the total voting power of all issued and outstanding classes of voting shares of the continuing or surviving Person immediately after such transaction, or (B) the members of the Board of Directors or other governing body of the Company immediately prior to such transaction comprise a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or other governing body of the Company or such other continuing or surviving Person immediately after such transaction.

 

Closing Price ” of the Ordinary Shares on any date of determination means the last reported sale price of the Ordinary Shares regular way on such date (or, if no such sale occurs on such date, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices for such shares regular way on such date) on the Principal Market or, if there is no Principal Market for the Ordinary Shares, the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted for the Ordinary Shares in the over-the-counter market as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or any similar organization, or if such closing prices are not so reported (or if the relevant price or prices required to be used to calculate the Closing Price as provided in this paragraph are not available in the relevant market on such date for any reason, the market price of the Ordinary Shares on such date as determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by the Company for this purpose).

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Competing Remarketing ” means any ongoing Remarketing pursuant to Section 11, and any ongoing remarketing of the Series B Shares pursuant to Section 11 of the Series B Certificate of Designations; provided that no such Remarketing or remarketing shall be deemed to be ongoing past the applicable Remarketing Window for such Remarketing.

 

Constituent Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a)(ii).

 

Conversion Agent ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as conversion agent for the Series A Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Conversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).

 

Conversion Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).

 

Conversion Price ” means, at any time, a dollar amount equal to the higher of (i) a 5.0% discount to the arithmetic average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days from, but excluding the Conversion Notice Date, and (ii) the Floor Price.

 

Conversion Rate ” means, at any time, the number of duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable Ordinary Shares into which each Series A Share is convertible, after taking into account any adjustments pursuant to Section 9, determined by dividing (i) the Liquidation Preference (calculated as if the Conversion Date was the date fixed for liquidation the Company, and as adjusted pursuant hereto for share splits, share dividends, reclassifications and the like), by (ii) the Conversion Price.

 

Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, CF Bermuda Holdings Limited, a Bermuda exempted limited liability company, the lenders from time to time a party thereto and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent for the lenders and the other agents and arrangers party thereto.

 

  3  

 

 

Current Market Price ” as of any day means the average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days ending on the earlier of the day in question and the day before the Ex-date or other specified date with respect to the issuance or distribution requiring such computation, appropriately adjusted to take into account the occurrence during such period of any event described in Section 9. For the purpose of calculating the Current Market Price, consecutive Trading Days shall end on the day before the date in question.

 

Depositary ” means DTC or its nominee, or any successor depositary appointed by the Company or its nominee.

 

Director Acceptance Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(ii).

 

Dividend Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i). Each Dividend Payment Date “relates” to the Dividend Period most recently ending before such Dividend Payment Date, and vice versa (with the words “related” and “relating” having correlative meanings).

 

Dividend Period ” means each period from and including a Dividend Payment Date (except that the initial Dividend Period shall commence on the Original Issue Date, and the initial Dividend Period for any Series A Shares issued in kind pursuant to Section 4 shall commence on the date such Series A Shares are issued) and continuing to but not including the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date.

 

Dividend Rate ” means (i) for any day during the Fixed Rate Period, 7.5%, and (ii) for any date during the Floating Rate Period, the greater of (A) 7.5% and (B) a rate equal to Three-month LIBOR plus 5.5%; provided that in the event of an Modified Dividend Rate, such Modified Dividend Rate shall be the Dividend Rate.

 

Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a)(iii).

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.

 

Engagement Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Remarketing Window”.

 

Engagement Deadline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(b).

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a)(ii).

 

Ex-date ”, when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Ordinary Shares or other relevant securities trade without the right to receive such issuance or distribution.

 

Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Fixed Rate Period ” means each Dividend Period relating to a Dividend Payment Date occurring on or before November 30, 2027.

 

Floating Rate Period ” means each Dividend Period relating to a Dividend Payment Date occurring after November 30, 2027.

 

  4  

 

 

Floor Price ” means (i) for a Conversion Date from and including November 30, 2027 to but not including November 30, 2028, $8.00, (ii) for a Conversion Date from and including November 30, 2028 to but not including November 30, 2029, $7.00, and (iii) for a Conversion Date from and after November 30, 2029, $6.00, in each case after taking into account any adjustment pursuant to Section 9.

 

FNF ” means Fidelity National Financial, Inc., and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Global Preferred Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(a).

 

GSO ” means GSO Capital Partners LP, and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

GSO Group ” means funds and accounts managed, advised or sub-advised by GSO and its Affiliates within the credit-focused business unit of The Blackstone Group L.P.

 

Holder ” means, as to any Series A Share, the Person in whose name such share is registered in the register of members of the Company, which may be treated by the Company, Transfer Agent, Registrar, Calculation Agent, paying agent and Conversion Agent as the absolute owner of such share for the purpose of making payment and settling the related conversions and for all other purposes. References herein to “holders” of preferred shares of the Company shall mean, insofar as such shares are Series A Shares, the Holders thereof.

 

Included Series B Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Junior Liquidation Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Junior Shares”.

 

Junior Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(i).

 

Junior Shares ” means the Ordinary Shares and any other class or series of shares in the capital of the Company now existing or hereafter authorized over which the Series A Shares have preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company. Junior Shares over which the Series A Shares have preference or priority in such distribution of assets are herein called “ Junior Liquidation Shares ”.

 

Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a). References to the “ liquidation preference ” of any Preferred Shares of the Company in the Articles of Association shall mean the Liquidation Preference if such Preferred Shares are Series A Shares.

 

London Banking Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are open in London for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits).

 

Market Disruption Event ” means, on any day when the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted on a securities exchange or quotation facility (whether U.S. national or regional or non-U.S.), any of the following events that occurs or continues to exist on such day:

 

(i)           any suspension of, or limitation imposed on, trading by the Principal Market during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session (or for purposes of determining the VWAP per Ordinary Share, any period or periods aggregating one half-hour or longer during the regular trading session) on the Principal Market on such day, and whether by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the Principal Market, or otherwise, relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) or to futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market;

 

  5  

 

 

(ii)          any event that disrupts or impairs (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion) the ability of market participants, during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session (or for purposes of determining the VWAP per Ordinary Share, any period or periods aggregating one half-hour or longer during the regular trading session) on the Principal Market on such day, to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market on such day or to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market on such day; or

 

(iii)         the principal exchange or quotation facility (whether or not the Principal Market) on which futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted fails to open, or closes prior to its respective scheduled closing time, for the regular trading session on such day (without regard to after hours or any other trading outside of the regular trading session hours), unless such earlier closing time is announced by such exchange or facility at least one hour prior to the earlier of (A) the actual closing time for the regular trading session on such day and (B) the submission deadline for orders to be entered into such exchange or facility for execution at the actual closing time on such day.

 

Modified Dividend Rate ” means, in connection with a Remarketing, the dividend rate per annum (which may be fixed or floating, and any spread with respect to a floating dividend rate) rounded to the nearest one one-thousandth (0.001) of one percent that the Series A Shares shall bear as determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement and Section 11(j).

 

Modified Redemption Date ” means, in connection with a Remarketing, the earliest redemption date for the Series A Shares (which shall be no earlier than the earliest redemption date prior to such Remarketing) that shall apply after such Remarketing as determined by the Company pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement.

 

Modified Remarketing Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

Modified Terms ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

NC Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a); provided that if there is a Modified Redemption Date, the NC Date shall be the Modified Redemption Date.

 

Nonpayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Normalized AOI ” means the AOI for any period subject to the following adjustments: (i) add back any amounts for “legacy incentive compensation”, and “back project expenses”, (ii) add back (if negative) or subtract (if positive) any amounts for “single premium immediate annuities mortality & other reserve adjustments”; (iii) add back (if negative) or subtract (if positive) any amounts for “assumption review & DAC unlocking”, and (iv) “other, including bond prepayment income and tax valuation allowance adjustments”, in each case, calculated on a basis consistent with that adopted in prior years by Fidelity Life & Guaranty in its publicly filed financial statements.

 

  6  

 

 

Officer ” means the Director, Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, the Chief Accounting Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and any Assistant Secretary of the Company.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed (i) by a Director, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller or the Chief Accounting Officer, and (ii) by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the General Counsel, Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Conversion Agent.

 

Ordinary Shares ” means the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Original Holder ” means any Holder that is (i) a member of the GSO Group or (ii) any transferee of such member that is an Affiliate of GSO.

 

Original Issue Date ” means November 30, 2017.

 

Original Liquidation Preference ” means $1,000.00 per Series A Share.

 

Original Remarketing Price ” means an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference for the Series A Shares to be remarketed.

 

Original Series B Holders ” means any Holder of Series B Shares that is (i) FNF, or (ii) any transferee of FNF that is an Affiliate of FNF.

 

Parity Dividend Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Parity Shares”.

 

Parity Liquidation Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Parity Shares”.

 

Parity Shares ” means any class or series of shares in the capital of the Company hereafter authorized that ranks equally with the Series A Shares in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company. Parity Shares so ranking equally in the payment of dividends are herein called “ Parity Dividend Shares ”. Parity Shares so ranking equally in such distribution of assets are herein called “ Parity Liquidation Shares ”. The Series B Shares shall be deemed to be Parity Shares, Parity Dividend Shares and Parity Liquidation Shares.

 

Participation Deadline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Participating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Participating Series B Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Permitted Holders ” means:

 

(i) each of Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., GSO, FNF, Cannae Holdings, Inc., BilCar, LLC, CC Capital Management, LLC, CFS Holdings (Cayman), LP, CFS II Holdings (Cayman), LP and the Blackstone Funds;

 

(ii) any Affiliate or Related Party of any Person specified in clause (i); and

 

  7  

 

 

(iii) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in clauses (i) and (ii) or any group in which the Persons specified in clauses (i) and (ii) own a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock held by such group, and any Person that is a member of any such group.

 

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, company, corporation, estate, body corporate, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association or other legal entity.

 

PIK Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(ii).

 

Preferred Shares ” means any and all series or classes of preferred shares in the capital of the Company, having a par value of $0.0001 per share, including the Series A Shares and Series B Shares.

 

Preferred Share Director ” has the meaning specified in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Principal Market ” means, with respect to any day on which the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted on any securities exchange or quotation facility (whether U.S. national or regional or non-U.S.), the principal such exchange or facility on which the Ordinary Shares are so listed or admitted or so quoted.

 

Purchased Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(d).

 

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

 

Registrar ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as registrar for the Series A Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Regulatory Entities ” means all governmental or self-regulatory authorities in the United States or elsewhere having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Reimbursed Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Related Party ” means:

 

(i)           any controlling stockholder, majority owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder; or

 

(ii)          any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a majority (and controlling) interest of which consist of one or more Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i).

 

Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Remarketing Agent ” means any Remarketing Agent(s) appointed by the Company pursuant to Section 11.

 

Remarketing Agreement ” means a Remarketing Agreement to be entered into between the Company and one or more Remarketing Agents setting forth the terms of a Remarketing.

 

Remarketing Date ” means the date the Series A Shares offered in the Remarketing Period are priced by the Company and the Remarketing Agent(s).

 

  8  

 

 

Remarketing Fee ” means, in the event of a Successful Remarketing, a remarketing fee, if any, paid to the Remarketing Agent(s) to be agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Remarketing Agent(s) prior to any Remarketing pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement.

 

Remarketing Interest Amount ” means interest on the Remarketing Loss Share Amount at a rate of 7.5% per annum accrued daily during the Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period.

 

Remarketing Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Loss Share Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Remarketing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c).

 

Remarketing Price ” means, as applicable, the Original Remarketing Price or the Modified Remarketing Price.

 

Remarketing Process ” means the Remarketing process specified in Section 11, commencing with the delivery of a Remarketing Notice.

 

Remarketing Reimbursement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Settlement Date ” means the third Business Day immediately following the Remarketing Date for a Successful Remarketing, or such other date as the Company and the Remarketing Agent may mutually agree.

 

Remarketing Window ” means the period from (i) the fifth Business Day following the earlier of (A) the Engagement Deadline, and (B) the date on which the Remarketing Agent(s) are engaged by the Company pursuant to Section 11 (the “ Engagement Date ”), through (ii) the 20 th Business Day following the Engagement Deadline or Engagement Date, as applicable, provided that such period may be extended (and the Remarketing delayed) to no later than 180 days after the Engagement Deadline or Engagement Date, as applicable, if (i) the Remarketing Agent determines that the Remarketing is impractical due to then-prevailing market conditions, or (ii) if the Board of Directors determines in good faith (x) that such delay would enable the Company to avoid disclosure of material information, the disclosure of which at that time would not be in the Company’s best interests, or (y) that the Remarketing to be delayed would, if not delayed, materially adversely affect the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially interfere with, or jeopardize the success of, any pending or proposed material transaction, including any debt or equity financing, any acquisition or disposition, any recapitalization or reorganization or any other material transaction, whether due to commercial reasons, a desire to avoid premature disclosure of information or any other reason.

 

Reorganization Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a).

 

Reuters Screen LIBOR01 ” means the display on the Reuters Eikon (or any successor service) on the “LIBOR01” page (or any other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks for U.S. dollar deposits).

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

  9  

 

 

Series A Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

Series B Certificate of Designations ” means the Certificate of Designations for the Series B Shares.

 

Series B Participation Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Series B Remarketing Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Series B Shares ” means the Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares of Company.

 

Shareholder Approval ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(e).

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which (i) such Person or any other Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner (in the case of a partnership) or managing member (in the case of a limited liability company), (ii) voting power to elect or appoint a majority of the board of directors, board of managers or others performing similar functions with respect to such organization is held by such Person or by any one or more of such Person’s Subsidiaries, (iii) at least fifty percent (50%) of any class of shares or Capital Stock or of the outstanding equity interests are beneficially owned by such Person or (iv) any Person that would otherwise be deemed a “ subsidiary ” under Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

 

Successful Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(e).

 

Three-month LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Floating Rate Period, the offered rate expressed as a percentage per annum for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, as that rate appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of such Floating Rate Period.

 

If Three-month LIBOR does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, Three-month LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period, commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000, are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in that market selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of such Floating Rate Period. The Calculation Agent shall request the principal London office of each of these banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-month LIBOR for such Floating Rate Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such quotations (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest 0.00001%).

 

If fewer than two such quotations are provided as described in the preceding paragraph, Three-month LIBOR with respect to such Floating Rate Period shall be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest 0.00001%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Floating Rate Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period, commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000.

 

  10  

 

 

If fewer than three banks selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent to provide quotations are quoting as described in the preceding paragraph the Calculation Agent shall: (i) determine the base rate that is most comparable to the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01; and (ii) apply such changes to that rate such that it is as similar as practicable, in the opinion of the Calculation Agent, to the rate that would have prevailed under the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, provided , that if the Calculation Agent determines there is an industry accepted successor base rate to the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, such successor base rate will be the rate applied under (i).

 

If Three-month LIBOR calculated in accordance with the foregoing paragraphs for any Floating Rate Period is less than zero, then Three-month LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero for such Floating Rate Period.

 

Trading Day ” means, for purposes of determining a VWAP or Closing Price per share of Ordinary Shares, a day on which the Principal Market is open for the transaction of business and on which a Market Disruption Event does not occur or exist, or if the shares of Ordinary Shares are not listed or admitted to trading and are not quoted on any securities exchange or quotation facility, a Business Day.

 

Transfer Agent ” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as Transfer Agent, Registrar, Calculation Agent, paying agent and Conversion Agent for the Series A Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Trust ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(e).

 

Unsuccessful Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(f).

 

Voting Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Voting Stock ” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.

 

VWAP ” per Ordinary Share on any Trading Day means the per share volume-weighted average sale price per share of Ordinary Shares on the Principal Market as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg page “CF Equity VWAP” (or any appropriate successor page) in respect of the period from the open of trading until the close of trading on the Principal Market on such Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable or not provided for any reason, or there is no Principal Market for the Ordinary Shares, the market price of one Ordinary Share on such Trading Day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company). When used with respect to any other securities, “VWAP” shall have the meaning set forth above with references to the price per Ordinary Share meaning the price per unit of such other securities, with references to Bloomberg page “CF Equity VWAP” meaning the applicable Bloomberg page displaying the volume-weighted average sale price per unit of such securities and references to the Principal Market meaning the principal exchange or other market in which such securities are then listed, quoted or traded. The VWAP during any period shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account the occurrence during such period of any event described in Section 9.

 

In addition to the above definitions, unless the context requires otherwise:

 

(i)           any reference to any statute, regulation, rule or form as of any time shall mean such statute, regulation, rule or form as amended or modified and shall also include any successor statute, regulation, rule or form from time to time (and in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated under the statute);

 

  11  

 

 

(i)           references to “$” or “dollars” means the lawful coin or currency of the United States of America; and

 

(ii)          references to “Section” are references to Sections of this Certificate of Designations.

 

Section 4.           Dividends .

 

(a)            Quarterly Dividends .

 

(i)           Subject to applicable law, the Holders of the Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors), out of assets lawfully available for that purpose, cumulative cash dividends on the Original Liquidation Preference of $1,000.00 at a rate per annum equal to the then-applicable Dividend Rate. Subject to applicable law, dividends shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first days of January, April, July and October, respectively, in each year, commencing on January 1, 2018; provided , however , that (x) if any such day during the Fixed Rate Period is not a Business Day, then such day shall nevertheless be a Dividend Payment Date but dividends on the Series A Shares, when, as and if declared, shall be paid on the next succeeding Business Day (without adjustment in the amount of the dividend per Series A Share), and (y) if any such day during the Floating Rate Period is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day shall be the applicable Dividend Payment Date and dividends, when, as and if declared, shall be paid on such next succeeding Business Day (each such day on which dividends are payable, after giving effect to this proviso if applicable, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). Dividends on the Series A Shares shall begin to accumulate on the Original Issue Date (or, with respect to any Series A Shares issued in kind pursuant to this Section 4, the date on which such Series A Shares are issued) and shall be deemed to accumulate from day to day whether or not earned or declared until paid. Dividends payable on the Series A Shares in respect of each Fixed Rate Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and dividends payable on the Series A Shares in respect of each Floating Rate Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent by multiplying the per annum dividend rate in effect for that Floating Rate Period by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the actual number of days in that Floating Rate Period and the denominator of which will be 360, and multiplying the rate obtained by $1,000 to determine the dividend per Series A Share. The Calculation Agent’s determination of any Dividend Rate, and its calculation of the amount of dividends for any Dividend Period, will be maintained on file at the Company’s principal offices and will be available to any Holder upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error. The Company may terminate the appointment of the Calculation Agent and may appoint a successor agent at any time and from time to time, provided that the Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the Series A Shares are issued and outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as such agent.

 

(ii)          Dividends payable on Series A Shares on any Dividend Payment Date shall be paid in cash or, at the option of the Company, in lieu of paying such cash dividends, the Company may instead effect a share capitalization by issuing new duly authorized and fully paid and nonassessable Series A Shares (any such Series A Shares, “ PIK Shares ”) to the extent the Company chooses not to pay a cash dividend. If the Company elects to effect a share capitalization by issuing PIK Shares in accordance with the foregoing, the number of PIK Shares to be issued will be calculated by dividing the portion of such dividend not paid in cash by the Original Liquidation Preference, and such PIK Shares shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rates specified in the preceding paragraph from their date of issuance and shall otherwise be treated as Series A Shares for purposes of all other provisions hereof. The Company may not effect a share capitalization by issuing PIK Shares to the extent (A) there are not sufficient authorized but unissued Series A Shares to permit such share capitalization, (B) a Remarketing Process has commenced pursuant to Section 11 and not concluded or terminated, or (C) from and after May 31, 2018, if the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series A Shares and Series B Shares following such issuance of PIK Shares would be greater than 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof (calculated using the methodology applied under Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and assuming that such Series A Shares were convertible pursuant to Section 7 at the time of the applicable Dividend Payment Date at a Conversion Price equal to the value of clause (iii) of the definition of Floor Price), until such time as the Company obtains the Shareholder Approval.

 

  12  

 

 

(iii)         Dividends that are payable on the Series A Shares or any share capitalization effected on any Dividend Payment Date shall be payable, and any PIK Shares shall be issuable, to Holders of record of the Series A Shares as they appear on the register of members of the Company on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15 th calendar day of the month immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

 

(iv)         In connection with a Successful Remarketing of the Series A Shares, the Dividend Rate may be increased to an Modified Dividend Rate in accordance with Section 11 below. If the Dividend Rate on the Series A Shares is increased in accordance with Section 11 below, dividends shall accumulate at the Modified Dividend Rate pursuant to the terms of this Section 4 from (and including) the Remarketing Settlement Date. Any reference herein to accumulated and unpaid dividends shall include any such dividends at the Modified Dividend Rate, if applicable.

 

(b)            Cumulative Dividends . Dividends on the Series A Shares shall be cumulative, and from and after any Dividend Payment Date or other date on which any dividend or any payment upon redemption, or any Conversion Date on which any payment upon conversion, in each case has accumulated or been deemed to have accumulated through such date has not been paid in full (the “ Arrearage ”), additional dividends shall accumulate in respect of the Arrearage at the then-applicable Dividend Rate. Such additional dividends in respect of any Arrearage shall be deemed to accumulate daily from such Dividend Payment Date, or other date on which any dividend or any payment upon redemption or Conversion Date, whether or not earned or declared, until the Arrearage is paid and shall constitute additional Arrearage from and after the immediately following Dividend Payment Date to the extent not paid on such Dividend Payment Date. References in any Article herein to dividends that have “accumulated” or that have been deemed to have accumulated with respect to the Series A Shares shall include the amount, if any, of any Arrearage together with any dividends accumulated or deemed to have accumulated on such Arrearage pursuant to the immediately preceding two sentences.

 

(c)           Priority of Dividends .

 

(i)           For so long as any Series A Shares remain issued and outstanding, the Company will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries not to, declare, pay or set apart funds for any dividends or other distributions with respect to any Junior Shares or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, or make a liquidation payment relating to, any Junior Shares, or make any guarantee payment with respect thereto, in any case during or in respect of any Dividend Period (collectively, “ Junior Payments ”), unless: (1)(A) full dividends (including any Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid in cash or in kind on the Series A Shares for all Dividend Periods prior to the date of such Junior Payment and the Dividend Period in which such Junior Payment falls, and (B) no PIK Shares are then issued and outstanding; (2) Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company, or any successor “primary” insurance Subsidiary of the Company, maintains an A.M. Best Company financial strength rating of A- or higher; (3) the Company is in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 12(c); (4) any such Junior Payments, when aggregated with all other Junior Payments, other than on the Series A Shares and the Series B Shares, in any given fiscal year of the Company, does not represent an amount greater than 20% of the Normalized AOI of the Company for the preceding fiscal year; and (5) if any Change of Control has occurred, the requirements of Section 12(c)(iv) were satisfied with respect to such Change of Control; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction will not apply to:

 

  13  

 

 

 

A.            purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Junior Shares (and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith) required by any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

B.            the purchase of fractional interests in Junior Shares pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Junior Shares;

 

C.            declaration of a non-cash dividend on the Capital Stock of the Company in connection with the implementation of a shareholders rights plan on customary terms designed to protect the Company against unsolicited offers to acquire its Capital Stock, or the issuance of Capital Stock of the Company under any such plan in the future, or the redemption or repurchase of any such rights pursuant thereto;

 

D.            dividends or distributions payable solely in Junior Shares, or warrants, options or rights to acquire Junior Shares; or

 

E.            conversions of any Junior Shares into, or exchanges of any Junior Shares for, a class or series of other Junior Shares.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any Junior Payment was permitted under this Section 4(c)(i) at the time it was declared or when it first became a contractual obligation, it shall be deemed permitted hereunder at the time it is actually paid; provided that such Junior Payment occurs within 60 days of such declaration or entry into such contractual obligation.

 

(ii)          For so long as any Series A Shares remain issued and outstanding, if full dividends (including any Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) are not paid in full for any Dividend Period on the Series A Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, all dividends paid or declared for payment on a dividend payment date with respect to the Series A Shares and the Parity Dividend Shares shall be shared (A) first ratably by the holders of any Parity Dividend Shares who have the right to receive dividends with respect to past dividend periods for which such dividends were not declared and paid, in proportion to the respective amounts of the undeclared and unpaid dividends relating to past dividend periods, and thereafter (B) ratably by the holders of Series A Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, in proportion to the respective amounts of the undeclared and unpaid dividends relating to the current dividend period. Any proportional dividend on Parity Dividend Shares that have cumulative dividend rights will take into account the amount of any accumulated but unpaid dividends and arrearage with respect to such shares. To the extent a dividend period with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares coincides with more than one Dividend Period with respect to the Series A Shares, for purposes of the immediately preceding sentence the Board of Directors shall treat such dividend period as two or more consecutive dividend periods, none of which coincides with more than one Dividend Period with respect to the Series A Shares, or shall treat such dividend period(s) with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares and Dividend Period(s) with respect to the Series A Shares for purposes of the immediately preceding sentence in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable in order to achieve ratable payments of dividends on such Parity Dividend Shares and the Series A Shares. To the extent a Dividend Period with respect to the Series A Shares coincides with more than one dividend period with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares, for purposes of the first sentence of this paragraph the Board of Directors shall treat such Dividend Period as two or more consecutive Dividend Periods, none of which coincides with more than one dividend period with respect to such Parity Dividend Shares, or shall treat such Dividend Period(s) with respect to the Series A Shares and dividend period(s) with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares for purposes of the first sentence of this paragraph in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable in order to achieve ratable payments of dividends on the Series A Shares and such Parity Dividend Shares. The term “ dividend period ” as used in this paragraph means such dividend periods as are provided for in the terms of any Parity Dividend Shares and, in the case of Series A Shares, Dividend Periods applicable to shares of Series A Shares; and the term “ dividend payment dates ” as used in this paragraph means such dividend payment dates as are provided for in the terms of any Parity Dividend Shares and, in the case of Series A Shares, Dividend Payment Dates applicable to Series A Shares.

 

  14  

 

 

(iii)         Subject to this Section 4, such dividends (payable in cash, in kind, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) may be declared and paid on any securities, including Junior Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and the Holders of Series A Shares shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

 

(iv)         Notwithstanding any other section of this Section 4, the Company will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries not to, make any Junior Payment if such payment would cause the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series A Shares and Series B Shares to be greater than 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof (calculated using the methodology applied under Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and assuming that such Series A Shares were convertible pursuant to Section 7 at the time of the applicable Dividend Payment Date at a Conversion Price equal to the value of clause (iii) of the definition of Floor Price), until such time as the Company obtains the Shareholder Approval.

 

Section 5.              Liquidation Rights .

 

(a)           Liquidation . Subject to applicable law, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, Holders shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Company may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Liquidation Shares and subject to the rights of the holders of any Parity Liquidation Shares and the rights of the Company’s creditors, to receive in full in respect of each Series A Share a liquidating distribution in the amount of the Original Liquidation Preference plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends in respect of such share, whether or not declared (including Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) to, but excluding, the date fixed for liquidation or, if applicable, the date of a Remarketing or repurchase pursuant to Section 11 or redemption pursuant to Section 6 (the “ Liquidation Preference ”). Holders shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary winding up of the affairs, liquidation or dissolution of the Company other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.

 

(b)           Partial Payment . If, following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, the assets of the Company are not sufficient to pay the liquidating distributions payable with respect to the Series A Shares and the Parity Liquidation Shares, the amounts paid to the Holders and to the holders of all Parity Liquidity Shares shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise be entitled.

 

  15  

 

 

(c)           Residual Distributions . If the respective aggregate liquidating distributions to which all Holders and all holders of any Parity Liquidation Shares are entitled have been paid, the holders of Junior Liquidation Shares shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Company according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

(d)           Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, lease or other disposition (for cash, shares, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, nor shall the consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification or any similar transaction involving the Company (whether or not the Company is the surviving or resulting entity) be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company.

 

Section 6.              Redemption .

 

(a)           Optional Redemption . The Series A Shares are perpetual and have no maturity date. The Series A Shares may not be redeemed prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after November 30, 2022 (the “ NC Date ”); provided that nothing herein shall be construed to limit the repurchase or acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company of Series A Shares through privately negotiated transactions, tender offers or otherwise (including redemption under Section 6(b)). The Company, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, may redeem out of funds lawfully available therefor, in whole or in part, the Series A Shares at the time issued and outstanding, at any time on or after the NC Date, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(d) below, and at a redemption price in cash equal to the Liquidation Preference (calculated as if the date of redemption was the date fixed for winding up) on the Series A Shares being redeemed (the “ Redemption Price ”). In connection with a Successful Remarketing of the Series A Shares, the NC Date may be changed by the Board of Directors to a later date as set forth in Section 11.

 

(b)           Redemption of PIK Shares . The Company, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, may redeem out of funds lawfully available therefor, in whole or in part, the PIK Shares at the time issued and outstanding, at any time, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(d) below, for cash at the Redemption Price.

 

(c)           Notice of Company Redemption . Notice of every redemption of Series A Shares (including any PIK Shares) pursuant to Section 6(a)or Section 6(b) shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the register of members of the Company. In respect of any mailing pursuant to Section 6(a) or Section 6(b), such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 6(c) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not any Holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any Holder of the Series A Shares designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Series A Shares. Each notice shall state:

 

(i)           the expected redemption date;

 

(ii)          the number of Series A Shares to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares of a Holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed;

 

(iii)         the applicable Redemption Price;

 

  16  

 

 

(iv)         the place or places where the certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and

 

(v)          that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate on the redemption date.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series A Shares are held by a Depositary, the Company may give such notice in any manner permitted by the Depositary.

 

(d)           Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of only part of the Series A Shares at the time issued and outstanding, the number of Series A Shares to be redeemed from each Holder shall be pro rata in proportion to the number of issued and outstanding Series A Shares held by such Holders. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6 and the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which the Series A Shares shall be redeemed from time to time.

 

(e)           Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given pursuant to Section 6(c) and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for payment of the applicable Redemption Price have been set aside by the Company, separate and apart from its other assets, for the benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Company with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption (the “ Trust ”), then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the date of such deposit the voting rights and covenants set forth in Section 12 shall cease to be of further effect and any PIK Shares in respect of which such deposit has been made shall be deemed to be not outstanding for purposes of Section 4(c)(i)(1)(B). On and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be issued and outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accumulate on such redemption date and all other rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the Holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from the Trust at any time after the redemption date from the funds so deposited, without interest. The Company shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Trust any interest accrued on such funds, and the Holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Company, and in the event of such repayment to the Company, the Holders of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Company for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Company, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

 

Section 7.              Right of the Original Holders to Convert.

 

From and after November 30, 2027, but subject to the last sentence of this Section 7, each Original Holder shall have the right, at such Original Holder’s option (including after a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) but prior to the date of actual redemption), to convert all or any portion of such Original Holder’s Series A Shares at any time into a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the then-applicable Conversion Rate multiplied by the number of Series A Shares to be converted (subject to the conversion procedures of Section 8), plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Original Holder shall not be permitted to exercise its right of conversion with respect to any Series A Shares unless it has first sought the Remarketing of such Series A Shares pursuant to Section 11, and such Series A Shares are not disposed of in accordance with the terms thereof (including as a result of an Unsuccessful Remarketing). The right of conversion set forth in this Section 7 shall only be exercisable by the Original Holders, and no subsequent Holders shall be entitled thereto.

 

  17  

 

 

Section 8.              Conversion Procedures .

 

(a)           Conversion Date . Effective immediately prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date, dividends shall no longer be declared or payable on any such converted Series A Shares and such Series A Shares shall cease to be issued and outstanding, in each case, subject to the right of the Original Holders to receive any payments to which they are entitled to as of such time pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(b)           Rights Prior to Conversion . No allowance or adjustment, except pursuant to Section 9, shall be made in respect of dividends payable to holders of the Ordinary Shares of record as of any date prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date. Prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date, Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of, or other securities issuable upon conversion of, any Series A Shares shall not be deemed issued and outstanding for any purpose, and Holders shall have no rights with respect to the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion (including voting rights, rights to respond to tender offers for the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion) by virtue of holding Series A Shares; provided that nothing in this Section 8(b) shall be deemed to restrict or limit the rights of Holders under the terms of the Series A Shares themselves, including the voting rights set forth in Section 12 and the rights to dividends and liquidating distributions set forth in Section 4 and Section 5, respectively.

 

(c)           Record Holder of the Ordinary Shares . Each conversion will be deemed to have been effective as to any Series A Shares surrendered for conversion on the Conversion Date; provided , however , that the Person or Persons entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of the Series A Shares shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such Ordinary Shares and/or securities as of the close of business on the last Trading Day of the period used to determine the relevant Conversion Price for such conversion. In the event that an Original Holder shall not by written notice designate the name in which Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property (including payments of cash in lieu of fractional shares) to be issued or paid upon conversion of Series A Shares should be registered or paid or the manner in which such shares should be delivered, the Company shall be entitled to register and deliver such shares, and make such payment, in the name of the Original Holder and in the manner shown on the records of the Company or, in the case of Global Preferred Shares, through the facilities of the Depositary. The Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of the Series A Shares shall be delivered by the Company no later than the third Business Day following the last Trading Day of the period used to determine the relevant Conversion Price for such conversion.

 

(d)           Conversion Procedure . An Original Holder may commence a conversion pursuant to this Section 8 by delivering a complete and manually signed conversion notice, in the form provided by the Conversion Agent, or a facsimile of the conversion notice, to the Conversion Agent, provided that such notice may, pursuant to a written notice thereunder be made contingent upon (but only upon) the successful completion of any registered public offering of the Ordinary Shares to be issued on such conversion that is being conducted pursuant to the registration rights attaching to such Ordinary Shares at such time and such notice shall in all other respects be irrevocable (the date on which such notice is received, the “ Conversion Notice Date ”; provided that, if such date is not a Business Day or such compliance does not occur prior to the close of business on such date, the Conversion Notice Date shall be the next Business Day).

 

  18  

 

 

On or before the 31 st Trading Day following the Conversion Notice Date (the “ Conversion Date ”), the Original Holder must:

 

(i)           surrender the Series A Shares to the Conversion Agent (if the Series A Shares are certificated);

 

(ii)          pay any funds equal to the dividends payable on the next Dividend Payment Date that such Holder is required to pay under this Section 8(d);

 

(iii)         if required, furnish customary endorsements and transfer documents; and

 

(iv)         if required, pay any share transfer, documentary, stamp or similar taxes not payable by the Company pursuant to Section 22.

 

If an Original Holder’s interest is a beneficial interest in a global certificate representing Series A Shares, in order to convert an Original Holder must comply with clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) listed above and comply with the Depositary’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a global security.

 

Provided that the Original Holder has complied with the foregoing, on the Conversion Date, the Conversion Agent shall, on such Original Holder’s behalf, convert the Series A Shares into Ordinary Shares, (x) in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by such Original Holder to the Conversion Agent or (y) otherwise pursuant to any applicable Depositary procedures, if applicable.

 

If an Original Holder converts its Series A Shares after the close of business on a Dividend Record Date, but prior to the open of business on the Dividend Payment Date corresponding to such Dividend Record Date, then (x) the Original Holder of such Series A Shares at the close of business on such Dividend Record Date shall be entitled, notwithstanding such conversion, to receive, on such Dividend Payment Date, the unpaid dividends that have accrued on such Series A Shares to, but excluding, such Dividend Payment Date; and (y) the Original Holder of such Series A Shares must, upon surrender of such Series A Shares for conversion, accompany such Series A Shares with an amount of cash equal to the dividends that will be payable on such Series A Shares on such Dividend Payment Date.

 

(e)           Conversion Effect . The conversion may be effected in any manner permitted by applicable law and the Articles of Association, including redeeming or repurchasing the relevant Series A Shares and applying the proceeds thereof towards payment for the new Ordinary Shares. For purposes of the repurchase or redemption, the Board of Directors may, subject to the Company being able to pay its debts in the ordinary course of business, make payments out of amounts standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or out of its capital. Until such time as the Company obtains the approval of its shareholders of the conversion of the Series A Shares into Ordinary Shares for purposes of Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual (the “ Shareholder Approval ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8, the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series A Shares and Series B Shares shall be capped at 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof and the Original Holder shall not be entitled to any cash or other consideration for Ordinary Shares not received due to this limitation.

 

  19  

 

 

Section 9.             Anti-Dilution Adjustments.

 

(a)           Adjustments . The Floor Price will be subject to adjustment, without duplication, under the following circumstances:

 

(i)           the issuance to all holders of Ordinary Shares of Ordinary Shares as a dividend, bonus shares or distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares, or a subdivision or combination of Ordinary Shares, in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / (OS 1 / OS 0 )

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  OS 0    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date prior to giving effect to such event
     
  OS 1    =    the number of Ordinary Shares that would be issued and outstanding immediately after, and solely as a result of, such event

 

(ii)          the issuance to all holders of Ordinary Shares of rights or warrants (including convertible securities) entitling them for a period expiring 60 days or less from the date of issuance of such rights or warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares at an exercise price per share less than (or having a conversion price per share less than) the Current Market Price as of the date such issuance is publicly announced, in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [(OS 0 + X) / (OS 0 + Y)]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  OS 0    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date prior to giving effect to such event
     
  X   =    the total number of shares of Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to such rights (or upon conversion of such securities)
     
  Y   =    the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights (or the aggregate conversion price for such securities paid upon conversion) divided by the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the announcement of the issuance of such rights

 

  20  

 

 

However, the Floor Price will be readjusted to the extent that any such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to their expiration; provided that such readjustment shall not have any effect on Series A Shares that had been converted prior to such readjustment or on the Ordinary Shares issued pursuant thereto, and such readjustment shall apply only to such Series A Shares that remain issued and outstanding at the time of such readjustment.

 

(iii)         the dividend or other distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares of shares in the capital of the Company (other than Preferred Shares), rights or warrants (including convertible securities) to acquire shares of the Company or evidences of its indebtedness or its assets (excluding any dividend, distribution or issuance covered by clause (i) or (ii) above or (iv) below), in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [SP 0 / (SP 0 – FMV)]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  SP 0    =    the Current Market Price as of the Record Date
     
  FMV   =    the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors) on the Record Date of the shares of the Company, rights or warrants, or evidences of indebtedness or assets so distributed, expressed as an amount per Ordinary Share

 

However, if the transaction that gives rise to an adjustment pursuant to this clause (iii) is one pursuant to which the payment of a dividend, bonus shares or other distribution on shares in the capital of the Company (other than Preferred Shares) consists of shares of, or similar equity interests in, a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company (e.g., a spin-off), that are, or, when issued, will be, traded on a securities exchange or quoted on a quotations facility in the U.S. or elsewhere, then the Floor Price will instead be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

  21  

 

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [(FMV 0 + MP 0 ) / MP 0 ]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  FMV 0    =    the average of the VWAP of the shares, similar equity interests or other securities distributed to holders of Ordinary Shares applicable to one Ordinary Share over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the third Trading Day after the date on which “ex-distribution trading” commences for such shares, similar equity interests or other securities on the principal exchange or other market on which they are then listed, quoted or traded
     
  MP 0    =    the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the third Trading Day after the date on which “ex-distribution trading” commences for such dividend or distribution on the principal exchange or other market on which Ordinary Shares is then listed or quoted; and

 

(iv)         the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries make purchases of Ordinary Shares pursuant to a tender or exchange offer by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company for Ordinary Shares to the extent (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors) that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per Ordinary Share validly tendered or exchanged exceeds the VWAP per Ordinary Share on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “ Expiration Date ”), in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [[FMV + (SP 1 x OS 1 )] / (SP 1 x OS 0 )]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Expiration Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Expiration Date
     
  FMV   =    the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors), on the Expiration Date, of the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration paid or payable for Ordinary Shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date (the “ Purchased Shares ”)

 

  22  

 

 

  OS 1    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the last time tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “ Expiration Time ”) (treating all Purchased Shares as issued and outstanding at the Expiration Time), less any Purchased Shares
     
  OS 0    =    the number of shares of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the Expiration Time, including any Purchased Shares
     
  SP 1    =    the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on the Trading Day immediately after the Expiration Date.

 

(b)           Calculation of Adjustments . Each adjustment to the Floor Price shall be calculated by the Company as soon as reasonably practicable after the event requiring such adjustment has been consummated (and all factors necessary to calculate such adjustment are known), in each case to the nearest 1/10,000th of one Ordinary Share (or if there is not a nearest 1/10,000th of a share, to the next lower 1/10,000th of a share). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except in the case of a combination or reverse stock split of Ordinary Shares pursuant to Section 9(a)(i), in no case will any adjustment be made if it would result in an increase to the then effective Floor Price. No adjustment to the Floor Price will be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1%; provided , however , that any such minor adjustments that are not required to be made, and are not made, will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment; and provided , further , that any such adjustment of less than one percent that has not been made will be made upon (x) the date of any notice of redemption of the Series A Shares in accordance with the provisions hereof and (y) any Conversion Date.

 

(c)           When No Adjustment Required .

 

(i)           Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, the Floor Price will not be adjusted for the issuance of Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or carrying the right to purchase any of the foregoing or for the repurchase of Ordinary Shares.

 

(ii)          No adjustment to the Floor Price need be made:

 

  A.

upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any present or future customary plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Company and the investment, at market prices, of additional optional amounts in Ordinary Shares; or 

     
  B. upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares or options or rights to purchase Ordinary Shares pursuant to any present or future employee or director benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates; or
     
  C. upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security issued and outstanding as of the date hereof; or

 

  23  

 

  

  D. upon the repurchase of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to an open-market share repurchase program or other buy-back transaction that is not a tender offer or exchange offer of the nature described under Section 9(a)(iv); or
     
  E. for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

 

(iii)         No adjustment to the Floor Price will be made to the extent that such adjustment would result in the Conversion Price being less than the par value of the Ordinary Shares.

 

(iv)         Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no adjustment shall be made (1) in respect of an event otherwise requiring an adjustment under this Section 10, except to the extent such event is actually consummated or (2) if the holder of the Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive the distribution described under Section 9(a)(i)-(iii) or participate in the event described in Section 9(a)(i)-(iv), whether on an as-converted basis (based on a Conversion Price equal to the higher of (A) a 5.0% discount to the VWAP per Ordinary Share on the Trading Day preceding the ex-date of such distribution and (B) the Floor Price) or due to becoming the record holder of the Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Series A Shares.

 

(d)           Record Date . For purposes of this Section 9, “ Record Date ” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of the Ordinary Shares have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Ordinary Shares (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the Ordinary Shares entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).

 

(e)           Successive Adjustments . After an adjustment to the Floor Price under this Section 9, any subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Section 9 shall cause an adjustment to such Floor Price as so adjusted.

 

(f)           Multiple Adjustments . For the avoidance of doubt, if an event occurs that would trigger an adjustment to the Floor Price pursuant to this Section 9 under more than one subsection hereof, such event, to the extent taken into account in any adjustment, shall not result in any other adjustment hereunder.

 

(g)           Notice of Adjustments . Whenever a Floor Price is adjusted as provided under this Section 9, the Company shall within 10 Business Days following the occurrence of an event that requires such adjustment (or if the Company is not aware of such occurrence, within 10 Business Days after becoming so aware):

 

(i)           compute the adjusted applicable Floor Price in accordance with this Section 9 and prepare and transmit to the Conversion Agent an Officers’ Certificate setting forth such adjusted applicable Floor Price, the method of calculation thereof in reasonable detail and the facts requiring such adjustment and upon which such adjustment is based; and

 

(ii)          provide a written notice to the Original Holders of the occurrence of such event and a statement in reasonable detail setting forth the method by which the adjustment to the applicable Floor Price was determined and setting forth the adjusted applicable Floor Price.

 

  24  

 

 

(h)           Conversion Agent . The Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment of the applicable Floor Price or with respect to the nature, extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in making the same. The Conversion Agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying on any Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 9(h) and any adjustment contained therein and the Conversion Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment unless and until it has received such certificate. The Conversion Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any Ordinary Shares, or of any other securities or property, that may at the time be issued or delivered with respect to any Series A Shares; and the Conversion Agent makes no representation with respect thereto. The Conversion Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the conversion of Series A Shares or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Section 9.

 

(i)           Fractional Shares . No fractions of Ordinary Shares will be issued to holders of the Series A Shares upon conversion. In lieu of fractional shares otherwise issuable, holders will be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the fraction of an Ordinary Share, calculated on an aggregate basis in respect of the Series A Shares being converted, multiplied by the Closing Price of the Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day immediately preceding the applicable Conversion Date.

 

Section 10.           Adjustment for Reorganization Events.

 

(a)           Reorganization Events . In the event of:

 

(i)           any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Company in which all or substantially all issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property of the Company or another Person; or

 

(ii)          the completion of any sale or other disposition in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to another Person;

 

each of which is referred to as a “ Reorganization Event ”, each Series A Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization Event will, without the consent of the Holders of the Series A Shares, become convertible into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property, if any (the “ Exchange Property ”), receivable in such Reorganization Event (without any interest thereon, and without any right to dividends or distributions thereon that have a record date that is prior to the applicable Conversion Date) per Ordinary Share by a holder of Ordinary Shares that is not a Person with which the Company effected such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange or reclassification, or to which such sale or other disposition was made, as the case may be (each of the Company and any such other Person, a “ Constituent Person ”), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person to the extent such Reorganization Event provides for different treatment of Ordinary Shares held by Affiliates and non-Affiliates of the Company; provided that if the kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Reorganization Event is not the same for each Ordinary Share held immediately prior to such Reorganization Event by a Person other than a Constituent Person or an Affiliate thereof (due to elections or otherwise), then for the purpose of this Section 10(a), the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Reorganization Event will be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Ordinary Shares (other than Constituent Persons and Affiliates thereof) that affirmatively make an election (or of all such holders if none make an election). On each Conversion Date following a Reorganization Event, the Conversion Rate then in effect will be applied to the Exchange Property received per Ordinary Share, as determined in accordance with this Section 10.

 

  25  

 

 

(b)           Successive Reorganization Events . The above provisions of this Section 10 shall similarly apply to successive Reorganization Events and the provisions of Section 9 shall apply to any securities of the Company (or any successor) received by the holders of the Ordinary Shares in any such Reorganization Event.

 

(c)           Reorganization Event Notice . The Company (or any successor) shall, within 20 days after the occurrence of any Reorganization Event, provide written notice to the Original Holders of such occurrence of such event and of the kinds and amounts of the cash, securities or other property that constitutes the Exchange Property. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the operation of this Section 10.

 

Section 11.           Remarketing.

 

(a)           At any time following November 30, 2022, unless a Competing Remarketing is occurring and has not terminated, the Original Holders may elect, at their option, to cause the Company to engage the Remarketing Agent(s) on either a “best efforts” or firm commitment basis at the option of the Company and enter into the Remarketing Agreement to remarket the Series A Shares in accordance with this Section 11 (a “ Remarketing ”). Each electing Original Holder (collectively, the “ Participating Holders ”) may have all, but not less than all, of their Series A Shares remarketed in such Remarketing by delivering such Series A Shares, along with written notice of their election (a “ Remarketing Notice ”), to the Company and the Transfer Agent. The Remarketing Agent(s) shall be selected by the Company, in consultation with the Original Holders, pursuant to Section 11(l). The Original Holders may, as a group, only cause one Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11; provided , that following each Unsuccessful Remarketing hereunder, the Original Holders, as a group, shall be permitted to cause another Remarketing; provided , further , that any remarketing pursuant to Section 11(h) of the Series B Certificate of Designations in which the Original Holders elect to participate shall not be deemed a Remarketing for the purposes of this Certificate of Designations. Nothing in this Section 11 shall preclude the Company from exercising its redemption rights under Section 6(a) at any time permitted thereunder.

 

(b)           Upon receipt of any Remarketing Notice, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to engage the Remarketing Agent(s) and enter into the Remarketing Agreement as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after receipt of such Remarketing Notice (the “ Engagement Deadline ”). The Company shall notify the Remarketing Agent(s) in writing of the aggregate number of Series A Shares to be remarketed and shall provide such other information and cooperation to the Remarketing Agent(s) as is reasonably necessary or desirable to conduct the Remarketing.

 

(c)           The Company shall cause the Remarketing to be conducted over a period of up to 10 consecutive Business Days (or such longer period as the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Participating Holders may mutually agree (each such period, a “ Remarketing Period ”)) selected by the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Participating Holders that falls during the Remarketing Window. Pursuant to, and subject to the terms of, the Remarketing Agreement, the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to use its reasonable best efforts to remarket such Series A Shares at or above the Original Remarketing Price.

 

  26  

 

 

(d)           If the Remarketing Agent(s) determine, prior to the commencement of the Remarketing Period, that the Remarketing is unlikely to be successful at or above the Original Remarketing Price on the existing terms of the Series A Shares, then the Remarketing Agent(s) shall notify the Company and the Participating Holders thereof. In such event, the Participating Holders, in connection with the Remarketing, may either (i) terminate the Remarketing by delivery of written notice thereof to the Company (any such terminated Remarketing shall constitute an Unsuccessful Remarketing for purposes of this Certificate of Designations), or (ii) request, in writing, that the dividend rate on all Series A Shares (whether or not remarketed) be increased by the Company to a rate that would allow the Series A Shares to be remarketed at the Original Remarketing Price and, if the Board of Directors so approves, such dividends will be payable quarterly in arrears, commencing on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 immediately succeeding the Remarketing Settlement Date in accordance herewith, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to the terms hereof, (A) the earliest redemption date for the Series A Shares may be changed to be a later date, and (B) such other changes to the terms of the Series A Shares as may be agreed between the Company and the Participating Holders may be made. These modifications shall become effective if the Remarketing is successful, without the consent of the Holders and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Designations, on the Remarketing Settlement Date. If a Successful Remarketing occurs, the Company will request the Depositary to notify the Depositary Participants holding Series A Shares of any Modified Dividend Rate, Modified Redemption Date, dividend payment dates and other modified terms (any such terms, “ Modified Terms ”) for the Series A Shares on the Business Day following the date of the Successful Remarketing. Any Modified Terms shall be made with the intention of preserving any then-existing rating agency equity credit for the Series A Shares. In the event of any Remarketing on Modified Terms, the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to use its reasonable best efforts to remarket such Series A Shares during the Remarketing Period on the Modified Terms at the highest price reasonably attainable by the Remarketing Agent(s), but, without the prior consent of the Participating Holders, no less than 90% of the Liquidation Preference for the Series A Shares to be remarketed (any such price, a “ Modified Remarketing Price ”).

 

(e)           If the Remarketing Agent(s) is able to remarket such Series A Shares for a Remarketing Price permitted by this Section 11 in the Remarketing in accordance with the Remarketing Agreement (a “ Successful Remarketing ”), the Company and the Participating Holders shall cause the Transfer Agent to transfer the remarketed Series A Shares to the Remarketing Agent(s) upon confirmation of the Company’s receipt of proceeds of such Successful Remarketing. Settlement shall occur on the Remarketing Settlement Date. The Remarketing Agent(s) shall remit the proceeds of the Successful Remarketing to the Participating Holders on the Remarketing Settlement Date.

 

(f)           If, in spite of its reasonable best efforts, the Remarketing Agent(s) cannot remarket the Series A Shares as set forth above during the Remarketing Period at a price not less than the Remarketing Price or the Modified Remarketing Price, as applicable, or a condition precedent set forth in the Remarketing Agreement is not fulfilled, the Remarketing will be deemed to have been unsuccessful (an “ Unsuccessful Remarketing ”). The Company shall notify, in writing, the Participating Holders and the Transfer Agent of the Unsuccessful Remarketing on the Business Day immediately following the last date of the Remarketing Period. Promptly (but in any event within five Business Days) after receipt of written notice from the Company of an Unsuccessful Remarketing, the Transfer Agent will return Series A Shares to the appropriate Holders. The Remarketing to which such any Unsuccessful Remarketing relates shall terminate for all purposes upon the delivery of the notification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

  27  

 

 

(g)           If there is a Successful Remarketing at a Modified Remarketing Price, then the Company shall reimburse (the “ Remarketing Reimbursement ”) each Participating Holder (the “ Reimbursed Holders ”) for an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Liquidation Preference for the Series A Shares that such Reimbursed Holder elected to include in the Remarketing over the aggregate Modified Remarketing Price of such Series A Shares (the “ Remarketing Loss ”); provided that the Remarketing Loss with respect to any Series A Share shall not exceed 10% of the Liquidation Preference for such Series A Share. The Remarketing Reimbursement may be paid by the Company in cash or by issuing duly authorized and fully paid and nonassessable Ordinary Shares or by a combination thereof, in the Company’s discretion. Any Remarketing Reimbursement to be paid in cash shall be paid to the Reimbursed Holders on the Remarketing Settlement Date. If any portion of the Remarketing Reimbursement is paid by the delivery of Ordinary Shares (such dollar amount, the “ Remarketing Loss Share Amount ”), then (x) the number of Ordinary Shares deliverable in respect of such portion shall be equal to the result of (i) the portion of the Remarketing Loss being reimbursed in Ordinary Shares, divided by (ii) a dollar amount equal to the higher of (A) an 8.0% discount to the average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days from, but excluding the Remarketing Settlement Date (the “ Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period ”), and (B) $6.00, and (y) such Ordinary Shares shall be delivered to the Reimbursed Holders on the first Business Day following the end of the Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period plus an amount in cash equal to the Remarketing Interest Amount. The Remarketing Reimbursement shall be treated by the Company and the Original Holders as proceeds from the sale or exchange of Series A Shares for United States federal (and other applicable) tax purposes.

 

(h)           Within five Business Days after receipt of any Remarketing Notice, the Company shall notify the Original Series B Holders (but only if they still hold Series B Shares) of the Remarketing (a “ Series B Remarketing Notice ”) and provide for a process by which such Original Series B Holders may elect to participate in the Remarketing, subject to the terms of this Section 11(h). The Remarketing Notice shall specify the anticipated timing for the Remarketing and the Engagement Deadline. The electing Original Series B Holders (the “ Participating Series B Holders ”) may have their Series B Shares remarketed in such Remarketing by delivering their Series B Shares, along with written notice of their election (a “ Series B Participation Notice ”), to the Company and the Transfer Agent (with a copy of such notice to the Original Holders) by the Engagement Deadline. Any such election shall be irrevocable with respect to such Remarketing. With respect to the remarketing of any Series B Shares included in any Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11(h) (the “ Included Series B Shares ”): (i) the Included Series B Shares shall be treated equivalently to the Series A Shares; (ii) the Participating Holders shall be entitled to control the Remarketing and make all decisions in respect of the Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11 and the Remarketing Agreement, including the termination of any Remarketing; (iii) the Company shall cause any Modified Terms to be applied to the Series B Shares; and (iv) if the Remarketing Agent(s) advise the Company and the Participating Holders that in its opinion the number of Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares proposed to be included in such Remarketing exceeds the number of Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares which can be sold in such Remarketing without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the Remarketing (including the amount of the Remarketing Price for the Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares proposed to be sold in such Remarketing), the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to remarket only such number of Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares that in the opinion of such Remarketing Agent(s) can be sold in such Remarketing without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the Remarketing (including the amount of the Remarketing Price for the Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares proposed to be sold in such Remarketing), and (v) the Participating Series B Holders shall be liable for the underwriting discounts and commissions in accordance with Section 14(b). The reduced number of Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares to be included in any such Remarketing will be calculated in proportion to the aggregate amount of liquidation preference represented by Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares that were to be included in such Remarketing.

 

(i)           The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that, if required by applicable law, a registration statement, including a prospectus, under the Securities Act with regard to the full amount of the Series A Shares to be remarketed in the Remarketing in each case shall be effective with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in a form that may be used by the Remarketing Agent(s) in connection with such Remarketing (unless such registration statement is not required under the applicable laws and regulations that are in effect at that time or unless the Company conducts the Remarketing in accordance with an exemption under the securities laws (including Rule 144A under the Exchange Act)).

 

  28  

 

 

(j)           In connection with a Remarketing, the Board of Directors shall determine any Modified Terms pursuant to Section 11(d) after consultation with the Remarketing Agent; provided that any such changes are only those either requested by the Participating Holders or to which the Participating Holders consent. In the event of a Successful Remarketing, the Dividend Rate may be increased, a Modified Redemption Date may be established, and/or other Modified Terms may be established, in each case, on the Remarketing Settlement Date, to the applicable Modified Dividend Rate and/or Modified Redemption Date as determined by the Board of Directors after consultation with the Remarketing Agent(s), and the Company shall (i) notify each of the Transfer Agent and the Conversion Agent by an Officer’s certificate delivered to the Transfer Agent and the Conversion Agent and (ii) request the Depositary to notify its Depositary Participants holding Series A Shares, in each case, of the Modified Terms established for the Series A Shares during the Remarketing on the Business Day following the date of the Successful Remarketing. The Dividend Rate cannot be decreased, and no modification that is detrimental to the Holders can be made, in connection with a Remarketing. Any modified terms of the Series A Shares in connection with a Remarketing shall apply to every Series A Share, whether or not remarketed, and to every Series B Share (without any further action by the holders of Series B Shares). In the event of an Unsuccessful Remarketing, the Dividend Rate and the other terms of the Series A Shares will not be modified.

 

(k)           The Company shall provide the Original Holders (but only if they hold any Series A Shares) with written notice of the termination of any remarketing pursuant to Section 11 of the Series B Certificate of Designations. Any change or modification to the terms of the Series B Shares as a result of any Series B Remarketing shall also be applied to the terms of the Series A Shares (without any further action by the Holders). The Modified Dividend Rate cannot result in an overall rate that is less than the then-applicable Dividend Rate, and no modification that is detrimental to the Holders can be made, in connection with modifications to the Series A Shares resulting from a Series B Remarketing. Any participation by an Original Holder in a Remarketing pursuant to Section 11(h) of the Series B Certificate of Designation shall not constitute a Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11.

 

(l)           The Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt of a Remarketing Notice, select, in consultation with, and subject to the approval of, the Original Holders, the Remarketing Agent(s) for any Remarketing; provided that (A) the Original Holders may not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition their approval and (B) that any Remarketing Agent(s) so selected shall be a financial institution of nationally recognized standing in the United States. The Company shall cause any Remarketing Agreement to contain terms that reflect, and are consistent with, the terms of this Section 11. If the Company fails to select a Remarketing Agent within 10 days of the receipt of a Remarketing Notice, the Original Holders shall select the Remarketing Agent subject to the proviso provided under clause (B) in this Section 11(l).

 

(m)           The Company shall provide written notice of any modifications to the terms of the Series A Shares as a result of a Remarketing or a Series B Remarketing to all Holders within five Business Days after the time any such modifications become effective.

 

Section 12.           Voting Rights .

 

(a)           General . The Holders shall not be entitled to vote on, consent to or take any other action with respect to any matter except as set forth herein or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

  29  

 

 

(b)           Right to Appoint Two Directors Upon Nonpayment Events .

 

(i)           If and whenever dividends on the Series A Shares, or on any other class or series of Parity Dividend Share, have not been declared or paid in an aggregate amount equal, as to any particular class or series, to at least six quarterly dividend periods, whether consecutive or not (a “ Nonpayment ”), the Holders, together with the holders of any and all classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having “like voting rights” (i.e., being similarly entitled to vote for two additional directors at such time) (the Holders and any such other holders, collectively, the “ Voting Holders ”), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to class or series (and with voting rights allocated pro rata based on the liquidation preference of each such class or series), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares, to Appoint (as defined below) two additional directors from among such nominees, in the manner provided in this Section 12(b). Each such director Appointed by the Voting Holders pursuant to this Section 12(b) is herein called a “ Preferred Share Director .” At no time shall the Board of Directors include more than two Preferred Share Directors.

 

(ii)          Nomination . At any time when the Voting Holders are entitled to Appoint a Preferred Share Director pursuant to this Section 12(b), any one or more of the Holders entitled to receive at least a majority in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series A Shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to Appoint under the terms of such shares, and/or any one or more holders of any other class or series of Parity Dividend Shares having like voting rights then issued and outstanding, shall have the right to recommend individuals to the Company to be Appointed as Preferred Share Directors. Such recommendations shall be in writing and shall be accompanied by a Director Acceptance Letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (“ Director Acceptance Letter ”), from and signed by each such recommended individual and such background and other information about each such individual as the Company may reasonably request to ensure compliance with applicable disclosure and other considerations pursuant to applicable law and customary practice. The Board of Directors (excluding Preferred Share Directors) will nominate the individuals so recommended for each Preferred Share Director to be elected in accordance with the Articles of Association. The Board of Directors shall submit each recommended individual who it nominates pursuant to this Section 12(b)(ii) to the Voting Holders for Appointment as a Preferred Share Director as provided below.

 

(iii)         Appointment; Vacancy . The Appointment of the Preferred Share Directors by the Voting Holders may take place at any general or special meeting of shareholders or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders, or by means of a written resolution of the Voting Holders in lieu of a meeting thereof, in each case, as the Board of Directors may determine in its reasonable discretion. The Preferred Share Directors to be Appointed shall be so Appointed by a plurality of the votes cast by the Voting Holders at the relevant meeting (or, if the Appointment is effected by written resolution, by the Voting Holders constitution a quorum which shall also be the required voting threshold for purposes of a written resolution), in each case whether or not the number of nominees exceeds the number of individuals to be Appointed. Each of the Preferred Share Directors Appointed hereunder shall, subject to Section 12(b)(v), serve as a director until the next annual general meeting of the Company, or until the earlier of such time as he or she resigns, retires, dies or is removed in accordance with this Certificate of Designations and the Articles of Association or the special voting right pursuant to this Section 12(b) terminates. The Board of Directors shall nominate individuals to succeed such individuals as the Preferred Share Directors, in each case from among recommendations of the Voting Holders, all as provided in Section 12(b)(ii) provided that such recommendations may include any such individuals whose service has ended and, in lieu of selecting nominees from any such recommendations, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, nominate any or both of such individuals whose service has ended (if willing to serve) for another term as a Preferred Share Director. Each Preferred Share Director shall agree, in the Director Acceptance Letter, to resign as such director when his or her term otherwise ends pursuant to any removal or termination of the special voting right as provided in this Section 12(b). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Share Director occurs due to resignation, retirement, death or removal, the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Share Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, in an election by Voting Holders as provided above for an initial election. All determinations and other actions to be made or taken by the Board of Directors with regard to Preferred Share Directors pursuant to this Section 12(b) shall be taken by the Board of Directors excluding the Preferred Share Directors, who shall not be entitled to vote with respect to such actions (and thus shall not be included for the purpose of applying any quorum and voting requirements applicable to such actions). The Company will use reasonable best efforts to cause the individuals nominated to be elected as soon as practicable, which will include for the avoidance of doubt, the initial election of any Preferred Share Director, and the election of Preferred Share Directors at any subsequent annual meeting following the initial election of any Preferred Share Director. Subject to the foregoing, each of the Preferred Share Directors shall have one vote as a director.

 

  30  

 

 

(iv)         Notice of Meeting; Quorum . The Company shall as soon as practicable, and in no case more than 30 days after the Board of Directors has selected the nominees as provided above, submit such nominees to the Voting Holders for Appointment either (i) at a general or special meeting of the shareholders, (ii) at a separate class meeting of Voting Holders or (iii) by written resolution, as determined by the Board of Directors in its reasonable discretion. Notice for a meeting of Voting Holders may be given in the same manner as that provided in the Articles of Association for a general meeting of the Company. If the Company fails to give notice of a meeting of the shareholders or Voting Holders to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors within 30 days after the Board of Directors has selected the nominees for such Appointment as provided above, any Voting Holders entitled to recommend individuals for election as a Preferred Share Director shall be entitled (at the Company’s expense) to call such a general or special meeting of the shareholders or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders to Appoint such nominees selected by the Board of Directors, and for that purpose will have access to the register of members of the Company. At any separate class meeting of Voting Holders at which the Voting Holders have the right to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors, or at any adjournment thereof, the presence of at least one Person holding or representing by proxy at least 50% in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series A Shares and all other classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having like voting rights, in each case at the time issued and outstanding, will be required to constitute a quorum for the election of any Preferred Share Director. Such quorum requirement shall also apply with respect to any Appointment of Preferred Share Directors to be effected with the consent of Voting Holders given in a written resolution. At any general or special meeting of the shareholders or a separate class meeting of the Voting Holders, or adjournment thereof, the absence of such a quorum of Voting Holders will not prevent the election of directors other than the Preferred Share Directors, and the absence of a quorum for the election of such other directors will not prevent the Appointment of the Preferred Share Directors. The Company may fix a date as the record date for the purpose of determining the issued and outstanding preferred shares of any class or series, and the Holders and other holders thereof entitled to elect the Preferred Share Directors.

 

(v)          Appointment to Board . “Appoint” as used in this Section 12(b) shall mean the appointment of a Preferred Share Director to the Board of Directors; provided that, to the extent that such action is not permitted by the Articles of Association, “Appoint” shall mean nomination by the Voting Holders pursuant to this Section 12(b) and the use of reasonable best efforts by the Company to cause such Preferred Share Director to be appointed by the Board of Directors, or elected by the shareholders, to the Board of Directors pursuant to the Articles of Association as soon as is practicable.

 

  31  

 

 

(vi)         Termination; Removal . Whenever the Company has paid cumulative dividends in full on the Series A Shares and any other class or series of cumulative Parity Dividend Shares, then the right of the Holders to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting right in the case of any Nonpayment in respect of future Dividend Periods). The terms of office of the Preferred Share Directors will immediately terminate, and the Board of Directors shall resolve to reduce the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors by two. In addition, any Preferred Share Director may be removed at any time for cause by Voting Holders holding a majority in aggregate Liquidation Preference of the aggregate liquidation preference of the Series A Shares, together with all classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having like voting rights, voting separately as a single class without regard to class or series (and with voting rights allocated pro rata based on the liquidation preference of each such class or series), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares, at a general or special meeting of the Company or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders called by the Company as provided in Section 12(b)(iv) above. In addition, if the Board of Directors determines in its discretion at any time that there is cause for the shareholders to remove such director, the Board of Directors may in its discretion request that such director resign from the Board of Directors and may require that such director, as a condition to his or her initial election, agree in writing pursuant to his or her Director Acceptance Letter (as provided in Exhibit A hereto) to resign upon any such request. Upon the removal of any Preferred Share Director, the vacancy shall be filled in the manner set forth in Section 12(b)(iii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time there are no Series A Shares issued and outstanding, each Preferred Share Director’s term shall automatically terminate and no directors shall thereafter be appointed or elected pursuant to this Section 12.

 

(c)           Other Voting Rights . So long as any Series A Shares are issued and outstanding, the Company may not consummate any action specified in this paragraph (c) without the vote or consent of the Holders of record entitled to receive at least a majority in aggregate of the Liquidation Preference of the Series A Shares at the time issued and outstanding and all voting or consenting as a single class (not including any Series A Shares “beneficially owned” (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) by the Company or any of its Affiliates), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares:

 

(i)           any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Articles of Association or this Certificate of Designations that would alter or change the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Shares so as to affect them adversely;

 

(ii)          any authorization or creation of, or increase in the authorized amount of, or issuance of, any Senior Shares or Parity Shares, and any increase in the authorized number of Series A Shares or Series B Shares;

 

(iii)         any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Company, except that, subject to applicable law, Holders of Series A Shares will have no right to vote or consent under this clause (iii) by reason of any such transaction if (A) the Series A Shares remain issued and outstanding or, in the case of any such transaction with respect to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting issuer, is converted into or exchanged for preferred securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent ( provided that such entity is an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any jurisdiction in the European Economic Area, and is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or if such entity is not a corporation for such purposes, the Company receives an opinion of nationally recognized counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that Holders will be subject to tax for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to such new preferred securities after such transaction in the same amount, at the same time and otherwise in the same manner as would have been the case under the Series A Shares prior to such transaction)), (B) the Series A Shares remaining issued and outstanding or such other preferred securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, taken as a whole, as are not less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series A Shares, taken as a whole, and (C) upon the completion of any such any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification, no condition shall exist with respect to the surviving or resulting issuer that would require a consent pursuant to Sections 12(c)(i), (ii), (v) or (vii) if such surviving or resulting issuer were the Company;

 

  32  

 

 

(iv)         any Change of Control if an Original Holder is a Holder of any Series A Shares at the time of the occurrence of such Change of Control, unless, prior to such occurrence, such Original Holder has either (1) received a bona fide, binding offer from a credible Person which, if accepted by the Original Holder, would result in the sale of all of such Original Holder’s Series A Shares to such Person prior to or contemporaneously with the completion of such Change of Control at a price equal to or greater than the then-current Liquidation Preference; provided that such offering Person shall not be Affiliated with or an agent of any Person or group participating in the Change of Control, or (2) provided its prior written consent to such Change of Control;

 

(v)          any incurrence of Indebtedness (as defined in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Original Issue Date (and regardless of whether such Credit Agreement is later terminated, amended or modified) ) by the Company or any intermediate holding company between the Company and CF Bermuda Holdings;

 

(vi)         any issuance or reclassification of equity securities by the Company, unless all securities into which such equity securities are reclassified are held by or one or more entities 100.0% of the equity of which is owned directly or indirectly by the Company; and

 

(vii)        take any action or permit any omission that would be in breach of Articles 6 and 7 of the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Original Issue Date (disregarding the preamble at the start of each Article 6 and 7, assuming the remainder of Articles 6 and 7 remain in full force and effect at all times, and regardless of whether such Credit Agreement, or any term thereof, lapses, is terminated, amended or modified), in each case, with such modifications as appropriate to reflect the passage of time and any changes in facts and circumstances as they relate to the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that no waiver of any right or obligation contained in the foregoing provisions by any party to the Credit Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such provision for purposes of this Section 12(c)(vii);

 

provided , however , that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued, or any creation of, any other preferred shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets following the commencement of the Company’s winding up, or any authorization, issuance or creation of any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any such other preferred shares will not be deemed to adversely affect the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Shares and Holders will have no right under this Section 12(c) to vote on or consent to any such increase, authorization, issuance or creation.

 

If the Holders are entitled to vote on or consent to a specified action pursuant to this Section 12(c), the Company may call a separate class meeting of the Holders for the purpose of such vote. Any such vote may be held at a general meeting of the Company, or at a separate class meeting of the Holders and such other holders, as the Company may determine in its discretion. The Company may fix a date as the record date for the purpose of determining the issued and outstanding Series A Shares, and the Holders entitled to vote on or consent to any such specified action. At any general meeting of the Company or Holders where such vote is to occur, the necessary quorum for such vote (or consent) shall be at least one Person holding or representing by proxy at least 50% in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series A Shares entitled to vote on the relevant specified action.

 

(d)           Changes Without the Consent of the Holders . So long as such action does not adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series A Shares, and limitations and restrictions thereof, the Company may amend, alter, supplement, or repeal any terms of the Series A Shares without the consent of the Holders, to reflect any Modified Terms of the Series A Shares in connection with a Successful Remarketing pursuant to Section 11, or any amended or modified terms of the Series B Shares to be applied to the Series A Shares pursuant to Section 11(k).

 

  33  

 

 

(e)           Changes After Provision for Redemption; Unredeemed Shares Remain Outstanding .

 

(i)           No vote or consent of the holders of Series A Shares shall be required pursuant to Section 12(b) or (c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding Series A Shares shall have been redeemed or called for redemption and the funds necessary for payment of the Redemption Price have been deposited in Trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption.

 

(ii)          In the event of a Change of Control or Reorganization Event in which the Company’s Ordinary Shares shall be changed into or exchanged for other securities or property (including cash), the successor or acquiring Person shall expressly assume the due and punctual observation and performance of each and every covenant and condition contained in this Certificate of Designation to be performed and observed by the Company and all the obligations and liabilities hereunder, with such modifications and adjustments as equitable and appropriate in order to place the Holders in the equivalent economic position as prior to such Change of Control or Reorganization Event.

 

Section 13.           Preemption.

 

The Holders shall not have any rights of preemption with regard to any share capital (including Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares).

 

Section 14.           Payments; Expenses; Notices; Information.

 

(a)           Payment . Any payment due by the Company with respect to dividends, redemptions, fractional shares or other amounts on a day that is not a Business Day may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the original due date, and without any interest due to any delay in payment.

 

(b)           Expenses . The Company shall bear any costs and expenses incurred by it and its Affiliates in connection with the Remarketing (including any Remarketing Fee) pursuant to this Certificate of Designations, and shall promptly pay or reimburse the Original Holders for any costs or expenses (including the Remarketing Fee, underwriting discounts or commissions and any reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by such Original Holders in connection therewith; provided , that the Participating Holders and the Participating Series B Holders (if any) shall bear 50% of any underwriting discounts or commissions for any “best efforts” underwriting incurred in connection with such Remarketing, with such amounts allocated in proportion to the Series A Shares and the Included Series B Shares that participate in such Remarketing.

 

(c)           Notices . Any notices, deliveries or other actions required or permitted to be given, made or taken by the Company or any Holder hereunder on a particular day may be effected on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if effected on the particular day. All notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and, unless otherwise specified herein, all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt thereof or three Business Days after the mailing thereof if sent by registered or certified mail (or by first-class mail if the same shall be specifically permitted for such notice under the terms of this Certificate of Designations) with postage prepaid, addressed: (i) if to the Company, to its office at 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada 89134 (Attention: Secretary) or to the Transfer Agent at its office at Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 1 State Street, 30 th Floor, New York, New York 10004 (Attention: Mark Zimkind]), or to any other agent of the Company designated to receive such notice as permitted by this Certificate of Designations; or (ii) if to any Holder, to such Holder at the address of such Holder as listed in the share record books of the Company (which may include the records of the Transfer Agent); or (iii) to such other address as the Company or any such Holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice given by the Company to Holders in respect of a Global Preferred Share pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary shall be deemed to have been given effectively when so given.

 

  34  

 

 

(d)           Information . If at any time the Company is not required to file reports with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any Series A Shares are then outstanding, the Company shall provide the Holders with reports containing financial information substantially similar to the financial information that would have been contained in the reports the Company would have been required to file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission by Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act if it were subject thereto, in each case at such times as such reports or other information would be required to be filed thereunder.

 

Section 15.           Repurchase.

 

Subject to the limitations imposed herein, applicable law and the Articles of Association, the Company may purchase Series A Shares from time to time to such extent, in such manner and upon such terms as the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof may determine; provided , however , that the Company shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company is, or after such purchase would be, unable to pay its liabilities in the ordinary course as they become due.

 

Section 16.           Unissued or Reacquired Shares.

 

Series A Shares that have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Company shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Shares without designation as to class or series, until such shares are once more designated as part of a particular class or series by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 17.           No Sinking Fund.

 

Series A Shares are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.

 

Section 18.           Reservation of Ordinary Shares.

 

(a)           Sufficient Shares . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Ordinary Shares or shares acquired by the Company, solely for issuance upon the conversion of Preferred Shares as provided in this Certificate of Designations, free from any preemptive or other similar rights, such number of shares of Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be issuable upon the conversion of all the Preferred Shares then issued and outstanding. For purposes of this Section 18(a), the number of Ordinary Shares that shall be deliverable upon the conversion of all issued and outstanding Preferred Shares shall be computed as if at the time of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a single Holder.

 

(b)           Use of Acquired Shares . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to deliver upon conversion of Series A Shares, as herein provided, Ordinary Shares acquired by the Company (in lieu of the issuance of authorized and unissued Ordinary Shares), so long as any such acquired shares are free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances (other than liens, charges, security interests and other encumbrances created by the Original Holders).

 

  35  

 

 

(c)           Free and Clear Delivery . All Ordinary Shares delivered upon conversion of the Series A Shares shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and other encumbrances (other than liens, charges, security interests and other encumbrances created by the Original Holders).

 

(d)           Compliance with Law . Prior to the delivery of any securities that the Company shall be obligated to deliver upon conversion of the Series A Shares, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations thereunder requiring the approval of such delivery by any Regulatory Entities.

 

(e)           Listing . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, if at any time the Ordinary Shares shall be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange or quotation system, the Company will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Ordinary Shares shall be so listed on such exchange or quotation system, all the Ordinary Shares then issuable upon conversion of the Series A Shares.

 

Section 19.           Transfer Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The duly appointed Transfer Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and paying agent for the Series A Shares shall be Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, remove the Transfer Agent in accordance with the agreement between the Company and the Transfer Agent; provided that the Company shall appoint a successor transfer agent who shall accept such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal. Upon any such removal or appointment, the Company shall send notice thereof by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders (or otherwise pursuant to any applicable procedures of a Depositary).

 

Section 20.           Replacement Certificates.

 

(a)           Mutilated, Destroyed, Stolen and Lost Certificates . If physical certificates are issued, the Company shall replace any mutilated certificate at the Holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Transfer Agent. The Company shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the Holder’s expense upon delivery to the Company and the Transfer Agent of satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity on customary terms that may be required by the Transfer Agent and the Company.

 

(b)           Certificates Following Conversion . If physical certificates are issued, the Company shall not be required to issue any certificates representing the applicable Series A Shares on or after the applicable Conversion Date. In place of the delivery of a replacement certificate following the applicable Conversion Date, the Transfer Agent, upon delivery of the evidence and indemnity described in Section 20(a), shall deliver the Ordinary Shares pursuant to the terms of the Series A Shares formerly evidenced by the certificate.

 

(c)           Legends . Certificates for Series A Shares and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company).

 

  36  

 

 

Section 21.           Form.

 

(a)           Global Preferred Shares . Series A Shares may, at the Company’s option, in its sole discretion, be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Series A Shares in definitive, fully registered form with a global legend in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (each, a “ Global Preferred Share ”), which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Certificate of Designations. The Global Preferred Shares may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). The aggregate number of shares represented by each Global Preferred Share may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Depositary or its nominee as hereinafter provided. Global Preferred Shares shall be registered in the name of the Depositary, which shall be the Holder of such shares. This Section 21(a) shall apply only to a Global Preferred Share deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

 

(b)           Delivery to Depositary . If Global Preferred Shares are issued, the Company shall execute and the Registrar shall, in accordance with this Section 21, countersign and deliver initially one or more Global Preferred Shares that (i) shall be registered in the name of a nominee of the Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Registrar to the Depositary or pursuant to instructions received from the Depositary or held by the Registrar as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to an agreement between the Depositary and the Registrar.

 

(c)           Agent Members . If Global Preferred Shares are issued, members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Certificate of Designations with respect to any Global Preferred Share held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Registrar as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Preferred Share, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Registrar and any agent of the Company or the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Global Preferred Share for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Registrar or any agent of the Company or the Registrar from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Preferred Shares. If Global Preferred Shares are issued, the Depositary may grant proxies or otherwise authorize any Person to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take pursuant to the Series A Shares, this Certificate of Designations or the Articles of Association.

 

(d)           Physical Certificates . Global Preferred Shares will be exchangeable for other certificates evidencing Series A Shares, only if (x) the Depositary has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Preferred Share and the Company does not appoint a qualified replacement for the Depositary within 90 days, (y) the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and the Company does not appoint a qualified replacement for the Depositary within 90 days or (z) the Company determines that the Series A Shares shall no longer be represented by Global Preferred Shares. In any such case, the Global Preferred Shares shall be exchanged in whole for other definitive Series A Shares in registered form, with the same terms and of an equal aggregate Liquidation Preference. Such other definitive Series A Shares shall be registered in the name or names of the Person or Persons specified by the Depositary in a written instrument to the Registrar.

 

  37  

 

 

(e)           Signature . An Officer shall sign any Global Preferred Share for the Company, in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and applicable law, by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Global Preferred Share no longer holds that office at the time the Transfer Agent countersigned the Global Preferred Share, the Global Preferred Share shall be valid nevertheless. A Global Preferred Share shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Transfer Agent manually countersigns the Global Preferred Share. Each Global Preferred Share shall be dated the date of its countersignature.

 

Section 22.           Transfer and Similar Taxes.

 

The Company shall pay any and all share transfer, documentary, stamp and similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of Series A Shares or Ordinary Shares or other securities issued on account of Series A Shares pursuant hereto or certificates representing such shares or securities. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of Series A Shares, Ordinary Shares or other securities in a name other than that in which the Series A Shares with respect to which such shares or other securities are issued or delivered were registered, or in respect of any payment to any Person other than a payment to the registered holder thereof, and shall not be required to make any such issuance, delivery or payment unless and until the Person otherwise entitled to such issuance, delivery or payment has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

Section 23.           Rights of Holders.

 

No person or entity, other than the person or entity in whose name a certificate representing the Series A Shares is registered (if any) and whose name is registered as an owner of Series A Shares in the register of members of the Company, shall have any rights hereunder or with respect to the Series A Shares, the Company shall recognize the registered owner thereof in the register of members of the Company as the sole owner for all purposes, and no other person or entity (other than the Company) shall have any benefit, right, claim or remedy hereunder.

 

Section 24.           Other Rights.

 

The Series A Shares shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Articles of Association or as provided by applicable law.

 

Section 25.           Conflict .

 

To the extent the terms provided in this Certificate of Designations conflict with the terms contained in the Articles of Association, it is intended that the terms provided in this Certificate of Designations shall prevail. The Company agrees and undertakes to convene any general meeting of the Company, and to recommend that any such meeting adopt any resolution necessary, to amend the Articles of Association to eliminate any such conflict.

 

[ Reminder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

  38  

 

  

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF DIRECTOR’S ACCEPTANCE LETTER

 

TO: FGL HOLDINGS (the “Company”)

 

Attn: The Secretary

 

I hereby accept and agree to my appointment or election as a Preference Share Director, in accordance with the Certificate of Designations of Series A Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares of the Company, dated [ ], 2017 (the “Certificate of Designations”). I hereby agree and acknowledge that my term of office shall immediately terminate in accordance with Section 12 of the Certificate of Designations without further action being required on my part.

 

I designate the following telephone and facsimile numbers and e-mail address for service of notice of all directors’ meetings. Notice by telephone facsimile or e-mail to either of the said numbers or e-mail address will constitute good and sufficient notice to myself and I agree to advise you of any change in these particulars.

 

Tel: [     ]

Fax: [     ]

E-mail: [     ]

Nationality: [     ]

 

I hereby authorize you to enter my name and address in the register of Directors and Officers of the Company as follows:

 

[Name]

[Address]

  

[Name]

 

  A- 1  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF

 

SERIES A CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHARES

 

FACE OF SECURITY

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE (AND THOSE ISSUABLE ON CONVERSION THEREOF) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S., STATE AND OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO AND IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF AN INVESTMENT AGREEMENT AND A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, EACH DATED AS OF [ ], 2017 BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND THE INVESTORS REFERRED TO THEREIN, COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE (AND THOSE ISSUABLE ON CONVERSION THEREOF) MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENTS, AND ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENTS WILL BE VOID.

 

[ IF GLOBAL PREFERENCE SHARES ARE ISSUED : UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, AND NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS REFERRED TO BELOW.]

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT MAY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

  B- 1  

 

 

Certificate Number   Number of Convertible Preference Shares
     
CUSIP NO.: [            ]    

 

Series A Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares

 

(par value $0.0001 per share)

 

of

 

FGL HOLDINGS

 

FGL HOLDINGS, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), hereby certifies that [            ] (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ · ] [              , or such number as is registered in the name of the Holder in the Company’s register of members maintained by the Registrar] fully paid and non-assessable preference shares of the Company designated the Series A Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share and a liquidation preference of US$1,000.00 (the “ Convertible Preference Shares ”).

 

The Convertible Preference Shares are subject to the Certificate of Designations and the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company and are transferable in accordance therewith. The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Convertible Preference Shares represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Designations dated [ · ], 2017 as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Certificate of Designations ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined herein, shall have the meaning given to them in the Certificate of Designations.

 

Reference is hereby made to select provisions of the Convertible Preference Shares set forth on the reverse hereof, and to the Certificate of Designations, which select provisions and the Certificate of Designations shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Certificate of Designations and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

Unless the Registrar has properly countersigned this certificate, the Convertible Preference Shares evidenced hereby shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Certificate of Designations or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

Dated:

 

  B- 2  

 

 

REVERSE OF SECURITY

 

Dividends on each of the Convertible Preference Shares shall be payable at the rate provided in the Certificate of Designations but only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors as provided therein.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares shall be convertible in the manner and in accordance with the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares shall be redeemable at the option of the Company in the manner and in accordance with the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares carry voting rights as specified in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Company shall furnish without charge to each holder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and special rights of each class or series of share capital issued by the Company and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions on such powers, preferences and rights.

 

For value received,                                          hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

of the Convertible Preference Shares represented by the within Certificate, and such shares are subject to the Certificate of Designations and the memorandum of association and Articles of Association of the Company and are transferable in accordance therewith.

 

Dated:                                              20             
     
Signature:                                                                                                                     
     
Signature:                                                                                                                     

 

    Notice:   The signature to this assignment must correspond
with the name as written upon the face of the
certificate, in every particular, without alteration or
enlargement, or any change whatever.
   

 

  B- 3  

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

 

OF

 

SERIES B CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES

 

OF

 

FGL HOLDINGS

 

FGL HOLDINGS, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), does hereby certify:

 

That the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and applicable law, by way of written resolution dated November 30, 2017, duly adopted resolutions creating a class of preferred shares of the Company designated as “Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares”.

 

Section 1.           Designation . The designation of the class of preferred shares shall be “Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares” (the “ Series B Shares ”). Each Series B Share shall be identical in all respects to every other Series B Share. The Series B Shares will rank, on the terms set forth in Section 4(c) and Section 5, equally with Parity Shares and senior to Junior Shares, with respect to the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company.

 

Section 2.           Number of Shares . The number of authorized Series B Shares shall be 275,000, provided , that an additional 325,000 Series B Shares shall be authorized for issuance solely as PIK Shares. That number from time to time may be increased solely with the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of the Series B Shares pursuant to Section 12 and the Board of Directors; provided that no such increase shall be permitted that would cause the total number of authorized Preferred Shares, including the Series B Shares, to exceed the amount of Preferred Shares authorized by the Articles of Association.

 

Section 3.           Definitions . As used herein with respect to the Series B Shares:

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Certificate of Designations, “ control ”, when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(c).

 

Appoint ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(v).

 

AOI ” means, for any period, the adjusted operating income of the Company, calculated on a basis consistent with that adopted by Fidelity & Guaranty Life for the 2016 fiscal year, as reflected in its publicly filed financial statements.

 

  1  

 

 

Arrearage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

Articles of Association ” means the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, as they may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designations and the certificate of designations for any other authorized class of Preferred Shares.

 

Blackstone Funds ” means, individually or collectively, any investment fund, coinvestment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles or accounts, in each case, managed by an Affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., or any of their respective successors.

 

Board of Directors ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals or a committee thereof duly authorized to act for such Board of Directors.

 

Business Day ” means each weekday on which banking institutions in New York, New York are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Calculation Agent ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as calculation agent for the Series B Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation or a company, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares, and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation or a company, any and all partnership, limited liability company, membership or other equity interests of such Person, but in each case excluding any debt securities convertible into any of the foregoing.

 

Certificate of Designations ” means this Certificate of Designations relating to the Series B Shares, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one of the following:

 

(i)           a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than a Permitted Holder, becomes or files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company;

 

(ii)          one or more Permitted Holders become, or commence a tender, exchange or similar offer and/or file a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such Permitted Holder(s) intends to become, in the aggregate, the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owners,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company representing more than 60% of the voting power of the outstanding Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company; or

 

(iii)         consummation of any consolidation, merger, amalgamation or scheme of arrangement of or involving the Company or similar transaction or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to any Person other than one of the Company’s Subsidiaries, in each case pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company will be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than pursuant to a transaction in which (A) the Persons that “beneficially owned” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, voting shares of the Company immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, voting shares representing a majority of the total voting power of all issued and outstanding classes of voting shares of the continuing or surviving Person immediately after such transaction, or (B) the members of the Board of Directors or other governing body of the Company immediately prior to such transaction comprise a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or other governing body of the Company or such other continuing or surviving Person immediately after such transaction.

 

  2  

 

 

Closing Price ” of the Ordinary Shares on any date of determination means the last reported sale price of the Ordinary Shares regular way on such date (or, if no such sale occurs on such date, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices for such shares regular way on such date) on the Principal Market or, if there is no Principal Market for the Ordinary Shares, the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted for the Ordinary Shares in the over-the-counter market as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or any similar organization, or if such closing prices are not so reported (or if the relevant price or prices required to be used to calculate the Closing Price as provided in this paragraph are not available in the relevant market on such date for any reason, the market price of the Ordinary Shares on such date as determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by the Company for this purpose).

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Competing Remarketing ” means any ongoing Remarketing pursuant to Section 11, and any ongoing remarketing of the Series A Shares pursuant to Section 11 of the Series A Certificate of Designations; provided that no such Remarketing or remarketing shall be deemed to be ongoing past the applicable Remarketing Window for such Remarketing.

 

Constituent Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a)(ii).

 

Conversion Agent ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as conversion agent for the Series B Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Conversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).

 

Conversion Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).

 

Conversion Price ” means, at any time, a dollar amount equal to the higher of (i) a 5.0% discount to the arithmetic average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days from, but excluding the Conversion Notice Date, and (ii) the Floor Price.

 

Conversion Rate ” means, at any time, the number of duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable Ordinary Shares into which each Series B Share is convertible, after taking into account any adjustments pursuant to Section 9, determined by dividing (i) the Liquidation Preference (calculated as if the Conversion Date was the date fixed for liquidation the Company, and as adjusted pursuant hereto for share splits, share dividends, reclassifications and the like), by (ii) the Conversion Price.

 

Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, CF Bermuda Holdings Limited, a Bermuda exempted limited liability company, the lenders from time to time a party thereto and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent for the lenders and the other agents and arrangers party thereto.

  

  3  

 

 

Current Market Price ” as of any day means the average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days ending on the earlier of the day in question and the day before the Ex-date or other specified date with respect to the issuance or distribution requiring such computation, appropriately adjusted to take into account the occurrence during such period of any event described in Section 9. For the purpose of calculating the Current Market Price, consecutive Trading Days shall end on the day before the date in question.

 

Depositary ” means DTC or its nominee, or any successor depositary appointed by the Company or its nominee.

 

Director Acceptance Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(ii).

 

Dividend Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i). Each Dividend Payment Date “relates” to the Dividend Period most recently ending before such Dividend Payment Date, and vice versa (with the words “related” and “relating” having correlative meanings).

 

Dividend Period ” means each period from and including a Dividend Payment Date (except that the initial Dividend Period shall commence on the Original Issue Date, and the initial Dividend Period for any Series B Shares issued in kind pursuant to Section 4 shall commence on the date such Series B Shares are issued) and continuing to but not including the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date.

 

Dividend Rate ” means (i) for any day during the Fixed Rate Period, 7.5%, and (ii) for any date during the Floating Rate Period, the greater of (A) 7.5% and (B) a rate equal to Three-month LIBOR plus 5.5%; provided that in the event of an Modified Dividend Rate, such Modified Dividend Rate shall be the Dividend Rate.

 

Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a)(iii).

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.

 

Engagement Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Remarketing Window”.

 

Engagement Deadline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(b).

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a)(ii).

 

Ex-date ”, when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Ordinary Shares or other relevant securities trade without the right to receive such issuance or distribution.

 

Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Fixed Rate Period ” means each Dividend Period relating to a Dividend Payment Date occurring on or before November 30, 2027.

 

Floating Rate Period ” means each Dividend Period relating to a Dividend Payment Date occurring after November 30, 2027.

 

  4  

 

 

Floor Price ” means (i) for a Conversion Date from and including November 30, 2027 to but not including November 30, 2028, $8.00, (ii) for a Conversion Date from and including November 30, 2028 to but not including November 30, 2029, $7.00, and (iii) for a Conversion Date from and after November 30, 2029, $6.00, in each case after taking into account any adjustment pursuant to Section 9.

 

FNF ” means Fidelity National Financial, Inc., and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Global Preferred Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(a).

 

GSO ” means GSO Capital Partners LP, and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

GSO Group ” means funds and accounts managed, advised or sub-advised by GSO and its Affiliates within the credit-focused business unit of The Blackstone Group L.P.

 

Holder ” means, as to any Series B Share, the Person in whose name such share is registered in the register of members of the Company, which may be treated by the Company, Transfer Agent, Registrar, Calculation Agent, paying agent and Conversion Agent as the absolute owner of such share for the purpose of making payment and settling the related conversions and for all other purposes. References herein to “holders” of preferred shares of the Company shall mean, insofar as such shares are Series B Shares, the Holders thereof.

 

Included Series A Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Junior Liquidation Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Junior Shares”.

 

Junior Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(i).

 

Junior Shares ” means the Ordinary Shares and any other class or series of shares in the capital of the Company now existing or hereafter authorized over which the Series B Shares have preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company. Junior Shares over which the Series B Shares have preference or priority in such distribution of assets are herein called “ Junior Liquidation Shares ”.

 

Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a). References to the “ liquidation preference ” of any Preferred Shares of the Company in the Articles of Association shall mean the Liquidation Preference if such Preferred Shares are Series B Shares.

 

London Banking Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are open in London for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits).

 

Market Disruption Event ” means, on any day when the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted on a securities exchange or quotation facility (whether U.S. national or regional or non-U.S.), any of the following events that occurs or continues to exist on such day:

 

(i)           any suspension of, or limitation imposed on, trading by the Principal Market during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session (or for purposes of determining the VWAP per Ordinary Share, any period or periods aggregating one half-hour or longer during the regular trading session) on the Principal Market on such day, and whether by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the Principal Market, or otherwise, relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) or to futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market;

 

  5  

 

 

(ii)          any event that disrupts or impairs (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion) the ability of market participants, during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session (or for purposes of determining the VWAP per Ordinary Share, any period or periods aggregating one half-hour or longer during the regular trading session) on the Principal Market on such day, to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market on such day or to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market on such day; or

 

(iii)         the principal exchange or quotation facility (whether or not the Principal Market) on which futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted fails to open, or closes prior to its respective scheduled closing time, for the regular trading session on such day (without regard to after hours or any other trading outside of the regular trading session hours), unless such earlier closing time is announced by such exchange or facility at least one hour prior to the earlier of (A) the actual closing time for the regular trading session on such day and (B) the submission deadline for orders to be entered into such exchange or facility for execution at the actual closing time on such day.

 

Modified Dividend Rate ” means, in connection with a Remarketing, the dividend rate per annum (which may be fixed or floating, and any spread with respect to a floating dividend rate) rounded to the nearest one one-thousandth (0.001) of one percent that the Series B Shares shall bear as determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement and Section 11(j).

 

Modified Redemption Date ” means, in connection with a Remarketing, the earliest redemption date for the Series B Shares (which shall be no earlier than the earliest redemption date prior to such Remarketing) that shall apply after such Remarketing as determined by the Company pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement.

 

Modified Remarketing Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

Modified Terms ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

NC Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a); provided that if there is a Modified Redemption Date, the NC Date shall be the Modified Redemption Date.

 

Nonpayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Normalized AOI ” means the AOI for any period subject to the following adjustments: (i) add back any amounts for “legacy incentive compensation”, and “back project expenses”, (ii) add back (if negative) or subtract (if positive) any amounts for “single premium immediate annuities mortality & other reserve adjustments”; (iii) add back (if negative) or subtract (if positive) any amounts for “assumption review & DAC unlocking”, and (iv) “other, including bond prepayment income and tax valuation allowance adjustments”, in each case, calculated on a basis consistent with that adopted in prior years by Fidelity Life & Guaranty in its publicly filed financial statements.

 

Officer ” means the Director, Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, the Chief Accounting Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and any Assistant Secretary of the Company.

 

  6  

 

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed (i) by a Director, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller or the Chief Accounting Officer, and (ii) by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the General Counsel, Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Conversion Agent.

 

Ordinary Shares ” means the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Original Holder ” means any Holder of Series B Shares that is (i) FNF, or (ii) any transferee of FNF that is an Affiliate of FNF.

 

Original Issue Date ” means November 30, 2017.

 

Original Liquidation Preference ” means $1,000.00 per Series B Share.

 

Original Remarketing Price ” means an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference for the Series B Shares to be remarketed.

 

Original Series A Holders ” means any Holder that is (i) a member of the GSO Group or (ii) any transferee of such member that is an Affiliate of GSO.

 

Parity Dividend Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Parity Shares”.

 

Parity Liquidation Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Parity Shares”.

 

Parity Shares ” means any class or series of shares in the capital of the Company hereafter authorized that ranks equally with the Series B Shares in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company. Parity Shares so ranking equally in the payment of dividends are herein called “ Parity Dividend Shares ”. Parity Shares so ranking equally in such distribution of assets are herein called “ Parity Liquidation Shares ”. The Series A Shares shall be deemed to be Parity Shares, Parity Dividend Shares and Parity Liquidation Shares.

 

Participation Deadline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Participating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Participating Series A Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Permitted Holders ” means:

 

(i) each of Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., GSO, FNF, Cannae Holdings, Inc., BilCar, LLC, CC Capital Management, LLC, CFS Holdings (Cayman), LP, CFS II Holdings (Cayman), LP and the Blackstone Funds;

 

(ii) any Affiliate or Related Party of any Person specified in clause (i); and

 

(iii) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in clauses (i) and (ii) or any group in which the Persons specified in clauses (i) and (ii) own a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock held by such group, and any Person that is a member of any such group.

 

  7  

 

 

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, company, corporation, estate, body corporate, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association or other legal entity.

 

PIK Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(ii).

 

Preferred Shares ” means any and all series or classes of preferred shares in the capital of the Company, having a par value of $0.0001 per share, including the Series B Shares and Series A Shares.

 

Preferred Share Director ” has the meaning specified in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Principal Market ” means, with respect to any day on which the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted on any securities exchange or quotation facility (whether U.S. national or regional or non-U.S.), the principal such exchange or facility on which the Ordinary Shares are so listed or admitted or so quoted.

 

Purchased Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(d).

 

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

 

Registrar ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as registrar for the Series B Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Regulatory Entities ” means all governmental or self-regulatory authorities in the United States or elsewhere having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Reimbursed Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Related Party ” means:

 

(i)           any controlling stockholder, majority owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder; or

 

(ii)          any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a majority (and controlling) interest of which consist of one or more Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i).

 

Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Remarketing Agent ” means any Remarketing Agent(s) appointed by the Company pursuant to Section 11.

 

Remarketing Agreement ” means a Remarketing Agreement to be entered into between the Company and one or more Remarketing Agents setting forth the terms of a Remarketing.

 

Remarketing Date ” means the date the Series B Shares offered in the Remarketing Period are priced by the Company and the Remarketing Agent(s).

 

  8  

 

 

Remarketing Fee ” means, in the event of a Successful Remarketing, a remarketing fee, if any, paid to the Remarketing Agent(s) to be agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Remarketing Agent(s) prior to any Remarketing pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement.

 

Remarketing Interest Amount ” means interest on the Remarketing Loss Share Amount at a rate of 7.5% per annum accrued daily during the Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period.

 

Remarketing Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Loss Share Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Remarketing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c).

 

Remarketing Price ” means, as applicable, the Original Remarketing Price or the Modified Remarketing Price.

 

Remarketing Process ” means the Remarketing process specified in Section 11, commencing with the delivery of a Remarketing Notice.

 

Remarketing Reimbursement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Settlement Date ” means the third Business Day immediately following the Remarketing Date for a Successful Remarketing, or such other date as the Company and the Remarketing Agent may mutually agree.

 

Remarketing Window ” means the period from (i) the fifth Business Day following the earlier of (A) the Engagement Deadline, and (B) the date on which the Remarketing Agent(s) are engaged by the Company pursuant to Section 11 (the “ Engagement Date ”), through (ii) the 20 th Business Day following the Engagement Deadline or Engagement Date, as applicable, provided that such period may be extended (and the Remarketing delayed) to no later than 180 days after the Engagement Deadline or Engagement Date, as applicable, if (i) the Remarketing Agent determines that the Remarketing is impractical due to then-prevailing market conditions, or (ii) if the Board of Directors determines in good faith (x) that such delay would enable the Company to avoid disclosure of material information, the disclosure of which at that time would not be in the Company’s best interests, or (y) that the Remarketing to be delayed would, if not delayed, materially adversely affect the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially interfere with, or jeopardize the success of, any pending or proposed material transaction, including any debt or equity financing, any acquisition or disposition, any recapitalization or reorganization or any other material transaction, whether due to commercial reasons, a desire to avoid premature disclosure of information or any other reason.

 

Reorganization Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a).

 

Reuters Screen LIBOR01 ” means the display on the Reuters Eikon (or any successor service) on the “LIBOR01” page (or any other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks for U.S. dollar deposits).

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

  9  

 

 

Series B Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

Series A Certificate of Designations ” means the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Shares.

 

Series A Participation Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Series A Remarketing Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Series A Shares ” means the Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares of Company.

 

Shareholder Approval ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(e).

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which (i) such Person or any other Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner (in the case of a partnership) or managing member (in the case of a limited liability company), (ii) voting power to elect or appoint a majority of the board of directors, board of managers or others performing similar functions with respect to such organization is held by such Person or by any one or more of such Person’s Subsidiaries, (iii) at least fifty percent (50%) of any class of shares or Capital Stock or of the outstanding equity interests are beneficially owned by such Person or (iv) any Person that would otherwise be deemed a “ subsidiary ” under Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

 

Successful Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(e).

 

Three-month LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Floating Rate Period, the offered rate expressed as a percentage per annum for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, as that rate appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of such Floating Rate Period.

 

If Three-month LIBOR does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, Three-month LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period, commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000, are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in that market selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of such Floating Rate Period. The Calculation Agent shall request the principal London office of each of these banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-month LIBOR for such Floating Rate Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such quotations (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest 0.00001%).

 

If fewer than two such quotations are provided as described in the preceding paragraph, Three-month LIBOR with respect to such Floating Rate Period shall be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest 0.00001%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Floating Rate Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period, commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000.

 

  10  

 

 

If fewer than three banks selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent to provide quotations are quoting as described in the preceding paragraph the Calculation Agent shall: (i) determine the base rate that is most comparable to the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01; and (ii) apply such changes to that rate such that it is as similar as practicable, in the opinion of the Calculation Agent, to the rate that would have prevailed under the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, provided , that if the Calculation Agent determines there is an industry accepted successor base rate to the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, such successor base rate will be the rate applied under (i).

 

If Three-month LIBOR calculated in accordance with the foregoing paragraphs for any Floating Rate Period is less than zero, then Three-month LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero for such Floating Rate Period.

 

Trading Day ” means, for purposes of determining a VWAP or Closing Price per share of Ordinary Shares, a day on which the Principal Market is open for the transaction of business and on which a Market Disruption Event does not occur or exist, or if the shares of Ordinary Shares are not listed or admitted to trading and are not quoted on any securities exchange or quotation facility, a Business Day.

 

Transfer Agent ” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as Transfer Agent, Registrar, Calculation Agent, paying agent and Conversion Agent for the Series B Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Trust ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(e).

 

Unsuccessful Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(f).

 

Voting Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Voting Stock ” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.

 

VWAP ” per Ordinary Share on any Trading Day means the per share volume-weighted average sale price per share of Ordinary Shares on the Principal Market as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg page “CF Equity VWAP” (or any appropriate successor page) in respect of the period from the open of trading until the close of trading on the Principal Market on such Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable or not provided for any reason, or there is no Principal Market for the Ordinary Shares, the market price of one Ordinary Share on such Trading Day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company). When used with respect to any other securities, “VWAP” shall have the meaning set forth above with references to the price per Ordinary Share meaning the price per unit of such other securities, with references to Bloomberg page “CF Equity VWAP” meaning the applicable Bloomberg page displaying the volume-weighted average sale price per unit of such securities and references to the Principal Market meaning the principal exchange or other market in which such securities are then listed, quoted or traded. The VWAP during any period shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account the occurrence during such period of any event described in Section 9.

 

In addition to the above definitions, unless the context requires otherwise:

 

(i)           any reference to any statute, regulation, rule or form as of any time shall mean such statute, regulation, rule or form as amended or modified and shall also include any successor statute, regulation, rule or form from time to time (and in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated under the statute);

 

  11  

 

 

(i)           references to “$” or “dollars” means the lawful coin or currency of the United States of America; and

 

(ii)          references to “Section” are references to Sections of this Certificate of Designations.

 

Section 4.           Dividends .

 

(a)            Quarterly Dividends .

 

(i)           Subject to applicable law, the Holders of the Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors), out of assets lawfully available for that purpose, cumulative cash dividends on the Original Liquidation Preference of $1,000.00 at a rate per annum equal to the then-applicable Dividend Rate. Subject to applicable law, dividends shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first days of January, April, July and October, respectively, in each year, commencing on January 1, 2018; provided , however , that (x) if any such day during the Fixed Rate Period is not a Business Day, then such day shall nevertheless be a Dividend Payment Date but dividends on the Series B Shares, when, as and if declared, shall be paid on the next succeeding Business Day (without adjustment in the amount of the dividend per Series B Share), and (y) if any such day during the Floating Rate Period is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day shall be the applicable Dividend Payment Date and dividends, when, as and if declared, shall be paid on such next succeeding Business Day (each such day on which dividends are payable, after giving effect to this proviso if applicable, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). Dividends on the Series B Shares shall begin to accumulate on the Original Issue Date (or, with respect to any Series B Shares issued in kind pursuant to this Section 4, the date on which such Series B Shares are issued) and shall be deemed to accumulate from day to day whether or not earned or declared until paid. Dividends payable on the Series B Shares in respect of each Fixed Rate Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and dividends payable on the Series B Shares in respect of each Floating Rate Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent by multiplying the per annum dividend rate in effect for that Floating Rate Period by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the actual number of days in that Floating Rate Period and the denominator of which will be 360, and multiplying the rate obtained by $1,000 to determine the dividend per Series B Share. The Calculation Agent’s determination of any Dividend Rate, and its calculation of the amount of dividends for any Dividend Period, will be maintained on file at the Company’s principal offices and will be available to any Holder upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error. The Company may terminate the appointment of the Calculation Agent and may appoint a successor agent at any time and from time to time, provided that the Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the Series B Shares are issued and outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as such agent.

 

(ii)          Dividends payable on Series B Shares on any Dividend Payment Date shall be paid in cash or, at the option of the Company, in lieu of paying such cash dividends, the Company may instead effect a share capitalization by issuing new duly authorized and fully paid and nonassessable Series B Shares (any such Series B Shares, “ PIK Shares ”) to the extent the Company chooses not to pay a cash dividend. If the Company elects to effect a share capitalization by issuing PIK Shares in accordance with the foregoing, the number of PIK Shares to be issued will be calculated by dividing the portion of such dividend not paid in cash by the Original Liquidation Preference, and such PIK Shares shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rates specified in the preceding paragraph from their date of issuance and shall otherwise be treated as Series B Shares for purposes of all other provisions hereof. The Company may not effect a share capitalization by issuing PIK Shares to the extent (A) there are not sufficient authorized but unissued Series B Shares to permit such share capitalization, (B) a Remarketing Process has commenced pursuant to Section 11 and not concluded or terminated, or (C) from and after May 31, 2018, if the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series B Shares and Series A Shares following such issuance of PIK Shares would be greater than 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof (calculated using the methodology applied under Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and assuming that such Series B Shares were convertible pursuant to Section 7 at the time of the applicable Dividend Payment Date at a Conversion Price equal to the value of clause (iii) of the definition of Floor Price), until such time as the Company obtains the Shareholder Approval.

 

  12  

 

 

(iii)         Dividends that are payable on the Series B Shares or any share capitalization effected on any Dividend Payment Date shall be payable, and any PIK Shares shall be issuable, to Holders of record of the Series B Shares as they appear on the register of members of the Company on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15 th calendar day of the month immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

 

(iv)         In connection with a Successful Remarketing of the Series B Shares, the Dividend Rate may be increased to an Modified Dividend Rate in accordance with Section 11 below. If the Dividend Rate on the Series B Shares is increased in accordance with Section 11 below, dividends shall accumulate at the Modified Dividend Rate pursuant to the terms of this Section 4 from (and including) the Remarketing Settlement Date. Any reference herein to accumulated and unpaid dividends shall include any such dividends at the Modified Dividend Rate, if applicable.

 

(b)            Cumulative Dividends . Dividends on the Series B Shares shall be cumulative, and from and after any Dividend Payment Date or other date on which any dividend or any payment upon redemption, or any Conversion Date on which any payment upon conversion, in each case has accumulated or been deemed to have accumulated through such date has not been paid in full (the “ Arrearage ”), additional dividends shall accumulate in respect of the Arrearage at the then-applicable Dividend Rate. Such additional dividends in respect of any Arrearage shall be deemed to accumulate daily from such Dividend Payment Date, or other date on which any dividend or any payment upon redemption or Conversion Date, whether or not earned or declared, until the Arrearage is paid and shall constitute additional Arrearage from and after the immediately following Dividend Payment Date to the extent not paid on such Dividend Payment Date. References in any Article herein to dividends that have “accumulated” or that have been deemed to have accumulated with respect to the Series B Shares shall include the amount, if any, of any Arrearage together with any dividends accumulated or deemed to have accumulated on such Arrearage pursuant to the immediately preceding two sentences.

 

(c)            Priority of Dividends .

 

(i)           For so long as any Series B Shares remain issued and outstanding, the Company will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries not to, declare, pay or set apart funds for any dividends or other distributions with respect to any Junior Shares or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, or make a liquidation payment relating to, any Junior Shares, or make any guarantee payment with respect thereto, in any case during or in respect of any Dividend Period (collectively, “ Junior Payments ”), unless: (1)(A) full dividends (including any Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid in cash or in kind on the Series B Shares for all Dividend Periods prior to the date of such Junior Payment and the Dividend Period in which such Junior Payment falls, and (B) no PIK Shares are then issued and outstanding; (2) Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company, or any successor “primary” insurance Subsidiary of the Company, maintains an A.M. Best Company financial strength rating of A- or higher; (3) the Company is in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 12(c); (4) any such Junior Payments, when aggregated with all other Junior Payments, other than on the Series B Shares and the Series A Shares, in any given fiscal year of the Company, does not represent an amount greater than 20% of the Normalized AOI of the Company for the preceding fiscal year; and (5) if any Change of Control has occurred, the requirements of Section 12(c)(iv) were satisfied with respect to such Change of Control; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction will not apply to:

 

  13  

 

 

A.            purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Junior Shares (and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith) required by any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

B.            the purchase of fractional interests in Junior Shares pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Junior Shares;

 

C.            declaration of a non-cash dividend on the Capital Stock of the Company in connection with the implementation of a shareholders rights plan on customary terms designed to protect the Company against unsolicited offers to acquire its Capital Stock, or the issuance of Capital Stock of the Company under any such plan in the future, or the redemption or repurchase of any such rights pursuant thereto;

 

D.            dividends or distributions payable solely in Junior Shares, or warrants, options or rights to acquire Junior Shares; or

 

E.            conversions of any Junior Shares into, or exchanges of any Junior Shares for, a class or series of other Junior Shares.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any Junior Payment was permitted under this Section 4(c)(i) at the time it was declared or when it first became a contractual obligation, it shall be deemed permitted hereunder at the time it is actually paid; provided that such Junior Payment occurs within 60 days of such declaration or entry into such contractual obligation.

 

(ii)          For so long as any Series B Shares remain issued and outstanding, if full dividends (including any Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) are not paid in full for any Dividend Period on the Series B Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, all dividends paid or declared for payment on a dividend payment date with respect to the Series B Shares and the Parity Dividend Shares shall be shared (A) first ratably by the holders of any Parity Dividend Shares who have the right to receive dividends with respect to past dividend periods for which such dividends were not declared and paid, in proportion to the respective amounts of the undeclared and unpaid dividends relating to past dividend periods, and thereafter (B) ratably by the holders of Series B Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, in proportion to the respective amounts of the undeclared and unpaid dividends relating to the current dividend period. Any proportional dividend on Parity Dividend Shares that have cumulative dividend rights will take into account the amount of any accumulated but unpaid dividends and arrearage with respect to such shares. To the extent a dividend period with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares coincides with more than one Dividend Period with respect to the Series B Shares, for purposes of the immediately preceding sentence the Board of Directors shall treat such dividend period as two or more consecutive dividend periods, none of which coincides with more than one Dividend Period with respect to the Series B Shares, or shall treat such dividend period(s) with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares and Dividend Period(s) with respect to the Series B Shares for purposes of the immediately preceding sentence in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable in order to achieve ratable payments of dividends on such Parity Dividend Shares and the Series B Shares. To the extent a Dividend Period with respect to the Series B Shares coincides with more than one dividend period with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares, for purposes of the first sentence of this paragraph the Board of Directors shall treat such Dividend Period as two or more consecutive Dividend Periods, none of which coincides with more than one dividend period with respect to such Parity Dividend Shares, or shall treat such Dividend Period(s) with respect to the Series B Shares and dividend period(s) with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares for purposes of the first sentence of this paragraph in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable in order to achieve ratable payments of dividends on the Series B Shares and such Parity Dividend Shares. The term “ dividend period ” as used in this paragraph means such dividend periods as are provided for in the terms of any Parity Dividend Shares and, in the case of Series B Shares, Dividend Periods applicable to shares of Series B Shares; and the term “ dividend payment dates ” as used in this paragraph means such dividend payment dates as are provided for in the terms of any Parity Dividend Shares and, in the case of Series B Shares, Dividend Payment Dates applicable to Series B Shares.

 

  14  

 

 

(iii)         Subject to this Section 4, such dividends (payable in cash, in kind, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) may be declared and paid on any securities, including Junior Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and the Holders of Series B Shares shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

 

(iv)         Notwithstanding any other section of this Section 4, the Company will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries not to, make any Junior Payment if such payment would cause the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series B Shares and Series A Shares to be greater than 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof (calculated using the methodology applied under Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and assuming that such Series B Shares were convertible pursuant to Section 7 at the time of the applicable Dividend Payment Date at a Conversion Price equal to the value of clause (iii) of the definition of Floor Price), until such time as the Company obtains the Shareholder Approval.

 

Section 5.              Liquidation Rights .

 

(a)           Liquidation . Subject to applicable law, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, Holders shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Company may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Liquidation Shares and subject to the rights of the holders of any Parity Liquidation Shares and the rights of the Company’s creditors, to receive in full in respect of each Series B Share a liquidating distribution in the amount of the Original Liquidation Preference plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends in respect of such share, whether or not declared (including Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) to, but excluding, the date fixed for liquidation or, if applicable, the date of a Remarketing or repurchase pursuant to Section 11 or redemption pursuant to Section 6 (the “ Liquidation Preference ”). Holders shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary winding up of the affairs, liquidation or dissolution of the Company other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.

 

(b)           Partial Payment . If, following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, the assets of the Company are not sufficient to pay the liquidating distributions payable with respect to the Series B Shares and the Parity Liquidation Shares, the amounts paid to the Holders and to the holders of all Parity Liquidity Shares shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise be entitled.

 

  15  

 

 

(c)           Residual Distributions . If the respective aggregate liquidating distributions to which all Holders and all holders of any Parity Liquidation Shares are entitled have been paid, the holders of Junior Liquidation Shares shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Company according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

(d)           Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, lease or other disposition (for cash, shares, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, nor shall the consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification or any similar transaction involving the Company (whether or not the Company is the surviving or resulting entity) be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company.

 

Section 6.              Redemption .

 

(a)           Optional Redemption . The Series B Shares are perpetual and have no maturity date. The Series B Shares may not be redeemed prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after November 30, 2022 (the “ NC Date ”); provided that nothing herein shall be construed to limit the repurchase or acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company of Series B Shares through privately negotiated transactions, tender offers or otherwise (including redemption under Section 6(b)). The Company, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, may redeem out of funds lawfully available therefor, in whole or in part, the Series B Shares at the time issued and outstanding, at any time on or after the NC Date, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(d) below, and at a redemption price in cash equal to the Liquidation Preference (calculated as if the date of redemption was the date fixed for winding up) on the Series B Shares being redeemed (the “ Redemption Price ”). In connection with a Successful Remarketing of the Series B Shares, the NC Date may be changed by the Board of Directors to a later date as set forth in Section 11.

 

(b)           Redemption of PIK Shares . The Company, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, may redeem out of funds lawfully available therefor, in whole or in part, the PIK Shares at the time issued and outstanding, at any time, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(d) below, for cash at the Redemption Price.

 

(c)           Notice of Company Redemption . Notice of every redemption of Series B Shares (including any PIK Shares) pursuant to Section 6(a)or Section 6(b) shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the register of members of the Company. In respect of any mailing pursuant to Section 6(a) or Section 6(b), such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 6(c) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not any Holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any Holder of the Series B Shares designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Series B Shares. Each notice shall state:

 

(i)           the expected redemption date;

 

(ii)          the number of Series B Shares to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares of a Holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed;

 

(iii)         the applicable Redemption Price;

 

  16  

 

 

(iv)         the place or places where the certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and

 

(v)          that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate on the redemption date.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series B Shares are held by a Depositary, the Company may give such notice in any manner permitted by the Depositary.

 

(d)           Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of only part of the Series B Shares at the time issued and outstanding, the number of Series B Shares to be redeemed from each Holder shall be pro rata in proportion to the number of issued and outstanding Series B Shares held by such Holders. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6 and the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which the Series B Shares shall be redeemed from time to time.

 

(e)           Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given pursuant to Section 6(c) and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for payment of the applicable Redemption Price have been set aside by the Company, separate and apart from its other assets, for the benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Company with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption (the “ Trust ”), then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the date of such deposit the voting rights and covenants set forth in Section 12 shall cease to be of further effect and any PIK Shares in respect of which such deposit has been made shall be deemed to be not outstanding for purposes of Section 4(c)(i)(1)(B). On and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be issued and outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accumulate on such redemption date and all other rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the Holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from the Trust at any time after the redemption date from the funds so deposited, without interest. The Company shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Trust any interest accrued on such funds, and the Holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Company, and in the event of such repayment to the Company, the Holders of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Company for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Company, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

 

Section 7.              Right of the Original Holders to Convert.

 

From and after November 30, 2027, but subject to the last sentence of this Section 7, each Original Holder shall have the right, at such Original Holder’s option (including after a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) but prior to the date of actual redemption), to convert all or any portion of such Original Holder’s Series B Shares at any time into a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the then-applicable Conversion Rate multiplied by the number of Series B Shares to be converted (subject to the conversion procedures of Section 8), plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Original Holder shall not be permitted to exercise its right of conversion with respect to any Series B Shares unless it has first sought the Remarketing of such Series B Shares pursuant to Section 11, and such Series B Shares are not disposed of in accordance with the terms thereof (including as a result of an Unsuccessful Remarketing). The right of conversion set forth in this Section 7 shall only be exercisable by the Original Holders, and no subsequent Holders shall be entitled thereto.

 

  17  

 

 

Section 8.              Conversion Procedures .

 

(a)           Conversion Date . Effective immediately prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date, dividends shall no longer be declared or payable on any such converted Series B Shares and such Series B Shares shall cease to be issued and outstanding, in each case, subject to the right of the Original Holders to receive any payments to which they are entitled to as of such time pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(b)           Rights Prior to Conversion . No allowance or adjustment, except pursuant to Section 9, shall be made in respect of dividends payable to holders of the Ordinary Shares of record as of any date prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date. Prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date, Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of, or other securities issuable upon conversion of, any Series B Shares shall not be deemed issued and outstanding for any purpose, and Holders shall have no rights with respect to the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion (including voting rights, rights to respond to tender offers for the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion) by virtue of holding Series B Shares; provided that nothing in this Section 8(b) shall be deemed to restrict or limit the rights of Holders under the terms of the Series B Shares themselves, including the voting rights set forth in Section 12 and the rights to dividends and liquidating distributions set forth in Section 4 and Section 5, respectively.

 

(c)           Record Holder of the Ordinary Shares . Each conversion will be deemed to have been effective as to any Series B Shares surrendered for conversion on the Conversion Date; provided , however , that the Person or Persons entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of the Series B Shares shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such Ordinary Shares and/or securities as of the close of business on the last Trading Day of the period used to determine the relevant Conversion Price for such conversion. In the event that an Original Holder shall not by written notice designate the name in which Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property (including payments of cash in lieu of fractional shares) to be issued or paid upon conversion of Series B Shares should be registered or paid or the manner in which such shares should be delivered, the Company shall be entitled to register and deliver such shares, and make such payment, in the name of the Original Holder and in the manner shown on the records of the Company or, in the case of Global Preferred Shares, through the facilities of the Depositary. The Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of the Series B Shares shall be delivered by the Company no later than the third Business Day following the last Trading Day of the period used to determine the relevant Conversion Price for such conversion.

 

(d)           Conversion Procedure . An Original Holder may commence a conversion pursuant to this Section 8 by delivering a complete and manually signed conversion notice, in the form provided by the Conversion Agent, or a facsimile of the conversion notice, to the Conversion Agent, provided that such notice may, pursuant to a written notice thereunder be made contingent upon (but only upon) the successful completion of any registered public offering of the Ordinary Shares to be issued on such conversion that is being conducted pursuant to the registration rights attaching to such Ordinary Shares at such time and such notice shall in all other respects be irrevocable (the date on which such notice is received, the “ Conversion Notice Date ”; provided that, if such date is not a Business Day or such compliance does not occur prior to the close of business on such date, the Conversion Notice Date shall be the next Business Day).

 

  18  

 

 

On or before the 31 st Trading Day following the Conversion Notice Date (the “ Conversion Date ”), the Original Holder must:

 

(i)           surrender the Series B Shares to the Conversion Agent (if the Series B Shares are certificated);

 

(ii)          pay any funds equal to the dividends payable on the next Dividend Payment Date that such Holder is required to pay under this Section 8(d);

 

(iii)         if required, furnish customary endorsements and transfer documents; and

 

(iv)         if required, pay any share transfer, documentary, stamp or similar taxes not payable by the Company pursuant to Section 22.

 

If an Original Holder’s interest is a beneficial interest in a global certificate representing Series B Shares, in order to convert an Original Holder must comply with clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) listed above and comply with the Depositary’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a global security.

 

Provided that the Original Holder has complied with the foregoing, on the Conversion Date, the Conversion Agent shall, on such Original Holder’s behalf, convert the Series B Shares into Ordinary Shares, (x) in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by such Original Holder to the Conversion Agent or (y) otherwise pursuant to any applicable Depositary procedures, if applicable.

 

If an Original Holder converts its Series B Shares after the close of business on a Dividend Record Date, but prior to the open of business on the Dividend Payment Date corresponding to such Dividend Record Date, then (x) the Original Holder of such Series B Shares at the close of business on such Dividend Record Date shall be entitled, notwithstanding such conversion, to receive, on such Dividend Payment Date, the unpaid dividends that have accrued on such Series B Shares to, but excluding, such Dividend Payment Date; and (y) the Original Holder of such Series B Shares must, upon surrender of such Series B Shares for conversion, accompany such Series B Shares with an amount of cash equal to the dividends that will be payable on such Series B Shares on such Dividend Payment Date.

 

(e)           Conversion Effect . The conversion may be effected in any manner permitted by applicable law and the Articles of Association, including redeeming or repurchasing the relevant Series B Shares and applying the proceeds thereof towards payment for the new Ordinary Shares. For purposes of the repurchase or redemption, the Board of Directors may, subject to the Company being able to pay its debts in the ordinary course of business, make payments out of amounts standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or out of its capital. Until such time as the Company obtains the approval of its shareholders of the conversion of the Series B Shares into Ordinary Shares for purposes of Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual (the “ Shareholder Approval ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8, the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series B Shares and Series A Shares shall be capped at 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof and the Original Holder shall not be entitled to any cash or other consideration for Ordinary Shares not received due to this limitation.

 

  19  

 

 

Section 9.             Anti-Dilution Adjustments.

 

(a)           Adjustments . The Floor Price will be subject to adjustment, without duplication, under the following circumstances:

 

(i)           the issuance to all holders of Ordinary Shares of Ordinary Shares as a dividend, bonus shares or distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares, or a subdivision or combination of Ordinary Shares, in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / (OS 1 / OS 0 )

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  OS 0    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date prior to giving effect to such event
     
  OS 1    =    the number of Ordinary Shares that would be issued and outstanding immediately after, and solely as a result of, such event

 

(ii)          the issuance to all holders of Ordinary Shares of rights or warrants (including convertible securities) entitling them for a period expiring 60 days or less from the date of issuance of such rights or warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares at an exercise price per share less than (or having a conversion price per share less than) the Current Market Price as of the date such issuance is publicly announced, in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [(OS 0 + X) / (OS 0 + Y)]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  OS 0    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date prior to giving effect to such event
     
  X   =    the total number of shares of Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to such rights (or upon conversion of such securities)
     
  Y   =    the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights (or the aggregate conversion price for such securities paid upon conversion) divided by the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the announcement of the issuance of such rights

 

  20  

 

 

However, the Floor Price will be readjusted to the extent that any such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to their expiration; provided that such readjustment shall not have any effect on Series B Shares that had been converted prior to such readjustment or on the Ordinary Shares issued pursuant thereto, and such readjustment shall apply only to such Series B Shares that remain issued and outstanding at the time of such readjustment.

 

(iii)         the dividend or other distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares of shares in the capital of the Company (other than Preferred Shares), rights or warrants (including convertible securities) to acquire shares of the Company or evidences of its indebtedness or its assets (excluding any dividend, distribution or issuance covered by clause (i) or (ii) above or (iv) below), in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [SP 0 / (SP 0 – FMV)]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  SP 0    =    the Current Market Price as of the Record Date
     
  FMV   =    the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors) on the Record Date of the shares of the Company, rights or warrants, or evidences of indebtedness or assets so distributed, expressed as an amount per Ordinary Share

 

However, if the transaction that gives rise to an adjustment pursuant to this clause (iii) is one pursuant to which the payment of a dividend, bonus shares or other distribution on shares in the capital of the Company (other than Preferred Shares) consists of shares of, or similar equity interests in, a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company (e.g., a spin-off), that are, or, when issued, will be, traded on a securities exchange or quoted on a quotations facility in the U.S. or elsewhere, then the Floor Price will instead be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

  21  

 

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [(FMV 0 + MP 0 ) / MP 0 ]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  FMV 0    =    the average of the VWAP of the shares, similar equity interests or other securities distributed to holders of Ordinary Shares applicable to one Ordinary Share over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the third Trading Day after the date on which “ex-distribution trading” commences for such shares, similar equity interests or other securities on the principal exchange or other market on which they are then listed, quoted or traded
     
  MP 0    =    the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the third Trading Day after the date on which “ex-distribution trading” commences for such dividend or distribution on the principal exchange or other market on which Ordinary Shares is then listed or quoted; and

 

(iv)         the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries make purchases of Ordinary Shares pursuant to a tender or exchange offer by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company for Ordinary Shares to the extent (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors) that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per Ordinary Share validly tendered or exchanged exceeds the VWAP per Ordinary Share on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “ Expiration Date ”), in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [[FMV + (SP 1 x OS 1 )] / (SP 1 x OS 0 )]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Expiration Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Expiration Date
     
  FMV   =    the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors), on the Expiration Date, of the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration paid or payable for Ordinary Shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date (the “ Purchased Shares ”)

 

  22  

 

 

  OS 1    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the last time tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “ Expiration Time ”) (treating all Purchased Shares as issued and outstanding at the Expiration Time), less any Purchased Shares
     
  OS 0    =    the number of shares of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the Expiration Time, including any Purchased Shares
     
  SP 1    =    the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on the Trading Day immediately after the Expiration Date.

 

(b)           Calculation of Adjustments . Each adjustment to the Floor Price shall be calculated by the Company as soon as reasonably practicable after the event requiring such adjustment has been consummated (and all factors necessary to calculate such adjustment are known), in each case to the nearest 1/10,000th of one Ordinary Share (or if there is not a nearest 1/10,000th of a share, to the next lower 1/10,000th of a share). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except in the case of a combination or reverse stock split of Ordinary Shares pursuant to Section 9(a)(i), in no case will any adjustment be made if it would result in an increase to the then effective Floor Price. No adjustment to the Floor Price will be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1%; provided , however , that any such minor adjustments that are not required to be made, and are not made, will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment; and provided , further , that any such adjustment of less than one percent that has not been made will be made upon (x) the date of any notice of redemption of the Series B Shares in accordance with the provisions hereof and (y) any Conversion Date.

 

(c)           When No Adjustment Required .

 

(i)           Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, the Floor Price will not be adjusted for the issuance of Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or carrying the right to purchase any of the foregoing or for the repurchase of Ordinary Shares.

 

(ii)          No adjustment to the Floor Price need be made:

 

  A. upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any present or future customary plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Company and the investment, at market prices, of additional optional amounts in Ordinary Shares; or
     
  B. upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares or options or rights to purchase Ordinary Shares pursuant to any present or future employee or director benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates; or
     
  C. upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security issued and outstanding as of the date hereof; or

 

  23  

 

 

  D. upon the repurchase of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to an open-market share repurchase program or other buy-back transaction that is not a tender offer or exchange offer of the nature described under Section 9(a)(iv); or
     
  E. for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

  

(iii)         No adjustment to the Floor Price will be made to the extent that such adjustment would result in the Conversion Price being less than the par value of the Ordinary Shares.

 

(iv)         Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no adjustment shall be made (1) in respect of an event otherwise requiring an adjustment under this Section 10, except to the extent such event is actually consummated or (2) if the holder of the Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive the distribution described under Section 9(a)(i)-(iii) or participate in the event described in Section 9(a)(i)-(iv), whether on an as-converted basis (based on a Conversion Price equal to the higher of (A) a 5.0% discount to the VWAP per Ordinary Share on the Trading Day preceding the ex-date of such distribution and (B) the Floor Price) or due to becoming the record holder of the Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Series B Shares.

 

(d)           Record Date . For purposes of this Section 9, “ Record Date ” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of the Ordinary Shares have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Ordinary Shares (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the Ordinary Shares entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).

 

(e)           Successive Adjustments . After an adjustment to the Floor Price under this Section 9, any subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Section 9 shall cause an adjustment to such Floor Price as so adjusted.

 

(f)           Multiple Adjustments . For the avoidance of doubt, if an event occurs that would trigger an adjustment to the Floor Price pursuant to this Section 9 under more than one subsection hereof, such event, to the extent taken into account in any adjustment, shall not result in any other adjustment hereunder.

 

(g)           Notice of Adjustments . Whenever a Floor Price is adjusted as provided under this Section 9, the Company shall within 10 Business Days following the occurrence of an event that requires such adjustment (or if the Company is not aware of such occurrence, within 10 Business Days after becoming so aware):

 

(i)           compute the adjusted applicable Floor Price in accordance with this Section 9 and prepare and transmit to the Conversion Agent an Officers’ Certificate setting forth such adjusted applicable Floor Price, the method of calculation thereof in reasonable detail and the facts requiring such adjustment and upon which such adjustment is based; and

 

(ii)          provide a written notice to the Original Holders of the occurrence of such event and a statement in reasonable detail setting forth the method by which the adjustment to the applicable Floor Price was determined and setting forth the adjusted applicable Floor Price.

 

  24  

 

 

(h)           Conversion Agent . The Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment of the applicable Floor Price or with respect to the nature, extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in making the same. The Conversion Agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying on any Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 9(h) and any adjustment contained therein and the Conversion Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment unless and until it has received such certificate. The Conversion Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any Ordinary Shares, or of any other securities or property, that may at the time be issued or delivered with respect to any Series B Shares; and the Conversion Agent makes no representation with respect thereto. The Conversion Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the conversion of Series B Shares or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Section 9.

 

(i)           Fractional Shares . No fractions of Ordinary Shares will be issued to holders of the Series B Shares upon conversion. In lieu of fractional shares otherwise issuable, holders will be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the fraction of an Ordinary Share, calculated on an aggregate basis in respect of the Series B Shares being converted, multiplied by the Closing Price of the Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day immediately preceding the applicable Conversion Date.

 

Section 10.            Adjustment for Reorganization Events.

 

(a)           Reorganization Events . In the event of:

 

(i)           any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Company in which all or substantially all issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property of the Company or another Person; or

 

(ii)          the completion of any sale or other disposition in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to another Person;

 

each of which is referred to as a “ Reorganization Event ”, each Series B Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization Event will, without the consent of the Holders of the Series B Shares, become convertible into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property, if any (the “ Exchange Property ”), receivable in such Reorganization Event (without any interest thereon, and without any right to dividends or distributions thereon that have a record date that is prior to the applicable Conversion Date) per Ordinary Share by a holder of Ordinary Shares that is not a Person with which the Company effected such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange or reclassification, or to which such sale or other disposition was made, as the case may be (each of the Company and any such other Person, a “ Constituent Person ”), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person to the extent such Reorganization Event provides for different treatment of Ordinary Shares held by Affiliates and non-Affiliates of the Company; provided that if the kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Reorganization Event is not the same for each Ordinary Share held immediately prior to such Reorganization Event by a Person other than a Constituent Person or an Affiliate thereof (due to elections or otherwise), then for the purpose of this Section 10(a), the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Reorganization Event will be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Ordinary Shares (other than Constituent Persons and Affiliates thereof) that affirmatively make an election (or of all such holders if none make an election). On each Conversion Date following a Reorganization Event, the Conversion Rate then in effect will be applied to the Exchange Property received per Ordinary Share, as determined in accordance with this Section 10.

 

  25  

 

 

(b)           Successive Reorganization Events . The above provisions of this Section 10 shall similarly apply to successive Reorganization Events and the provisions of Section 9 shall apply to any securities of the Company (or any successor) received by the holders of the Ordinary Shares in any such Reorganization Event.

 

(c)           Reorganization Event Notice . The Company (or any successor) shall, within 20 days after the occurrence of any Reorganization Event, provide written notice to the Original Holders of such occurrence of such event and of the kinds and amounts of the cash, securities or other property that constitutes the Exchange Property. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the operation of this Section 10.

 

Section 11.            Remarketing.

 

(a)           At any time following November 30, 2022, unless a Competing Remarketing is occurring and has not terminated, the Original Holders may elect, at their option, to cause the Company to engage the Remarketing Agent(s) on either a “best efforts” or firm commitment basis at the option of the Company and enter into the Remarketing Agreement to remarket the Series B Shares in accordance with this Section 11 (a “ Remarketing ”). Each electing Original Holder (collectively, the “ Participating Holders ”) may have all, but not less than all, of their Series B Shares remarketed in such Remarketing by delivering such Series B Shares, along with written notice of their election (a “ Remarketing Notice ”), to the Company and the Transfer Agent. The Remarketing Agent(s) shall be selected by the Company, in consultation with the Original Holders, pursuant to Section 11(l). The Original Holders may, as a group, only cause one Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11; provided , that following each Unsuccessful Remarketing hereunder, the Original Holders, as a group, shall be permitted to cause another Remarketing; provided , further , that any remarketing pursuant to Section 11(h) of the Series A Certificate of Designations in which the Original Holders elect to participate shall not be deemed a Remarketing for the purposes of this Certificate of Designations. Nothing in this Section 11 shall preclude the Company from exercising its redemption rights under Section 6(a) at any time permitted thereunder.

 

(b)           Upon receipt of any Remarketing Notice, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to engage the Remarketing Agent(s) and enter into the Remarketing Agreement as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after receipt of such Remarketing Notice (the “ Engagement Deadline ”). The Company shall notify the Remarketing Agent(s) in writing of the aggregate number of Series B Shares to be remarketed and shall provide such other information and cooperation to the Remarketing Agent(s) as is reasonably necessary or desirable to conduct the Remarketing.

 

(c)           The Company shall cause the Remarketing to be conducted over a period of up to 10 consecutive Business Days (or such longer period as the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Participating Holders may mutually agree (each such period, a “ Remarketing Period ”)) selected by the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Participating Holders that falls during the Remarketing Window. Pursuant to, and subject to the terms of, the Remarketing Agreement, the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to use its reasonable best efforts to remarket such Series B Shares at or above the Original Remarketing Price.

 

  26  

 

 

(d)           If the Remarketing Agent(s) determine, prior to the commencement of the Remarketing Period, that the Remarketing is unlikely to be successful at or above the Original Remarketing Price on the existing terms of the Series B Shares, then the Remarketing Agent(s) shall notify the Company and the Participating Holders thereof. In such event, the Participating Holders, in connection with the Remarketing, may either (i) terminate the Remarketing by delivery of written notice thereof to the Company (any such terminated Remarketing shall constitute an Unsuccessful Remarketing for purposes of this Certificate of Designations), or (ii) request, in writing, that the dividend rate on all Series B Shares (whether or not remarketed) be increased by the Company to a rate that would allow the Series B Shares to be remarketed at the Original Remarketing Price and, if the Board of Directors so approves, such dividends will be payable quarterly in arrears, commencing on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 immediately succeeding the Remarketing Settlement Date in accordance herewith, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to the terms hereof, (A) the earliest redemption date for the Series B Shares may be changed to be a later date, and (B) such other changes to the terms of the Series B Shares as may be agreed between the Company and the Participating Holders may be made. These modifications shall become effective if the Remarketing is successful, without the consent of the Holders and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Designations, on the Remarketing Settlement Date. If a Successful Remarketing occurs, the Company will request the Depositary to notify the Depositary Participants holding Series B Shares of any Modified Dividend Rate, Modified Redemption Date, dividend payment dates and other modified terms (any such terms, “ Modified Terms ”) for the Series B Shares on the Business Day following the date of the Successful Remarketing. Any Modified Terms shall be made with the intention of preserving any then-existing rating agency equity credit for the Series B Shares. In the event of any Remarketing on Modified Terms, the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to use its reasonable best efforts to remarket such Series B Shares during the Remarketing Period on the Modified Terms at the highest price reasonably attainable by the Remarketing Agent(s), but, without the prior consent of the Participating Holders, no less than 90% of the Liquidation Preference for the Series B Shares to be remarketed (any such price, a “ Modified Remarketing Price ”).

 

(e)           If the Remarketing Agent(s) is able to remarket such Series B Shares for a Remarketing Price permitted by this Section 11 in the Remarketing in accordance with the Remarketing Agreement (a “ Successful Remarketing ”), the Company and the Participating Holders shall cause the Transfer Agent to transfer the remarketed Series B Shares to the Remarketing Agent(s) upon confirmation of the Company’s receipt of proceeds of such Successful Remarketing. Settlement shall occur on the Remarketing Settlement Date. The Remarketing Agent(s) shall remit the proceeds of the Successful Remarketing to the Participating Holders on the Remarketing Settlement Date.

 

(f)           If, in spite of its reasonable best efforts, the Remarketing Agent(s) cannot remarket the Series B Shares as set forth above during the Remarketing Period at a price not less than the Remarketing Price or the Modified Remarketing Price, as applicable, or a condition precedent set forth in the Remarketing Agreement is not fulfilled, the Remarketing will be deemed to have been unsuccessful (an “ Unsuccessful Remarketing ”). The Company shall notify, in writing, the Participating Holders and the Transfer Agent of the Unsuccessful Remarketing on the Business Day immediately following the last date of the Remarketing Period. Promptly (but in any event within five Business Days) after receipt of written notice from the Company of an Unsuccessful Remarketing, the Transfer Agent will return Series B Shares to the appropriate Holders. The Remarketing to which such any Unsuccessful Remarketing relates shall terminate for all purposes upon the delivery of the notification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

  27  

 

 

(g)           If there is a Successful Remarketing at a Modified Remarketing Price, then the Company shall reimburse (the “ Remarketing Reimbursement ”) each Participating Holder (the “ Reimbursed Holders ”) for an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Liquidation Preference for the Series B Shares that such Reimbursed Holder elected to include in the Remarketing over the aggregate Modified Remarketing Price of such Series B Shares (the “ Remarketing Loss ”); provided that the Remarketing Loss with respect to any Series B Share shall not exceed 10% of the Liquidation Preference for such Series B Share. The Remarketing Reimbursement may be paid by the Company in cash or by issuing duly authorized and fully paid and nonassessable Ordinary Shares or by a combination thereof, in the Company’s discretion. Any Remarketing Reimbursement to be paid in cash shall be paid to the Reimbursed Holders on the Remarketing Settlement Date. If any portion of the Remarketing Reimbursement is paid by the delivery of Ordinary Shares (such dollar amount, the “ Remarketing Loss Share Amount ”), then (x) the number of Ordinary Shares deliverable in respect of such portion shall be equal to the result of (i) the portion of the Remarketing Loss being reimbursed in Ordinary Shares, divided by (ii) a dollar amount equal to the higher of (A) an 8.0% discount to the average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days from, but excluding the Remarketing Settlement Date (the “ Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period ”), and (B) $6.00, and (y) such Ordinary Shares shall be delivered to the Reimbursed Holders on the first Business Day following the end of the Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period plus an amount in cash equal to the Remarketing Interest Amount. The Remarketing Reimbursement shall be treated by the Company and the Original Holders as proceeds from the sale or exchange of Series B Shares for United States federal (and other applicable) tax purposes.

 

(h)           Within five Business Days after receipt of any Remarketing Notice, the Company shall notify the Original Series A Holders (but only if they still hold Series A Shares) of the Remarketing (a “ Series A Remarketing Notice ”) and provide for a process by which such Original Series A Holders may elect to participate in the Remarketing, subject to the terms of this Section 11(h). The Remarketing Notice shall specify the anticipated timing for the Remarketing and the Engagement Deadline. The electing Original Series A Holders (the “ Participating Series A Holders ”) may have their Series A Shares remarketed in such Remarketing by delivering their Series A Shares, along with written notice of their election (a “ Series A Participation Notice ”), to the Company and the Transfer Agent (with a copy of such notice to the Original Holders) by the Engagement Deadline. Any such election shall be irrevocable with respect to such Remarketing. With respect to the remarketing of any Series A Shares included in any Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11(h) (the “ Included Series A Shares ”): (i) the Included Series A Shares shall be treated equivalently to the Series B Shares; (ii) the Participating Holders shall be entitled to control the Remarketing and make all decisions in respect of the Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11 and the Remarketing Agreement, including the termination of any Remarketing; (iii) the Company shall cause any Modified Terms to be applied to the Series A Shares; and (iv) if the Remarketing Agent(s) advise the Company and the Participating Holders that in its opinion the number of Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares proposed to be included in such Remarketing exceeds the number of Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares which can be sold in such Remarketing without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the Remarketing (including the amount of the Remarketing Price for the Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares proposed to be sold in such Remarketing), the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to remarket only such number of Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares that in the opinion of such Remarketing Agent(s) can be sold in such Remarketing without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the Remarketing (including the amount of the Remarketing Price for the Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares proposed to be sold in such Remarketing), and (v) the Participating Series A Holders shall be liable for the underwriting discounts and commissions in accordance with Section 14(b). The reduced number of Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares to be included in any such Remarketing will be calculated in proportion to the aggregate amount of liquidation preference represented by Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares that were to be included in such Remarketing.

 

(i)           The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that, if required by applicable law, a registration statement, including a prospectus, under the Securities Act with regard to the full amount of the Series B Shares to be remarketed in the Remarketing in each case shall be effective with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in a form that may be used by the Remarketing Agent(s) in connection with such Remarketing (unless such registration statement is not required under the applicable laws and regulations that are in effect at that time or unless the Company conducts the Remarketing in accordance with an exemption under the securities laws (including Rule 144A under the Exchange Act)).

 

  28  

 

 

(j)           In connection with a Remarketing, the Board of Directors shall determine any Modified Terms pursuant to Section 11(d) after consultation with the Remarketing Agent; provided that any such changes are only those either requested by the Participating Holders or to which the Participating Holders consent. In the event of a Successful Remarketing, the Dividend Rate may be increased, a Modified Redemption Date may be established, and/or other Modified Terms may be established, in each case, on the Remarketing Settlement Date, to the applicable Modified Dividend Rate and/or Modified Redemption Date as determined by the Board of Directors after consultation with the Remarketing Agent(s), and the Company shall (i) notify each of the Transfer Agent and the Conversion Agent by an Officer’s certificate delivered to the Transfer Agent and the Conversion Agent and (ii) request the Depositary to notify its Depositary Participants holding Series B Shares, in each case, of the Modified Terms established for the Series B Shares during the Remarketing on the Business Day following the date of the Successful Remarketing. The Dividend Rate cannot be decreased, and no modification that is detrimental to the Holders can be made, in connection with a Remarketing. Any modified terms of the Series B Shares in connection with a Remarketing shall apply to every Series B Share, whether or not remarketed, and to every Series A Share (without any further action by the holders of Series A Shares). In the event of an Unsuccessful Remarketing, the Dividend Rate and the other terms of the Series B Shares will not be modified.

 

(k)           The Company shall provide the Original Holders (but only if they hold any Series B Shares) with written notice of the termination of any remarketing pursuant to Section 11 of the Series A Certificate of Designations. Any change or modification to the terms of the Series A Shares as a result of any Series A Remarketing shall also be applied to the terms of the Series B Shares (without any further action by the Holders). The Modified Dividend Rate cannot result in an overall rate that is less than the then-applicable Dividend Rate, and no modification that is detrimental to the Holders can be made, in connection with modifications to the Series B Shares resulting from a Series A Remarketing. Any participation by an Original Holder in a Remarketing pursuant to Section 11(h) of the Series A Certificate of Designation shall not constitute a Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11.

 

(l)           The Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt of a Remarketing Notice, select, in consultation with, and subject to the approval of, the Original Holders, the Remarketing Agent(s) for any Remarketing; provided that (A) the Original Holders may not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition their approval and (B) that any Remarketing Agent(s) so selected shall be a financial institution of nationally recognized standing in the United States. The Company shall cause any Remarketing Agreement to contain terms that reflect, and are consistent with, the terms of this Section 11. If the Company fails to select a Remarketing Agent within 10 days of the receipt of a Remarketing Notice, the Original Holders shall select the Remarketing Agent subject to the proviso provided under clause (B) in this Section 11(l).

 

(m)           The Company shall provide written notice of any modifications to the terms of the Series B Shares as a result of a Remarketing or a Series A Remarketing to all Holders within five Business Days after the time any such modifications become effective.

 

Section 12.            Voting Rights .

 

(a)           General . The Holders shall not be entitled to vote on, consent to or take any other action with respect to any matter except as set forth herein or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

  29  

 

 

(b)           Right to Appoint Two Directors Upon Nonpayment Events .

 

(i)           If and whenever dividends on the Series B Shares, or on any other class or series of Parity Dividend Share, have not been declared or paid in an aggregate amount equal, as to any particular class or series, to at least six quarterly dividend periods, whether consecutive or not (a “ Nonpayment ”), the Holders, together with the holders of any and all classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having “like voting rights” (i.e., being similarly entitled to vote for two additional directors at such time) (the Holders and any such other holders, collectively, the “ Voting Holders ”), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to class or series (and with voting rights allocated pro rata based on the liquidation preference of each such class or series), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares, to Appoint (as defined below) two additional directors from among such nominees, in the manner provided in this Section 12(b). Each such director Appointed by the Voting Holders pursuant to this Section 12(b) is herein called a “ Preferred Share Director .” At no time shall the Board of Directors include more than two Preferred Share Directors.

 

(ii)          Nomination . At any time when the Voting Holders are entitled to Appoint a Preferred Share Director pursuant to this Section 12(b), any one or more of the Holders entitled to receive at least a majority in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series B Shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to Appoint under the terms of such shares, and/or any one or more holders of any other class or series of Parity Dividend Shares having like voting rights then issued and outstanding, shall have the right to recommend individuals to the Company to be Appointed as Preferred Share Directors. Such recommendations shall be in writing and shall be accompanied by a Director Acceptance Letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (“ Director Acceptance Letter ”), from and signed by each such recommended individual and such background and other information about each such individual as the Company may reasonably request to ensure compliance with applicable disclosure and other considerations pursuant to applicable law and customary practice. The Board of Directors (excluding Preferred Share Directors) will nominate the individuals so recommended for each Preferred Share Director to be elected in accordance with the Articles of Association. The Board of Directors shall submit each recommended individual who it nominates pursuant to this Section 12(b)(ii) to the Voting Holders for Appointment as a Preferred Share Director as provided below.

 

(iii)         Appointment; Vacancy . The Appointment of the Preferred Share Directors by the Voting Holders may take place at any general or special meeting of shareholders or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders, or by means of a written resolution of the Voting Holders in lieu of a meeting thereof, in each case, as the Board of Directors may determine in its reasonable discretion. The Preferred Share Directors to be Appointed shall be so Appointed by a plurality of the votes cast by the Voting Holders at the relevant meeting (or, if the Appointment is effected by written resolution, by the Voting Holders constitution a quorum which shall also be the required voting threshold for purposes of a written resolution), in each case whether or not the number of nominees exceeds the number of individuals to be Appointed. Each of the Preferred Share Directors Appointed hereunder shall, subject to Section 12(b)(v), serve as a director until the next annual general meeting of the Company, or until the earlier of such time as he or she resigns, retires, dies or is removed in accordance with this Certificate of Designations and the Articles of Association or the special voting right pursuant to this Section 12(b) terminates. The Board of Directors shall nominate individuals to succeed such individuals as the Preferred Share Directors, in each case from among recommendations of the Voting Holders, all as provided in Section 12(b)(ii) provided that such recommendations may include any such individuals whose service has ended and, in lieu of selecting nominees from any such recommendations, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, nominate any or both of such individuals whose service has ended (if willing to serve) for another term as a Preferred Share Director. Each Preferred Share Director shall agree, in the Director Acceptance Letter, to resign as such director when his or her term otherwise ends pursuant to any removal or termination of the special voting right as provided in this Section 12(b). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Share Director occurs due to resignation, retirement, death or removal, the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Share Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, in an election by Voting Holders as provided above for an initial election. All determinations and other actions to be made or taken by the Board of Directors with regard to Preferred Share Directors pursuant to this Section 12(b) shall be taken by the Board of Directors excluding the Preferred Share Directors, who shall not be entitled to vote with respect to such actions (and thus shall not be included for the purpose of applying any quorum and voting requirements applicable to such actions). The Company will use reasonable best efforts to cause the individuals nominated to be elected as soon as practicable, which will include for the avoidance of doubt, the initial election of any Preferred Share Director, and the election of Preferred Share Directors at any subsequent annual meeting following the initial election of any Preferred Share Director. Subject to the foregoing, each of the Preferred Share Directors shall have one vote as a director.

 

  30  

 

 

(iv)         Notice of Meeting; Quorum . The Company shall as soon as practicable, and in no case more than 30 days after the Board of Directors has selected the nominees as provided above, submit such nominees to the Voting Holders for Appointment either (i) at a general or special meeting of the shareholders, (ii) at a separate class meeting of Voting Holders or (iii) by written resolution, as determined by the Board of Directors in its reasonable discretion. Notice for a meeting of Voting Holders may be given in the same manner as that provided in the Articles of Association for a general meeting of the Company. If the Company fails to give notice of a meeting of the shareholders or Voting Holders to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors within 30 days after the Board of Directors has selected the nominees for such Appointment as provided above, any Voting Holders entitled to recommend individuals for election as a Preferred Share Director shall be entitled (at the Company’s expense) to call such a general or special meeting of the shareholders or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders to Appoint such nominees selected by the Board of Directors, and for that purpose will have access to the register of members of the Company. At any separate class meeting of Voting Holders at which the Voting Holders have the right to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors, or at any adjournment thereof, the presence of at least one Person holding or representing by proxy at least 50% in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series B Shares and all other classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having like voting rights, in each case at the time issued and outstanding, will be required to constitute a quorum for the election of any Preferred Share Director. Such quorum requirement shall also apply with respect to any Appointment of Preferred Share Directors to be effected with the consent of Voting Holders given in a written resolution. At any general or special meeting of the shareholders or a separate class meeting of the Voting Holders, or adjournment thereof, the absence of such a quorum of Voting Holders will not prevent the election of directors other than the Preferred Share Directors, and the absence of a quorum for the election of such other directors will not prevent the Appointment of the Preferred Share Directors. The Company may fix a date as the record date for the purpose of determining the issued and outstanding preferred shares of any class or series, and the Holders and other holders thereof entitled to elect the Preferred Share Directors.

 

(v)          Appointment to Board . “Appoint” as used in this Section 12(b) shall mean the appointment of a Preferred Share Director to the Board of Directors; provided that, to the extent that such action is not permitted by the Articles of Association, “Appoint” shall mean nomination by the Voting Holders pursuant to this Section 12(b) and the use of reasonable best efforts by the Company to cause such Preferred Share Director to be appointed by the Board of Directors, or elected by the shareholders, to the Board of Directors pursuant to the Articles of Association as soon as is practicable.

 

(vi)         Termination; Removal . Whenever the Company has paid cumulative dividends in full on the Series B Shares and any other class or series of cumulative Parity Dividend Shares, then the right of the Holders to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting right in the case of any Nonpayment in respect of future Dividend Periods). The terms of office of the Preferred Share Directors will immediately terminate, and the Board of Directors shall resolve to reduce the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors by two. In addition, any Preferred Share Director may be removed at any time for cause by Voting Holders holding a majority in aggregate Liquidation Preference of the aggregate liquidation preference of the Series B Shares, together with all classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having like voting rights, voting separately as a single class without regard to class or series (and with voting rights allocated pro rata based on the liquidation preference of each such class or series), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares, at a general or special meeting of the Company or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders called by the Company as provided in Section 12(b)(iv) above. In addition, if the Board of Directors determines in its discretion at any time that there is cause for the shareholders to remove such director, the Board of Directors may in its discretion request that such director resign from the Board of Directors and may require that such director, as a condition to his or her initial election, agree in writing pursuant to his or her Director Acceptance Letter (as provided in Exhibit A hereto) to resign upon any such request. Upon the removal of any Preferred Share Director, the vacancy shall be filled in the manner set forth in Section 12(b)(iii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time there are no Series B Shares issued and outstanding, each Preferred Share Director’s term shall automatically terminate and no directors shall thereafter be appointed or elected pursuant to this Section 12.

 

  31  

 

 

(c)           Other Voting Rights . So long as any Series B Shares are issued and outstanding, the Company may not consummate any action specified in this paragraph (c) without the vote or consent of the Holders of record entitled to receive at least a majority in aggregate of the Liquidation Preference of the Series B Shares at the time issued and outstanding and all voting or consenting as a single class (not including any Series B Shares “beneficially owned” (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) by the Company or any of its Affiliates), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares:

 

(i)           any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Articles of Association or this Certificate of Designations that would alter or change the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Shares so as to affect them adversely;

 

(ii)          any authorization or creation of, or increase in the authorized amount of, or issuance of, any Senior Shares or Parity Shares, and any increase in the authorized number of Series B Shares or Series A Shares;

 

(iii)         any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Company, except that, subject to applicable law, Holders of Series B Shares will have no right to vote or consent under this clause (iii) by reason of any such transaction if (A) the Series B Shares remain issued and outstanding or, in the case of any such transaction with respect to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting issuer, is converted into or exchanged for preferred securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent ( provided that such entity is an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any jurisdiction in the European Economic Area, and is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or if such entity is not a corporation for such purposes, the Company receives an opinion of nationally recognized counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that Holders will be subject to tax for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to such new preferred securities after such transaction in the same amount, at the same time and otherwise in the same manner as would have been the case under the Series B Shares prior to such transaction)), (B) the Series B Shares remaining issued and outstanding or such other preferred securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, taken as a whole, as are not less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series B Shares, taken as a whole, and (C) upon the completion of any such any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification, no condition shall exist with respect to the surviving or resulting issuer that would require a consent pursuant to Sections 12(c)(i), (ii), (v) or (vii) if such surviving or resulting issuer were the Company;

 

  32  

 

 

(iv)         any Change of Control if an Original Holder is a Holder of any Series B Shares at the time of the occurrence of such Change of Control, unless, prior to such occurrence, such Original Holder has either (1) received a bona fide, binding offer from a credible Person which, if accepted by the Original Holder, would result in the sale of all of such Original Holder’s Series B Shares to such Person prior to or contemporaneously with the completion of such Change of Control at a price equal to or greater than the then-current Liquidation Preference; provided that such offering Person shall not be Affiliated with or an agent of any Person or group participating in the Change of Control, or (2) provided its prior written consent to such Change of Control;

 

(v)          any incurrence of Indebtedness (as defined in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Original Issue Date (and regardless of whether such Credit Agreement is later terminated, amended or modified) ) by the Company or any intermediate holding company between the Company and CF Bermuda Holdings;

 

(vi)         any issuance or reclassification of equity securities by the Company, unless all securities into which such equity securities are reclassified are held by or one or more entities 100.0% of the equity of which is owned directly or indirectly by the Company; and

 

(vii)        take any action or permit any omission that would be in breach of Articles 6 and 7 of the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Original Issue Date (disregarding the preamble at the start of each Article 6 and 7, assuming the remainder of Articles 6 and 7 remain in full force and effect at all times, and regardless of whether such Credit Agreement, or any term thereof, lapses, is terminated, amended or modified), in each case, with such modifications as appropriate to reflect the passage of time and any changes in facts and circumstances as they relate to the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that no waiver of any right or obligation contained in the foregoing provisions by any party to the Credit Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such provision for purposes of this Section 12(c)(vii);

 

provided , however , that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued, or any creation of, any other preferred shares ranking junior to the Series B Shares with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets following the commencement of the Company’s winding up, or any authorization, issuance or creation of any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any such other preferred shares will not be deemed to adversely affect the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Shares and Holders will have no right under this Section 12(c) to vote on or consent to any such increase, authorization, issuance or creation.

 

If the Holders are entitled to vote on or consent to a specified action pursuant to this Section 12(c), the Company may call a separate class meeting of the Holders for the purpose of such vote. Any such vote may be held at a general meeting of the Company, or at a separate class meeting of the Holders and such other holders, as the Company may determine in its discretion. The Company may fix a date as the record date for the purpose of determining the issued and outstanding Series B Shares, and the Holders entitled to vote on or consent to any such specified action. At any general meeting of the Company or Holders where such vote is to occur, the necessary quorum for such vote (or consent) shall be at least one Person holding or representing by proxy at least 50% in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series B Shares entitled to vote on the relevant specified action.

 

(d)           Changes Without the Consent of the Holders . So long as such action does not adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series B Shares, and limitations and restrictions thereof, the Company may amend, alter, supplement, or repeal any terms of the Series B Shares without the consent of the Holders, to reflect any Modified Terms of the Series B Shares in connection with a Successful Remarketing pursuant to Section 11, or any amended or modified terms of the Series A Shares to be applied to the Series B Shares pursuant to Section 11(k).

 

  33  

 

 

(e)            Changes After Provision for Redemption; Unredeemed Shares Remain Outstanding .

 

(i)           No vote or consent of the holders of Series B Shares shall be required pursuant to Section 12(b) or (c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding Series B Shares shall have been redeemed or called for redemption and the funds necessary for payment of the Redemption Price have been deposited in Trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption.

 

(ii)          In the event of a Change of Control or Reorganization Event in which the Company’s Ordinary Shares shall be changed into or exchanged for other securities or property (including cash), the successor or acquiring Person shall expressly assume the due and punctual observation and performance of each and every covenant and condition contained in this Certificate of Designation to be performed and observed by the Company and all the obligations and liabilities hereunder, with such modifications and adjustments as equitable and appropriate in order to place the Holders in the equivalent economic position as prior to such Change of Control or Reorganization Event.

 

Section 13.           Preemption.

 

The Holders shall not have any rights of preemption with regard to any share capital (including Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares).

 

Section 14.           Payments; Expenses; Notices; Information.

 

(a)           Payment . Any payment due by the Company with respect to dividends, redemptions, fractional shares or other amounts on a day that is not a Business Day may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the original due date, and without any interest due to any delay in payment.

 

(b)           Expenses . The Company shall bear any costs and expenses incurred by it and its Affiliates in connection with the Remarketing (including any Remarketing Fee) pursuant to this Certificate of Designations, and shall promptly pay or reimburse the Original Holders for any costs or expenses (including the Remarketing Fee, underwriting discounts or commissions and any reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by such Original Holders in connection therewith; provided , that the Participating Holders and the Participating Series A Holders (if any) shall bear 50% of any underwriting discounts or commissions for any “best efforts” underwriting incurred in connection with such Remarketing, with such amounts allocated in proportion to the Series B Shares and the Included Series A Shares that participate in such Remarketing.

 

(c)           Notices . Any notices, deliveries or other actions required or permitted to be given, made or taken by the Company or any Holder hereunder on a particular day may be effected on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if effected on the particular day. All notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and, unless otherwise specified herein, all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt thereof or three Business Days after the mailing thereof if sent by registered or certified mail (or by first-class mail if the same shall be specifically permitted for such notice under the terms of this Certificate of Designations) with postage prepaid, addressed: (i) if to the Company, to its office at 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada 89134 (Attention: Secretary) or to the Transfer Agent at its office at Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 1 State Street, 30 th Floor, New York, New York 10004 (Attention: Mark Zimkind]), or to any other agent of the Company designated to receive such notice as permitted by this Certificate of Designations; or (ii) if to any Holder, to such Holder at the address of such Holder as listed in the share record books of the Company (which may include the records of the Transfer Agent); or (iii) to such other address as the Company or any such Holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice given by the Company to Holders in respect of a Global Preferred Share pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary shall be deemed to have been given effectively when so given.

 

  34  

 

 

(d)           Information . If at any time the Company is not required to file reports with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any Series B Shares are then outstanding, the Company shall provide the Holders with reports containing financial information substantially similar to the financial information that would have been contained in the reports the Company would have been required to file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission by Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act if it were subject thereto, in each case at such times as such reports or other information would be required to be filed thereunder.

 

Section 15.           Repurchase.

 

Subject to the limitations imposed herein, applicable law and the Articles of Association, the Company may purchase Series B Shares from time to time to such extent, in such manner and upon such terms as the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof may determine; provided , however , that the Company shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company is, or after such purchase would be, unable to pay its liabilities in the ordinary course as they become due.

 

Section 16.           Unissued or Reacquired Shares.

 

Series B Shares that have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Company shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Shares without designation as to class or series, until such shares are once more designated as part of a particular class or series by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 17.           No Sinking Fund.

 

Series B Shares are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.

 

Section 18.           Reservation of Ordinary Shares.

 

(a)           Sufficient Shares . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Ordinary Shares or shares acquired by the Company, solely for issuance upon the conversion of Preferred Shares as provided in this Certificate of Designations, free from any preemptive or other similar rights, such number of shares of Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be issuable upon the conversion of all the Preferred Shares then issued and outstanding. For purposes of this Section 18(a), the number of Ordinary Shares that shall be deliverable upon the conversion of all issued and outstanding Preferred Shares shall be computed as if at the time of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a single Holder.

 

(b)           Use of Acquired Shares . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to deliver upon conversion of Series B Shares, as herein provided, Ordinary Shares acquired by the Company (in lieu of the issuance of authorized and unissued Ordinary Shares), so long as any such acquired shares are free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances (other than liens, charges, security interests and other encumbrances created by the Original Holders).

 

  35  

 

 

(c)           Free and Clear Delivery . All Ordinary Shares delivered upon conversion of the Series B Shares shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and other encumbrances (other than liens, charges, security interests and other encumbrances created by the Original Holders).

 

(d)           Compliance with Law . Prior to the delivery of any securities that the Company shall be obligated to deliver upon conversion of the Series B Shares, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations thereunder requiring the approval of such delivery by any Regulatory Entities.

 

(e)           Listing . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, if at any time the Ordinary Shares shall be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange or quotation system, the Company will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Ordinary Shares shall be so listed on such exchange or quotation system, all the Ordinary Shares then issuable upon conversion of the Series B Shares.

 

Section 19.          Transfer Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The duly appointed Transfer Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and paying agent for the Series B Shares shall be Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, remove the Transfer Agent in accordance with the agreement between the Company and the Transfer Agent; provided that the Company shall appoint a successor transfer agent who shall accept such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal. Upon any such removal or appointment, the Company shall send notice thereof by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders (or otherwise pursuant to any applicable procedures of a Depositary).

 

Section 20.           Replacement Certificates.

 

(a)           Mutilated, Destroyed, Stolen and Lost Certificates . If physical certificates are issued, the Company shall replace any mutilated certificate at the Holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Transfer Agent. The Company shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the Holder’s expense upon delivery to the Company and the Transfer Agent of satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity on customary terms that may be required by the Transfer Agent and the Company.

 

(b)           Certificates Following Conversion . If physical certificates are issued, the Company shall not be required to issue any certificates representing the applicable Series B Shares on or after the applicable Conversion Date. In place of the delivery of a replacement certificate following the applicable Conversion Date, the Transfer Agent, upon delivery of the evidence and indemnity described in Section 20(a), shall deliver the Ordinary Shares pursuant to the terms of the Series B Shares formerly evidenced by the certificate.

 

(c)           Legends . Certificates for Series B Shares and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company).

 

  36  

 

 

Section 21.           Form.

 

(a)           Global Preferred Shares . Series B Shares may, at the Company’s option, in its sole discretion, be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Series B Shares in definitive, fully registered form with a global legend in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (each, a “ Global Preferred Share ”), which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Certificate of Designations. The Global Preferred Shares may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). The aggregate number of shares represented by each Global Preferred Share may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Depositary or its nominee as hereinafter provided. Global Preferred Shares shall be registered in the name of the Depositary, which shall be the Holder of such shares. This Section 21(a) shall apply only to a Global Preferred Share deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

 

(b)           Delivery to Depositary . If Global Preferred Shares are issued, the Company shall execute and the Registrar shall, in accordance with this Section 21, countersign and deliver initially one or more Global Preferred Shares that (i) shall be registered in the name of a nominee of the Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Registrar to the Depositary or pursuant to instructions received from the Depositary or held by the Registrar as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to an agreement between the Depositary and the Registrar.

 

(c)           Agent Members . If Global Preferred Shares are issued, members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Certificate of Designations with respect to any Global Preferred Share held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Registrar as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Preferred Share, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Registrar and any agent of the Company or the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Global Preferred Share for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Registrar or any agent of the Company or the Registrar from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Preferred Shares. If Global Preferred Shares are issued, the Depositary may grant proxies or otherwise authorize any Person to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take pursuant to the Series B Shares, this Certificate of Designations or the Articles of Association.

 

(d)           Physical Certificates . Global Preferred Shares will be exchangeable for other certificates evidencing Series B Shares, only if (x) the Depositary has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Preferred Share and the Company does not appoint a qualified replacement for the Depositary within 90 days, (y) the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and the Company does not appoint a qualified replacement for the Depositary within 90 days or (z) the Company determines that the Series B Shares shall no longer be represented by Global Preferred Shares. In any such case, the Global Preferred Shares shall be exchanged in whole for other definitive Series B Shares in registered form, with the same terms and of an equal aggregate Liquidation Preference. Such other definitive Series B Shares shall be registered in the name or names of the Person or Persons specified by the Depositary in a written instrument to the Registrar.

 

  37  

 

 

(e)           Signature . An Officer shall sign any Global Preferred Share for the Company, in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and applicable law, by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Global Preferred Share no longer holds that office at the time the Transfer Agent countersigned the Global Preferred Share, the Global Preferred Share shall be valid nevertheless. A Global Preferred Share shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Transfer Agent manually countersigns the Global Preferred Share. Each Global Preferred Share shall be dated the date of its countersignature.

 

Section 22.           Transfer and Similar Taxes.

 

The Company shall pay any and all share transfer, documentary, stamp and similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of Series B Shares or Ordinary Shares or other securities issued on account of Series B Shares pursuant hereto or certificates representing such shares or securities. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of Series B Shares, Ordinary Shares or other securities in a name other than that in which the Series B Shares with respect to which such shares or other securities are issued or delivered were registered, or in respect of any payment to any Person other than a payment to the registered holder thereof, and shall not be required to make any such issuance, delivery or payment unless and until the Person otherwise entitled to such issuance, delivery or payment has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

Section 23.           Rights of Holders.

 

No person or entity, other than the person or entity in whose name a certificate representing the Series B Shares is registered (if any) and whose name is registered as an owner of Series B Shares in the register of members of the Company, shall have any rights hereunder or with respect to the Series B Shares, the Company shall recognize the registered owner thereof in the register of members of the Company as the sole owner for all purposes, and no other person or entity (other than the Company) shall have any benefit, right, claim or remedy hereunder.

 

Section 24.           Other Rights.

 

The Series B Shares shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Articles of Association or as provided by applicable law.

 

Section 25.           Conflict .

 

To the extent the terms provided in this Certificate of Designations conflict with the terms contained in the Articles of Association, it is intended that the terms provided in this Certificate of Designations shall prevail. The Company agrees and undertakes to convene any general meeting of the Company, and to recommend that any such meeting adopt any resolution necessary, to amend the Articles of Association to eliminate any such conflict.

 

[ Reminder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

  38  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF DIRECTOR’S ACCEPTANCE LETTER

 

TO: FGL HOLDINGS (the “Company”)

 

Attn: The Secretary

 

I hereby accept and agree to my appointment or election as a Preference Share Director, in accordance with the Certificate of Designations of Series B Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares of the Company, dated [ ], 2017 (the “Certificate of Designations”). I hereby agree and acknowledge that my term of office shall immediately terminate in accordance with Section 12 of the Certificate of Designations without further action being required on my part.

 

I designate the following telephone and facsimile numbers and e-mail address for service of notice of all directors’ meetings. Notice by telephone facsimile or e-mail to either of the said numbers or e-mail address will constitute good and sufficient notice to myself and I agree to advise you of any change in these particulars.

 

Tel: [    ]

Fax: [    ]

E-mail: [    ]

Nationality: [    ]

 

I hereby authorize you to enter my name and address in the register of Directors and Officers of the Company as follows:

 

[Name]

[Address]

 

 

[Name]

 

  A- 1  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF

 

SERIES B CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHARES

 

FACE OF SECURITY

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE (AND THOSE ISSUABLE ON CONVERSION THEREOF) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S., STATE AND OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO AND IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF AN INVESTMENT AGREEMENT AND A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, EACH DATED AS OF [ ], 2017 BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND THE INVESTORS REFERRED TO THEREIN, COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE (AND THOSE ISSUABLE ON CONVERSION THEREOF) MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENTS, AND ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENTS WILL BE VOID.

 

[ IF GLOBAL PREFERENCE SHARES ARE ISSUED : UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, AND NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS REFERRED TO BELOW.]

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT MAY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

  B- 1  

 

 

Certificate Number   Number of Convertible Preference Shares
     
CUSIP NO.: [            ]    

 

Series B Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares

 

(par value $0.0001 per share)

 

of

 

FGL HOLDINGS

 

FGL HOLDINGS, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), hereby certifies that [            ] (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ · ] [              , or such number as is registered in the name of the Holder in the Company’s register of members maintained by the Registrar] fully paid and non-assessable preference shares of the Company designated the Series B Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share and a liquidation preference of US$1,000.00 (the “ Convertible Preference Shares ”).

 

The Convertible Preference Shares are subject to the Certificate of Designations and the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company and are transferable in accordance therewith. The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Convertible Preference Shares represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Designations dated [ · ], 2017 as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Certificate of Designations ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined herein, shall have the meaning given to them in the Certificate of Designations.

 

Reference is hereby made to select provisions of the Convertible Preference Shares set forth on the reverse hereof, and to the Certificate of Designations, which select provisions and the Certificate of Designations shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Certificate of Designations and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

Unless the Registrar has properly countersigned this certificate, the Convertible Preference Shares evidenced hereby shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Certificate of Designations or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

Dated:

 

  B- 2  

 

 

REVERSE OF SECURITY

 

Dividends on each of the Convertible Preference Shares shall be payable at the rate provided in the Certificate of Designations but only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors as provided therein.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares shall be convertible in the manner and in accordance with the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares shall be redeemable at the option of the Company in the manner and in accordance with the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares carry voting rights as specified in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Company shall furnish without charge to each holder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and special rights of each class or series of share capital issued by the Company and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions on such powers, preferences and rights.

 

For value received,                                          hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

of the Convertible Preference Shares represented by the within Certificate, and such shares are subject to the Certificate of Designations and the memorandum of association and Articles of Association of the Company and are transferable in accordance therewith.

 

Dated:                                              20             
     
Signature:                                                                                                                     
     
Signature:                                                                                                                     

 

    Notice:   The signature to this assignment must correspond
with the name as written upon the face of the
certificate, in every particular, without alteration or
enlargement, or any change whatever.
   

 

  B- 3  

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

NUMBER SHARES

C-

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

  CUSIP [●]

 

FGL HOLDINGS

 

ORDINARY SHARE

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT                 is the owner of                 fully paid and non-assessable ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of FGL Holdings, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company” ), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.

 

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar of the Company.

 

Witness the facsimile signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Company.

 

     
Authorized Signatory   Transfer Agent

 

 

 

 

FGL HOLDINGS

 

The Company will furnish without charge to each shareholder who so requests, a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of equity or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. This certificate and the shares represented thereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the memorandum and articles of association of the Company and all amendments thereto and resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of securities (copies of which may be obtained from the secretary of the Company), to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM —  as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT _______________________ Custodian _______________________
            (Cust)

(Minor)

 

TEN ENT as tenants by the entireties       Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
               
            _________________________________________________________
JT TEN as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common       (State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

For value received, _____________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto ____________

 

(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER(S) OF ASSIGNEE(S))

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES), INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE(S))

 

____________________________ Ordinary Shares represented by the within certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

___________________________ Attorney to transfer the said Ordinary Shares on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated ___________________

     
  Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:  
 
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15 (OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED).

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

[Form of Warrant Certificate]

 

[FACE]

 

Number

Warrants

 

  

 THIS WARRANT SHALL BE VOID IF NOT EXERCISED PRIOR TO

THE EXPIRATION OF THE EXERCISE PERIOD PROVIDED FOR IN THE

WARRANT AGREEMENT DESCRIBED BELOW

 

FGL HOLDINGS

Incorporated Under the Laws of the Cayman Islands

 

CUSIP [•]

Warrant Certificate

 

This Warrant Certificate certifies that ___________________, or registered assigns, is the registered holder of _____________ warrant(s) evidenced hereby (the “Warrants” and each, a “ Warrant ”) to purchase ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value (the “Ordinary Shares” ), of FGL Holdings, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company” ). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder, upon exercise during the period set forth in the Warrant Agreement referred to below, to receive from the Company that number of fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares (each, a “Warrant” ) as set forth below, at the exercise price (the “Exercise Price” ) as determined pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, payable in lawful money (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) of the United States of America upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Exercise Price at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent referred to below, subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Each whole Warrant is initially exercisable for one fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Share. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of any Warrant. If, upon the exercise of Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in an Ordinary Share, the Company will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the Warrant holder. The number of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

 

The initial Exercise Price per Ordinary Share for any Warrant is equal to $11.50 per share. The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Subject to the conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement, the Warrants may be exercised only during the Exercise Period and to the extent not exercised by the end of such Exercise Period, such Warrants shall become void.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Warrant Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

 

This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent, as such term is used in the Warrant Agreement.

 

This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. 

 

 

 

 

  FGL HOLDINGS
       
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST
  COMPANY as Warrant Agent
       
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 

 

 

[Form of Warrant Certificate]

 

[Reverse]

 

The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly authorized issue of Warrants entitling the holder on exercise to receive Ordinary Shares and are issued or to be issued pursuant to a Warrant Agreement dated as of ___________, 2016 (the “Warrant Agreement” ), duly executed and delivered by the Company to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation, as warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent” ), which Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this instrument and is hereby referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Warrant Agent, the Company and the holders (the words “holders” or “holder” meaning the Registered Holders or Registered Holder) of the Warrants. A copy of the Warrant Agreement may be obtained by the holder hereof upon written request to the Company. Defined terms used in this Warrant Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Warrants may be exercised at any time during the Exercise Period set forth in the Warrant Agreement. The holder of Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate may exercise them by surrendering this Warrant Certificate, with the form of election to purchase set forth hereon properly completed and executed, together with payment of the Exercise Price as specified in the Warrant Agreement (or through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement) at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent. In the event that upon any exercise of Warrants evidenced hereby the number of Warrants exercised shall be less than the total number of Warrants evidenced hereby, there shall be issued to the holder hereof or his, her or its assignee, a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the number of Warrants not exercised.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Warrant Certificate or the Warrant Agreement, no Warrant may be exercised unless at the time of exercise (i) a registration statement covering the Ordinary Shares to be issued upon exercise is effective under the Securities Act and (ii) a prospectus thereunder relating to the Ordinary Shares is current, except through “cashless exercise” as provided for in the Warrant Agreement.

 

The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants set forth on the face hereof may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted. If, upon exercise of a Warrant, the holder thereof would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in an Ordinary Share, the Company shall, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to the holder of the Warrant.

 

Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the principal corporate trust office of the Warrant Agent by the Registered Holder thereof in person or by legal representative or attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged, in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

 

Upon due presentation for registration of transfer of this Warrant Certificate at the office of the Warrant Agent a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

 

The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder(s) hereof as the absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Neither the Warrants nor this Warrant Certificate entitles any holder hereof to any rights of a shareholder of the Company.

 

 

 

 

Election to Purchase

 

(To Be Executed Upon Exercise of Warrant)

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, to receive ______________ Ordinary Shares and herewith tenders payment for such Ordinary Shares to the order of FGL Holdings (the “Company” ) in the amount of $____________ in accordance with the terms hereof. The undersigned requests that a certificate for such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of ___________, whose address is ___________________________ and that such Ordinary Shares be delivered to _______________________ whose address is _________________________________. If said number of Ordinary Shares is less than all of the Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of _____________________________, whose address is __________________ and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to _____________________________, whose address is ___________________________.

 

In the event that the Warrant has been called for redemption by the Company pursuant to Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 of the Warrant Agreement and the Company has required cashless exercise pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Warrant Agreement, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(b) and Section 6.4 of the Warrant Agreement.

 

In the event that the Warrant is a Private Placement Warrant that is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with subsection 3.3.1(c) of the Warrant Agreement.

 

In the event that the Warrant is to be exercised on a “cashless” basis pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement, the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.4 of the Warrant Agreement.

 

In the event that the Warrant may be exercised, to the extent allowed by the Warrant Agreement, through cashless exercise (i) the number of Ordinary Shares that this Warrant is exercisable for would be determined in accordance with the relevant section of the Warrant Agreement which allows for such cashless exercise and (ii) the holder hereof shall complete the following: The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right, represented by this Warrant Certificate, through the cashless exercise provisions of the Warrant Agreement, to receive Ordinary Shares. If said number of shares is less than all of the Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder (after giving effect to the cashless exercise), the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of such Ordinary Shares be registered in the name of _____________________________, whose address is __________________ and that such Warrant Certificate be delivered to _____________________________, whose address is ___________________________.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

Date: ____________, 20__  
  (Signature)
   
   
   
  (Address)
   
  (Tax Identification Number)

 

Signature Guaranteed:  
   
   

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO SEC RULE 17Ad-15 (OR ANY SUCCESSOR RULE) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED).

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.4

 

 

 

FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

as Issuer

 

THE GUARANTORS PARTIES

HERETO

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE

 

Dated as of March 27, 2013, as amended and restated on November 20, 2017

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

PROVIDING FOR THE ISSUANCE OF NOTES IN SERIES

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
   
ARTICLE I  
   
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference  

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions 1
SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions 43
SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction 44

 

ARTICLE II  
   
The Notes  

 

SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating 45
SECTION 2.2. Issuable in Series 48
SECTION 2.3. Form of Execution and Authentication 49
SECTION 2.4. Registrar and Paying Agent 50
SECTION 2.5. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust 50
SECTION 2.6. Lists of Holders of the Notes 50
SECTION 2.7. Transfer and Exchange 51
SECTION 2.8. Replacement Notes 62
SECTION 2.9. Outstanding Notes 62
SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes 62
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes 63
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation 63
SECTION 2.13. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest 63
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 64

 

ARTICLE III  
   
Covenants  

 

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Notes 64
SECTION 3.2. Reports 65
SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Indebtedness 68
SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restricted Payments 73
SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Liens 80
SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries 81
SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock 84
SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions 86
SECTION 3.9. Change of Control 90

 

 - i -

 

 

SECTION 3.10. Future Guarantors 92
SECTION 3.11. Effectiveness of Covenants 92
SECTION 3.12. Compliance Certificate 94
SECTION 3.13. Statement by Officers as to Default 94

 

ARTICLE IV  
   
Successor Company and Successor Guarantor  

 

SECTION 4.1. When the Issuer and the Company May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets 94
SECTION 4.2. When a Subsidiary Guarantor May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets 96

 

ARTICLE V  
   
Redemption of Notes  

 

SECTION 5.1. Applicability of Article 97
SECTION 5.2. Right of Redemption 97
SECTION 5.3. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee of Optional Redemptions 97
SECTION 5.4. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed 98
SECTION 5.5. Notice of Redemption 98
SECTION 5.6. Deposit of Redemption Price 99
SECTION 5.7. Notes Payable on Redemption Date 99
SECTION 5.8. Notes Redeemed in Part 100

 

ARTICLE VI  
   
Defaults and Remedies  

 

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default 100
SECTION 6.2. Acceleration 103
SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies 103
SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults 104
SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority 104
SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits 104
SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment 105
SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee 105
SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 105
SECTION 6.10. Priorities 106
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs 106

 

 - ii -

 

 

ARTICLE VII  
   
Trustee  

 

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee 106
SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee 108
SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee 109
SECTION 7.4. Disclaimer 109
SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults 110
SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity 110
SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee 111
SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger 111
SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification 112

 

ARTICLE VIII  
   
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance  

 

SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance 112
SECTION 8.2. Conditions to Defeasance 113
SECTION 8.3. Application of Trust Money 114
SECTION 8.4. Repayment to Issuer 114
SECTION 8.5. Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations 115
SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement 115

 

ARTICLE IX  
   
Amendments  

 

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders 115
SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders 117
SECTION 9.3. Effect of Consents and Waivers 118
SECTION 9.4. Notation on or Exchange of Notes 118
SECTION 9.5. Trustee To Sign Amendments 119

 

ARTICLE X  
   
Guarantees  

 

SECTION 10.1. Guarantees 119
SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge 121
SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution 122
SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation 122

 

 - iii -

 

 

ARTICLE XI  
   
Miscellaneous  

 

SECTION 11.1. Notices 123
SECTION 11.2. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent 124
SECTION 11.3. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion 124
SECTION 11.4. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar 125
SECTION 11.5. Days Other than Business Days 125
SECTION 11.6. Governing Law 125
SECTION 11.7. No Recourse Against Others 125
SECTION 11.8. Successors 125
SECTION 11.9. Multiple Originals 125
SECTION 11.10. Table of Contents; Headings 125
SECTION 11.11. Force Majeure 125
SECTION 11.12. USA Patriot Act 126
SECTION 11.13. Communication by Holders of Notes with other Holders of Notes 126
SECTION 11.14. Effectiveness; Operativeness 126

 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A Form of Global Note
EXHIBIT B Form of Certificate of Transfer
EXHIBIT C Form of Certificate of Exchange
EXHIBIT D Form of Certificate of Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor
EXHIBIT E Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
EXHIBIT F Form of Supplemental Indenture Establishing a Series of Notes

 

 - iv -

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE, dated as of March 27, 2013, as amended and restated as of November 20, 2017 and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (this “ Indenture ”), among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”), CF Bermuda Holdings Limited, a Bermuda exempted company (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Intermediate Parent Guarantor ”), FGL US Holdings, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Intermediate Guarantor ”), the other subsidiaries of the Company from time to time parties hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”).

 

This Indenture shall be effective upon the execution hereof, but shall not be operative as to the parties hereto except in accordance with Section 11.14. Unless and until such time as this Indenture becomes operative as to the parties hereto, the Original Indenture (as defined herein) shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of the Notes (as defined herein):

 

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

 

SECTION 1.1.           Definitions .

 

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2) bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, and Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1)  of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person is merged or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2)  of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

 

Acquisition ” means the acquisition of Fidelity & Guaranty Life by FGL US Holdings Inc. pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Acquisition Date ” means the effective time of the Merger pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

 

Aggregate RBC Ratio ” means, with respect to the Insurance Subsidiaries (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary) taken as a whole, on any date of determination, one-half of the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the aggregate “Total Adjusted Capital” (as defined by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority) for each such Insurance Subsidiary to (b) the aggregate “Authorized Control Level Risk-Based Capital” (as defined by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority) for each such Insurance Subsidiary.

 

Annual Statement ” means the annual statutory financial statement of an Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary (except F&G Re)) required to be filed with the insurance commissioner (or similar authority) of its jurisdiction of organization, which statement shall be in the form required by its jurisdiction of organization or, if no specific form is so required, in the form of financial statements permitted by such insurance commissioner (or such similar authority) to be used for filing annual statutory financial statements and shall contain the type of information permitted or required by such insurance commissioner (or such similar authority) to be disclosed therein.

 

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any series of Notes, “Applicable Premium” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes.

 

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange or for other procedural matters.

 

Asset Acquisition ” means (1) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated or merged with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (2) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets of any Person.

 

Asset Disposition ” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, including any transaction pursuant to a Reinsurance Agreement (other than directors’ qualifying shares or local ownership shares) (it being understood that the Capital Stock of the Company is not an asset of the Company), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “ disposition ”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.

 

  - 2 -  

 

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions:

 

(1)         a disposition of assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)         the disposition of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business or the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

 

(3)         a disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(4)         a disposition of used, obsolete, worn out, damaged or surplus equipment or equipment or assets that are no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and that is disposed of in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(5)         the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Article IV or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

 

(6)         an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(7)         for purposes of Section 3.7 hereof only, the making of a Permitted Investment or a disposition subject to Section 3.4 hereof;

 

(8)         dispositions of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary or property or other assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $10.0 million;

 

(9)         the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

 

(10)       dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

 

(11)       the licensing or sublicensing of patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property, know-how or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property which do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as operated immediately prior to the granting of such license, lease or sublease;

 

  - 3 -  

 

 

(12)       to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property for use in a Related Business;

 

(13)       foreclosure on assets or transfers by reason of eminent domain;

 

(14)       any sale of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities, of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(15)        a Sale/Leaseback Transaction that is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the cost of the underlying fixed or capital asset and is consummated within 180 days after the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary acquires or completes the acquisition of such fixed or capital asset;

 

(16)       the receipt by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation award payable by reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage, taking or similar event with respect to any of their respective property or assets;

 

(17)       operating leases in the ordinary course of business;

 

(18)       the surrender or waiver of contract rights or litigation rights or the settlement, release or surrender of tort or other litigation claims of any kind;

 

(19)       the transfer of improvements, additions or alterations in connection with the lease of any property;

 

(20)       dispositions of Investments by any Insurance Subsidiary (other than any of its Investments in Subsidiaries engaged in insurance lines of business) consistent with the investment policy approved by the Board of Directors of such Insurance Subsidiary, the Company or the Issuer, as the case may be;

 

(21)       dispositions by Insurance Subsidiaries and Special Purpose Subsidiaries pursuant to Reinsurance Agreements and Statutory Reserve Financings so long as such disposition is entered into in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of managing insurance risk consistent with industry practice;

 

(22)       dispositions of Investments made out of the cash proceeds received from any Insurance Subsidiary pending further distribution in accordance with Section 3.4 hereof;

 

(23)       dispositions of shares of Capital Stock in order to qualify members of the Board of Directors or equivalent governing body of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or such other nominal shares required to be held other than by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as required by applicable law; and

 

  - 4 -  

 

 

(24)       any dispositions of assets in connection with the Transactions.

 

Attributable Indebtedness ” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, (1) if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction does not constitute a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the present value (discounted at the interest rate implicit in the transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended), determined in accordance with GAAP or (2) if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction constitutes a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capitalized Lease Obligations.”

 

Authentication Order ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.3 hereof.

 

Average Life ” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.

 

Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

Blackstone Funds ” means, individually or collectively, any investment fund, coinvestment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles or accounts, in each case, managed by an Affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., or any of their respective successors.

 

Board of Directors ” means:

 

(1)         with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the Board of Directors with respect to the relevant matter;

 

(2)         with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

 

(3)         with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

  - 5 -  

 

 

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of a company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such company and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Broker-Dealer ” means any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

 

Business Day ” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York or the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Capital and Surplus ” means, as to any Insurance Subsidiary, as of any date, total assets minus total liabilities of such Insurance Subsidiary, as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Insurance Subsidiary for which financial statements are available, determined in accordance with SAP.

 

Capital Market Indebtedness ” means any series of indebtedness specified within clauses (1) or (2) of the definition of “Indebtedness” with an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of $100.0 million.

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means (1) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and (2) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership, limited liability company, membership or other equity interests of such Person, but in each case excluding any debt securities convertible into any of the foregoing.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(1)         U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any member state in the European Union, or in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)         securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or issued by any agency or instrumentality of the United States ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition;

 

  - 6 -  

 

 

(3)         marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or A2 or better from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;

 

(4)         certificates of deposit, demand deposits, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank (x) the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or (y) the short term commercial paper of such commercial bank or its parent company is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million;

 

(5)         repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) , (3)  and (4)  above, entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4)  above;

 

(6)         commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(7)         instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1)  through (6)  above denominated in euros or any foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to in such clauses and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction;

 

(8)         interests in any investment company or money market fund that invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1)  through (7)  above and clause (10) below;

 

(9)         money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Rule 2A-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated at the time of acquisition thereof “AAA” or the equivalent by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “Aaa” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5.0 billion; and

 

  - 7 -  

 

 

(10)        securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (4) of this definition.

 

CBOs ” means notes or other instruments (other than CMOs) secured by collateral consisting primarily of debt securities and/or other types of debt obligations, including loans

 

Change of Control ” means:

 

(1)         any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (or their successors by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets) other than a Permitted Holder; provided that such event shall not be deemed a Change of Control so long as one or more Permitted Holders shall Beneficially Own at least as much total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company as that Beneficially Owned by such person or group;

 

(2)         the sale, assignment, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder;

 

(3)         the adoption by the stockholders of the Company of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

(4)         the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.

 

For purposes of this definition, (i) any direct or indirect holding company of the Company shall not itself be considered a “person” or “group” for purposes of clause (1) above, provided that no “person” or “group” (other than the Permitted Holders or another such holding company) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such company, and a majority of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following it becoming the holding company of the Company is Beneficially Owned by the Persons who Beneficially Owned the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to it becoming such holding company and (ii) a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consummation of the Transactions, including any appointment or change in the Board of Directors of the Company upon or in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition, shall not constitute a Change of Control, and any Person appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company in connection with the consummation of the Transactions shall constitute a Continuing Director.

 

  - 8 -  

 

 

CMOs ” means Notes or other instruments secured by collateral consisting primarily of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and/or other types of mortgage-related obligations.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Common Stock ” means with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such Person’s common stock whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

 

Company ” means (1) prior to the Acquisition Date, Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. and (2) on and after the Acquisition Date, the Parent Guarantor.

 

Consent Consideration ” has the meaning given such term in the Consent Solicitation Statement of the Issuer, dated November 8, 2017, pursuant to which the Issuer solicited consents to certain amendments to the Original Indenture.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (plus, without duplication, all net income of the Insurance Subsidiaries):

 

(1)         increased (without duplication) by the following items to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(a)          Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

 

(b)          Consolidated Income Taxes; plus

 

(c)          consolidated depreciation expense; plus

 

(d)          consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of FASB ASC 350 and FASB ASC 360; plus

 

(e)          other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, including any write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period not included in the calculation); plus

 

(f)           any fees, charges or other expenses made or Incurred in connection with any actual or proposed non-ordinary course Investment, asset sale, acquisition, recapitalization or issuance of Capital Stock or Incurrence of Indebtedness or any amendment or modification of Indebtedness (including as a result of Statement of FASB ASC 805), including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Initial Notes and the Transaction Expenses; plus

 

  - 9 -  

 

 

(g)          the amount of any restructuring charges (including lease termination, severance and relocation expenses), integration costs or other business optimization expenses or non-ordinary course reserves or other non-recurring or unusual charges or expenses deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income;

 

(2)         decreased (without duplication) by non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the recognition of deferred revenue, the reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period that did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period); and

 

(3)         increased or decreased (without duplication) to eliminate the following items to the extent reflected in Consolidated Net Income:

 

(a)          any non-ordinary course net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of FASB ASC 815;

 

(b)          all unrealized gains and losses relating to financial instruments or liabilities to which fair market value accounting is applied; and

 

(c)          any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk).

 

Consolidated Income Taxes ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits or capital of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including but not limited to the portion of any payments or accruals with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations that are allocable to interest expense, excluding (x) any write-offs of capitalized fees under agreements governing Indebtedness and all amendments thereto, (y) all non-cash charges for the amortization of deferred financing fees and debt issuance costs, and (z) any interest on tax reserves to the extent the Company has elected to treat such interest as an interest expense under FASB ASC 450 since its adoption.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (before preferred stock dividends); provided, however, that (without duplication):

 

  - 10 -  

 

 

(1)         any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income, except that:

 

(a)          the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to clause (2) below); and

 

(b)          the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period;

 

(2)         solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(A) of Section 3.4(a) , there shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income any net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor or an Insurance Subsidiary) if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to prior government approval or other restrictions due to the operation of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or government regulation (which have not been waived), directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that:

 

(a)        the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and

 

(b)          the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  - 11 -  

 

 

(3)         any net income (but not loss) of the Insurance Subsidiaries determined on a combined basis shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any such period, there shall be included in Consolidated Net Income any such amount that could have been distributed by any Insurance Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Issuer or any Guarantor as a dividend, distribution or return of capital or as a payment of interest or principal on any Surplus Note;

 

(4)         any after-tax effect of gain or loss (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) realized upon sales or other dispositions of any assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(5)         any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or early termination of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(6)         the after-tax effect of extraordinary gain or loss shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(7)         the after-tax effect of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(8)         any after-tax effect of non-cash impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of FASB ASC 350 and FASB ASC 360 shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(9)         any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(10)        all impairment charges in connection with Investments made by any Insurance Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income; provided that the amount of any cash charges relating to such impairment charges shall not be excluded from Consolidated Net Income by operation of this clause (10)  to the extent such cash charges reduce (i) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, “Total Adjusted Capital” (as defined by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority) or (ii) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, such comparable term as defined by the Insurance Regulatory Authority of such Insurance Subsidiary; and

 

(11)        interest related realized net investment portfolio trading losses of any Insurance Subsidiary shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income to the extent such losses do not reduce (i) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, such Insurance Subsidiary’s “Total Adjusted Capital” (as defined by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority) or (ii) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, such comparable term as defined by the Insurance Regulatory Authority of such Insurance Subsidiary.

 

  - 12 -  

 

 

Continuing Director ” means as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

 

(1)         was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date or

 

(2)         was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of the Permitted Holders or a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

 

Contribution Debt ” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash received from cash contributions (other than proceeds from Disqualified Stock) made to the capital of the Company after the Issue Date; provided that:

 

(1)         such cash has not been used to make a Restricted Payment and shall thereafter be excluded from any calculation under clause (3)(B) of Section 3.4(a) or used to make any Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 3.4(b) (it being understood that if any such Indebtedness incurred as Contribution Debt is redesignated as incurred under any provision other than clause (xvii) of Section 3.3(b) the related capital contribution may thereafter be included in any calculation under clause (3)(B) of Section 3.4(a) ; and

 

(2)         such Contribution Debt (a) is incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Debt pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the incurrence date thereof.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.1 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company or Holders pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 11.1 .

 

Credit Facilities ” means (i) the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2014, among the Issuer, as borrower, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, the lenders party thereto and the other parties thereto, including any notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any debt facilities, commercial paper facilities, credit agreements, indentures or other agreements, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders, purchasers, investors, trustees or agents that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof and (ii) one or more debt facilities, commercial paper facilities, credit agreements, indentures or other agreements, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders, purchasers, investors, trustees or agents providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing, including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against receivables, letters of credit or other extensions of credit or other indebtedness, in each case including any notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any debt facilities, commercial paper facilities, credit agreements, indentures or other agreements, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders, purchasers, investors, trustees or agents that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof.

 

  - 13 -  

 

 

Currency Agreement ” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency futures contract, currency option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

 

Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio ” means, as of any date, the ratio of (a) the principal amount of, and accrued but unpaid interest on, all Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, other than (i) Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) the liabilities (if any) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Hedging Obligations as determined by reference to the termination value of the agreements or arrangements giving rise to such Hedging Obligations, to (b) Total Capitalization on such date.

 

Default ” means any event or condition that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.7 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof) except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Issuer.

 

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means any consideration which is not cash or Cash Equivalents received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the Company or the Issuer at the time of such Asset Disposition. Any particular item of Designated Non-cash Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once it has been transferred, sold or otherwise exchanged for or converted into or for cash or Cash Equivalents.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

(1)         matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

 

  - 14 -  

 

 

(2)         is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that upon such conversion or exchange it shall be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or

 

(3)         is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part,

 

in each case on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock that so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require such Person to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a “change of control” or “asset disposition” (each defined in a similar manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that such Person may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Company with Section 3.7 and Section 3.9 and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 3.4 . In addition, any Capital Stock held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their estates, spouses or former spouses) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company pursuant to any stockholders agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries following the termination of employment or death or disability of such employee, director, officer, manager or consultant with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or in order to satisfy applicable regulatory or statutory obligation (so long as, in each case referred to in this sentence, any such requirement is made subject to compliance with this Indenture).

 

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale, after the Acquisition Date, of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (to the extent the proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity of the Company) other than an issuance registered on Form S-4 or S-8, or any successor thereto or any issuance to a Subsidiary of the Company or pursuant to employee benefit plans or otherwise in compensation to officers, directors or employees.

 

Exchange Ac t” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

  - 15 -  

 

 

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Issuer, (b) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (c) any Insurance Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary, (d) any Special Purpose Subsidiary, (e) any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (f) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not permitted by law or regulation to guarantee the Obligations with respect to the Notes or that would be required to obtain governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to guarantee the Obligations with respect to the Notes (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), (g) any Restricted Subsidiary that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Obligations with respect to the Notes by any contractual obligation in existence on the Issue Date (or, in the case of any newly acquired Subsidiary, in existence at the time of acquisition but not entered into in contemplation thereof) and (h) any Subsidiary of the Company to the extent such Subsidiary guaranteeing the Obligations would reasonably be expected to result in an adverse tax consequence to the Company (or its direct or indirect beneficial owners) and its Subsidiaries (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Company.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any property, the price that would reasonably be expected to be paid in an arm’s length free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value shall be determined in Good Faith by the Company.

 

F&G Re ” means F&G Re Ltd, a Bermuda exempted company registered as a Class C insurer under the Insurance Act, and any successor thereto permitted by the terms of this Indenture.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.

 

In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving credit borrowings, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

  - 16 -  

 

 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, Asset Dispositions, Asset Acquisitions and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has determined to make and/or has made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such events (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, Asset Disposition, Asset Acquisition or discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such event had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in Good Faith by the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company to reflect operating expense reductions and other operating improvements, synergies or cost savings for which the actions necessary to realize such reductions, improvements, synergies or cost savings are taken or expected to begin to be taken no later than 12 months from such relevant pro forma event. The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer setting forth such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements, synergies or cost savings and calculations and information supporting them in reasonable detail.

 

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

 

For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the applicable period.

 

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)         Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, and

 

  - 17 -  

 

 

(2)         all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” of any Person means (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, if all or substantially all of the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i) , intellectual property relating to such Restricted Subsidiaries and other assets (including cash or Cash Equivalents) relating to an ownership interest in such Restricted Subsidiaries, and (iii) any Subsidiary of a Restricted Subsidiary described in clause (i) .

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date (except with respect to the financial statements being furnished pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof, as to which such principles in effect from time to time shall apply), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP, except that in the event the Company is acquired in a transaction that is accounted for using purchase accounting, the effects of the application of purchase accounting shall be disregarded in the calculation of such ratios and other computations contained in this Indenture.

 

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(b) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof) issued in accordance with Section 2.1 or 2.7 hereof.

 

Good Faith by the Company ” means the decision in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company.

 

Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person, directly or indirectly, guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other financial obligations of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(1)         to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

  - 18 -  

 

 

(2)         entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other financial obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided , however , that the term “ Guarantee ” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “ Guarantee ” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guarantors ” means the Parent Guarantor, Intermediate Parent Guarantor, the Intermediate Guarantor and the other Subsidiary Guarantors, until the Guarantee of any such Person is released or discharged in accordance with this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement, excluding any Obligations of Insurance Subsidiaries with respect to Swap Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the investment policy approved by the Board of Directors of such Insurance Subsidiary.

 

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

IAI Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 ) bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in an initial denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary (other than an Insurance Subsidiary) that (a) has assets with an aggregate Fair Market Value less than $2.5 million as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company, (b) has aggregate revenues less than $2.5 million for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended, and (c) has no Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries). Any Subsidiary so designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary that fails to meet the foregoing as of the last day of the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended shall continue to be deemed an “Immaterial Subsidiary” hereunder until the date that is 60 days following the delivery of annual or quarterly financial statements pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof with respect to such period (or the last quarter thereof, as applicable).

 

Incur ” means to issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. Any Indebtedness issued at a discount (including Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at the initial accreted amount thereof.

 

  - 19 -  

 

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(1)         the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 

(2)         the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 

(3)         the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a Trade Payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business) other than obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (1)  and (2)  above and clause (5)  below) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments are not drawn upon or, to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the fifth Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar instrument;

 

(4)         the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except Trade Payables), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a Trade Payable, accrued liability or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) any earn-out obligation until the amount of such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(5)         Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor);

 

(6)         the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

 

(7)         the principal component of all indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided , however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such indebtedness of such other Persons;

 

  - 20 -  

 

 

(8)         the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor); and

 

(9)         to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).

 

In no event shall the term “ Indebtedness ” include (i) any indebtedness under any overdraft or cash management facilities so long as any such indebtedness is repaid in full no later than five Business Days following the date on which it was incurred or in the case of such indebtedness in respect of credit or purchase cards, within 60 days of its incurrence, (ii) obligations in respect of performance, appeal or other surety bonds or completion guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iii) except as provided in clause (5)  above, any obligations in respect of a lease properly classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP, (iv) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established to the extent required by GAAP, (v) any customer deposits or advance payments received in the ordinary course of business, (vi) Obligations of Insurance Subsidiaries with respect to Swap Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the investment policy approved by the Board of Directors of such Insurance Subsidiary, (vii) the following obligations issued or undertaken in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing: (A) Surplus Notes or other obligations of any Special Purpose Subsidiary of the Company (“ Reserve Financing Notes ”), (B) any securities backed by such Reserve Financing Notes by an entity formed in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing, (C) letters of credit issued for the account of any Special Purpose Subsidiary of the Company, (D) reimbursement obligations of any Special Purpose Subsidiary, (E) any guarantees by the Company of the obligations described in (A), (B), (C) or (D) above, (F) reimbursement obligations of the Company or (G) capital maintenance or similar obligations of the Company in favor of any Special Purpose Subsidiary, and (viii) any obligations with respect to insurance policies, annuities, guaranteed investment contracts and similar policies underwritten by an Insurance Subsidiary, in each case, in the ordinary course of business.

 

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided that (x) contingent obligations arising in the ordinary course of business and not with respect to borrowed money of such Person or other Persons, and (y) the obligations of any Person under Reinsurance Agreements shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, money borrowed and set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be “Indebtedness,” provided that such money is held to secure the payment of such interest.

 

  - 21 -  

 

 

Independent Financial Advisor ” means (1) an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or (2) a consultant to Persons engaged in a Related Business, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Initial Notes ” means the $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 6.375% Senior Notes due 2021 of the Issuer issued under the first Notes Supplemental Indenture on the Issue Date.

 

Initial Purchasers ” means, with respect to the Initial Notes, Jefferies LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and, with respect to any Additional Notes, other such initial purchasers party to future purchase agreements entered into in connection with an offer and sale of such Additional Notes.

 

Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

 

Insurance Act ” means the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda and its related rules and regulations, as amended.

 

Insurance Regulatory Authority ” means, with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary, the governmental or regulatory authority or agency charged with regulating the insurance business of insurance companies or insurance holding companies, in its jurisdiction of legal domicile.

 

Insurance Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is required to be licensed as an insurer or reinsurer.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which such installment of interest is due and payable, as set forth in such Note.

 

Interest Rate Agreement ” means with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

 

  - 22 -  

 

 

Investment ” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business that are in conformity with GAAP recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment:

 

(1)         Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with this Indenture;

 

(2)         endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3)         an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of Common Stock of the Company;

 

(4)         a deposit of funds in connection with an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities; provided that either such acquisition is consummated by or through a Restricted Subsidiary or such deposit is returned to the Person who made it;

 

(5)         an account receivable arising, or prepaid expenses or deposits made, in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(6)         licensing or transfer of know-how or intellectual property or the providing of services in the ordinary course of business.

 

For purposes of Section 3.4 hereof, (1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s aggregate “Investment” in such Subsidiary as of the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets (as conclusively determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so redesignated a Restricted Subsidiary; (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; and (3) the value of any “Investment” made by an Insurance Subsidiary shall be calculated net of any liabilities of the Insurance Subsidiary that are assumed by the Person in whom the Investment is being made.

 

  - 23 -  

 

 

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and BBB-(or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., in each case, with a stable or better outlook; provided that a change in outlook shall not by itself cause the Company to lose its Investment Grade Rating.

 

Investment Management Agreement ” means each investment management agreement, each management services agreement and any similar or related agreements or arrangements, between (a) any of the management companies associated with one or more of the Permitted Holders or their advisors, if applicable, and (b) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and/or any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary), in each case, as in effect from time to time.

 

Issue Date ” means March 27, 2013.

 

Issuer ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease (or any filing or agreement to give any financing statement in connection therewith) be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Merger Agreement ” means the Merger Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation, FGL US Holdings Inc., FGL Merger Sub Inc. and Fidelity & Guaranty Life, as it may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto, or in the absence of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or such successor, any other association, agency or other organization performing advisory, coordination or other like functions among insurance departments, insurance commissioners and similar governmental authorities of the various states of the United States toward the promotion of uniformity in the practices of such governmental authorities.

 

  - 24 -  

 

 

Net Available Cash ” from an Asset Disposition means an amount equal to the cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: (1) all brokerage, legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or that must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the property or other assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters; (5) any portion of the purchase price from an Asset Disposition placed in escrow (whether as a reserve for adjustment of the purchase price, or for satisfaction of indemnities in respect of such Asset Disposition); and (6) in the case of an Asset Disposition by an Insurance Subsidiary, proceeds that are not permitted to be paid as a dividend or distribution by such Insurance Subsidiary pursuant to regulatory restrictions provided , however , that in the cases of clauses (4)  and (5) , upon reversal of any such reserve or the termination of any such escrow, Net Available Cash shall be increased by the amount of such reversal or any portion of funds released from escrow to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” means, with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees, charges and expenses actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

 

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor.

 

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness of a Person:

 

(1)         as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, Guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise);

 

(2)         no default with respect to which would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

 

  - 25 -  

 

 

(3)         the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against any of the assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

Notes ” means the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

 

Notes Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

 

Notes Supplemental Indenture ” means a Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Issuer issues Notes in accordance with Section 2.2 , which may be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , or in such other form as the Issuer may determine in accordance with Section 2.2 .

 

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foregoing law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum, dated as of March 22, 2013, relating to the offering of the Notes.

 

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or the Issuer or, in the event that a Person is a partnership or a limited liability company that has no such officers, a person duly authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of such Person. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company or the Issuer.

 

OM Purchase Agreement ” means the First Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 17, 2011, between OM Group (UK) Limited and Harbinger F&G, LLC.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel which is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

  - 26 -  

 

 

Original Indenture ” means the indenture, dated as of March 27, 2013, among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, as supplemented by the first supplemental indenture thereto, dated as of March 27, 2013.

 

Parent Guarantor ” means CF Bermuda Holdings Limited.

 

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary.

 

Permitted Holders ” means:

 

(1)         prior to the Acquisition Date, each of the Intermediate Parent Guarantor, Harbinger Group Inc., Harbinger Capital Partners Master Fund I, Ltd., Harbinger Capital Partners Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Global Opportunities Breakaway Ltd.;

 

(2)         from and after the Acquisition Date, each of CF Corporation, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., GSO Capital Partners LP, Fidelity National Financial, Inc., BilCar, LLC, CC Capital Management, LLC, CFS Holdings (Cayman), LP, CFS II Holdings (Cayman), LP and the Blackstone Funds;

 

(3)         any Affiliate or Related Party of any Person specified in clauses (1) and (2) , other than another portfolio company thereof (which means a company actively engaged in providing goods and services to unaffiliated customers) or a company controlled by a “portfolio company;” and

 

(4)         any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) or any group in which the Persons specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) own more than a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock held by such group, and any Person that is a member of any such group.

 

Permitted Investment ” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in:

 

(1)         the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, including through the purchase of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)         any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Related Business if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)          such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)          such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

  - 27 -  

 

 

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

(3)         cash and Cash Equivalents or Investments that constituted Cash Equivalents at the time made;

 

(4)         receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided , however , that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

 

(5)         commission, relocation, entertainment, payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)         loans or advances to, or guarantees of third party loans to, employees, officers or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not in excess of $2.0 million with respect to all loans or advances or guarantees made since the Issue Date (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) or to fund such Person’s purchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

 

(7)         any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

 

(a)          in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a judgment, bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable;

 

(b)          as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or

 

(c)          in the form of notes payable, or stock or other securities issued by account debtors to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to negotiated agreements with respect to the settlement of such account debtor’s accounts, and other Investments arising in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection of accounts receivable, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(8)         Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration (including Designated Non-cash Consideration) from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 3.7 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition;

 

  - 28 -  

 

 

(9)         Investments in existence on the Issue Date and Investments committed to be made as of the Issue Date, and any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investments, or Investments purchased or received in exchange for such Investments, existing on the Issue Date, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than (x) as contemplated by the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date, (y) as permitted under this definition or Section 3.4 hereof or (z) pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date, as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities);

 

(10)        any Person to the extent such Investments consist of Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.3 hereof;

 

(11)        Guarantees of Indebtedness issued in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof and guarantees to suppliers, licensors or the providers of operating leases (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)        Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan, including, without limitation, split-dollar insurance policies, in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;

 

(13)        Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

 

(14)        any Person to the extent such Investments consist of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility, unemployment insurance, workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(15)        prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(16)        endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;

 

(17)        loans or advances or similar transactions with customers, distributors, clients, developers, suppliers or purchasers of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

 

  - 29 -  

 

 

(18)        Investments by any Insurance Subsidiary (including by any Subsidiary of such Insurance Subsidiary that is not itself an Insurance Subsidiary) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the investment policy approved by the Board of Directors of such Insurance Subsidiary or otherwise consistent with Investment guidelines approved by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority;

 

(19)        Investments by the Company that constitute Investments that would be permitted to be made by an Insurance Subsidiary pursuant to clause (18) of this definition of “Permitted Investments”;

 

(20)        Investments of the type described in clause (vii) of the second paragraph of the definition of “Indebtedness” in connection with Statutory Reserve Financings;

 

(21)        Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (21) , in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed $35.0 million outstanding at any one time (with the Fair Market Value of such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and

 

(22)        any Investments in connection with the Transactions.

 

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)         (x) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment, general insurance and other insurance laws and old age pensions and other social security or retirement benefits or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory or regulatory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or good faith deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (y) collateral consisting of Cash Equivalents securing letters of credit issued in respect of obligations to insurers in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

(2)         Liens imposed by law and carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3)         Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

 

  - 30 -  

 

  

(4)         Liens in favor of issuers of surety, appeal or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)         minor survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)         Liens securing Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation;

 

(7)         leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(8)         judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default, and Liens securing appeal or surety bonds related to such judgment, so long as any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(9)         Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money indebtedness or other payments Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(vii) hereof to finance assets or property (other than Capital Stock or other Investments) acquired, constructed, improved or leased in the ordinary course of business; provided that, in the case of this clause (9) :

 

(a)          the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired, constructed or improved, plus reasonable fees and expenses of such Person incurred in connection therewith; and

 

(b)          such Liens are created within 365 days of construction, acquisition or improvement of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto and the proceeds thereof;

 

  - 31 -  

 

 

(10)        Liens that constitute banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a bank, depositary or other financial institution, whether arising by operation of law or pursuant to contract;

 

(11)        Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)        Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

(13)        Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , further , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further , however, that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure), the obligations to which such Liens relate or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

(14)        Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , further , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however, that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure), the obligations to which such Liens relate or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

(15)        Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(16)        Liens on Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Liens on property of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that it is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such designation;

 

(17)        good faith deposits as security for contested taxes or contested import to customs duties;

 

(18)        Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (9), (12), (13), (14), (16),  (18) and (37) of this definition; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder;

 

  - 32 -  

 

 

(19)        any interest or title of a lessor under any operating lease;

 

(20)        Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(21)        Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with importation of goods;

 

(22)        Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(23)        Liens on funds of the Company or any Subsidiary held in deposit accounts with third party providers of payment services securing credit card charge-back reimbursement and similar cash management obligations of the Company or the Subsidiaries;

 

(24)        Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon;

 

(25)        Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder;

 

(26)        Liens on insurance policies and proceeds of insurance policies (including rebates of premiums) securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(xi) to finance the payment of premiums on the insurance policies subject to such Liens;

 

(27)        statutory, common law or contractual Liens of landlords;

 

(28)        customary Liens granted in favor of a trustee to secure fees and other amounts owing to such trustee under an indenture or other agreement pursuant to which Indebtedness permitted under Section 3.3 is Incurred;

 

(29)        Liens on any cash earnest money deposit made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or acquisition agreement that is not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(30)        Liens in favor of credit card processors granted in the ordinary course of business;

 

  - 33 -  

 

 

(31)        Liens arising in connection with Cash Equivalents described in clause (5) of the definition of Cash Equivalents;

 

(32)        Liens securing other obligations in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

(33)        Liens securing cash management obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(34)        Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(xii) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million and customary set-off rights in favor of depositary banks;

 

(35)        Liens on the Capital Stock of Fidelity and Guaranty Life Insurance Company (or any successor thereto) arising pursuant to the terms of the OM Purchase Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(36)        Liens on the assets of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; and

 

(37)        Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(i) in an amount not to exceed $175.0 million at any time outstanding.

 

Permitted Transactions ” means (a) mortgage-backed security transactions in which an investor sells mortgage collateral, such as securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, for delivery in the current month while simultaneously contracting to repurchase “substantially the same” (as determined by the Public Securities Association and GAAP) collateral for a later settlement, (b) transactions in which an investor lends cash to a primary dealer and the primary dealer collateralizes the borrowing of the cash with certain securities, (c) transactions in which an investor lends securities to a primary dealer and the primary dealer collateralizes the borrowing of the securities with cash collateral, (d) transactions in which an investor makes loans of securities to a broker-dealer under an agreement requiring such loans to be continuously secured by cash collateral or United States government securities, (e) transactions structured as, and submitted to the NAIC Security Valuation Office for approval as, Replication (Synthetic Asset) Transactions (RSAT) ( provided that, to the extent that such approval is not granted in respect of any such transaction, such transaction shall cease to constitute a Permitted Transaction 30 days following the date of such rejection, denial or non-approval) and (f) transactions in which a federal home loan mortgage bank (a “FHLMB”) makes loans to an Insurance Subsidiary, that are sufficiently secured by appropriate assets of such Insurance Subsidiary consisting of Qualifying Collateral in accordance with the rules, regulations and guidelines of such FHLMB for its loan programs.

 

  - 34 -  

 

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

Preferred Stock ” means, as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

 

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions hereof.

 

QIB ” means any “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A).

 

Qualifying Collateral ” means: (i) whole mortgage loans, including residential first mortgage, multifamily mortgage, home equity line of credit (HELOC), second mortgage and commercial mortgage; (ii) loans secured by farmland; (iii) government and agency securities, including treasuries, agencies, agency mortgage back security (MBS) pass-through, agency collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO) or real estate mortgage investment, real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC), Small Business Administration (SBA) pool certificates, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) guaranteed notes and Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae) home equity conversion mortgage (HECM); (iv) non-agency securities, including municipal securities, private placement securities, residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) and asset-backed securities secured by HELOC/second mortgage loan collateral; and (v) cash.

 

Quarterly Statement ” means the quarterly statutory financial statement of an Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary) required to be filed with the insurance commissioner (or similar authority) of its jurisdiction of organization, which statement shall be in the form required by its jurisdiction of organization or, if no specific form is so required, in the form of financial statements permitted by such insurance commissioner (or such similar authority) to be used for filing quarterly statutory financial statements and shall contain the type of information permitted or required by such insurance commissioner (or such similar authority) to be disclosed therein.

 

Rating Agencies ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer or the Company (as certified by a Board Resolution) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both, as the case may be.

 

Record Date ” means, with respect to any series of Notes, the “Record Date” as such term is defined in the Notes Supplemental Indenture establishing such series of Notes.

 

  - 35 -  

 

 

Refinance ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, replace, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for or to consolidate, such Indebtedness. “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness that Refinances any other Indebtedness, including any successive Refinancings, so long as:

 

(1)         such Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of:

 

(a)          the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, and

 

(b)          an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including accrued and unpaid interest, premiums, transaction costs and defeasance costs, related to such Refinancing,

 

(2)         the Average Life of such Indebtedness is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

 

(3)         the Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, and

 

(4)         if the Indebtedness being Refinanced was subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees, the new Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable, at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being Refinanced;

 

provided , however , that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(1)         Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, or

 

(2)         Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as appropriate.

 

Regulation S Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(f) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions hereof.

 

  - 36 -  

 

 

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof) bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Legend and deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

 

Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof) deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.1(e) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Regulation S Temporary Global Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions hereof.

 

Reinsurance Agreements ” means any agreement, contract, treaty, certificate or other arrangement by which any Insurance Subsidiary agrees to transfer or cede to another insurer all or part of the liability assumed or assets held by it under one or more insurance, annuity, reinsurance or retrocession policies, agreements, contracts, treaties, certificates or similar arrangements. Reinsurance Agreements shall include, but not be limited to, any agreement, contract, treaty, certificate or other arrangement that is treated as such by the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority.

 

Related Business ” means any business that is the same as or related, ancillary or complementary to any of the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any reasonable extension or evolution of any of the foregoing.

 

Related Party ” means:

 

(1)         any controlling stockholder, majority owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder; or

 

(2)         any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a majority (and controlling) interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holder and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).

 

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

  - 37 -  

 

 

Restricted Investment ” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary (including the Issuer) of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means any direct or indirect arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

 

SAP ” shall mean, with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary, the statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Regulatory Authority of its jurisdiction of legal domicile, consistently applied as in effect from time to time.

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

 

Special Purpose Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company formed to issue Surplus Notes or other obligations in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing or enter into Reinsurance Agreements in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing or enter into ancillary obligations in respect of the foregoing.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

  - 38 -  

 

 

Statutory Reserve Financing ” means a transaction or series of transactions entered into primarily for the purpose of financing a portion of the statutory reserves required to be held by an Insurance Subsidiary, where the proceeds or funding obligations provided by the financing counterparty or counterparties in such transaction or transactions are not expected, as of the date such transaction or transactions are entered into, to be used or applied to pay insurance or reinsurance claims reasonably projected to be payable as of the date such transaction or transactions are entered into.

 

Subordinated Obligation ” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to its terms. No Indebtedness of the Issuer shall be deemed to be subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer solely by virtue of Liens, guarantees, maturity or payments or structural subordination.

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person means (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof), or (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means, individually, any Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, including from and after the Acquisition Date, the Intermediate Parent Guarantor and the Intermediate Guarantor); provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor.

 

substantially concurrent ” means, with respect to two or more events, the occurrence of such events within 45 days of each other.

 

Surplus Note ” means a promissory note executed by an Insurance Subsidiary of the type generally described in the insurance industry as a “surplus note”, the principal amount of which an insurance regulator permits the issuer to record as an addition to Capital and Surplus rather than as a liability in accordance with SAP.

 

  - 39 -  

 

 

Swap Contract ” means any agreement relating to any transaction (whether or not arising under a master agreement) that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap or option, bond, note or bill option, interest rate option, futures contract, forward foreign exchange transaction, cap, collar or floor transaction, currency swap, cross-currency rate swap, swaption, currency option, credit derivative transaction or any other similar transaction (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) or any combination of the foregoing, and any master agreement relating to or governing any or all of the foregoing.

 

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which any calculation of Total Assets is being made, with such pro forma adjustments for transactions consummated on or prior to or simultaneously with the date of the calculation as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

Total Capitalization ” means, without duplication, (a) the amount described in clause (a) of the definition of “Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio” plus (b) the Total Shareholders’ Equity of the Company.

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity ” means as to any Person the total common and preferred shareholders’ equity of such Person as determined in accordance with GAAP (calculated excluding (i) unrealized gains (losses) on securities as determined in accordance with FASB ASC 320 (Investments—Debt and Equity Securities) and (ii) any charges taken to write off any goodwill included on such Person’s balance sheet on the Issue Date (or, in the case of F&G Re, the Acquisition Date) to the extent such charges are required by FASB ASC 320 (Investments— Debt and Equity Securities) and ASC 350 (Intangibles—Goodwill and Others).

 

Trade Payables ” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

 

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Permitted Holders, the Parent Guarantor, the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions (including payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock option, expenses in connection with hedging transactions and any original issue discount or upfront fees), the Merger Agreement, any Investment Management Agreement, the Indenture, the Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Facilities) and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

Transactions ” means (i) the Acquisition, (ii) any Incurrence of Indebtedness by the Parent Guarantor, the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates relating to the Acquisition and the refinancing of any existing Indebtedness of the Company in connection with the Acquisition, and the application of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any restructuring transactions relating to the Acquisition, (iv) the payment of Transaction Expenses and (v) any other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or entered into in connection with or relating to the Acquisition.

 

  - 40 -  

 

 

Trust Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall, in each case, have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Trustee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

 

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof) that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if:

 

(1)         such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)         all the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter while they are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, consist of Non-Recourse Debt;

 

  - 41 -  

 

 

 

(3)         such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.4 ;

 

(4)         such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(5)         such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

 

(a)          to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or

 

(b)          to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

(6)         on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Company than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company.

 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a Board Resolution of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date.

 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.3(a) on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the Holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

  - 42 -  

 

 

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock ” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or local ownership shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 1.2.           Other Definitions .

 

Term   Defined in
Section
“actual knowledge”   7.2(g)
“Additional Notes”   2.3
“Affiliate Transaction”   3.8(a)
“Agent Members”   2.1(f)
“Asset Disposition Offer”   3.7(c)
“Asset Disposition Offer Amount”   3.7(d)
“Asset Disposition Offer Period”   3.7(d)
“Asset Disposition Purchase Date”   3.7(d)
“Bankruptcy Law”   6.1
“Change of Control Offer”   3.9(b)
“Change of Control Payment”   3.9(b)(i)
“Change of Control Payment Date”   3.9(b)(ii)
“Company Conference Call”   3.2(b)(1)
“covenant defeasance option”   8.1(b)
“Custodian”   6.1
“Defaulted Interest”   2.13
“DTC”   2.1(b)
“Event of Default”   6.1(a)
“Excess Proceeds”   3.7(c)
“Guarantor Obligations”   10.1
“legal defeasance option”   8.1(b)
“Notice of Default”   6.1
“Operative Time”   11.14
“Paying Agent”   2.4
“payment default”   6.1(a)(vi)(A)

 

  - 43 -  

 

 

Term   Defined in
Section
“Redemption Date”   5.4
“Registrar”   2.4
“Reinstatement Date”   3.11(b)
“Restricted Payment”   3.4(a)(iv)
“Special Interest Payment Date”   2.13(a)
“Special Record Date”   2.13(a)
“Successor Company”   4.1(a)(i)
“Successor Guarantor”   4.2(a)(i)
“Suspended Covenants”   3.11(a)
“Suspension Period”   3.11(b)
“Unutilized Excess Proceeds”   3.7(c)

 

SECTION 1.3.           Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)          a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)          an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c)          “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)          “including” means including without limitation;

 

(e)          words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(f)          unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

 

(g)          references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

(h)          unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

 

(i)          the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and any other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

 

  - 44 -  

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

The Notes

 

SECTION 2.1.           Form and Dating .

 

(a)          The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 ), the terms of which are incorporated in and made a part hereof. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements approved as to form by the Issuer, and required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer is subject or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)          The Notes shall initially be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes and The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), its nominees, and their respective successors, shall act as the Depositary with respect thereto. Each Global Note (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions, and (iii) shall bear a Global Note Legend in substantially the following form:

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

  - 45 -  

 

 

(c)           Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S will be issued initially in the form of a Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which will be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, at its New York office, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period with respect to a Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of such Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.7(b) hereof).

 

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in such Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of such Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interests therein as hereinafter provided.

 

The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

(d)          Except as permitted by Section 2.7(i)(B) , any Note not registered under the Securities Act shall bear the following Private Placement Legend on the face thereof:

 

[THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.]

 

  - 46 -  

 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE), INCLUDING THE CERTIFICATIONS, CERTIFICATES AND OPINION OF COUNSEL REQUIRED THEREIN, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (V) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

 

(e)          Each Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear the following Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend on the face thereof:

 

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

(f)          Each Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following Regulation S Legend on the face thereof:

 

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

  - 47 -  

 

 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever, including but not limited to notices and payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. Any notice to be delivered to DTC (including, but not limited to, a notice of redemption) may be delivered electronically by the Trustee or the Issuer in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.

 

SECTION 2.2.           Issuable in Series . The Notes may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Except as provided in Section 9.2 , all Notes will vote (or consent) as a single class with the other Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for all purposes of this Indenture.

 

The following matters shall be established with respect to each series of Notes issued hereunder in a Notes Supplemental Indenture:

 

(1)         the title of the Notes of the series (which title shall distinguish the Notes of the series from all other series of Notes);

 

(2)         any limit (if any) upon the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (which limit shall not pertain to Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the series pursuant to Section 2.7 , 2.8 , 2.11 , 3.7 , 3.9 or 5.8 );

 

(3)         the date or dates on which the principal of and premium, if any, on the Notes of the series is payable or the method of determination and/or extension of such date or dates, and the amount or amounts of such principal and premium, if any, payments and methods of determination thereof;

 

(4)         the rate or rates at which the Notes of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method of calculating and/or resetting such rate or rates of interest, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, and the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable;

 

(5)         the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and other terms and conditions upon which Notes of the series (i) may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Issuer, if the Issuer is to have the option or (ii) shall be redeemed, in whole or in part, upon the occurrence of specified events, if the Notes shall be subject to a mandatory redemption provision;

 

  - 48 -  

 

 

(6)         if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Notes of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.2 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;

 

(7)         any addition to or change in the Events of Default which apply to any Notes of the series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such Notes to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.2 ; and

 

(8)         any addition to or change in the covenants set forth in Article III .

 

The form of the Notes of such series, as set forth in Exhibit A , may be modified to reflect such matters as so established in such Notes Supplemental Indenture.

 

Such matters may also be established in a Notes Supplemental Indenture for any Additional Notes issued hereunder that are to be of the same series as any Notes previously issued hereunder. Notes that have the same terms described in the foregoing clauses (1) though (8) will be treated as the same series, unless otherwise designated by the Issuer.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into the Note Supplemental Indenture on the Issue Date without notice to or the consent of any Holder to provide for the issuance of the Initial Notes.

 

SECTION 2.3.           Form of Execution and Authentication . An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature of the Trustee shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000 and (ii) subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 3.3 , one or more series of Notes (“ Additional Notes ”)(which may be of the same series as any Notes previously issued hereunder, or a different series), for original issue after the Issue Date (such Notes to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 ) in an unlimited amount, in each case upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer (an “ Authentication Order ”). In addition, each such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the securities are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding on the date of authentication, and shall further specify the amount of such Notes to be issued as Global Notes or Definitive Notes. Such Notes shall initially be in the form of one or more Global Notes, which (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Notes to be issued or (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

 

  - 49 -  

 

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

SECTION 2.4.           Registrar and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (including any co-registrar, the “ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without prior notice to any Holder of a Note. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing and the Trustee shall notify the Holders of the Notes of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions hereof that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.6 .

 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Notes Custodian with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.5.           Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by such Paying Agent to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. If the Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes all money held by it as Paying Agent.

 

SECTION 2.6.           Lists of Holders of the Notes . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders of the Notes. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders of the Notes, including the aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by each thereof.

 

  - 50 -  

 

 

SECTION 2.7.           Transfer and Exchange .

 

(a)           Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. Global Notes will be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes, subject to any applicable laws, only (i) if the Issuer delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that (A) the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or (B) the Depositary is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the Issuer fails to appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and the Depositary so requests. In any such case, the Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing that, upon surrender by the Participants and Indirect Participants of their interests in such Global Note, certificated Notes will be issued to each Person that such Participants, Indirect Participants and DTC jointly identify as being the beneficial owner of the related Notes; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect thereto and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.8 and 2.11 . Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.7 or Sections 2.8 or 2.11 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.7 . However, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in paragraph (b) or (c) below.

 

(b)           Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth in this Indenture to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with the applicable subparagraphs below.

 

(i)           Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect thereto, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this subparagraph (i) unless specifically stated above.

 

  - 51 -  

 

 

 

(ii)          All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.7(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

 

(a)          (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(2)         instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

 

(b)          (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(2)         instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above;

 

provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect thereto and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.7(k) hereof.

 

(iii)         Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of subparagraph (ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

  - 52 -  

 

 

(A)         if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)         if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note or a Regulation S Permanent Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(C)         if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in an IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(c) thereof.

 

(iv)         Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.7(b)(ii) above and:

 

(A)         such transfer is effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

 

(B)         the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an opinion of counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

  - 53 -  

 

 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests exchanged or transferred pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above.

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)           Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

 

(i)           Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.7(a) , if any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)         if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(B)         if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)         if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)         if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (C) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(c) thereof; or

 

(E)         if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof,

 

  - 54 -  

 

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to paragraph (k) below, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the certificate a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this subparagraph (i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

Notwithstanding Section 2.7(c)(i)(A) and (C) above, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect thereto and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

 

(ii)          Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.7(a) , a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 

(A)         such transfer is effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

 

(B)         the Registrar receives the following:

 

(i)          if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(ii)         if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an opinion of counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

  - 55 -  

 

 

(iii)         Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.7(a) , if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in subparagraph (b)(ii) above, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to paragraph (k) below, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the certificate a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this subparagraph (c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this subparagraph (c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(d)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

 

(i)           Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)         if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B)         if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)         if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)         if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (C) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(c) thereof; or

 

  - 56 -  

 

 

(E)         if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in the case of clause (D) above, the IAI Global Note.

 

(ii)          Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(a)          if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

(b)          if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.7(d)(ii) , if the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an opinion of counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this subparagraph (d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(e)           Transfer and Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

  - 57 -  

 

 

If any such exchange or transfer from an Unrestricted Definitive Note or a Restricted Definitive Note, as the case may be, to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.3 , the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes, as the case may be, so transferred.

 

(f)           Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this paragraph (f), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this paragraph (f).

 

(g)           Transfer of Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . (i) Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)         if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)         if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(C)         if the transfer will be made to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (B) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(c) thereof; or

 

(D)         if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including, if the Issuer so requests, a certification or opinion of counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

  - 58 -  

 

 

(ii)          Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

 

(A)         any such transfer is effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

 

(B)         the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B), if the Issuer so requests, an opinion of counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(h)           Transfer of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(i)           Private Placement Legend .

 

(A)         Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note (other than an Unrestricted Global Note) and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(B)         Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (e) or (g)(ii) of this Section 2.7 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(j)           Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear the Global Note Legend.

 

  - 59 -  

 

 

(k)           Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(l)           General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

 

(i)          To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order.

 

(ii)         No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.3 , 2.11 , 3.7 , 3.9 and 5.8 ).

 

(iii)        Neither the Registrar nor the Trustee shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(iv)        All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits hereof, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(v)         Neither the Trustee, the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business on a Business Day 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(vi)        Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

  - 60 -  

 

 

(vii)       The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.3 .

 

(viii)      All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.7 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

(ix)         The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or Indirect Participants) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

(x)          Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

(xi)         The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Participant or Indirect Participant or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the books or records, or the acts or omissions, of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Participant or Indirect Participant or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the customary procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its Participants or Indirect Participants.

 

(xii)        The transferor of any Note shall provide or cause to be provided to the Trustee all information reasonably requested by the Trustee to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Section 6045 of the Code. The Trustee may rely on the information provided to it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such information.

 

(xiii)       In connection with any proposed transfer of Definitive Notes, there shall be provided to the Trustee all information reasonably requested by the Trustee to allow the Trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under Section 6045 of the Code. The Trustee may rely on the information provided to it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the accuracy of such information.

 

  - 61 -  

 

 

SECTION 2.8.           Replacement Notes .

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements for replacements of Notes are met. The Holder must supply indemnity or security sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent or any authenticating agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge for their fees and expenses in replacing a Note including amounts to cover any tax, assessment, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto.

 

Every replacement Note is an obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued here under.

 

SECTION 2.9.           Outstanding Notes .

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.9 as not outstanding.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8 , it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 3.1 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue.

 

Subject to Section 2.10 , a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

 

SECTION 2.10.          Treasury Notes . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so considered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company pursuant to an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company until legal title to such Notes passes to the Company, such Subsidiary or such Affiliate, as the case may be. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any known by the Issuer to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer, and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept and rely upon such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any determination.

 

  - 62 -  

 

 

SECTION 2.11.          Temporary Notes . Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer and the Trustee consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes.

 

SECTION 2.12.          Cancellation . The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of all canceled Notes in its customary manner (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act). The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

SECTION 2.13.          Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest . Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.2 , interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.4 .

 

Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by such Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

 

  - 63 -  

 

 

(a)          The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names such Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee) of the proposed payment (the “ Special Interest Payment Date ”), and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Issuer shall fix a record date (the “ Special Record Date ”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of such Special Record Date and shall, or at the written request and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.1 , not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names such Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b) .

 

(b)          The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (b) , such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

SECTION 2.14.          CUSIP and ISIN Numbers . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use). The Trustee shall not be responsible for the use of CUSIP and ISIN numbers, and the Trustee makes no representation as to their correctness as printed on any Note or notice to Holders. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Covenants

 

SECTION 3.1.           Payment of Notes . The Issuer shall promptly pay, or cause to be paid, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

  - 64 -  

 

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuer may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

 

SECTION 3.2.           Reports .

 

(a)          So long as any notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)         (A) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the first fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, annual audited financial statements for such fiscal year, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to the periods presented prepared in accordance with GAAP and a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s independent registered accounting firm and (B) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary (except F&G Re)), within 5 days following the date such form is filed with the Insurance Regulatory Authority of such Insurance Subsidiary’s jurisdiction of legal domicile, the audited Annual Statement of such Insurance Subsidiary that is not itself a Subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary as of the end of such fiscal year and for the fiscal year then ended, in the form filed with such Insurance Regulatory Authority;

 

(2)         (A) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company (or (x) 60 days with respect to the fiscal quarters ending March 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013 and (y) 75 days with respect to the first fiscal quarter ending after the Acquisition Date), beginning with such fiscal quarter ending after the Issue Date, unaudited financial statements for the interim period as of, and for the period ending on, the end of such quarter, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” with respect to the periods presented prepared in accordance with GAAP and (B) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary), beginning with the first fiscal quarter of such Insurance Subsidiary ending after the Issue Date, within 5 days following the date such form is filed with the Insurance Regulatory Authority of such Insurance Subsidiary’s jurisdiction of legal domicile, a Quarterly Statement of such Insurance Subsidiary that is not itself a Subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary as of the end of such fiscal quarter and for the fiscal quarter then ended, in the form filed with such Insurance Regulatory Authority; and

 

  - 65 -  

 

 

(3)         within five days of the time period specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K by the SEC, current reports containing information substantially similar to the information that would be required to be filed in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act on the Issue Date pursuant to Sections 1 and 4, Items 2.01, 2.03, 5.01, 5.02(a)(1) (with respect to independent directors only), 5.02(b) (with respect to officers and independent directors only), 5.02(c)(1) and (3), 5.02 (d)(1 ), (2), (3) and (4) (in each case, with respect to independent directors only) and 5.03(b) of Form 8-K (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, financial statements and exhibits that would be required pursuant to Item 9.01 of Form 8-K, other than financial statements and pro forma financial information required pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of Item 9.01 of Form 8-K (in each case relating to transactions required to be reported pursuant to Item 2.01 of Form 8-K) to the extent available (as determined by the Company in Good Faith)) if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that no such current report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to Holders or the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such disclosure would otherwise cause material competitive harm to the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided , that such nondisclosure shall be limited only to those specific provisions that would cause material competitive harm and not the occurrence of the event itself.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Company will not be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports required by (i) Section 302, Section 404 or Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K, (ii) Regulation G or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC with respect to any non-generally accepted accounting principles financial measures contained therein, (iii) Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X or (iv) Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X, (b) such reports will not be required to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors or Subsidiaries whose securities are pledged to secure the Notes contemplated by Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, and (c) such reports shall not be required to present compensation or beneficial ownership information.

 

If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, either individually or collectively, would otherwise have been a Significant Subsidiary, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph shall include a summary presentation, in the footnotes to the financial statements, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that they will make available to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon the request of such Holders, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act to the extent such Notes constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

  - 66 -  

 

 

The Company shall maintain a website to which all of the reports and press releases required by this Section 3.2 are posted and made available to Holders, prospective investors that certify that they are qualified institutional buyers (or Non-U.S. Persons or Institutional Accredited Investors that are eligible to purchase the Notes), securities analysts and market makers (unless such reports are otherwise filed with the SEC).

 

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

The Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been posted on the Company’s website.

 

(b)          So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will also use its reasonable best efforts to:

 

(1)         within 15 business days after providing the annual and quarterly information required pursuant to clause (1) of Section 3.2(a) (or such earlier time as the Company determines), hold a conference call (the “ Company Conference Call ”) to discuss the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; and

 

(2)         issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no fewer than three business days prior to the proposed date of the Company Conference Call, announcing the time and date of the Company Conference Call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Holders, prospective investors that certify that they are qualified institutional buyers (or Non-U.S. Persons or Institutional Accredited Investors that are eligible to purchase the Notes), securities analysts and market makers to contact the appropriate person at the Company to obtain such information. The Company Conference Call may be part of or separate from any earnings or similar conference call relating to the financial results of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as long as such call otherwise meets the requirements of the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) .

 

Notwithstanding the time periods set forth above, the Company Conference Call may be held following any similar financial reporting call of any direct or indirect parent of the Company discussing the Company’s results of operations; provided that the failure of such parent to a hold such a call shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to use reasonable best efforts to hold a Company Conference Call during the relevant reporting period (it being understood such a call and provision of a related press release may occur after the time periods set forth above).

 

(c)          In addition, if at any time any direct or indirect parent company of the Company guarantees the Notes (there being no obligation of any such parent to do so), such entity holds no material assets other than cash, cash equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company (and performs the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and would comply with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be furnished to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.2 may, at the option of the Company, be furnished by and be those of such parent rather than the Company.

 

  - 67 -  

 

 

(d)          Any and all Defaults or Events of Default arising from a failure to furnish or file in a timely manner a report required by this Section 3.2 shall be deemed cured (and the Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with this Section 3.2 ) upon furnishing or filing such report or certification as contemplated by this Section 3.2 (but without regard to the date on which such report or certification is so furnished or filed); provided that such cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the holders described pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof hereunder if the principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest have been accelerated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such acceleration has not been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure.

 

SECTION 3.3.           Limitation on Indebtedness .

 

(a)          The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Issuer and any Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 

(b)          The provisions of Section 3.3(a) shall not apply to the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

 

(i)          Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Credit Facilities (including the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at the time of Incurrence that does not exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 1% of Total Assets;

 

(ii)         Indebtedness of the Issuer evidenced by the Notes (other than Additional Notes) and Indebtedness of Guarantors evidenced by the Guarantees relating to the Notes (other than Additional Notes);

 

(iii)        Guarantees by (x) the Issuer or a Guarantor (including any Restricted Subsidiary the Company elects to cause to become a Guarantor in connection therewith) of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable and (y) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

  - 68 -  

 

 

 

(iv)        Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however ,

 

(A)         if the Issuer is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes;

 

(B)         if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantees of such Guarantor; and

 

(C)         (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and (2) any subsequent sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be;

 

(v)         any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) ) outstanding on the Issue Date, and any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described under clause (ii) , this clause (v) or clauses (vi) or (xviii) or Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(a) ;

 

(vi)        Indebtedness (i) of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors Incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business or Person and (ii) of Persons Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, or merged or consolidated with or into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided , however , that at the time such Person is acquired by, or merged or consolidated with or into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (vi) , either (x) the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.3(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

  - 69 -  

 

 

(vii)       Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations; provided , however , that such Hedging Obligations are entered into to fix, manage or hedge interest rate or currency exposure of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes;

 

(viii)      the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations), incurred for the purpose of financing or reimbursing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of the acquisition, development, construction, purchase, lease, repair, addition or improvement of property (real or personal), plant, equipment or other fixed or capital assets that are used or useful in a Related Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets (in each case, incurred within 365 days of such acquisition, development, construction, purchase, lease, repair, addition or improvement) and all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any such Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (viii) , will not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(ix)         Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety, appeal and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) or security deposits, letters of credit, banker’s guarantees or banker’s acceptances, in each case in the ordinary course of business (including letters of credit issued in connection with reinsurance transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business);

 

(x)          Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Company or any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Capital Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

 

(xi)         Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument, including, but not limited to, electronic transfers, wire transfers and commercial card payments drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business (except in the form of committed or uncommitted lines of credit); provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of Incurrence;

 

(xii)        Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with third party insurance premium financing arrangements;

 

  - 70 -  

 

 

(xiii)       Indebtedness owed to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arise in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to provide treasury services or to manage cash balances of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(xiv)      guarantees to suppliers or licensors (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xv)       Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the Net Proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease the Notes in accordance with Article VIII ;

 

(xvi)      Indebtedness in connection with Permitted Transactions entered into by Insurance Subsidiaries or by the Company or the Issuer in connection with Investments permitted by clause (18) of the definition of “Permitted Investment”;

 

(xvii)     Non-Recourse Debt of Insurance Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business resulting from the sale or securitization of non-admitted assets, policy loans, CBOs and CMOs;

 

(xviii)    Any Contribution Debt;

 

(xix)       Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xix) and then outstanding, will not exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding; and

 

(xx)        in addition to the items referred to in clauses (i)  through (xix)  above, Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xx)  and then outstanding, will not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding.

 

(c)          For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 3.3 :

 

(i)          in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 3.3(b) or could be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3(a) , the Company, in its sole discretion, may divide and classify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) on the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 3.3 and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness once; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Acquisition Date (after giving effect to the Transactions) will, at all times, be treated as incurred on the Acquisition Date under clause (i) of the second paragraph above and may not be reclassified;

 

  - 71 -  

 

 

(ii)         Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit or banker’s acceptances related thereto relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

(iii)        the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Issuer or a Guarantor, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

 

(iv)        Indebtedness permitted by this Section 3.3 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 3.3 permitting such Indebtedness; and

 

(v)         the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.3 . The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable-in-kind, (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness, (iii) in the case of the guarantee by a specified Person of Indebtedness of another Person, the maximum liability to which the specified Person may be subject upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation and (iv) in the case of Indebtedness of others guaranteed solely by means of a Lien on any asset or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and not to their other assets or properties generally), the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value of such asset or property on the date on which such Indebtedness is Incurred and (y) the amount of the Indebtedness so secured.

 

(d)          For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.3 , the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing.

 

  - 72 -  

 

 

SECTION 3.4.           Limitation on Restricted Payments .

 

(a)          Unless the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio as of the last day of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available that immediately precedes the date of any Restricted Payment, calculated immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment and any related transactions on a pro forma basis, is equal to or less than 17.5%, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 

(i)          declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than:

 

(A)         dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Company; and

 

(B)         dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary payable to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of any series or class of Capital Stock on a pro rata basis in respect of such series or class or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of a greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis);

 

(ii)         purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock));

 

(iii)        make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations other than the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition of such Subordinated Obligations in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition; or

 

  - 73 -  

 

 

(iv)        make any Restricted Investment

 

(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) (other than any exception thereto) shall be referred to as a “ Restricted Payment ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(1)         no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom);

 

(2)         immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 3.3(a) hereof; (2) the Aggregate RBC Ratio exceeds 300%; and (3) with respect to F&G Re, the Total Shareholders’ Equity of F&G Re is equal to or greater than 60% of the Total Shareholders’ Equity of F&G Re as of the Acquisition Date;

 

(3)         the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Acquisition Date (excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xvii) and (xix) of Section 3.4(b) ) would not exceed the sum of, without duplication:

 

(A)         50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company during the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning with the first day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter in which the Acquisition Date occurs to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

 

(B)         100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions subsequent to the Acquisition Date (other than any capital contributions made in connection with the Transactions), other than Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination; plus

 

  - 74 -  

 

 

(C)         the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange subsequent to the Acquisition Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the Fair Market Value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); plus

 

(D)         100% of the Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash and marketable securities from the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made after the Acquisition Date and redemptions and repurchases of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayment of Restricted Investments in the form of loans or advances from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and releases of Guarantees that constitute Restricted Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in each case to the extent the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to Section 3.4(b)(xi) ); plus

 

(E)         100% of the Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash and marketable securities received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Acquisition Date from the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 3.4(b)(xi) or (xvi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment); plus

 

(F)         to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company designated as such after the Acquisition Date is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company merges into or consolidates with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Unrestricted Subsidiary transfers, dividends or distributes assets to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Acquisition Date, the Fair Market Value of such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or such merger or consolidation, or in the case of the transfer, dividend or distribution of assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of such assets of the Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, consolidation or transfer, dividend or distribution of assets (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 3.4(b)(xi) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment); plus

 

  - 75 -  

 

 

(G)         $250.0 million.

 

(b)          The provisions of Section 3.4(a) hereof shall not prohibit

 

(i)          any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations or any Restricted Investment made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a contribution to the common equity capital of the Company or the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than (x) Disqualified Stock and (y) Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided , however , that the Net Cash Proceeds from such contribution or sale of Capital Stock shall be excluded from Section 3.4(a)(3)(B) ;

 

(ii)         any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent Incurrence of Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

(iii)        any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such Disqualified Stock is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof;

 

(iv)        dividends paid or redemptions made within 60 days after the date of declaration or the giving of the redemption notice if at such date of declaration or notice such dividend or redemption would have complied with this provision;

 

(v)         the purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition (including by cancellation of indebtedness), cancellation or retirement for value of or payment in respect of (or payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund any such purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value) Capital Stock, or options, warrants, equity appreciation rights or other rights to purchase or acquire Capital Stock, of any direct or indirect parent of the Company or the Company held by any existing or former employees, management or directors of or consultants to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with the repurchase or payment provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other compensatory agreements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company as applicable, or the compensation committee thereof; provided that such purchases, repurchases, redemptions, acquisitions, cancellations or retirements pursuant to this clause (v) will not exceed $3.0 million in the aggregate during any calendar year (with any unused amounts in a given calendar year being available in succeeding calendar years so long as the amount does not exceed $6.0 million in any given calendar year); provided that amount in any calendar year (with any unused amounts in a given calendar year being available in succeeding calendar years) may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

  - 76 -  

 

 

(A)         the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to, or capital contributions by, existing or former employees or members of management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Acquisition Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock or capital contributions have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments (provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sales or contributions shall be excluded from Section 3.4(a)(3)(B) ); plus

 

(B)         the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Acquisition Date relating to the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiaries’ key persons who are so insured; less

 

(C)         the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the Net Cash Proceeds described in the clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v) ;

 

provided that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any existing or former employees, management, directors or consultants of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary, or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 3.4 or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

(vi)        (A) the accrual, declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges and payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock when due at final maturity in accordance with its terms and (B) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Issue Date; provided that (i) the aggregate amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the common equity capital of Company from the sale of such Preferred Stock and (ii) the amount of cash used to make any payments pursuant to this clause (B) shall be excluded from calculations pursuant to Section 3.4(a)(3)(B) and shall not be used for the purpose of any other Restricted Payment;

 

  - 77 -  

 

 

(vii)       repurchases or other acquisitions of Capital Stock deemed to occur (i) upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, restricted stock units or other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or conversion price thereof or (ii) in connection with withholdings or similar taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director or officer;

 

(viii)      the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligations in accordance with provisions applicable thereto similar to those described under Sections 3.7 and 3.9 hereof; provided that, prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuer has made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, under this Indenture and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, under this Indenture;

 

(ix)         cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company or other exchanges of securities of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company;

 

(x)          the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations with Unutilized Excess Proceeds remaining after an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof;

 

(xi)         beginning with the calendar year commencing on January 1, 2014, other Restricted Payments not to exceed $30.0 million in the aggregate in any one calendar year;

 

(xii)        the purchase of fractional shares of Capital Stock of the Company arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or mergers, consolidations or other acquisitions;

 

(xiii)       in connection with any acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the receipt or acceptance of the return to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Capital Stock of the Company constituting a portion of the purchase price consideration in settlement of indemnification claims or as a result of a purchase price adjustment (including earn outs or similar obligations);

 

(xiv)      the distribution of rights pursuant to any shareholder rights plan or the redemption of such for nominal consideration in accordance with the terms of any shareholder rights plan;

 

(xv)       payments or distributions to stockholders pursuant to appraisal rights required under applicable law in connection with any merger, consolidation or other acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  - 78 -  

 

 

(xvi)      the distribution or transfer, as a dividend, Investment or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalents);

 

(xvii)     payments made to any direct or indirect parent of the Company (A) (i) to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay administrative expenses and corporate overhead, franchise fees, public company costs (including SEC and auditing fees) and customary director fees; (ii) to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay premiums and deductibles in respect of directors and officers insurance policies and umbrella excess insurance policies obtained from third-party insurers and indemnities for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees, and (iii) to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering or any unsuccessful acquisition or strategic transaction by such direct or indirect parent of the Company and (B) to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay (1) any taxes measured by income incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Company, but only to the extent such taxes are attributable to the Company and its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the amount of such taxes that would be payable by the Company and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis if the Company had filed a consolidated return on behalf of an affiliated group (as defined in Section 1504 of the Code or any analogous provision of state, local or foreign law) including its Subsidiaries of which it were the common parent and (2) franchise and excise taxes, fees and other similar taxes and expenses required to maintain its existence; provided that any payments pursuant to this clause (B) in any period not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income shall be deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period (and shall be deemed to be a provision for taxes for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such period);

 

(xviii)    any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates in connection therewith;

 

(xix)       the payment by the Company of, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay, dividends on the common stock or equity of the Company or any such direct or indirect parent following a public offering of such common stock or equity after the Issue Date in an amount not to exceed in any fiscal year 6% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company (whether directly, or indirectly through a contribution to common equity capital by any direct or indirect parent of the Company) in or from such public offering; and

 

(xx)        the declaration and payment of dividends as described in the “Use of Proceeds” section included in the Offering Memorandum.

 

provided , however , that at the time of and after giving effect to any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (v) , (viii) and (xix) , no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

  - 79 -  

 

 

(c)          The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount and any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined conclusively in Good Faith by the Company.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 3.4 , in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (i) through (xix) of Section 3.4(b) , or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 3.4(a) , the Company shall be entitled to divide and classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment in any manner that complies with this Section 3.4 .

 

If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary makes a Restricted Investment or a Permitted Investment and the Person in which such Investment was made subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent such Investment resulted in a reduction of the amounts calculated under Section 3.4(a) or any other provision of this Section 3.4 or the definition of Permitted Investment (which was not subsequently reversed), then such amount shall be increased by the amount of such reduction to the extent of the lesser of (x) the amount of such Investment and (y) the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(d)          The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “Investment”. Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 3.5.           Limitation on Liens . The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, that secures Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries without effectively providing that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or, if the Indebtedness to be secured by the Lien is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee, prior to) the Indebtedness so secured for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

 

  - 80 -  

 

 

With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time such Indebtedness was Incurred, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “ Increased Amount ” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on preferred stock in the form of additional shares of preferred stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (vii) of the definition of “Indebtedness.”

 

SECTION 3.6.           Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries .

 

(a)          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create or otherwise cause or permit to exist any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(i)          pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock);

 

(ii)         make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or

 

(iii)        sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3.6(a) ).

 

(b)          The restrictions in Section 3.6(a) shall not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(i)          any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees in effect on such date;

 

(ii)         any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Person or assets pursuant to an agreement in effect on or before the date on which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by, merged into or consolidated with the Company or in contemplation of the transaction) or such assets were acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any Person or the assets or property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the Person and its Subsidiaries or the assets and property so acquired and that, in the case of Indebtedness, was permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this Indenture;

 

  - 81 -  

 

 

(iii)        any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3.6(b) or this clause (iii) or contained in any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or Refinancing of an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3.6(b) or this clause (iii) ; provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement are no less favorable (as determined in Good Faith by the Company) in any material respect, taken as a whole, to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreements referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 3.6(b) on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary, whichever is applicable;

 

(iv)        in the case of Section 3.6(a)(iii) , encumbrances or restrictions arising in connection with Liens permitted to be Incurred under the provisions of Section 3.5 hereof that apply only to the assets subject to such Liens;

 

(v)         purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case, that impose restrictions of the nature described in Section 3.6(a)(iii) on the property so acquired;

 

(vi)        contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(vii)       restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or lessors or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(viii)      any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ix)         encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation, order, permit or grant, including for the avoidance of doubt, any encumbrance or restriction on any Insurance Subsidiary by any governmental authority having the power to regulate such Insurance Subsidiary;

 

  - 82 -  

 

 

(x)          encumbrances or restrictions contained in or arising under indentures or debt instruments or other debt arrangements Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof that are not more restrictive, taken as a whole (as determined in Good Faith by the Company), than those applicable to the Company in this Indenture on the Issue Date;

 

(xi)         encumbrances or restrictions contained in or arising under indentures or other debt instruments or other debt arrangements Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by the Company or any Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof or contained or arising in connection with any Reinsurance Agreement or Statutory Reserve Financing or agreement entered into by an Insurance Subsidiary or Special Purpose Subsidiary; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially adversely affect the Issuer’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes or are otherwise customary for financings or arrangements of that type (in each case, as determined in Good Faith by the Company);

 

(xii)        restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase or other agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party and entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(xiii)       customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements;

 

(xiv)      customary provisions contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(xv)       any instrument governing any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary as in effect on the date that such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person who became a Restricted Subsidiary or the property or assets of the Person who became a Restricted Subsidiary, and was not entered into in contemplation of the designation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that in the case of Indebtedness, the incurrence of such Indebtedness as a result of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary was permitted by the terms of this Indenture.

 

  - 83 -  

 

 

SECTION 3.7.           Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock .

 

(a)          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition following the Issue Date unless :

 

(i)          the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined as of the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the assets subject to such Asset Disposition; and

 

(ii)         at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

 

The Company shall determine the Fair Market Value of any consideration from such Asset Disposition that is not cash or Cash Equivalents.

 

(b)          Any Net Available Cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Asset Disposition shall be applied at the Company’s election:

 

(x) to prepay, repay or repurchase secured Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or to prepay, repay or repurchase any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is not expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Issuer, or the Guarantees, in the case of a Guarantor and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

(y) to repay, prepay or repurchase Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, or

 

(z) to reinvest in or acquire assets (including Capital Stock or other securities purchased in connection with the acquisition of Capital Stock or property of another Person that is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or that would constitute a Permitted Investment under clause (2) of the definition thereof) used or useful in a Related Business.

 

  - 84 -  

 

 

(c)          All Net Available Cash that is not applied or invested (or committed pursuant to a written agreement to be applied or invested) as provided in subclauses (x) , (y) or (z) of the preceding paragraph within 365 days after receipt (or in the case of any amount committed to be so applied or reinvested, which are not actually so applied or reinvested within 180 days following such 365 day period) will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” Within 30 days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Issuer will make an offer (“ Asset Disposition Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The Issuer may make an Asset Disposition Offer under this section using Net Available Cash prior to the time any such Net Available Cash becomes Excess Proceeds, in which case such Net Available Cash shall be deemed to have been applied within the time frame required by this Section 3.7 . The offer price in any Asset Disposition Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on any record date to receive payments of interest on the related Interest Payment Date), and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Disposition Offer (“ Unutilized Excess Proceeds ”), the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Disposition Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

(d)         The Asset Disposition Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Asset Disposition Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “ Asset Disposition Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to this Section 3.7 (the “ Asset Disposition Offer Amount ”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer.

 

(i)        On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes or portions of Notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, in each case in minimum denominations of $1,000 (except that no Note shall be purchased in part if the remaining principal amount would be less than $2,000). The Issuer or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof.

 

  - 85 -  

 

 

(e)         For the purposes of this Section 3.7 , the following are deemed to be Cash Equivalents: (x) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the Notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (including, without limitation, liabilities relating to insurance products); (y) any Notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such transferee that are converted within 180 days by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received); and (z) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined in Good Faith by the Company), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (z)  that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $25.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

 

(f)          The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 3.7 . To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 3.7 , the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.7 .

 

(g)         Pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash, the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce revolving indebtedness under any Debt Facility or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in Cash Equivalents.

 

SECTION 3.8.           Limitation on Affiliate Transactions .

 

(a)         The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving payments of consideration in excess of $5.0 million unless:

 

(i)          the terms of such Affiliate Transaction, when viewed together with any related Affiliate Transactions, are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not an Affiliate; and

 

  - 86 -  

 

 

(ii)         in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company (and such majority determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (i) above).

 

(b)         The provisions of Section 3.8(a) shall not apply to:

 

(i)          any (x) Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof and (y) Permitted Investment in any Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely as a result of the ownership of Investments in such Person by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(ii)         any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Company pursuant to restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans, pension plans or similar plans or agreements or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or the compensation committee thereof;

 

(iii)        loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not in excess of $2.0 million (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan);

 

(iv)        any transaction between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries, and any Guarantees issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(v)         the payment of reasonable and customary compensation (including fees, benefits, severance, change of control payments and incentive arrangements) to, and employee benefit arrangements, including, without limitation, split-dollar insurance policies, and indemnity or similar arrangements provided on behalf of, directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, whether by charter, bylaw, statutory or contractual provisions;

 

(vi)        the existence of, and the performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time; provided , however , that any future amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal entered into after the Issue Date shall be permitted to the extent that its terms, taken as a whole, are not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect, as determined in Good Faith by the Company, than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date;

 

  - 87 -  

 

 

(vii)       any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders, as determined in Good Faith by the Company, when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition or merger);

 

(viii)      insurance transactions, intercompany pooling and other reinsurance transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ix)         any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness is placed with Persons who are not Affiliates and payments of principal and interest on such Indebtedness;

 

(x)          arrangements for indemnification payments for directors and officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

 

(xi)         any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to the Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(xii)        payments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Affiliate for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are on arms’-length terms and are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company in Good Faith;

 

(xiii)      any transaction pursuant to which any Permitted Holder provides the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, at cost, with services, including services to be purchased from third-party providers, such as legal and accounting, tax, consulting, financial advisory, corporate governance, insurance coverage and other services which transaction is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof in Good Faith;

 

(xiv)      transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable taken as a whole than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms’ length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate;

 

  - 88 -  

 

 

(xv)       transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint ventures, joint venture partners, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or purchasers or sellers of goods and services and Investments by any Insurance Subsidiary in accordance with clause (18) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”, in each case in the ordinary course of business (as determined by the Company in Good Faith) and on terms no less favorable than that available from non-affiliates (as determined by the Company in Good Faith) and otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(xvi)      any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

(xvii)     the payment of all fees and expenses in connection with the offering of the Notes;

 

(xviii)    any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (otherwise permitted by this Indenture) with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of (a) reorganizing to facilitate an initial public offering of securities of the Company or a direct or indirect parent of the Company, (b) forming or collapsing a holding company structure or (c) reincorporating the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a new jurisdiction;

 

(xix)       transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because one or more of its directors is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

 

(xx)        any transaction entered into by an Insurance Subsidiary for which approval has been received from the applicable Insurance Regulatory Authority; provided that any direct involvement of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Insurance Subsidiary) in such transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable taken as a whole than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms’ length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate, as determined by the Company in Good Faith;

 

(xxi)       the entry by the Company (and any direct or indirect parent company thereof) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries into tax sharing agreements providing for payments consistent with Section 3.4(b)(xvii)(B) and 3.4(b)(xv) and the making of any such payments pursuant thereto ;

 

(xxii)      the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year) and any termination fees (including any such cash lump sum or present value fee upon the consummation of a corporate event, including an initial public equity offering) pursuant to any Investment Management Agreement;

 

  - 89 -  

 

 

(xxiii)      (a) investments by Permitted Holders in securities or loans of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms, and (b) payments to Permitted Holders in respect of securities or loans of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing subclause (a) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities or loans; and

 

(xxiv)    the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses.

 

SECTION 3.9.           Change of Control .

 

(a)         If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as described under paragraph 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture and all conditions precedent applicable to such redemption have been satisfied, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no Note may be tendered in part if the remaining principal amount would be less than $2,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

 

(b)         Prior to or within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes under paragraph 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer shall mail a notice (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder or otherwise give notice in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

 

(i)          that a Change of Control Offer is being made and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by the Issuer at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date) (the “ Change of Control Payment ”);

 

(ii)         the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or otherwise delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

 

  - 90 -  

 

 

(iii)        the procedures determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Indenture, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased;

 

(iv)        that any Notes not tendered will continue to accrue interest in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

(v)         that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(vi)        that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is unconditionally withdrawing its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(vii)       If such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and

 

(viii)      that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(c)         On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful:

 

(i)          accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (in principal amounts of $2,000 or larger integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(ii)         deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes validly tendered; and

 

(iii)        deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Issuer.

 

(d)         The Paying Agent shall promptly submit electronically or mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate will be required for the Trustee to authenticate or deliver such new Note) equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

  - 91 -  

 

 

(e)         The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption for all of the outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to this Indenture unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the proposed Redemption Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer.

 

(f)          The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations thereunder in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

 

SECTION 3.10.          Future Guarantors .

 

(a)         The Company shall cause (i) each Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) that is formed or acquired following the Issue Date and (ii) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that guarantees any Capital Market Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall fully and unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest in respect of the Notes and all other obligations under this Indenture, on the terms set forth in Article X . In addition, the Company may cause any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor so to guarantee payment of the Notes and become a Guarantor.

 

SECTION 3.11.          Effectiveness of Covenants .

 

(a)         After the Issue Date, following the first day: (i) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies; and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture; the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 3.3 , 3.4 , 3.6 , 3.7 , 3.8 , 3.10 and 4.1(a)(iv) (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”). Additionally, upon the commencement of a Suspension Period (as defined below), the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.

 

  - 92 -  

 

 

(b)          If at any time the Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating Agency, then the Suspended Covenants shall thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “ Reinstatement Date ”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating); provided , however , that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist or have occurred under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reinstatement Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “ Suspension Period ”.

 

(c)         On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 3.3(b)(iv) . In addition, for purposes of Section 3.8 hereof, all agreements and arrangements entered into by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate of the Company during the Suspension Period prior to such Reinstatement Date will be deemed to have been entered into on or prior to the Issue Date and for purposes of Section 3.6 hereof all contracts entered into during the Suspension Period prior to such Reinstatement Date that contain any of the restrictions contemplated by such covenant will be deemed to have been existing on the Issue Date. Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.4 hereof will be made as though such Section 3.4 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under such Section 3.4 to the extent such Restricted Payments were not otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (xix) of Section 3.4(b) hereof; provided that the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments on the Reinstatement Date pursuant to the first paragraph shall not be reduced below zero solely as a result of such Restricted Payments made during a Suspension Period.

 

(d)         During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture, unless such designation would have complied with Section 3.4 hereof as if such Section 3.4 would have been in effect during such period.

 

  - 93 -  

 

 

(e)          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying the Trustee of any Reinstatement Date or the commencement of any Suspension Period and certifying that such suspension or reinstatement complied with the foregoing provisions, and in no event shall the Trustee be charged with the knowledge of such Suspension Period or Reinstatement Date, except to the extent that a Trust Officer has received such Officer’s Certificate. In the case of a Suspension Period such notice shall list the Suspended Covenants.

 

SECTION 3.12.          Compliance Certificate . The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (commencing with the fiscal year ending September 30, 2013, and after the Acquisition Date, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018) an Officer’s Certificate signed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer stating whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017, the Company shall deliver such Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year.

 

SECTION 3.13.          Statement by Officers as to Default . The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the knowledge thereof if such event is still continuing, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any Event of Default or any event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.1(a)(i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (v) , (viii) or (ix) , which shall include their status and what action the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof.

 

ARTICLE IV

Successor Company and Successor Guarantor

 

SECTION 4.1.           When the Issuer and the Company May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets .

 

(a)         Neither the Issuer nor the Company shall consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not the Issuer or the Company is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to, any Person unless :

 

(i)          if other than the Issuer or the Company, as applicable, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Company ”) shall be a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (and, in the case of the Company, Bermuda or the Cayman Islands);

 

(ii)         the Successor Company (if other than the Issuer or the Company) and, in the case of a Successor Company that is not a corporation, a corporate co-issuer, assumes all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture or the Company under its Guarantee and this Indenture, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documentation executed and delivered to the Trustee;

 

  - 94 -  

 

 

(iii)        immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Issuer, the Company, the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Company, the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(iv)        immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period:

 

(A)         the Company or the Successor Company of the Company, as applicable, would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.3(a) hereof; or

 

(B)         the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, would be greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transaction; and

 

(v)         each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (i) of Section 4.1(b) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes.

 

(b)         Without compliance with Sections 4.1(a)(iii) and (iv) :

 

(i)          any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor so long as no Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary is distributed to any Person other than the Issuer or a Guarantor, and

 

(ii)         the Issuer or the Company, as the case may be, may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer or the Company, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer or the Company, as the case may be, in another jurisdiction to realize tax or other benefits, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

(c)         Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.1(a) or 4.1(b) , as applicable, the Issuer or the Company, as the case may be, shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or the Company, as the case may be, under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Issuer will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes, and the Company will not be released from its obligations under its Guarantee.

 

  - 95 -  

 

 

(d)          Solely for the purpose of computing amounts under Sections 3.4(a)(3)(A) , (a)(3)(B) , (a)(3)(C) and (a)(3)(D) , the Successor Company shall only be deemed to have succeeded and be substituted for the Company with respect to periods subsequent to the effective time of such merger, consolidation, combination or transfer of assets.

 

SECTION 4.2.            When a Subsidiary Guarantor May Merge or Otherwise Dispose of Assets .

 

(a)         The Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not the Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to the Issuer or another Guarantor), unless :

 

(i)          if such entity remains a Subsidiary Guarantor, (A) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Guarantor ”) shall be a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States, the District of Columbia or any other territory thereof (and, in the case of the Intermediate Guarantor, Bermuda or the Cayman Islands); (B) the Successor Guarantor, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes in writing by supplemental indenture (and other applicable documents), executed and delivered to the Trustee all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee and this Indenture and (C) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(ii)         if such transaction constitutes an Asset Disposition, the transaction is made in compliance with Section 3.7 hereof (it being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time), to the extent applicable.

 

(b)         Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor or (ii) merge with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor in a State of the United States or the District of Columbia (and, in the case of the Intermediate Guarantor, Bermuda or the Cayman Islands), as long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

  - 96 -  

 

 

(c)          Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2(a) or (b) , the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and its Guarantee and the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, a Subsidiary Guarantor will not be released from its obligations under its Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE V

Redemption of Notes

 

SECTION 5.1.            Applicability of Article . Notes of or within any series that are redeemable in whole or in part before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, as contemplated by Section 2.2 ) in accordance with this Article V.

 

SECTION 5.2.            Right of Redemption .

 

(a)         Notes of any series may be redeemed, in whole at any time, or in part from time to time, subject to the conditions and in accordance with the provisions set forth in paragraph 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture.

 

(b)         In connection with any redemption of Notes (including with the Net Cash Proceeds of an Equity Offering), any such redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, consummation of any related Equity Offering. In addition, if such redemption or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date so delayed.

 

SECTION 5.3.            Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee of Optional Redemptions . If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 6 of the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree) before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 5.5 , an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (a) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture and or Notes Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (b) the Redemption Date, (c) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (d) the redemption price. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.4 .

 

  - 97 -  

 

 

SECTION 5.4.            Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed . Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2 , in the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on as nearly a pro rata basis as possible or by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the Applicable Procedures (subject to such rounding as may be necessary so that Notes are redeemed in whole increments of $1,000 and no Note of $2,000 in principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part), and in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note in accordance with Section 5.8 .

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 5.5.            Notice of Redemption . Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2 , the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to a date fixed for redemption (a “ Redemption Date ”), to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed; provided , however , that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII . At the Issuer’s written request, the Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 Business Days (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree) before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holder pursuant to this Section 5.5 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following paragraph.

 

All notices of redemption shall be prepared by the Issuer and shall state:

 

(a)         the Redemption Date,

 

(b)         the redemption price, if then determinable, and if not, then a method for determination, and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7 , if any,

 

  - 98 -  

 

 

(c)         if less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption,

 

(d)         in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder shall receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

 

(e)         that on the Redemption Date the redemption price (and accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.7 ) shall become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on Notes called for redemption (or the portion thereof) shall cease to accrue on and after said date,

 

(f)          the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price and accrued interest, if any,

 

(g)         the name and address of the Paying Agent,

 

(h)         that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price,

 

(i)          the CUSIP number, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and

 

(j)          the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 5.6.            Deposit of Redemption Price . By no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.5 ) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price.

 

SECTION 5.7.            Notes Payable on Redemption Date . Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date) (except as provided for in Section 5.2(b) ) and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Issuer at the redemption price, together with accrued interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

 

  - 99 -  

 

 

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

If a Redemption Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders whose Notes shall be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

 

SECTION 5.8.            Notes Redeemed in Part . Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.4 (with, if the Issuer so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuer shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Issuer, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered, provided that each such new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

ARTICLE VI

Defaults and Remedies

 

SECTION 6.1.            Events of Default .

 

(a)         Each of the following is an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”):

 

(i)          default in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due, and the such default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

(ii)         default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

 

(iii)        failure by the Issuer or the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 3.9 hereof or Article IV hereof;

 

(iv)        failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice as provided below with any of its obligations under the Notes or this Indenture (except as contained in clauses (a)(i) through (a)(iii) of this Section 6.1 );

 

  - 100 -  

 

 

(v)         the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries defaults under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default:

 

(A)         is caused by a failure to pay principal on such Indebtedness at its final stated maturity within the grace period provided in the agreements or instruments governing such Indebtedness (“ payment default ”); or

 

(B)         results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity;

 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more (or its foreign currency equivalent);

 

(vi)        the Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law (as defined below):

 

(A)         commences a voluntary case or proceeding with respect to itself;

 

(B)         consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

 

(C)         consents to the appointment of a Custodian (as defined below) of it or for substantially all of its property; or

 

(D)         makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

 

(vii)       a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)         is for relief against the Issuer, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case;

 

  - 101 -  

 

 

(B)         appoints a Custodian of the Issuer, the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for any substantial part of its property; or

 

(C)         orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer, the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited financial statements for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for any period of 60 consecutive days;

 

(viii)      failure by the Issuer, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (net of any amounts that are covered by insurance), which judgments remain unsatisfied or undischarged for any period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgments shall not be in effect; and

 

(ix)        any Guarantee of the Company, the Intermediate Parent Guarantor, the Intermediate Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture and the Guarantees) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor that is the Company, the Intermediate Parent Guarantor, Intermediate Guarantor or Significant Subsidiary or group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Guarantee, and the Company fails to cause such Restricted Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, to rescind such denials or disaffirmations within 30 days.

 

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a default under clause (iv) of this Section 6.1(a) shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes notify the Company or the Issuer of the default and the Company (or, in the case of Section 6.1(iii) or 6.1(iv) , the Issuer) does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (iv) of this Section 6.1(a) after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “ Notice of Default .”

 

  - 102 -  

 

 

The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

SECTION 6.2.            Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(vi) or (vii) with respect to the Company or the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2 , the Trustee by notice in writing specifying the Event of Default and that it is a “notice” to the Company or the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Company or the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall, subject to Section 6.4 , be immediately due and payable. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default set forth in Section 6.1(a)(v) above has occurred and is continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2 , such declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(v) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(vi) or (vii) with respect to the Company or the Issuer occurs and is continuing, unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2 , the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

SECTION 6.3.            Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture (including sums owed to the Trustee and its agents and counsel) and the Guarantees.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

  - 103 -  

 

 

SECTION 6.4.            Waiver of Past Defaults . Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2 , the Holders of a majority in principal amount outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes) Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences (except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium or interest on a Note) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

 

SECTION 6.5.            Control by Majority . Unless otherwise specified for Notes of any series in the applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture as contemplated by Section 2.2 , the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 , that the Trustee determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnity satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

SECTION 6.6.            Limitation on Suits . Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(i)          the Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(ii)         the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(iii)        such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(iv)        the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

  - 104 -  

 

 

(v)         the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.

 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

 

SECTION 6.7.            Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 6.8.            Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.6 .

 

SECTION 6.9.            Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6 . To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, either agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.6 hereof out of the estate in any proceeding shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holder may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in such proceeding.

 

  - 105 -  

 

 

SECTION 6.10.          Priorities . The Trustee shall pay out any money or property received by it in the following order:

 

First:       to the Trustee for amounts due to each of them under this Indenture ;

 

Second:  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

Third:      to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee receives any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor, or as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

 

SECTION 6.11.          Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuer, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE VII

Trustee

 

SECTION 7.1.            Duties of Trustee .

 

(a)         If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion, as applicable, against loss, liability or expense.

 

  - 106 -  

 

 

(b)         Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)          the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)         the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, as applicable. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)         The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)          this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

 

(ii)         the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer or Trust Officers unless it is proved in a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

(iii)        the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 ; and

 

(d)         The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

 

(e)         Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(f)          No provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(g)         Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

 

  - 107 -  

 

 

(h)         The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee, security, prefunding or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

SECTION 7.2.            Rights of Trustee .

 

(a)         The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond or any other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person or Persons. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)         Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(c)         The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

 

(d)         The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct, respectively, does not constitute willful misconduct or gross negligence as determined in a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(e)         The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes or the Guarantees in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f)          The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into any statement, warranty or representation, or the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond or other paper or document made or in connection with this Indenture; moreover, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into (i) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (ii) the occurrence of any default, or the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Indenture or any other agreement, instrument or document or (iii) the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

  - 108 -  

 

 

(g)         The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default of which a Trust Officer shall have (x) received written notification from the Issuer or Holders at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture or (y) obtained “actual knowledge.” “ Actual knowledge ” shall mean the actual fact or statement of knowing by a Trust Officer without independent investigation with respect thereto.

 

(h)         In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, punitive, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(i)          The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.

 

(j)          The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

 

(k)         The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

 

(l)          The Issuer shall provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change to its fiscal year.

 

SECTION 7.3.            Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, the Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.9 . In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuer; provided , however , that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

 

SECTION 7.4.            Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the Notes or the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication or for the use or application of any funds received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

 

  - 109 -  

 

 

SECTION 7.5.            Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder, notice of the Default within 90 days after the Trustee obtains such knowledge. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

SECTION 7.6.            Compensation and Indemnity . The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its services as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders and reasonable costs of counsel, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including Paying Agent, and Registrar), and each of their officers, directors, employees, counsel and agents, against any and all loss, liability or expense (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Notes or the Guarantees, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.6 ), the Notes or the Guarantees and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through its own willful misconduct or gross negligence as determined in a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. The right of the Trustee to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.6 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

The Issuer’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section and any lien arising hereunder shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(vi) or (vii) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Pursuant to Section 10.1 , the obligations of the Issuer hereunder are jointly and severally guaranteed by the Guarantors.

 

  - 110 -  

 

 

The obligation of the Issuer under this Section 7.6 shall survive satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.7.            Replacement of Trustee . The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if:

 

(i)          the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9 ;

 

(ii)         the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(iii)        a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(iv)        the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuer or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.6 .

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Issuer’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.9 , unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.7 , the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.8.            Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

  - 111 -  

 

 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

SECTION 7.9.            Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent filed annual report of condition.

 

ARTICLE VIII

Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

 

SECTION 8.1.            Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance .

 

(a)         When (i) (x) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (y) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of making a notice of redemption pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof or otherwise, or will become due and payable within one year or may be called for redemption within one year under arrangements pursuant to Article V and the Issuer or any Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to, but excluding, the date of maturity or redemption, as the case may be; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit (other than a default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing); (iii) the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Issuer on the date of deposit to the Trustee under this Indenture; and (iv) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be, then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.1(c) , cease to be of further effect.

 

  - 112 -  

 

 

(b)         Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Issuer at any time may at its option terminate ( i ) all of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and have each Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (“ legal defeasance option ”) or ( ii ) the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10 and 3.11 and the operation of Section 4.1(a)(iii) and (a)(iv) and Sections 6.1(a)(iii) (other than with respect to any Default under Section 3.12 or 3.13), 6.1(a)(iv), 6.1(a)(v), 6.1(a)(vi) (only with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), 6.1(a)(vii) (only with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries) and 6.1(a)(viii) (“ covenant defeasance option ”). The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuer terminates all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to such Notes) by exercising its legal defeasance option or their covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee of such Notes shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations.

 

If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(iii) (only with respect to the covenants subject to such covenant defeasance), 6.1(a)(iv) , 6.1(a)(v) , 6.1(a)(vi) (only with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(vii) (only with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or a group of consolidated Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(a)(viii) or 6.1(a)(ix) or because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 4.1(a)(iii) or (iv) .

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuer terminates.

 

(c)         Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.1(a) and (b) , the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.3 , 2.4 , 2.5 , 2.6 , 2.7 , 2.10 , 2.11 , 2.13 , 3.1 , 6.7 , 6.8 , 7.1 , 7.2 , 7.6 , 7.7 , 8.1(b) (with respect to legal defeasance), 8.3 , 8.4 , 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 6.7 , 7.6 , 8.4 and 8.5 shall survive.

 

SECTION 8.2.            Conditions to Defeasance . The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

 

(i)          the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination of U.S. dollars and U.S. Government Obligations, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants in the event a deposit of U.S. Government Obligations is made, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes issued hereunder on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;

 

  - 113 -  

 

 

(ii)         in the case of legal defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee stating that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

(iii)        in the case of covenant defeasance, the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee stating that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the respective outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred;

 

(iv)        no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings);

 

(v)         the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

(vi)        the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.3.            Application of Trust Money . The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII . It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes.

 

SECTION 8.4.            Repayment to Issuer . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article VIII which are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable.

 

  - 114 -  

 

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors.

 

SECTION 8.5.            Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations . The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

 

SECTION 8.6.            Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Issuer and each Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII ; provided , however , that, if the Issuer or the Guarantors have made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE IX

Amendments

 

SECTION 9.1.            Without Consent of Holders . This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented without notice to or consent of any Holder:

 

(i)          to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency;

 

(ii)         to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;

 

(iii)        to provide for or facilitate the issuance of uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(iv)        to comply with the rules of any applicable depositary;

 

(v)         to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to release a Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

(vi)        to secure the Notes and the Guarantees;

 

  - 115 -  

 

 

(vii)       to add to the covenants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(viii)      to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

 

(ix)         to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, as amended, if applicable;

 

(x)          to provide for the appointment of a successor trustee; provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture;

 

(xi)        to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum or, with respect to any Additional Notes and any supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Additional Notes are issued, to such “Description of notes” relating to the issuance of such Additional Notes solely to the extent that such “Description of notes” provides for terms of such Additional Notes that differ from the terms of the Initial Notes; or

 

(xii)       to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

After an amendment or supplement under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders, or in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Note shall not be rendered invalid by such tender.

 

Upon the request of the Company or Issuer accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.2 and 11.2 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

  - 116 -  

 

 

SECTION 9.2.            With Consent of Holders . This Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Any past default or compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding under the Indenture, then only the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) shall be required. However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment, supplement or waiver may:

 

(i)          reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

 

(ii)         reduce the rate of or change the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(iii)        reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

 

(iv)        waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes issued hereunder (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes issued hereunder by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(v)         reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased in accordance with Section 3.9 hereof or Article V hereof, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants or otherwise;

 

(vi)        make any Note payable in a currency other than that stated in the Note;

 

(vii)       impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(viii)      release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture, except in compliance with the terms thereof; or

 

  - 117 -  

 

 

(ix)         make any change in the amendment provisions in this Section 9.2 as described in clauses (i) through (viii) above.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or supplement, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Note shall not be rendered invalid by such tender.

 

Upon the request of the Company or Issuer accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.2 and 11.2 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

After an amendment or supplement under the Indenture becomes effective, the Issuer is required to mail to the Holders, or in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment or supplement.

 

SECTION 9.3.            Effect of Consents and Waivers . A consent to an amendment, supplement or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver made pursuant to Section 9.2 shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents.

 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or revoke such consent or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.

 

SECTION 9.4.            Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

 

  - 118 -  

 

 

SECTION 9.5.            Trustee To Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not, in the sole determination of the Trustee, adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver pursuant to this Article IX , the Trustee shall receive, and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 ) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by or complies with this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against the Issuer and the Guarantors party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture pursuant to Exhibit E hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, no Officer’s Certificate shall be required on the Issue Date for the execution of any Note Supplemental Indenture.

 

ARTICLE X

Guarantees

 

SECTION 10.1.          Guarantees . Subject to the provisions of this Article X , each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.6 ) (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guarantor Obligations ”). Each Guarantor agrees (to the extent lawful) that the Guarantor Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guarantor Obligation.

 

Each Guarantor waives (to the extent lawful) presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guarantor Obligations and also waives (to the extent lawful) notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives (to the extent lawful) notice of any default under the Notes or the Guarantor Obligations.

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guarantor Obligations.

 

  - 119 -  

 

 

Except as set forth in Section 4.2 , Section 10.2 and Article VIII hereof, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guarantor Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not (to the extent lawful) be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guarantor Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not (to the extent lawful) be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes, or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder for the Guarantor Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership of the Issuer; (g) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guarantor Obligations; or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guarantor Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 4.2 , Section 10.2 or Article VIII hereof. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Guarantor Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any of the Guarantor Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Trustee or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guarantor Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding).

 

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantor Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guarantor Obligations, such Guarantor Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

 

  - 120 -  

 

 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

 

Neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof and any such notation shall not be a condition to the validity of any Guarantee.

 

SECTION 10.2.          Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge .

 

(a)         Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

(b)         A Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and each Subsidiary Guarantor and its obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture shall be released and discharged:

 

(i)          upon any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor following which such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if such sale or disposition does not constitute an Asset Disposition or is made in compliance with Section 3.7 and Article IV hereof);

 

(ii)         if such Subsidiary Guarantor is dissolved or liquidated in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(iii)        the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, except a discharge or release as a result of payment under such guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still a release, and if any such Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor under such guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated);

 

  - 121 -  

 

 

(iv)        upon exercise of the Issuer’s legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option or upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, in each case, pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereof; and

 

(v)         if the Issuer designates such Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation complies with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

(c)         In the case of Section 10.2(b)(i) only, the Company or the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

(d)         The release of a Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee and its obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.2 shall not preclude the future applications of Section 3.10 hereof to such Person.

 

SECTION 10.3.          Right of Contribution . Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Issuer or any other Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder.

 

SECTION 10.4.          No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuer or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guarantor Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuer or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuer on account of the Guarantor Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guarantor Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guarantor Obligations.

 

  - 122 -  

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 11.1.          Notices . Notices given by publication shall be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made, notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed given five calendar days after mailing and notices given by overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery shall be deemed given the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person, by facsimile (with respect to the Trustee only), mailed by first-class mail or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Issuer or to any Guarantor:

 

Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.

1001 Fleet Street, 6 th Floor

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attention: General Counsel

 

and

 

CF Bermuda Holdings Limited

345 Park Avenue New York, NY 10154

Attention: Menes Chee

 

if to the Trustee:

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Corporate, Municipal, and Escrow Services

1 Independent Drive, Suite 620

Jacksonville, Florida 32202

Facsimile: (904) 351-7266

 

The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

  - 123 -  

 

 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to any Holder of an interest in a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC or any other applicable Depositary for such Note (or its designee) according to the applicable procedures of DTC or such Depositary.

 

SECTION 11.2.          Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Company or the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company or the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(i)          an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(ii)         an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

SECTION 11.3.          Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(i)          a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(ii)         a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(iii)        a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

  - 124 -  

 

 

(iv)         a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

 

SECTION 11.4.           Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar .   The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

SECTION 11.5.           Days Other than Business Days .   If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular Record Date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall not be affected.

 

SECTION 11.6.           Governing Law .   This Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

SECTION 11.7.           No Recourse Against Others .   No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.

 

SECTION 11.8.           Successors .   All agreements of the Issuer, the Company and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

SECTION 11.9.           Multiple Originals .   The parties may sign any number of copies (including PDF copies) of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

 

SECTION 11.10.          Table of Contents; Headings .   The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 11.11.          Force Majeure .   In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

  - 125 -  

 

 

SECTION 11.12.          USA Patriot Act .   The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act the Trustee and the Trust Officers, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, are required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this agreement agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Trust Officers with such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.

 

SECTION 11.13.          Communication by Holders of Notes with other Holders of Notes .   Holders of the Notes may communicate with other Holders of Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

SECTION 11.14.          Effectiveness; Operativeness .  

 

(a)          This Indenture shall be effective on the date hereof immediately upon the execution of this Indenture by the parties hereto and constitutes a binding agreement among the parties; provided, however, that this Indenture shall not be operative as to the parties until the Operative Time (as defined below). Upon the effectiveness of this Indenture, each Holder of the Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby, and the provisions of all such Notes shall be deemed supplemented and amended by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the earlier execution and effectiveness of this Indenture, this Indenture shall not become operative as to the parties hereto until immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Acquisition on the Acquisition Date (the “ Operative Time ”). Upon the occurrence of the Operative Time, the Original Indenture shall be deemed replaced in its entirety by this Indenture, and the Original Indenture shall be of no further force or effect.

 

(c)          If the Acquisition is not consummated or the Issuer does not pay the Consent Consideration, (i) this Indenture will automatically cease to be operative, (ii) the Original Indenture shall remain in full force and effect as to the parties thereto, (iii) the Parent Guarantor, the Intermediate Guarantor and the Intermediate Parent Guarantor shall not be parties to the Original Indenture and (iv) the Notes will not be deemed supplemented and amended by this Indenture and will be governed by the provisions of the Original Indenture. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, nothing herein shall limit or affect the ability of the Parent Guarantor, the Intermediate Guarantor and the Intermediate Parent Guarantor from Guaranteeing the Notes by executing one or more supplemental indentures to the Original Indenture or guaranty agreements in respect of the Notes.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

  - 126 -  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Eric L. Marhoun
    Name: Eric L. Marhoun
    Title: Secretary
     
  CF BERMUDA HOLDINGS LIMITED
     
  By: /s/ Menes O. Chee
    Name: Menes O. Chee
    Title: Director
     
  FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE
     
  By: /s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
    Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
    Title: EVP, Chief Financial Officer
     
  FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
    Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
    Title: EVP, Chief Financial Officer
     
  FGL US HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Menes O. Chee
    Name: Menes O. Chee
    Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

 

  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
     
  By: /s/ Yana Kisleno
    Name: Yana Kislenko
    Title: Authorized Signatory, Director

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

 

[Global Note Legend, if applicable]
[Private Placement Legend, if applicable]

[Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable]

 

No. [___] Principal Amount $[______________],
  as revised by the Schedule of Increases
  or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto
   
  CUSIP NO. ____________

 

FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.

[   ]% Senior Note due 20[   ]

 

Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation 1 , promises to pay to ___________________ , or registered assigns, the initial principal amount set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, as revised by the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Note attached hereto, on [        ], 20[     ].

 

Interest Payment Dates: [                  ] and [                  ].

 

Record Dates [              ] and [               ].

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

 

 

1 Replace with the name of any successor, if applicable.

 

  A- 1  

 

 

  FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  A- 2  

 

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

   
     
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION    
     
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.    
       
By:      
  Authorized Signatory   Date:

 

  A- 3  

 

 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

 

[     ]% Senior Note due 20[    ]

 

1. Interest

 

Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually on [      ] and [      ] of each year, with the first interest payment to be made on [        ]. Interest on the Notes shall accrue [(or will be deemed to have accrued)] 2 from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from [          ] 3 . The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2. Method of Payment

 

By no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Issuer shall pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on [       ] and [      ] next preceding the Interest Payment Date unless Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and before the Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a Definitive Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof.

 

 

 

2 Insert for Additional Note, if applicable.

 

3 Insert applicable date.

 

 

  A- 4  

 

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

 

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America and having a corporate trust office at MAC-N9311-115; 625 Marquett Avenue, 11th Floor; Minneapolis, MN 55479 4 (in such capacity the “ Trustee ”), shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

 

4. Indenture

 

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 27, 2013, as amended and restated as of November 20, 2017 (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the [      ] 5 issued under the Indenture.

 

5. Guarantee

 

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest under any Bankruptcy Law) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantors have fully and unconditionally guaranteed (and future guarantors, together with the Guarantors, shall fully and unconditionally Guarantee), jointly and severally, such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 

 

 

4 Replace with the name of any successor, if applicable.

 

5 Insert applicable series of Notes.

 

 

  A- 5  

 

 

6. Redemption .

 

The Notes are redeemable, at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, as provided in the Indenture and the [       ] 6 Supplemental Indenture, dated as of [        ] 7 , among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee (the “[___] Notes Supplemental Indenture”).

 

7. Change of Control; Asset Sales

 

(a)          If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes under paragraph 6 of the [___] Notes Supplemental Indenture and all conditions precedent applicable to such redemption have been satisfied, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (in integral multiples of $1,000 except that no Note may be tendered in part if the remaining principal amount would be less than $2,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

 

(b)          In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to Section 3.7(c) of the Indenture, the Issuer shall be required to make an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes in accordance with Section 3.7(c) of the Indenture at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the rights of Holders of record on any Record Date to receive payments of interest on the related Interest Payment Date). Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Disposition Offer from the Issuer prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Note purchased pursuant to such offer by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” attached hereto, or transferring its interest in such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date.

 

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period at the opening of business on a Business Day 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date.

 

 

 

6 Insert applicable number.

 

7 Insert date of issuance of Notes.

 

 

  A- 6  

 

 

[This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the 40-day distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article 2 of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Regulation S Temporary Global Note.] 8

 

9. Persons Deemed Owners

 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders shall have rights hereunder.

 

10. Unclaimed Money

 

If money for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuer and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

11. Discharge and Defeasance

 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

12. Amendment, Waiver

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) and (ii) any default (other than (x) with respect to nonpayment or (y) in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Holder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes); provided that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding under the Indenture, then only the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes) shall be required. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees in certain circumstances as set forth in the Indenture.

 

 

 

8 Include in Regulation S Temporary Global Note only.

 

 

  A- 7  

 

 

13. Defaults and Remedies 9

 

Under the Indenture, and subject to the terms and provisions of the Indenture, Events of Default include, without limitation: (i) default in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and the default continues for 30 days; (ii) default in payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Issuer or the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 3.9 or Article IV of the Indenture, (iv) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor to comply with certain other provisions or agreements in the Indenture and the Notes, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (v) certain accelerations (including failure to pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other Indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $25.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent); (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; (vii) certain final and non-appealable judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of $25.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (net of amounts that are covered by insurance) against the Issuer, the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that when taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and (viii) any Guarantee of the Company, the Intermediate Parent Guarantor, the Intermediate Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that when taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Indenture and the Guarantees) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or is denied or disaffirmed by such Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and is not rescinded.

 

 

 

9 Revise in accordance with Section 2.2(8) of the Indenture, if applicable.

 

  A- 8  

 

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company and the Issuer are Events of Default which shall result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

 

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless each receives indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

14. Trustee Dealings with the Company

 

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

15. No Recourse Against Others

 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes and the Guarantees.

 

16. Authentication

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

17. Abbreviations

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

  A- 9  

 

 

18. CUSIP Numbers

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Note Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

19. Successor Entity

 

When a successor entity assumes, in accordance with the Indenture, all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, and immediately before and thereafter no Default or Event of Default exists and all other conditions of the Indenture are satisfied, the predecessor entity will be released from those obligations.

 

20. Governing Law

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

 

Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
1001 Fleet Street, 6 th Floor

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attention: General Counsel

 

  A- 10  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
 
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint ___________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:       Your Signature:    

 

Signature Guarantee:       
  (Signature must be guaranteed)  

 

 
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

 

  A- 11  

 

 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] [REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN [GLOBAL NOTE][REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE]

 

The initial principal amount of the Note shall be $ [______________]. The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange
    Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note
    Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note
    Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease or
increase
    Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or Notes
Custodian
 
                                     
                                     
                                     

 

  A- 12  

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.7 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check the box:

 

  ¨ ¨  
  Section 3.7 Section 3.9  

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.7 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in minimum denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): $

 

Date:       Your Signature:    
        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:      
  (Signature must be guaranteed)  

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

 

  A- 13  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.

1001 Fleet Street, 6 th Floor

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attention: General Counsel

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

as Trustee and Registrar – DAPS Reorg

600 South Fourth Street South, 7th Floor

MAC N9300-070

Minneapolis, MN 55415

Phone: 1-800-344-5128

Fax: 1-866-969-1290

Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com

 

Re: [__]% Senior Notes due 20[_]

 

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of [●], 2017 (the “ Indenture ”), among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

________________ (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $____ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to __________ (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

 

  B- 1  

 

 

2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, the Regulation S Permanent Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

3. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

  (a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

 

or

 

 

  B- 2  

 

 

  (b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

 

or

 

  (c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note .

 

  (a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

 

  B- 3  

 

 

  (b) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
       
  (c) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to other exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

       
        [Insert Name of Transferor]
         
      By:    
        Name:
        Title:
         
Dated:          

 

  B- 4  

 

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
   
  [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
         
  (a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:
         
    (i) ¨ 144A Global Note (CUSIP 12621E AG8), or
         
    (ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U1746E AB9), or
         
    (iii) ¨ IAI Global Note (CUSIP 12621E AH6), or
         
  (b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note.
       
2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
         
  [CHECK ONE]
         
  (a) ¨ a beneficial interest in the:
         
    (i) ¨ 144A Global Note  (CUSIP 12621E AG8), or
         
    (ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U1746E AB9), or
         
    (iii) ¨ IAI Global Note (CUSIP 12621E AH6), or
         
    (iv) ¨ Unrestricted Global Note  CUSIP [                     ], or
         
  (b) ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note; or
       
  (c) ¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
         
  in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

  B- 5  

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.

1001 Fleet Street, 6 th Floor

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attention: General Counsel


Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

as Trustee and Registrar – DAPS Reorg

600 South Fourth Street South, 7th Floor

MAC N9300-070

Minneapolis, MN 55415

Phone: 1-800-344-5128

Fax: 1-866-969-1290

Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com

 

Re: [__]% Senior Notes due 20[_]

 

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of [●], 2017 (the “ Indenture ”), among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

_______________ (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.           Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note .

 

(a)           ¨       Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

  C- 1  

 

 

(b)           ¨       Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(c)           ¨       Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(d)           ¨       Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.           Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes .

 

(a)           ¨       Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

(b)            ¨       Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ¨ 144A Global Note, ¨ Regulation S Global Note, ¨ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

  C- 2  

 

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

         
        [Insert Name of Transferor]
         
      By:  
        Name:
        Title:
         
Dated:        

 

  C- 3  

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM
ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

 

Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.

1001 Fleet Street, 6 th Floor

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attention: General Counsel

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

as Trustee and Registrar – DAPS Reorg

600 South Fourth Street South, 7th Floor

MAC N9300-070

Minneapolis, MN 55415

Phone: 1-800-344-5128

Fax: 1-866-969-1290

Email: dapsreorg@wellsfargo.com

 

Re: [__]% Senior Notes due 2021

 

Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of [●], 2017 (the “ Indenture ”), among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., as issuer (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________ aggregate principal amount of:

 

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

 

(b) ¨ a Definitive Note,

 

we confirm that:

 

1.          We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

2.          We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

  D- 1  

 

 

3.          We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

 

4.          We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

5.          We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

         
        [Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
         
      By:  
        Name:
        Title:
         
Dated:          

 

  D- 2  

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of ________________, among __________________ (the “ Subsequent Guarantor ”), [a subsidiary][the indirect parent] of FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of March 27, 2013, as amended and restated as of November 20, 2017 (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of [__]% Senior Notes due 20[_] (the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Subsequent Guarantor shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsequent Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Guarantee ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.           Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

2.           Agreement to Guarantee. The Subsequent Guarantor acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Indenture and all other documents it deems necessary to review in order to enter into this Supplemental Indenture, and acknowledges and agrees to (i) join and become a party to the Indenture as indicated by its signature below; (ii) be bound by the Indenture, as of the date hereof, as if made by, and with respect to, each signatory hereto; and (iii) perform all obligations and duties required of a Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture. The Subsequent Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, including, but not limited to, Article X thereof.

 

  E- 1  

 

 

3.           Execution and Delivery . The Subsequent Guarantor agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

4.           No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any of the Guarantors shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Notes, the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.

 

5.           Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

6.           Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

7.           Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

8.           The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Subsequent Guarantor and the Issuer.

 

9.           Benefits Acknowledged . The Subsequent Guarantor’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Subsequent Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

10.          Successors . All agreements of the Subsequent Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind their respective successors.

 

  E- 2  

 

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

  E- 3  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

  FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  [ Subsequent Guarantor ]
     
  By:    
    Name:
    Title:

 

  E- 4  

 

 

  WELLS FARGO Bank, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

  E- 5  

 

 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE ESTABLISHING A SERIES OF NOTES

 

FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

as Issuer

 

and

 

the Guarantors from time to time party to the Indenture

 

and

 

[NAME]

 

as Trustee

____

 

[           ] SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

DATED AS OF [     ], 20[  ]

 

____

 

[      ]% Senior Notes Due 20[  ]

 

  F- 1  

 

 

[            ] 10 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [_________], 20[   ] (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. 11 (the “ Issuer ”), the Guarantors under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, are party to an Indenture, dated as of March 27, 2013, as amended and restated as of November 20, 2017 (as further amended, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), relating to the issuance from time to time by the Issuer of Notes;

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.1(xii) of the Indenture provides that the Issuer may provide for the issuance of Notes of any series as permitted by Section 2.2 therein;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the [    ] Notes (as defined herein), the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to establish the forms and terms of the [     ] Notes as hereinafter described; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.           Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as so defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

 

2.           Title of Notes . There shall be a series of Notes of the Issuer designated the “[   ]% 12 Senior Notes due 20[   ]” 13 (the “[     ] 14 Notes”).

 

 

 

10 Insert supplement number.

 

11 Replace company name with that of any successor, if applicable.

 

12 Insert interest rate.

 

13 Insert year during which the maturity date falls.

 

14 Insert title of notes.

 

  F- 2  

 

 

3.           Maturity Date . The final Stated Maturity of the [     ] Notes shall be [[            ], 20[   ]]. 15

 

4.           Interest and Interest Rates . Interest on the outstanding principal amount of [          ] Notes will accrue at the rate of [     ]% 16 per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on [[     ] and [            ]] 17 in each year, commencing on [[          ], 20[   ]], 18 to holders of record on the immediately preceding [[     ] and [          ]], 19 respectively (each such [       ] and [            ], a “ Record Date ”). Interest on the [     ] Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from [          ], 20[   ], except that interest on any Additional [         ] Notes (as defined below) issued on or after the first Interest Payment Date will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional [       ] Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional [            ] Notes (or if the date of issuance of such Additional [      ] Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance); provided that if any [       ] Note is surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on such Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

5.           [No] Limitation on Aggregate Principal Amount . The aggregate principal amount of [       ] Notes that may be authenticated, delivered and outstanding under the Indenture is [not limited] [limited to $[          ]]. 20 [The aggregate principal amount of the [     ] Notes shall initially be $[       ] 21 million.] 22 [The aggregate principal amount of the [       ] Notes issued pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture shall be $[       ] million.] 23 The Issuer may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders, create and issue Additional Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Notes in all respects except for issue date and, if applicable, issue price and the first date on which interest accrues and the first payment of interest thereon. Additional Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with, and will form a single series with, the [       ] Notes (any such Additional Notes, “ Additional [          ] Notes ”), unless otherwise specified for Additional Notes in an applicable Notes Supplemental Indenture, or otherwise designated by the Issuer, as contemplated by Section 2.2 of the Indenture.

 

 

 

15 Insert Maturity Date.
     

 

 

16 Insert interest rate.
17 Insert Interest Payment Dates.
     
18 Insert First Interest Payment Date.
     
19 Insert Record Dates.
     
20 Insert whether the applicable series of Notes will be limited or not.
     
21 Insert principal amount of issuance.
     
22 Insert for the initial notes of any applicable series.
     
23 Insert for the Additional Notes of any applicable series.

 

  F- 3  

 

 

6.           Redemption .

 

§ Except as set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 6, the [      ] Notes are not redeemable until [        ] 24 . On and after [         ] 25 , the Issuer may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the[       ] Notes at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the [      ] Notes to be redeemed) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the [       ] Notes, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on [       ] 26 of the years indicated below:

 

 

 

24 Insert date upon which Notes are callable.

 

25 Insert date upon which Notes are callable.

 

26 Insert date upon which Notes are callable.

 

  F- 4  

 

 

Redemption Period 27

 

Price 28

 
       
20[   ]     [     ] %
         
20[   ]     [     ] %
         
20[   ]     [     ] %
         
20[   ] and thereafter     100.000 %

 

§ The Issuer may on any one or more occasions prior to [       ] 29 redeem up to [       ]% 30 of the original principal amount of the [      ] Notes (including any Additional [       ] Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price of  [       ]% 31 of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of [        ] Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided that

 

(i)          at least [      ]% of the original principal amount of the [       ] Notes (including any Additional [      ] Notes) remains outstanding after each such redemption; and

 

(ii)         the redemption occurs within 90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering.

 

§ In addition, at any time prior to [        ] 32 , the Issuer may redeem the [        ] Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date).

 

 

 

27 Insert years, adding or deleting lines if applicable.

 

28 Insert prices.

 

29 Insert date until which equity claw-back is applicable.

 

30 Insert maximum percentage for equity claw-back.

 

31 Insert premium.

 

32 Insert date upon which Notes are callable.

 

  F- 5  

 

 

§ If Holders of not less than [     ]% 33 in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding [     ] Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described under Section 3.9 of the Indenture, purchases all of the [     ] Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders in such Change of Control Offer, the Issuer or such third party may elect, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, to redeem all [     ] Notes that remain outstanding following the consummation of the Change of Control Offer at a redemption price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding, the applicable redemption date; provided that the Issuer or the applicable third party must provide any such notice of redemption within 30 days following the Change of Control Offer Payment Date.

 

§ Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 , and Sections 5.2 through 5.8 of the Indenture.

 

§ For purposes of this paragraph 6, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Applicable Premium ” means, as determined by the Issuer with respect to a Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

(1)         1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

(2)         the excess, if any, of (a) the present value as of such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on [     ] 34 as set forth in Paragraph 6(a) hereof, plus (ii) the remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through [     ] 35 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points, over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note.

 

 

 

33 Insert minimum tender percentage.

 

34 Insert date upon which Notes are callable.

 

35 Insert date upon which Notes are callable.

 

  F- 6  

 

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as obtained by the Issuer, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to [           ] 36 ; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to [            ] 37 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to [           ] 38 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

7.          [            ] 39

 

8.           Form . The [        ] Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth, or referenced, in Article II of the Indenture, and Exhibit A attached to the Indenture, in each case as provided for in Section 2.1 of the Indenture (as such form may be modified in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Indenture).

 

9.           Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

10.          Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

 

11.          Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

12.          Headings . The section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

 

 

36 Insert date upon which Notes are callable.

 

37 Insert date upon which Notes are callable.

 

38 Insert date upon which Notes are callable.

 

39 Include appropriate provisions in accordance with Section 2.2(7) and/or Section 2.2(8) of the Indenture.

 

  F- 7  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.  
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  [GUARANTORS]
     
  [                   ]
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Authorized Signatory

 

  F- 8  

 

Exhibit 10.28

 

EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Equity Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 29, 2017, between CF Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), and CFS Holdings II (Cayman), L.P., a Cayman limited partnership (the “ Purchaser ”).

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company will merge with an into Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a Delaware corporation (“ FGL ”), with FGL surviving the merger as an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (such merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “ Business Combination ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ FSR Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which FGL US Holdings Inc. will purchase from Front Street Re (Delaware) Ltd. 2,300 ordinary shares of Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. (“ Cayman Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Cayman Co, and 375,000 common shares of Front Street Re Ltd. (“ Bermuda Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Bermuda Co (the “ FSR Purchase ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and parent of the Purchaser (“ BTO ”), entered into those certain equity commitment letters, dated as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Equity Commitment Letter ”), with the Company, pursuant to which BTO committed to purchasing an aggregate of 22,500,000 ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 (“ Ordinary Shares ”), for an aggregate purchase price of $225,000,000 at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the second amended and restated investor agreement, dated as of October 6, 2017 and effective as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Investor Agreement ”), by and among the Company, BTO, GSO Capital Partners LP and Fidelity National Financial, Inc., the Purchaser will receive one Ordinary Share in exchange for each $10.00 funded pursuant to the Equity Commitment Letter;

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and the Purchaser shall purchase, on a private placement basis, 22,500,000 Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, the Company has entered into an equity purchase agreement with Corvex Master Fund, LP (“ Corvex ”) for the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 2,000,000 Ordinary Shares (the “ Corvex Shares ”) to Corvex at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase; and

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, the Company has entered into equity purchase agreements with Fidelity National Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and certain of its subsidiaries (the “ FNF Parties ” and together with the Purchaser and Corvex, the “ Subscribers ”), for the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 11,500,000 Ordinary Shares (such Ordinary Shares together with the Corvex Shares and the Shares, the “ Subscription Shares ”) to the FNF Parties at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Agreement

 

1. Sale and Purchase.

 

(a)       (i) The Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 21,700,000 Ordinary Shares (the “ FGL Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $217,000,000 (the “ FGL Purchase Price ”) and (ii) the Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 800,000 Ordinary Shares (the “ FSR Shares ”, and together with the FGL Shares, collectively, the “ Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $8,000,000 (the “ FSR Purchase Price ”, together with the FGL Purchase Price, collectively, the “P urchase Price ”) (such issuance, sale and purchase, the “ Purchase ”).

 

(b)       On or prior to November 29, 2017, Purchaser shall deliver the Purchase Price to a designated escrow account at Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company’s transfer agent (the “ Escrow Account ”), to be held on behalf of Purchaser until the Closing (as defined below) in cash via wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds in accordance with the wire instructions provided by the Company.

 

(c)       The closing of the Purchase contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall occur, (i) in the case of the purchase of the FGL Shares, immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination (the “ Business Combination Closing ”) and (ii) in the case of the purchase of the FSR Shares, immediately prior to the FSR Purchase (the “ FSR Purchase Closing ”). At the Closing, (i) immediately prior to the Business Combination Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the Business Combination, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FGL Shares in exchange for the FGL Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account and (ii) immediately prior to the FSR Purchase Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the FSR Purchase, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FSR Shares in exchange for the FSR Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account.

 

(d)       The Company shall register Purchaser as the owner of the Shares in the register of members of the Company and with the Company’s transfer agent by book entry on or promptly after (but in no event more than two (2) business days after) the date on which the Closing occurs (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

  2  

 

 

(e)       Each register and book entry for the Shares shall contain a notation, and each certificate (if any) evidencing the Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend, in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL, IS AVAILABLE.”

 

(f)        Legend Removal . When the Shares are eligible to be sold without restriction under, and without the Company being in compliance with the current public information requirements of, Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), then, at the Purchaser’s request, the Company will cause the Company’s transfer agent to remove the legend set forth in Section 1(d) hereof. In connection therewith, if required by the Company’s transfer agent, the Company will promptly cause an opinion of counsel to be delivered to and maintained with its transfer agent, together with any other authorizations, certificates and directions required by the transfer agent that authorize and direct the transfer agent to issue such Shares without any such legend.

 

(g)        Registration Rights . The Purchaser shall have registration rights with respect to the Shares as set forth on Exhibit A (the “ Registration Rights ”).

 

2.            Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)        Organization and Power . The Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(b)        Authorization . The Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, or (c) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

  3  

 

 

(c)        Governmental Consents and Filings . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Purchaser in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)        Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its organizational documents, if applicable, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchaser, in each case (other than clause (i)), which would have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(e)        Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser will be acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation of law. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares. If the Purchaser was formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, each of its equity owners is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity or any government or any department or agency thereof.

 

(f)         Disclosure of Information . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares, as well as the terms of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, with the Company’s management.

 

(g)        Restricted Securities . The Purchaser understands that the offer and sale of the Shares to the Purchaser has not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale, except for the Registration Rights. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

  4  

 

 

(h)        High Degree of Risk . The Purchaser understands that its agreement to purchase the Shares involves a high degree of risk which could cause the Purchaser to lose all or part of its investment.

 

(i)         Accredited Investor . The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(j)         Foreign Investors . If the Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), the Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Shares. The Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction.

 

(k)        No General Solicitation . Neither the Purchaser, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) to its knowledge, engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(l)         Residence . If the Purchaser is an individual, then the Purchaser resides in the state or province identified in the address of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof; if the Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then its principal place of business is the office or offices located at the address or addresses of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof.

 

(m)        Adequacy of Financing . The Purchaser has available to it sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(n)        Affiliation of Certain FINRA Members . The Purchaser is neither a person associated nor affiliated with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC Incorporated or, to its actual knowledge, any other member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) that participated in the Company’s initial public offering (the “ IPO ”).

 

  5  

 

 

(o)        No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 2 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Purchaser nor any person acting on behalf of the Purchaser nor any of the Purchaser’s affiliates (the “ Purchaser Parties ”) has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Purchaser and this offering, and the Purchaser Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Company in Section 3 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Purchaser Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Company, any person on behalf of the Company or any of the Company’s affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Parties ”).

 

3.            Represe n tations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

 

(a)        Incorporation and Corporate Power .

 

(i)       The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing as an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(ii)       Each Company Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. As used herein, “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity (A) of which such person or a subsidiary of such person is a general partner or (B) of which a majority of the voting securities or other voting interests, or a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or persons performing similar functions with respect to such entity, is directly or indirectly owned by such person and/or one or more subsidiaries thereof; and “ Company Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

(b)        Capitalization .

 

(i)       As of the date hereof, the authorized share capital of the Company consists of:

 

(1)       400,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 69,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding, and 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value, $0.0001 per share, 15,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(2)       1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Preferred Shares ”), none of which are issued and outstanding.

 

(ii)       As of the Closing Date, the authorized share capital of the Company will consist of:

 

(1)       800,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 206,000,000 of which will be issued and outstanding.

 

  6  

 

 

(2)       100,000,000 Preferred Shares, 375,000 of which will be outstanding.

 

(c)        Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into this Agreement and to issue the Shares has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. All action on the part of the shareholders, directors and officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of all obligations of the Company under this Agreement to be performed as of the Closing has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(d)        Valid Issuance of Shares .

 

(i)       The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement and registered in the register of members of the Company, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of all preemptive or similar rights, liens, stamp taxes, encumbrances and charges with respect to the issue thereof and restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer specified under this Agreement, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Purchaser. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Purchaser in this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 3(e) below, the Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(ii)       No “bad actor” disqualifying event described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i)-(viii) of the Securities Act (a “ Disqualification Event ”) is applicable to the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any Company Covered Person (as defined below), except for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii–iv) or (d)(3), is applicable. “ Company Covered Person ” means, with respect to the Company as an “issuer” for purposes of Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, any Person listed in the first paragraph of Rule 506(d)(1).

 

(e)        Governmental Consents and Filings . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Purchaser in this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws.

 

  7  

 

 

(f)        Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its memorandum and articles of association, as in effect on the date hereof and on the Closing Date, or other governing documents, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, in each case (other than clause (i)) which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)        Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Company, nor any director, officer, agent, employee or other Person acting on behalf of the Company has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

(h)        Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements and all other applicable U.S. and non-U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the applicable money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(i)        Absence of Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of the Company’s officers or directors, whether of a civil or criminal nature or otherwise, in their capacities as such.

 

(j)        No General Solicitation . Neither the Company, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or stockholders has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(k)        No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 3 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Company Parties has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company, this offering, the IPO, the Business Combination or FSR Purchase, and the Company Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Purchaser in Section 2 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Company Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Purchaser Parties.

 

  8  

 

 

4. Additional Agreements and Acknowledgements of the Purchaser.

 

(a)        Trust Account .

 

(i)       The Purchaser hereby acknowledges that it is aware that the Company has established a trust account (the “ Trust Account ”) for the benefit of its public shareholders. The Purchaser, for itself and its affiliates, hereby agrees that it has no right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, or any other asset of the Company as a result of any liquidation of the Company, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO (“ Public Shares ”) held by it.

 

(ii)       The Purchaser hereby agrees that it shall have no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“ Claim ”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have now or in the future, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it. In the event the Purchaser has any Claim against the Company under this Agreement, the Purchaser shall pursue such Claim solely against the Company and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the property or any monies in the Trust Account, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it.

 

(b)        No Short Sales . The Purchaser hereby agrees that neither it, nor any person or entity acting on its behalf or pursuant to any understanding with it, will engage in any Short Sales with respect to securities of the Company prior to the Closing. For purposes of this Section, “ Short Sales ” shall include, without limitation, all “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 promulgated under Regulation SHO under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all types of direct and indirect stock pledges (other than pledges in the ordinary course of business as part of prime brokerage arrangements), forward sale contracts, options, puts, calls, swaps and similar arrangements (including on a total return basis), and sales and other transactions through non-U.S. broker dealers or foreign regulated brokers.

 

  9  

 

 

5. Additional Agreements of the Company.

 

(a)        No Public Disclosure . The Company may not identify, or permit any of its employees, agents, representatives or affiliates to identify, the Purchaser as an investor in the Company in any written or oral communications or issue any press release or other disclosure of the Purchaser’s name or any derivative of any such name (whether in connection with the Company or otherwise), in each case except (i) as authorized in writing by the Purchaser in each such instance or (ii) as required by law, legal process or regulatory request; provided , that the Company shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, notify the Purchaser of such requirement so that the Purchaser (or its affiliate) may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy protecting such information prior to such disclosure. The foregoing shall not prevent the disclosure of the Purchaser’s name and address and information concerning the number of Company equity securities held by the Purchaser (and no other information concerning the Purchaser or any of its affiliates) (i) in the Company’s filings with the SEC (or an exhibit thereto) if the Company is requested or required to make such disclosure pursuant to the comments from the Staff of the SEC or FINRA or (ii) to the Company’s lawyers, independent accountants and to other advisors and service providers who reasonably require the Purchaser’s information in connection with the provision of services to the Company and are advised of the confidential nature of such information and are obligated to keep such information confidential.

 

(b)        No Material Non-Public Information . The Company agrees that no information provided to the Purchaser in connection with this Agreement will, upon the Closing, constitute material non-public information of the Company, and following the Closing, the Company will not provide the Purchaser with any material non-public information of the Company without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

 

(c)        New York Stock Exchange Listing . The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (or another national securities exchange).

 

(d)        Purchaser Registrable Securities . All Shares acquired by Purchaser hereunder or after the Closing shall be deemed to be “Registrable Securities” for purposes of Exhibit A to the Forward Purchaser Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2016, by and among the Company, CFS Holdings (Cayman), L.P., and solely for purposes of Section 6 thereof, CF Capital Growth, LLC.

 

6.            Purchase Price Return Right . (i) If the Business Combination does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FGL Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FGL Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(i) and (ii) if the FSR Purchase does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FSR Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FSR Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii) .

 

7. Termination .

 

(a)       This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) such date and time as the Merger Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; (ii) such date and time at which Purchaser has requested the return of the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price from the Company and received the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price (as applicable) from the Escrow Account pursuant to Section 6 ; or (iii) upon the mutual written agreement of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

  10  

 

 

(b)       In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(a), the Purchase Price (and interest thereon, if any), if previously paid and not previously returned, and all Purchaser’s funds paid in connection herewith and not previously returned shall be promptly returned to Purchaser, and thereafter this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of the Purchaser or the Company and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, managers, members, or shareholders and all rights and obligations of each party shall cease; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 7 shall relieve either party from liabilities or damages arising out of any fraud or willful breach by such party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

8. General Provisions .

 

(a)        Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt, or (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile (if any) during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five (5) business days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications sent to the Company shall be sent to: 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada 89134, Attn: Douglas B. Newton, Chief Financial Officer, email: newton@cc.capital with a copy to the Company’s counsel at: Winston & Strawn LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166, Attn: Joel L. Rubinstein, Esq., email: jrubinstein@winston.com, fax: (212) 294-4700.

 

All communications to the Purchaser shall be sent to the Purchaser’s address as set forth on the signature page hereof, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number (if any) or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 8(a).

 

(b)        No Finder’s Fees . The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Purchaser or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

 

(c)        Survival of Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the Closing.

 

(d)        Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with any documents, instruments and writings that are delivered pursuant hereto or referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of its subject matter and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  11  

 

 

(e)        Successors . All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

(f)         Assignments . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, no party hereto may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party.

 

(g)        Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(h)        Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i)         Governing Law . This Agreement, the entire relationship of the parties hereto, and any litigation between the parties (whether grounded in contract, tort, statute, law or equity) shall be governed by, construed in accordance with, and interpreted pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its choice of laws principles.

 

(j)         Jurisdiction . The parties (i) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of New York and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in state courts of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

(k)        Waiver of Jury Trial . The parties hereto hereby waive any right to a jury trial in connection with any litigation pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(l)         Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except with the prior written consent of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

  12  

 

 

(m)        Severability . The provisions of this Agreement will be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof; provided that if any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party hereto or to any circumstance, is adjudged by a governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator not to be enforceable in accordance with its terms, the parties hereto agree that the governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator making such determination will have the power to modify the provision in a manner consistent with its objectives such that it is enforceable, and/or to delete specific words or phrases, and in its reduced form, such provision will then be enforceable and will be enforced.

 

(n)        Expenses . Each of the Company and the Purchaser will bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees and expenses of agents, representatives, financial advisors, legal counsel and accountants. The Company shall be responsible for the fees of its transfer agent; stamp taxes and all The Depository Trust Company fees associated with the issuance of the Shares and the securities issuable upon the conversion or exercise of the Shares.

 

(o)        Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The words “ include ,” “ includes ,” and “ including ” will be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation .” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “ this Agreement ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ,” “ hereby ,” “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties hereto intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such party hereto has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party hereto is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

(p)        Waiver . No waiver by any party hereto of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, may be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising because of any prior or subsequent occurrence.

 

(q)        Confidentiality . Except as may be required by law, regulation or applicable stock exchange listing requirements, unless and until the transactions contemplated hereby and the terms hereof are publicly announced or otherwise publicly disclosed by the Company, the parties hereto shall keep confidential and shall not publicly disclose the existence or terms of this Agreement.

 

(r)         Specific Performance . The Purchaser agrees that irreparable damage may occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy at law or equity.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

  13  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

PURCHASER:  
   
CFS HOLDINGS II (CAYMAN), L.P.  
     
By:  /s/ Menes O. Chee  
  Name: Menes O. Chee  
  Title:   Manager  
     
COMPANY:  
   
CF CORPORATION  
     
By:  /s/ Douglas B. Newton  
  Name: Douglas B. Newton  
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer  

 

Purchaser Notice Information

 

Name   Address   Telephone   Email   Facsimile
CFS Holdings II (Cayman), L.P.                

 

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Registration Rights

 

1.       Within thirty (30) days after the Closing, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts (i) to file a registration statement on Form S-3 for a secondary offering (including any successor registration statement covering the resale of the Registrable Securities a “ Resale Shelf ”) of (x) the Subscription Shares and (y) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (x) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization (collectively, the “ Registrable Securities ”) pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act; provided that if Form S-3 is unavailable for such a registration, the Company shall register the resale of the Registrable Securities on another appropriate form and undertake to register the Registrable Securities on Form S-3 as soon as such form is available, (ii) to cause the Resale Shelf to be declared effective under the Securities Act promptly thereafter, but in no event later than sixty (60) days thereafter, and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such Resale Shelf with respect to the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities until the earliest of (A) the date on which the Purchaser ceases to hold Registrable Securities covered by such Resale Shelf, (B) the date all of the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

2.       In the event the Company is prohibited by applicable rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff (“ Staff ”) of the SEC from registering all of the Registrable Securities on the Resale Shelf or the Staff requires that the Purchaser be specifically identified as an “underwriter” in order to permit such registration statement to become effective, and such Purchaser does not consent in writing to being so named as an underwriter in such registration statement, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered on the Resale Shelf will be reduced on a pro rata basis among all the holders of Registrable Securities to be so included, unless otherwise required by the Staff, so that the number of Registrable Securities to be registered is permitted by Staff and such Purchaser is not required to be named as an “underwriter”; provided , that any Registrable Securities not registered due to this paragraph 2 of this Exhibit A shall thereafter as soon as allowed by the SEC guidance be registered to the extent the prohibition no longer is applicable.

 

  A- 1  

 

 

3.       If at any time the Company proposes to file a registration statement (a “ Registration Statement ”) on its own behalf, or on behalf of any other Persons who have registration rights (“ Other Holders ”), relating to an underwritten offering of ordinary shares, or engage in an Underwritten Takedown off an existing registration statement (a “ Company Offering ”), then the Company will provide Subscribers (including the Purchaser) who have purchased at least 2,000,000 Subscription Shares (collectively, the “ Piggyback Holders ”) with notice in writing (an “ Offer Notice ”) at least five (5) Business Days prior to such filing, which Offer Notice will offer to include in the Registration Statement a minimum of 1,000,000 “Registrable Securities” (as defined under each Piggyback Holder’s equity purchase agreement) of each Piggyback Holder (collectively “ Piggyback Securities ”). Within five (5) Business Days (or, in the case of an Offer Notice delivered to the Purchaser or other Subscribers in connection with an Underwritten Takedown, within three (3) Business Days) after receiving the Offer Notice, the Piggyback Holders may make a written request to the Company to include some or all of the Piggyback Holders’ Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement. If the underwriter(s) for any Company Offering advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Company Offering, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to the Company and the Other Holders, if any; and (ii) second, to the Piggyback Holders based on the pro rata percentage of Piggyback Securities held by the Piggyback Holders and requested to be included in the Underwritten Offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph 3, the Company hereby agrees that it will not provide an Offer Notice to any other Subscriber unless such other Subscriber agrees in writing to treat the contents of such Offer Notice as material non-public information.

 

4.       The determination of whether any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf or a Underwritten Takedown Prospectus will be an underwritten offering shall be made in the sole discretion of Purchaser, after consultation with the Company, and Purchaser shall have the right, after consultation with the Company, to determine the plan of distribution, including the price at which the Registrable Securities are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees (and the Piggyback Holders or Requesting Holders (as applicable) shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Requesting Holder Securities in the prospectus supplement). Purchaser shall select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers and managers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company).

 

5.       In connection with any underwritten offering, the Company shall enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Purchaser) in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities as are reasonably necessary or required, and in such connection enter into a customary underwriting agreement that provides for customary opinions, comfort letters and officer’s certificates and other customary deliverables.

 

6.       The Company shall pay all fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with its obligation to prepare, file and maintain the Resale Shelf (including the fees of its counsel and accountants). The Company shall also pay all Registration Expenses. For purposes of this paragraph 6, “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean the out-of-pocket expenses of a Company Offering or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, including, without limitation, the following: (i) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA) and any securities exchange on which the Registrable Securities are then listed; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (iv) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; (v) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; and (vi) reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by Purchaser who will represent all the selling shareholders.

 

  A- 2  

 

 

7.       The Company may suspend the use of a prospectus included in the Resale Shelf by furnishing to the Purchaser a written notice (“ Suspension Notice ”) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be either (i) prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (as if the Purchaser were covered by such policy) or (ii) materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such prospectus to be used at such time. The Company’s right to suspend the use of such prospectus under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence may be exercised for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice to the Purchaser; provided such period may be extended for an additional thirty (30) days with the consent of a majority-in-interest of the holders of Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that such right to suspend the use of a prospectus shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period. A holder of Registrable Securities shall not effect any sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). The holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company to the holders. The Company shall act in good faith to permit any suspension period contemplated by this paragraph to be concluded as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

8.       The Purchaser agrees that, except as required by applicable law, the Purchaser shall treat as confidential the receipt of any Suspension Notice (provided that in no event shall such notice contain any material nonpublic information of the Company) hereunder and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Suspension Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes public, other than as a result of disclosure by a holder of Registrable Securities in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

 

9.       The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, its directors and officers, partners, members, managers, employees, agents, and representatives of such Purchaser and each person, if any, who controls the Purchaser within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, costs (including reasonable costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, “ Losses ”), promptly as incurred, arising out of, based upon or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Resale Shelf (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, are based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case or to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Loss arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission or so made in reliance upon or in conformity with information furnished by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person in writing specifically for use in the preparation of the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person, and shall survive the transfer of such securities by the Purchaser.

 

  A- 3  

 

 

10.     The Company’s obligation under paragraph (1) of this Exhibit A is subject to the Purchaser’s furnishing to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. The Purchaser shall indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents and representatives, and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information so furnished in writing by such Purchaser expressly for inclusion in such document; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each Purchaser and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Purchaser from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf.

 

11.     The Company shall cooperate with the Purchaser, to the extent the Registrable Securities become freely tradable, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legend) representing the Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to a Resale Shelf and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts, as the case may be, as the Purchaser may reasonably request and registered in such names as the Purchaser may request.

 

12.     If requested by the Purchaser, the Company shall as soon as practicable, subject to any Suspension Notice,(i) incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the Purchaser reasonably requests to be included therein relating to the sale and distribution of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being offered or sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; and (iii) supplement or make amendments to any Registration Statement if reasonably requested by the Purchaser holding any Registrable Securities.

 

13.     As long as the Purchaser owns Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be reporting under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to promptly furnish the Purchaser with true and complete copies of all such filings, unless filed through the SEC’s EDGAR system. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as the Purchaser may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time, to enable the Purchaser to sell the Shares held by the Purchaser without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, including providing any legal opinions. Upon the request of the Purchaser, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

14.     The rights, duties and obligations of the Purchaser under this Exhibit A may be assigned or delegated by the Purchaser in conjunction with and to the extent of any permitted transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Purchaser to any permitted transferee or assignee.

 

  A- 4  

 

 

Exhibit 10.29

 

EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Equity Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 29, 2017, between CF Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), and Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (the “ Purchaser ”).

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company will merge with an into Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a Delaware corporation (“ FGL ”), with FGL surviving the merger as an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (such merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “ Business Combination ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ FSR Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which FGL US Holdings Inc. will purchase from Front Street Re (Delaware) Ltd. 2,300 ordinary shares of Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. (“ Cayman Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Cayman Co, and 375,000 common shares of Front Street Re Ltd. (“ Bermuda Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Bermuda Co (the “ FSR Purchase ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, the Purchaser entered into those certain equity commitment letters, dated as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Equity Commitment Letter ”), with the Company, pursuant to which the Purchaser committed to purchase, or cause the purchase of, an aggregate of 13,500,000 ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 (“ Ordinary Shares ”), for an aggregate purchase price of $135,000,000 at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the second amended and restated investor agreement, dated as of October 6, 2017 and effective as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Investor Agreement ”), by and among the Company, the Purchaser, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. and GSO Capital Partners LP, the Purchaser will receive one Ordinary Share in exchange for each $10.00 funded pursuant to the Equity Commitment Letter;

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and the Purchaser shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 125,000 Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into equity purchase agreements with certain of Purchaser’s wholly owned subsidiaries (the “ FNF Parties ”), pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and the FNF Parties shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 11,375,000 Ordinary Shares (the “ FNF Shares ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an equity purchase agreement with Corvex Master Fund, LP ( “ Corvex ”), pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and Corvex shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 2,000,000 Ordinary Shares (the “ Corvex Shares ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, the Company has entered into an equity purchase agreement with a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. (“ Blackstone ” and together with the Purchaser, the FNF Parties and Corvex, the “ Subscribers ”), for the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 22,500,000 Ordinary Shares (such Ordinary Shares together with the FNF Shares, the Corvex Shares and the Shares, the “ Subscription Shares ”) to Blackstone at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Agreement

 

1.           Sale and Purchase.

 

(a)           (i) The Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 120,745 Ordinary Shares (the “ FGL Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $1,207,450 (the “ FGL Purchase Price ”) and (ii) the Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 4,255 Ordinary Shares (the “ FSR Shares ”, and together with the FGL Shares, collectively, the “ Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $42,550 (the “ FSR Purchase Price ”, together with the FGL Purchase Price, collectively, the “ Purchase Price ”) (such issuance, sale and purchase, the “ Purchase ”).

 

(b)           On or prior to November 29, 2017, Purchaser shall deliver the Purchase Price to a designated escrow account at Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company’s transfer agent (the “ Escrow Account ”), to be held on behalf of Purchaser until the Closing (as defined below) in cash via wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds in accordance with the wire instructions provided by the Company.

 

(c)           The closing of the Purchase contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall occur, (i) in the case of the purchase of the FGL Shares, immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination (the “ Business Combination Closing ”) and (ii) in the case of the purchase of the FSR Shares, immediately prior to the FSR Purchase (the “ FSR Purchase Closing ”). At the Closing, (i) immediately prior to the Business Combination Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the Business Combination, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FGL Shares in exchange for the FGL Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account and (ii) immediately prior to the FSR Purchase Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the FSR Purchase, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FSR Shares in exchange for the FSR Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account.

 

(d)           The Company shall register Purchaser as the owner of the Shares in the register of members of the Company and with the Company’s transfer agent by book entry on or promptly after (but in no event more than two (2) business days after) the date on which the Closing occurs (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

(e)           Each register and book entry for the Shares shall contain a notation, and each certificate (if any) evidencing the Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend, in substantially the following form:

 

  2  

 

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL, IS AVAILABLE.”

 

(f)           Legend Removal . When the Shares are eligible to be sold without restriction under, and without the Company being in compliance with the current public information requirements of, Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), then, at the Purchaser’s request, the Company will cause the Company’s transfer agent to remove the legend set forth in Section 1(d) hereof. In connection therewith, if required by the Company’s transfer agent, the Company will promptly cause an opinion of counsel to be delivered to and maintained with its transfer agent, together with any other authorizations, certificates and directions required by the transfer agent that authorize and direct the transfer agent to issue such Shares without any such legend.

 

(g)           Registration Rights . The Purchaser shall have registration rights with respect to the Shares as set forth on Exhibit A (the “ Registration Rights ”).

 

2.           Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)           Organization and Power . The Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(b)           Authorization . The Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, or (c) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(c)           Governmental Consents and Filings . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Purchaser in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)           Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its organizational documents, if applicable, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchaser, in each case (other than clause (i)), which would have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  3  

 

 

(e)          Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser will be acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation of law. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares. If the Purchaser was formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, each of its equity owners is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity or any government or any department or agency thereof.

 

(f)           Disclosure of Information . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares, as well as the terms of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, with the Company’s management.

 

(g)           Restricted Securities . The Purchaser understands that the offer and sale of the Shares to the Purchaser has not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale, except for the Registration Rights. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

(h)           High Degree of Risk . The Purchaser understands that its agreement to purchase the Shares involves a high degree of risk which could cause the Purchaser to lose all or part of its investment.

 

(i)           Accredited Investor . The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(j)           Foreign Investors . If the Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), the Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Shares. The Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction.

 

  4  

 

 

(k)           No General Solicitation . Neither the Purchaser, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) to its knowledge, engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(l)           Residence . If the Purchaser is an individual, then the Purchaser resides in the state or province identified in the address of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof; if the Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then its principal place of business is the office or offices located at the address or addresses of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof.

 

(m)           Adequacy of Financing . The Purchaser has available to it sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(n)           Affiliation of Certain FINRA Members . The Purchaser is neither a person associated nor affiliated with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC Incorporated or, to its actual knowledge, any other member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) that participated in the Company’s initial public offering (the “ IPO ”).

 

(o)           No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 2 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Purchaser nor any person acting on behalf of the Purchaser nor any of the Purchaser’s affiliates (the “ Purchaser Parties ”) has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Purchaser and this offering, and the Purchaser Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Company in Section 3 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Purchaser Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Company, any person on behalf of the Company or any of the Company’s affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Parties ”).

 

3.           Represe n tations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

 

(a)           Incorporation and Corporate Power .

 

(i)           The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing as an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(ii)          Each Company Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. As used herein, “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity (A) of which such person or a subsidiary of such person is a general partner or (B) of which a majority of the voting securities or other voting interests, or a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or persons performing similar functions with respect to such entity, is directly or indirectly owned by such person and/or one or more subsidiaries thereof; and “ Company Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

  5  

 

 

(b)           Capitalization .

 

(i)           As of the date hereof, the authorized share capital of the Company consists of:

 

(1)          400,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 69,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding, and 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value, $0.0001 per share, 15,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(2)          1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Preferred Shares ”), none of which are issued and outstanding.

 

(ii)          As of the Closing Date, the authorized share capital of the Company will consist of:

 

(1)          800,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 206,000,000 of which will be issued and outstanding.

 

(2)          100,000,000 Preferred Shares, 375,000 of which will be outstanding.

 

(c)           Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into this Agreement and to issue the Shares has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. All action on the part of the shareholders, directors and officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of all obligations of the Company under this Agreement to be performed as of the Closing has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(d)           Valid Issuance of Shares .

 

(i)           The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement and registered in the register of members of the Company, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of all preemptive or similar rights, liens, stamp taxes, encumbrances and charges with respect to the issue thereof and restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer specified under this Agreement, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Purchaser. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Purchaser in this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 3(e) below, the Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

  6  

 

 

(ii)          No “bad actor” disqualifying event described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i)-(viii) of the Securities Act (a “ Disqualification Event ”) is applicable to the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any Company Covered Person (as defined below), except for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii–iv) or (d)(3), is applicable. “ Company Covered Person ” means, with respect to the Company as an “issuer” for purposes of Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, any Person listed in the first paragraph of Rule 506(d)(1).

 

(e)           Governmental Consents and Filings . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Purchaser in this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws.

 

(f)           Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its memorandum and articles of association, as in effect on the date hereof and on the Closing Date, or other governing documents, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, in each case (other than clause (i)) which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)           Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Company, nor any director, officer, agent, employee or other Person acting on behalf of the Company has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

(h)           Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements and all other applicable U.S. and non-U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the applicable money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

  7  

 

 

(i)           Absence of Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of the Company’s officers or directors, whether of a civil or criminal nature or otherwise, in their capacities as such.

 

(j)           No General Solicitation . Neither the Company, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or stockholders has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(k)           No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 3 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Company Parties has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company, this offering, the IPO, the Business Combination or FSR Purchase, and the Company Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Purchaser in Section 2 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Company Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Purchaser Parties.

 

4.           Additional Agreements and Acknowledgements of the Purchaser.

 

(a)           Trust Account .

 

(i)           The Purchaser hereby acknowledges that it is aware that the Company has established a trust account (the “ Trust Account ”) for the benefit of its public shareholders. The Purchaser, for itself and its affiliates, hereby agrees that it has no right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, or any other asset of the Company as a result of any liquidation of the Company, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO (“ Public Shares ”) held by it.

 

(ii)          The Purchaser hereby agrees that it shall have no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“ Claim ”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have now or in the future, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it. In the event the Purchaser has any Claim against the Company under this Agreement, the Purchaser shall pursue such Claim solely against the Company and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the property or any monies in the Trust Account, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it.

 

(b)           No Short Sales . The Purchaser hereby agrees that neither it, nor any person or entity acting on its behalf or pursuant to any understanding with it, will engage in any Short Sales with respect to securities of the Company prior to the Closing. For purposes of this Section, “ Short Sales ” shall include, without limitation, all “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 promulgated under Regulation SHO under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all types of direct and indirect stock pledges (other than pledges in the ordinary course of business as part of prime brokerage arrangements), forward sale contracts, options, puts, calls, swaps and similar arrangements (including on a total return basis), and sales and other transactions through non-U.S. broker dealers or foreign regulated brokers.

 

  8  

 

 

5.           Additional Agreements of the Company.

 

(a)           No Public Disclosure . The Company may not identify, or permit any of its employees, agents, representatives or affiliates to identify, the Purchaser as an investor in the Company in any written or oral communications or issue any press release or other disclosure of the Purchaser’s name or any derivative of any such name (whether in connection with the Company or otherwise), in each case except (i) as authorized in writing by the Purchaser in each such instance or (ii) as required by law, legal process or regulatory request; provided , that the Company shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, notify the Purchaser of such requirement so that the Purchaser (or its affiliate) may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy protecting such information prior to such disclosure. The foregoing shall not prevent the disclosure of the Purchaser’s name and address and information concerning the number of Company equity securities held by the Purchaser (and no other information concerning the Purchaser or any of its affiliates) (i) in the Company’s filings with the SEC (or an exhibit thereto) if the Company is requested or required to make such disclosure pursuant to the comments from the Staff of the SEC or FINRA or (ii) to the Company’s lawyers, independent accountants and to other advisors and service providers who reasonably require the Purchaser’s information in connection with the provision of services to the Company and are advised of the confidential nature of such information and are obligated to keep such information confidential.

 

(b)           No Material Non-Public Information . The Company agrees that no information provided to the Purchaser in connection with this Agreement will, upon the Closing, constitute material non-public information of the Company, and following the Closing, the Company will not provide the Purchaser with any material non-public information of the Company without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

 

(c)           New York Stock Exchange Listing . The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (or another national securities exchange).

 

6.           Purchase Price Return Right . (i) If the Business Combination does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FGL Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FGL Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(i) and (ii) if the FSR Purchase does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FSR Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FSR Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii) .

 

7.           Termination .

 

(a)           This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) such date and time as the Merger Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; (ii) such date and time at which Purchaser has requested the return of the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price from the Company and received the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price (as applicable) from the Escrow Account pursuant to Section 6 ; or (iii) upon the mutual written agreement of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

(b)           In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(a), the Purchase Price (and interest thereon, if any), if previously paid and not previously returned, and all Purchaser’s funds paid in connection herewith and not previously returned shall be promptly returned to Purchaser, and thereafter this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of the Purchaser or the Company and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, managers, members, or shareholders and all rights and obligations of each party shall cease; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 7 shall relieve either party from liabilities or damages arising out of any fraud or willful breach by such party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

  9  

 

 

8.           General Provisions .

 

(a)           Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt, or (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile (if any) during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five (5) business days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications sent to the Company shall be sent to: 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada 89134, Attn: Douglas B. Newton, Chief Financial Officer, email: newton@cc.capital with a copy to the Company’s counsel at: Winston & Strawn LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166, Attn: Joel L. Rubinstein, Esq., email: jrubinstein@winston.com, fax: (212) 294-4700.

 

All communications to the Purchaser shall be sent to the Purchaser’s address as set forth on the signature page hereof, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number (if any) or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 8(a).

 

(b)           No Finder’s Fees . The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Purchaser or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

 

(c)           Survival of Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the Closing.

 

(d)           Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with any documents, instruments and writings that are delivered pursuant hereto or referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of its subject matter and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(e)           Successors . All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

(f)           Assignments . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, no party hereto may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party.

 

  10  

 

 

(g)          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(h)           Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i)           Governing Law . This Agreement, the entire relationship of the parties hereto, and any litigation between the parties (whether grounded in contract, tort, statute, law or equity) shall be governed by, construed in accordance with, and interpreted pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its choice of laws principles.

 

(j)           Jurisdiction . The parties (i) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of New York and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in state courts of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

(k)           Waiver of Jury Trial . The parties hereto hereby waive any right to a jury trial in connection with any litigation pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(l)           Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except with the prior written consent of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

(m)           Severability . The provisions of this Agreement will be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof; provided that if any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party hereto or to any circumstance, is adjudged by a governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator not to be enforceable in accordance with its terms, the parties hereto agree that the governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator making such determination will have the power to modify the provision in a manner consistent with its objectives such that it is enforceable, and/or to delete specific words or phrases, and in its reduced form, such provision will then be enforceable and will be enforced.

 

(n)           Expenses . Each of the Company and the Purchaser will bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees and expenses of agents, representatives, financial advisors, legal counsel and accountants. The Company shall be responsible for the fees of its transfer agent; stamp taxes and all The Depository Trust Company fees associated with the issuance of the Shares and the securities issuable upon the conversion or exercise of the Shares.

 

  11  

 

 

(o)           Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The words “ include ,” “ includes ,” and “ including ” will be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation .” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “ this Agreement ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ,” “ hereby ,” “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties hereto intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such party hereto has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party hereto is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

(p)           Waiver . No waiver by any party hereto of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, may be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising because of any prior or subsequent occurrence.

 

(q)           Confidentiality . Except as may be required by law, regulation or applicable stock exchange listing requirements, unless and until the transactions contemplated hereby and the terms hereof are publicly announced or otherwise publicly disclosed by the Company, the parties hereto shall keep confidential and shall not publicly disclose the existence or terms of this Agreement.

 

(r)           Specific Performance . The Purchaser agrees that irreparable damage may occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy at law or equity.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

  12  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

PURCHASER:  
   
Fidelity National Financial, Inc.  

 

By:  /s/ Michael L. Gravelle  
  Name: Michael L. Gravelle  
  Title:    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and  
    Corporate Secretary  

 

COMPANY:

 

CF CORPORATION

 
     
By:  /s/ Douglas B. Newton  
  Name: Douglas B. Newton  
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer  

 

Purchaser Notice Information

 

Name   Address   Telephone   Email   Facsimile
                 
                 
                 

 

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Registration Rights

 

1.          Within thirty (30) days after the Closing, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts (i) to file a registration statement on Form S-3 for a secondary offering (including any successor registration statement covering the resale of the Registrable Securities a “ Resale Shelf ”) of (x) the Subscription Shares and (y) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (x) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization (collectively, the “ Registrable Securities ”) pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act; provided that if Form S-3 is unavailable for such a registration, the Company shall register the resale of the Registrable Securities on another appropriate form and undertake to register the Registrable Securities on Form S-3 as soon as such form is available, (ii) to cause the Resale Shelf to be declared effective under the Securities Act promptly thereafter, but in no event later than sixty (60) days thereafter, and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such Resale Shelf with respect to the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities until the earliest of (A) the date on which the Purchaser ceases to hold Registrable Securities covered by such Resale Shelf, (B) the date all of the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

2.          In the event the Company is prohibited by applicable rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff (“ Staff ”) of the SEC from registering all of the Registrable Securities on the Resale Shelf or the Staff requires that the Purchaser be specifically identified as an “underwriter” in order to permit such registration statement to become effective, and such Purchaser does not consent in writing to being so named as an underwriter in such registration statement, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered on the Resale Shelf will be reduced on a pro rata basis among all the holders of Registrable Securities to be so included, unless otherwise required by the Staff, so that the number of Registrable Securities to be registered is permitted by Staff and such Purchaser is not required to be named as an “underwriter”; provided , that any Registrable Securities not registered due to this paragraph 2 of this Exhibit A shall thereafter as soon as allowed by the SEC guidance be registered to the extent the prohibition no longer is applicable.

 

  A- 1  

 

 

3.          If at any time the Company proposes to file a registration statement (a “ Registration Statement ”) on its own behalf, or on behalf of any other Persons who have registration rights (“ Other Holders ”), relating to an underwritten offering of ordinary shares, or engage in an Underwritten Takedown off an existing registration statement (a “ Company Offering ”), then the Company will provide Subscribers (including the Purchaser) who have purchased at least 2,000,000 Subscription Shares (collectively, the “ Piggyback Holders ”) with notice in writing (an “ Offer Notice ”) at least five (5) Business Days prior to such filing, which Offer Notice will offer to include in the Registration Statement a minimum of 1,000,000 “Registrable Securities” (as defined under each Piggyback Holder’s equity purchase agreement) of each Piggyback Holder (collectively “ Piggyback Securities ”). Within five (5) Business Days (or, in the case of an Offer Notice delivered to the Purchaser or other Subscribers in connection with an Underwritten Takedown, within three (3) Business Days) after receiving the Offer Notice, the Piggyback Holders may make a written request to the Company to include some or all of the Piggyback Holders’ Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement. If the underwriter(s) for any Company Offering advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Company Offering, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to the Company and the Other Holders, if any; and (ii) second, to the Piggyback Holders based on the pro rata percentage of Piggyback Securities held by the Piggyback Holders and requested to be included in the Underwritten Offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph 3, the Company hereby agrees that it will not provide an Offer Notice to any other Subscriber unless such other Subscriber agrees in writing to treat the contents of such Offer Notice as material non-public information.

 

4.          Within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice from CFS Holdings (Cayman), L.P. (“ CFS ”) of its request to effect an underwritten public offering pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, dated as of April 18, 2016, by and among the Company, CFS and CF Capital Growth, LLC (an “ Underwritten Takedown ”), the Company shall provide written notice thereof to the Purchaser. Within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice of the Underwritten Takedown, the Purchaser may make a written request to the Company to include some or all of the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities in the prospectus supplement relating to the Underwritten Takedown (the “ Underwritten Takedown Prospectus ”), and subject to the following sentence, the Company shall include such Registrable Securities and the securities requested by each other Subscriber who purchased at least 2,000,000 Subscription Shares and proposes to sell at least 1,000,000 Registrable Securities in the Underwritten Takedown (a “ Requesting Holder ”) to be included in the Underwritten Takedown (“ Requesting Holder Securities ”) in the Underwritten Takedown Prospectus. If the underwriter(s) for any Underwritten Takedown advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Underwritten Takedown Prospectus, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to CFS; and (ii) second, to the Requesting Holders based on the pro rata percentage of Requesting Holder Securities held by the Requesting Holders and requested to be included in the Underwritten Offering. If the Purchaser is eligible and includes Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Takedown, it shall not have the ability to withdraw such Registrable Securities from such offering without the consent of CFS, it being understood that the terms of the offering may not be known at the time of notice of such Underwritten Takedown and that CFS shall have the sole discretion to approve such terms (and the Purchaser shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Registrable Securities in the prospectus supplement). In this regard, by electing to include securities on such offering, the Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company and CFS in furtherance of such offering, including entering into such customary agreements and take all such actions (including supplying all reasonably requested information) within 48 hours of a reasonable request by the Company, underwriters or CFS.

 

  A- 2  

 

 

5.          The determination of whether any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf or a Underwritten Takedown Prospectus will be an underwritten offering shall be made in the sole discretion of Purchaser, after consultation with the Company, and Purchaser shall have the right, after consultation with the Company, to determine the plan of distribution, including the price at which the Registrable Securities are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees (and the Piggyback Holders or Requesting Holders (as applicable) shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Requesting Holder Securities in the prospectus supplement). Purchaser shall select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers and managers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company).

 

6.          In connection with any underwritten offering, the Company shall enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Purchaser) in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities as are reasonably necessary or required, and in such connection enter into a customary underwriting agreement that provides for customary opinions, comfort letters and officer’s certificates and other customary deliverables.

 

7.          The Company shall pay all fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with its obligation to prepare, file and maintain the Resale Shelf (including the fees of its counsel and accountants). The Company shall also pay all Registration Expenses. For purposes of this paragraph 6, “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean the out-of-pocket expenses of a Company Offering or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, including, without limitation, the following: (i) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA) and any securities exchange on which the Registrable Securities are then listed; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (iv) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; (v) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; and (vi) reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by Purchaser who will represent all the selling shareholders.

 

8.          The Company may suspend the use of a prospectus included in the Resale Shelf by furnishing to the Purchaser a written notice (“ Suspension Notice ”) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be either (i) prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (as if the Purchaser were covered by such policy) or (ii) materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such prospectus to be used at such time. The Company’s right to suspend the use of such prospectus under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence may be exercised for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice to the Purchaser; provided such period may be extended for an additional thirty (30) days with the consent of a majority-in-interest of the holders of Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that such right to suspend the use of a prospectus shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period. A holder of Registrable Securities shall not effect any sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). The holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company to the holders. The Company shall act in good faith to permit any suspension period contemplated by this paragraph to be concluded as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

  A- 3  

 

 

9.          The Purchaser agrees that, except as required by applicable law, the Purchaser shall treat as confidential the receipt of any Suspension Notice (provided that in no event shall such notice contain any material nonpublic information of the Company) hereunder and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Suspension Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes public, other than as a result of disclosure by a holder of Registrable Securities in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.         The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, its directors and officers, partners, members, managers, employees, agents, and representatives of the Purchaser and each person, if any, who controls the Purchaser within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, costs (including reasonable costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, “ Losses ”), promptly as incurred, arising out of, based upon or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Resale Shelf (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, are based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case or to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Loss arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission or so made in reliance upon or in conformity with information furnished by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person in writing specifically for use in the preparation of the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person, and shall survive the transfer of such securities by the Purchaser.

 

11.         The Company’s obligation under paragraph (1) of this Exhibit A is subject to the Purchaser’s furnishing to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. The Purchaser shall indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents and representatives, and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information so furnished in writing by such Purchaser expressly for inclusion in such document; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each Purchaser and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Purchaser from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf.

 

  A- 4  

 

 

12.         The Company shall cooperate with the Purchaser, to the extent the Registrable Securities become freely tradable, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legend) representing the Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to a Resale Shelf and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts, as the case may be, as the Purchaser may reasonably request and registered in such names as the Purchaser may request.

 

13.         If requested by tje Purchaser, the Company shall as soon as practicable, subject to any Suspension Notice,(i) incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the Purchaser reasonably requests to be included therein relating to the sale and distribution of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being offered or sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; and (iii) supplement or make amendments to any Registration Statement if reasonably requested by the Purchaser holding any Registrable Securities.

 

14.         As long as the Purchaser owns Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be reporting under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to promptly furnish the Purchaser with true and complete copies of all such filings, unless filed through the SEC’s EDGAR system. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as the Purchaser may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time, to enable the Purchaser to sell the Shares held by the Purchaser without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, including providing any legal opinions. Upon the request of the Purchaser, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

15.         The rights, duties and obligations of the Purchaser under this Exhibit A may be assigned or delegated by the Purchaser in conjunction with and to the extent of any permitted transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Purchaser to any permitted transferee or assignee.

 

  A- 5  

 

Exhibit 10.30

 

EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Equity Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 29, 2017, between CF Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), and Fidelity National Title Insurance Company (the “ Purchaser ”).

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company will merge with an into Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a Delaware corporation (“ FGL ”), with FGL surviving the merger as an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (such merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “ Business Combination ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ FSR Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which FGL US Holdings Inc. will purchase from Front Street Re (Delaware) Ltd. 2,300 ordinary shares of Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. (“ Cayman Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Cayman Co, and 375,000 common shares of Front Street Re Ltd. (“ Bermuda Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Bermuda Co (the “ FSR Purchase ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“ FNF ”) entered into those certain equity commitment letters, dated as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Equity Commitment Letter ”), with the Company, pursuant to which FNF committed to purchase, or cause the purchase of, an aggregate of 13,500,000 ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 (“ Ordinary Shares ”), for an aggregate purchase price of $135,000,000 at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the second amended and restated investor agreement, dated as of October 6, 2017 and effective as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Investor Agreement ”), by and among the Company, FNF, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. and GSO Capital Partners LP, the Purchaser will receive one Ordinary Share in exchange for each $10.00 funded pursuant to the Equity Commitment Letter;

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and the Purchaser shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 635,000 Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into equity purchase agreements with certain of FNF’s wholly owned subsidiaries (the “ FNF Parties ”), pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and the FNF Parties shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 10,865,000 Ordinary Shares (the “ FNF Shares ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an equity purchase agreement with Corvex Master Fund, LP (“ Corvex ”), pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and Corvex shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 2,000,000 Ordinary Shares (the “ Corvex Shares ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, the Company has entered into an equity purchase agreement with a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. (“ Blackstone ” and together with the Purchaser, the FNF Parties and Corvex, the “ Subscribers ”), for the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 22,500,000 Ordinary Shares (such Ordinary Shares together with FNF Shares, the Corvex Shares and the Shares, the “ Subscription Shares ”) to Blackstone at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Agreement

 

1. Sale and Purchase.

 

(a)            (i) The Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 613,383 Ordinary Shares (the “ FGL Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $6,133,830 (the “ FGL Purchase Price ”) and (ii) the Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 21,617 Ordinary Shares (the “ FSR Shares ”, and together with the FGL Shares, collectively, the “ Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $216,170 (the “ FSR Purchase Price ”, together with the FGL Purchase Price, collectively, the “ Purchase Price ”) (such issuance, sale and purchase, the “ Purchase ”).

 

(b)            On or prior to November 29, 2017, Purchaser shall deliver the Purchase Price to a designated escrow account at Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company’s transfer agent (the “ Escrow Account ”), to be held on behalf of Purchaser until the Closing (as defined below) in cash via wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds in accordance with the wire instructions provided by the Company.

 

(c)            The closing of the Purchase contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall occur, (i) in the case of the purchase of the FGL Shares, immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination (the “ Business Combination Closing ”) and (ii) in the case of the purchase of the FSR Shares, immediately prior to the FSR Purchase (the “ FSR Purchase Closing ”). At the Closing, (i) immediately prior to the Business Combination Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the Business Combination, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FGL Shares in exchange for the FGL Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account and (ii) immediately prior to the FSR Purchase Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the FSR Purchase, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FSR Shares in exchange for the FSR Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account.

 

(d)            The Company shall register Purchaser as the owner of the Shares in the register of members of the Company and with the Company’s transfer agent by book entry on or promptly after (but in no event more than two (2) business days after) the date on which the Closing occurs (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

(e)            Each register and book entry for the Shares shall contain a notation, and each certificate (if any) evidencing the Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend, in substantially the following form:

 

  2  

 

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL, IS AVAILABLE.”

 

(f)             Legend Removal . When the Shares are eligible to be sold without restriction under, and without the Company being in compliance with the current public information requirements of, Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), then, at the Purchaser’s request, the Company will cause the Company’s transfer agent to remove the legend set forth in Section 1(d) hereof. In connection therewith, if required by the Company’s transfer agent, the Company will promptly cause an opinion of counsel to be delivered to and maintained with its transfer agent, together with any other authorizations, certificates and directions required by the transfer agent that authorize and direct the transfer agent to issue such Shares without any such legend.

 

(g)            Registration Rights . The Purchaser shall have registration rights with respect to the Shares as set forth on Exhibit A (the “ Registration Rights ”).

 

2.             Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)            Organization and Power . The Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(b)            Authorization . The Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, or (c) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(c)            Governmental Consents and Filings . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Purchaser in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)            Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its organizational documents, if applicable, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchaser, in each case (other than clause (i)), which would have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  3  

 

 

(e)            Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser will be acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation of law. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares. If the Purchaser was formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, each of its equity owners is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity or any government or any department or agency thereof.

 

(f)             Disclosure of Information . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares, as well as the terms of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, with the Company’s management.

 

(g)            Restricted Securities . The Purchaser understands that the offer and sale of the Shares to the Purchaser has not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale, except for the Registration Rights. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

(h)            High Degree of Risk . The Purchaser understands that its agreement to purchase the Shares involves a high degree of risk which could cause the Purchaser to lose all or part of its investment.

 

(i)             Accredited Investor . The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(j)             Foreign Investors . If the Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), the Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Shares. The Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction.

 

  4  

 

 

(k)            No General Solicitation . Neither the Purchaser, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) to its knowledge, engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(l)             Residence . If the Purchaser is an individual, then the Purchaser resides in the state or province identified in the address of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof; if the Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then its principal place of business is the office or offices located at the address or addresses of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof.

 

(m)           Adequacy of Financing . The Purchaser has available to it sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(n)            Affiliation of Certain FINRA Members . The Purchaser is neither a person associated nor affiliated with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC Incorporated or, to its actual knowledge, any other member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) that participated in the Company’s initial public offering (the “ IPO ”).

 

(o)            No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 2 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Purchaser nor any person acting on behalf of the Purchaser nor any of the Purchaser’s affiliates (the “ Purchaser Parties ”) has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Purchaser and this offering, and the Purchaser Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Company in Section 3 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Purchaser Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Company, any person on behalf of the Company or any of the Company’s affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Parties ”).

 

3.             Represe n tations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

 

(a) Incorporation and Corporate Power .

 

(i)        The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing as an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(ii)        Each Company Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. As used herein, “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity (A) of which such person or a subsidiary of such person is a general partner or (B) of which a majority of the voting securities or other voting interests, or a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or persons performing similar functions with respect to such entity, is directly or indirectly owned by such person and/or one or more subsidiaries thereof; and “ Company Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

  5  

 

 

(b) Capitalization .

 

(i)             As of the date hereof, the authorized share capital of the Company consists of:

 

(1)        400,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 69,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding, and 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value, $0.0001 per share, 15,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(2)        1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Preferred Shares ”), none of which are issued and outstanding.

 

(ii)            As of the Closing Date, the authorized share capital of the Company will consist of:

 

(1)        800,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 206,000,000 of which will be issued and outstanding.

 

(2)        100,000,000 Preferred Shares, 375,000 of which will be outstanding.

 

(c)            Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into this Agreement and to issue the Shares has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. All action on the part of the shareholders, directors and officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of all obligations of the Company under this Agreement to be performed as of the Closing has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(d)            Valid Issuance of Shares .

 

(i)            The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement and registered in the register of members of the Company, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of all preemptive or similar rights, liens, stamp taxes, encumbrances and charges with respect to the issue thereof and restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer specified under this Agreement, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Purchaser. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Purchaser in this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 3(e) below, the Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

  6  

 

 

(ii)            No “bad actor” disqualifying event described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i)-(viii) of the Securities Act (a “ Disqualification Event ”) is applicable to the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any Company Covered Person (as defined below), except for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii–iv) or (d)(3), is applicable. “ Company Covered Person ” means, with respect to the Company as an “issuer” for purposes of Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, any Person listed in the first paragraph of Rule 506(d)(1).

 

(e)            Governmental Consents and Filings . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Purchaser in this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws.

 

(f)             Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its memorandum and articles of association, as in effect on the date hereof and on the Closing Date, or other governing documents, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, in each case (other than clause (i)) which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)            Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Company, nor any director, officer, agent, employee or other Person acting on behalf of the Company has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

(h)            Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements and all other applicable U.S. and non-U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the applicable money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(i)             Absence of Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of the Company’s officers or directors, whether of a civil or criminal nature or otherwise, in their capacities as such.

 

  7  

 

 

(j)             No General Solicitation . Neither the Company, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or stockholders has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(k)            No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 3 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Company Parties has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company, this offering, the IPO, the Business Combination or FSR Purchase, and the Company Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Purchaser in Section 2 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Company Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Purchaser Parties.

 

4. Additional Agreements and Acknowledgements of the Purchaser.

 

(a) Trust Account .

 

(i)             The Purchaser hereby acknowledges that it is aware that the Company has established a trust account (the “ Trust Account ”) for the benefit of its public shareholders. The Purchaser, for itself and its affiliates, hereby agrees that it has no right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, or any other asset of the Company as a result of any liquidation of the Company, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO (“ Public Shares ”) held by it.

 

(ii)            The Purchaser hereby agrees that it shall have no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“ Claim ”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have now or in the future, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it. In the event the Purchaser has any Claim against the Company under this Agreement, the Purchaser shall pursue such Claim solely against the Company and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the property or any monies in the Trust Account, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it.

 

(b)            No Short Sales . The Purchaser hereby agrees that neither it, nor any person or entity acting on its behalf or pursuant to any understanding with it, will engage in any Short Sales with respect to securities of the Company prior to the Closing. For purposes of this Section, “ Short Sales ” shall include, without limitation, all “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 promulgated under Regulation SHO under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all types of direct and indirect stock pledges (other than pledges in the ordinary course of business as part of prime brokerage arrangements), forward sale contracts, options, puts, calls, swaps and similar arrangements (including on a total return basis), and sales and other transactions through non-U.S. broker dealers or foreign regulated brokers.

 

  8  

 

 

5. Additional Agreements of the Company.

 

(a)            No Public Disclosure . The Company may not identify, or permit any of its employees, agents, representatives or affiliates to identify, the Purchaser as an investor in the Company in any written or oral communications or issue any press release or other disclosure of the Purchaser’s name or any derivative of any such name (whether in connection with the Company or otherwise), in each case except (i) as authorized in writing by the Purchaser in each such instance or (ii) as required by law, legal process or regulatory request; provided , that the Company shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, notify the Purchaser of such requirement so that the Purchaser (or its affiliate) may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy protecting such information prior to such disclosure. The foregoing shall not prevent the disclosure of the Purchaser’s name and address and information concerning the number of Company equity securities held by the Purchaser (and no other information concerning the Purchaser or any of its affiliates) (i) in the Company’s filings with the SEC (or an exhibit thereto) if the Company is requested or required to make such disclosure pursuant to the comments from the Staff of the SEC or FINRA or (ii) to the Company’s lawyers, independent accountants and to other advisors and service providers who reasonably require the Purchaser’s information in connection with the provision of services to the Company and are advised of the confidential nature of such information and are obligated to keep such information confidential.

 

(b)            No Material Non-Public Information . The Company agrees that no information provided to the Purchaser in connection with this Agreement will, upon the Closing, constitute material non-public information of the Company, and following the Closing, the Company will not provide the Purchaser with any material non-public information of the Company without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

 

(c)            New York Stock Exchange Listing . The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (or another national securities exchange).

 

6.             Purchase Price Return Right . (i) If the Business Combination does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FGL Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FGL Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(i) and (ii) if the FSR Purchase does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FSR Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FSR Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii) .

 

7. Termination .

 

(a)            This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) such date and time as the Merger Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; (ii) such date and time at which Purchaser has requested the return of the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price from the Company and received the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price (as applicable) from the Escrow Account pursuant to Section 6 ; or (iii) upon the mutual written agreement of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

(b)            In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(a), the Purchase Price (and interest thereon, if any), if previously paid and not previously returned, and all Purchaser’s funds paid in connection herewith and not previously returned shall be promptly returned to Purchaser, and thereafter this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of the Purchaser or the Company and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, managers, members, or shareholders and all rights and obligations of each party shall cease; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 7 shall relieve either party from liabilities or damages arising out of any fraud or willful breach by such party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

  9  

 

 

8. General Provisions .

 

(a)            Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt, or (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile (if any) during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five (5) business days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications sent to the Company shall be sent to: 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada 89134, Attn: Douglas B. Newton, Chief Financial Officer, email: newton@cc.capital with a copy to the Company’s counsel at: Winston & Strawn LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166, Attn: Joel L. Rubinstein, Esq., email: jrubinstein@winston.com, fax: (212) 294-4700.

 

All communications to the Purchaser shall be sent to the Purchaser’s address as set forth on the signature page hereof, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number (if any) or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 8(a).

 

(b)            No Finder’s Fees . The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Purchaser or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

 

(c)            Survival of Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the Closing.

 

(d)            Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with any documents, instruments and writings that are delivered pursuant hereto or referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of its subject matter and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(e)            Successors . All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

(f)             Assignments . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, no party hereto may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party.

 

  10  

 

 

(g)            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(h)            Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i)             Governing Law . This Agreement, the entire relationship of the parties hereto, and any litigation between the parties (whether grounded in contract, tort, statute, law or equity) shall be governed by, construed in accordance with, and interpreted pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its choice of laws principles.

 

(j)             Jurisdiction . The parties (i) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of New York and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in state courts of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

(k)            Waiver of Jury Trial . The parties hereto hereby waive any right to a jury trial in connection with any litigation pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(l)             Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except with the prior written consent of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

(m)           Severability . The provisions of this Agreement will be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof; provided that if any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party hereto or to any circumstance, is adjudged by a governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator not to be enforceable in accordance with its terms, the parties hereto agree that the governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator making such determination will have the power to modify the provision in a manner consistent with its objectives such that it is enforceable, and/or to delete specific words or phrases, and in its reduced form, such provision will then be enforceable and will be enforced.

 

(n)            Expenses . Each of the Company and the Purchaser will bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees and expenses of agents, representatives, financial advisors, legal counsel and accountants. The Company shall be responsible for the fees of its transfer agent; stamp taxes and all The Depository Trust Company fees associated with the issuance of the Shares and the securities issuable upon the conversion or exercise of the Shares.

 

  11  

 

 

(o)            Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The words “ include ,” “ includes ,” and “ including ” will be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation .” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “ this Agreement ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ,” “ hereby ,” “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties hereto intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such party hereto has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party hereto is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

(p)            Waiver . No waiver by any party hereto of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, may be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising because of any prior or subsequent occurrence.

 

(q)            Confidentiality . Except as may be required by law, regulation or applicable stock exchange listing requirements, unless and until the transactions contemplated hereby and the terms hereof are publicly announced or otherwise publicly disclosed by the Company, the parties hereto shall keep confidential and shall not publicly disclose the existence or terms of this Agreement.

 

(r)             Specific Performance . The Purchaser agrees that irreparable damage may occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy at law or equity.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

  12  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

PURCHASER:  
   
fidelity national Title Insurance Company  
   
By:  /s/ Michael L. Gravelle  
  Name: Michael L. Gravelle  
  Title:  Executive Vice President, General Counsel and  
  Corporate Secretary  
   
COMPANY:  
   
CF CORPORATION  
   
By:  /s/ Douglas B. Newton  
  Name: Douglas B. Newton  
  Title: Chief Financial Officer  

 

Purchaser Notice Information

 

Name   Address   Telephone   Email   Facsimile
                 
                 
                 

 

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Registration Rights

 

1.             Within thirty (30) days after the Closing, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts (i) to file a registration statement on Form S-3 for a secondary offering (including any successor registration statement covering the resale of the Registrable Securities a “ Resale Shelf ”) of (x) the Subscription Shares and (y) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (x) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization (collectively, the “ Registrable Securities ”) pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act; provided that if Form S-3 is unavailable for such a registration, the Company shall register the resale of the Registrable Securities on another appropriate form and undertake to register the Registrable Securities on Form S-3 as soon as such form is available, (ii) to cause the Resale Shelf to be declared effective under the Securities Act promptly thereafter, but in no event later than sixty (60) days thereafter, and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such Resale Shelf with respect to the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities until the earliest of (A) the date on which the Purchaser ceases to hold Registrable Securities covered by such Resale Shelf, (B) the date all of the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

2.             In the event the Company is prohibited by applicable rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff (“ Staff ”) of the SEC from registering all of the Registrable Securities on the Resale Shelf or the Staff requires that the Purchaser be specifically identified as an “underwriter” in order to permit such registration statement to become effective, and such Purchaser does not consent in writing to being so named as an underwriter in such registration statement, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered on the Resale Shelf will be reduced on a pro rata basis among all the holders of Registrable Securities to be so included, unless otherwise required by the Staff, so that the number of Registrable Securities to be registered is permitted by Staff and such Purchaser is not required to be named as an “underwriter”; provided , that any Registrable Securities not registered due to this paragraph 2 of this Exhibit A shall thereafter as soon as allowed by the SEC guidance be registered to the extent the prohibition no longer is applicable.

 

3.             If at any time the Company proposes to file a registration statement (a “ Registration Statement ”) on its own behalf, or on behalf of any other Persons who have registration rights (“ Other Holders ”), relating to an underwritten offering of ordinary shares, or engage in an Underwritten Takedown off an existing registration statement (a “ Company Offering ”), then the Company will provide Subscribers (including the Purchaser) who have purchased at least 2,000,000 Subscription Shares (collectively, the “ Piggyback Holders ”) with notice in writing (an “ Offer Notice ”) at least five (5) Business Days prior to such filing, which Offer Notice will offer to include in the Registration Statement a minimum of 1,000,000 “Registrable Securities” (as defined under each Piggyback Holder’s equity purchase agreement) of each Piggyback Holder (collectively “ Piggyback Securities ”). Within five (5) Business Days (or, in the case of an Offer Notice delivered to the Purchaser or other Subscribers in connection with an Underwritten Takedown, within three (3) Business Days) after receiving the Offer Notice, the Piggyback Holders may make a written request to the Company to include some or all of the Piggyback Holders’ Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement. If the underwriter(s) for any Company Offering advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Company Offering, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to the Company and the Other Holders, if any; and (ii) second, to the Piggyback Holders based on the pro rata percentage of Piggyback Securities held by the Piggyback Holders and requested to be included in the Underwritten Offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph 3, the Company hereby agrees that it will not provide an Offer Notice to any other Subscriber unless such other Subscriber agrees in writing to treat the contents of such Offer Notice as material non-public information.

 

  A- 1  

 

 

4.             Within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice from CFS Holdings (Cayman), L.P. (“ CFS ”) of its request to effect an underwritten public offering pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, dated as of April 18, 2016, by and among the Company, CFS and CF Capital Growth, LLC (an “ Underwritten Takedown ”), the Company shall provide written notice thereof to the Purchaser. Within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice of the Underwritten Takedown, the Purchaser may make a written request to the Company to include some or all of the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities in the prospectus supplement relating to the Underwritten Takedown (the “ Underwritten Takedown Prospectus ”), and subject to the following sentence, the Company shall include such Registrable Securities and the securities requested by each other Subscriber who purchased at least 2,000,000 Subscription Shares and proposes to sell at least 1,000,000 Registrable Securities in the Underwritten Takedown (a “ Requesting Holder ”) to be included in the Underwritten Takedown (“ Requesting Holder Securities ”) in the Underwritten Takedown Prospectus. If the underwriter(s) for any Underwritten Takedown advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Underwritten Takedown Prospectus, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to CFS; and (ii) second, to the Requesting Holders based on the pro rata percentage of Requesting Holder Securities held by the Requesting Holders and requested to be included in the Underwritten Offering. If the Purchaser is eligible and includes Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Takedown, it shall not have the ability to withdraw such Registrable Securities from such offering without the consent of CFS, it being understood that the terms of the offering may not be known at the time of notice of such Underwritten Takedown and that CFS shall have the sole discretion to approve such terms (and the Purchaser shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Registrable Securities in the prospectus supplement). In this regard, by electing to include securities on such offering, the Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company and CFS in furtherance of such offering, including entering into such customary agreements and take all such actions (including supplying all reasonably requested information) within 48 hours of a reasonable request by the Company, underwriters or CFS.

 

5.             The determination of whether any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf or a Underwritten Takedown Prospectus will be an underwritten offering shall be made in the sole discretion of Purchaser, after consultation with the Company, and Purchaser shall have the right, after consultation with the Company, to determine the plan of distribution, including the price at which the Registrable Securities are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees (and the Piggyback Holders or Requesting Holders (as applicable) shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Requesting Holder Securities in the prospectus supplement). Purchaser shall select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers and managers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company).

 

  A- 2  

 

 

6.             In connection with any underwritten offering, the Company shall enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Purchaser) in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities as are reasonably necessary or required, and in such connection enter into a customary underwriting agreement that provides for customary opinions, comfort letters and officer’s certificates and other customary deliverables.

 

7.             The Company shall pay all fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with its obligation to prepare, file and maintain the Resale Shelf (including the fees of its counsel and accountants). The Company shall also pay all Registration Expenses. For purposes of this paragraph 6, “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean the out-of-pocket expenses of a Company Offering or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, including, without limitation, the following: (i) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA) and any securities exchange on which the Registrable Securities are then listed; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (iv) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; (v) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; and (vi) reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by Purchaser who will represent all the selling shareholders.

 

8.             The Company may suspend the use of a prospectus included in the Resale Shelf by furnishing to the Purchaser a written notice (“ Suspension Notice ”) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be either (i) prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (as if the Purchaser were covered by such policy) or (ii) materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such prospectus to be used at such time. The Company’s right to suspend the use of such prospectus under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence may be exercised for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice to the Purchaser; provided such period may be extended for an additional thirty (30) days with the consent of a majority-in-interest of the holders of Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that such right to suspend the use of a prospectus shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period. A holder of Registrable Securities shall not effect any sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). The holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company to the holders. The Company shall act in good faith to permit any suspension period contemplated by this paragraph to be concluded as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

  A- 3  

 

 

9.             The Purchaser agrees that, except as required by applicable law, the Purchaser shall treat as confidential the receipt of any Suspension Notice (provided that in no event shall such notice contain any material nonpublic information of the Company) hereunder and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Suspension Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes public, other than as a result of disclosure by a holder of Registrable Securities in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.           The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, its directors and officers, partners, members, managers, employees, agents, and representatives of the Purchaser and each person, if any, who controls the Purchaser within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, costs (including reasonable costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, “ Losses ”), promptly as incurred, arising out of, based upon or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Resale Shelf (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, are based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case or to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Loss arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission or so made in reliance upon or in conformity with information furnished by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person in writing specifically for use in the preparation of the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person, and shall survive the transfer of such securities by the Purchaser.

 

11.           The Company’s obligation under paragraph (1) of this Exhibit A is subject to the Purchaser’s furnishing to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. The Purchaser shall indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents and representatives, and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information so furnished in writing by such Purchaser expressly for inclusion in such document; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each Purchaser and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Purchaser from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf.

 

  A- 4  

 

 

12.           The Company shall cooperate with the Purchaser, to the extent the Registrable Securities become freely tradable, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legend) representing the Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to a Resale Shelf and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts, as the case may be, as the Purchaser may reasonably request and registered in such names as the Purchaser may request.

 

13.           If requested by tje Purchaser, the Company shall as soon as practicable, subject to any Suspension Notice,(i) incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the Purchaser reasonably requests to be included therein relating to the sale and distribution of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being offered or sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; and (iii) supplement or make amendments to any Registration Statement if reasonably requested by the Purchaser holding any Registrable Securities.

 

14.           As long as the Purchaser owns Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be reporting under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to promptly furnish the Purchaser with true and complete copies of all such filings, unless filed through the SEC’s EDGAR system. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as the Purchaser may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time, to enable the Purchaser to sell the Shares held by the Purchaser without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, including providing any legal opinions. Upon the request of the Purchaser, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

15.           The rights, duties and obligations of the Purchaser under this Exhibit A may be assigned or delegated by the Purchaser in conjunction with and to the extent of any permitted transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Purchaser to any permitted transferee or assignee.

 

  A- 5  

 

Exhibit 10.31

 

EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Equity Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 29, 2017, between CF Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), and Chicago Title Insurance Company (the “ Purchaser ”).

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company will merge with an into Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a Delaware corporation (“ FGL ”), with FGL surviving the merger as an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (such merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “ Business Combination ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ FSR Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which FGL US Holdings Inc. will purchase from Front Street Re (Delaware) Ltd. 2,300 ordinary shares of Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. (“ Cayman Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Cayman Co, and 375,000 common shares of Front Street Re Ltd. (“ Bermuda Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Bermuda Co (the “ FSR Purchase ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“ FNF ”) entered into those certain equity commitment letters, dated as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Equity Commitment Letter ”), with the Company, pursuant to which FNF committed to purchase, or cause the purchase of, an aggregate of 13,500,000 ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 (“ Ordinary Shares ”), for an aggregate purchase price of $135,000,000 at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the second amended and restated investor agreement, dated as of October 6, 2017 and effective as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Investor Agreement ”), by and among the Company, FNF, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. and GSO Capital Partners LP, the Purchaser will receive one Ordinary Share in exchange for each $10.00 funded pursuant to the Equity Commitment Letter;

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and the Purchaser shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 7,914,000 Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into equity purchase agreements with certain of FNF’s wholly owned subsidiaries (the “ FNF Parties ”), pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and the FNF Parties shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 3,586,000 Ordinary Shares (the “ FNF Shares ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an equity purchase agreement with Corvex Master Fund, LP (“ Corvex ”), pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and Corvex shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 2,000,000 Ordinary Shares (the “ Corvex Shares ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, the Company has entered into an equity purchase agreement with a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. (“ Blackstone ” and together with the Purchaser, the FNF Parties and Corvex, the “ Subscribers ”), for the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 22,500,000 Ordinary Shares (such Ordinary Shares together with FNF Shares, the Corvex Shares and the Shares, the “ Subscription Shares ”) to Blackstone at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Agreement

 

1.           Sale and Purchase.

 

(a)           (i) The Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 7,644,587 Ordinary Shares (the “ FGL Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $76,445,870 (the “ FGL Purchase Price ”) and (ii) the Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 269,413 Ordinary Shares (the “ FSR Shares ”, and together with the FGL Shares, collectively, the “ Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $2,694,130 (the “ FSR Purchase Price ”, together with the FGL Purchase Price, collectively, the “ Purchase Price ”) (such issuance, sale and purchase, the “ Purchase ”).

 

(b)           On or prior to November 29, 2017, Purchaser shall deliver the Purchase Price to a designated escrow account at Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company’s transfer agent (the “ Escrow Account ”), to be held on behalf of Purchaser until the Closing (as defined below) in cash via wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds in accordance with the wire instructions provided by the Company.

 

(c)           The closing of the Purchase contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall occur, (i) in the case of the purchase of the FGL Shares, immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination (the “ Business Combination Closing ”) and (ii) in the case of the purchase of the FSR Shares, immediately prior to the FSR Purchase (the “ FSR Purchase Closing ”). At the Closing, (i) immediately prior to the Business Combination Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the Business Combination, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FGL Shares in exchange for the FGL Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account and (ii) immediately prior to the FSR Purchase Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the FSR Purchase, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FSR Shares in exchange for the FSR Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account.

 

(d)           The Company shall register Purchaser as the owner of the Shares in the register of members of the Company and with the Company’s transfer agent by book entry on or promptly after (but in no event more than two (2) business days after) the date on which the Closing occurs (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

(e)           Each register and book entry for the Shares shall contain a notation, and each certificate (if any) evidencing the Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend, in substantially the following form:

 

  2  

 

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL, IS AVAILABLE.”

 

(f)           Legend Removal . When the Shares are eligible to be sold without restriction under, and without the Company being in compliance with the current public information requirements of, Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), then, at the Purchaser’s request, the Company will cause the Company’s transfer agent to remove the legend set forth in Section 1(d) hereof. In connection therewith, if required by the Company’s transfer agent, the Company will promptly cause an opinion of counsel to be delivered to and maintained with its transfer agent, together with any other authorizations, certificates and directions required by the transfer agent that authorize and direct the transfer agent to issue such Shares without any such legend.

 

(g)           Registration Rights . The Purchaser shall have registration rights with respect to the Shares as set forth on Exhibit A (the “ Registration Rights ”).

 

2.           Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)           Organization and Power . The Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(b)           Authorization . The Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, or (c) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(c)           Governmental Consents and Filings . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Purchaser in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)           Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its organizational documents, if applicable, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchaser, in each case (other than clause (i)), which would have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  3  

 

 

(e)           Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser will be acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation of law. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares. If the Purchaser was formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, each of its equity owners is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity or any government or any department or agency thereof.

 

(f)           Disclosure of Information . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares, as well as the terms of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, with the Company’s management.

 

(g)           Restricted Securities . The Purchaser understands that the offer and sale of the Shares to the Purchaser has not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale, except for the Registration Rights. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

(h)           High Degree of Risk . The Purchaser understands that its agreement to purchase the Shares involves a high degree of risk which could cause the Purchaser to lose all or part of its investment.

 

(i)           Accredited Investor . The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(j)           Foreign Investors . If the Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), the Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Shares. The Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction.

 

  4  

 

 

(k)           No General Solicitation . Neither the Purchaser, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) to its knowledge, engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(l)           Residence . If the Purchaser is an individual, then the Purchaser resides in the state or province identified in the address of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof; if the Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then its principal place of business is the office or offices located at the address or addresses of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof.

 

(m)           Adequacy of Financing . The Purchaser has available to it sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(n)           Affiliation of Certain FINRA Members . The Purchaser is neither a person associated nor affiliated with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC Incorporated or, to its actual knowledge, any other member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) that participated in the Company’s initial public offering (the “ IPO ”).

 

(o)           No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 2 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Purchaser nor any person acting on behalf of the Purchaser nor any of the Purchaser’s affiliates (the “ Purchaser Parties ”) has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Purchaser and this offering, and the Purchaser Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Company in Section 3 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Purchaser Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Company, any person on behalf of the Company or any of the Company’s affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Parties ”).

 

3.           Represe n tations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

 

(a)           Incorporation and Corporate Power .

 

(i)           The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing as an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(ii)          Each Company Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. As used herein, “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity (A) of which such person or a subsidiary of such person is a general partner or (B) of which a majority of the voting securities or other voting interests, or a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or persons performing similar functions with respect to such entity, is directly or indirectly owned by such person and/or one or more subsidiaries thereof; and “ Company Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

  5  

 

 

(b)           Capitalization .

 

(i)           As of the date hereof, the authorized share capital of the Company consists of:

 

(1)          400,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 69,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding, and 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value, $0.0001 per share, 15,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(2)          1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Preferred Shares ”), none of which are issued and outstanding.

 

(ii)          As of the Closing Date, the authorized share capital of the Company will consist of:

 

(1)          800,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 206,000,000 of which will be issued and outstanding.

 

(2)          100,000,000 Preferred Shares, 375,000 of which will be outstanding.

 

(c)           Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into this Agreement and to issue the Shares has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. All action on the part of the shareholders, directors and officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of all obligations of the Company under this Agreement to be performed as of the Closing has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(d)           Valid Issuance of Shares .

 

(i)           The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement and registered in the register of members of the Company, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of all preemptive or similar rights, liens, stamp taxes, encumbrances and charges with respect to the issue thereof and restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer specified under this Agreement, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Purchaser. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Purchaser in this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 3(e) below, the Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

  6  

 

 

(ii)          No “bad actor” disqualifying event described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i)-(viii) of the Securities Act (a “ Disqualification Event ”) is applicable to the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any Company Covered Person (as defined below), except for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii–iv) or (d)(3), is applicable. “ Company Covered Person ” means, with respect to the Company as an “issuer” for purposes of Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, any Person listed in the first paragraph of Rule 506(d)(1).

 

(e)           Governmental Consents and Filings . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Purchaser in this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws.

 

(f)           Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its memorandum and articles of association, as in effect on the date hereof and on the Closing Date, or other governing documents, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, in each case (other than clause (i)) which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)           Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Company, nor any director, officer, agent, employee or other Person acting on behalf of the Company has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

(h)           Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements and all other applicable U.S. and non-U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the applicable money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

  7  

 

 

(i)           Absence of Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of the Company’s officers or directors, whether of a civil or criminal nature or otherwise, in their capacities as such.

 

(j)           No General Solicitation . Neither the Company, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or stockholders has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(k)           No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 3 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Company Parties has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company, this offering, the IPO, the Business Combination or FSR Purchase, and the Company Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Purchaser in Section 2 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Company Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Purchaser Parties.

 

4.           Additional Agreements and Acknowledgements of the Purchaser.

 

(a)           Trust Account .

 

(i)           The Purchaser hereby acknowledges that it is aware that the Company has established a trust account (the “ Trust Account ”) for the benefit of its public shareholders. The Purchaser, for itself and its affiliates, hereby agrees that it has no right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, or any other asset of the Company as a result of any liquidation of the Company, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO (“ Public Shares ”) held by it.

 

(ii)          The Purchaser hereby agrees that it shall have no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“ Claim ”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have now or in the future, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it. In the event the Purchaser has any Claim against the Company under this Agreement, the Purchaser shall pursue such Claim solely against the Company and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the property or any monies in the Trust Account, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it.

 

(b)           No Short Sales . The Purchaser hereby agrees that neither it, nor any person or entity acting on its behalf or pursuant to any understanding with it, will engage in any Short Sales with respect to securities of the Company prior to the Closing. For purposes of this Section, “ Short Sales ” shall include, without limitation, all “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 promulgated under Regulation SHO under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all types of direct and indirect stock pledges (other than pledges in the ordinary course of business as part of prime brokerage arrangements), forward sale contracts, options, puts, calls, swaps and similar arrangements (including on a total return basis), and sales and other transactions through non-U.S. broker dealers or foreign regulated brokers.

 

  8  

 

 

5.           Additional Agreements of the Company.

 

(a)           No Public Disclosure . The Company may not identify, or permit any of its employees, agents, representatives or affiliates to identify, the Purchaser as an investor in the Company in any written or oral communications or issue any press release or other disclosure of the Purchaser’s name or any derivative of any such name (whether in connection with the Company or otherwise), in each case except (i) as authorized in writing by the Purchaser in each such instance or (ii) as required by law, legal process or regulatory request; provided , that the Company shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, notify the Purchaser of such requirement so that the Purchaser (or its affiliate) may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy protecting such information prior to such disclosure. The foregoing shall not prevent the disclosure of the Purchaser’s name and address and information concerning the number of Company equity securities held by the Purchaser (and no other information concerning the Purchaser or any of its affiliates) (i) in the Company’s filings with the SEC (or an exhibit thereto) if the Company is requested or required to make such disclosure pursuant to the comments from the Staff of the SEC or FINRA or (ii) to the Company’s lawyers, independent accountants and to other advisors and service providers who reasonably require the Purchaser’s information in connection with the provision of services to the Company and are advised of the confidential nature of such information and are obligated to keep such information confidential.

 

(b)           No Material Non-Public Information . The Company agrees that no information provided to the Purchaser in connection with this Agreement will, upon the Closing, constitute material non-public information of the Company, and following the Closing, the Company will not provide the Purchaser with any material non-public information of the Company without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

 

(c)           New York Stock Exchange Listing . The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (or another national securities exchange).

 

6.           Purchase Price Return Right . (i) If the Business Combination does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FGL Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FGL Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(i) and (ii) if the FSR Purchase does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FSR Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FSR Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii) .

 

7.           Termination .

 

(a)           This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) such date and time as the Merger Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; (ii) such date and time at which Purchaser has requested the return of the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price from the Company and received the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price (as applicable) from the Escrow Account pursuant to Section 6 ; or (iii) upon the mutual written agreement of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

(b)           In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(a), the Purchase Price (and interest thereon, if any), if previously paid and not previously returned, and all Purchaser’s funds paid in connection herewith and not previously returned shall be promptly returned to Purchaser, and thereafter this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of the Purchaser or the Company and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, managers, members, or shareholders and all rights and obligations of each party shall cease; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 7 shall relieve either party from liabilities or damages arising out of any fraud or willful breach by such party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

  9  

 

 

8.           General Provisions .

 

(a)           Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt, or (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile (if any) during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five (5) business days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications sent to the Company shall be sent to: 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada 89134, Attn: Douglas B. Newton, Chief Financial Officer, email: newton@cc.capital with a copy to the Company’s counsel at: Winston & Strawn LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166, Attn: Joel L. Rubinstein, Esq., email: jrubinstein@winston.com, fax: (212) 294-4700.

 

All communications to the Purchaser shall be sent to the Purchaser’s address as set forth on the signature page hereof, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number (if any) or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 8(a).

 

(b)           No Finder’s Fees . The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Purchaser or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

 

(c)           Survival of Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the Closing.

 

(d)           Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with any documents, instruments and writings that are delivered pursuant hereto or referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of its subject matter and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(e)           Successors . All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

(f)           Assignments . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, no party hereto may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party.

 

  10  

 

 

(g)           Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(h)           Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i)           Governing Law . This Agreement, the entire relationship of the parties hereto, and any litigation between the parties (whether grounded in contract, tort, statute, law or equity) shall be governed by, construed in accordance with, and interpreted pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its choice of laws principles.

 

(j)           Jurisdiction . The parties (i) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of New York and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in state courts of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

(k)           Waiver of Jury Trial . The parties hereto hereby waive any right to a jury trial in connection with any litigation pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(l)           Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except with the prior written consent of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

(m)           Severability . The provisions of this Agreement will be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof; provided that if any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party hereto or to any circumstance, is adjudged by a governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator not to be enforceable in accordance with its terms, the parties hereto agree that the governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator making such determination will have the power to modify the provision in a manner consistent with its objectives such that it is enforceable, and/or to delete specific words or phrases, and in its reduced form, such provision will then be enforceable and will be enforced.

 

(n)           Expenses . Each of the Company and the Purchaser will bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees and expenses of agents, representatives, financial advisors, legal counsel and accountants. The Company shall be responsible for the fees of its transfer agent; stamp taxes and all The Depository Trust Company fees associated with the issuance of the Shares and the securities issuable upon the conversion or exercise of the Shares.

 

  11  

 

 

(o)           Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The words “ include ,” “ includes ,” and “ including ” will be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation .” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “ this Agreement ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ,” “ hereby ,” “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties hereto intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such party hereto has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party hereto is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

(p)           Waiver . No waiver by any party hereto of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, may be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising because of any prior or subsequent occurrence.

 

(q)           Confidentiality . Except as may be required by law, regulation or applicable stock exchange listing requirements, unless and until the transactions contemplated hereby and the terms hereof are publicly announced or otherwise publicly disclosed by the Company, the parties hereto shall keep confidential and shall not publicly disclose the existence or terms of this Agreement.

 

(r)            Specific Performance . The Purchaser agrees that irreparable damage may occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy at law or equity.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

  12  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

PURCHASER:  
   
Chicago Title Insurance Company  
   
By:  /s/ Michael L. Gravelle  
  Name: Michael L. Gravelle  
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and  
              Corporate Secretary  
   

COMPANY:

 

CF CORPORATION

 
   
By:  /s/ Douglas B. Newton  
  Name: Douglas B. Newton  
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer  

 

Purchaser Notice Information

 

Name   Address   Telephone   Email   Facsimile
                 
                 
                 

 

[Signature Page to Equity Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Registration Rights

 

1.          Within thirty (30) days after the Closing, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts (i) to file a registration statement on Form S-3 for a secondary offering (including any successor registration statement covering the resale of the Registrable Securities a “ Resale Shelf ”) of (x) the Subscription Shares and (y) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (x) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization (collectively, the “ Registrable Securities ”) pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act; provided that if Form S-3 is unavailable for such a registration, the Company shall register the resale of the Registrable Securities on another appropriate form and undertake to register the Registrable Securities on Form S-3 as soon as such form is available, (ii) to cause the Resale Shelf to be declared effective under the Securities Act promptly thereafter, but in no event later than sixty (60) days thereafter, and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such Resale Shelf with respect to the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities until the earliest of (A) the date on which the Purchaser ceases to hold Registrable Securities covered by such Resale Shelf, (B) the date all of the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

2.          In the event the Company is prohibited by applicable rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff (“ Staff ”) of the SEC from registering all of the Registrable Securities on the Resale Shelf or the Staff requires that the Purchaser be specifically identified as an “underwriter” in order to permit such registration statement to become effective, and such Purchaser does not consent in writing to being so named as an underwriter in such registration statement, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered on the Resale Shelf will be reduced on a pro rata basis among all the holders of Registrable Securities to be so included, unless otherwise required by the Staff, so that the number of Registrable Securities to be registered is permitted by Staff and such Purchaser is not required to be named as an “underwriter”; provided , that any Registrable Securities not registered due to this paragraph 2 of this Exhibit A shall thereafter as soon as allowed by the SEC guidance be registered to the extent the prohibition no longer is applicable.

 

  A- 1  

 

 

3.          If at any time the Company proposes to file a registration statement (a “ Registration Statement ”) on its own behalf, or on behalf of any other Persons who have registration rights (“ Other Holders ”), relating to an underwritten offering of ordinary shares, or engage in an Underwritten Takedown off an existing registration statement (a “ Company Offering ”), then the Company will provide Subscribers (including the Purchaser) who have purchased at least 2,000,000 Subscription Shares (collectively, the “ Piggyback Holders ”) with notice in writing (an “ Offer Notice ”) at least five (5) Business Days prior to such filing, which Offer Notice will offer to include in the Registration Statement a minimum of 1,000,000 “Registrable Securities” (as defined under each Piggyback Holder’s equity purchase agreement) of each Piggyback Holder (collectively “ Piggyback Securities ”). Within five (5) Business Days (or, in the case of an Offer Notice delivered to the Purchaser or other Subscribers in connection with an Underwritten Takedown, within three (3) Business Days) after receiving the Offer Notice, the Piggyback Holders may make a written request to the Company to include some or all of the Piggyback Holders’ Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement. If the underwriter(s) for any Company Offering advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Company Offering, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to the Company and the Other Holders, if any; and (ii) second, to the Piggyback Holders based on the pro rata percentage of Piggyback Securities held by the Piggyback Holders and requested to be included in the Underwritten Offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph 3, the Company hereby agrees that it will not provide an Offer Notice to any other Subscriber unless such other Subscriber agrees in writing to treat the contents of such Offer Notice as material non-public information.

 

4.          Within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice from CFS Holdings (Cayman), L.P. (“ CFS ”) of its request to effect an underwritten public offering pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, dated as of April 18, 2016, by and among the Company, CFS and CF Capital Growth, LLC (an “ Underwritten Takedown ”), the Company shall provide written notice thereof to the Purchaser. Within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice of the Underwritten Takedown, the Purchaser may make a written request to the Company to include some or all of the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities in the prospectus supplement relating to the Underwritten Takedown (the “ Underwritten Takedown Prospectus ”), and subject to the following sentence, the Company shall include such Registrable Securities and the securities requested by each other Subscriber who purchased at least 2,000,000 Subscription Shares and proposes to sell at least 1,000,000 Registrable Securities in the Underwritten Takedown (a “ Requesting Holder ”) to be included in the Underwritten Takedown (“ Requesting Holder Securities ”) in the Underwritten Takedown Prospectus. If the underwriter(s) for any Underwritten Takedown advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Underwritten Takedown Prospectus, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to CFS; and (ii) second, to the Requesting Holders based on the pro rata percentage of Requesting Holder Securities held by the Requesting Holders and requested to be included in the Underwritten Offering. If the Purchaser is eligible and includes Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Takedown, it shall not have the ability to withdraw such Registrable Securities from such offering without the consent of CFS, it being understood that the terms of the offering may not be known at the time of notice of such Underwritten Takedown and that CFS shall have the sole discretion to approve such terms (and the Purchaser shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Registrable Securities in the prospectus supplement). In this regard, by electing to include securities on such offering, the Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company and CFS in furtherance of such offering, including entering into such customary agreements and take all such actions (including supplying all reasonably requested information) within 48 hours of a reasonable request by the Company, underwriters or CFS.

 

  A- 2  

 

 

5.          The determination of whether any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf or a Underwritten Takedown Prospectus will be an underwritten offering shall be made in the sole discretion of Purchaser, after consultation with the Company, and Purchaser shall have the right, after consultation with the Company, to determine the plan of distribution, including the price at which the Registrable Securities are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees (and the Piggyback Holders or Requesting Holders (as applicable) shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Requesting Holder Securities in the prospectus supplement). Purchaser shall select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers and managers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company).

 

6.          In connection with any underwritten offering, the Company shall enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Purchaser) in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities as are reasonably necessary or required, and in such connection enter into a customary underwriting agreement that provides for customary opinions, comfort letters and officer’s certificates and other customary deliverables.

 

7.          The Company shall pay all fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with its obligation to prepare, file and maintain the Resale Shelf (including the fees of its counsel and accountants). The Company shall also pay all Registration Expenses. For purposes of this paragraph 6, “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean the out-of-pocket expenses of a Company Offering or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, including, without limitation, the following: (i) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA) and any securities exchange on which the Registrable Securities are then listed; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (iv) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; (v) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; and (vi) reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by Purchaser who will represent all the selling shareholders.

 

8.          The Company may suspend the use of a prospectus included in the Resale Shelf by furnishing to the Purchaser a written notice (“ Suspension Notice ”) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be either (i) prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (as if the Purchaser were covered by such policy) or (ii) materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such prospectus to be used at such time. The Company’s right to suspend the use of such prospectus under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence may be exercised for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice to the Purchaser; provided such period may be extended for an additional thirty (30) days with the consent of a majority-in-interest of the holders of Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that such right to suspend the use of a prospectus shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period. A holder of Registrable Securities shall not effect any sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). The holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company to the holders. The Company shall act in good faith to permit any suspension period contemplated by this paragraph to be concluded as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

  A- 3  

 

 

9.          The Purchaser agrees that, except as required by applicable law, the Purchaser shall treat as confidential the receipt of any Suspension Notice (provided that in no event shall such notice contain any material nonpublic information of the Company) hereunder and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Suspension Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes public, other than as a result of disclosure by a holder of Registrable Securities in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.         The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, its directors and officers, partners, members, managers, employees, agents, and representatives of the Purchaser and each person, if any, who controls the Purchaser within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, costs (including reasonable costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, “ Losses ”), promptly as incurred, arising out of, based upon or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Resale Shelf (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, are based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case or to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Loss arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission or so made in reliance upon or in conformity with information furnished by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person in writing specifically for use in the preparation of the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person, and shall survive the transfer of such securities by the Purchaser.

 

11.         The Company’s obligation under paragraph (1) of this Exhibit A is subject to the Purchaser’s furnishing to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. The Purchaser shall indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents and representatives, and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information so furnished in writing by such Purchaser expressly for inclusion in such document; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each Purchaser and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Purchaser from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf.

 

  A- 4  

 

 

12.         The Company shall cooperate with the Purchaser, to the extent the Registrable Securities become freely tradable, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legend) representing the Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to a Resale Shelf and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts, as the case may be, as the Purchaser may reasonably request and registered in such names as the Purchaser may request.

 

13.         If requested by tje Purchaser, the Company shall as soon as practicable, subject to any Suspension Notice,(i) incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the Purchaser reasonably requests to be included therein relating to the sale and distribution of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being offered or sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; and (iii) supplement or make amendments to any Registration Statement if reasonably requested by the Purchaser holding any Registrable Securities.

 

14.         As long as the Purchaser owns Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be reporting under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to promptly furnish the Purchaser with true and complete copies of all such filings, unless filed through the SEC’s EDGAR system. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as the Purchaser may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time, to enable the Purchaser to sell the Shares held by the Purchaser without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, including providing any legal opinions. Upon the request of the Purchaser, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

15.         The rights, duties and obligations of the Purchaser under this Exhibit A may be assigned or delegated by the Purchaser in conjunction with and to the extent of any permitted transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Purchaser to any permitted transferee or assignee.

 

  A- 5  

 

Exhibit 10.32

 

EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Equity Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 29, 2017, between CF Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), and Commonwealth Land Title Insurance Company (the “ Purchaser ”).

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company will merge with an into Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a Delaware corporation (“ FGL ”), with FGL surviving the merger as an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (such merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “ Business Combination ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ FSR Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which FGL US Holdings Inc. will purchase from Front Street Re (Delaware) Ltd. 2,300 ordinary shares of Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. (“ Cayman Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Cayman Co, and 375,000 common shares of Front Street Re Ltd. (“ Bermuda Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Bermuda Co (the “ FSR Purchase ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“ FNF ”) entered into those certain equity commitment letters, dated as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Equity Commitment Letter ”), with the Company, pursuant to which FNF committed to purchase, or cause the purchase of, an aggregate of 13,500,000 ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 (“ Ordinary Shares ”), for an aggregate purchase price of $135,000,000 at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the second amended and restated investor agreement, dated as of October 6, 2017 and effective as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Investor Agreement ”), by and among the Company, FNF, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. and GSO Capital Partners LP, the Purchaser will receive one Ordinary Share in exchange for each $10.00 funded pursuant to the Equity Commitment Letter;

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and the Purchaser shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 2,826,000 Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into equity purchase agreements with certain of FNF’s wholly owned subsidiaries (the “ FNF Parties ”), pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and the FNF Parties shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 8,674,000 Ordinary Shares (the “ FNF Shares ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into equity purchase agreements with Corvex Master Fund, LP (“ Corvex ”), pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and Corvex shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 2,000,000 Ordinary Shares (the “ Corvex Shares ”) subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, the Company has entered into an equity purchase agreement with a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. (“ Blackstone ” and together with the Purchaser, the FNF Parties and Corvex, the “ Subscribers ”), for the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 22,500,000 Ordinary Shares (such Ordinary Shares together with the FNF Shares, the Corvex Shares and the Shares, the “ Subscription Shares ”) to Blackstone at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Agreement

 

1. Sale and Purchase.

 

(a)        (i) The Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 2,729,796 Ordinary Shares (the “ FGL Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $27,297,960 (the “ FGL Purchase Price ”) and (ii) the Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 96,204 Ordinary Shares (the “ FSR Shares ”, and together with the FGL Shares, collectively, the “ Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $962,040 (the “ FSR Purchase Price ”, together with the FGL Purchase Price, collectively, the “ Purchase Price ”) (such issuance, sale and purchase, the “ Purchase ”).

 

(b)        On or prior to November 29, 2017, Purchaser shall deliver the Purchase Price to a designated escrow account at Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company’s transfer agent (the “ Escrow Account ”), to be held on behalf of Purchaser until the Closing (as defined below) in cash via wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds in accordance with the wire instructions provided by the Company.

 

(c)        The closing of the Purchase contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall occur, (i) in the case of the purchase of the FGL Shares, immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination (the “ Business Combination Closing ”) and (ii) in the case of the purchase of the FSR Shares, immediately prior to the FSR Purchase (the “ FSR Purchase Closing ”). At the Closing, (i) immediately prior to the Business Combination Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the Business Combination, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FGL Shares in exchange for the FGL Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account and (ii) immediately prior to the FSR Purchase Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the FSR Purchase, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FSR Shares in exchange for the FSR Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account.

 

(d)        The Company shall register Purchaser as the owner of the Shares in the register of members of the Company and with the Company’s transfer agent by book entry on or promptly after (but in no event more than two (2) business days after) the date on which the Closing occurs (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

(e)        Each register and book entry for the Shares shall contain a notation, and each certificate (if any) evidencing the Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend, in substantially the following form:

 

  2  

 

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL, IS AVAILABLE.”

 

(f)        Legend Removal . When the Shares are eligible to be sold without restriction under, and without the Company being in compliance with the current public information requirements of, Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), then, at the Purchaser’s request, the Company will cause the Company’s transfer agent to remove the legend set forth in Section 1(d) hereof. In connection therewith, if required by the Company’s transfer agent, the Company will promptly cause an opinion of counsel to be delivered to and maintained with its transfer agent, together with any other authorizations, certificates and directions required by the transfer agent that authorize and direct the transfer agent to issue such Shares without any such legend.

 

(g)        Registration Rights . The Purchaser shall have registration rights with respect to the Shares as set forth on Exhibit A (the “ Registration Rights ”).

 

2.            Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)        Organization and Power . The Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(b)        Authorization . The Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, or (c) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(c)        Governmental Consents and Filings . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Purchaser in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)        Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its organizational documents, if applicable, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchaser, in each case (other than clause (i)), which would have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  3  

 

 

(e)        Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser will be acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation of law. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares. If the Purchaser was formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, each of its equity owners is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity or any government or any department or agency thereof.

 

(f)         Disclosure of Information . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares, as well as the terms of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, with the Company’s management.

 

(g)        Restricted Securities . The Purchaser understands that the offer and sale of the Shares to the Purchaser has not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale, except for the Registration Rights. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

(h)        High Degree of Risk . The Purchaser understands that its agreement to purchase the Shares involves a high degree of risk which could cause the Purchaser to lose all or part of its investment.

 

(i)         Accredited Investor . The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(j)         Foreign Investors . If the Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), the Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Shares. The Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction.

 

  4  

 

 

(k)        No General Solicitation . Neither the Purchaser, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) to its knowledge, engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(l)         Residence . If the Purchaser is an individual, then the Purchaser resides in the state or province identified in the address of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof; if the Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then its principal place of business is the office or offices located at the address or addresses of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof.

 

(m)        Adequacy of Financing . The Purchaser has available to it sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(n)        Affiliation of Certain FINRA Members . The Purchaser is neither a person associated nor affiliated with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC Incorporated or, to its actual knowledge, any other member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) that participated in the Company’s initial public offering (the “ IPO ”).

 

(o)        No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 2 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Purchaser nor any person acting on behalf of the Purchaser nor any of the Purchaser’s affiliates (the “ Purchaser Parties ”) has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Purchaser and this offering, and the Purchaser Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Company in Section 3 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Purchaser Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Company, any person on behalf of the Company or any of the Company’s affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Parties ”).

 

3.            Represe n tations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

 

(a) Incorporation and Corporate Power .

 

(i)        The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing as an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(ii)        Each Company Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. As used herein, “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity (A) of which such person or a subsidiary of such person is a general partner or (B) of which a majority of the voting securities or other voting interests, or a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or persons performing similar functions with respect to such entity, is directly or indirectly owned by such person and/or one or more subsidiaries thereof; and “ Company Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

  5  

 

 

(b) Capitalization .

 

(i) As of the date hereof, the authorized share capital of the Company consists of:

 

(1)        400,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 69,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding, and 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value, $0.0001 per share, 15,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(2)        1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Preferred Shares ”), none of which are issued and outstanding.

 

(ii) As of the Closing Date, the authorized share capital of the Company will consist of:

 

(1)        800,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 206,000,000 of which will be issued and outstanding.

 

(2)        100,000,000 Preferred Shares, 375,000 of which will be outstanding.

 

(c)            Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into this Agreement and to issue the Shares has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. All action on the part of the shareholders, directors and officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of all obligations of the Company under this Agreement to be performed as of the Closing has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(d) Valid Issuance of Shares .

 

(i)        The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement and registered in the register of members of the Company, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of all preemptive or similar rights, liens, stamp taxes, encumbrances and charges with respect to the issue thereof and restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer specified under this Agreement, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Purchaser. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Purchaser in this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 3(e) below, the Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

  6  

 

 

(ii)        No “bad actor” disqualifying event described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i)-(viii) of the Securities Act (a “ Disqualification Event ”) is applicable to the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any Company Covered Person (as defined below), except for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii–iv) or (d)(3), is applicable. “ Company Covered Person ” means, with respect to the Company as an “issuer” for purposes of Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, any Person listed in the first paragraph of Rule 506(d)(1).

 

(e)        Governmental Consents and Filings . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Purchaser in this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws.

 

(f)        Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its memorandum and articles of association, as in effect on the date hereof and on the Closing Date, or other governing documents, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, in each case (other than clause (i)) which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)        Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Company, nor any director, officer, agent, employee or other Person acting on behalf of the Company has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

(h)        Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements and all other applicable U.S. and non-U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the applicable money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

  7  

 

 

(i)         Absence of Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of the Company’s officers or directors, whether of a civil or criminal nature or otherwise, in their capacities as such.

 

(j)         No General Solicitation . Neither the Company, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or stockholders has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(k)        No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 3 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Company Parties has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company, this offering, the IPO, the Business Combination or FSR Purchase, and the Company Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Purchaser in Section 2 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Company Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Purchaser Parties.

 

4. Additional Agreements and Acknowledgements of the Purchaser.

 

(a) Trust Account .

 

(i)        The Purchaser hereby acknowledges that it is aware that the Company has established a trust account (the “ Trust Account ”) for the benefit of its public shareholders. The Purchaser, for itself and its affiliates, hereby agrees that it has no right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, or any other asset of the Company as a result of any liquidation of the Company, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO (“ Public Shares ”) held by it.

 

(ii)        The Purchaser hereby agrees that it shall have no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“ Claim ”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have now or in the future, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it. In the event the Purchaser has any Claim against the Company under this Agreement, the Purchaser shall pursue such Claim solely against the Company and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the property or any monies in the Trust Account, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it.

 

(b)        No Short Sales . The Purchaser hereby agrees that neither it, nor any person or entity acting on its behalf or pursuant to any understanding with it, will engage in any Short Sales with respect to securities of the Company prior to the Closing. For purposes of this Section, “ Short Sales ” shall include, without limitation, all “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 promulgated under Regulation SHO under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all types of direct and indirect stock pledges (other than pledges in the ordinary course of business as part of prime brokerage arrangements), forward sale contracts, options, puts, calls, swaps and similar arrangements (including on a total return basis), and sales and other transactions through non-U.S. broker dealers or foreign regulated brokers.

 

  8  

 

 

5. Additional Agreements of the Company.

 

(a)        No Public Disclosure . The Company may not identify, or permit any of its employees, agents, representatives or affiliates to identify, the Purchaser as an investor in the Company in any written or oral communications or issue any press release or other disclosure of the Purchaser’s name or any derivative of any such name (whether in connection with the Company or otherwise), in each case except (i) as authorized in writing by the Purchaser in each such instance or (ii) as required by law, legal process or regulatory request; provided , that the Company shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, notify the Purchaser of such requirement so that the Purchaser (or its affiliate) may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy protecting such information prior to such disclosure. The foregoing shall not prevent the disclosure of the Purchaser’s name and address and information concerning the number of Company equity securities held by the Purchaser (and no other information concerning the Purchaser or any of its affiliates) (i) in the Company’s filings with the SEC (or an exhibit thereto) if the Company is requested or required to make such disclosure pursuant to the comments from the Staff of the SEC or FINRA or (ii) to the Company’s lawyers, independent accountants and to other advisors and service providers who reasonably require the Purchaser’s information in connection with the provision of services to the Company and are advised of the confidential nature of such information and are obligated to keep such information confidential.

 

(b)        No Material Non-Public Information . The Company agrees that no information provided to the Purchaser in connection with this Agreement will, upon the Closing, constitute material non-public information of the Company, and following the Closing, the Company will not provide the Purchaser with any material non-public information of the Company without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

 

(c)        New York Stock Exchange Listing . The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (or another national securities exchange).

 

6.             Purchase Price Return Right . (i) If the Business Combination does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FGL Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FGL Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(i) and (ii) if the FSR Purchase does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FSR Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FSR Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii) .

 

7. Termination .

 

(a)        This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) such date and time as the Merger Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; (ii) such date and time at which Purchaser has requested the return of the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price from the Company and received the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price (as applicable) from the Escrow Account pursuant to Section 6 ; or (iii) upon the mutual written agreement of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

(b)        In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(a), the Purchase Price (and interest thereon, if any), if previously paid and not previously returned, and all Purchaser’s funds paid in connection herewith and not previously returned shall be promptly returned to Purchaser, and thereafter this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of the Purchaser or the Company and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, managers, members, or shareholders and all rights and obligations of each party shall cease; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 7 shall relieve either party from liabilities or damages arising out of any fraud or willful breach by such party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

  9  

 

 

8. General Provisions .

 

(a)        Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt, or (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile (if any) during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five (5) business days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications sent to the Company shall be sent to: 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada 89134, Attn: Douglas B. Newton, Chief Financial Officer, email: newton@cc.capital with a copy to the Company’s counsel at: Winston & Strawn LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166, Attn: Joel L. Rubinstein, Esq., email: jrubinstein@winston.com, fax: (212) 294-4700.

 

All communications to the Purchaser shall be sent to the Purchaser’s address as set forth on the signature page hereof, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number (if any) or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 8(a).

 

(b)        No Finder’s Fees . The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Purchaser or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

 

(c)        Survival of Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the Closing.

 

(d)        Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with any documents, instruments and writings that are delivered pursuant hereto or referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of its subject matter and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(e)        Successors . All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

(f)        Assignments . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, no party hereto may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party.

 

  10  

 

 

(g)        Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(h)        Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i)        Governing Law . This Agreement, the entire relationship of the parties hereto, and any litigation between the parties (whether grounded in contract, tort, statute, law or equity) shall be governed by, construed in accordance with, and interpreted pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its choice of laws principles.

 

(j)        Jurisdiction . The parties (i) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of New York and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in state courts of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

(k)        Waiver of Jury Trial . The parties hereto hereby waive any right to a jury trial in connection with any litigation pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(l)        Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except with the prior written consent of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

(m)        Severability . The provisions of this Agreement will be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof; provided that if any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party hereto or to any circumstance, is adjudged by a governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator not to be enforceable in accordance with its terms, the parties hereto agree that the governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator making such determination will have the power to modify the provision in a manner consistent with its objectives such that it is enforceable, and/or to delete specific words or phrases, and in its reduced form, such provision will then be enforceable and will be enforced.

 

(n)        Expenses . Each of the Company and the Purchaser will bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees and expenses of agents, representatives, financial advisors, legal counsel and accountants. The Company shall be responsible for the fees of its transfer agent; stamp taxes and all The Depository Trust Company fees associated with the issuance of the Shares and the securities issuable upon the conversion or exercise of the Shares.

 

  11  

 

 

(o)        Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The words “ include ,” “ includes ,” and “ including ” will be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation .” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “ this Agreement ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ,” “ hereby ,” “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties hereto intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such party hereto has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party hereto is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

(p)        Waiver . No waiver by any party hereto of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, may be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising because of any prior or subsequent occurrence.

 

(q)        Confidentiality . Except as may be required by law, regulation or applicable stock exchange listing requirements, unless and until the transactions contemplated hereby and the terms hereof are publicly announced or otherwise publicly disclosed by the Company, the parties hereto shall keep confidential and shall not publicly disclose the existence or terms of this Agreement.

 

(r)         Specific Performance . The Purchaser agrees that irreparable damage may occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy at law or equity.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

  12  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

PURCHASER:  
   
commonwealth land Title Insurance Company  
     
By:  /s/ Michael L. Gravelle  
  Name: Michael L. Gravelle  
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary  
     
COMPANY:  
   
CF CORPORATION  
     
By:  /s/ Douglas B. Newton  
  Name: Douglas B. Newton  
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer  

 

Purchaser Notice Information

 

Name   Address   Telephone   Email   Facsimile
                 
                 
                 

 

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Registration Rights

 

1.       Within thirty (30) days after the Closing, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts (i) to file a registration statement on Form S-3 for a secondary offering (including any successor registration statement covering the resale of the Registrable Securities a “ Resale Shelf ”) of (x) the Subscription Shares and (y) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (x) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization (collectively, the “ Registrable Securities ”) pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act; provided that if Form S-3 is unavailable for such a registration, the Company shall register the resale of the Registrable Securities on another appropriate form and undertake to register the Registrable Securities on Form S-3 as soon as such form is available, (ii) to cause the Resale Shelf to be declared effective under the Securities Act promptly thereafter, but in no event later than sixty (60) days thereafter, and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such Resale Shelf with respect to the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities until the earliest of (A) the date on which the Purchaser ceases to hold Registrable Securities covered by such Resale Shelf, (B) the date all of the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

2.        In the event the Company is prohibited by applicable rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff (“ Staff ”) of the SEC from registering all of the Registrable Securities on the Resale Shelf or the Staff requires that the Purchaser be specifically identified as an “underwriter” in order to permit such registration statement to become effective, and such Purchaser does not consent in writing to being so named as an underwriter in such registration statement, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered on the Resale Shelf will be reduced on a pro rata basis among all the holders of Registrable Securities to be so included, unless otherwise required by the Staff, so that the number of Registrable Securities to be registered is permitted by Staff and such Purchaser is not required to be named as an “underwriter”; provided , that any Registrable Securities not registered due to this paragraph 2 of this Exhibit A shall thereafter as soon as allowed by the SEC guidance be registered to the extent the prohibition no longer is applicable.

 

  A- 1  

 

 

3.        If at any time the Company proposes to file a registration statement (a “ Registration Statement ”) on its own behalf, or on behalf of any other Persons who have registration rights (“ Other Holders ”), relating to an underwritten offering of ordinary shares, or engage in an Underwritten Takedown off an existing registration statement (a “ Company Offering ”), then the Company will provide Subscribers (including the Purchaser) who have purchased at least 2,000,000 Subscription Shares (collectively, the “ Piggyback Holders ”) with notice in writing (an “ Offer Notice ”) at least five (5) Business Days prior to such filing, which Offer Notice will offer to include in the Registration Statement a minimum of 1,000,000 “Registrable Securities” (as defined under each Piggyback Holder’s equity purchase agreement) of each Piggyback Holder (collectively “ Piggyback Securities ”). Within five (5) Business Days (or, in the case of an Offer Notice delivered to the Purchaser or other Subscribers in connection with an Underwritten Takedown, within three (3) Business Days) after receiving the Offer Notice, the Piggyback Holders may make a written request to the Company to include some or all of the Piggyback Holders’ Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement. If the underwriter(s) for any Company Offering advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Company Offering, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to the Company and the Other Holders, if any; and (ii) second, to the Piggyback Holders based on the pro rata percentage of Piggyback Securities held by the Piggyback Holders and requested to be included in the Underwritten Offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph 3, the Company hereby agrees that it will not provide an Offer Notice to any other Subscriber unless such other Subscriber agrees in writing to treat the contents of such Offer Notice as material non-public information.

 

4.       Within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice from CFS Holdings (Cayman), L.P. (“ CFS ”) of its request to effect an underwritten public offering pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, dated as of April 18, 2016, by and among the Company, CFS and CF Capital Growth, LLC (an “ Underwritten Takedown ”), the Company shall provide written notice thereof to the Purchaser. Within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice of the Underwritten Takedown, the Purchaser may make a written request to the Company to include some or all of the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities in the prospectus supplement relating to the Underwritten Takedown (the “ Underwritten Takedown Prospectus ”), and subject to the following sentence, the Company shall include such Registrable Securities and the securities requested by each other Subscriber who purchased at least 2,000,000 Subscription Shares and proposes to sell at least 1,000,000 Registrable Securities in the Underwritten Takedown (a “ Requesting Holder ”) to be included in the Underwritten Takedown (“ Requesting Holder Securities ”) in the Underwritten Takedown Prospectus. If the underwriter(s) for any Underwritten Takedown advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Underwritten Takedown Prospectus, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to CFS; and (ii) second, to the Requesting Holders based on the pro rata percentage of Requesting Holder Securities held by the Requesting Holders and requested to be included in the Underwritten Offering. If the Purchaser is eligible and includes Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Takedown, it shall not have the ability to withdraw such Registrable Securities from such offering without the consent of CFS, it being understood that the terms of the offering may not be known at the time of notice of such Underwritten Takedown and that CFS shall have the sole discretion to approve such terms (and the Purchaser shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Registrable Securities in the prospectus supplement). In this regard, by electing to include securities on such offering, the Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company and CFS in furtherance of such offering, including entering into such customary agreements and take all such actions (including supplying all reasonably requested information) within 48 hours of a reasonable request by the Company, underwriters or CFS.

 

  A- 2  

 

 

5.        The determination of whether any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf or a Underwritten Takedown Prospectus will be an underwritten offering shall be made in the sole discretion of Purchaser, after consultation with the Company, and Purchaser shall have the right, after consultation with the Company, to determine the plan of distribution, including the price at which the Registrable Securities are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees (and the Piggyback Holders or Requesting Holders (as applicable) shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Requesting Holder Securities in the prospectus supplement). Purchaser shall select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers and managers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company).

 

6.        In connection with any underwritten offering, the Company shall enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Purchaser) in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities as are reasonably necessary or required, and in such connection enter into a customary underwriting agreement that provides for customary opinions, comfort letters and officer’s certificates and other customary deliverables.

 

7.        The Company shall pay all fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with its obligation to prepare, file and maintain the Resale Shelf (including the fees of its counsel and accountants). The Company shall also pay all Registration Expenses. For purposes of this paragraph 6, “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean the out-of-pocket expenses of a Company Offering or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, including, without limitation, the following: (i) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA) and any securities exchange on which the Registrable Securities are then listed; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (iv) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; (v) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; and (vi) reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by Purchaser who will represent all the selling shareholders.

 

8.        The Company may suspend the use of a prospectus included in the Resale Shelf by furnishing to the Purchaser a written notice (“ Suspension Notice ”) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be either (i) prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (as if the Purchaser were covered by such policy) or (ii) materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such prospectus to be used at such time. The Company’s right to suspend the use of such prospectus under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence may be exercised for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice to the Purchaser; provided such period may be extended for an additional thirty (30) days with the consent of a majority-in-interest of the holders of Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that such right to suspend the use of a prospectus shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period. A holder of Registrable Securities shall not effect any sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). The holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company to the holders. The Company shall act in good faith to permit any suspension period contemplated by this paragraph to be concluded as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

  A- 3  

 

 

9.        The Purchaser agrees that, except as required by applicable law, the Purchaser shall treat as confidential the receipt of any Suspension Notice (provided that in no event shall such notice contain any material nonpublic information of the Company) hereunder and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Suspension Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes public, other than as a result of disclosure by a holder of Registrable Securities in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.      The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, its directors and officers, partners, members, managers, employees, agents, and representatives of the Purchaser and each person, if any, who controls the Purchaser within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, costs (including reasonable costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, “ Losses ”), promptly as incurred, arising out of, based upon or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Resale Shelf (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, are based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case or to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Loss arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission or so made in reliance upon or in conformity with information furnished by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person in writing specifically for use in the preparation of the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person, and shall survive the transfer of such securities by the Purchaser.

 

11.      The Company’s obligation under paragraph (1) of this Exhibit A is subject to the Purchaser’s furnishing to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. The Purchaser shall indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents and representatives, and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information so furnished in writing by such Purchaser expressly for inclusion in such document; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each Purchaser and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Purchaser from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf.

 

  A- 4  

 

 

12.      The Company shall cooperate with the Purchaser, to the extent the Registrable Securities become freely tradable, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legend) representing the Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to a Resale Shelf and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts, as the case may be, as the Purchaser may reasonably request and registered in such names as the Purchaser may request.

 

13.      If requested by tje Purchaser, the Company shall as soon as practicable, subject to any Suspension Notice,(i) incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the Purchaser reasonably requests to be included therein relating to the sale and distribution of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being offered or sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; and (iii) supplement or make amendments to any Registration Statement if reasonably requested by the Purchaser holding any Registrable Securities.

 

14.      As long as the Purchaser owns Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be reporting under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to promptly furnish the Purchaser with true and complete copies of all such filings, unless filed through the SEC’s EDGAR system. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as the Purchaser may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time, to enable the Purchaser to sell the Shares held by the Purchaser without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, including providing any legal opinions. Upon the request of the Purchaser, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

15.      The rights, duties and obligations of the Purchaser under this Exhibit A may be assigned or delegated by the Purchaser in conjunction with and to the extent of any permitted transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Purchaser to any permitted transferee or assignee.

 

  A- 5  

 

 

Exhibit 10.33

 

EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Equity Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 29, 2017, between CF Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), and Corvex Master Fund LP (the “ Purchaser ”).

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company will merge with an into Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a Delaware corporation (“ FGL ”), with FGL surviving the merger as an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (such merger and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “ Business Combination ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into that certain Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ FSR Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which FGL US Holdings Inc. will purchase from Front Street Re (Delaware) Ltd. 2,300 ordinary shares of Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. (“ Cayman Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Cayman Co, and 375,000 common shares of Front Street Re Ltd. (“ Bermuda Co ”), which represent all of the issued shares of Bermuda Co (the “ FSR Purchase ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“ FNF ”) entered into those certain equity commitment letters, dated as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Equity Commitment Letter ”), with the Company, pursuant to which FNF committed to purchase, or cause the purchase of, an aggregate of 13,500,000 ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 (“ Ordinary Shares ”), for an aggregate purchase price of $135,000,000 at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the second amended and restated investor agreement, dated as of October 6, 2017 and effective as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Investor Agreement ”), by and among the Company, FNF, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. and GSO Capital Partners LP, the Purchaser will receive one Ordinary Share in exchange for each $10.00 funded pursuant to the Equity Commitment Letter;

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and the Purchaser shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 2,000,000 Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into equity purchase agreements with FNF and certain of FNF’s wholly owned subsidiaries (the “ FNF Parties ”), pursuant to which the Company shall issue and sell, and the FNF Parties shall purchase, on a private placement basis, an aggregate 11,500,000 Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Equity Commitment Letter and Investor Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, the Company has entered into an equity purchase agreement with a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. (“ Blackstone ” and together with the Purchaser and the FNF Parties, the “ Subscribers ”), for the issuance and sale of an aggregate of 22,500,000 Ordinary Shares (such Ordinary Shares together with the Shares, the “ Subscription Shares ”) to Blackstone at the closing of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase.

 

 

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Agreement

 

1.           Sale and Purchase.

 

(a)           (i) The Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 1,931,915 Ordinary Shares (the “ FGL Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $19,319,150 (the “ FGL Purchase Price ”) and (ii) the Company shall issue and sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, 68,085 Ordinary Shares (the “ FSR Shares ”, and together with the FGL Shares, collectively, the “ Shares ”) for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $680,850 (the “ FSR Purchase Price ”, together with the FGL Purchase Price, collectively, the “ Purchase Price ”) (such issuance, sale and purchase, the “ Purchase ”).

 

(b)           On or prior to November 29, 2017, Purchaser shall deliver the Purchase Price to a designated escrow account at Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the Company’s transfer agent (the “ Escrow Account ”), to be held on behalf of Purchaser until the Closing (as defined below) in cash via wire transfer of United States dollars in immediately available funds in accordance with the wire instructions provided by the Company.

 

(c)           The closing of the Purchase contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall occur, (i) in the case of the purchase of the FGL Shares, immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination (the “ Business Combination Closing ”) and (ii) in the case of the purchase of the FSR Shares, immediately prior to the FSR Purchase (the “ FSR Purchase Closing ”). At the Closing, (i) immediately prior to the Business Combination Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the Business Combination, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FGL Shares in exchange for the FGL Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account and (ii) immediately prior to the FSR Purchase Closing, and conditioned upon the immediate subsequent closing of the FSR Purchase, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser the FSR Shares in exchange for the FSR Purchase Price held in the Escrow Account.

 

(d)           The Company shall register Purchaser as the owner of the Shares in the register of members of the Company and with the Company’s transfer agent by book entry on or promptly after (but in no event more than two (2) business days after) the date on which the Closing occurs (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

(e)           Each register and book entry for the Shares shall contain a notation, and each certificate (if any) evidencing the Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend, in substantially the following form:

 

  2  

 

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT OR SUCH LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL, IS AVAILABLE.”

 

(f)           Legend Removal . When the Shares are eligible to be sold without restriction under, and without the Company being in compliance with the current public information requirements of, Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), then, at the Purchaser’s request, the Company will cause the Company’s transfer agent to remove the legend set forth in Section 1(d) hereof. In connection therewith, if required by the Company’s transfer agent, the Company will promptly cause an opinion of counsel to be delivered to and maintained with its transfer agent, together with any other authorizations, certificates and directions required by the transfer agent that authorize and direct the transfer agent to issue such Shares without any such legend.

 

(g)           Registration Rights . The Purchaser shall have registration rights with respect to the Shares as set forth on Exhibit A (the “ Registration Rights ”).

 

2.           Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)           Organization and Power . The Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(b)           Authorization . The Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (b) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, or (c) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(c)           Governmental Consents and Filings . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Purchaser in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)           Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its organizational documents, if applicable, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchaser, in each case (other than clause (i)), which would have a material adverse effect on the Purchaser or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  3  

 

 

(e)           Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser will be acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation of law. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares. If the Purchaser was formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, each of its equity owners is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Person ” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity or any government or any department or agency thereof.

 

(f)           Disclosure of Information . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares, as well as the terms of the Business Combination and the FSR Purchase, with the Company’s management.

 

(g)           Restricted Securities . The Purchaser understands that the offer and sale of the Shares to the Purchaser has not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale, except for the Registration Rights. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

(h)           High Degree of Risk . The Purchaser understands that its agreement to purchase the Shares involves a high degree of risk which could cause the Purchaser to lose all or part of its investment.

 

(i)           Accredited Investor . The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(j)           Foreign Investors . If the Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), the Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Shares. The Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction.

 

  4  

 

 

(k)           No General Solicitation . Neither the Purchaser, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) to its knowledge, engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(l)           Residence . If the Purchaser is an individual, then the Purchaser resides in the state or province identified in the address of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof; if the Purchaser is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then its principal place of business is the office or offices located at the address or addresses of the Purchaser set forth on the signature page hereof.

 

(m)           Adequacy of Financing . The Purchaser has available to it sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(n)           Affiliation of Certain FINRA Members . The Purchaser is neither a person associated nor affiliated with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC Incorporated or, to its actual knowledge, any other member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) that participated in the Company’s initial public offering (the “ IPO ”).

 

(o)           No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 2 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Purchaser nor any person acting on behalf of the Purchaser nor any of the Purchaser’s affiliates (the “ Purchaser Parties ”) has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Purchaser and this offering, and the Purchaser Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Company in Section 3 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Purchaser Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Company, any person on behalf of the Company or any of the Company’s affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Parties ”).

 

3.           Represe n tations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

 

(a)           Incorporation and Corporate Power .

 

(i)           The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing as an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

(ii)          Each Company Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. As used herein, “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity (A) of which such person or a subsidiary of such person is a general partner or (B) of which a majority of the voting securities or other voting interests, or a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or persons performing similar functions with respect to such entity, is directly or indirectly owned by such person and/or one or more subsidiaries thereof; and “ Company Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

  5  

 

 

(b)           Capitalization .

 

(i)           As of the date hereof, the authorized share capital of the Company consists of:

 

(1)          400,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 69,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding, and 50,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value, $0.0001 per share, 15,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares have been duly authorized, are fully paid and nonassessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(2)          1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Preferred Shares ”), none of which are issued and outstanding.

 

(ii)          As of the Closing Date, the authorized share capital of the Company will consist of:

 

(1)          800,000,000 Ordinary Shares, 206,000,000 of which will be issued and outstanding.

 

(2)          100,000,000 Preferred Shares, 375,000 of which will be outstanding.

 

(c)           Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders in order to authorize the Company to enter into this Agreement and to issue the Shares has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. All action on the part of the shareholders, directors and officers of the Company necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of all obligations of the Company under this Agreement to be performed as of the Closing has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Registration Rights may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(d)           Valid Issuance of Shares .

 

(i)           The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement and registered in the register of members of the Company, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free of all preemptive or similar rights, liens, stamp taxes, encumbrances and charges with respect to the issue thereof and restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer specified under this Agreement, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by the Purchaser. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Purchaser in this Agreement and subject to the filings described in Section 3(e) below, the Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

  6  

 

 

(ii)          No “bad actor” disqualifying event described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i)-(viii) of the Securities Act (a “ Disqualification Event ”) is applicable to the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any Company Covered Person (as defined below), except for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii–iv) or (d)(3), is applicable. “ Company Covered Person ” means, with respect to the Company as an “issuer” for purposes of Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act, any Person listed in the first paragraph of Rule 506(d)(1).

 

(e)           Governmental Consents and Filings . Assuming the accuracy of the representations made by the Purchaser in this Agreement, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws.

 

(f)           Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its memorandum and articles of association, as in effect on the date hereof and on the Closing Date, or other governing documents, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, in each case (other than clause (i)) which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)           Foreign Corrupt Practices . Neither the Company, nor any director, officer, agent, employee or other Person acting on behalf of the Company has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee.

 

(h)           Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements and all other applicable U.S. and non-U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the applicable money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(i)           Absence of Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of the Company’s officers or directors, whether of a civil or criminal nature or otherwise, in their capacities as such.

 

  7  

 

 

(j)           No General Solicitation . Neither the Company, nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or stockholders has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(k)           No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 3 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Company Parties has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company, this offering, the IPO, the Business Combination or FSR Purchase, and the Company Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Purchaser in Section 2 of this Agreement and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Company Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Purchaser Parties.

 

4.           Additional Agreements and Acknowledgements of the Purchaser.

 

(a)           Trust Account .

 

(i)           The Purchaser hereby acknowledges that it is aware that the Company has established a trust account (the “ Trust Account ”) for the benefit of its public shareholders. The Purchaser, for itself and its affiliates, hereby agrees that it has no right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, or any other asset of the Company as a result of any liquidation of the Company, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO (“ Public Shares ”) held by it.

 

(ii)          The Purchaser hereby agrees that it shall have no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“ Claim ”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have now or in the future, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it. In the event the Purchaser has any Claim against the Company under this Agreement, the Purchaser shall pursue such Claim solely against the Company and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the property or any monies in the Trust Account, except for liquidation rights, if any, the Purchaser may have in respect of any Public Shares held by it.

 

(b)           No Short Sales . The Purchaser hereby agrees that neither it, nor any person or entity acting on its behalf or pursuant to any understanding with it, will engage in any Short Sales with respect to securities of the Company prior to the Closing. For purposes of this Section, “ Short Sales ” shall include, without limitation, all “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 promulgated under Regulation SHO under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all types of direct and indirect stock pledges (other than pledges in the ordinary course of business as part of prime brokerage arrangements), forward sale contracts, options, puts, calls, swaps and similar arrangements (including on a total return basis), and sales and other transactions through non-U.S. broker dealers or foreign regulated brokers.

 

  8  

 

 

5.           Additional Agreements of the Company.

 

(a)           No Public Disclosure . The Company may not identify, or permit any of its employees, agents, representatives or affiliates to identify, the Purchaser as an investor in the Company in any written or oral communications or issue any press release or other disclosure of the Purchaser’s name or any derivative of any such name (whether in connection with the Company or otherwise), in each case except (i) as authorized in writing by the Purchaser in each such instance or (ii) as required by law, legal process or regulatory request; provided , that the Company shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, notify the Purchaser of such requirement so that the Purchaser (or its affiliate) may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy protecting such information prior to such disclosure. The foregoing shall not prevent the disclosure of the Purchaser’s name and address and information concerning the number of Company equity securities held by the Purchaser (and no other information concerning the Purchaser or any of its affiliates) (i) in the Company’s filings with the SEC (or an exhibit thereto) if the Company is requested or required to make such disclosure pursuant to the comments from the Staff of the SEC or FINRA or (ii) to the Company’s lawyers, independent accountants and to other advisors and service providers who reasonably require the Purchaser’s information in connection with the provision of services to the Company and are advised of the confidential nature of such information and are obligated to keep such information confidential.

 

(b)           No Material Non-Public Information . The Company agrees that no information provided to the Purchaser in connection with this Agreement will, upon the Closing, constitute material non-public information of the Company, and following the Closing, the Company will not provide the Purchaser with any material non-public information of the Company without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

 

(c)           New York Stock Exchange Listing . The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Ordinary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (or another national securities exchange).

 

6.           Purchase Price Return Right . (i) If the Business Combination does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FGL Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FGL Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(i) and (ii) if the FSR Purchase does not close on or prior to November 30, 2017, then, at the written request of Purchaser, the Company shall promptly return the FSR Purchase Price to Purchaser from the Escrow Account and Purchaser will be excused from its obligation to subscribe for and purchase the FSR Shares pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii) .

 

7.           Termination .

 

(a)           This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) such date and time as the Merger Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms; (ii) such date and time at which Purchaser has requested the return of the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price from the Company and received the FGL Purchase Price and/or the FSR Purchase Price (as applicable) from the Escrow Account pursuant to Section 6 ; or (iii) upon the mutual written agreement of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

(b)           In the event of any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(a), the Purchase Price (and interest thereon, if any), if previously paid and not previously returned, and all Purchaser’s funds paid in connection herewith and not previously returned shall be promptly returned to Purchaser, and thereafter this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of the Purchaser or the Company and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, managers, members, or shareholders and all rights and obligations of each party shall cease; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 7 shall relieve either party from liabilities or damages arising out of any fraud or willful breach by such party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

  9  

 

 

8.           General Provisions .

 

(a)           Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt, or (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile (if any) during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five (5) business days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications sent to the Company shall be sent to: 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada 89134, Attn: Douglas B. Newton, Chief Financial Officer, email: newton@cc.capital with a copy to the Company’s counsel at: Winston & Strawn LLP, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166, Attn: Joel L. Rubinstein, Esq., email: jrubinstein@winston.com, fax: (212) 294-4700.

 

All communications to the Purchaser shall be sent to the Purchaser’s address as set forth on the signature page hereof, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number (if any) or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 8(a).

 

(b)           No Finder’s Fees . The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Purchaser or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

 

(c)           Survival of Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the Closing.

 

(d)           Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with any documents, instruments and writings that are delivered pursuant hereto or referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of its subject matter and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(e)           Successors . All of the terms, agreements, covenants, representations, warranties, and conditions of this Agreement are binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

(f)           Assignments . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, no party hereto may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party.

 

(g)           Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  10  

 

 

(h)           Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i)           Governing Law . This Agreement, the entire relationship of the parties hereto, and any litigation between the parties (whether grounded in contract, tort, statute, law or equity) shall be governed by, construed in accordance with, and interpreted pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its choice of laws principles.

 

(j)           Jurisdiction . The parties (i) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of New York and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in state courts of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

(k)           Waiver of Jury Trial . The parties hereto hereby waive any right to a jury trial in connection with any litigation pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(l)           Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except with the prior written consent of the Company and the Purchaser.

 

(m)           Severability . The provisions of this Agreement will be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof; provided that if any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party hereto or to any circumstance, is adjudged by a governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator not to be enforceable in accordance with its terms, the parties hereto agree that the governmental authority, arbitrator, or mediator making such determination will have the power to modify the provision in a manner consistent with its objectives such that it is enforceable, and/or to delete specific words or phrases, and in its reduced form, such provision will then be enforceable and will be enforced.

 

(n)           Expenses . Each of the Company and the Purchaser will bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including all fees and expenses of agents, representatives, financial advisors, legal counsel and accountants. The Company shall be responsible for the fees of its transfer agent; stamp taxes and all The Depository Trust Company fees associated with the issuance of the Shares and the securities issuable upon the conversion or exercise of the Shares.

 

  11  

 

 

(o)           Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement. Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign law will be deemed also to refer to law as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The words “ include ,” “ includes ,” and “ including ” will be deemed to be followed by “ without limitation .” Pronouns in masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. The words “ this Agreement ,” “ herein ,” “ hereof ,” “ hereby ,” “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. The parties hereto intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance. If any party hereto has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such party hereto has not breached will not detract from or mitigate the fact that such party hereto is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

(p)           Waiver . No waiver by any party hereto of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, may be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising because of any prior or subsequent occurrence.

 

(q)           Confidentiality . Except as may be required by law, regulation or applicable stock exchange listing requirements, unless and until the transactions contemplated hereby and the terms hereof are publicly announced or otherwise publicly disclosed by the Company, the parties hereto shall keep confidential and shall not publicly disclose the existence or terms of this Agreement.

 

(r)           Specific Performance . The Purchaser agrees that irreparable damage may occur in the event any provision of this Agreement was not performed by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy at law or equity.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

  12  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

PURCHASER:  
   
CORVEX MASTER FUND, LP  
By: /s/ Keith Meister  
  Name: Keith Meister  
  Title:   Authorized Signatory  
   

COMPANY:

 

CF CORPORATION

 
   
By: /s/ Douglas B. Newton  
  Name: Douglas B. Newton  
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer  

 

Purchaser Notice Information

 

Name   Address   Telephone   Email   Facsimile
                 
                 
                 

 

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Registration Rights

 

1.          Within thirty (30) days after the Closing, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts (i) to file a registration statement on Form S-3 for a secondary offering (including any successor registration statement covering the resale of the Registrable Securities a “ Resale Shelf ”) of (x) the Subscription Shares and (y) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (x) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization (collectively, the “ Registrable Securities ”) pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act; provided that if Form S-3 is unavailable for such a registration, the Company shall register the resale of the Registrable Securities on another appropriate form and undertake to register the Registrable Securities on Form S-3 as soon as such form is available, (ii) to cause the Resale Shelf to be declared effective under the Securities Act promptly thereafter, but in no event later than sixty (60) days thereafter, and (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such Resale Shelf with respect to the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities until the earliest of (A) the date on which the Purchaser ceases to hold Registrable Securities covered by such Resale Shelf, (B) the date all of the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

2.          In the event the Company is prohibited by applicable rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff (“ Staff ”) of the SEC from registering all of the Registrable Securities on the Resale Shelf or the Staff requires that the Purchaser be specifically identified as an “underwriter” in order to permit such registration statement to become effective, and such Purchaser does not consent in writing to being so named as an underwriter in such registration statement, the number of Registrable Securities to be registered on the Resale Shelf will be reduced on a pro rata basis among all the holders of Registrable Securities to be so included, unless otherwise required by the Staff, so that the number of Registrable Securities to be registered is permitted by Staff and such Purchaser is not required to be named as an “underwriter”; provided , that any Registrable Securities not registered due to this paragraph 2 of this Exhibit A shall thereafter as soon as allowed by the SEC guidance be registered to the extent the prohibition no longer is applicable.

 

  A- 1  

 

 

3.          If at any time the Company proposes to file a registration statement (a “ Registration Statement ”) on its own behalf, or on behalf of any other Persons who have registration rights (“ Other Holders ”), relating to an underwritten offering of ordinary shares, or engage in an Underwritten Takedown off an existing registration statement (a “ Company Offering ”), then the Company will provide Subscribers (including the Purchaser) who have purchased at least 2,000,000 Subscription Shares (collectively, the “ Piggyback Holders ”) with notice in writing (an “ Offer Notice ”) at least five (5) Business Days prior to such filing, which Offer Notice will offer to include in the Registration Statement a minimum of 1,000,000 “Registrable Securities” (as defined under each Piggyback Holder’s equity purchase agreement) of each Piggyback Holder (collectively “ Piggyback Securities ”). Within five (5) Business Days (or, in the case of an Offer Notice delivered to the Purchaser or other Subscribers in connection with an Underwritten Takedown, within three (3) Business Days) after receiving the Offer Notice, the Piggyback Holders may make a written request to the Company to include some or all of the Piggyback Holders’ Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement. If the underwriter(s) for any Company Offering advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Company Offering, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to the Company and the Other Holders, if any; and (ii) second, to the Piggyback Holders based on the pro rata percentage of Piggyback Securities held by the Piggyback Holders and requested to be included in the Underwritten Offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph 3, the Company hereby agrees that it will not provide an Offer Notice to any other Subscriber unless such other Subscriber agrees in writing to treat the contents of such Offer Notice as material non-public information.

 

4.          Within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice from CFS Holdings (Cayman), L.P. (“ CFS ”) of its request to effect an underwritten public offering pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, dated as of April 18, 2016, by and among the Company, CFS and CF Capital Growth, LLC (an “ Underwritten Takedown ”), the Company shall provide written notice thereof to the Purchaser. Within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice of the Underwritten Takedown, the Purchaser may make a written request to the Company to include some or all of the Purchaser’s Registrable Securities in the prospectus supplement relating to the Underwritten Takedown (the “ Underwritten Takedown Prospectus ”), and subject to the following sentence, the Company shall include such Registrable Securities and the securities requested by each other Subscriber who purchased at least 2,000,000 Subscription Shares and proposes to sell at least 1,000,000 Registrable Securities in the Underwritten Takedown (a “ Requesting Holder ”) to be included in the Underwritten Takedown (“ Requesting Holder Securities ”) in the Underwritten Takedown Prospectus. If the underwriter(s) for any Underwritten Takedown advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Underwritten Takedown Prospectus, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to CFS; and (ii) second, to the Requesting Holders based on the pro rata percentage of Requesting Holder Securities held by the Requesting Holders and requested to be included in the Underwritten Offering. If the Purchaser is eligible and includes Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Takedown, it shall not have the ability to withdraw such Registrable Securities from such offering without the consent of CFS, it being understood that the terms of the offering may not be known at the time of notice of such Underwritten Takedown and that CFS shall have the sole discretion to approve such terms (and the Purchaser shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Registrable Securities in the prospectus supplement). In this regard, by electing to include securities on such offering, the Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company and CFS in furtherance of such offering, including entering into such customary agreements and take all such actions (including supplying all reasonably requested information) within 48 hours of a reasonable request by the Company, underwriters or CFS.

 

  A- 2  

 

 

5.          The determination of whether any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf or a Underwritten Takedown Prospectus will be an underwritten offering shall be made in the sole discretion of Purchaser, after consultation with the Company, and Purchaser shall have the right, after consultation with the Company, to determine the plan of distribution, including the price at which the Registrable Securities are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees (and the Piggyback Holders or Requesting Holders (as applicable) shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Requesting Holder Securities in the prospectus supplement). Purchaser shall select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the offering, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers and managers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company).

 

6.          In connection with any underwritten offering, the Company shall enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Purchaser) in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities as are reasonably necessary or required, and in such connection enter into a customary underwriting agreement that provides for customary opinions, comfort letters and officer’s certificates and other customary deliverables.

 

7.          The Company shall pay all fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with its obligation to prepare, file and maintain the Resale Shelf (including the fees of its counsel and accountants). The Company shall also pay all Registration Expenses. For purposes of this paragraph 6, “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean the out-of-pocket expenses of a Company Offering or Underwritten Shelf Takedown, including, without limitation, the following: (i) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA) and any securities exchange on which the Registrable Securities are then listed; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (iv) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; (v) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; and (vi) reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by Purchaser who will represent all the selling shareholders.

 

8.          The Company may suspend the use of a prospectus included in the Resale Shelf by furnishing to the Purchaser a written notice (“ Suspension Notice ”) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be either (i) prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (as if the Purchaser were covered by such policy) or (ii) materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such prospectus to be used at such time. The Company’s right to suspend the use of such prospectus under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence may be exercised for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice to the Purchaser; provided such period may be extended for an additional thirty (30) days with the consent of a majority-in-interest of the holders of Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that such right to suspend the use of a prospectus shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period. A holder of Registrable Securities shall not effect any sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). The holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company to the holders. The Company shall act in good faith to permit any suspension period contemplated by this paragraph to be concluded as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

  A- 3  

 

 

9.          The Purchaser agrees that, except as required by applicable law, the Purchaser shall treat as confidential the receipt of any Suspension Notice (provided that in no event shall such notice contain any material nonpublic information of the Company) hereunder and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Suspension Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes public, other than as a result of disclosure by a holder of Registrable Securities in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.         The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, its directors and officers, partners, members, managers, employees, agents, and representatives of the Purchaser and each person, if any, who controls the Purchaser within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, costs (including reasonable costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, “ Losses ”), promptly as incurred, arising out of, based upon or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Resale Shelf (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, are based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case or to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Loss arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission or so made in reliance upon or in conformity with information furnished by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person in writing specifically for use in the preparation of the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person, and shall survive the transfer of such securities by the Purchaser.

 

11.         The Company’s obligation under paragraph (1) of this Exhibit A is subject to the Purchaser’s furnishing to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. The Purchaser shall indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents and representatives, and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information so furnished in writing by such Purchaser expressly for inclusion in such document; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each Purchaser and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Purchaser from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf.

 

  A- 4  

 

 

12.         The Company shall cooperate with the Purchaser, to the extent the Registrable Securities become freely tradable, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legend) representing the Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to a Resale Shelf and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts, as the case may be, as the Purchaser may reasonably request and registered in such names as the Purchaser may request.

 

13.         If requested by tje Purchaser, the Company shall as soon as practicable, subject to any Suspension Notice,(i) incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the Purchaser reasonably requests to be included therein relating to the sale and distribution of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being offered or sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; and (iii) supplement or make amendments to any Registration Statement if reasonably requested by the Purchaser holding any Registrable Securities.

 

14.         As long as the Purchaser owns Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be reporting under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to promptly furnish the Purchaser with true and complete copies of all such filings, unless filed through the SEC’s EDGAR system. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as the Purchaser may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time, to enable the Purchaser to sell the Shares held by the Purchaser without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, including providing any legal opinions. Upon the request of the Purchaser, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

15.         The rights, duties and obligations of the Purchaser under this Exhibit A may be assigned or delegated by the Purchaser in conjunction with and to the extent of any permitted transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Purchaser to any permitted transferee or assignee.

 

  A- 5  

 

Exhibit 10.34

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

INVESTMENT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of November 30, 2017

 

between

 

FGL HOLDINGS

 

and

 

The persons listed on Annex 1 and Annex 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Article I PURCHASE; CLOSING 4
1.1 Purchase 4
1.2 Closing 4
1.3 Closing Deliveries 5
     
Article II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 6
2.1 Representations and Warranties of the Company 6
2.2 Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers 14
     
Article III COVENANTS 17
3.1 Actions 17
3.2 Access, Information and Confidentiality 17
3.3 Board of Director’s Recommendation; Proxy Statement 18
3.4 Tax Matters 19
     
Article IV ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS 21
4.1 Transfer Restrictions 21
4.2 Governance Matters 22
4.3 Legend 22
4.4 Reservation for Issuance 23
4.5 Certain Transactions 23
4.7 Exchange Listing 23
4.8 Certificates of Designations 23
4.9 Use of Proceeds 23
4.10 MFN Provision 23
4.11 ECLs 23
     
Article V MISCELLANEOUS 24
5.1 Expenses 24
5.2 Amendment; Waiver 24
5.3 Counterparts and Facsimile 24
5.4 Governing Law 24
5.5 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 24
5.6 Notices 24
5.7 Entire Agreement, Etc. 26
5.8 Interpretation; Other Definitions 26
5.9 Captions 27
5.10 Severability 27
5.11 No Third-Party Beneficiaries 28
5.12 Public Announcements 28
5.13 Specific Performance 28
5.14 No Recourse 28

 

i  

 

  

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Term   Location of
Definition
Action   2.1(m)
Affiliate   5.8(a)
Agreement   Preamble
Articles of Association   Recitals
Amended Articles   1.3(a)(iv)
Board of Directors   2.1(d)(i)
BTO Commitment   Recitals
BTO Fund   Recitals
business day   5.8(e)
Certificates of Designations   2.1(u)(ii)
Class A Shares   Recitals
Closing   1.2(a)
Closing Date   1.2(a)
Code   2.1(i)
Company   Preamble
Company Financial Statements   2.1(f)
Company Parties   2.1(x)
Company Reports   2.1(g)(i)
Company Subsidiary   2.1(a)(ii)
Company’s knowledge   5.8(g)
control/controlled by/under common control with   5.8(a)
Debt Commitment Letter   1.3(a)(iii)
ECLs   Recitals
Equity Funding Documents   2.1(s)
Exchange Act   2.1(g)(i)
FGL   Recitals
FNF   Recitals
FNF Amendment Fee   Recitals
FNF Amendment Fee Letter   Recitals
FNF Backstop Commitment   Recitals
FNF Backstop Warrant Commitment   Recitals
FNF Commitment Fee   Recitals
FNF Fee Letter   Recitals
FNF Investment Commitment   Recitals
FNF Investment Purchase Price   1.1(b)
FNF OID   Recitals
FNF Ordinary Shares   1.1(b)
FNF Preferred Shares   1.1(b)
FNF Purchasers   Preamble
FNF Securities   1.1(b)
FNF Warrant Commitment   Recitals

 

ii  

 

 

Term   Location of
Definition
Forward Purchase Agreements   Recitals
FPA ECLs   Recitals
FPA Shortfall   Recitals
FSR Bermuda   Recitals
FSR Cayman   Recitals
GAAP   2.1(f)
Governmental Entity   2.1(e)
GSO   Recitals
GSO Amendment Fee   Recitals
GSO Amendment Fee Letter   Recitals
GSO Backstop Commitment   Recitals
GSO Backstop Warrant Commitment   Recitals
GSO Commitment Fee   Recitals
GSO Fee Letter   Recitals
GSO Investment Commitment   Recitals
GSO Investment Purchase Price   1.1(a)
GSO OID   Recitals
GSO Preferred Shares   1.1(a)
GSO Purchasers   Preamble
GSO Securities   1.1(a)
GSO Side Letter   Recitals
GSO Warrant Commitment   Recitals
HRG   Recitals
including/includes/included/include   5.8(c)
Indebtedness   2.1(b)
Information   3.2(b)
Investor Letter   Recitals
knowledge of the Company   5.8(g)
Liens   2.1(c)
Limited Guarantees   2.1(x)
Material Adverse Effect   2.1(d)(ii)
Merger   Recitals
Merger Agreement   Recitals
Merger Sub   Recitals
NYSE   1.3(a)(v)
Ordinary Shares   Recitals
Parent   Recitals
person   5.8(f)
Pledge   4.1(a)
Preferred Shares   2.1(b)
Purchased Preferred Shares   1.1(b)
Purchased Securities   1.2(a)
Purchaser   Preamble

 

iii  

 

 

Term   Location of
Definition
Purchaser Parties   2.2(n)
Qualifying Ownership Interest   3.2(a)
Registration Rights   2.2(b)
SEC   2.1(f)
Securities   2.1(b)
Securities Act   2.1(g)(i)
Series A Preferred Shares   Recitals
Series A Certificate of Designations   Recitals
Series B Certificate of Designations   Recitals
Series B Preferred Shares   Recitals
Share Purchase Agreement   Recitals
Shareholder Proposal   3.3(a)
Shareholder Redemptions   Recitals
Subject Transactions   Recitals
Subsidiary   2.1(a)(ii)
Taxes   2.1(i)
Tax Return   2.1(i)
Transfer   4.1(a)
Voting Debt   2.1(b)

 

iv  

 

  

LIST OF SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

Annex 1 GSO Purchasers
   
Annex 2 FNF Purchasers
   
Annex 3 Capital Structure
   
Annex 4 Registration Rights
   
Exhibit A Form of Certificate of Designations of the Series A Preferred Shares
   
Exhibit B Form of Certificate of Designations of the Series B Preferred Shares
   
Exhibit C Forms of Opinions of Maples and Calder and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
   
Exhibit D Articles of Association

 

v  

 

  

INVESTMENT AGREEMENT , dated as of November 30, 2017 (this “ Agreement ”), between FGL HOLDINGS, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), the persons listed on Annex 1 (the “ GSO Purchasers ”) and the persons listed on Annex 2 (the “ FNF Purchasers ”, collectively with the GSO Purchasers, the “ Purchasers ”, and each, a “ Purchaser ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

A.          The Subject Transactions . The Company, FGL US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned indirect subsidiary of the Company (“ Parent ”), FGL Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned direct subsidiary of Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), and Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a Delaware corporation (“ FGL ”), have entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Merger Agreement ”). The Merger Agreement provides for the merger of Merger Sub with and into FGL, with FGL surviving (the “ Merger ”). In addition, the Company, HRG Group, Inc., the controlling shareholder of FGL (“ HRG ”), Parent, Front Street RE (Delaware) Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of HRG, Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. (“ FSR Cayman ”) and Front Street Re Ltd. (“ FSR Bermuda ”), have entered into that certain Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2017 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Share Purchase Agreement ”). The Share Purchase Agreement provides for the purchase by Parent of all the issued and outstanding shares of FSR Cayman and FSR Bermuda (together with the Merger, the “ Subject Transactions ”).

 

B.          The Commitments and Other Arrangements .

 

1) In connection with the Subject Transactions, the Company received equity commitment letters, dated May 24, 2017 (as amended, the “ ECLs ”), committing (i) GSO Capital Partners LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ GSO ”) to purchase preferred equity of the Company for an aggregate cash purchase price of (A) $275,000,000 (the “ GSO Investment Commitment ”) plus (B) up to an additional $465,000,000 (the “ GSO Backstop Commitment ”) to offset any redemptions by the Company of its existing Class A Shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class A Shares ”) required pursuant to its constitutive documents in connection with the Company’s shareholder vote to approve the Merger (any such redemptions, the “ Shareholder Redemptions ”), (ii) Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. (“ BTO Fund ”) to purchase common equity of the Company for an aggregate cash purchase price of $225,000,000 (the “ BTO Commitment ”), and (iii) Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“ FNF ”) to purchase common and preferred equity of the Company for an aggregate cash purchase price of (A) $235,000,000 (the “ FNF Investment Commitment ”) plus (B) up to an additional $195,000,000 (“ FNF Backstop Commitment ”) to offset any Shareholder Redemptions.

 

2) Pursuant to the investor letter agreement, dated May 24, 2017, by and among the Company, BTO Fund, FNF and GSO (as amended, the “ Investor Letter ”), $100,000,000 of the FNF Investment Commitment will be allocated to the purchase of preferred equity and warrants of the Company.

 

 

 

 

3) The Company and GSO entered into a side letter agreement, dated May 24, 2017 (as amended, the “ GSO Side Letter ”), providing for, among other things, certain terms of the preferred equity to be acquired by GSO and FNF.

 

4) The Company and GSO entered into a fee letter agreement, dated May 24, 2017 (as amended, the “ GSO Fee Letter ”), providing for, among other things, (i) the payment by the Company to GSO of an original issue discount of $5,500,000 in respect of the preferred equity to be issued to GSO pursuant to the GSO Investment Commitment (the “ GSO OID ”), (ii) the payment by the Company to GSO of a commitment fee of $6,975,000 (the “ GSO Commitment Fee ”), and (iii) the issuance and delivery by the Company to GSO of warrants exercisable for, in the aggregate, 3.3% of the ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“ Ordinary Shares ”) (on a fully diluted basis), with an exercise price per Ordinary Share of $0.01 (the “ GSO Warrant Commitment ”) and, if and to the extent GSO funds any amount of the GSO Backstop Commitment, warrants exercisable for, in the aggregate, the product of (A) the proportion of the GSO Backstop Commitment that is funded, and (B) 3.5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (on a fully diluted basis) (the “ GSO Backstop Warrant Commitment ”). The Company has also agreed to pay or reimburse GSO for fees and expenses of counsel in connection with GSO’s anticipated purchase of the preferred shares.

 

5) The Company and FNF entered into a fee letter agreement, dated May 24, 2017 (as amended, the “ FNF Fee Letter ”), providing for, among other things, (i) the payment by the Company to FNF of an original issue discount of $2,000,000 in respect of the preferred equity to be issued to FNF pursuant to the FNF Investment Commitment (the “ FNF OID ”), (ii) the payment by the Company to FNF of a commitment fee of $2,925,000 (the “ FNF Commitment Fee ”), and (iii) the issuance and delivery by the Company to FNF of warrants exercisable for, in the aggregate, 1.2% of the Company’s Ordinary Shares (on a fully diluted basis), with an exercise price per Ordinary Share of $0.01 (the “ FNF Warrant Commitment ”) and, if and to the extent FNF funds any amount of the FNF Backstop Commitment, warrants exercisable for, in the aggregate, the product of (A) the proportion of the FNF Backstop Commitment that is funded, and (B) 1.5% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (on a fully diluted basis) (the “ FNF Backstop Warrant Commitment ”). The Company has also agreed to pay or reimburse FNF for fees and expenses of counsel in connection with FNF’s anticipated purchase of the preferred shares.

 

6) On August 4, 2017, the deadline for Shareholder Redemptions under the Company’s constitutive documents passed with no Shareholder Redemptions occurring, and as a result no preferred shares will be issued in respect of the GSO Backstop Commitment or the FNF Backstop Commitment, and no warrants will be issued to GSO in respect of the GSO Backstop Warrant Commitment or to FNF in respect of the FNF Backstop Warrant Commitment.

 

7) On October 6, 2017, in connection with the amendment of the GSO Side Letter, the Company agreed to pay (i) GSO an amendment fee of $2,900,000 (the “ GSO Amendment Fee ”) under an amendment fee letter agreement (the “ GSO Amendment Fee Letter ”) and (ii) FNF an amendment fee of $1,100,000 (the “ FNF Amendment Fee ”) under an amendment fee letter agreement (the “ FNF Amendment Fee Letter ”).

 

  2  

 

 

8) In connection with the execution of this Agreement, the parties hereto have determined that Ordinary Shares be issued in satisfaction of the GSO Warrant Commitment and FNF Warrant Commitment as set forth herein.

 

C.           Forward Purchase Arrangements . The Company received forward purchase backstop equity commitment letters, dated as of May 24, 2017 (the “ FPA ECLs ”), committing (i) BTO Fund to purchase equity of the Company for an aggregate cash purchase price equal to one-third (1/3) of the aggregate amount, if any, not funded by one or more purchasers under forward purchase agreements between the Company, CF Capital Growth, LLC and each of the counterparties thereto (the “ Forward Purchase Agreements ”) at or prior to the Closing pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreements (the “ FPA Shortfall ”), up to an aggregate amount of $100 million, and (ii) FNF to purchase equity of the Company for an aggregate cash purchase price equal to two-thirds (2/3) of the FPA Shortfall, up to an aggregate amount of $200 million.

 

D.           The Investment . Immediately prior to the completion of the Merger and pursuant to the GSO Investment Commitment and the FNF Investment Commitment, the Company intends to sell:

 

1) to the GSO Purchasers, and the GSO Purchasers intend to purchase from the Company, as an investment in the Company and on the terms and conditions hereof: (a) Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Series A Preferred Shares ”), having the terms reflected in the certificate of designations set forth in Exhibit A (the “ Series A Certificate of Designations ”) and made a part of the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (the “ Articles of Association ”) pursuant to the terms thereof, and (b) Ordinary Shares; and

 

2) to the FNF Purchasers, and the FNF Purchasers intend to purchase from the Company, as an investment in the Company and on the terms and conditions hereof: (a) Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Series B Preferred Shares ”), having the terms reflected in the certificate of designations set forth in Exhibit B (the “ Series B Certificate of Designations ”) made a part of the Articles of Association pursuant to the terms thereof; and (b) Ordinary Shares.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  3  

 

 

Article I

 

PURCHASE; CLOSING

 

1.1          Purchase . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, at the Closing, the Purchasers will purchase from the Company, and the Company will sell to the Purchasers, free and clear of all Liens (other than those arising by reason of any act of the Purchasers or under applicable securities laws):

 

(a)        the number of Series A Preferred Shares set forth opposite the name of each GSO Purchaser under the heading “Preferred Shares” on Annex 1 (the “ GSO Preferred Shares ”) and the number of Ordinary Shares set forth opposite the name of each GSO Purchaser under the heading “Ordinary Shares”, (the “ GSO Ordinary Shares ”, and together with the GSO Preferred Shares, the “ GSO Securities ”), for an aggregate cash purchase price of $259,625,000 (the “ GSO Investment Purchase Price ”), which reflects a face amount of Series A Preferred Shares of $275,000,000, less (i) $5,500,000 in respect of the GSO OID, (ii) $6,975,000 in respect of the GSO Commitment Fee and (iii) $2,900,000 in respect of the GSO Amendment Fee; and

 

(b)        the number of Series B Preferred Shares set forth opposite the name of each FNF Purchaser under the heading “Preferred Shares” on Annex 2 (the “ FNF Preferred Shares ”, collectively with the GSO Preferred Shares, the “ Purchased Preferred Shares ”) and the number of Ordinary Shares set forth opposite the name of each FNF Purchaser under the heading “Ordinary Shares”, (the “ FNF Ordinary Shares ”, collectively with the FNF Preferred Shares, the “ FNF Securities ”) for an aggregate cash purchase price of $93,975,000 (the “ FNF Investment Purchase Price ”), which reflects a face amount of Series B Preferred Shares of $100,000,000, less (i) $2,000,000 in respect of the FNF OID, (ii) $2,925,000 in respect of the FNF Commitment Fee and (iii) $1,100,000 in respect of the FNF Amendment Fee.

 

1.2        Closing .

 

(a)        The closing of the purchase of the GSO Securities and the FNF Securities (collectively, the “ Purchased Securities ”) referred to in Section 1.1 by the Purchasers pursuant hereto (the “ Closing ”) shall occur at 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on the date hereof, at the New York offices of Winston and Strawn LLP, or at such other time and location as agreed by the Purchasers and the Company in writing. The date of the Closing is referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

 

(b)        At least one calendar day before the Closing, (i) the GSO Purchasers shall have delivered the GSO Investment Purchase Price, and (ii) the FNF Purchasers shall have delivered the FNF Investment Purchase Price, in each case by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account that has been designated by the Company.

 

(c)        At the Closing, (i) the Company will (A) make entries in its register of members in order to record and give effect to the issue to the Purchasers of the Purchased Securities, (B) deliver to the Purchasers a certified copy of the register of members of the Company reflecting the Purchasers as the holders of the Purchased Securities, free and clear of all Liens (other than those arising by reason of any act of the Purchasers or under applicable securities laws) and (C) deliver all other items required to be delivered pursuant to Section 1.3(a) , and (ii) the Purchasers shall deliver all other items required to be delivered pursuant to Section 1.3(b) .

 

  4  

 

 

1.3          Closing Deliveries .

 

(a)          At the Closing, the Company shall deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, to the Purchasers, the following:

 

(i)       evidence, in such form as is reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers, (A) of the satisfaction (or waiver) of the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement and Share Purchase Agreement (other than those conditions that by their terms are to be satisfied at the respective closings of the Subject Transactions), and (B) that the closings of the Subject Transactions shall occur substantially concurrently with the Closing;

 

(ii)       evidence, in such form as is reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers, that the transactions contemplated by the ECLs (other than with respect to the GSO Backstop Commitment and the FNF Backstop Commitment) and the Forward Purchase Agreements shall be completed substantially concurrently with the Closing;

 

(iii)       evidence, in such form as is reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers, that the transactions contemplated by the commitment letter, dated October 10, 2017, between the Company and Royal Bank of Canada, RBC Capital Markets, Bank of America, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BNP Paribas and Associated Bank, National Association (the “ Debt Commitment Letter ”) shall be completed substantially concurrently with the Closing;

 

(iv)        evidence, in such form as is reasonably acceptable to the Purchasers, that the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (“the Amended Articles ”) have been authorized and approved by all required corporate action, and have become effective;

 

(v)       evidence that the GSO Ordinary Shares and FNF Ordinary Shares shall have been authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”), subject to official notice of issuance;

 

(vi)       a certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.1 are true and correct as of the Closing Date, except that those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date are true and correct as of such date; and

 

  5  

 

 

(vii)       an opinion of each of Maples and Calder and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP addressed to the Purchasers, dated as of the Closing Date, in the forms attached as Exhibit C hereto.

 

(b)        At the Closing, the Purchasers shall deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, to the Company, the following:

 

(i)       a letter to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company executed by a duly authorized person authorizing the release of the Private Placement Fund as defined in the escrow agreement between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company dated November 29, 2017; and

 

(ii)       a certificate executed by a duly authorized person of each Purchaser certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.2 are true and correct as of the date hereof and the Closing Date, except that those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date are true and correct as of such date, in each case, in respect of itself only.

 

Article II

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

2.1          Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Purchasers as follows:

 

(a)        Incorporation and Authority .

 

(i)       The Company is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing as an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company has furnished to the Purchasers true, correct and complete copies of the Articles of Association as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

 

(ii)       Each Company Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing, duly qualified to do business and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The organizational chart set forth in Annex 3 is true, correct and complete as of the date of this Agreement. As used herein, “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity (A) of which such person or a subsidiary of such person is a general partner or (B) of which a majority of the voting securities or other voting interests, or a majority of the securities or other interests of which having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or persons performing similar functions with respect to such entity, is directly or indirectly owned by such person and/or one or more subsidiaries thereof; and “ Company Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

  6  

 

 

(b)        Capitalization . Annex 3 sets forth (i) the authorized capital stock and Indebtedness of the Company as of immediately prior to the Effective Time of the Merger (as such terms are defined in the Merger Agreement), and (ii) the authorized capital stock and Indebtedness of the Company as of immediately after the Effective Time of the Merger. Except as reflected on Annex 3 , the Company has not (A) issued or authorized the issuance of any Ordinary Shares, any preferred shares in the capital of the Company (“ Preferred Shares ”), or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares, (B) reserved for issuance any Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares or (C) repurchased or redeemed, or authorized the repurchase or redemption of, any Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares. All of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights. No bonds, debentures, notes or other Indebtedness having the right to vote on any matters on which the shareholders of the Company may vote (“ Voting Debt ”) are issued and outstanding. Except as reflected on Annex 2 , the Company does not have and is not bound by any outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, commitments or agreements of any character calling for the purchase or issuance of, or securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for, any Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares or any other equity securities of the Company or Voting Debt or any securities representing the right to purchase or otherwise receive any shares of capital stock of the Company (including any rights plan or agreement). The Company has obtained valid and effective waivers of any rights of first refusal, rights of first offer, rights of co-sale, preemptive rights and any other similar rights regarding the Purchased Securities and the Ordinary Shares into which the GSO Preferred Shares and the FNF Preferred Shares can be converted in accordance with the terms thereof and of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Securities ”). For the purposes of this Section 2.1(b) Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any person, without duplication, (i) all obligations of such person for borrowed money, or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind to such person, (ii) all obligations of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (iii) all capitalized lease obligations of such person, (iv) all guarantees and arrangements having the economic effect of a guarantee of such person of any Indebtedness of any other person, or (v) all obligations or undertakings of such person to maintain or cause to be maintained the financial position or covenants of others or to purchase the obligations or property of others.

 

(c)        Company’s Subsidiaries . The Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of or all other equity interests in each of the Company Subsidiaries, free and clear of any liens, charges, adverse rights or claims, pledges, covenants, title defects, security interests and other encumbrances of any kind (“ Liens ”), and all of such shares or equity interests are duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights. No Company Subsidiary has or is bound by any outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, commitments or agreements of any character calling for the purchase or issuance of any shares of capital stock, any other equity security or any Voting Debt of such Company Subsidiary or any securities representing the right to purchase or otherwise receive any shares of capital stock, any other equity security or Voting Debt of such Company Subsidiary.

 

  7  

 

 

(d)        Authorization .

 

(i)       The Company has the corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and unanimously authorized by the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”). This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Purchasers, is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights or by general equity principles). No other corporate proceedings are necessary for the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, the performance by it of its obligations hereunder or the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company has received the requested approvals by its shareholders of the proposals set forth in its definitive proxy statement, dated July 26, 2017, and all such approvals continue to be valid and effective.

 

(ii)       Neither the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by the Company with any of the provisions hereof or of the Certificates of Designation, will (A) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination of, or result in the loss of any benefit or creation of any right on the part of any third party under, or accelerate the performance required by, or result in a right of termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the material properties or assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of (i) its Articles of Association or the certificate of incorporation, charter, bylaws or other governing instrument of any Company Subsidiary or (ii) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Company Subsidiary may be subject, or (B) subject to compliance with the statutes and regulations referred to in Section 2.1(e) , violate any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, permit, concession, grant, franchise or any judgment, ruling, order, writ, injunction or decree applicable to the Company or any Company Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets, in each case, except in the case of clauses (A)(ii) and (B) for such violations, conflicts and breaches as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As used in this Agreement, the term “ Material Adverse Effect ” means (1) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, properties, results of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and Company Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (2) a material impairment of the ability of the Company to perform under this Agreement.

 

  8  

 

 

(e)          Governmental Consents . No material notice to, registration, declaration or filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, order, consent or approval of, any federal, state, local, foreign or supranational government, any court, administrative, regulatory or other governmental agency, commission or authority, any non-governmental self-regulatory agency, commission or authority or any arbitral body (a “ Governmental Entity ”), or expiration or termination of any statutory waiting period, is necessary for the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than such authorizations, orders, consents or approvals as have already been obtained by the Company.

 

(f)           Financial Statements . Each of the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows, together with the notes thereto (collectively, the “ Company Financial Statements ”), included in any Company Report filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) prior to the date of this Agreement, (i) have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the books and records of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, (ii) complied as to form, as of their respective date of filing with the SEC, in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto, (iii) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the United States of America consistently applied, as in effect at the date of such financial statements or information to which it refers (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved, except as may be otherwise specified in such Company Financial Statements and (iv) present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries as of the dates set forth therein and the consolidated results of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries for the periods stated therein, subject, in the case of any unaudited financial statements, to normal recurring year-end adjustments.

 

(g)          Reports .

 

(i)       Since May 25, 2016 and until the date of this Agreement, the Company and each Company Subsidiary has timely filed all material reports, registrations, documents, filings, statements and submissions, together with any amendments thereto, that it was required to file with any Governmental Entity (the foregoing, collectively, the “ Company Reports ”) and has paid all material fees and assessments due and payable in connection therewith. As of their respective dates of filing, the Company Reports complied in all material respects with all statutes and applicable rules and regulations of the applicable Governmental Entities. To the knowledge of the Company, as of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding comments from the SEC or any other Governmental Entity with respect to any Company Report. In the case of each such Company Report filed with or furnished to the SEC, such Company Report did not, as of its date or if amended prior to the date of this Agreement, as of the date of such amendment, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made in it, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”). With respect to all other Company Reports, the Company Reports were complete and accurate in all material respects as of their respective dates. No executive officer of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has failed in any respect to make the certifications required of him or her under Section 302 or 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

  9  

 

 

(ii)       The Company (A) has implemented and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including the consolidated Company Subsidiaries, is made known to the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company by others within those entities, and (B) has disclosed, based on its most recent evaluation prior to the date hereof, to the Company’s outside auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors (1) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (2) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. Since December 31, 2016 and until the date of this Agreement, (x) neither the Company nor any Company Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, auditor, accountant or representative of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has received or otherwise had or obtained knowledge of any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim, whether written or oral, regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of the Company or any Company Subsidiary or their respective internal accounting controls, including any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that the Company or any Company Subsidiary has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices, and (y) no attorney representing the Company or any Company Subsidiary, whether or not employed by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, has reported evidence of a material violation of securities laws, breach of fiduciary duty or similar violation by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents to the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or to any director or officer of the Company.

 

  10  

 

 

(h)        Properties and Leases . The Company and the Company Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from Liens that would affect the value thereof or interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them, other than such Liens as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and the Company Subsidiaries hold all leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them, other than such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i)        Taxes . (A) Each of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries has (1) duly and timely filed (including pursuant to applicable extensions granted without penalty) all material Tax Returns required to be filed by it and (2) paid in full all Taxes due or made adequate provision in the financial statements of the Company (in accordance with GAAP) for any such Taxes, whether or not shown as due on such Tax Returns; (B) no material deficiencies for any Taxes have been proposed, asserted or assessed in writing against or with respect to any Taxes due by or Tax Returns of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries which deficiencies have not since been resolved, except for Taxes proposed, asserted or assessed that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which reserves adequate in accordance with GAAP have been provided; and (C) there are no material Liens for Taxes upon the assets of either the Company or the Company Subsidiaries except for statutory Liens for current Taxes not yet due or Liens for Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which reserves adequate in accordance with GAAP have been provided. None of the Company or any of the Company Subsidiaries has been a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in any distribution occurring during the last two years in which the parties to such distribution treated the distribution as one to which Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) is applicable. None of the Company or any Company Subsidiary has engaged in any transaction that is a “listed transaction” for federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.6011-4, which has not yet been the subject of an audit. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Taxes ” shall mean all taxes, charges, levies, penalties or other assessments imposed by any United States federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority, including any income, excise, property, sales, transfer, franchise, payroll, withholding, social security or other taxes, together with any interest or penalties attributable thereto, and any payments made or owing to any other person measured by such taxes, charges, levies, penalties or other assessment, whether pursuant to a tax indemnity agreement, tax sharing payment or otherwise (other than pursuant to commercial agreements or any employee benefit plan, policy, program, practice or agreement (whether written or unwritten, qualified or nonqualified, funded or unfunded, foreign or domestic) providing compensation or other benefits to any current or former employee of the Company). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Tax Return ” shall mean any return, report, information return or other document (including any related or supporting information) required to be filed with any taxing authority with respect to Taxes, including without limitation all information returns relating to Taxes of third parties, any claims for refunds of Taxes and any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing.

 

  11  

 

 

(j)        No Undisclosed Liabilities . Neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries has any liabilities or obligations of any nature (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) which are not properly reflected or reserved against in the Company Financial Statements to the extent required to be so reflected or reserved against in accordance with GAAP, except for (i) liabilities that have arisen since December 31, 2016, (ii) liabilities that have been incurred in connection with the Subject Transactions, and (iii) liabilities that have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the Share Purchase Agreement, since December 31, 2016, the Company and its Subsidiaries have conducted their business in the ordinary and usual course of business. Since December 31, 2016, no Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

 

(k)        Offering of Securities . Neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf has taken any action (including any offering of any securities of the Company under circumstances which would require the integration of such offering with the offering of any of the Securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement under the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder) which might subject the offering, issuance or sale of any of the Securities to the Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

(l)        Status of Securities . The Purchased Securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action. When issued and sold against receipt of the consideration therefor as provided in this Agreement, the Preferred Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will not subject the holders thereof to personal liability and will not be subject to preemptive rights of any other shareholder of the Company. The Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and when so issued upon such conversion or exercise will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will not subject the holders thereof to personal liability and will not be subject to preemptive rights of any other shareholder of the Company.

 

(m)        Litigation and Other Proceedings . There is no action, suit, arbitration, inquiry, investigation or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity (each an “ Action ”) pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against or affecting the Company or any Company Subsidiary or to which any of their assets are subject, nor is the Company or any Company Subsidiary subject to any order, judgment or decree, in each case except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no unresolved violation, criticism or exception by any Governmental Entity with respect to any report or relating to any examinations or inspections of the Company or any Company Subsidiaries.

 

(n)        Compliance with Laws. The Company and each Company Subsidiary have all material permits, licenses, franchises, authorizations, orders and approvals of, and have made all filings, applications and registrations with, Governmental Entities that are required in order to permit them to own or lease their properties and assets and to carry on their business as presently conducted and that are material to the business of the Company or such Company Subsidiary. The Company and each Company Subsidiary has complied in all material respects and is not in default or violation in any material respect of, and none of them is, to the knowledge of the Company, under investigation with respect to or, to the knowledge of the Company, has been threatened to be charged with or given notice of any material violation of, any applicable material domestic (federal, state or local) or foreign law, statute, ordinance, license, rule, regulation, policy or guideline, order, demand, writ, injunction, decree or judgment of any Governmental Entity, other than such noncompliance, defaults or violations that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except for statutory or regulatory restrictions of general application, no Governmental Entity has placed any material restriction on the business or properties of the Company or any Company Subsidiary.

 

  12  

 

 

(o)          Investment Company . Neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and neither the Company nor any of the Company Subsidiaries sponsors any person that is such an investment company.

 

(p)          Interim Operations .

 

(i)       The Company has not engaged in any business activity, other than (A) as described in the Company Reports filed with the SEC and (B) in connection with the evaluation, negotiation and consummation of the Subject Transactions.

 

(ii)       The Company has complied with all its obligations under the ECLs, FPA ECLs, the GSO Side Letter, the Investor Letter, the GSO Fee Letter, the GSO Amendment Fee Letter, the FNF Fee Letter and the FNF Amendment Fee Letter.

 

(q)          NYSE Listing . Immediately after the Closing, the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares shall be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and shall be listed for trading on the NYSE. There is no Action or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company by any stock exchange or the SEC with respect to any intention by such entity to deregister the Ordinary Shares or prohibit the listing of Ordinary Shares on NYSE.

 

(r)          Shareholder Redemptions . There were no Shareholder Redemptions.

 

(s)         Other Investments . Except for this Agreement, the GSO Fee Letter, GSO Amendment Fee Letter, FNF Fee Letter, the FNF Amendment Fee Letter, the Forward Purchase Agreements and the ECLs (collectively, the “ Equity Funding Documents ”) and the Debt Commitment Letter, the Company has no other contractually committed sources of debt or equity financing to consummate the Merger. True, correct and complete copies of the Equity Funding Documents have been delivered by the Company to the Purchasers.

 

(t)          Brokers and Finders . No broker or finder is entitled to any brokerage or finder’s fee or other commission payable by any of the Purchasers in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company, the Company Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers or employees.

 

  13  

 

 

(u)         Articles of Association; Certificates of Designations .

 

(i)       The Articles of Association in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto are current and in effect.

 

(ii)       The Board of Directors and the Company have taken all action necessary to cause the Series A Certificate of Designations and the Series B Certificate of Designations (collectively, the “ Certificates of Designations ”) to be adopted pursuant to the Articles of Association, and the terms of the Series A Preferred Shares and the Series B Preferred Shares have been established pursuant to the terms thereof in compliance with applicable law.

 

(v)         Indemnification . Except with respect to indemnification obligations set forth in (i) Annex 4 to this Agreement, (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 19, 2016, among the Company, CF Capital Growth, LLC and the other parties thereto, (iii) Exhibit A to the Forward Purchase Agreements and (iii) Exhibit A to the Additional Equity Purchase Agreements, dated June 21, 2017, between the Company and the investors party thereto, the Company has not agreed to indemnify, and has not indemnified, any current shareholder in the Company or any party that has agreed to become a shareholder in the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

 

(w)        No Waiver or Modification of Closing Conditions . None of the conditions to Closing for the Subject Transactions as set forth in the Merger Agreement and the Share Purchase Agreement have been waived or modified.

 

(x)         No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 2.1 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Company, any person on behalf of the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Parties ”) has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company or the Subject Transactions and the Company Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Purchaser in Section 2.2 , the ECLs, the GSO Side Letter, the limited guarantees between GSO and the Company, dated as of May 24, 2017 (the “ Limited Guarantees ”), and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Company Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Purchaser.

 

2.2          Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers . Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company, in respect of itself only, as follows:

 

(a)        Organization and Power . It is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation (if the concept of “good standing” is a recognized concept in such jurisdiction) and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

 

  14  

 

 

(b)        Authorization . It has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by it, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, or (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the registration rights set forth on Annex 4 (the “ Registration Rights ”) may be limited by applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

(c)        Governmental Consents . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of it in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)        Compliance with Other Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any violation or default (i) of any provisions of its organizational documents, (ii) of any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) under any note, indenture or mortgage to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (iv) under any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which it is a party or by which it is bound or (v) of any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to it, in each case (other than clause (i)), which would have a material adverse effect on it or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(e)        Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with it in reliance upon its representation to the Company, which by such Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, it hereby confirms, that the Securities to be acquired by it will be acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that it has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same in violation of law.

 

(f)        Disclosure of Information . It has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities and the Subject Transactions with the Company’s management.

 

  15  

 

 

(g)        Restricted Securities . It understands that the offer and sale of the Securities to it has not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of its representations as expressed herein. It understands that the Securities are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, it may only transfer the Securities if they are registered with the SEC and qualified by state authorities, or pursuant to an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements. It acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Securities for resale, except for the Registration Rights. It further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Securities, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of its control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

(h)        High Degree of Risk . It understands that its agreement to purchase the Securities involves a high degree of risk which could cause it to lose all or part of its investment.

 

(i)        Accredited Investor . It is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(j)        General Solicitation . It is not acquiring the Securities as a result of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication regarding the Securities published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media, broadcast over television or radio, disseminated over the Internet or presented at any seminar or any other general solicitation or general advertisement.

 

(k)        Legends . It understands that certificates evidencing the Securities will bear a restrictive legend in substantially the form set forth in Section 4.3 (and, with respect to Securities held in uncertificated form, the transfer agent will record such a legend or other notation on the share register of the Company).

 

(l)        No Legal, Tax or Investment Advice . It understands that nothing in this Agreement or any other materials presented by or on behalf of the Company to it in connection with the acquisition of the Securities constitutes legal, tax or investment advice. It has consulted such legal, tax and investment advisors as it, in its sole discretion, has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with its acquisition of the Securities.

 

(m)        Residence . Its principal place of business are the offices located at the address set forth on the signature page hereof.

 

(n)        No Other Representations and Warranties; Non-Reliance . Except for the specific representations and warranties contained in this Section 2.2 and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, none of the Purchaser nor any person acting on behalf of the Purchaser nor any of the Purchaser’s Affiliates (the “ Purchaser Parties ”) has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Purchaser and the Purchaser Parties disclaim any such representation or warranty. Except for the specific representations and warranties expressly made by the Company in Section 2.1 , the ECLs, the GSO Side Letter, the Limited Guarantees, and in any certificate or agreement delivered pursuant hereto, the Purchaser Parties specifically disclaim that they are relying upon any other representations or warranties that may have been made by the Company or any Company Party.

 

  16  

 

 

Article III

 

COVENANTS

 

3.1          Actions . Each party shall execute and deliver both before and after the Closing such further certificates, agreements and other documents and take such other actions as the other parties may reasonably request to consummate or implement the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.2          Access, Information and Confidentiality .

 

(a)        For so long as (i) in the case of the GSO Purchasers, the GSO Purchasers together with their Affiliates own at least the Qualifying Ownership Interest of the GSO Securities, or (ii) in the case of the FNF Purchasers, the FNF Purchasers together with their Affiliates own at least the Qualifying Ownership Interest of the FNF Securities, the Company will permit such Purchasers and their Affiliates to visit and inspect, at such Purchasers’ expense, the properties of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, to examine the corporate books and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries with the principal officers of the Company, all upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times and as often as such Purchasers may reasonably request. Any investigation pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be conducted during normal business hours and in such manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of the business of the Company, and nothing herein shall require the Company or any Company Subsidiary to disclose any information to the extent (i) prohibited by applicable law or regulation, (ii) that the Company reasonably believes such information to be competitively sensitive proprietary information (except to the extent the Purchasers provide assurances reasonably acceptable to the Company that such information shall not be used by the Purchasers or their respective Affiliates to compete with the Company and Company Subsidiaries), or (iii) that such disclosure would reasonably be expected to cause a violation of any agreement to which the Company or any Company Subsidiary is a party or would cause a risk of a loss of attorney-client privilege to the Company or any Company Subsidiary. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make appropriate substitute disclosure arrangements under circumstances where any of the restrictions in the foregoing clauses apply, and shall provide, to the extent feasible, a simple description of any information withheld on the basis of the foregoing restrictions. In the event, and to the extent, that, as a result of any change in applicable law or regulation or a judicial or administrative interpretation of applicable law or regulation, it is reasonably determined that the rights afforded pursuant to this Section 3.2 are not sufficient for purposes of the Department of Labor’s “plan assets” regulations, to the extent such plan assets regulation applies to the investment in the Securities, the Purchasers and the Company shall cooperate in good faith to agree upon mutually satisfactory management access and information rights which satisfy such regulations. “ Qualifying Ownership Interest ” means 25% of Securities acquired by such person hereunder, calculated on an as converted basis (assuming a Conversion Price equal to the value of clause (iii) of the definition of Floor Price (each as defined in the applicable Certificate of Designations)).

 

  17  

 

 

(b)        Each party to this Agreement will hold, and will cause its respective Affiliates and their directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants and advisors to hold, in strict confidence, unless disclosure to a regulatory authority is necessary or appropriate or unless disclosure is required by judicial or administrative process or by other requirement of law or the applicable requirements of any regulatory agency or relevant stock exchange, all non-public records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information (collectively, “ Information ”) concerning the other party hereto furnished to it by such other party or its representatives pursuant to this Agreement except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (i) previously known by such party on a non-confidential basis, (ii) in the public domain through no fault of such party or (iii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by the party to which it was furnished, and neither party hereto shall release or disclose such Information to any other person, except (A) its auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, other consultants and advisors, (B) in the case of the GSO Purchasers, their Affiliates, financing sources, current or prospective investors in funds or accounts managed or advised by GSO or its Affiliates and any bona fide prospective purchaser of Securities, and (C) in the case of the FNF Purchasers, their Affiliates, financing sources, current or prospective investors in funds or accounts managed or advised by FNF or its Affiliates and any bona fide prospective purchaser of Securities; provided that the Purchasers shall not release or disclose any information to its financing sources which is furnished to any non-voting observer appointed pursuant to Section 4.2 without the consent of the Company.

 

3.3          Board of Director’s Recommendation; Proxy Statement

 

(a)        The Company shall call a special meeting of its shareholders, as promptly as practicable following the Closing (but in any event on or before May 31, 2018) to vote on proposals (collectively, the “ Shareholder Proposal ”) to (i) approve the conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares and Series B Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares for purposes of Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual or any equivalent rule of any stock exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are listed from time to time, and (ii) amend the Amended Articles such that they comply with the provisions of Section 313.00(C) of the NYSE Listed Company Manual regarding the right to elect directors upon default of dividend payments for six quarterly periods or any equivalent rule of any stock exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are listed from time to time. The Board of Directors shall unanimously recommend to the Company’s shareholders that such shareholders vote in favor of the Shareholder Proposal. In connection with such meeting, the Company shall promptly prepare (and Purchasers will reasonably cooperate with the Company to prepare) and file (but in no event later than March 31, 2018, unless otherwise agreed by the parties) with the SEC a preliminary proxy statement, shall use its reasonable best efforts to respond to any comments of the SEC or its staff and to cause a definitive proxy statement related to such shareholders' meeting to be mailed to the Company’s shareholders not more than five business days after clearance thereof by the SEC, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to solicit proxies for such shareholder approval. The Company shall notify Purchasers promptly of the receipt of any comments from the SEC or its staff with respect to the proxy statement and of any request by the SEC or its staff for amendments or supplements to such proxy statement or for additional information and will supply Purchasers with copies of all correspondence between the Company or any of its representatives, on the one hand, and the SEC or its staff, on the other hand, with respect to such proxy statement. If at any time prior to such shareholders' meeting there shall occur any event that is required to be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the proxy statement, the Company shall as promptly as practicable prepare and mail to its shareholders such an amendment or supplement. Purchasers and the Company agree promptly to correct any information provided by them or on their behalf for use in the proxy statement if and to the extent that such information shall have become false or misleading in any material respect, and the Company shall as promptly as practicable prepare and mail to its shareholders an amendment or supplement to correct such information to the extent required by applicable laws and regulations. The Company shall consult with Purchasers prior to filing any proxy statement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and provide Purchasers with a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon. In the event that the approval of the Shareholder Proposal is not obtained at such special shareholders meeting, the Company shall include a proposal to approve (and the Board of Directors shall unanimously recommend approval of) each such proposal at a meeting of its shareholders no less than once in each subsequent six-month period beginning on May 31, 2018 until such approval is obtained.

 

  18  

 

 

(b)        Purchasers, on the one hand, agree to furnish the Company, and the Company, on the other hand, agrees, upon request, to furnish to each Purchaser, all information concerning itself, its Affiliates, directors, officers, partners and shareholders and such other matters as may be reasonably necessary or advisable in connection with the proxy statement in connection with any such shareholders meeting.

 

(c)        Purchasers hereby agree that at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company held to vote on the Shareholder Proposal, however called, Purchasers shall vote, or cause to be voted, all Ordinary Shares or other voting securities beneficially owned by Purchasers, in favor of the Shareholder Proposal.

 

3.4          Tax Matters

 

(a)        With respect to each taxable year of the Company and each Company Subsidiary with respect to which a reasonable likelihood exists that the Company and/or a Company Subsidiary is treated as a “passive foreign investment company” (as defined in Section 1297(a) of the Code), the Company and/or such Company Subsidiary shall comply with the requirements of Section 1295(a)(2) of the Code (and the Treasury Regulations promulgating such requirements) and timely deliver to the Purchasers the information necessary to permit them to make a valid election to treat the Company and/or such Company Subsidiary as a “qualified electing fund” (as defined in Section 1295(a) of the Code) and to subsequently comply with the requirements applicable to shareholders who have made a valid election to treat a “passive foreign investment company” as a “qualified electing fund.”

 

  19  

 

 

(b)        Upon reasonable request from the Purchaser, the Company shall provide such information as is reasonably necessary to permit the Purchasers to comply with applicable requirements regarding the filing of Tax Returns that arise in connection with their ownership of the Securities.

 

(c)        The Company and the GSO Purchasers agree to treat the GSO Commitment Fee and the GSO Amendment Fee as a discount to the GSO Investment Commitment and not as separately bargained for consideration for United States federal (and other applicable) tax purposes.

 

(d)        The Company and the FNF Purchasers agree to treat the FNF Commitment Fee and the FNF Amendment Fee as a discount to the FNF Investment Commitment and not as separately bargained for consideration for United States federal (and other applicable) tax purposes.

 

(e)        The parties agree to allocate to each Ordinary Share that is a GSO Ordinary Share or FNF Ordinary Share an amount of the GSO Investment Purchase Price or FNF Investment Purchase Price, as applicable, equal to $10.00.

 

(f)        The Company will exercise reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Purchasers to seek to have any redemption pursuant to Section 6 of the Certificates of Designations qualify as a sale or exchange pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; provided , however , that this covenant shall not have any effect on the Company's right to redeem the Preferred Shares in accordance with such Section 6 of the Certificates of Designations.

 

(g)        The Company shall not incur or accumulate, and shall cause each Company Subsidiary to prevent the Company from incurring or accumulating, any earnings and profits for United States federal income tax purposes (including as a result of receiving a distribution of property from any Company Subsidiary), unless, in each taxable year in which the Company has (or is reasonably expected to have) current or accumulated earnings and profits for United States federal income tax purposes, the Board of Directors shall have or shall declare cash dividends to the Purchasers in an amount that is sufficient to allow the Purchasers (or the direct or indirect owners of the Purchasers) to pay any U.S. federal and state income tax due with respect to any dividend income attributable to such current (or reasonably expected current) or accumulated earnings and profits for such taxable year; provided , however, that this paragraph (g) shall not have any effect on the Purchasers’ entitlement to dividends under the terms of any of their Preferred Shares and that the Company shall not be required to pay or declare any dividends (whether in cash or in kind) in excess of such entitlement.

 

  20  

 

 

Article IV

 

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

4.1          Transfer Restrictions

 

(a)        Restrictions on Transfer . Until the first anniversary of the Closing Date, except as otherwise permitted in this Agreement, the Purchasers will not transfer, sell, assign or otherwise dispose of (including any transfer of constructive economic ownership, whether through any security, contract right, or derivative position) (“ Transfer ”) any Preferred Shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchasers may pledge (a “ Pledge ”) any or all of the Preferred Shares in the ordinary course of business for bona fide financing purposes, including as collateral for any loan, so long as the counterparty to such Pledge enters into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions with respect to the pledged Preferred Shares. The Transfer restrictions set forth in this Section 4.1(a) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect on the first anniversary of the Closing Date. Any Preferred Shares acquired by the Purchasers and their Affiliates other than pursuant to this Agreement will not be subject to this Section 4.1(a) .

 

(b)       Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a) , each Purchaser and its permitted transferees shall be permitted to Transfer any portion or all of its Preferred Shares at any time under the following circumstances:

 

(i)       Transfers to (A) any Affiliate of a Purchaser under common control with a Purchaser’s ultimate parent, general partner or investment advisor (any such transferee shall be included in the term “Purchaser”), or (B) any limited partner, member or shareholder of any Purchaser, but in each case only if the transferee agrees in writing for the benefit of the Company (with a copy thereof to be furnished to the Company) to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii)       Transfers pursuant to a merger, tender offer or exchange offer or other business combination, acquisition of assets or similar transaction or change of control involving the Company.

 

(c)        Additional Restrictions with respect to Ordinary Shares . Each Purchaser shall not, and (subject to the last sentence of this Section 4.1(c)) shall cause its Affiliates to not, directly or indirectly, establish any short position in or with respect to the Ordinary Shares (including through the use of derivatives but excluding any such position with regards to a broad-based market basket or index in which the Ordinary Shares are included) (i) during the 30 consecutive Trading Days used to calculate the Conversion Price (as defined in the applicable Certificate of Designation) with respect to such Purchaser’s Preferred Shares, or (ii) prior to such period to the extent intended to cause material market activity with respect to the Ordinary Shares during such 30 consecutive Trading Day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 4.1(c) shall prohibit any Purchaser or any Affiliate of any Purchaser from establishing or maintaining a short position in, or with respect to, Ordinary Shares (including through the use of derivatives) unrelated to the potential conversion of the Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares.

 

  21  

 

 

4.2          Governance Matters . Each of (i) the GSO Purchasers, as a group, and (ii) the FNF Purchasers, as a group, shall have the right, exercisable by delivering written notice to the Company, to collectively designate their own non-voting observer to attend any meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof, in each case for so long as such the GSO Purchasers or FNF Purchasers, as applicable, together with their respective Affiliates own at least two times the Qualifying Ownership Interest. Each of the GSO Purchasers and the FNF Purchasers shall have the right to remove and replace their respective non-voting observer at any time and from time to time. The Company shall furnish to each non-voting observer (a) notices of all Board of Directors and committee meetings (as applicable) no later than, and using the same form of communication as, notice of such Board of Directors and committee meetings are furnished to Directors, and (b) copies of the materials with respect to meetings of the Board of Directors and any committees thereof, which are furnished to Directors, no later than such materials are so furnished to such Directors; provided , however , that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence all information so provided on customary terms; and provided , further , that such representative may be excluded from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Board of Directors or any committee thereof determines in good faith (and, with respect to items (i) and (iii) below, upon advice of counsel) that (i) such exclusion is reasonably necessary in the opinion of counsel to preserve attorney-client privilege, (ii) there exists, with respect to any deliberation or board or committee materials, an actual or potential conflict of interest between the observer, any Purchaser and the Company, or (iii) such recusal is required by applicable laws (including any federal securities laws). The GSO Purchasers or the FNF Purchasers may elect to suspend their right to appoint their respective non-voting observer and receive materials provided to the Board of Directors at any time and from time to time by delivery of written notice thereof to the Company. The GSO Purchasers and the FNF Purchasers may terminate any such suspension by delivery of written notice of such termination to the Company.

 

4.3          Legend .

 

(a)        The Purchasers agree that each register and book entry for the Purchased Securities shall contain a notation, and each certificate (if any) evidencing the Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend, in substantially the following form:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN VIOLATION OF SUCH ACT AND LAWS.

 

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTMENT AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE HOLDER AND THE OTHER PARTIES THERETO. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

  22  

 

 

(b)        Upon the request of a Purchaser, if such legend is no longer required under the Securities Act and applicable state laws, the Company shall promptly cause clause (1) of the legend to be removed from any certificate for any Securities to be Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and clause (2) of the legend shall be removed upon the expiration of such transfer and other restrictions set forth in this Agreement. In connection therewith, if required by the Company’s transfer agent, the Company will reasonably cooperate with such Purchaser to cause an opinion of counsel to be delivered to its transfer agent, together with any other authorizations, certificates and directions required by the transfer agent that authorize and direct the transfer agent to issue such Securities without any such legend.

 

(c)        The Purchaser shall have registration rights with respect to the Securities as set forth in the Registration Rights.

 

4.4          Reservation for Issuance . The Company will reserve that number of Ordinary Shares sufficient for issuance upon conversion of the Preferred Shares owned at any time by the Purchasers without regard to any limitation on such conversion.

 

4.5          Certain Transactions . The Company will not merge or consolidate into, or sell, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property or assets to, any other person unless the successor, transferee or lessee party, as the case may be (if not the Company), expressly assumes the due and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant, obligation and condition of this Agreement to be performed and observed by the Company (including the Registration Rights in Annex 4 ).

 

4.7          Exchange Listing . The Company shall cause the GSO Ordinary Shares, FNF Ordinary Shares and Ordinary Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the conversion of the Preferred Shares to continue to be approved for listing on NYSE.

 

4.8          Certificates of Designations . For so long as the Purchasers, together with any of their Affiliates, own any Preferred Shares, the Company shall not amend or change any terms of the applicable Certificate of Designation except in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

4.9          Use of Proceeds . The proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Preferred Shares shall be used solely for the purposes specified in the ECLs.

 

4.10        MFN Provision . If the Company enters into an agreement, or modifies either Certificate of Designations, so as to provide terms more favorable to any Purchaser than the terms provided to any other Purchaser under this Agreement, then the Company will enter into an agreement with such other Purchaser or modify the terms of this Agreement, the applicable Certificate of Designation, as applicable, to reflect such more favorable terms.

 

4.11        ECLs . Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, the ECLs delivered by GSO and FNF shall be superseded hereby and automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

  23  

 

 

Article V

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1          Expenses . Each of the parties will bear and pay all other costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated pursuant to this Agreement, except that the Company shall reimburse the Purchasers for the fees and expenses of counsel to the extent provided in the GSO Fee Letter and the FNF Fee Letter.

 

5.2          Amendment; Waiver . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective with respect to any party unless made in writing and signed by an officer of a duly authorized representative of such party. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The conditions to each party’s obligation to consummate the Closing are for the sole benefit of such party and may be waived by such party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law. No waiver of any party to this Agreement, as the case may be, will be effective unless it is in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the waiving party that makes express reference to the provision or provisions subject to such waiver. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. The right of a party to any remedy pursuant to this Agreement shall not be waived or otherwise affected by any investigation or examination conducted, or any knowledge possessed or acquired (or capable of being possessed or acquired), by such party at any time concerning any circumstance, action, omission or event relating to the accuracy or performance of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation.

 

5.3          Counterparts and Facsimile . For the convenience of the parties hereto, this Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts will together constitute the same agreement. Executed signature pages to this Agreement may be delivered by email and such emails will be deemed as sufficient as if actual signature pages had been delivered.

 

5.4          Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State. The parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan, State of New York for any actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

5.5          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

5.6          Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party to the other will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally or by telecopy or facsimile, upon confirmation of receipt, (b) on the first business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service, or (c) on the third business day following the date of mailing if delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice.

 

  24  

 

 

(a) If to a GSO Purchaser to:

 

GSO Capital Partners LP

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Robert Petrini and Marisa Beeney

Email: robert.petrini@gsocap.com; marisa.beeney@gsocap.com

 

with a copy to (which copy alone shall not constitute notice):

 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

125 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

Attention: C. Andrew Gerlach

Telephone: (212) 558-4789

Email: gerlacha@sullcrom.com

Fax: (212) 291-9299

 

(b) If to an FNF Purchaser to:

 

Fidelity National Financial, Inc.

601 Riverside Ave.

Jacksonville, FL 32204

Attention: Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Fax: (702) 243-3251

 

If to the Company:

 

CF Corporation

1701 Village Center Circle

Las Vegas, Nevada 89134

Attn: Douglas Newton

Telephone: (212) 207-8647

Email: newton@cc.capital

Fax: (212) 588-8713

 

  25  

 

 

with a copy to (which copy alone shall not constitute notice):

 

Debevoise & Plimpton LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Nicholas F. Potter

Telephone: (212)-909-6459

Email: nfpotter@debevoise.com

Facsimile: (212)-909-6836

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Attn: Gregory A. Fernicola

Telephone: (212)-735-2918

Email: gregory.fernicola@skadden.com

Facsimile: (917)-777-2918

 

Winston & Strawn LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

Attn: Joel L. Rubinstein

Telephone: (212)-294-5336

Email: jrubinstein@winston.com

Facsimile: (212)-294-4700

 

5.7          Entire Agreement, Etc. (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements, including the FNF Fee Letter, FNF Amendment Fee Letter, GSO Fee Letter, GSO Amendment Fee Letter and other understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof; and (b) this Agreement will not be assignable by operation of law or otherwise (any attempted assignment in contravention hereof being null and void); provided that a Purchaser may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement (i) to any Affiliate, but only if the transferee agrees in writing for the benefit of the Company (with a copy thereof to be furnished to the Company) to be bound by the terms of this Agreement (any such transferee shall be included in the term “Purchaser”); provided , further , that no such assignment shall relieve such Purchaser of its obligations hereunder and (ii) as provided in the Registration Rights on Annex 4 .

 

5.8          Interpretation; Other Definitions . Wherever required by the context of this Agreement, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa, and references to any agreement, document or instrument shall be deemed to refer to such agreement, document or instrument as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time. All article, section, paragraph or clause references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement, and all exhibit, annex and schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such exhibits, annexes and schedules to this Agreement. In addition, the following terms are ascribed the following meanings:

 

  26  

 

 

(a)        the term “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such other person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) when used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to cause the direction of management or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities by contract or otherwise; provided , that other than for purposes of Section 3.2(b) and Section 5.14 of this Agreement, any reference to an “ Affiliate ” of any GSO Purchaser shall exclude any person outside of the credit-focused business of The Blackstone Group L.P.;

 

(b)        the word “ or ” is not exclusive;

 

(c)        the words “ including ,” “ includes ,” “ included ” and “ include ” are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

(d)        the terms “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision;

 

(e)        business day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day which shall be a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close;

 

(f)        person ” has the meaning given to it in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act; and

 

(g)        to the “ knowledge of the Company ” or “ Company’s knowledge ” means the actual knowledge after due inquiry of the “officers” (as such term is defined in Rule 3b-2 under the Exchange Act, but excluding any Vice President or Secretary) of the Company.

 

5.9          Captions . The article, section, paragraph and clause captions herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and will not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

5.10        Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person (including the officers and directors the parties hereto) or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, will remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon a suitable and equitable substitute provision to effect the original intent of the parties.

 

  27  

 

 

5.11        No Third-Party Beneficiaries . Nothing contained in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any person other than the parties hereto, any benefit right or remedies, except that the provisions of Section 4.5 shall inure to the benefit of the persons referred to in that Section.

 

5.12        Public Announcements . Subject to each party’s disclosure obligations imposed by law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which its securities are listed, each of the parties hereto will cooperate with each other in the development and distribution of all news releases and other public information disclosures with respect to this Agreement and any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and neither the Company nor any Purchaser will make any such news release or public disclosure without first consulting with the other, and, in each case, also receiving the other’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and each party shall coordinate with the party whose consent is required with respect to any such news release or public disclosure.

 

5.13        Specific Performance . The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to seek specific performance of the terms of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedies to which they are entitled at law or equity.

 

5.14        No Recourse . This Agreement may only be enforced against the named parties hereto. All claims or causes of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may be made only against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto or that are subject to the terms hereof, and no past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, agent, attorney or representative of any Purchaser or any party hereto (including any person negotiating or executing this Agreement on behalf of a party hereto) shall have any liability or obligation with respect to this Agreement or with respect to any claim or cause of action, whether in tort, contract or otherwise, that may arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other certificates delivered pursuant thereto.

 

* * *

 

  28  

 

 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of the parties hereto as of the date first herein above written.

 

  FGL HOLDINGS
     
  By: /s/ Douglas B. Newton
    Name: Douglas B. Newton
    Title:  Chief Financial Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Investment Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

 

  FIDELITY NATIONAL TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY
     
  By: /s/ Michael L. Gravelle
    Name:  Michael L. Gravelle
    Title: Executive Vice President, General
      Counsel and Corporate Secretary
     
  CHICAGO TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY
     
  By: /s/ Michael L. Gravelle
    Name: Michael L. Gravelle
    Title: Executive Vice President, General
      Counsel and Corporate Secretary
     
  COMMONWEALTH LAND TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY
     
  By: /s/ Michael L. Gravelle
    Name: Michael L. Gravelle
    Title: Executive Vice President, General
      Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

[ Signature Page to Investment Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

  GSO COF III AIV-5 LP
     
  By: GSO Capital Opportunities Associates III LLC,
  its general partner
     
  By: /s/ Marisa Beeney
    Name: Marisa Beeney
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
  GSO COF III Co-Investment AIV-5 LP
     
  By: GSO COF III Co-Investment Associates LLC,
  its general partner
     
  By: /s/ Marisa Beeney
    Name: Marisa Beeney
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
  GSO CO-INVESTMENT FUND-D LP
     
  By: GSO Co-Investment Fund-D Associates LLC,
  its general partner
     
  By: /s/ Marisa Beeney
    Name: Marisa Beeney
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
  GSO CREDIT ALPHA FUND LP
     
  By: GSO Credit Alpha Associates LLC,
  its general partner
     
  By: /s/ Marisa Beeney
    Name: Marisa Beeney
    Title: Authorized Signatory

 

Annex 1 

 

 

 

  GSO AIGUILLE DES GRANDS MONTETS FUND II LP
     
  By: GSO Capital Partners LP,
  its attorney-in-fact
     
  By: /s/ Marisa Beeney
    Name: Marisa Beeney
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
  GSO CHURCHILL PARTNERS LP
     
  By: GSO Churchill Associates LLC,
  its general partner
     
  By: /s/ Marisa Beeney
    Name: Marisa Beeney
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
  GSO CREDIT-A PARTNERS LP
     
  By: GSO Capital Partners LP,
  its investment manager
     
  By: /s/ Marisa Beeney
    Name: Marisa Beeney
    Title: Authorized Signatory
     
  GSO HARRINGTON CREDIT ALPHA FUND (CAYMAN) L.P.
     
  By: GSO Harrington Credit Alpha Associates L.L.C.,
  its general partner
     
  By: /s/ Marisa Beeney
    Name: Marisa Beeney
    Title: Authorized Signatory

 

Annex 1

 

 

 

Annex 1

GSO Purchasers

 

GSO Purchasers   Preferred Shares     Ordinary Shares  
GSO COF III AIV-5 LP     185,811       4,147,302  
GSO COF III Co-Investment AIV-5 LP     64,611       1,442,118  
GSO Co-Investment Fund-D LP     2,281       50,912  
GSO Credit Alpha Fund LP     7,396       165,079  
GSO Aiguille des Grands Montets Fund II LP     6,367       142,111  
GSO Churchill Partners LP     2,354       52,541  
GSO Credit-A Partners LP     5,104       113,921  
GSO Harrington Credit Alpha Fund (Cayman) L.P.     1,076       24,016  

 

Annex 1

 

 

 

Annex 2

FNF Purchasers

 

FNF Purchasers   Preferred Shares     Ordinary Shares  
Fidelity National Title Insurance Company     24,000       535,680  
Chicago Title Insurance Company     56,000       1,249,920  
Commonwealth Land Title Insurance Company     20,000       446,400  

 

Annex 2

 

 

 

Annex 3

Capital Structure

 

Annex 3

 

 

 

Annex 4

Registration Rights

 

1.         Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement on Form S-3 for a secondary offering (including any successor registration statement, a “ Resale Shelf ”) of the Ordinary Shares and any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect thereto by way of a share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization (the “ Ordinary Registrable Securities ”) pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

 

2.         Within thirty (30) days after the written request of the GSO Purchasers with respect to the Series A Shares, or the FNF Purchasers with respect to the Series B Shares, the Company shall use reasonable best efforts to file a Resale Shelf covering (x) the Series A Shares or the Series B Shares, as the case may be, (y) the Converted Shares (as defined below), in each case plus (z) any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (x) and (y), as applicable, by way of a share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization (the “ Preferred Registrable Securities ” and, together with the Ordinary Registrable Securities, the “ Registrable Securities ”) pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to file a Resale Shelf (i) with respect to the securities referred to in clause (x) above earlier than ninety (90) days prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, and (ii) with respect to the securities referred to in clause (y) above, earlier than ninety (90) days prior to the date on which the Preferred Shares become convertible, or actually convert, into Ordinary Shares pursuant to the applicable Certificate of Designations and Articles of Association.

 

3.         If Form S-3 is unavailable for a registration described in paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof, the Company shall register the resale of the Registrable Securities on another appropriate form (including Form S-1) as promptly as practicable after Form S-3 becomes unavailable, and undertake to register the Registrable Securities on Form S-3 as soon as such form is available.

 

4.         The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to cause each Resale Shelf to be declared effective under the Securities Act promptly after the filing thereof, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the filing thereof, and to maintain the effectiveness of such Resale Shelf with respect to the Registrable Securities covered by such Resale Shelf until the earlier of (A) the date on which the Purchasers cease to hold Registrable Securities covered by such Resale Shelf and (B) the date all of the Purchasers’ Registrable Securities covered by such Resale Shelf can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

Annex 4

 

 

 

5.         If at any time the Company proposes to file a registration statement (a “ Registration Statement ”) on its own behalf, or on behalf of any other persons (as defined below) who have previously exercised demand registration rights with respect to such registration statement (“ Other Holders ”), relating to an underwritten offering of Ordinary Shares, or engage in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown (as defined below) (in each case, a “ Company Offering ”), then the Company will provide the Purchasers with notice in writing (an “ Offer Notice ”) at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such filing, which Offer Notice will offer to include in the Registration Statement for such Company Offering the Purchasers’ Ordinary Registrable Securities and Converted Shares (as defined below), if any. Within five (5) Business Days (or, in the case of an Offer Notice delivered to the Purchasers in connection with an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, within three (3) Business Days) after receiving the Offer Notice, each Purchaser may make a written request (a “ Piggyback Request ”) to the Company to include some or all of such Purchaser’s Ordinary Registrable Securities or Converted Shares in the Company Offering. If the underwriter(s) for any Company Offering advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Company Offering, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to the Company and any Other Holders, if any; and (ii) second, to the Piggyback Holders (as defined in the Forward Purchase Agreements) and other holders of Ordinary Shares who validly exercised piggyback registration rights based on the pro rata percentage of Ordinary Shares requested to be included therein, and (iii) to the Purchasers based on the pro rata percentage of Ordinary Registrable Securities and Converted Shares, as applicable, held by the Purchasers and requested to be included in the Company Offering.

 

6.         At any time during which the Company has an effective Resale Shelf with respect to the Purchasers’ Registrable Securities, (i) the Purchasers shall be entitled, at any time and from time to time, to sell Registrable Securities, and (ii) each Purchaser may make a written request (which request shall specify the intended method of disposition thereof) (a “ Shelf Takedown Request ”) to the Company to effect a sale, of all or a portion of such Purchaser’s Registrable Securities that are covered by the Resale Shelf for which a prospectus supplement (a “ Shelf Takedown Prospectus Supplement ”) is required by applicable law, and the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file such Shelf Takedown Prospectus Supplement for such purpose as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of a Shelf Takedown Request.

 

Annex 4

 

 

 

7.         Each of (i) the GSO Purchasers, taken as a group and (ii) the FNF Purchasers, taken as a group, may request (any such group, the “ Requesting Purchasers ”) that any sale of Ordinary Shares issued upon the conversion of the Preferred Shares (and any other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to such Ordinary Shares by way of a share dividend or share split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or reorganization, the “ Converted Shares ”) covered by a Resale Shelf be conducted as an underwritten public offering (an “ Underwritten Shelf Takedown ”). The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than two Underwritten Shelf Takedowns for each of (i) the GSO Purchasers, taken as a group, and (ii) the FNF Purchasers, taken as a group. Each of the GSO Purchasers, taken as a group, and the FNF Purchasers, taken as a group, shall have the right, pursuant to a timely Piggyback Request, to include securities that are covered by the Resale Shelf (“ Requesting Holder Securities ”) in the prospectus supplement relating to any Underwritten Shelf Takedown and such Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company and such other Purchaser in furtherance thereof. If the underwriter(s) for any Underwritten Shelf Takedown advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities that may be included in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the number of securities to be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, to the Requesting Purchasers; and (ii) second, to the Piggyback Holders and other holders of ordinary shares who validly exercised piggyback registration rights based on the pro rata percentage of Ordinary Shares to be included therein, and (iii) third, to the Purchasers making the Piggyback Request based on the pro rata percentage of the Converted Shares held by the Purchasers making the Piggyback Request and requested to be included in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown. It is understood that any Purchaser electing to include securities on‎ an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to a Piggyback Request shall not have the ability to withdraw such securities from such offering without the consent of the Requesting Purchasers, it being understood that the terms of the offering may not be known at the time of such offering and that the Requesting Purchasers shall have the sole discretion to approve such terms (and such other Purchasers shall not have the right to make any determinations other than whether they wish to include their Converted Shares in the prospectus supplement). In this regard, by electing to include securities in such offering, such other Purchasers agree to cooperate with the Company and the Requesting Purchasers in furtherance of such offering, including entering into such customary agreements and take all such actions (including supplying all reasonably requested information) within forty-eight (48) hours of a reasonable request by the Company, underwriters or Requesting Purchasers. The Requesting Purchasers shall have the right, after consultation with the Company, to determine the plan of distribution for any Underwritten Shelf Takedown, including the price at which the Converted Shares are to be sold and the underwriting commissions, discounts and fees. The Requesting Purchasers shall select the investment banker or bankers and managers to administer the Underwritten Shelf Takedown, including the lead managing underwriter (provided that such investment banker or bankers and managers shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Company shall consider, in good faith, any reasonable request by any Purchaser from time to time for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown of Ordinary Registrable Securities owned by such Purchaser that are not Converted Shares.

 

8.         Each of (i) the GSO Purchasers, taken as a group and (ii) the FNF Purchasers, taken as a group, may request a sale of Ordinary Registrable Securities that are not Converted Shares covered by a Resale Shelf be conducted as an underwritten block trade (an “ Underwritten Block Trade ”); provided that aggregate offering value of such Registrable Ordinary Securities requested to be sold in any Underwritten Block Trade must be equal to at least $25,000,000. The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than one Underwritten Block Trade for each of (i) the GSO Purchasers, taken as a group, and (ii) the FNF Purchasers, taken as a group, and the total Registration Expenses payable by the Company under paragraph 10 below for all Underwritten Block Trades shall not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate.

 

9.         In connection with any underwritten offering, the Company shall enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Purchasers) in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities as are reasonably necessary or required, and in such connection enter into a customary underwriting agreement that provides for customary opinions, comfort letters and officer’s certificates and other customary deliverables.

 

10.       The Company shall pay all fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with its obligation to prepare, file and maintain the Resale Shelf (including the fees of its counsel and accountants). The Company shall also pay all Registration Expenses. For purposes of this paragraph 10, “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean the out-of-pocket expenses of a Company Offering or an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, including, without limitation, the following: (i) all registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA) and any securities exchange on which the Registrable Securities are then listed; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (iv) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; (v) reasonable fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of the Company incurred specifically in connection with such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; and (vi) reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by the applicable Purchasers.

 

Annex 4

 

 

 

11.       The Company may suspend the use of a prospectus included in a Resale Shelf or Company Offering by furnishing to the Purchasers a written notice (“ Suspension Notice ”) stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be either (i) prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (as if the Purchasers were covered by such policy) or (ii) materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such prospectus to be used at such time. The Company’s right to suspend the use of such prospectus under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence may be exercised for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice to the Purchasers; provided such period may be extended for an additional thirty (30) days with the consent of a majority-in-interest of the holders of Registrable Securities covered by the Resale Shelf; provided further , that such right to suspend the use of a prospectus in the case of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period (it being understood that the right to suspend the use of a prospectus in the case of clause (i) of the preceding sentence shall not be so limited). A holder of Registrable Securities shall not effect any sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Resale Shelf or Company Offering at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). The holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Resale Shelf following further written notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company to the holders, which shall be provided by the Company prior to the end of the applicable suspension period. The Company shall act in good faith to permit any suspension period contemplated by this paragraph to be concluded as promptly as reasonably practicable.

 

12.       The Purchaser agrees that, except as required by applicable law, the Purchaser shall treat as confidential the receipt of any Suspension Notice (provided that in no event shall such notice contain any material nonpublic information of the Company) hereunder and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Suspension Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes public, other than as a result of disclosure by a holder of Registrable Securities in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

 

Annex 4

 

 

 

13.       The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchasers, their respective directors and officers, partners, members, managers, employees, agents, and representatives and each person, if any, who controls each Purchaser within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, costs (including reasonable costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, “ Losses ”), promptly as incurred, arising out of, based upon or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Resale Shelf (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, are based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case or to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such Loss arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission or so made in reliance upon or in conformity with information furnished by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person in writing specifically for use in the preparation of the Resale Shelf, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person, and shall survive the transfer of any Registrable Securities by the Purchasers.

 

14.       The Company’s obligations under this Annex 4 are subject to the Purchasers’ furnishing to the Company in writing such information as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with each Resale Shelf and Company Offering, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto. Each Purchaser shall indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, managers, employees, agents and representatives, and each person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in each Resale Shelf and Company Offering, the related prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information so furnished in writing by a Purchaser expressly for inclusion in such document; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each Purchaser and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Purchaser from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Resale Shelf or Company Offering.

 

15.       The Company shall cooperate with the Purchasers, to the extent the Registrable Securities become freely tradable and are sold by a Purchaser, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legend) representing the Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to a Resale Shelf and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts, as the case may be, as the Purchasers may reasonably request and registered in such names as the Purchasers may request.

 

16.       If requested by a Purchaser, the Company shall as soon as practicable, subject to any Suspension Notice, (i) incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as such Purchaser reasonably requests to be included therein relating to the sale and distribution of Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being offered or sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; and (iii) supplement or make amendments to any Registration Statement if reasonably requested by such Purchaser holding any Registrable Securities.

 

Annex 4

 

 

 

17.       As long as the Purchasers shall own Registrable Securities, the Company, at all times while it shall be reporting under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or file Forms 12b-25 for extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and to promptly furnish the Purchaser with true and complete copies of all such filings, unless filed through the SEC’s EDGAR system. The Company further covenants that it shall take such further action as the Purchaser may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time, to enable the Purchaser to sell the Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, including providing any legal opinions relating thereto. Upon the request of a Purchaser, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

18.       The rights, duties and obligations of the Purchasers under this Annex 4 may be assigned or delegated by any Purchaser in conjunction with and to the extent of any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by such Purchaser to any transferee or assignee.

 

19.       The Company covenants and agrees that it will not grant registration rights to any other person that are more favorable (including with respect to priority) to those provided to the Purchasers under this Annex 4 unless the Purchasers have provided their prior written consent thereto to the Company.

 

20.       The terms set forth in this Annex 4 shall not apply to any Preferred Shares that a Purchaser elects to include in a remarketing pursuant to Section 11 of the Certificate of Designations for each of the Series A Shares and the Series B Shares during such remarketing.

 

21.       Any action to be taken or right to be exercised by the holders of the Series A Shares or the Series B Shares, as the case may be, pursuant to this Annex 4 may be taken with the written consent of or at the direction of the holders of a majority of such Series A Shares or Series B Shares, as the case may be. The provisions of this Annex 4 , including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of each of the Series A Shares and the Series B Shares.

 

22.       The provisions of this Annex 4 shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein, with respect to the Registrable Securities, to any and all equity securities of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of the Registrable Securities, by reason of a stock dividend, stock split, stock issuance, reverse stock split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise. Upon the occurrence of any of such events, the provisions hereunder shall be appropriately adjusted with the consent of the Purchasers.

 

Annex 4

 

 

 

23.       The Company agrees that to the extent necessary to ensure that the Registrable Securities are freely transferable pursuant to applicable laws and in order to facilitate the disposition by the Purchasers of such securities, if the Company’s Ordinary Shares (or any successor security) are no longer registered under the Exchange Act and become registered under the laws of a non-U.S. jurisdiction, or listed on a stock exchange in a non-U.S. jurisdiction, then the Company and the Purchasers shall cooperate in good faith to revise the terms of this Annex 4 to refer to the appropriate applicable laws and stock exchange(s), and make other appropriate adjustments to give full effect to the intent and purposes of this Annex 4.

 

Annex 4

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Certificate of Designations of the Series A Preferred Shares

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

 

OF

 

SERIES A CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES

 

OF

 

FGL HOLDINGS

 

FGL HOLDINGS, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), does hereby certify:

 

That the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and applicable law, by way of written resolution dated November 30, 2017, duly adopted resolutions creating a class of preferred shares of the Company designated as “Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares”.

 

Section 1.           Designation . The designation of the class of preferred shares shall be “Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares” (the “ Series A Shares ”). Each Series A Share shall be identical in all respects to every other Series A Share. The Series A Shares will rank, on the terms set forth in Section 4(c) and Section 5, equally with Parity Shares and senior to Junior Shares, with respect to the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company.

 

Section 2.           Number of Shares . The number of authorized Series A Shares shall be 275,000, provided , that an additional 325,000 Series A Shares shall be authorized for issuance solely as PIK Shares. That number from time to time may be increased solely with the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of the Series A Shares pursuant to Section 12 and the Board of Directors; provided that no such increase shall be permitted that would cause the total number of authorized Preferred Shares, including the Series A Shares, to exceed the amount of Preferred Shares authorized by the Articles of Association.

 

Section 3.           Definitions . As used herein with respect to the Series A Shares:

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Certificate of Designations, “ control ”, when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(c).

 

Appoint ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(v).

 

AOI ” means, for any period, the adjusted operating income of the Company, calculated on a basis consistent with that adopted by Fidelity & Guaranty Life for the 2016 fiscal year, as reflected in its publicly filed financial statements.

 

  1  

 

 

Arrearage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

Articles of Association ” means the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, as they may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designations and the certificate of designations for any other authorized class of Preferred Shares.

 

Blackstone Funds ” means, individually or collectively, any investment fund, coinvestment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles or accounts, in each case, managed by an Affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., or any of their respective successors.

 

Board of Directors ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals or a committee thereof duly authorized to act for such Board of Directors.

 

Business Day ” means each weekday on which banking institutions in New York, New York are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Calculation Agent ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as calculation agent for the Series A Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation or a company, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares, and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation or a company, any and all partnership, limited liability company, membership or other equity interests of such Person, but in each case excluding any debt securities convertible into any of the foregoing.

 

Certificate of Designations ” means this Certificate of Designations relating to the Series A Shares, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one of the following:

 

(i)           a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than a Permitted Holder, becomes or files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company;

 

(ii)          one or more Permitted Holders become, or commence a tender, exchange or similar offer and/or file a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such Permitted Holder(s) intends to become, in the aggregate, the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owners,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company representing more than 60% of the voting power of the outstanding Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company; or

 

  2  

 

 

(iii)         consummation of any consolidation, merger, amalgamation or scheme of arrangement of or involving the Company or similar transaction or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to any Person other than one of the Company’s Subsidiaries, in each case pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company will be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than pursuant to a transaction in which (A) the Persons that “beneficially owned” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, voting shares of the Company immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, voting shares representing a majority of the total voting power of all issued and outstanding classes of voting shares of the continuing or surviving Person immediately after such transaction, or (B) the members of the Board of Directors or other governing body of the Company immediately prior to such transaction comprise a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or other governing body of the Company or such other continuing or surviving Person immediately after such transaction.

 

Closing Price ” of the Ordinary Shares on any date of determination means the last reported sale price of the Ordinary Shares regular way on such date (or, if no such sale occurs on such date, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices for such shares regular way on such date) on the Principal Market or, if there is no Principal Market for the Ordinary Shares, the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted for the Ordinary Shares in the over-the-counter market as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or any similar organization, or if such closing prices are not so reported (or if the relevant price or prices required to be used to calculate the Closing Price as provided in this paragraph are not available in the relevant market on such date for any reason, the market price of the Ordinary Shares on such date as determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by the Company for this purpose).

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Competing Remarketing ” means any ongoing Remarketing pursuant to Section 11, and any ongoing remarketing of the Series B Shares pursuant to Section 11 of the Series B Certificate of Designations; provided that no such Remarketing or remarketing shall be deemed to be ongoing past the applicable Remarketing Window for such Remarketing.

 

Constituent Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a)(ii).

 

Conversion Agent ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as conversion agent for the Series A Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Conversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).

 

Conversion Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).

 

Conversion Price ” means, at any time, a dollar amount equal to the higher of (i) a 5.0% discount to the arithmetic average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days from, but excluding the Conversion Notice Date, and (ii) the Floor Price.

 

Conversion Rate ” means, at any time, the number of duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable Ordinary Shares into which each Series A Share is convertible, after taking into account any adjustments pursuant to Section 9, determined by dividing (i) the Liquidation Preference (calculated as if the Conversion Date was the date fixed for liquidation the Company, and as adjusted pursuant hereto for share splits, share dividends, reclassifications and the like), by (ii) the Conversion Price.

 

Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, CF Bermuda Holdings Limited, a Bermuda exempted limited liability company, the lenders from time to time a party thereto and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent for the lenders and the other agents and arrangers party thereto.

 

  3  

 

 

Current Market Price ” as of any day means the average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days ending on the earlier of the day in question and the day before the Ex-date or other specified date with respect to the issuance or distribution requiring such computation, appropriately adjusted to take into account the occurrence during such period of any event described in Section 9. For the purpose of calculating the Current Market Price, consecutive Trading Days shall end on the day before the date in question.

 

Depositary ” means DTC or its nominee, or any successor depositary appointed by the Company or its nominee.

 

Director Acceptance Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(ii).

 

Dividend Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i). Each Dividend Payment Date “relates” to the Dividend Period most recently ending before such Dividend Payment Date, and vice versa (with the words “related” and “relating” having correlative meanings).

 

Dividend Period ” means each period from and including a Dividend Payment Date (except that the initial Dividend Period shall commence on the Original Issue Date, and the initial Dividend Period for any Series A Shares issued in kind pursuant to Section 4 shall commence on the date such Series A Shares are issued) and continuing to but not including the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date.

 

Dividend Rate ” means (i) for any day during the Fixed Rate Period, 7.5%, and (ii) for any date during the Floating Rate Period, the greater of (A) 7.5% and (B) a rate equal to Three-month LIBOR plus 5.5%; provided that in the event of an Modified Dividend Rate, such Modified Dividend Rate shall be the Dividend Rate.

 

Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a)(iii).

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.

 

Engagement Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Remarketing Window”.

 

Engagement Deadline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(b).

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a)(ii).

 

Ex-date ”, when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Ordinary Shares or other relevant securities trade without the right to receive such issuance or distribution.

 

Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Fixed Rate Period ” means each Dividend Period relating to a Dividend Payment Date occurring on or before November 30, 2027.

 

Floating Rate Period ” means each Dividend Period relating to a Dividend Payment Date occurring after November 30, 2027.

 

  4  

 

 

Floor Price ” means (i) for a Conversion Date from and including November 30, 2027 to but not including November 30, 2028, $8.00, (ii) for a Conversion Date from and including November 30, 2028 to but not including November 30, 2029, $7.00, and (iii) for a Conversion Date from and after November 30, 2029, $6.00, in each case after taking into account any adjustment pursuant to Section 9.

 

FNF ” means Fidelity National Financial, Inc., and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Global Preferred Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(a).

 

GSO ” means GSO Capital Partners LP, and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

GSO Group ” means funds and accounts managed, advised or sub-advised by GSO and its Affiliates within the credit-focused business unit of The Blackstone Group L.P.

 

Holder ” means, as to any Series A Share, the Person in whose name such share is registered in the register of members of the Company, which may be treated by the Company, Transfer Agent, Registrar, Calculation Agent, paying agent and Conversion Agent as the absolute owner of such share for the purpose of making payment and settling the related conversions and for all other purposes. References herein to “holders” of preferred shares of the Company shall mean, insofar as such shares are Series A Shares, the Holders thereof.

 

Included Series B Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Junior Liquidation Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Junior Shares”.

 

Junior Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(i).

 

Junior Shares ” means the Ordinary Shares and any other class or series of shares in the capital of the Company now existing or hereafter authorized over which the Series A Shares have preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company. Junior Shares over which the Series A Shares have preference or priority in such distribution of assets are herein called “ Junior Liquidation Shares ”.

 

Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a). References to the “ liquidation preference ” of any Preferred Shares of the Company in the Articles of Association shall mean the Liquidation Preference if such Preferred Shares are Series A Shares.

 

London Banking Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are open in London for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits).

 

Market Disruption Event ” means, on any day when the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted on a securities exchange or quotation facility (whether U.S. national or regional or non-U.S.), any of the following events that occurs or continues to exist on such day:

 

(i)           any suspension of, or limitation imposed on, trading by the Principal Market during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session (or for purposes of determining the VWAP per Ordinary Share, any period or periods aggregating one half-hour or longer during the regular trading session) on the Principal Market on such day, and whether by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the Principal Market, or otherwise, relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) or to futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market;

 

  5  

 

 

(ii)          any event that disrupts or impairs (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion) the ability of market participants, during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session (or for purposes of determining the VWAP per Ordinary Share, any period or periods aggregating one half-hour or longer during the regular trading session) on the Principal Market on such day, to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market on such day or to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market on such day; or

 

(iii)         the principal exchange or quotation facility (whether or not the Principal Market) on which futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted fails to open, or closes prior to its respective scheduled closing time, for the regular trading session on such day (without regard to after hours or any other trading outside of the regular trading session hours), unless such earlier closing time is announced by such exchange or facility at least one hour prior to the earlier of (A) the actual closing time for the regular trading session on such day and (B) the submission deadline for orders to be entered into such exchange or facility for execution at the actual closing time on such day.

 

Modified Dividend Rate ” means, in connection with a Remarketing, the dividend rate per annum (which may be fixed or floating, and any spread with respect to a floating dividend rate) rounded to the nearest one one-thousandth (0.001) of one percent that the Series A Shares shall bear as determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement and Section 11(j).

 

Modified Redemption Date ” means, in connection with a Remarketing, the earliest redemption date for the Series A Shares (which shall be no earlier than the earliest redemption date prior to such Remarketing) that shall apply after such Remarketing as determined by the Company pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement.

 

Modified Remarketing Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

Modified Terms ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

NC Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a); provided that if there is a Modified Redemption Date, the NC Date shall be the Modified Redemption Date.

 

Nonpayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Normalized AOI ” means the AOI for any period subject to the following adjustments: (i) add back any amounts for “legacy incentive compensation”, and “back project expenses”, (ii) add back (if negative) or subtract (if positive) any amounts for “single premium immediate annuities mortality & other reserve adjustments”; (iii) add back (if negative) or subtract (if positive) any amounts for “assumption review & DAC unlocking”, and (iv) “other, including bond prepayment income and tax valuation allowance adjustments”, in each case, calculated on a basis consistent with that adopted in prior years by Fidelity Life & Guaranty in its publicly filed financial statements.

 

  6  

 

 

Officer ” means the Director, Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, the Chief Accounting Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and any Assistant Secretary of the Company.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed (i) by a Director, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller or the Chief Accounting Officer, and (ii) by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the General Counsel, Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Conversion Agent.

 

Ordinary Shares ” means the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Original Holder ” means any Holder that is (i) a member of the GSO Group or (ii) any transferee of such member that is an Affiliate of GSO.

 

Original Issue Date ” means November 30, 2017.

 

Original Liquidation Preference ” means $1,000.00 per Series A Share.

 

Original Remarketing Price ” means an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference for the Series A Shares to be remarketed.

 

Original Series B Holders ” means any Holder of Series B Shares that is (i) FNF, or (ii) any transferee of FNF that is an Affiliate of FNF.

 

Parity Dividend Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Parity Shares”.

 

Parity Liquidation Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Parity Shares”.

 

Parity Shares ” means any class or series of shares in the capital of the Company hereafter authorized that ranks equally with the Series A Shares in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company. Parity Shares so ranking equally in the payment of dividends are herein called “ Parity Dividend Shares ”. Parity Shares so ranking equally in such distribution of assets are herein called “ Parity Liquidation Shares ”. The Series B Shares shall be deemed to be Parity Shares, Parity Dividend Shares and Parity Liquidation Shares.

 

Participation Deadline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Participating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Participating Series B Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Permitted Holders ” means:

 

(i) each of Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., GSO, FNF, Cannae Holdings, Inc., BilCar, LLC, CC Capital Management, LLC, CFS Holdings (Cayman), LP, CFS II Holdings (Cayman), LP and the Blackstone Funds;

 

(ii) any Affiliate or Related Party of any Person specified in clause (i); and

 

  7  

 

 

(iii) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in clauses (i) and (ii) or any group in which the Persons specified in clauses (i) and (ii) own a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock held by such group, and any Person that is a member of any such group.

 

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, company, corporation, estate, body corporate, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association or other legal entity.

 

PIK Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(ii).

 

Preferred Shares ” means any and all series or classes of preferred shares in the capital of the Company, having a par value of $0.0001 per share, including the Series A Shares and Series B Shares.

 

Preferred Share Director ” has the meaning specified in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Principal Market ” means, with respect to any day on which the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted on any securities exchange or quotation facility (whether U.S. national or regional or non-U.S.), the principal such exchange or facility on which the Ordinary Shares are so listed or admitted or so quoted.

 

Purchased Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(d).

 

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

 

Registrar ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as registrar for the Series A Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Regulatory Entities ” means all governmental or self-regulatory authorities in the United States or elsewhere having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Reimbursed Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Related Party ” means:

 

(i)           any controlling stockholder, majority owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder; or

 

(ii)          any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a majority (and controlling) interest of which consist of one or more Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i).

 

Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Remarketing Agent ” means any Remarketing Agent(s) appointed by the Company pursuant to Section 11.

 

Remarketing Agreement ” means a Remarketing Agreement to be entered into between the Company and one or more Remarketing Agents setting forth the terms of a Remarketing.

 

Remarketing Date ” means the date the Series A Shares offered in the Remarketing Period are priced by the Company and the Remarketing Agent(s).

 

  8  

 

 

Remarketing Fee ” means, in the event of a Successful Remarketing, a remarketing fee, if any, paid to the Remarketing Agent(s) to be agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Remarketing Agent(s) prior to any Remarketing pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement.

 

Remarketing Interest Amount ” means interest on the Remarketing Loss Share Amount at a rate of 7.5% per annum accrued daily during the Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period.

 

Remarketing Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Loss Share Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Remarketing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c).

 

Remarketing Price ” means, as applicable, the Original Remarketing Price or the Modified Remarketing Price.

 

Remarketing Process ” means the Remarketing process specified in Section 11, commencing with the delivery of a Remarketing Notice.

 

Remarketing Reimbursement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Settlement Date ” means the third Business Day immediately following the Remarketing Date for a Successful Remarketing, or such other date as the Company and the Remarketing Agent may mutually agree.

 

Remarketing Window ” means the period from (i) the fifth Business Day following the earlier of (A) the Engagement Deadline, and (B) the date on which the Remarketing Agent(s) are engaged by the Company pursuant to Section 11 (the “ Engagement Date ”), through (ii) the 20 th Business Day following the Engagement Deadline or Engagement Date, as applicable, provided that such period may be extended (and the Remarketing delayed) to no later than 180 days after the Engagement Deadline or Engagement Date, as applicable, if (i) the Remarketing Agent determines that the Remarketing is impractical due to then-prevailing market conditions, or (ii) if the Board of Directors determines in good faith (x) that such delay would enable the Company to avoid disclosure of material information, the disclosure of which at that time would not be in the Company’s best interests, or (y) that the Remarketing to be delayed would, if not delayed, materially adversely affect the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially interfere with, or jeopardize the success of, any pending or proposed material transaction, including any debt or equity financing, any acquisition or disposition, any recapitalization or reorganization or any other material transaction, whether due to commercial reasons, a desire to avoid premature disclosure of information or any other reason.

 

Reorganization Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a).

 

Reuters Screen LIBOR01 ” means the display on the Reuters Eikon (or any successor service) on the “LIBOR01” page (or any other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks for U.S. dollar deposits).

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

  9  

 

 

Series A Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

Series B Certificate of Designations ” means the Certificate of Designations for the Series B Shares.

 

Series B Participation Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Series B Remarketing Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Series B Shares ” means the Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares of Company.

 

Shareholder Approval ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(e).

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which (i) such Person or any other Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner (in the case of a partnership) or managing member (in the case of a limited liability company), (ii) voting power to elect or appoint a majority of the board of directors, board of managers or others performing similar functions with respect to such organization is held by such Person or by any one or more of such Person’s Subsidiaries, (iii) at least fifty percent (50%) of any class of shares or Capital Stock or of the outstanding equity interests are beneficially owned by such Person or (iv) any Person that would otherwise be deemed a “ subsidiary ” under Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

 

Successful Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(e).

 

Three-month LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Floating Rate Period, the offered rate expressed as a percentage per annum for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, as that rate appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of such Floating Rate Period.

 

If Three-month LIBOR does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, Three-month LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period, commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000, are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in that market selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of such Floating Rate Period. The Calculation Agent shall request the principal London office of each of these banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-month LIBOR for such Floating Rate Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such quotations (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest 0.00001%).

 

If fewer than two such quotations are provided as described in the preceding paragraph, Three-month LIBOR with respect to such Floating Rate Period shall be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest 0.00001%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Floating Rate Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period, commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000.

 

  10  

 

 

If fewer than three banks selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent to provide quotations are quoting as described in the preceding paragraph the Calculation Agent shall: (i) determine the base rate that is most comparable to the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01; and (ii) apply such changes to that rate such that it is as similar as practicable, in the opinion of the Calculation Agent, to the rate that would have prevailed under the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, provided , that if the Calculation Agent determines there is an industry accepted successor base rate to the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, such successor base rate will be the rate applied under (i).

 

If Three-month LIBOR calculated in accordance with the foregoing paragraphs for any Floating Rate Period is less than zero, then Three-month LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero for such Floating Rate Period.

 

Trading Day ” means, for purposes of determining a VWAP or Closing Price per share of Ordinary Shares, a day on which the Principal Market is open for the transaction of business and on which a Market Disruption Event does not occur or exist, or if the shares of Ordinary Shares are not listed or admitted to trading and are not quoted on any securities exchange or quotation facility, a Business Day.

 

Transfer Agent ” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as Transfer Agent, Registrar, Calculation Agent, paying agent and Conversion Agent for the Series A Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Trust ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(e).

 

Unsuccessful Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(f).

 

Voting Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Voting Stock ” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.

 

VWAP ” per Ordinary Share on any Trading Day means the per share volume-weighted average sale price per share of Ordinary Shares on the Principal Market as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg page “CF Equity VWAP” (or any appropriate successor page) in respect of the period from the open of trading until the close of trading on the Principal Market on such Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable or not provided for any reason, or there is no Principal Market for the Ordinary Shares, the market price of one Ordinary Share on such Trading Day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company). When used with respect to any other securities, “VWAP” shall have the meaning set forth above with references to the price per Ordinary Share meaning the price per unit of such other securities, with references to Bloomberg page “CF Equity VWAP” meaning the applicable Bloomberg page displaying the volume-weighted average sale price per unit of such securities and references to the Principal Market meaning the principal exchange or other market in which such securities are then listed, quoted or traded. The VWAP during any period shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account the occurrence during such period of any event described in Section 9.

 

In addition to the above definitions, unless the context requires otherwise:

 

(i)           any reference to any statute, regulation, rule or form as of any time shall mean such statute, regulation, rule or form as amended or modified and shall also include any successor statute, regulation, rule or form from time to time (and in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated under the statute);

 

  11  

 

 

(i)           references to “$” or “dollars” means the lawful coin or currency of the United States of America; and

 

(ii)          references to “Section” are references to Sections of this Certificate of Designations.

 

Section 4.           Dividends .

 

(a)            Quarterly Dividends .

 

(i)           Subject to applicable law, the Holders of the Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors), out of assets lawfully available for that purpose, cumulative cash dividends on the Original Liquidation Preference of $1,000.00 at a rate per annum equal to the then-applicable Dividend Rate. Subject to applicable law, dividends shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first days of January, April, July and October, respectively, in each year, commencing on January 1, 2018; provided , however , that (x) if any such day during the Fixed Rate Period is not a Business Day, then such day shall nevertheless be a Dividend Payment Date but dividends on the Series A Shares, when, as and if declared, shall be paid on the next succeeding Business Day (without adjustment in the amount of the dividend per Series A Share), and (y) if any such day during the Floating Rate Period is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day shall be the applicable Dividend Payment Date and dividends, when, as and if declared, shall be paid on such next succeeding Business Day (each such day on which dividends are payable, after giving effect to this proviso if applicable, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). Dividends on the Series A Shares shall begin to accumulate on the Original Issue Date (or, with respect to any Series A Shares issued in kind pursuant to this Section 4, the date on which such Series A Shares are issued) and shall be deemed to accumulate from day to day whether or not earned or declared until paid. Dividends payable on the Series A Shares in respect of each Fixed Rate Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and dividends payable on the Series A Shares in respect of each Floating Rate Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent by multiplying the per annum dividend rate in effect for that Floating Rate Period by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the actual number of days in that Floating Rate Period and the denominator of which will be 360, and multiplying the rate obtained by $1,000 to determine the dividend per Series A Share. The Calculation Agent’s determination of any Dividend Rate, and its calculation of the amount of dividends for any Dividend Period, will be maintained on file at the Company’s principal offices and will be available to any Holder upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error. The Company may terminate the appointment of the Calculation Agent and may appoint a successor agent at any time and from time to time, provided that the Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the Series A Shares are issued and outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as such agent.

 

(ii)          Dividends payable on Series A Shares on any Dividend Payment Date shall be paid in cash or, at the option of the Company, in lieu of paying such cash dividends, the Company may instead effect a share capitalization by issuing new duly authorized and fully paid and nonassessable Series A Shares (any such Series A Shares, “ PIK Shares ”) to the extent the Company chooses not to pay a cash dividend. If the Company elects to effect a share capitalization by issuing PIK Shares in accordance with the foregoing, the number of PIK Shares to be issued will be calculated by dividing the portion of such dividend not paid in cash by the Original Liquidation Preference, and such PIK Shares shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rates specified in the preceding paragraph from their date of issuance and shall otherwise be treated as Series A Shares for purposes of all other provisions hereof. The Company may not effect a share capitalization by issuing PIK Shares to the extent (A) there are not sufficient authorized but unissued Series A Shares to permit such share capitalization, (B) a Remarketing Process has commenced pursuant to Section 11 and not concluded or terminated, or (C) from and after May 31, 2018, if the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series A Shares and Series B Shares following such issuance of PIK Shares would be greater than 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof (calculated using the methodology applied under Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and assuming that such Series A Shares were convertible pursuant to Section 7 at the time of the applicable Dividend Payment Date at a Conversion Price equal to the value of clause (iii) of the definition of Floor Price), until such time as the Company obtains the Shareholder Approval.

 

  12  

 

 

(iii)         Dividends that are payable on the Series A Shares or any share capitalization effected on any Dividend Payment Date shall be payable, and any PIK Shares shall be issuable, to Holders of record of the Series A Shares as they appear on the register of members of the Company on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15 th calendar day of the month immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

 

(iv)         In connection with a Successful Remarketing of the Series A Shares, the Dividend Rate may be increased to an Modified Dividend Rate in accordance with Section 11 below. If the Dividend Rate on the Series A Shares is increased in accordance with Section 11 below, dividends shall accumulate at the Modified Dividend Rate pursuant to the terms of this Section 4 from (and including) the Remarketing Settlement Date. Any reference herein to accumulated and unpaid dividends shall include any such dividends at the Modified Dividend Rate, if applicable.

 

(b)            Cumulative Dividends . Dividends on the Series A Shares shall be cumulative, and from and after any Dividend Payment Date or other date on which any dividend or any payment upon redemption, or any Conversion Date on which any payment upon conversion, in each case has accumulated or been deemed to have accumulated through such date has not been paid in full (the “ Arrearage ”), additional dividends shall accumulate in respect of the Arrearage at the then-applicable Dividend Rate. Such additional dividends in respect of any Arrearage shall be deemed to accumulate daily from such Dividend Payment Date, or other date on which any dividend or any payment upon redemption or Conversion Date, whether or not earned or declared, until the Arrearage is paid and shall constitute additional Arrearage from and after the immediately following Dividend Payment Date to the extent not paid on such Dividend Payment Date. References in any Article herein to dividends that have “accumulated” or that have been deemed to have accumulated with respect to the Series A Shares shall include the amount, if any, of any Arrearage together with any dividends accumulated or deemed to have accumulated on such Arrearage pursuant to the immediately preceding two sentences.

 

(c)           Priority of Dividends .

 

(i)           For so long as any Series A Shares remain issued and outstanding, the Company will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries not to, declare, pay or set apart funds for any dividends or other distributions with respect to any Junior Shares or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, or make a liquidation payment relating to, any Junior Shares, or make any guarantee payment with respect thereto, in any case during or in respect of any Dividend Period (collectively, “ Junior Payments ”), unless: (1)(A) full dividends (including any Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid in cash or in kind on the Series A Shares for all Dividend Periods prior to the date of such Junior Payment and the Dividend Period in which such Junior Payment falls, and (B) no PIK Shares are then issued and outstanding; (2) Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company, or any successor “primary” insurance Subsidiary of the Company, maintains an A.M. Best Company financial strength rating of A- or higher; (3) the Company is in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 12(c); (4) any such Junior Payments, when aggregated with all other Junior Payments, other than on the Series A Shares and the Series B Shares, in any given fiscal year of the Company, does not represent an amount greater than 20% of the Normalized AOI of the Company for the preceding fiscal year; and (5) if any Change of Control has occurred, the requirements of Section 12(c)(iv) were satisfied with respect to such Change of Control; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction will not apply to:

 

  13  

 

 

 

A.            purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Junior Shares (and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith) required by any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

B.            the purchase of fractional interests in Junior Shares pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Junior Shares;

 

C.            declaration of a non-cash dividend on the Capital Stock of the Company in connection with the implementation of a shareholders rights plan on customary terms designed to protect the Company against unsolicited offers to acquire its Capital Stock, or the issuance of Capital Stock of the Company under any such plan in the future, or the redemption or repurchase of any such rights pursuant thereto;

 

D.            dividends or distributions payable solely in Junior Shares, or warrants, options or rights to acquire Junior Shares; or

 

E.            conversions of any Junior Shares into, or exchanges of any Junior Shares for, a class or series of other Junior Shares.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any Junior Payment was permitted under this Section 4(c)(i) at the time it was declared or when it first became a contractual obligation, it shall be deemed permitted hereunder at the time it is actually paid; provided that such Junior Payment occurs within 60 days of such declaration or entry into such contractual obligation.

 

(ii)          For so long as any Series A Shares remain issued and outstanding, if full dividends (including any Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) are not paid in full for any Dividend Period on the Series A Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, all dividends paid or declared for payment on a dividend payment date with respect to the Series A Shares and the Parity Dividend Shares shall be shared (A) first ratably by the holders of any Parity Dividend Shares who have the right to receive dividends with respect to past dividend periods for which such dividends were not declared and paid, in proportion to the respective amounts of the undeclared and unpaid dividends relating to past dividend periods, and thereafter (B) ratably by the holders of Series A Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, in proportion to the respective amounts of the undeclared and unpaid dividends relating to the current dividend period. Any proportional dividend on Parity Dividend Shares that have cumulative dividend rights will take into account the amount of any accumulated but unpaid dividends and arrearage with respect to such shares. To the extent a dividend period with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares coincides with more than one Dividend Period with respect to the Series A Shares, for purposes of the immediately preceding sentence the Board of Directors shall treat such dividend period as two or more consecutive dividend periods, none of which coincides with more than one Dividend Period with respect to the Series A Shares, or shall treat such dividend period(s) with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares and Dividend Period(s) with respect to the Series A Shares for purposes of the immediately preceding sentence in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable in order to achieve ratable payments of dividends on such Parity Dividend Shares and the Series A Shares. To the extent a Dividend Period with respect to the Series A Shares coincides with more than one dividend period with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares, for purposes of the first sentence of this paragraph the Board of Directors shall treat such Dividend Period as two or more consecutive Dividend Periods, none of which coincides with more than one dividend period with respect to such Parity Dividend Shares, or shall treat such Dividend Period(s) with respect to the Series A Shares and dividend period(s) with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares for purposes of the first sentence of this paragraph in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable in order to achieve ratable payments of dividends on the Series A Shares and such Parity Dividend Shares. The term “ dividend period ” as used in this paragraph means such dividend periods as are provided for in the terms of any Parity Dividend Shares and, in the case of Series A Shares, Dividend Periods applicable to shares of Series A Shares; and the term “ dividend payment dates ” as used in this paragraph means such dividend payment dates as are provided for in the terms of any Parity Dividend Shares and, in the case of Series A Shares, Dividend Payment Dates applicable to Series A Shares.

 

  14  

 

 

(iii)         Subject to this Section 4, such dividends (payable in cash, in kind, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) may be declared and paid on any securities, including Junior Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and the Holders of Series A Shares shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

 

(iv)         Notwithstanding any other section of this Section 4, the Company will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries not to, make any Junior Payment if such payment would cause the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series A Shares and Series B Shares to be greater than 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof (calculated using the methodology applied under Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and assuming that such Series A Shares were convertible pursuant to Section 7 at the time of the applicable Dividend Payment Date at a Conversion Price equal to the value of clause (iii) of the definition of Floor Price), until such time as the Company obtains the Shareholder Approval.

 

Section 5.              Liquidation Rights .

 

(a)           Liquidation . Subject to applicable law, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, Holders shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Company may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Liquidation Shares and subject to the rights of the holders of any Parity Liquidation Shares and the rights of the Company’s creditors, to receive in full in respect of each Series A Share a liquidating distribution in the amount of the Original Liquidation Preference plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends in respect of such share, whether or not declared (including Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) to, but excluding, the date fixed for liquidation or, if applicable, the date of a Remarketing or repurchase pursuant to Section 11 or redemption pursuant to Section 6 (the “ Liquidation Preference ”). Holders shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary winding up of the affairs, liquidation or dissolution of the Company other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.

 

(b)           Partial Payment . If, following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, the assets of the Company are not sufficient to pay the liquidating distributions payable with respect to the Series A Shares and the Parity Liquidation Shares, the amounts paid to the Holders and to the holders of all Parity Liquidity Shares shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise be entitled.

 

  15  

 

 

(c)           Residual Distributions . If the respective aggregate liquidating distributions to which all Holders and all holders of any Parity Liquidation Shares are entitled have been paid, the holders of Junior Liquidation Shares shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Company according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

(d)           Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, lease or other disposition (for cash, shares, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, nor shall the consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification or any similar transaction involving the Company (whether or not the Company is the surviving or resulting entity) be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company.

 

Section 6.              Redemption .

 

(a)           Optional Redemption . The Series A Shares are perpetual and have no maturity date. The Series A Shares may not be redeemed prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after November 30, 2022 (the “ NC Date ”); provided that nothing herein shall be construed to limit the repurchase or acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company of Series A Shares through privately negotiated transactions, tender offers or otherwise (including redemption under Section 6(b)). The Company, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, may redeem out of funds lawfully available therefor, in whole or in part, the Series A Shares at the time issued and outstanding, at any time on or after the NC Date, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(d) below, and at a redemption price in cash equal to the Liquidation Preference (calculated as if the date of redemption was the date fixed for winding up) on the Series A Shares being redeemed (the “ Redemption Price ”). In connection with a Successful Remarketing of the Series A Shares, the NC Date may be changed by the Board of Directors to a later date as set forth in Section 11.

 

(b)           Redemption of PIK Shares . The Company, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, may redeem out of funds lawfully available therefor, in whole or in part, the PIK Shares at the time issued and outstanding, at any time, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(d) below, for cash at the Redemption Price.

 

(c)           Notice of Company Redemption . Notice of every redemption of Series A Shares (including any PIK Shares) pursuant to Section 6(a)or Section 6(b) shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the register of members of the Company. In respect of any mailing pursuant to Section 6(a) or Section 6(b), such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 6(c) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not any Holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any Holder of the Series A Shares designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Series A Shares. Each notice shall state:

 

(i)           the expected redemption date;

 

(ii)          the number of Series A Shares to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares of a Holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed;

 

(iii)         the applicable Redemption Price;

 

  16  

 

 

(iv)         the place or places where the certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and

 

(v)          that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate on the redemption date.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series A Shares are held by a Depositary, the Company may give such notice in any manner permitted by the Depositary.

 

(d)           Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of only part of the Series A Shares at the time issued and outstanding, the number of Series A Shares to be redeemed from each Holder shall be pro rata in proportion to the number of issued and outstanding Series A Shares held by such Holders. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6 and the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which the Series A Shares shall be redeemed from time to time.

 

(e)           Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given pursuant to Section 6(c) and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for payment of the applicable Redemption Price have been set aside by the Company, separate and apart from its other assets, for the benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Company with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption (the “ Trust ”), then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the date of such deposit the voting rights and covenants set forth in Section 12 shall cease to be of further effect and any PIK Shares in respect of which such deposit has been made shall be deemed to be not outstanding for purposes of Section 4(c)(i)(1)(B). On and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be issued and outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accumulate on such redemption date and all other rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the Holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from the Trust at any time after the redemption date from the funds so deposited, without interest. The Company shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Trust any interest accrued on such funds, and the Holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Company, and in the event of such repayment to the Company, the Holders of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Company for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Company, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

 

Section 7.              Right of the Original Holders to Convert.

 

From and after November 30, 2027, but subject to the last sentence of this Section 7, each Original Holder shall have the right, at such Original Holder’s option (including after a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) but prior to the date of actual redemption), to convert all or any portion of such Original Holder’s Series A Shares at any time into a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the then-applicable Conversion Rate multiplied by the number of Series A Shares to be converted (subject to the conversion procedures of Section 8), plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Original Holder shall not be permitted to exercise its right of conversion with respect to any Series A Shares unless it has first sought the Remarketing of such Series A Shares pursuant to Section 11, and such Series A Shares are not disposed of in accordance with the terms thereof (including as a result of an Unsuccessful Remarketing). The right of conversion set forth in this Section 7 shall only be exercisable by the Original Holders, and no subsequent Holders shall be entitled thereto.

 

  17  

 

 

Section 8.              Conversion Procedures .

 

(a)           Conversion Date . Effective immediately prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date, dividends shall no longer be declared or payable on any such converted Series A Shares and such Series A Shares shall cease to be issued and outstanding, in each case, subject to the right of the Original Holders to receive any payments to which they are entitled to as of such time pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(b)           Rights Prior to Conversion . No allowance or adjustment, except pursuant to Section 9, shall be made in respect of dividends payable to holders of the Ordinary Shares of record as of any date prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date. Prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date, Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of, or other securities issuable upon conversion of, any Series A Shares shall not be deemed issued and outstanding for any purpose, and Holders shall have no rights with respect to the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion (including voting rights, rights to respond to tender offers for the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion) by virtue of holding Series A Shares; provided that nothing in this Section 8(b) shall be deemed to restrict or limit the rights of Holders under the terms of the Series A Shares themselves, including the voting rights set forth in Section 12 and the rights to dividends and liquidating distributions set forth in Section 4 and Section 5, respectively.

 

(c)           Record Holder of the Ordinary Shares . Each conversion will be deemed to have been effective as to any Series A Shares surrendered for conversion on the Conversion Date; provided , however , that the Person or Persons entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of the Series A Shares shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such Ordinary Shares and/or securities as of the close of business on the last Trading Day of the period used to determine the relevant Conversion Price for such conversion. In the event that an Original Holder shall not by written notice designate the name in which Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property (including payments of cash in lieu of fractional shares) to be issued or paid upon conversion of Series A Shares should be registered or paid or the manner in which such shares should be delivered, the Company shall be entitled to register and deliver such shares, and make such payment, in the name of the Original Holder and in the manner shown on the records of the Company or, in the case of Global Preferred Shares, through the facilities of the Depositary. The Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of the Series A Shares shall be delivered by the Company no later than the third Business Day following the last Trading Day of the period used to determine the relevant Conversion Price for such conversion.

 

(d)           Conversion Procedure . An Original Holder may commence a conversion pursuant to this Section 8 by delivering a complete and manually signed conversion notice, in the form provided by the Conversion Agent, or a facsimile of the conversion notice, to the Conversion Agent, provided that such notice may, pursuant to a written notice thereunder be made contingent upon (but only upon) the successful completion of any registered public offering of the Ordinary Shares to be issued on such conversion that is being conducted pursuant to the registration rights attaching to such Ordinary Shares at such time and such notice shall in all other respects be irrevocable (the date on which such notice is received, the “ Conversion Notice Date ”; provided that, if such date is not a Business Day or such compliance does not occur prior to the close of business on such date, the Conversion Notice Date shall be the next Business Day).

 

  18  

 

 

On or before the 31 st Trading Day following the Conversion Notice Date (the “ Conversion Date ”), the Original Holder must:

 

(i)           surrender the Series A Shares to the Conversion Agent (if the Series A Shares are certificated);

 

(ii)          pay any funds equal to the dividends payable on the next Dividend Payment Date that such Holder is required to pay under this Section 8(d);

 

(iii)         if required, furnish customary endorsements and transfer documents; and

 

(iv)         if required, pay any share transfer, documentary, stamp or similar taxes not payable by the Company pursuant to Section 22.

 

If an Original Holder’s interest is a beneficial interest in a global certificate representing Series A Shares, in order to convert an Original Holder must comply with clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) listed above and comply with the Depositary’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a global security.

 

Provided that the Original Holder has complied with the foregoing, on the Conversion Date, the Conversion Agent shall, on such Original Holder’s behalf, convert the Series A Shares into Ordinary Shares, (x) in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by such Original Holder to the Conversion Agent or (y) otherwise pursuant to any applicable Depositary procedures, if applicable.

 

If an Original Holder converts its Series A Shares after the close of business on a Dividend Record Date, but prior to the open of business on the Dividend Payment Date corresponding to such Dividend Record Date, then (x) the Original Holder of such Series A Shares at the close of business on such Dividend Record Date shall be entitled, notwithstanding such conversion, to receive, on such Dividend Payment Date, the unpaid dividends that have accrued on such Series A Shares to, but excluding, such Dividend Payment Date; and (y) the Original Holder of such Series A Shares must, upon surrender of such Series A Shares for conversion, accompany such Series A Shares with an amount of cash equal to the dividends that will be payable on such Series A Shares on such Dividend Payment Date.

 

(e)           Conversion Effect . The conversion may be effected in any manner permitted by applicable law and the Articles of Association, including redeeming or repurchasing the relevant Series A Shares and applying the proceeds thereof towards payment for the new Ordinary Shares. For purposes of the repurchase or redemption, the Board of Directors may, subject to the Company being able to pay its debts in the ordinary course of business, make payments out of amounts standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or out of its capital. Until such time as the Company obtains the approval of its shareholders of the conversion of the Series A Shares into Ordinary Shares for purposes of Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual (the “ Shareholder Approval ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8, the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series A Shares and Series B Shares shall be capped at 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof and the Original Holder shall not be entitled to any cash or other consideration for Ordinary Shares not received due to this limitation.

 

  19  

 

 

Section 9.             Anti-Dilution Adjustments.

 

(a)           Adjustments . The Floor Price will be subject to adjustment, without duplication, under the following circumstances:

 

(i)           the issuance to all holders of Ordinary Shares of Ordinary Shares as a dividend, bonus shares or distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares, or a subdivision or combination of Ordinary Shares, in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / (OS 1 / OS 0 )

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  OS 0    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date prior to giving effect to such event
     
  OS 1    =    the number of Ordinary Shares that would be issued and outstanding immediately after, and solely as a result of, such event

 

(ii)          the issuance to all holders of Ordinary Shares of rights or warrants (including convertible securities) entitling them for a period expiring 60 days or less from the date of issuance of such rights or warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares at an exercise price per share less than (or having a conversion price per share less than) the Current Market Price as of the date such issuance is publicly announced, in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [(OS 0 + X) / (OS 0 + Y)]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  OS 0    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date prior to giving effect to such event
     
  X   =    the total number of shares of Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to such rights (or upon conversion of such securities)
     
  Y   =    the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights (or the aggregate conversion price for such securities paid upon conversion) divided by the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the announcement of the issuance of such rights

 

  20  

 

 

However, the Floor Price will be readjusted to the extent that any such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to their expiration; provided that such readjustment shall not have any effect on Series A Shares that had been converted prior to such readjustment or on the Ordinary Shares issued pursuant thereto, and such readjustment shall apply only to such Series A Shares that remain issued and outstanding at the time of such readjustment.

 

(iii)         the dividend or other distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares of shares in the capital of the Company (other than Preferred Shares), rights or warrants (including convertible securities) to acquire shares of the Company or evidences of its indebtedness or its assets (excluding any dividend, distribution or issuance covered by clause (i) or (ii) above or (iv) below), in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [SP 0 / (SP 0 – FMV)]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  SP 0    =    the Current Market Price as of the Record Date
     
  FMV   =    the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors) on the Record Date of the shares of the Company, rights or warrants, or evidences of indebtedness or assets so distributed, expressed as an amount per Ordinary Share

 

However, if the transaction that gives rise to an adjustment pursuant to this clause (iii) is one pursuant to which the payment of a dividend, bonus shares or other distribution on shares in the capital of the Company (other than Preferred Shares) consists of shares of, or similar equity interests in, a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company (e.g., a spin-off), that are, or, when issued, will be, traded on a securities exchange or quoted on a quotations facility in the U.S. or elsewhere, then the Floor Price will instead be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

  21  

 

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [(FMV 0 + MP 0 ) / MP 0 ]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  FMV 0    =    the average of the VWAP of the shares, similar equity interests or other securities distributed to holders of Ordinary Shares applicable to one Ordinary Share over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the third Trading Day after the date on which “ex-distribution trading” commences for such shares, similar equity interests or other securities on the principal exchange or other market on which they are then listed, quoted or traded
     
  MP 0    =    the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the third Trading Day after the date on which “ex-distribution trading” commences for such dividend or distribution on the principal exchange or other market on which Ordinary Shares is then listed or quoted; and

 

(iv)         the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries make purchases of Ordinary Shares pursuant to a tender or exchange offer by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company for Ordinary Shares to the extent (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors) that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per Ordinary Share validly tendered or exchanged exceeds the VWAP per Ordinary Share on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “ Expiration Date ”), in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [[FMV + (SP 1 x OS 1 )] / (SP 1 x OS 0 )]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Expiration Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Expiration Date
     
  FMV   =    the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors), on the Expiration Date, of the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration paid or payable for Ordinary Shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date (the “ Purchased Shares ”)

 

  22  

 

 

  OS 1    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the last time tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “ Expiration Time ”) (treating all Purchased Shares as issued and outstanding at the Expiration Time), less any Purchased Shares
     
  OS 0    =    the number of shares of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the Expiration Time, including any Purchased Shares
     
  SP 1    =    the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on the Trading Day immediately after the Expiration Date.

 

(b)           Calculation of Adjustments . Each adjustment to the Floor Price shall be calculated by the Company as soon as reasonably practicable after the event requiring such adjustment has been consummated (and all factors necessary to calculate such adjustment are known), in each case to the nearest 1/10,000th of one Ordinary Share (or if there is not a nearest 1/10,000th of a share, to the next lower 1/10,000th of a share). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except in the case of a combination or reverse stock split of Ordinary Shares pursuant to Section 9(a)(i), in no case will any adjustment be made if it would result in an increase to the then effective Floor Price. No adjustment to the Floor Price will be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1%; provided , however , that any such minor adjustments that are not required to be made, and are not made, will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment; and provided , further , that any such adjustment of less than one percent that has not been made will be made upon (x) the date of any notice of redemption of the Series A Shares in accordance with the provisions hereof and (y) any Conversion Date.

 

(c)           When No Adjustment Required .

 

(i)           Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, the Floor Price will not be adjusted for the issuance of Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or carrying the right to purchase any of the foregoing or for the repurchase of Ordinary Shares.

 

(ii)          No adjustment to the Floor Price need be made:

 

  A.

upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any present or future customary plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Company and the investment, at market prices, of additional optional amounts in Ordinary Shares; or 

     
  B. upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares or options or rights to purchase Ordinary Shares pursuant to any present or future employee or director benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates; or
     
  C. upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security issued and outstanding as of the date hereof; or

 

  23  

 

  

  D. upon the repurchase of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to an open-market share repurchase program or other buy-back transaction that is not a tender offer or exchange offer of the nature described under Section 9(a)(iv); or
     
  E. for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

 

(iii)         No adjustment to the Floor Price will be made to the extent that such adjustment would result in the Conversion Price being less than the par value of the Ordinary Shares.

 

(iv)         Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no adjustment shall be made (1) in respect of an event otherwise requiring an adjustment under this Section 10, except to the extent such event is actually consummated or (2) if the holder of the Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive the distribution described under Section 9(a)(i)-(iii) or participate in the event described in Section 9(a)(i)-(iv), whether on an as-converted basis (based on a Conversion Price equal to the higher of (A) a 5.0% discount to the VWAP per Ordinary Share on the Trading Day preceding the ex-date of such distribution and (B) the Floor Price) or due to becoming the record holder of the Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Series A Shares.

 

(d)           Record Date . For purposes of this Section 9, “ Record Date ” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of the Ordinary Shares have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Ordinary Shares (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the Ordinary Shares entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).

 

(e)           Successive Adjustments . After an adjustment to the Floor Price under this Section 9, any subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Section 9 shall cause an adjustment to such Floor Price as so adjusted.

 

(f)           Multiple Adjustments . For the avoidance of doubt, if an event occurs that would trigger an adjustment to the Floor Price pursuant to this Section 9 under more than one subsection hereof, such event, to the extent taken into account in any adjustment, shall not result in any other adjustment hereunder.

 

(g)           Notice of Adjustments . Whenever a Floor Price is adjusted as provided under this Section 9, the Company shall within 10 Business Days following the occurrence of an event that requires such adjustment (or if the Company is not aware of such occurrence, within 10 Business Days after becoming so aware):

 

(i)           compute the adjusted applicable Floor Price in accordance with this Section 9 and prepare and transmit to the Conversion Agent an Officers’ Certificate setting forth such adjusted applicable Floor Price, the method of calculation thereof in reasonable detail and the facts requiring such adjustment and upon which such adjustment is based; and

 

(ii)          provide a written notice to the Original Holders of the occurrence of such event and a statement in reasonable detail setting forth the method by which the adjustment to the applicable Floor Price was determined and setting forth the adjusted applicable Floor Price.

 

  24  

 

 

(h)           Conversion Agent . The Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment of the applicable Floor Price or with respect to the nature, extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in making the same. The Conversion Agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying on any Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 9(h) and any adjustment contained therein and the Conversion Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment unless and until it has received such certificate. The Conversion Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any Ordinary Shares, or of any other securities or property, that may at the time be issued or delivered with respect to any Series A Shares; and the Conversion Agent makes no representation with respect thereto. The Conversion Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the conversion of Series A Shares or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Section 9.

 

(i)           Fractional Shares . No fractions of Ordinary Shares will be issued to holders of the Series A Shares upon conversion. In lieu of fractional shares otherwise issuable, holders will be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the fraction of an Ordinary Share, calculated on an aggregate basis in respect of the Series A Shares being converted, multiplied by the Closing Price of the Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day immediately preceding the applicable Conversion Date.

 

Section 10.           Adjustment for Reorganization Events.

 

(a)           Reorganization Events . In the event of:

 

(i)           any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Company in which all or substantially all issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property of the Company or another Person; or

 

(ii)          the completion of any sale or other disposition in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to another Person;

 

each of which is referred to as a “ Reorganization Event ”, each Series A Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization Event will, without the consent of the Holders of the Series A Shares, become convertible into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property, if any (the “ Exchange Property ”), receivable in such Reorganization Event (without any interest thereon, and without any right to dividends or distributions thereon that have a record date that is prior to the applicable Conversion Date) per Ordinary Share by a holder of Ordinary Shares that is not a Person with which the Company effected such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange or reclassification, or to which such sale or other disposition was made, as the case may be (each of the Company and any such other Person, a “ Constituent Person ”), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person to the extent such Reorganization Event provides for different treatment of Ordinary Shares held by Affiliates and non-Affiliates of the Company; provided that if the kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Reorganization Event is not the same for each Ordinary Share held immediately prior to such Reorganization Event by a Person other than a Constituent Person or an Affiliate thereof (due to elections or otherwise), then for the purpose of this Section 10(a), the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Reorganization Event will be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Ordinary Shares (other than Constituent Persons and Affiliates thereof) that affirmatively make an election (or of all such holders if none make an election). On each Conversion Date following a Reorganization Event, the Conversion Rate then in effect will be applied to the Exchange Property received per Ordinary Share, as determined in accordance with this Section 10.

 

  25  

 

 

(b)           Successive Reorganization Events . The above provisions of this Section 10 shall similarly apply to successive Reorganization Events and the provisions of Section 9 shall apply to any securities of the Company (or any successor) received by the holders of the Ordinary Shares in any such Reorganization Event.

 

(c)           Reorganization Event Notice . The Company (or any successor) shall, within 20 days after the occurrence of any Reorganization Event, provide written notice to the Original Holders of such occurrence of such event and of the kinds and amounts of the cash, securities or other property that constitutes the Exchange Property. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the operation of this Section 10.

 

Section 11.           Remarketing.

 

(a)           At any time following November 30, 2022, unless a Competing Remarketing is occurring and has not terminated, the Original Holders may elect, at their option, to cause the Company to engage the Remarketing Agent(s) on either a “best efforts” or firm commitment basis at the option of the Company and enter into the Remarketing Agreement to remarket the Series A Shares in accordance with this Section 11 (a “ Remarketing ”). Each electing Original Holder (collectively, the “ Participating Holders ”) may have all, but not less than all, of their Series A Shares remarketed in such Remarketing by delivering such Series A Shares, along with written notice of their election (a “ Remarketing Notice ”), to the Company and the Transfer Agent. The Remarketing Agent(s) shall be selected by the Company, in consultation with the Original Holders, pursuant to Section 11(l). The Original Holders may, as a group, only cause one Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11; provided , that following each Unsuccessful Remarketing hereunder, the Original Holders, as a group, shall be permitted to cause another Remarketing; provided , further , that any remarketing pursuant to Section 11(h) of the Series B Certificate of Designations in which the Original Holders elect to participate shall not be deemed a Remarketing for the purposes of this Certificate of Designations. Nothing in this Section 11 shall preclude the Company from exercising its redemption rights under Section 6(a) at any time permitted thereunder.

 

(b)           Upon receipt of any Remarketing Notice, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to engage the Remarketing Agent(s) and enter into the Remarketing Agreement as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after receipt of such Remarketing Notice (the “ Engagement Deadline ”). The Company shall notify the Remarketing Agent(s) in writing of the aggregate number of Series A Shares to be remarketed and shall provide such other information and cooperation to the Remarketing Agent(s) as is reasonably necessary or desirable to conduct the Remarketing.

 

(c)           The Company shall cause the Remarketing to be conducted over a period of up to 10 consecutive Business Days (or such longer period as the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Participating Holders may mutually agree (each such period, a “ Remarketing Period ”)) selected by the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Participating Holders that falls during the Remarketing Window. Pursuant to, and subject to the terms of, the Remarketing Agreement, the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to use its reasonable best efforts to remarket such Series A Shares at or above the Original Remarketing Price.

 

  26  

 

 

(d)           If the Remarketing Agent(s) determine, prior to the commencement of the Remarketing Period, that the Remarketing is unlikely to be successful at or above the Original Remarketing Price on the existing terms of the Series A Shares, then the Remarketing Agent(s) shall notify the Company and the Participating Holders thereof. In such event, the Participating Holders, in connection with the Remarketing, may either (i) terminate the Remarketing by delivery of written notice thereof to the Company (any such terminated Remarketing shall constitute an Unsuccessful Remarketing for purposes of this Certificate of Designations), or (ii) request, in writing, that the dividend rate on all Series A Shares (whether or not remarketed) be increased by the Company to a rate that would allow the Series A Shares to be remarketed at the Original Remarketing Price and, if the Board of Directors so approves, such dividends will be payable quarterly in arrears, commencing on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 immediately succeeding the Remarketing Settlement Date in accordance herewith, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to the terms hereof, (A) the earliest redemption date for the Series A Shares may be changed to be a later date, and (B) such other changes to the terms of the Series A Shares as may be agreed between the Company and the Participating Holders may be made. These modifications shall become effective if the Remarketing is successful, without the consent of the Holders and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Designations, on the Remarketing Settlement Date. If a Successful Remarketing occurs, the Company will request the Depositary to notify the Depositary Participants holding Series A Shares of any Modified Dividend Rate, Modified Redemption Date, dividend payment dates and other modified terms (any such terms, “ Modified Terms ”) for the Series A Shares on the Business Day following the date of the Successful Remarketing. Any Modified Terms shall be made with the intention of preserving any then-existing rating agency equity credit for the Series A Shares. In the event of any Remarketing on Modified Terms, the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to use its reasonable best efforts to remarket such Series A Shares during the Remarketing Period on the Modified Terms at the highest price reasonably attainable by the Remarketing Agent(s), but, without the prior consent of the Participating Holders, no less than 90% of the Liquidation Preference for the Series A Shares to be remarketed (any such price, a “ Modified Remarketing Price ”).

 

(e)           If the Remarketing Agent(s) is able to remarket such Series A Shares for a Remarketing Price permitted by this Section 11 in the Remarketing in accordance with the Remarketing Agreement (a “ Successful Remarketing ”), the Company and the Participating Holders shall cause the Transfer Agent to transfer the remarketed Series A Shares to the Remarketing Agent(s) upon confirmation of the Company’s receipt of proceeds of such Successful Remarketing. Settlement shall occur on the Remarketing Settlement Date. The Remarketing Agent(s) shall remit the proceeds of the Successful Remarketing to the Participating Holders on the Remarketing Settlement Date.

 

(f)           If, in spite of its reasonable best efforts, the Remarketing Agent(s) cannot remarket the Series A Shares as set forth above during the Remarketing Period at a price not less than the Remarketing Price or the Modified Remarketing Price, as applicable, or a condition precedent set forth in the Remarketing Agreement is not fulfilled, the Remarketing will be deemed to have been unsuccessful (an “ Unsuccessful Remarketing ”). The Company shall notify, in writing, the Participating Holders and the Transfer Agent of the Unsuccessful Remarketing on the Business Day immediately following the last date of the Remarketing Period. Promptly (but in any event within five Business Days) after receipt of written notice from the Company of an Unsuccessful Remarketing, the Transfer Agent will return Series A Shares to the appropriate Holders. The Remarketing to which such any Unsuccessful Remarketing relates shall terminate for all purposes upon the delivery of the notification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

  27  

 

 

(g)           If there is a Successful Remarketing at a Modified Remarketing Price, then the Company shall reimburse (the “ Remarketing Reimbursement ”) each Participating Holder (the “ Reimbursed Holders ”) for an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Liquidation Preference for the Series A Shares that such Reimbursed Holder elected to include in the Remarketing over the aggregate Modified Remarketing Price of such Series A Shares (the “ Remarketing Loss ”); provided that the Remarketing Loss with respect to any Series A Share shall not exceed 10% of the Liquidation Preference for such Series A Share. The Remarketing Reimbursement may be paid by the Company in cash or by issuing duly authorized and fully paid and nonassessable Ordinary Shares or by a combination thereof, in the Company’s discretion. Any Remarketing Reimbursement to be paid in cash shall be paid to the Reimbursed Holders on the Remarketing Settlement Date. If any portion of the Remarketing Reimbursement is paid by the delivery of Ordinary Shares (such dollar amount, the “ Remarketing Loss Share Amount ”), then (x) the number of Ordinary Shares deliverable in respect of such portion shall be equal to the result of (i) the portion of the Remarketing Loss being reimbursed in Ordinary Shares, divided by (ii) a dollar amount equal to the higher of (A) an 8.0% discount to the average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days from, but excluding the Remarketing Settlement Date (the “ Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period ”), and (B) $6.00, and (y) such Ordinary Shares shall be delivered to the Reimbursed Holders on the first Business Day following the end of the Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period plus an amount in cash equal to the Remarketing Interest Amount. The Remarketing Reimbursement shall be treated by the Company and the Original Holders as proceeds from the sale or exchange of Series A Shares for United States federal (and other applicable) tax purposes.

 

(h)           Within five Business Days after receipt of any Remarketing Notice, the Company shall notify the Original Series B Holders (but only if they still hold Series B Shares) of the Remarketing (a “ Series B Remarketing Notice ”) and provide for a process by which such Original Series B Holders may elect to participate in the Remarketing, subject to the terms of this Section 11(h). The Remarketing Notice shall specify the anticipated timing for the Remarketing and the Engagement Deadline. The electing Original Series B Holders (the “ Participating Series B Holders ”) may have their Series B Shares remarketed in such Remarketing by delivering their Series B Shares, along with written notice of their election (a “ Series B Participation Notice ”), to the Company and the Transfer Agent (with a copy of such notice to the Original Holders) by the Engagement Deadline. Any such election shall be irrevocable with respect to such Remarketing. With respect to the remarketing of any Series B Shares included in any Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11(h) (the “ Included Series B Shares ”): (i) the Included Series B Shares shall be treated equivalently to the Series A Shares; (ii) the Participating Holders shall be entitled to control the Remarketing and make all decisions in respect of the Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11 and the Remarketing Agreement, including the termination of any Remarketing; (iii) the Company shall cause any Modified Terms to be applied to the Series B Shares; and (iv) if the Remarketing Agent(s) advise the Company and the Participating Holders that in its opinion the number of Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares proposed to be included in such Remarketing exceeds the number of Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares which can be sold in such Remarketing without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the Remarketing (including the amount of the Remarketing Price for the Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares proposed to be sold in such Remarketing), the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to remarket only such number of Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares that in the opinion of such Remarketing Agent(s) can be sold in such Remarketing without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the Remarketing (including the amount of the Remarketing Price for the Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares proposed to be sold in such Remarketing), and (v) the Participating Series B Holders shall be liable for the underwriting discounts and commissions in accordance with Section 14(b). The reduced number of Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares to be included in any such Remarketing will be calculated in proportion to the aggregate amount of liquidation preference represented by Series A Shares and Included Series B Shares that were to be included in such Remarketing.

 

(i)           The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that, if required by applicable law, a registration statement, including a prospectus, under the Securities Act with regard to the full amount of the Series A Shares to be remarketed in the Remarketing in each case shall be effective with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in a form that may be used by the Remarketing Agent(s) in connection with such Remarketing (unless such registration statement is not required under the applicable laws and regulations that are in effect at that time or unless the Company conducts the Remarketing in accordance with an exemption under the securities laws (including Rule 144A under the Exchange Act)).

 

  28  

 

 

(j)           In connection with a Remarketing, the Board of Directors shall determine any Modified Terms pursuant to Section 11(d) after consultation with the Remarketing Agent; provided that any such changes are only those either requested by the Participating Holders or to which the Participating Holders consent. In the event of a Successful Remarketing, the Dividend Rate may be increased, a Modified Redemption Date may be established, and/or other Modified Terms may be established, in each case, on the Remarketing Settlement Date, to the applicable Modified Dividend Rate and/or Modified Redemption Date as determined by the Board of Directors after consultation with the Remarketing Agent(s), and the Company shall (i) notify each of the Transfer Agent and the Conversion Agent by an Officer’s certificate delivered to the Transfer Agent and the Conversion Agent and (ii) request the Depositary to notify its Depositary Participants holding Series A Shares, in each case, of the Modified Terms established for the Series A Shares during the Remarketing on the Business Day following the date of the Successful Remarketing. The Dividend Rate cannot be decreased, and no modification that is detrimental to the Holders can be made, in connection with a Remarketing. Any modified terms of the Series A Shares in connection with a Remarketing shall apply to every Series A Share, whether or not remarketed, and to every Series B Share (without any further action by the holders of Series B Shares). In the event of an Unsuccessful Remarketing, the Dividend Rate and the other terms of the Series A Shares will not be modified.

 

(k)           The Company shall provide the Original Holders (but only if they hold any Series A Shares) with written notice of the termination of any remarketing pursuant to Section 11 of the Series B Certificate of Designations. Any change or modification to the terms of the Series B Shares as a result of any Series B Remarketing shall also be applied to the terms of the Series A Shares (without any further action by the Holders). The Modified Dividend Rate cannot result in an overall rate that is less than the then-applicable Dividend Rate, and no modification that is detrimental to the Holders can be made, in connection with modifications to the Series A Shares resulting from a Series B Remarketing. Any participation by an Original Holder in a Remarketing pursuant to Section 11(h) of the Series B Certificate of Designation shall not constitute a Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11.

 

(l)           The Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt of a Remarketing Notice, select, in consultation with, and subject to the approval of, the Original Holders, the Remarketing Agent(s) for any Remarketing; provided that (A) the Original Holders may not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition their approval and (B) that any Remarketing Agent(s) so selected shall be a financial institution of nationally recognized standing in the United States. The Company shall cause any Remarketing Agreement to contain terms that reflect, and are consistent with, the terms of this Section 11. If the Company fails to select a Remarketing Agent within 10 days of the receipt of a Remarketing Notice, the Original Holders shall select the Remarketing Agent subject to the proviso provided under clause (B) in this Section 11(l).

 

(m)           The Company shall provide written notice of any modifications to the terms of the Series A Shares as a result of a Remarketing or a Series B Remarketing to all Holders within five Business Days after the time any such modifications become effective.

 

Section 12.           Voting Rights .

 

(a)           General . The Holders shall not be entitled to vote on, consent to or take any other action with respect to any matter except as set forth herein or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

  29  

 

 

(b)           Right to Appoint Two Directors Upon Nonpayment Events .

 

(i)           If and whenever dividends on the Series A Shares, or on any other class or series of Parity Dividend Share, have not been declared or paid in an aggregate amount equal, as to any particular class or series, to at least six quarterly dividend periods, whether consecutive or not (a “ Nonpayment ”), the Holders, together with the holders of any and all classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having “like voting rights” (i.e., being similarly entitled to vote for two additional directors at such time) (the Holders and any such other holders, collectively, the “ Voting Holders ”), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to class or series (and with voting rights allocated pro rata based on the liquidation preference of each such class or series), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares, to Appoint (as defined below) two additional directors from among such nominees, in the manner provided in this Section 12(b). Each such director Appointed by the Voting Holders pursuant to this Section 12(b) is herein called a “ Preferred Share Director .” At no time shall the Board of Directors include more than two Preferred Share Directors.

 

(ii)          Nomination . At any time when the Voting Holders are entitled to Appoint a Preferred Share Director pursuant to this Section 12(b), any one or more of the Holders entitled to receive at least a majority in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series A Shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to Appoint under the terms of such shares, and/or any one or more holders of any other class or series of Parity Dividend Shares having like voting rights then issued and outstanding, shall have the right to recommend individuals to the Company to be Appointed as Preferred Share Directors. Such recommendations shall be in writing and shall be accompanied by a Director Acceptance Letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (“ Director Acceptance Letter ”), from and signed by each such recommended individual and such background and other information about each such individual as the Company may reasonably request to ensure compliance with applicable disclosure and other considerations pursuant to applicable law and customary practice. The Board of Directors (excluding Preferred Share Directors) will nominate the individuals so recommended for each Preferred Share Director to be elected in accordance with the Articles of Association. The Board of Directors shall submit each recommended individual who it nominates pursuant to this Section 12(b)(ii) to the Voting Holders for Appointment as a Preferred Share Director as provided below.

 

(iii)         Appointment; Vacancy . The Appointment of the Preferred Share Directors by the Voting Holders may take place at any general or special meeting of shareholders or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders, or by means of a written resolution of the Voting Holders in lieu of a meeting thereof, in each case, as the Board of Directors may determine in its reasonable discretion. The Preferred Share Directors to be Appointed shall be so Appointed by a plurality of the votes cast by the Voting Holders at the relevant meeting (or, if the Appointment is effected by written resolution, by the Voting Holders constitution a quorum which shall also be the required voting threshold for purposes of a written resolution), in each case whether or not the number of nominees exceeds the number of individuals to be Appointed. Each of the Preferred Share Directors Appointed hereunder shall, subject to Section 12(b)(v), serve as a director until the next annual general meeting of the Company, or until the earlier of such time as he or she resigns, retires, dies or is removed in accordance with this Certificate of Designations and the Articles of Association or the special voting right pursuant to this Section 12(b) terminates. The Board of Directors shall nominate individuals to succeed such individuals as the Preferred Share Directors, in each case from among recommendations of the Voting Holders, all as provided in Section 12(b)(ii) provided that such recommendations may include any such individuals whose service has ended and, in lieu of selecting nominees from any such recommendations, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, nominate any or both of such individuals whose service has ended (if willing to serve) for another term as a Preferred Share Director. Each Preferred Share Director shall agree, in the Director Acceptance Letter, to resign as such director when his or her term otherwise ends pursuant to any removal or termination of the special voting right as provided in this Section 12(b). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Share Director occurs due to resignation, retirement, death or removal, the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Share Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, in an election by Voting Holders as provided above for an initial election. All determinations and other actions to be made or taken by the Board of Directors with regard to Preferred Share Directors pursuant to this Section 12(b) shall be taken by the Board of Directors excluding the Preferred Share Directors, who shall not be entitled to vote with respect to such actions (and thus shall not be included for the purpose of applying any quorum and voting requirements applicable to such actions). The Company will use reasonable best efforts to cause the individuals nominated to be elected as soon as practicable, which will include for the avoidance of doubt, the initial election of any Preferred Share Director, and the election of Preferred Share Directors at any subsequent annual meeting following the initial election of any Preferred Share Director. Subject to the foregoing, each of the Preferred Share Directors shall have one vote as a director.

 

  30  

 

 

(iv)         Notice of Meeting; Quorum . The Company shall as soon as practicable, and in no case more than 30 days after the Board of Directors has selected the nominees as provided above, submit such nominees to the Voting Holders for Appointment either (i) at a general or special meeting of the shareholders, (ii) at a separate class meeting of Voting Holders or (iii) by written resolution, as determined by the Board of Directors in its reasonable discretion. Notice for a meeting of Voting Holders may be given in the same manner as that provided in the Articles of Association for a general meeting of the Company. If the Company fails to give notice of a meeting of the shareholders or Voting Holders to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors within 30 days after the Board of Directors has selected the nominees for such Appointment as provided above, any Voting Holders entitled to recommend individuals for election as a Preferred Share Director shall be entitled (at the Company’s expense) to call such a general or special meeting of the shareholders or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders to Appoint such nominees selected by the Board of Directors, and for that purpose will have access to the register of members of the Company. At any separate class meeting of Voting Holders at which the Voting Holders have the right to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors, or at any adjournment thereof, the presence of at least one Person holding or representing by proxy at least 50% in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series A Shares and all other classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having like voting rights, in each case at the time issued and outstanding, will be required to constitute a quorum for the election of any Preferred Share Director. Such quorum requirement shall also apply with respect to any Appointment of Preferred Share Directors to be effected with the consent of Voting Holders given in a written resolution. At any general or special meeting of the shareholders or a separate class meeting of the Voting Holders, or adjournment thereof, the absence of such a quorum of Voting Holders will not prevent the election of directors other than the Preferred Share Directors, and the absence of a quorum for the election of such other directors will not prevent the Appointment of the Preferred Share Directors. The Company may fix a date as the record date for the purpose of determining the issued and outstanding preferred shares of any class or series, and the Holders and other holders thereof entitled to elect the Preferred Share Directors.

 

(v)          Appointment to Board . “Appoint” as used in this Section 12(b) shall mean the appointment of a Preferred Share Director to the Board of Directors; provided that, to the extent that such action is not permitted by the Articles of Association, “Appoint” shall mean nomination by the Voting Holders pursuant to this Section 12(b) and the use of reasonable best efforts by the Company to cause such Preferred Share Director to be appointed by the Board of Directors, or elected by the shareholders, to the Board of Directors pursuant to the Articles of Association as soon as is practicable.

 

  31  

 

 

(vi)         Termination; Removal . Whenever the Company has paid cumulative dividends in full on the Series A Shares and any other class or series of cumulative Parity Dividend Shares, then the right of the Holders to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting right in the case of any Nonpayment in respect of future Dividend Periods). The terms of office of the Preferred Share Directors will immediately terminate, and the Board of Directors shall resolve to reduce the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors by two. In addition, any Preferred Share Director may be removed at any time for cause by Voting Holders holding a majority in aggregate Liquidation Preference of the aggregate liquidation preference of the Series A Shares, together with all classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having like voting rights, voting separately as a single class without regard to class or series (and with voting rights allocated pro rata based on the liquidation preference of each such class or series), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares, at a general or special meeting of the Company or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders called by the Company as provided in Section 12(b)(iv) above. In addition, if the Board of Directors determines in its discretion at any time that there is cause for the shareholders to remove such director, the Board of Directors may in its discretion request that such director resign from the Board of Directors and may require that such director, as a condition to his or her initial election, agree in writing pursuant to his or her Director Acceptance Letter (as provided in Exhibit A hereto) to resign upon any such request. Upon the removal of any Preferred Share Director, the vacancy shall be filled in the manner set forth in Section 12(b)(iii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time there are no Series A Shares issued and outstanding, each Preferred Share Director’s term shall automatically terminate and no directors shall thereafter be appointed or elected pursuant to this Section 12.

 

(c)           Other Voting Rights . So long as any Series A Shares are issued and outstanding, the Company may not consummate any action specified in this paragraph (c) without the vote or consent of the Holders of record entitled to receive at least a majority in aggregate of the Liquidation Preference of the Series A Shares at the time issued and outstanding and all voting or consenting as a single class (not including any Series A Shares “beneficially owned” (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) by the Company or any of its Affiliates), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares:

 

(i)           any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Articles of Association or this Certificate of Designations that would alter or change the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Shares so as to affect them adversely;

 

(ii)          any authorization or creation of, or increase in the authorized amount of, or issuance of, any Senior Shares or Parity Shares, and any increase in the authorized number of Series A Shares or Series B Shares;

 

(iii)         any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Company, except that, subject to applicable law, Holders of Series A Shares will have no right to vote or consent under this clause (iii) by reason of any such transaction if (A) the Series A Shares remain issued and outstanding or, in the case of any such transaction with respect to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting issuer, is converted into or exchanged for preferred securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent ( provided that such entity is an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any jurisdiction in the European Economic Area, and is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or if such entity is not a corporation for such purposes, the Company receives an opinion of nationally recognized counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that Holders will be subject to tax for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to such new preferred securities after such transaction in the same amount, at the same time and otherwise in the same manner as would have been the case under the Series A Shares prior to such transaction)), (B) the Series A Shares remaining issued and outstanding or such other preferred securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, taken as a whole, as are not less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series A Shares, taken as a whole, and (C) upon the completion of any such any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification, no condition shall exist with respect to the surviving or resulting issuer that would require a consent pursuant to Sections 12(c)(i), (ii), (v) or (vii) if such surviving or resulting issuer were the Company;

 

  32  

 

 

(iv)         any Change of Control if an Original Holder is a Holder of any Series A Shares at the time of the occurrence of such Change of Control, unless, prior to such occurrence, such Original Holder has either (1) received a bona fide, binding offer from a credible Person which, if accepted by the Original Holder, would result in the sale of all of such Original Holder’s Series A Shares to such Person prior to or contemporaneously with the completion of such Change of Control at a price equal to or greater than the then-current Liquidation Preference; provided that such offering Person shall not be Affiliated with or an agent of any Person or group participating in the Change of Control, or (2) provided its prior written consent to such Change of Control;

 

(v)          any incurrence of Indebtedness (as defined in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Original Issue Date (and regardless of whether such Credit Agreement is later terminated, amended or modified) ) by the Company or any intermediate holding company between the Company and CF Bermuda Holdings;

 

(vi)         any issuance or reclassification of equity securities by the Company, unless all securities into which such equity securities are reclassified are held by or one or more entities 100.0% of the equity of which is owned directly or indirectly by the Company; and

 

(vii)        take any action or permit any omission that would be in breach of Articles 6 and 7 of the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Original Issue Date (disregarding the preamble at the start of each Article 6 and 7, assuming the remainder of Articles 6 and 7 remain in full force and effect at all times, and regardless of whether such Credit Agreement, or any term thereof, lapses, is terminated, amended or modified), in each case, with such modifications as appropriate to reflect the passage of time and any changes in facts and circumstances as they relate to the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that no waiver of any right or obligation contained in the foregoing provisions by any party to the Credit Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such provision for purposes of this Section 12(c)(vii);

 

provided , however , that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued, or any creation of, any other preferred shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets following the commencement of the Company’s winding up, or any authorization, issuance or creation of any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any such other preferred shares will not be deemed to adversely affect the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Shares and Holders will have no right under this Section 12(c) to vote on or consent to any such increase, authorization, issuance or creation.

 

If the Holders are entitled to vote on or consent to a specified action pursuant to this Section 12(c), the Company may call a separate class meeting of the Holders for the purpose of such vote. Any such vote may be held at a general meeting of the Company, or at a separate class meeting of the Holders and such other holders, as the Company may determine in its discretion. The Company may fix a date as the record date for the purpose of determining the issued and outstanding Series A Shares, and the Holders entitled to vote on or consent to any such specified action. At any general meeting of the Company or Holders where such vote is to occur, the necessary quorum for such vote (or consent) shall be at least one Person holding or representing by proxy at least 50% in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series A Shares entitled to vote on the relevant specified action.

 

(d)           Changes Without the Consent of the Holders . So long as such action does not adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series A Shares, and limitations and restrictions thereof, the Company may amend, alter, supplement, or repeal any terms of the Series A Shares without the consent of the Holders, to reflect any Modified Terms of the Series A Shares in connection with a Successful Remarketing pursuant to Section 11, or any amended or modified terms of the Series B Shares to be applied to the Series A Shares pursuant to Section 11(k).

 

  33  

 

 

(e)           Changes After Provision for Redemption; Unredeemed Shares Remain Outstanding .

 

(i)           No vote or consent of the holders of Series A Shares shall be required pursuant to Section 12(b) or (c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding Series A Shares shall have been redeemed or called for redemption and the funds necessary for payment of the Redemption Price have been deposited in Trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption.

 

(ii)          In the event of a Change of Control or Reorganization Event in which the Company’s Ordinary Shares shall be changed into or exchanged for other securities or property (including cash), the successor or acquiring Person shall expressly assume the due and punctual observation and performance of each and every covenant and condition contained in this Certificate of Designation to be performed and observed by the Company and all the obligations and liabilities hereunder, with such modifications and adjustments as equitable and appropriate in order to place the Holders in the equivalent economic position as prior to such Change of Control or Reorganization Event.

 

Section 13.           Preemption.

 

The Holders shall not have any rights of preemption with regard to any share capital (including Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares).

 

Section 14.           Payments; Expenses; Notices; Information.

 

(a)           Payment . Any payment due by the Company with respect to dividends, redemptions, fractional shares or other amounts on a day that is not a Business Day may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the original due date, and without any interest due to any delay in payment.

 

(b)           Expenses . The Company shall bear any costs and expenses incurred by it and its Affiliates in connection with the Remarketing (including any Remarketing Fee) pursuant to this Certificate of Designations, and shall promptly pay or reimburse the Original Holders for any costs or expenses (including the Remarketing Fee, underwriting discounts or commissions and any reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by such Original Holders in connection therewith; provided , that the Participating Holders and the Participating Series B Holders (if any) shall bear 50% of any underwriting discounts or commissions for any “best efforts” underwriting incurred in connection with such Remarketing, with such amounts allocated in proportion to the Series A Shares and the Included Series B Shares that participate in such Remarketing.

 

(c)           Notices . Any notices, deliveries or other actions required or permitted to be given, made or taken by the Company or any Holder hereunder on a particular day may be effected on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if effected on the particular day. All notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and, unless otherwise specified herein, all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt thereof or three Business Days after the mailing thereof if sent by registered or certified mail (or by first-class mail if the same shall be specifically permitted for such notice under the terms of this Certificate of Designations) with postage prepaid, addressed: (i) if to the Company, to its office at 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada 89134 (Attention: Secretary) or to the Transfer Agent at its office at Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 1 State Street, 30 th Floor, New York, New York 10004 (Attention: Mark Zimkind]), or to any other agent of the Company designated to receive such notice as permitted by this Certificate of Designations; or (ii) if to any Holder, to such Holder at the address of such Holder as listed in the share record books of the Company (which may include the records of the Transfer Agent); or (iii) to such other address as the Company or any such Holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice given by the Company to Holders in respect of a Global Preferred Share pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary shall be deemed to have been given effectively when so given.

 

  34  

 

 

(d)           Information . If at any time the Company is not required to file reports with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any Series A Shares are then outstanding, the Company shall provide the Holders with reports containing financial information substantially similar to the financial information that would have been contained in the reports the Company would have been required to file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission by Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act if it were subject thereto, in each case at such times as such reports or other information would be required to be filed thereunder.

 

Section 15.           Repurchase.

 

Subject to the limitations imposed herein, applicable law and the Articles of Association, the Company may purchase Series A Shares from time to time to such extent, in such manner and upon such terms as the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof may determine; provided , however , that the Company shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company is, or after such purchase would be, unable to pay its liabilities in the ordinary course as they become due.

 

Section 16.           Unissued or Reacquired Shares.

 

Series A Shares that have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Company shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Shares without designation as to class or series, until such shares are once more designated as part of a particular class or series by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 17.           No Sinking Fund.

 

Series A Shares are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.

 

Section 18.           Reservation of Ordinary Shares.

 

(a)           Sufficient Shares . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Ordinary Shares or shares acquired by the Company, solely for issuance upon the conversion of Preferred Shares as provided in this Certificate of Designations, free from any preemptive or other similar rights, such number of shares of Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be issuable upon the conversion of all the Preferred Shares then issued and outstanding. For purposes of this Section 18(a), the number of Ordinary Shares that shall be deliverable upon the conversion of all issued and outstanding Preferred Shares shall be computed as if at the time of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a single Holder.

 

(b)           Use of Acquired Shares . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to deliver upon conversion of Series A Shares, as herein provided, Ordinary Shares acquired by the Company (in lieu of the issuance of authorized and unissued Ordinary Shares), so long as any such acquired shares are free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances (other than liens, charges, security interests and other encumbrances created by the Original Holders).

 

  35  

 

 

(c)           Free and Clear Delivery . All Ordinary Shares delivered upon conversion of the Series A Shares shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and other encumbrances (other than liens, charges, security interests and other encumbrances created by the Original Holders).

 

(d)           Compliance with Law . Prior to the delivery of any securities that the Company shall be obligated to deliver upon conversion of the Series A Shares, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations thereunder requiring the approval of such delivery by any Regulatory Entities.

 

(e)           Listing . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, if at any time the Ordinary Shares shall be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange or quotation system, the Company will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Ordinary Shares shall be so listed on such exchange or quotation system, all the Ordinary Shares then issuable upon conversion of the Series A Shares.

 

Section 19.           Transfer Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The duly appointed Transfer Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and paying agent for the Series A Shares shall be Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, remove the Transfer Agent in accordance with the agreement between the Company and the Transfer Agent; provided that the Company shall appoint a successor transfer agent who shall accept such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal. Upon any such removal or appointment, the Company shall send notice thereof by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders (or otherwise pursuant to any applicable procedures of a Depositary).

 

Section 20.           Replacement Certificates.

 

(a)           Mutilated, Destroyed, Stolen and Lost Certificates . If physical certificates are issued, the Company shall replace any mutilated certificate at the Holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Transfer Agent. The Company shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the Holder’s expense upon delivery to the Company and the Transfer Agent of satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity on customary terms that may be required by the Transfer Agent and the Company.

 

(b)           Certificates Following Conversion . If physical certificates are issued, the Company shall not be required to issue any certificates representing the applicable Series A Shares on or after the applicable Conversion Date. In place of the delivery of a replacement certificate following the applicable Conversion Date, the Transfer Agent, upon delivery of the evidence and indemnity described in Section 20(a), shall deliver the Ordinary Shares pursuant to the terms of the Series A Shares formerly evidenced by the certificate.

 

(c)           Legends . Certificates for Series A Shares and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company).

 

  36  

 

 

Section 21.           Form.

 

(a)           Global Preferred Shares . Series A Shares may, at the Company’s option, in its sole discretion, be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Series A Shares in definitive, fully registered form with a global legend in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (each, a “ Global Preferred Share ”), which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Certificate of Designations. The Global Preferred Shares may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). The aggregate number of shares represented by each Global Preferred Share may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Depositary or its nominee as hereinafter provided. Global Preferred Shares shall be registered in the name of the Depositary, which shall be the Holder of such shares. This Section 21(a) shall apply only to a Global Preferred Share deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

 

(b)           Delivery to Depositary . If Global Preferred Shares are issued, the Company shall execute and the Registrar shall, in accordance with this Section 21, countersign and deliver initially one or more Global Preferred Shares that (i) shall be registered in the name of a nominee of the Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Registrar to the Depositary or pursuant to instructions received from the Depositary or held by the Registrar as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to an agreement between the Depositary and the Registrar.

 

(c)           Agent Members . If Global Preferred Shares are issued, members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Certificate of Designations with respect to any Global Preferred Share held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Registrar as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Preferred Share, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Registrar and any agent of the Company or the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Global Preferred Share for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Registrar or any agent of the Company or the Registrar from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Preferred Shares. If Global Preferred Shares are issued, the Depositary may grant proxies or otherwise authorize any Person to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take pursuant to the Series A Shares, this Certificate of Designations or the Articles of Association.

 

(d)           Physical Certificates . Global Preferred Shares will be exchangeable for other certificates evidencing Series A Shares, only if (x) the Depositary has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Preferred Share and the Company does not appoint a qualified replacement for the Depositary within 90 days, (y) the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and the Company does not appoint a qualified replacement for the Depositary within 90 days or (z) the Company determines that the Series A Shares shall no longer be represented by Global Preferred Shares. In any such case, the Global Preferred Shares shall be exchanged in whole for other definitive Series A Shares in registered form, with the same terms and of an equal aggregate Liquidation Preference. Such other definitive Series A Shares shall be registered in the name or names of the Person or Persons specified by the Depositary in a written instrument to the Registrar.

 

  37  

 

 

(e)           Signature . An Officer shall sign any Global Preferred Share for the Company, in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and applicable law, by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Global Preferred Share no longer holds that office at the time the Transfer Agent countersigned the Global Preferred Share, the Global Preferred Share shall be valid nevertheless. A Global Preferred Share shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Transfer Agent manually countersigns the Global Preferred Share. Each Global Preferred Share shall be dated the date of its countersignature.

 

Section 22.           Transfer and Similar Taxes.

 

The Company shall pay any and all share transfer, documentary, stamp and similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of Series A Shares or Ordinary Shares or other securities issued on account of Series A Shares pursuant hereto or certificates representing such shares or securities. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of Series A Shares, Ordinary Shares or other securities in a name other than that in which the Series A Shares with respect to which such shares or other securities are issued or delivered were registered, or in respect of any payment to any Person other than a payment to the registered holder thereof, and shall not be required to make any such issuance, delivery or payment unless and until the Person otherwise entitled to such issuance, delivery or payment has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

Section 23.           Rights of Holders.

 

No person or entity, other than the person or entity in whose name a certificate representing the Series A Shares is registered (if any) and whose name is registered as an owner of Series A Shares in the register of members of the Company, shall have any rights hereunder or with respect to the Series A Shares, the Company shall recognize the registered owner thereof in the register of members of the Company as the sole owner for all purposes, and no other person or entity (other than the Company) shall have any benefit, right, claim or remedy hereunder.

 

Section 24.           Other Rights.

 

The Series A Shares shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Articles of Association or as provided by applicable law.

 

Section 25.           Conflict .

 

To the extent the terms provided in this Certificate of Designations conflict with the terms contained in the Articles of Association, it is intended that the terms provided in this Certificate of Designations shall prevail. The Company agrees and undertakes to convene any general meeting of the Company, and to recommend that any such meeting adopt any resolution necessary, to amend the Articles of Association to eliminate any such conflict.

 

[ Reminder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

  38  

 

  

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF DIRECTOR’S ACCEPTANCE LETTER

 

TO: FGL HOLDINGS (the “Company”)

 

Attn: The Secretary

 

I hereby accept and agree to my appointment or election as a Preference Share Director, in accordance with the Certificate of Designations of Series A Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares of the Company, dated [ ], 2017 (the “Certificate of Designations”). I hereby agree and acknowledge that my term of office shall immediately terminate in accordance with Section 12 of the Certificate of Designations without further action being required on my part.

 

I designate the following telephone and facsimile numbers and e-mail address for service of notice of all directors’ meetings. Notice by telephone facsimile or e-mail to either of the said numbers or e-mail address will constitute good and sufficient notice to myself and I agree to advise you of any change in these particulars.

 

Tel: [     ]

Fax: [     ]

E-mail: [     ]

Nationality: [     ]

 

I hereby authorize you to enter my name and address in the register of Directors and Officers of the Company as follows:

 

[Name]

[Address]

  

[Name]

 

  A- 1  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF

 

SERIES A CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHARES

 

FACE OF SECURITY

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE (AND THOSE ISSUABLE ON CONVERSION THEREOF) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S., STATE AND OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO AND IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF AN INVESTMENT AGREEMENT AND A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, EACH DATED AS OF [ ], 2017 BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND THE INVESTORS REFERRED TO THEREIN, COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE (AND THOSE ISSUABLE ON CONVERSION THEREOF) MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENTS, AND ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENTS WILL BE VOID.

 

[ IF GLOBAL PREFERENCE SHARES ARE ISSUED : UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, AND NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS REFERRED TO BELOW.]

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT MAY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

  B- 1  

 

 

Certificate Number   Number of Convertible Preference Shares
     
CUSIP NO.: [            ]    

 

Series A Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares

 

(par value $0.0001 per share)

 

of

 

FGL HOLDINGS

 

FGL HOLDINGS, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), hereby certifies that [            ] (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ · ] [              , or such number as is registered in the name of the Holder in the Company’s register of members maintained by the Registrar] fully paid and non-assessable preference shares of the Company designated the Series A Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share and a liquidation preference of US$1,000.00 (the “ Convertible Preference Shares ”).

 

The Convertible Preference Shares are subject to the Certificate of Designations and the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company and are transferable in accordance therewith. The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Convertible Preference Shares represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Designations dated [ · ], 2017 as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Certificate of Designations ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined herein, shall have the meaning given to them in the Certificate of Designations.

 

Reference is hereby made to select provisions of the Convertible Preference Shares set forth on the reverse hereof, and to the Certificate of Designations, which select provisions and the Certificate of Designations shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Certificate of Designations and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

Unless the Registrar has properly countersigned this certificate, the Convertible Preference Shares evidenced hereby shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Certificate of Designations or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

Dated:

 

  B- 2  

 

 

REVERSE OF SECURITY

 

Dividends on each of the Convertible Preference Shares shall be payable at the rate provided in the Certificate of Designations but only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors as provided therein.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares shall be convertible in the manner and in accordance with the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares shall be redeemable at the option of the Company in the manner and in accordance with the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares carry voting rights as specified in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Company shall furnish without charge to each holder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and special rights of each class or series of share capital issued by the Company and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions on such powers, preferences and rights.

 

For value received,                                          hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

of the Convertible Preference Shares represented by the within Certificate, and such shares are subject to the Certificate of Designations and the memorandum of association and Articles of Association of the Company and are transferable in accordance therewith.

 

Dated:                                              20             
     
Signature:                                                                                                                     
     
Signature:                                                                                                                     

 

    Notice:   The signature to this assignment must correspond
with the name as written upon the face of the
certificate, in every particular, without alteration or
enlargement, or any change whatever.
   

 

  B- 3  

 

 

Exhibit B

Form of Certificate of Designations of the Series B Preferred Shares

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS

 

OF

 

SERIES B CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED SHARES

 

OF

 

FGL HOLDINGS

 

FGL HOLDINGS, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), does hereby certify:

 

That the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and applicable law, by way of written resolution dated November 30, 2017, duly adopted resolutions creating a class of preferred shares of the Company designated as “Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares”.

 

Section 1.           Designation . The designation of the class of preferred shares shall be “Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares” (the “ Series B Shares ”). Each Series B Share shall be identical in all respects to every other Series B Share. The Series B Shares will rank, on the terms set forth in Section 4(c) and Section 5, equally with Parity Shares and senior to Junior Shares, with respect to the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company.

 

Section 2.           Number of Shares . The number of authorized Series B Shares shall be 275,000, provided , that an additional 325,000 Series B Shares shall be authorized for issuance solely as PIK Shares. That number from time to time may be increased solely with the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of the Series B Shares pursuant to Section 12 and the Board of Directors; provided that no such increase shall be permitted that would cause the total number of authorized Preferred Shares, including the Series B Shares, to exceed the amount of Preferred Shares authorized by the Articles of Association.

 

Section 3.           Definitions . As used herein with respect to the Series B Shares:

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Certificate of Designations, “ control ”, when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(c).

 

Appoint ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(v).

 

AOI ” means, for any period, the adjusted operating income of the Company, calculated on a basis consistent with that adopted by Fidelity & Guaranty Life for the 2016 fiscal year, as reflected in its publicly filed financial statements.

 

  1  

 

 

Arrearage ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

Articles of Association ” means the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, as they may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designations and the certificate of designations for any other authorized class of Preferred Shares.

 

Blackstone Funds ” means, individually or collectively, any investment fund, coinvestment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles or accounts, in each case, managed by an Affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., or any of their respective successors.

 

Board of Directors ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals or a committee thereof duly authorized to act for such Board of Directors.

 

Business Day ” means each weekday on which banking institutions in New York, New York are not authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.

 

Calculation Agent ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as calculation agent for the Series B Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Capital Stock ” of any Person means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation or a company, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares, and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation or a company, any and all partnership, limited liability company, membership or other equity interests of such Person, but in each case excluding any debt securities convertible into any of the foregoing.

 

Certificate of Designations ” means this Certificate of Designations relating to the Series B Shares, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one of the following:

 

(i)           a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than a Permitted Holder, becomes or files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company;

 

(ii)          one or more Permitted Holders become, or commence a tender, exchange or similar offer and/or file a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such Permitted Holder(s) intends to become, in the aggregate, the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owners,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company representing more than 60% of the voting power of the outstanding Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company; or

 

(iii)         consummation of any consolidation, merger, amalgamation or scheme of arrangement of or involving the Company or similar transaction or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to any Person other than one of the Company’s Subsidiaries, in each case pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares or other common equity of the Company will be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than pursuant to a transaction in which (A) the Persons that “beneficially owned” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, voting shares of the Company immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, voting shares representing a majority of the total voting power of all issued and outstanding classes of voting shares of the continuing or surviving Person immediately after such transaction, or (B) the members of the Board of Directors or other governing body of the Company immediately prior to such transaction comprise a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or other governing body of the Company or such other continuing or surviving Person immediately after such transaction.

 

  2  

 

 

Closing Price ” of the Ordinary Shares on any date of determination means the last reported sale price of the Ordinary Shares regular way on such date (or, if no such sale occurs on such date, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices for such shares regular way on such date) on the Principal Market or, if there is no Principal Market for the Ordinary Shares, the average of the closing bid and asked prices quoted for the Ordinary Shares in the over-the-counter market as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or any similar organization, or if such closing prices are not so reported (or if the relevant price or prices required to be used to calculate the Closing Price as provided in this paragraph are not available in the relevant market on such date for any reason, the market price of the Ordinary Shares on such date as determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by the Company for this purpose).

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Competing Remarketing ” means any ongoing Remarketing pursuant to Section 11, and any ongoing remarketing of the Series A Shares pursuant to Section 11 of the Series A Certificate of Designations; provided that no such Remarketing or remarketing shall be deemed to be ongoing past the applicable Remarketing Window for such Remarketing.

 

Constituent Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a)(ii).

 

Conversion Agent ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as conversion agent for the Series B Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Conversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).

 

Conversion Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).

 

Conversion Price ” means, at any time, a dollar amount equal to the higher of (i) a 5.0% discount to the arithmetic average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days from, but excluding the Conversion Notice Date, and (ii) the Floor Price.

 

Conversion Rate ” means, at any time, the number of duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable Ordinary Shares into which each Series B Share is convertible, after taking into account any adjustments pursuant to Section 9, determined by dividing (i) the Liquidation Preference (calculated as if the Conversion Date was the date fixed for liquidation the Company, and as adjusted pursuant hereto for share splits, share dividends, reclassifications and the like), by (ii) the Conversion Price.

 

Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and among Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, CF Bermuda Holdings Limited, a Bermuda exempted limited liability company, the lenders from time to time a party thereto and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent for the lenders and the other agents and arrangers party thereto.

  

  3  

 

 

Current Market Price ” as of any day means the average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days ending on the earlier of the day in question and the day before the Ex-date or other specified date with respect to the issuance or distribution requiring such computation, appropriately adjusted to take into account the occurrence during such period of any event described in Section 9. For the purpose of calculating the Current Market Price, consecutive Trading Days shall end on the day before the date in question.

 

Depositary ” means DTC or its nominee, or any successor depositary appointed by the Company or its nominee.

 

Director Acceptance Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(ii).

 

Dividend Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i). Each Dividend Payment Date “relates” to the Dividend Period most recently ending before such Dividend Payment Date, and vice versa (with the words “related” and “relating” having correlative meanings).

 

Dividend Period ” means each period from and including a Dividend Payment Date (except that the initial Dividend Period shall commence on the Original Issue Date, and the initial Dividend Period for any Series B Shares issued in kind pursuant to Section 4 shall commence on the date such Series B Shares are issued) and continuing to but not including the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date.

 

Dividend Rate ” means (i) for any day during the Fixed Rate Period, 7.5%, and (ii) for any date during the Floating Rate Period, the greater of (A) 7.5% and (B) a rate equal to Three-month LIBOR plus 5.5%; provided that in the event of an Modified Dividend Rate, such Modified Dividend Rate shall be the Dividend Rate.

 

Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 4(a)(iii).

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.

 

Engagement Date ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Remarketing Window”.

 

Engagement Deadline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(b).

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a)(ii).

 

Ex-date ”, when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Ordinary Shares or other relevant securities trade without the right to receive such issuance or distribution.

 

Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Expiration Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Fixed Rate Period ” means each Dividend Period relating to a Dividend Payment Date occurring on or before November 30, 2027.

 

Floating Rate Period ” means each Dividend Period relating to a Dividend Payment Date occurring after November 30, 2027.

 

  4  

 

 

Floor Price ” means (i) for a Conversion Date from and including November 30, 2027 to but not including November 30, 2028, $8.00, (ii) for a Conversion Date from and including November 30, 2028 to but not including November 30, 2029, $7.00, and (iii) for a Conversion Date from and after November 30, 2029, $6.00, in each case after taking into account any adjustment pursuant to Section 9.

 

FNF ” means Fidelity National Financial, Inc., and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Global Preferred Share ” has the meaning set forth in Section 21(a).

 

GSO ” means GSO Capital Partners LP, and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

GSO Group ” means funds and accounts managed, advised or sub-advised by GSO and its Affiliates within the credit-focused business unit of The Blackstone Group L.P.

 

Holder ” means, as to any Series B Share, the Person in whose name such share is registered in the register of members of the Company, which may be treated by the Company, Transfer Agent, Registrar, Calculation Agent, paying agent and Conversion Agent as the absolute owner of such share for the purpose of making payment and settling the related conversions and for all other purposes. References herein to “holders” of preferred shares of the Company shall mean, insofar as such shares are Series B Shares, the Holders thereof.

 

Included Series A Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Junior Liquidation Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Junior Shares”.

 

Junior Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(i).

 

Junior Shares ” means the Ordinary Shares and any other class or series of shares in the capital of the Company now existing or hereafter authorized over which the Series B Shares have preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company. Junior Shares over which the Series B Shares have preference or priority in such distribution of assets are herein called “ Junior Liquidation Shares ”.

 

Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a). References to the “ liquidation preference ” of any Preferred Shares of the Company in the Articles of Association shall mean the Liquidation Preference if such Preferred Shares are Series B Shares.

 

London Banking Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are open in London for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits).

 

Market Disruption Event ” means, on any day when the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted on a securities exchange or quotation facility (whether U.S. national or regional or non-U.S.), any of the following events that occurs or continues to exist on such day:

 

(i)           any suspension of, or limitation imposed on, trading by the Principal Market during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session (or for purposes of determining the VWAP per Ordinary Share, any period or periods aggregating one half-hour or longer during the regular trading session) on the Principal Market on such day, and whether by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the Principal Market, or otherwise, relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) or to futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market;

 

  5  

 

 

(ii)          any event that disrupts or impairs (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion) the ability of market participants, during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session (or for purposes of determining the VWAP per Ordinary Share, any period or periods aggregating one half-hour or longer during the regular trading session) on the Principal Market on such day, to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market on such day or to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares (specifically or among other shares generally) on the Principal Market on such day; or

 

(iii)         the principal exchange or quotation facility (whether or not the Principal Market) on which futures or options contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted fails to open, or closes prior to its respective scheduled closing time, for the regular trading session on such day (without regard to after hours or any other trading outside of the regular trading session hours), unless such earlier closing time is announced by such exchange or facility at least one hour prior to the earlier of (A) the actual closing time for the regular trading session on such day and (B) the submission deadline for orders to be entered into such exchange or facility for execution at the actual closing time on such day.

 

Modified Dividend Rate ” means, in connection with a Remarketing, the dividend rate per annum (which may be fixed or floating, and any spread with respect to a floating dividend rate) rounded to the nearest one one-thousandth (0.001) of one percent that the Series B Shares shall bear as determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement and Section 11(j).

 

Modified Redemption Date ” means, in connection with a Remarketing, the earliest redemption date for the Series B Shares (which shall be no earlier than the earliest redemption date prior to such Remarketing) that shall apply after such Remarketing as determined by the Company pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement.

 

Modified Remarketing Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

Modified Terms ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(d).

 

NC Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a); provided that if there is a Modified Redemption Date, the NC Date shall be the Modified Redemption Date.

 

Nonpayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Normalized AOI ” means the AOI for any period subject to the following adjustments: (i) add back any amounts for “legacy incentive compensation”, and “back project expenses”, (ii) add back (if negative) or subtract (if positive) any amounts for “single premium immediate annuities mortality & other reserve adjustments”; (iii) add back (if negative) or subtract (if positive) any amounts for “assumption review & DAC unlocking”, and (iv) “other, including bond prepayment income and tax valuation allowance adjustments”, in each case, calculated on a basis consistent with that adopted in prior years by Fidelity Life & Guaranty in its publicly filed financial statements.

 

Officer ” means the Director, Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, the Chief Accounting Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and any Assistant Secretary of the Company.

 

  6  

 

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed (i) by a Director, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller or the Chief Accounting Officer, and (ii) by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the General Counsel, Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Conversion Agent.

 

Ordinary Shares ” means the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Original Holder ” means any Holder of Series B Shares that is (i) FNF, or (ii) any transferee of FNF that is an Affiliate of FNF.

 

Original Issue Date ” means November 30, 2017.

 

Original Liquidation Preference ” means $1,000.00 per Series B Share.

 

Original Remarketing Price ” means an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference for the Series B Shares to be remarketed.

 

Original Series A Holders ” means any Holder that is (i) a member of the GSO Group or (ii) any transferee of such member that is an Affiliate of GSO.

 

Parity Dividend Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Parity Shares”.

 

Parity Liquidation Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Parity Shares”.

 

Parity Shares ” means any class or series of shares in the capital of the Company hereafter authorized that ranks equally with the Series B Shares in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company. Parity Shares so ranking equally in the payment of dividends are herein called “ Parity Dividend Shares ”. Parity Shares so ranking equally in such distribution of assets are herein called “ Parity Liquidation Shares ”. The Series A Shares shall be deemed to be Parity Shares, Parity Dividend Shares and Parity Liquidation Shares.

 

Participation Deadline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Participating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Participating Series A Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Permitted Holders ” means:

 

(i) each of Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., GSO, FNF, Cannae Holdings, Inc., BilCar, LLC, CC Capital Management, LLC, CFS Holdings (Cayman), LP, CFS II Holdings (Cayman), LP and the Blackstone Funds;

 

(ii) any Affiliate or Related Party of any Person specified in clause (i); and

 

(iii) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in clauses (i) and (ii) or any group in which the Persons specified in clauses (i) and (ii) own a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock held by such group, and any Person that is a member of any such group.

 

  7  

 

 

Person ” means a legal person, including any individual, company, corporation, estate, body corporate, partnership, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association or other legal entity.

 

PIK Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(ii).

 

Preferred Shares ” means any and all series or classes of preferred shares in the capital of the Company, having a par value of $0.0001 per share, including the Series B Shares and Series A Shares.

 

Preferred Share Director ” has the meaning specified in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Principal Market ” means, with respect to any day on which the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted to trading or quoted on any securities exchange or quotation facility (whether U.S. national or regional or non-U.S.), the principal such exchange or facility on which the Ordinary Shares are so listed or admitted or so quoted.

 

Purchased Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a)(iv).

 

Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(d).

 

Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

 

Registrar ” means the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as registrar for the Series B Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Regulatory Entities ” means all governmental or self-regulatory authorities in the United States or elsewhere having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Reimbursed Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Related Party ” means:

 

(i)           any controlling stockholder, majority owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder; or

 

(ii)          any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, members, owners or Persons beneficially holding a majority (and controlling) interest of which consist of one or more Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i).

 

Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Remarketing Agent ” means any Remarketing Agent(s) appointed by the Company pursuant to Section 11.

 

Remarketing Agreement ” means a Remarketing Agreement to be entered into between the Company and one or more Remarketing Agents setting forth the terms of a Remarketing.

 

Remarketing Date ” means the date the Series B Shares offered in the Remarketing Period are priced by the Company and the Remarketing Agent(s).

 

  8  

 

 

Remarketing Fee ” means, in the event of a Successful Remarketing, a remarketing fee, if any, paid to the Remarketing Agent(s) to be agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Remarketing Agent(s) prior to any Remarketing pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement.

 

Remarketing Interest Amount ” means interest on the Remarketing Loss Share Amount at a rate of 7.5% per annum accrued daily during the Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period.

 

Remarketing Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Loss Share Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

Remarketing Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(c).

 

Remarketing Price ” means, as applicable, the Original Remarketing Price or the Modified Remarketing Price.

 

Remarketing Process ” means the Remarketing process specified in Section 11, commencing with the delivery of a Remarketing Notice.

 

Remarketing Reimbursement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(g).

 

Remarketing Settlement Date ” means the third Business Day immediately following the Remarketing Date for a Successful Remarketing, or such other date as the Company and the Remarketing Agent may mutually agree.

 

Remarketing Window ” means the period from (i) the fifth Business Day following the earlier of (A) the Engagement Deadline, and (B) the date on which the Remarketing Agent(s) are engaged by the Company pursuant to Section 11 (the “ Engagement Date ”), through (ii) the 20 th Business Day following the Engagement Deadline or Engagement Date, as applicable, provided that such period may be extended (and the Remarketing delayed) to no later than 180 days after the Engagement Deadline or Engagement Date, as applicable, if (i) the Remarketing Agent determines that the Remarketing is impractical due to then-prevailing market conditions, or (ii) if the Board of Directors determines in good faith (x) that such delay would enable the Company to avoid disclosure of material information, the disclosure of which at that time would not be in the Company’s best interests, or (y) that the Remarketing to be delayed would, if not delayed, materially adversely affect the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially interfere with, or jeopardize the success of, any pending or proposed material transaction, including any debt or equity financing, any acquisition or disposition, any recapitalization or reorganization or any other material transaction, whether due to commercial reasons, a desire to avoid premature disclosure of information or any other reason.

 

Reorganization Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(a).

 

Reuters Screen LIBOR01 ” means the display on the Reuters Eikon (or any successor service) on the “LIBOR01” page (or any other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates of major banks for U.S. dollar deposits).

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

  9  

 

 

Series B Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

Series A Certificate of Designations ” means the Certificate of Designations for the Series A Shares.

 

Series A Participation Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Series A Remarketing Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(h).

 

Series A Shares ” means the Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares of Company.

 

Shareholder Approval ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(e).

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which (i) such Person or any other Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner (in the case of a partnership) or managing member (in the case of a limited liability company), (ii) voting power to elect or appoint a majority of the board of directors, board of managers or others performing similar functions with respect to such organization is held by such Person or by any one or more of such Person’s Subsidiaries, (iii) at least fifty percent (50%) of any class of shares or Capital Stock or of the outstanding equity interests are beneficially owned by such Person or (iv) any Person that would otherwise be deemed a “ subsidiary ” under Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

 

Successful Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(e).

 

Three-month LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Floating Rate Period, the offered rate expressed as a percentage per annum for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, as that rate appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of such Floating Rate Period.

 

If Three-month LIBOR does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, Three-month LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period, commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000, are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in that market selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of such Floating Rate Period. The Calculation Agent shall request the principal London office of each of these banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, Three-month LIBOR for such Floating Rate Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such quotations (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest 0.00001%).

 

If fewer than two such quotations are provided as described in the preceding paragraph, Three-month LIBOR with respect to such Floating Rate Period shall be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest 0.00001%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Floating Rate Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period, commencing on the first day of such Floating Rate Period, and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000.

 

  10  

 

 

If fewer than three banks selected by the Company and identified to the Calculation Agent to provide quotations are quoting as described in the preceding paragraph the Calculation Agent shall: (i) determine the base rate that is most comparable to the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01; and (ii) apply such changes to that rate such that it is as similar as practicable, in the opinion of the Calculation Agent, to the rate that would have prevailed under the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, provided , that if the Calculation Agent determines there is an industry accepted successor base rate to the Three-month LIBOR that was last displayed on Reuters Screen LIBOR01, such successor base rate will be the rate applied under (i).

 

If Three-month LIBOR calculated in accordance with the foregoing paragraphs for any Floating Rate Period is less than zero, then Three-month LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero for such Floating Rate Period.

 

Trading Day ” means, for purposes of determining a VWAP or Closing Price per share of Ordinary Shares, a day on which the Principal Market is open for the transaction of business and on which a Market Disruption Event does not occur or exist, or if the shares of Ordinary Shares are not listed or admitted to trading and are not quoted on any securities exchange or quotation facility, a Business Day.

 

Transfer Agent ” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as Transfer Agent, Registrar, Calculation Agent, paying agent and Conversion Agent for the Series B Shares, and its successors and assigns.

 

Trust ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(e).

 

Unsuccessful Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(f).

 

Voting Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12(b)(i).

 

Voting Stock ” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person.

 

VWAP ” per Ordinary Share on any Trading Day means the per share volume-weighted average sale price per share of Ordinary Shares on the Principal Market as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg page “CF Equity VWAP” (or any appropriate successor page) in respect of the period from the open of trading until the close of trading on the Principal Market on such Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable or not provided for any reason, or there is no Principal Market for the Ordinary Shares, the market price of one Ordinary Share on such Trading Day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company). When used with respect to any other securities, “VWAP” shall have the meaning set forth above with references to the price per Ordinary Share meaning the price per unit of such other securities, with references to Bloomberg page “CF Equity VWAP” meaning the applicable Bloomberg page displaying the volume-weighted average sale price per unit of such securities and references to the Principal Market meaning the principal exchange or other market in which such securities are then listed, quoted or traded. The VWAP during any period shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account the occurrence during such period of any event described in Section 9.

 

In addition to the above definitions, unless the context requires otherwise:

 

(i)           any reference to any statute, regulation, rule or form as of any time shall mean such statute, regulation, rule or form as amended or modified and shall also include any successor statute, regulation, rule or form from time to time (and in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated under the statute);

 

  11  

 

 

(i)           references to “$” or “dollars” means the lawful coin or currency of the United States of America; and

 

(ii)          references to “Section” are references to Sections of this Certificate of Designations.

 

Section 4.           Dividends .

 

(a)            Quarterly Dividends .

 

(i)           Subject to applicable law, the Holders of the Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors), out of assets lawfully available for that purpose, cumulative cash dividends on the Original Liquidation Preference of $1,000.00 at a rate per annum equal to the then-applicable Dividend Rate. Subject to applicable law, dividends shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the first days of January, April, July and October, respectively, in each year, commencing on January 1, 2018; provided , however , that (x) if any such day during the Fixed Rate Period is not a Business Day, then such day shall nevertheless be a Dividend Payment Date but dividends on the Series B Shares, when, as and if declared, shall be paid on the next succeeding Business Day (without adjustment in the amount of the dividend per Series B Share), and (y) if any such day during the Floating Rate Period is not a Business Day, then the next succeeding Business Day shall be the applicable Dividend Payment Date and dividends, when, as and if declared, shall be paid on such next succeeding Business Day (each such day on which dividends are payable, after giving effect to this proviso if applicable, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). Dividends on the Series B Shares shall begin to accumulate on the Original Issue Date (or, with respect to any Series B Shares issued in kind pursuant to this Section 4, the date on which such Series B Shares are issued) and shall be deemed to accumulate from day to day whether or not earned or declared until paid. Dividends payable on the Series B Shares in respect of each Fixed Rate Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and dividends payable on the Series B Shares in respect of each Floating Rate Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent by multiplying the per annum dividend rate in effect for that Floating Rate Period by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the actual number of days in that Floating Rate Period and the denominator of which will be 360, and multiplying the rate obtained by $1,000 to determine the dividend per Series B Share. The Calculation Agent’s determination of any Dividend Rate, and its calculation of the amount of dividends for any Dividend Period, will be maintained on file at the Company’s principal offices and will be available to any Holder upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error. The Company may terminate the appointment of the Calculation Agent and may appoint a successor agent at any time and from time to time, provided that the Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the Series B Shares are issued and outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as such agent.

 

(ii)          Dividends payable on Series B Shares on any Dividend Payment Date shall be paid in cash or, at the option of the Company, in lieu of paying such cash dividends, the Company may instead effect a share capitalization by issuing new duly authorized and fully paid and nonassessable Series B Shares (any such Series B Shares, “ PIK Shares ”) to the extent the Company chooses not to pay a cash dividend. If the Company elects to effect a share capitalization by issuing PIK Shares in accordance with the foregoing, the number of PIK Shares to be issued will be calculated by dividing the portion of such dividend not paid in cash by the Original Liquidation Preference, and such PIK Shares shall be entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the rates specified in the preceding paragraph from their date of issuance and shall otherwise be treated as Series B Shares for purposes of all other provisions hereof. The Company may not effect a share capitalization by issuing PIK Shares to the extent (A) there are not sufficient authorized but unissued Series B Shares to permit such share capitalization, (B) a Remarketing Process has commenced pursuant to Section 11 and not concluded or terminated, or (C) from and after May 31, 2018, if the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series B Shares and Series A Shares following such issuance of PIK Shares would be greater than 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof (calculated using the methodology applied under Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and assuming that such Series B Shares were convertible pursuant to Section 7 at the time of the applicable Dividend Payment Date at a Conversion Price equal to the value of clause (iii) of the definition of Floor Price), until such time as the Company obtains the Shareholder Approval.

 

  12  

 

 

(iii)         Dividends that are payable on the Series B Shares or any share capitalization effected on any Dividend Payment Date shall be payable, and any PIK Shares shall be issuable, to Holders of record of the Series B Shares as they appear on the register of members of the Company on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15 th calendar day of the month immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.

 

(iv)         In connection with a Successful Remarketing of the Series B Shares, the Dividend Rate may be increased to an Modified Dividend Rate in accordance with Section 11 below. If the Dividend Rate on the Series B Shares is increased in accordance with Section 11 below, dividends shall accumulate at the Modified Dividend Rate pursuant to the terms of this Section 4 from (and including) the Remarketing Settlement Date. Any reference herein to accumulated and unpaid dividends shall include any such dividends at the Modified Dividend Rate, if applicable.

 

(b)            Cumulative Dividends . Dividends on the Series B Shares shall be cumulative, and from and after any Dividend Payment Date or other date on which any dividend or any payment upon redemption, or any Conversion Date on which any payment upon conversion, in each case has accumulated or been deemed to have accumulated through such date has not been paid in full (the “ Arrearage ”), additional dividends shall accumulate in respect of the Arrearage at the then-applicable Dividend Rate. Such additional dividends in respect of any Arrearage shall be deemed to accumulate daily from such Dividend Payment Date, or other date on which any dividend or any payment upon redemption or Conversion Date, whether or not earned or declared, until the Arrearage is paid and shall constitute additional Arrearage from and after the immediately following Dividend Payment Date to the extent not paid on such Dividend Payment Date. References in any Article herein to dividends that have “accumulated” or that have been deemed to have accumulated with respect to the Series B Shares shall include the amount, if any, of any Arrearage together with any dividends accumulated or deemed to have accumulated on such Arrearage pursuant to the immediately preceding two sentences.

 

(c)            Priority of Dividends .

 

(i)           For so long as any Series B Shares remain issued and outstanding, the Company will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries not to, declare, pay or set apart funds for any dividends or other distributions with respect to any Junior Shares or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, or make a liquidation payment relating to, any Junior Shares, or make any guarantee payment with respect thereto, in any case during or in respect of any Dividend Period (collectively, “ Junior Payments ”), unless: (1)(A) full dividends (including any Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid in cash or in kind on the Series B Shares for all Dividend Periods prior to the date of such Junior Payment and the Dividend Period in which such Junior Payment falls, and (B) no PIK Shares are then issued and outstanding; (2) Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company, or any successor “primary” insurance Subsidiary of the Company, maintains an A.M. Best Company financial strength rating of A- or higher; (3) the Company is in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 12(c); (4) any such Junior Payments, when aggregated with all other Junior Payments, other than on the Series B Shares and the Series A Shares, in any given fiscal year of the Company, does not represent an amount greater than 20% of the Normalized AOI of the Company for the preceding fiscal year; and (5) if any Change of Control has occurred, the requirements of Section 12(c)(iv) were satisfied with respect to such Change of Control; provided , however , that the foregoing restriction will not apply to:

 

  13  

 

 

A.            purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of Junior Shares (and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection therewith) required by any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

B.            the purchase of fractional interests in Junior Shares pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such Junior Shares;

 

C.            declaration of a non-cash dividend on the Capital Stock of the Company in connection with the implementation of a shareholders rights plan on customary terms designed to protect the Company against unsolicited offers to acquire its Capital Stock, or the issuance of Capital Stock of the Company under any such plan in the future, or the redemption or repurchase of any such rights pursuant thereto;

 

D.            dividends or distributions payable solely in Junior Shares, or warrants, options or rights to acquire Junior Shares; or

 

E.            conversions of any Junior Shares into, or exchanges of any Junior Shares for, a class or series of other Junior Shares.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any Junior Payment was permitted under this Section 4(c)(i) at the time it was declared or when it first became a contractual obligation, it shall be deemed permitted hereunder at the time it is actually paid; provided that such Junior Payment occurs within 60 days of such declaration or entry into such contractual obligation.

 

(ii)          For so long as any Series B Shares remain issued and outstanding, if full dividends (including any Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) are not paid in full for any Dividend Period on the Series B Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, all dividends paid or declared for payment on a dividend payment date with respect to the Series B Shares and the Parity Dividend Shares shall be shared (A) first ratably by the holders of any Parity Dividend Shares who have the right to receive dividends with respect to past dividend periods for which such dividends were not declared and paid, in proportion to the respective amounts of the undeclared and unpaid dividends relating to past dividend periods, and thereafter (B) ratably by the holders of Series B Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, in proportion to the respective amounts of the undeclared and unpaid dividends relating to the current dividend period. Any proportional dividend on Parity Dividend Shares that have cumulative dividend rights will take into account the amount of any accumulated but unpaid dividends and arrearage with respect to such shares. To the extent a dividend period with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares coincides with more than one Dividend Period with respect to the Series B Shares, for purposes of the immediately preceding sentence the Board of Directors shall treat such dividend period as two or more consecutive dividend periods, none of which coincides with more than one Dividend Period with respect to the Series B Shares, or shall treat such dividend period(s) with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares and Dividend Period(s) with respect to the Series B Shares for purposes of the immediately preceding sentence in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable in order to achieve ratable payments of dividends on such Parity Dividend Shares and the Series B Shares. To the extent a Dividend Period with respect to the Series B Shares coincides with more than one dividend period with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares, for purposes of the first sentence of this paragraph the Board of Directors shall treat such Dividend Period as two or more consecutive Dividend Periods, none of which coincides with more than one dividend period with respect to such Parity Dividend Shares, or shall treat such Dividend Period(s) with respect to the Series B Shares and dividend period(s) with respect to any Parity Dividend Shares for purposes of the first sentence of this paragraph in any other manner that it deems to be fair and equitable in order to achieve ratable payments of dividends on the Series B Shares and such Parity Dividend Shares. The term “ dividend period ” as used in this paragraph means such dividend periods as are provided for in the terms of any Parity Dividend Shares and, in the case of Series B Shares, Dividend Periods applicable to shares of Series B Shares; and the term “ dividend payment dates ” as used in this paragraph means such dividend payment dates as are provided for in the terms of any Parity Dividend Shares and, in the case of Series B Shares, Dividend Payment Dates applicable to Series B Shares.

 

  14  

 

 

(iii)         Subject to this Section 4, such dividends (payable in cash, in kind, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) may be declared and paid on any securities, including Junior Shares and any Parity Dividend Shares, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and the Holders of Series B Shares shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.

 

(iv)         Notwithstanding any other section of this Section 4, the Company will not, and will cause its Subsidiaries not to, make any Junior Payment if such payment would cause the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series B Shares and Series A Shares to be greater than 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof (calculated using the methodology applied under Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual and assuming that such Series B Shares were convertible pursuant to Section 7 at the time of the applicable Dividend Payment Date at a Conversion Price equal to the value of clause (iii) of the definition of Floor Price), until such time as the Company obtains the Shareholder Approval.

 

Section 5.              Liquidation Rights .

 

(a)           Liquidation . Subject to applicable law, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, Holders shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution or payment out of the assets of the Company may be made to or set aside for the holders of any Junior Liquidation Shares and subject to the rights of the holders of any Parity Liquidation Shares and the rights of the Company’s creditors, to receive in full in respect of each Series B Share a liquidating distribution in the amount of the Original Liquidation Preference plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends in respect of such share, whether or not declared (including Arrearage and dividends accumulated in respect thereof) to, but excluding, the date fixed for liquidation or, if applicable, the date of a Remarketing or repurchase pursuant to Section 11 or redemption pursuant to Section 6 (the “ Liquidation Preference ”). Holders shall not be entitled to any further payments in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary winding up of the affairs, liquidation or dissolution of the Company other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.

 

(b)           Partial Payment . If, following the commencement of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, the assets of the Company are not sufficient to pay the liquidating distributions payable with respect to the Series B Shares and the Parity Liquidation Shares, the amounts paid to the Holders and to the holders of all Parity Liquidity Shares shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise be entitled.

 

  15  

 

 

(c)           Residual Distributions . If the respective aggregate liquidating distributions to which all Holders and all holders of any Parity Liquidation Shares are entitled have been paid, the holders of Junior Liquidation Shares shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Company according to their respective rights and preferences.

 

(d)           Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, lease or other disposition (for cash, shares, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company, nor shall the consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification or any similar transaction involving the Company (whether or not the Company is the surviving or resulting entity) be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Company.

 

Section 6.              Redemption .

 

(a)           Optional Redemption . The Series B Shares are perpetual and have no maturity date. The Series B Shares may not be redeemed prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after November 30, 2022 (the “ NC Date ”); provided that nothing herein shall be construed to limit the repurchase or acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company of Series B Shares through privately negotiated transactions, tender offers or otherwise (including redemption under Section 6(b)). The Company, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, may redeem out of funds lawfully available therefor, in whole or in part, the Series B Shares at the time issued and outstanding, at any time on or after the NC Date, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(d) below, and at a redemption price in cash equal to the Liquidation Preference (calculated as if the date of redemption was the date fixed for winding up) on the Series B Shares being redeemed (the “ Redemption Price ”). In connection with a Successful Remarketing of the Series B Shares, the NC Date may be changed by the Board of Directors to a later date as set forth in Section 11.

 

(b)           Redemption of PIK Shares . The Company, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, may redeem out of funds lawfully available therefor, in whole or in part, the PIK Shares at the time issued and outstanding, at any time, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(d) below, for cash at the Redemption Price.

 

(c)           Notice of Company Redemption . Notice of every redemption of Series B Shares (including any PIK Shares) pursuant to Section 6(a)or Section 6(b) shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the register of members of the Company. In respect of any mailing pursuant to Section 6(a) or Section 6(b), such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section 6(c) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not any Holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any Holder of the Series B Shares designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Series B Shares. Each notice shall state:

 

(i)           the expected redemption date;

 

(ii)          the number of Series B Shares to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares of a Holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed;

 

(iii)         the applicable Redemption Price;

 

  16  

 

 

(iv)         the place or places where the certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and

 

(v)          that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate on the redemption date.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series B Shares are held by a Depositary, the Company may give such notice in any manner permitted by the Depositary.

 

(d)           Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of only part of the Series B Shares at the time issued and outstanding, the number of Series B Shares to be redeemed from each Holder shall be pro rata in proportion to the number of issued and outstanding Series B Shares held by such Holders. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6 and the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which the Series B Shares shall be redeemed from time to time.

 

(e)           Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given pursuant to Section 6(c) and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for payment of the applicable Redemption Price have been set aside by the Company, separate and apart from its other assets, for the benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Company with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption (the “ Trust ”), then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the date of such deposit the voting rights and covenants set forth in Section 12 shall cease to be of further effect and any PIK Shares in respect of which such deposit has been made shall be deemed to be not outstanding for purposes of Section 4(c)(i)(1)(B). On and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be issued and outstanding, all dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accumulate on such redemption date and all other rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the Holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from the Trust at any time after the redemption date from the funds so deposited, without interest. The Company shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Trust any interest accrued on such funds, and the Holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Company, and in the event of such repayment to the Company, the Holders of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Company for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Company, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.

 

Section 7.              Right of the Original Holders to Convert.

 

From and after November 30, 2027, but subject to the last sentence of this Section 7, each Original Holder shall have the right, at such Original Holder’s option (including after a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 6(a) or Section 6(b) but prior to the date of actual redemption), to convert all or any portion of such Original Holder’s Series B Shares at any time into a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the then-applicable Conversion Rate multiplied by the number of Series B Shares to be converted (subject to the conversion procedures of Section 8), plus cash in lieu of fractional shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Original Holder shall not be permitted to exercise its right of conversion with respect to any Series B Shares unless it has first sought the Remarketing of such Series B Shares pursuant to Section 11, and such Series B Shares are not disposed of in accordance with the terms thereof (including as a result of an Unsuccessful Remarketing). The right of conversion set forth in this Section 7 shall only be exercisable by the Original Holders, and no subsequent Holders shall be entitled thereto.

 

  17  

 

 

Section 8.              Conversion Procedures .

 

(a)           Conversion Date . Effective immediately prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date, dividends shall no longer be declared or payable on any such converted Series B Shares and such Series B Shares shall cease to be issued and outstanding, in each case, subject to the right of the Original Holders to receive any payments to which they are entitled to as of such time pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(b)           Rights Prior to Conversion . No allowance or adjustment, except pursuant to Section 9, shall be made in respect of dividends payable to holders of the Ordinary Shares of record as of any date prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date. Prior to the close of business on any applicable Conversion Date, Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of, or other securities issuable upon conversion of, any Series B Shares shall not be deemed issued and outstanding for any purpose, and Holders shall have no rights with respect to the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion (including voting rights, rights to respond to tender offers for the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on the Ordinary Shares or other securities issuable upon conversion) by virtue of holding Series B Shares; provided that nothing in this Section 8(b) shall be deemed to restrict or limit the rights of Holders under the terms of the Series B Shares themselves, including the voting rights set forth in Section 12 and the rights to dividends and liquidating distributions set forth in Section 4 and Section 5, respectively.

 

(c)           Record Holder of the Ordinary Shares . Each conversion will be deemed to have been effective as to any Series B Shares surrendered for conversion on the Conversion Date; provided , however , that the Person or Persons entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of the Series B Shares shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such Ordinary Shares and/or securities as of the close of business on the last Trading Day of the period used to determine the relevant Conversion Price for such conversion. In the event that an Original Holder shall not by written notice designate the name in which Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property (including payments of cash in lieu of fractional shares) to be issued or paid upon conversion of Series B Shares should be registered or paid or the manner in which such shares should be delivered, the Company shall be entitled to register and deliver such shares, and make such payment, in the name of the Original Holder and in the manner shown on the records of the Company or, in the case of Global Preferred Shares, through the facilities of the Depositary. The Ordinary Shares and/or cash, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of the Series B Shares shall be delivered by the Company no later than the third Business Day following the last Trading Day of the period used to determine the relevant Conversion Price for such conversion.

 

(d)           Conversion Procedure . An Original Holder may commence a conversion pursuant to this Section 8 by delivering a complete and manually signed conversion notice, in the form provided by the Conversion Agent, or a facsimile of the conversion notice, to the Conversion Agent, provided that such notice may, pursuant to a written notice thereunder be made contingent upon (but only upon) the successful completion of any registered public offering of the Ordinary Shares to be issued on such conversion that is being conducted pursuant to the registration rights attaching to such Ordinary Shares at such time and such notice shall in all other respects be irrevocable (the date on which such notice is received, the “ Conversion Notice Date ”; provided that, if such date is not a Business Day or such compliance does not occur prior to the close of business on such date, the Conversion Notice Date shall be the next Business Day).

 

  18  

 

 

On or before the 31 st Trading Day following the Conversion Notice Date (the “ Conversion Date ”), the Original Holder must:

 

(i)           surrender the Series B Shares to the Conversion Agent (if the Series B Shares are certificated);

 

(ii)          pay any funds equal to the dividends payable on the next Dividend Payment Date that such Holder is required to pay under this Section 8(d);

 

(iii)         if required, furnish customary endorsements and transfer documents; and

 

(iv)         if required, pay any share transfer, documentary, stamp or similar taxes not payable by the Company pursuant to Section 22.

 

If an Original Holder’s interest is a beneficial interest in a global certificate representing Series B Shares, in order to convert an Original Holder must comply with clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) listed above and comply with the Depositary’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a global security.

 

Provided that the Original Holder has complied with the foregoing, on the Conversion Date, the Conversion Agent shall, on such Original Holder’s behalf, convert the Series B Shares into Ordinary Shares, (x) in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by such Original Holder to the Conversion Agent or (y) otherwise pursuant to any applicable Depositary procedures, if applicable.

 

If an Original Holder converts its Series B Shares after the close of business on a Dividend Record Date, but prior to the open of business on the Dividend Payment Date corresponding to such Dividend Record Date, then (x) the Original Holder of such Series B Shares at the close of business on such Dividend Record Date shall be entitled, notwithstanding such conversion, to receive, on such Dividend Payment Date, the unpaid dividends that have accrued on such Series B Shares to, but excluding, such Dividend Payment Date; and (y) the Original Holder of such Series B Shares must, upon surrender of such Series B Shares for conversion, accompany such Series B Shares with an amount of cash equal to the dividends that will be payable on such Series B Shares on such Dividend Payment Date.

 

(e)           Conversion Effect . The conversion may be effected in any manner permitted by applicable law and the Articles of Association, including redeeming or repurchasing the relevant Series B Shares and applying the proceeds thereof towards payment for the new Ordinary Shares. For purposes of the repurchase or redemption, the Board of Directors may, subject to the Company being able to pay its debts in the ordinary course of business, make payments out of amounts standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or out of its capital. Until such time as the Company obtains the approval of its shareholders of the conversion of the Series B Shares into Ordinary Shares for purposes of Section 312.03 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual (the “ Shareholder Approval ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8, the aggregate issuance of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Series B Shares and Series A Shares shall be capped at 19.99% of the Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date hereof and the Original Holder shall not be entitled to any cash or other consideration for Ordinary Shares not received due to this limitation.

 

  19  

 

 

Section 9.             Anti-Dilution Adjustments.

 

(a)           Adjustments . The Floor Price will be subject to adjustment, without duplication, under the following circumstances:

 

(i)           the issuance to all holders of Ordinary Shares of Ordinary Shares as a dividend, bonus shares or distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares, or a subdivision or combination of Ordinary Shares, in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / (OS 1 / OS 0 )

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  OS 0    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date prior to giving effect to such event
     
  OS 1    =    the number of Ordinary Shares that would be issued and outstanding immediately after, and solely as a result of, such event

 

(ii)          the issuance to all holders of Ordinary Shares of rights or warrants (including convertible securities) entitling them for a period expiring 60 days or less from the date of issuance of such rights or warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares at an exercise price per share less than (or having a conversion price per share less than) the Current Market Price as of the date such issuance is publicly announced, in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [(OS 0 + X) / (OS 0 + Y)]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  OS 0    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the close of business on the Record Date prior to giving effect to such event
     
  X   =    the total number of shares of Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to such rights (or upon conversion of such securities)
     
  Y   =    the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights (or the aggregate conversion price for such securities paid upon conversion) divided by the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the announcement of the issuance of such rights

 

  20  

 

 

However, the Floor Price will be readjusted to the extent that any such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to their expiration; provided that such readjustment shall not have any effect on Series B Shares that had been converted prior to such readjustment or on the Ordinary Shares issued pursuant thereto, and such readjustment shall apply only to such Series B Shares that remain issued and outstanding at the time of such readjustment.

 

(iii)         the dividend or other distribution to all holders of Ordinary Shares of shares in the capital of the Company (other than Preferred Shares), rights or warrants (including convertible securities) to acquire shares of the Company or evidences of its indebtedness or its assets (excluding any dividend, distribution or issuance covered by clause (i) or (ii) above or (iv) below), in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [SP 0 / (SP 0 – FMV)]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  SP 0    =    the Current Market Price as of the Record Date
     
  FMV   =    the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors) on the Record Date of the shares of the Company, rights or warrants, or evidences of indebtedness or assets so distributed, expressed as an amount per Ordinary Share

 

However, if the transaction that gives rise to an adjustment pursuant to this clause (iii) is one pursuant to which the payment of a dividend, bonus shares or other distribution on shares in the capital of the Company (other than Preferred Shares) consists of shares of, or similar equity interests in, a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company (e.g., a spin-off), that are, or, when issued, will be, traded on a securities exchange or quoted on a quotations facility in the U.S. or elsewhere, then the Floor Price will instead be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

  21  

 

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [(FMV 0 + MP 0 ) / MP 0 ]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Record Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Record Date
     
  FMV 0    =    the average of the VWAP of the shares, similar equity interests or other securities distributed to holders of Ordinary Shares applicable to one Ordinary Share over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the third Trading Day after the date on which “ex-distribution trading” commences for such shares, similar equity interests or other securities on the principal exchange or other market on which they are then listed, quoted or traded
     
  MP 0    =    the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the third Trading Day after the date on which “ex-distribution trading” commences for such dividend or distribution on the principal exchange or other market on which Ordinary Shares is then listed or quoted; and

 

(iv)         the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries make purchases of Ordinary Shares pursuant to a tender or exchange offer by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company for Ordinary Shares to the extent (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors) that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per Ordinary Share validly tendered or exchanged exceeds the VWAP per Ordinary Share on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “ Expiration Date ”), in which event the Floor Price will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

FP 1 = FP 0 / [[FMV + (SP 1 x OS 1 )] / (SP 1 x OS 0 )]

 

where,

 

  FP 0    =    the Floor Price in effect at the close of business on the Expiration Date
     
  FP 1    =    the Floor Price in effect immediately after the Expiration Date
     
  FMV   =    the fair market value (as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors), on the Expiration Date, of the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration paid or payable for Ordinary Shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Date (the “ Purchased Shares ”)

 

  22  

 

 

  OS 1    =    the number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the last time tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the “ Expiration Time ”) (treating all Purchased Shares as issued and outstanding at the Expiration Time), less any Purchased Shares
     
  OS 0    =    the number of shares of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding at the Expiration Time, including any Purchased Shares
     
  SP 1    =    the average of the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares over each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days commencing on the Trading Day immediately after the Expiration Date.

 

(b)           Calculation of Adjustments . Each adjustment to the Floor Price shall be calculated by the Company as soon as reasonably practicable after the event requiring such adjustment has been consummated (and all factors necessary to calculate such adjustment are known), in each case to the nearest 1/10,000th of one Ordinary Share (or if there is not a nearest 1/10,000th of a share, to the next lower 1/10,000th of a share). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except in the case of a combination or reverse stock split of Ordinary Shares pursuant to Section 9(a)(i), in no case will any adjustment be made if it would result in an increase to the then effective Floor Price. No adjustment to the Floor Price will be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1%; provided , however , that any such minor adjustments that are not required to be made, and are not made, will be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment; and provided , further , that any such adjustment of less than one percent that has not been made will be made upon (x) the date of any notice of redemption of the Series B Shares in accordance with the provisions hereof and (y) any Conversion Date.

 

(c)           When No Adjustment Required .

 

(i)           Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, the Floor Price will not be adjusted for the issuance of Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or carrying the right to purchase any of the foregoing or for the repurchase of Ordinary Shares.

 

(ii)          No adjustment to the Floor Price need be made:

 

  A. upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any present or future customary plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Company and the investment, at market prices, of additional optional amounts in Ordinary Shares; or
     
  B. upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares or options or rights to purchase Ordinary Shares pursuant to any present or future employee or director benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates; or
     
  C. upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security issued and outstanding as of the date hereof; or

 

  23  

 

 

  D. upon the repurchase of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to an open-market share repurchase program or other buy-back transaction that is not a tender offer or exchange offer of the nature described under Section 9(a)(iv); or
     
  E. for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

  

(iii)         No adjustment to the Floor Price will be made to the extent that such adjustment would result in the Conversion Price being less than the par value of the Ordinary Shares.

 

(iv)         Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no adjustment shall be made (1) in respect of an event otherwise requiring an adjustment under this Section 10, except to the extent such event is actually consummated or (2) if the holder of the Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive the distribution described under Section 9(a)(i)-(iii) or participate in the event described in Section 9(a)(i)-(iv), whether on an as-converted basis (based on a Conversion Price equal to the higher of (A) a 5.0% discount to the VWAP per Ordinary Share on the Trading Day preceding the ex-date of such distribution and (B) the Floor Price) or due to becoming the record holder of the Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Series B Shares.

 

(d)           Record Date . For purposes of this Section 9, “ Record Date ” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of the Ordinary Shares have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Ordinary Shares (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the Ordinary Shares entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).

 

(e)           Successive Adjustments . After an adjustment to the Floor Price under this Section 9, any subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Section 9 shall cause an adjustment to such Floor Price as so adjusted.

 

(f)           Multiple Adjustments . For the avoidance of doubt, if an event occurs that would trigger an adjustment to the Floor Price pursuant to this Section 9 under more than one subsection hereof, such event, to the extent taken into account in any adjustment, shall not result in any other adjustment hereunder.

 

(g)           Notice of Adjustments . Whenever a Floor Price is adjusted as provided under this Section 9, the Company shall within 10 Business Days following the occurrence of an event that requires such adjustment (or if the Company is not aware of such occurrence, within 10 Business Days after becoming so aware):

 

(i)           compute the adjusted applicable Floor Price in accordance with this Section 9 and prepare and transmit to the Conversion Agent an Officers’ Certificate setting forth such adjusted applicable Floor Price, the method of calculation thereof in reasonable detail and the facts requiring such adjustment and upon which such adjustment is based; and

 

(ii)          provide a written notice to the Original Holders of the occurrence of such event and a statement in reasonable detail setting forth the method by which the adjustment to the applicable Floor Price was determined and setting forth the adjusted applicable Floor Price.

 

  24  

 

 

(h)           Conversion Agent . The Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment of the applicable Floor Price or with respect to the nature, extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in making the same. The Conversion Agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying on any Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 9(h) and any adjustment contained therein and the Conversion Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment unless and until it has received such certificate. The Conversion Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any Ordinary Shares, or of any other securities or property, that may at the time be issued or delivered with respect to any Series B Shares; and the Conversion Agent makes no representation with respect thereto. The Conversion Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any Ordinary Shares pursuant to the conversion of Series B Shares or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Section 9.

 

(i)           Fractional Shares . No fractions of Ordinary Shares will be issued to holders of the Series B Shares upon conversion. In lieu of fractional shares otherwise issuable, holders will be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the fraction of an Ordinary Share, calculated on an aggregate basis in respect of the Series B Shares being converted, multiplied by the Closing Price of the Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day immediately preceding the applicable Conversion Date.

 

Section 10.            Adjustment for Reorganization Events.

 

(a)           Reorganization Events . In the event of:

 

(i)           any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Company in which all or substantially all issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property of the Company or another Person; or

 

(ii)          the completion of any sale or other disposition in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to another Person;

 

each of which is referred to as a “ Reorganization Event ”, each Series B Share issued and outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization Event will, without the consent of the Holders of the Series B Shares, become convertible into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property, if any (the “ Exchange Property ”), receivable in such Reorganization Event (without any interest thereon, and without any right to dividends or distributions thereon that have a record date that is prior to the applicable Conversion Date) per Ordinary Share by a holder of Ordinary Shares that is not a Person with which the Company effected such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange or reclassification, or to which such sale or other disposition was made, as the case may be (each of the Company and any such other Person, a “ Constituent Person ”), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person to the extent such Reorganization Event provides for different treatment of Ordinary Shares held by Affiliates and non-Affiliates of the Company; provided that if the kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Reorganization Event is not the same for each Ordinary Share held immediately prior to such Reorganization Event by a Person other than a Constituent Person or an Affiliate thereof (due to elections or otherwise), then for the purpose of this Section 10(a), the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Reorganization Event will be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Ordinary Shares (other than Constituent Persons and Affiliates thereof) that affirmatively make an election (or of all such holders if none make an election). On each Conversion Date following a Reorganization Event, the Conversion Rate then in effect will be applied to the Exchange Property received per Ordinary Share, as determined in accordance with this Section 10.

 

  25  

 

 

(b)           Successive Reorganization Events . The above provisions of this Section 10 shall similarly apply to successive Reorganization Events and the provisions of Section 9 shall apply to any securities of the Company (or any successor) received by the holders of the Ordinary Shares in any such Reorganization Event.

 

(c)           Reorganization Event Notice . The Company (or any successor) shall, within 20 days after the occurrence of any Reorganization Event, provide written notice to the Original Holders of such occurrence of such event and of the kinds and amounts of the cash, securities or other property that constitutes the Exchange Property. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the operation of this Section 10.

 

Section 11.            Remarketing.

 

(a)           At any time following November 30, 2022, unless a Competing Remarketing is occurring and has not terminated, the Original Holders may elect, at their option, to cause the Company to engage the Remarketing Agent(s) on either a “best efforts” or firm commitment basis at the option of the Company and enter into the Remarketing Agreement to remarket the Series B Shares in accordance with this Section 11 (a “ Remarketing ”). Each electing Original Holder (collectively, the “ Participating Holders ”) may have all, but not less than all, of their Series B Shares remarketed in such Remarketing by delivering such Series B Shares, along with written notice of their election (a “ Remarketing Notice ”), to the Company and the Transfer Agent. The Remarketing Agent(s) shall be selected by the Company, in consultation with the Original Holders, pursuant to Section 11(l). The Original Holders may, as a group, only cause one Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11; provided , that following each Unsuccessful Remarketing hereunder, the Original Holders, as a group, shall be permitted to cause another Remarketing; provided , further , that any remarketing pursuant to Section 11(h) of the Series A Certificate of Designations in which the Original Holders elect to participate shall not be deemed a Remarketing for the purposes of this Certificate of Designations. Nothing in this Section 11 shall preclude the Company from exercising its redemption rights under Section 6(a) at any time permitted thereunder.

 

(b)           Upon receipt of any Remarketing Notice, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to engage the Remarketing Agent(s) and enter into the Remarketing Agreement as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after receipt of such Remarketing Notice (the “ Engagement Deadline ”). The Company shall notify the Remarketing Agent(s) in writing of the aggregate number of Series B Shares to be remarketed and shall provide such other information and cooperation to the Remarketing Agent(s) as is reasonably necessary or desirable to conduct the Remarketing.

 

(c)           The Company shall cause the Remarketing to be conducted over a period of up to 10 consecutive Business Days (or such longer period as the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Participating Holders may mutually agree (each such period, a “ Remarketing Period ”)) selected by the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Participating Holders that falls during the Remarketing Window. Pursuant to, and subject to the terms of, the Remarketing Agreement, the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to use its reasonable best efforts to remarket such Series B Shares at or above the Original Remarketing Price.

 

  26  

 

 

(d)           If the Remarketing Agent(s) determine, prior to the commencement of the Remarketing Period, that the Remarketing is unlikely to be successful at or above the Original Remarketing Price on the existing terms of the Series B Shares, then the Remarketing Agent(s) shall notify the Company and the Participating Holders thereof. In such event, the Participating Holders, in connection with the Remarketing, may either (i) terminate the Remarketing by delivery of written notice thereof to the Company (any such terminated Remarketing shall constitute an Unsuccessful Remarketing for purposes of this Certificate of Designations), or (ii) request, in writing, that the dividend rate on all Series B Shares (whether or not remarketed) be increased by the Company to a rate that would allow the Series B Shares to be remarketed at the Original Remarketing Price and, if the Board of Directors so approves, such dividends will be payable quarterly in arrears, commencing on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 immediately succeeding the Remarketing Settlement Date in accordance herewith, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to the terms hereof, (A) the earliest redemption date for the Series B Shares may be changed to be a later date, and (B) such other changes to the terms of the Series B Shares as may be agreed between the Company and the Participating Holders may be made. These modifications shall become effective if the Remarketing is successful, without the consent of the Holders and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Designations, on the Remarketing Settlement Date. If a Successful Remarketing occurs, the Company will request the Depositary to notify the Depositary Participants holding Series B Shares of any Modified Dividend Rate, Modified Redemption Date, dividend payment dates and other modified terms (any such terms, “ Modified Terms ”) for the Series B Shares on the Business Day following the date of the Successful Remarketing. Any Modified Terms shall be made with the intention of preserving any then-existing rating agency equity credit for the Series B Shares. In the event of any Remarketing on Modified Terms, the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to use its reasonable best efforts to remarket such Series B Shares during the Remarketing Period on the Modified Terms at the highest price reasonably attainable by the Remarketing Agent(s), but, without the prior consent of the Participating Holders, no less than 90% of the Liquidation Preference for the Series B Shares to be remarketed (any such price, a “ Modified Remarketing Price ”).

 

(e)           If the Remarketing Agent(s) is able to remarket such Series B Shares for a Remarketing Price permitted by this Section 11 in the Remarketing in accordance with the Remarketing Agreement (a “ Successful Remarketing ”), the Company and the Participating Holders shall cause the Transfer Agent to transfer the remarketed Series B Shares to the Remarketing Agent(s) upon confirmation of the Company’s receipt of proceeds of such Successful Remarketing. Settlement shall occur on the Remarketing Settlement Date. The Remarketing Agent(s) shall remit the proceeds of the Successful Remarketing to the Participating Holders on the Remarketing Settlement Date.

 

(f)           If, in spite of its reasonable best efforts, the Remarketing Agent(s) cannot remarket the Series B Shares as set forth above during the Remarketing Period at a price not less than the Remarketing Price or the Modified Remarketing Price, as applicable, or a condition precedent set forth in the Remarketing Agreement is not fulfilled, the Remarketing will be deemed to have been unsuccessful (an “ Unsuccessful Remarketing ”). The Company shall notify, in writing, the Participating Holders and the Transfer Agent of the Unsuccessful Remarketing on the Business Day immediately following the last date of the Remarketing Period. Promptly (but in any event within five Business Days) after receipt of written notice from the Company of an Unsuccessful Remarketing, the Transfer Agent will return Series B Shares to the appropriate Holders. The Remarketing to which such any Unsuccessful Remarketing relates shall terminate for all purposes upon the delivery of the notification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

  27  

 

 

(g)           If there is a Successful Remarketing at a Modified Remarketing Price, then the Company shall reimburse (the “ Remarketing Reimbursement ”) each Participating Holder (the “ Reimbursed Holders ”) for an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Liquidation Preference for the Series B Shares that such Reimbursed Holder elected to include in the Remarketing over the aggregate Modified Remarketing Price of such Series B Shares (the “ Remarketing Loss ”); provided that the Remarketing Loss with respect to any Series B Share shall not exceed 10% of the Liquidation Preference for such Series B Share. The Remarketing Reimbursement may be paid by the Company in cash or by issuing duly authorized and fully paid and nonassessable Ordinary Shares or by a combination thereof, in the Company’s discretion. Any Remarketing Reimbursement to be paid in cash shall be paid to the Reimbursed Holders on the Remarketing Settlement Date. If any portion of the Remarketing Reimbursement is paid by the delivery of Ordinary Shares (such dollar amount, the “ Remarketing Loss Share Amount ”), then (x) the number of Ordinary Shares deliverable in respect of such portion shall be equal to the result of (i) the portion of the Remarketing Loss being reimbursed in Ordinary Shares, divided by (ii) a dollar amount equal to the higher of (A) an 8.0% discount to the average of the VWAP per Ordinary Share on each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days from, but excluding the Remarketing Settlement Date (the “ Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period ”), and (B) $6.00, and (y) such Ordinary Shares shall be delivered to the Reimbursed Holders on the first Business Day following the end of the Remarketing Loss Share Pricing Period plus an amount in cash equal to the Remarketing Interest Amount. The Remarketing Reimbursement shall be treated by the Company and the Original Holders as proceeds from the sale or exchange of Series B Shares for United States federal (and other applicable) tax purposes.

 

(h)           Within five Business Days after receipt of any Remarketing Notice, the Company shall notify the Original Series A Holders (but only if they still hold Series A Shares) of the Remarketing (a “ Series A Remarketing Notice ”) and provide for a process by which such Original Series A Holders may elect to participate in the Remarketing, subject to the terms of this Section 11(h). The Remarketing Notice shall specify the anticipated timing for the Remarketing and the Engagement Deadline. The electing Original Series A Holders (the “ Participating Series A Holders ”) may have their Series A Shares remarketed in such Remarketing by delivering their Series A Shares, along with written notice of their election (a “ Series A Participation Notice ”), to the Company and the Transfer Agent (with a copy of such notice to the Original Holders) by the Engagement Deadline. Any such election shall be irrevocable with respect to such Remarketing. With respect to the remarketing of any Series A Shares included in any Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11(h) (the “ Included Series A Shares ”): (i) the Included Series A Shares shall be treated equivalently to the Series B Shares; (ii) the Participating Holders shall be entitled to control the Remarketing and make all decisions in respect of the Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11 and the Remarketing Agreement, including the termination of any Remarketing; (iii) the Company shall cause any Modified Terms to be applied to the Series A Shares; and (iv) if the Remarketing Agent(s) advise the Company and the Participating Holders that in its opinion the number of Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares proposed to be included in such Remarketing exceeds the number of Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares which can be sold in such Remarketing without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the Remarketing (including the amount of the Remarketing Price for the Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares proposed to be sold in such Remarketing), the Company shall cause the Remarketing Agent(s) to remarket only such number of Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares that in the opinion of such Remarketing Agent(s) can be sold in such Remarketing without materially delaying or jeopardizing the success of the Remarketing (including the amount of the Remarketing Price for the Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares proposed to be sold in such Remarketing), and (v) the Participating Series A Holders shall be liable for the underwriting discounts and commissions in accordance with Section 14(b). The reduced number of Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares to be included in any such Remarketing will be calculated in proportion to the aggregate amount of liquidation preference represented by Series B Shares and Included Series A Shares that were to be included in such Remarketing.

 

(i)           The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that, if required by applicable law, a registration statement, including a prospectus, under the Securities Act with regard to the full amount of the Series B Shares to be remarketed in the Remarketing in each case shall be effective with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in a form that may be used by the Remarketing Agent(s) in connection with such Remarketing (unless such registration statement is not required under the applicable laws and regulations that are in effect at that time or unless the Company conducts the Remarketing in accordance with an exemption under the securities laws (including Rule 144A under the Exchange Act)).

 

  28  

 

 

(j)           In connection with a Remarketing, the Board of Directors shall determine any Modified Terms pursuant to Section 11(d) after consultation with the Remarketing Agent; provided that any such changes are only those either requested by the Participating Holders or to which the Participating Holders consent. In the event of a Successful Remarketing, the Dividend Rate may be increased, a Modified Redemption Date may be established, and/or other Modified Terms may be established, in each case, on the Remarketing Settlement Date, to the applicable Modified Dividend Rate and/or Modified Redemption Date as determined by the Board of Directors after consultation with the Remarketing Agent(s), and the Company shall (i) notify each of the Transfer Agent and the Conversion Agent by an Officer’s certificate delivered to the Transfer Agent and the Conversion Agent and (ii) request the Depositary to notify its Depositary Participants holding Series B Shares, in each case, of the Modified Terms established for the Series B Shares during the Remarketing on the Business Day following the date of the Successful Remarketing. The Dividend Rate cannot be decreased, and no modification that is detrimental to the Holders can be made, in connection with a Remarketing. Any modified terms of the Series B Shares in connection with a Remarketing shall apply to every Series B Share, whether or not remarketed, and to every Series A Share (without any further action by the holders of Series A Shares). In the event of an Unsuccessful Remarketing, the Dividend Rate and the other terms of the Series B Shares will not be modified.

 

(k)           The Company shall provide the Original Holders (but only if they hold any Series B Shares) with written notice of the termination of any remarketing pursuant to Section 11 of the Series A Certificate of Designations. Any change or modification to the terms of the Series A Shares as a result of any Series A Remarketing shall also be applied to the terms of the Series B Shares (without any further action by the Holders). The Modified Dividend Rate cannot result in an overall rate that is less than the then-applicable Dividend Rate, and no modification that is detrimental to the Holders can be made, in connection with modifications to the Series B Shares resulting from a Series A Remarketing. Any participation by an Original Holder in a Remarketing pursuant to Section 11(h) of the Series A Certificate of Designation shall not constitute a Remarketing pursuant to this Section 11.

 

(l)           The Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt of a Remarketing Notice, select, in consultation with, and subject to the approval of, the Original Holders, the Remarketing Agent(s) for any Remarketing; provided that (A) the Original Holders may not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition their approval and (B) that any Remarketing Agent(s) so selected shall be a financial institution of nationally recognized standing in the United States. The Company shall cause any Remarketing Agreement to contain terms that reflect, and are consistent with, the terms of this Section 11. If the Company fails to select a Remarketing Agent within 10 days of the receipt of a Remarketing Notice, the Original Holders shall select the Remarketing Agent subject to the proviso provided under clause (B) in this Section 11(l).

 

(m)           The Company shall provide written notice of any modifications to the terms of the Series B Shares as a result of a Remarketing or a Series A Remarketing to all Holders within five Business Days after the time any such modifications become effective.

 

Section 12.            Voting Rights .

 

(a)           General . The Holders shall not be entitled to vote on, consent to or take any other action with respect to any matter except as set forth herein or as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

  29  

 

 

(b)           Right to Appoint Two Directors Upon Nonpayment Events .

 

(i)           If and whenever dividends on the Series B Shares, or on any other class or series of Parity Dividend Share, have not been declared or paid in an aggregate amount equal, as to any particular class or series, to at least six quarterly dividend periods, whether consecutive or not (a “ Nonpayment ”), the Holders, together with the holders of any and all classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having “like voting rights” (i.e., being similarly entitled to vote for two additional directors at such time) (the Holders and any such other holders, collectively, the “ Voting Holders ”), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to class or series (and with voting rights allocated pro rata based on the liquidation preference of each such class or series), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares, to Appoint (as defined below) two additional directors from among such nominees, in the manner provided in this Section 12(b). Each such director Appointed by the Voting Holders pursuant to this Section 12(b) is herein called a “ Preferred Share Director .” At no time shall the Board of Directors include more than two Preferred Share Directors.

 

(ii)          Nomination . At any time when the Voting Holders are entitled to Appoint a Preferred Share Director pursuant to this Section 12(b), any one or more of the Holders entitled to receive at least a majority in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series B Shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to Appoint under the terms of such shares, and/or any one or more holders of any other class or series of Parity Dividend Shares having like voting rights then issued and outstanding, shall have the right to recommend individuals to the Company to be Appointed as Preferred Share Directors. Such recommendations shall be in writing and shall be accompanied by a Director Acceptance Letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (“ Director Acceptance Letter ”), from and signed by each such recommended individual and such background and other information about each such individual as the Company may reasonably request to ensure compliance with applicable disclosure and other considerations pursuant to applicable law and customary practice. The Board of Directors (excluding Preferred Share Directors) will nominate the individuals so recommended for each Preferred Share Director to be elected in accordance with the Articles of Association. The Board of Directors shall submit each recommended individual who it nominates pursuant to this Section 12(b)(ii) to the Voting Holders for Appointment as a Preferred Share Director as provided below.

 

(iii)         Appointment; Vacancy . The Appointment of the Preferred Share Directors by the Voting Holders may take place at any general or special meeting of shareholders or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders, or by means of a written resolution of the Voting Holders in lieu of a meeting thereof, in each case, as the Board of Directors may determine in its reasonable discretion. The Preferred Share Directors to be Appointed shall be so Appointed by a plurality of the votes cast by the Voting Holders at the relevant meeting (or, if the Appointment is effected by written resolution, by the Voting Holders constitution a quorum which shall also be the required voting threshold for purposes of a written resolution), in each case whether or not the number of nominees exceeds the number of individuals to be Appointed. Each of the Preferred Share Directors Appointed hereunder shall, subject to Section 12(b)(v), serve as a director until the next annual general meeting of the Company, or until the earlier of such time as he or she resigns, retires, dies or is removed in accordance with this Certificate of Designations and the Articles of Association or the special voting right pursuant to this Section 12(b) terminates. The Board of Directors shall nominate individuals to succeed such individuals as the Preferred Share Directors, in each case from among recommendations of the Voting Holders, all as provided in Section 12(b)(ii) provided that such recommendations may include any such individuals whose service has ended and, in lieu of selecting nominees from any such recommendations, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, nominate any or both of such individuals whose service has ended (if willing to serve) for another term as a Preferred Share Director. Each Preferred Share Director shall agree, in the Director Acceptance Letter, to resign as such director when his or her term otherwise ends pursuant to any removal or termination of the special voting right as provided in this Section 12(b). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Share Director occurs due to resignation, retirement, death or removal, the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Share Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, in an election by Voting Holders as provided above for an initial election. All determinations and other actions to be made or taken by the Board of Directors with regard to Preferred Share Directors pursuant to this Section 12(b) shall be taken by the Board of Directors excluding the Preferred Share Directors, who shall not be entitled to vote with respect to such actions (and thus shall not be included for the purpose of applying any quorum and voting requirements applicable to such actions). The Company will use reasonable best efforts to cause the individuals nominated to be elected as soon as practicable, which will include for the avoidance of doubt, the initial election of any Preferred Share Director, and the election of Preferred Share Directors at any subsequent annual meeting following the initial election of any Preferred Share Director. Subject to the foregoing, each of the Preferred Share Directors shall have one vote as a director.

 

  30  

 

 

(iv)         Notice of Meeting; Quorum . The Company shall as soon as practicable, and in no case more than 30 days after the Board of Directors has selected the nominees as provided above, submit such nominees to the Voting Holders for Appointment either (i) at a general or special meeting of the shareholders, (ii) at a separate class meeting of Voting Holders or (iii) by written resolution, as determined by the Board of Directors in its reasonable discretion. Notice for a meeting of Voting Holders may be given in the same manner as that provided in the Articles of Association for a general meeting of the Company. If the Company fails to give notice of a meeting of the shareholders or Voting Holders to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors within 30 days after the Board of Directors has selected the nominees for such Appointment as provided above, any Voting Holders entitled to recommend individuals for election as a Preferred Share Director shall be entitled (at the Company’s expense) to call such a general or special meeting of the shareholders or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders to Appoint such nominees selected by the Board of Directors, and for that purpose will have access to the register of members of the Company. At any separate class meeting of Voting Holders at which the Voting Holders have the right to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors, or at any adjournment thereof, the presence of at least one Person holding or representing by proxy at least 50% in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series B Shares and all other classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having like voting rights, in each case at the time issued and outstanding, will be required to constitute a quorum for the election of any Preferred Share Director. Such quorum requirement shall also apply with respect to any Appointment of Preferred Share Directors to be effected with the consent of Voting Holders given in a written resolution. At any general or special meeting of the shareholders or a separate class meeting of the Voting Holders, or adjournment thereof, the absence of such a quorum of Voting Holders will not prevent the election of directors other than the Preferred Share Directors, and the absence of a quorum for the election of such other directors will not prevent the Appointment of the Preferred Share Directors. The Company may fix a date as the record date for the purpose of determining the issued and outstanding preferred shares of any class or series, and the Holders and other holders thereof entitled to elect the Preferred Share Directors.

 

(v)          Appointment to Board . “Appoint” as used in this Section 12(b) shall mean the appointment of a Preferred Share Director to the Board of Directors; provided that, to the extent that such action is not permitted by the Articles of Association, “Appoint” shall mean nomination by the Voting Holders pursuant to this Section 12(b) and the use of reasonable best efforts by the Company to cause such Preferred Share Director to be appointed by the Board of Directors, or elected by the shareholders, to the Board of Directors pursuant to the Articles of Association as soon as is practicable.

 

(vi)         Termination; Removal . Whenever the Company has paid cumulative dividends in full on the Series B Shares and any other class or series of cumulative Parity Dividend Shares, then the right of the Holders to Appoint the Preferred Share Directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting right in the case of any Nonpayment in respect of future Dividend Periods). The terms of office of the Preferred Share Directors will immediately terminate, and the Board of Directors shall resolve to reduce the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors by two. In addition, any Preferred Share Director may be removed at any time for cause by Voting Holders holding a majority in aggregate Liquidation Preference of the aggregate liquidation preference of the Series B Shares, together with all classes and series of Parity Dividend Share having like voting rights, voting separately as a single class without regard to class or series (and with voting rights allocated pro rata based on the liquidation preference of each such class or series), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares, at a general or special meeting of the Company or a separate class meeting of Voting Holders called by the Company as provided in Section 12(b)(iv) above. In addition, if the Board of Directors determines in its discretion at any time that there is cause for the shareholders to remove such director, the Board of Directors may in its discretion request that such director resign from the Board of Directors and may require that such director, as a condition to his or her initial election, agree in writing pursuant to his or her Director Acceptance Letter (as provided in Exhibit A hereto) to resign upon any such request. Upon the removal of any Preferred Share Director, the vacancy shall be filled in the manner set forth in Section 12(b)(iii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time there are no Series B Shares issued and outstanding, each Preferred Share Director’s term shall automatically terminate and no directors shall thereafter be appointed or elected pursuant to this Section 12.

 

  31  

 

 

(c)           Other Voting Rights . So long as any Series B Shares are issued and outstanding, the Company may not consummate any action specified in this paragraph (c) without the vote or consent of the Holders of record entitled to receive at least a majority in aggregate of the Liquidation Preference of the Series B Shares at the time issued and outstanding and all voting or consenting as a single class (not including any Series B Shares “beneficially owned” (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) by the Company or any of its Affiliates), to the exclusion of the holders of Ordinary Shares:

 

(i)           any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Articles of Association or this Certificate of Designations that would alter or change the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Shares so as to affect them adversely;

 

(ii)          any authorization or creation of, or increase in the authorized amount of, or issuance of, any Senior Shares or Parity Shares, and any increase in the authorized number of Series B Shares or Series A Shares;

 

(iii)         any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Company, except that, subject to applicable law, Holders of Series B Shares will have no right to vote or consent under this clause (iii) by reason of any such transaction if (A) the Series B Shares remain issued and outstanding or, in the case of any such transaction with respect to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting issuer, is converted into or exchanged for preferred securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent ( provided that such entity is an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any jurisdiction in the European Economic Area, and is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or if such entity is not a corporation for such purposes, the Company receives an opinion of nationally recognized counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that Holders will be subject to tax for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to such new preferred securities after such transaction in the same amount, at the same time and otherwise in the same manner as would have been the case under the Series B Shares prior to such transaction)), (B) the Series B Shares remaining issued and outstanding or such other preferred securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, taken as a whole, as are not less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series B Shares, taken as a whole, and (C) upon the completion of any such any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, binding share exchange or reclassification, no condition shall exist with respect to the surviving or resulting issuer that would require a consent pursuant to Sections 12(c)(i), (ii), (v) or (vii) if such surviving or resulting issuer were the Company;

 

  32  

 

 

(iv)         any Change of Control if an Original Holder is a Holder of any Series B Shares at the time of the occurrence of such Change of Control, unless, prior to such occurrence, such Original Holder has either (1) received a bona fide, binding offer from a credible Person which, if accepted by the Original Holder, would result in the sale of all of such Original Holder’s Series B Shares to such Person prior to or contemporaneously with the completion of such Change of Control at a price equal to or greater than the then-current Liquidation Preference; provided that such offering Person shall not be Affiliated with or an agent of any Person or group participating in the Change of Control, or (2) provided its prior written consent to such Change of Control;

 

(v)          any incurrence of Indebtedness (as defined in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Original Issue Date (and regardless of whether such Credit Agreement is later terminated, amended or modified) ) by the Company or any intermediate holding company between the Company and CF Bermuda Holdings;

 

(vi)         any issuance or reclassification of equity securities by the Company, unless all securities into which such equity securities are reclassified are held by or one or more entities 100.0% of the equity of which is owned directly or indirectly by the Company; and

 

(vii)        take any action or permit any omission that would be in breach of Articles 6 and 7 of the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Original Issue Date (disregarding the preamble at the start of each Article 6 and 7, assuming the remainder of Articles 6 and 7 remain in full force and effect at all times, and regardless of whether such Credit Agreement, or any term thereof, lapses, is terminated, amended or modified), in each case, with such modifications as appropriate to reflect the passage of time and any changes in facts and circumstances as they relate to the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that no waiver of any right or obligation contained in the foregoing provisions by any party to the Credit Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such provision for purposes of this Section 12(c)(vii);

 

provided , however , that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued, or any creation of, any other preferred shares ranking junior to the Series B Shares with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets following the commencement of the Company’s winding up, or any authorization, issuance or creation of any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, any such other preferred shares will not be deemed to adversely affect the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Shares and Holders will have no right under this Section 12(c) to vote on or consent to any such increase, authorization, issuance or creation.

 

If the Holders are entitled to vote on or consent to a specified action pursuant to this Section 12(c), the Company may call a separate class meeting of the Holders for the purpose of such vote. Any such vote may be held at a general meeting of the Company, or at a separate class meeting of the Holders and such other holders, as the Company may determine in its discretion. The Company may fix a date as the record date for the purpose of determining the issued and outstanding Series B Shares, and the Holders entitled to vote on or consent to any such specified action. At any general meeting of the Company or Holders where such vote is to occur, the necessary quorum for such vote (or consent) shall be at least one Person holding or representing by proxy at least 50% in aggregate liquidation preference of the Series B Shares entitled to vote on the relevant specified action.

 

(d)           Changes Without the Consent of the Holders . So long as such action does not adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series B Shares, and limitations and restrictions thereof, the Company may amend, alter, supplement, or repeal any terms of the Series B Shares without the consent of the Holders, to reflect any Modified Terms of the Series B Shares in connection with a Successful Remarketing pursuant to Section 11, or any amended or modified terms of the Series A Shares to be applied to the Series B Shares pursuant to Section 11(k).

 

  33  

 

 

(e)            Changes After Provision for Redemption; Unredeemed Shares Remain Outstanding .

 

(i)           No vote or consent of the holders of Series B Shares shall be required pursuant to Section 12(b) or (c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding Series B Shares shall have been redeemed or called for redemption and the funds necessary for payment of the Redemption Price have been deposited in Trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption.

 

(ii)          In the event of a Change of Control or Reorganization Event in which the Company’s Ordinary Shares shall be changed into or exchanged for other securities or property (including cash), the successor or acquiring Person shall expressly assume the due and punctual observation and performance of each and every covenant and condition contained in this Certificate of Designation to be performed and observed by the Company and all the obligations and liabilities hereunder, with such modifications and adjustments as equitable and appropriate in order to place the Holders in the equivalent economic position as prior to such Change of Control or Reorganization Event.

 

Section 13.           Preemption.

 

The Holders shall not have any rights of preemption with regard to any share capital (including Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares).

 

Section 14.           Payments; Expenses; Notices; Information.

 

(a)           Payment . Any payment due by the Company with respect to dividends, redemptions, fractional shares or other amounts on a day that is not a Business Day may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the original due date, and without any interest due to any delay in payment.

 

(b)           Expenses . The Company shall bear any costs and expenses incurred by it and its Affiliates in connection with the Remarketing (including any Remarketing Fee) pursuant to this Certificate of Designations, and shall promptly pay or reimburse the Original Holders for any costs or expenses (including the Remarketing Fee, underwriting discounts or commissions and any reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by such Original Holders in connection therewith; provided , that the Participating Holders and the Participating Series A Holders (if any) shall bear 50% of any underwriting discounts or commissions for any “best efforts” underwriting incurred in connection with such Remarketing, with such amounts allocated in proportion to the Series B Shares and the Included Series A Shares that participate in such Remarketing.

 

(c)           Notices . Any notices, deliveries or other actions required or permitted to be given, made or taken by the Company or any Holder hereunder on a particular day may be effected on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if effected on the particular day. All notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and, unless otherwise specified herein, all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt thereof or three Business Days after the mailing thereof if sent by registered or certified mail (or by first-class mail if the same shall be specifically permitted for such notice under the terms of this Certificate of Designations) with postage prepaid, addressed: (i) if to the Company, to its office at 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada 89134 (Attention: Secretary) or to the Transfer Agent at its office at Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 1 State Street, 30 th Floor, New York, New York 10004 (Attention: Mark Zimkind]), or to any other agent of the Company designated to receive such notice as permitted by this Certificate of Designations; or (ii) if to any Holder, to such Holder at the address of such Holder as listed in the share record books of the Company (which may include the records of the Transfer Agent); or (iii) to such other address as the Company or any such Holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice given by the Company to Holders in respect of a Global Preferred Share pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary shall be deemed to have been given effectively when so given.

 

  34  

 

 

(d)           Information . If at any time the Company is not required to file reports with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, if any Series B Shares are then outstanding, the Company shall provide the Holders with reports containing financial information substantially similar to the financial information that would have been contained in the reports the Company would have been required to file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission by Section 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act if it were subject thereto, in each case at such times as such reports or other information would be required to be filed thereunder.

 

Section 15.           Repurchase.

 

Subject to the limitations imposed herein, applicable law and the Articles of Association, the Company may purchase Series B Shares from time to time to such extent, in such manner and upon such terms as the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof may determine; provided , however , that the Company shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company is, or after such purchase would be, unable to pay its liabilities in the ordinary course as they become due.

 

Section 16.           Unissued or Reacquired Shares.

 

Series B Shares that have been issued and converted, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Company shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued Preferred Shares without designation as to class or series, until such shares are once more designated as part of a particular class or series by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 17.           No Sinking Fund.

 

Series B Shares are not subject to the operation of a sinking fund.

 

Section 18.           Reservation of Ordinary Shares.

 

(a)           Sufficient Shares . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Ordinary Shares or shares acquired by the Company, solely for issuance upon the conversion of Preferred Shares as provided in this Certificate of Designations, free from any preemptive or other similar rights, such number of shares of Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be issuable upon the conversion of all the Preferred Shares then issued and outstanding. For purposes of this Section 18(a), the number of Ordinary Shares that shall be deliverable upon the conversion of all issued and outstanding Preferred Shares shall be computed as if at the time of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a single Holder.

 

(b)           Use of Acquired Shares . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to deliver upon conversion of Series B Shares, as herein provided, Ordinary Shares acquired by the Company (in lieu of the issuance of authorized and unissued Ordinary Shares), so long as any such acquired shares are free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances (other than liens, charges, security interests and other encumbrances created by the Original Holders).

 

  35  

 

 

(c)           Free and Clear Delivery . All Ordinary Shares delivered upon conversion of the Series B Shares shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and other encumbrances (other than liens, charges, security interests and other encumbrances created by the Original Holders).

 

(d)           Compliance with Law . Prior to the delivery of any securities that the Company shall be obligated to deliver upon conversion of the Series B Shares, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations thereunder requiring the approval of such delivery by any Regulatory Entities.

 

(e)           Listing . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, if at any time the Ordinary Shares shall be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange or quotation system, the Company will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Ordinary Shares shall be so listed on such exchange or quotation system, all the Ordinary Shares then issuable upon conversion of the Series B Shares.

 

Section 19.          Transfer Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The duly appointed Transfer Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and paying agent for the Series B Shares shall be Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, remove the Transfer Agent in accordance with the agreement between the Company and the Transfer Agent; provided that the Company shall appoint a successor transfer agent who shall accept such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal. Upon any such removal or appointment, the Company shall send notice thereof by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders (or otherwise pursuant to any applicable procedures of a Depositary).

 

Section 20.           Replacement Certificates.

 

(a)           Mutilated, Destroyed, Stolen and Lost Certificates . If physical certificates are issued, the Company shall replace any mutilated certificate at the Holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Transfer Agent. The Company shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the Holder’s expense upon delivery to the Company and the Transfer Agent of satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity on customary terms that may be required by the Transfer Agent and the Company.

 

(b)           Certificates Following Conversion . If physical certificates are issued, the Company shall not be required to issue any certificates representing the applicable Series B Shares on or after the applicable Conversion Date. In place of the delivery of a replacement certificate following the applicable Conversion Date, the Transfer Agent, upon delivery of the evidence and indemnity described in Section 20(a), shall deliver the Ordinary Shares pursuant to the terms of the Series B Shares formerly evidenced by the certificate.

 

(c)           Legends . Certificates for Series B Shares and any Ordinary Shares issued on conversion thereof may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company).

 

  36  

 

 

Section 21.           Form.

 

(a)           Global Preferred Shares . Series B Shares may, at the Company’s option, in its sole discretion, be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Series B Shares in definitive, fully registered form with a global legend in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (each, a “ Global Preferred Share ”), which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Certificate of Designations. The Global Preferred Shares may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). The aggregate number of shares represented by each Global Preferred Share may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Depositary or its nominee as hereinafter provided. Global Preferred Shares shall be registered in the name of the Depositary, which shall be the Holder of such shares. This Section 21(a) shall apply only to a Global Preferred Share deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

 

(b)           Delivery to Depositary . If Global Preferred Shares are issued, the Company shall execute and the Registrar shall, in accordance with this Section 21, countersign and deliver initially one or more Global Preferred Shares that (i) shall be registered in the name of a nominee of the Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Registrar to the Depositary or pursuant to instructions received from the Depositary or held by the Registrar as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to an agreement between the Depositary and the Registrar.

 

(c)           Agent Members . If Global Preferred Shares are issued, members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Certificate of Designations with respect to any Global Preferred Share held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Registrar as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Preferred Share, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Registrar and any agent of the Company or the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Global Preferred Share for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Registrar or any agent of the Company or the Registrar from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Preferred Shares. If Global Preferred Shares are issued, the Depositary may grant proxies or otherwise authorize any Person to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take pursuant to the Series B Shares, this Certificate of Designations or the Articles of Association.

 

(d)           Physical Certificates . Global Preferred Shares will be exchangeable for other certificates evidencing Series B Shares, only if (x) the Depositary has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Preferred Share and the Company does not appoint a qualified replacement for the Depositary within 90 days, (y) the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and the Company does not appoint a qualified replacement for the Depositary within 90 days or (z) the Company determines that the Series B Shares shall no longer be represented by Global Preferred Shares. In any such case, the Global Preferred Shares shall be exchanged in whole for other definitive Series B Shares in registered form, with the same terms and of an equal aggregate Liquidation Preference. Such other definitive Series B Shares shall be registered in the name or names of the Person or Persons specified by the Depositary in a written instrument to the Registrar.

 

  37  

 

 

(e)           Signature . An Officer shall sign any Global Preferred Share for the Company, in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and applicable law, by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Global Preferred Share no longer holds that office at the time the Transfer Agent countersigned the Global Preferred Share, the Global Preferred Share shall be valid nevertheless. A Global Preferred Share shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Transfer Agent manually countersigns the Global Preferred Share. Each Global Preferred Share shall be dated the date of its countersignature.

 

Section 22.           Transfer and Similar Taxes.

 

The Company shall pay any and all share transfer, documentary, stamp and similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of Series B Shares or Ordinary Shares or other securities issued on account of Series B Shares pursuant hereto or certificates representing such shares or securities. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of Series B Shares, Ordinary Shares or other securities in a name other than that in which the Series B Shares with respect to which such shares or other securities are issued or delivered were registered, or in respect of any payment to any Person other than a payment to the registered holder thereof, and shall not be required to make any such issuance, delivery or payment unless and until the Person otherwise entitled to such issuance, delivery or payment has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

Section 23.           Rights of Holders.

 

No person or entity, other than the person or entity in whose name a certificate representing the Series B Shares is registered (if any) and whose name is registered as an owner of Series B Shares in the register of members of the Company, shall have any rights hereunder or with respect to the Series B Shares, the Company shall recognize the registered owner thereof in the register of members of the Company as the sole owner for all purposes, and no other person or entity (other than the Company) shall have any benefit, right, claim or remedy hereunder.

 

Section 24.           Other Rights.

 

The Series B Shares shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Articles of Association or as provided by applicable law.

 

Section 25.           Conflict .

 

To the extent the terms provided in this Certificate of Designations conflict with the terms contained in the Articles of Association, it is intended that the terms provided in this Certificate of Designations shall prevail. The Company agrees and undertakes to convene any general meeting of the Company, and to recommend that any such meeting adopt any resolution necessary, to amend the Articles of Association to eliminate any such conflict.

 

[ Reminder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

  38  

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF DIRECTOR’S ACCEPTANCE LETTER

 

TO: FGL HOLDINGS (the “Company”)

 

Attn: The Secretary

 

I hereby accept and agree to my appointment or election as a Preference Share Director, in accordance with the Certificate of Designations of Series B Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares of the Company, dated [ ], 2017 (the “Certificate of Designations”). I hereby agree and acknowledge that my term of office shall immediately terminate in accordance with Section 12 of the Certificate of Designations without further action being required on my part.

 

I designate the following telephone and facsimile numbers and e-mail address for service of notice of all directors’ meetings. Notice by telephone facsimile or e-mail to either of the said numbers or e-mail address will constitute good and sufficient notice to myself and I agree to advise you of any change in these particulars.

 

Tel: [    ]

Fax: [    ]

E-mail: [    ]

Nationality: [    ]

 

I hereby authorize you to enter my name and address in the register of Directors and Officers of the Company as follows:

 

[Name]

[Address]

 

 

[Name]

 

  A- 1  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF

 

SERIES B CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHARES

 

FACE OF SECURITY

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE (AND THOSE ISSUABLE ON CONVERSION THEREOF) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT WHILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING THERETO IS IN EFFECT UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S., STATE AND OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO AND IS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF AN INVESTMENT AGREEMENT AND A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, EACH DATED AS OF [ ], 2017 BETWEEN THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES AND THE INVESTORS REFERRED TO THEREIN, COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE ISSUER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE (AND THOSE ISSUABLE ON CONVERSION THEREOF) MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENTS, AND ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SAID AGREEMENTS WILL BE VOID.

 

[ IF GLOBAL PREFERENCE SHARES ARE ISSUED : UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, AND NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS REFERRED TO BELOW.]

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT MAY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

  B- 1  

 

 

Certificate Number   Number of Convertible Preference Shares
     
CUSIP NO.: [            ]    

 

Series B Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares

 

(par value $0.0001 per share)

 

of

 

FGL HOLDINGS

 

FGL HOLDINGS, an exempted company incorporated and existing under the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), hereby certifies that [            ] (the “Holder”) is the registered owner of [ · ] [              , or such number as is registered in the name of the Holder in the Company’s register of members maintained by the Registrar] fully paid and non-assessable preference shares of the Company designated the Series B Cumulative Convertible Preference Shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share and a liquidation preference of US$1,000.00 (the “ Convertible Preference Shares ”).

 

The Convertible Preference Shares are subject to the Certificate of Designations and the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company and are transferable in accordance therewith. The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Convertible Preference Shares represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Designations dated [ · ], 2017 as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Certificate of Designations ”). Capitalized terms used, but not defined herein, shall have the meaning given to them in the Certificate of Designations.

 

Reference is hereby made to select provisions of the Convertible Preference Shares set forth on the reverse hereof, and to the Certificate of Designations, which select provisions and the Certificate of Designations shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Certificate of Designations and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

 

Unless the Registrar has properly countersigned this certificate, the Convertible Preference Shares evidenced hereby shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Certificate of Designations or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

Dated:

 

  B- 2  

 

 

REVERSE OF SECURITY

 

Dividends on each of the Convertible Preference Shares shall be payable at the rate provided in the Certificate of Designations but only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors as provided therein.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares shall be convertible in the manner and in accordance with the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares shall be redeemable at the option of the Company in the manner and in accordance with the terms set forth in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Convertible Preference Shares carry voting rights as specified in the Certificate of Designations.

 

The Company shall furnish without charge to each holder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and special rights of each class or series of share capital issued by the Company and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions on such powers, preferences and rights.

 

For value received,                                          hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

of the Convertible Preference Shares represented by the within Certificate, and such shares are subject to the Certificate of Designations and the memorandum of association and Articles of Association of the Company and are transferable in accordance therewith.

 

Dated:                                              20             
     
Signature:                                                                                                                     
     
Signature:                                                                                                                     

 

    Notice:   The signature to this assignment must correspond
with the name as written upon the face of the
certificate, in every particular, without alteration or
enlargement, or any change whatever.
   

 

  B- 3  

 

 

Exhibit C

Forms of Opinions of Maples and Calder and Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

  

 

 

Our ref             MUL/713181-000002/53120701v5

 

The Addressees named in the First Schedule

 

30 November 2017

 

Dear Sirs

 

FGL Holdings

 

We have acted as counsel as to Cayman Islands law to FGL Holdings (the " Company ") in connection with the entry by the Company into the Transaction Document (as defined below) and the issuance of 6,138,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each (together, the " Ordinary Shares ") and 275,000 Series A cumulative convertible preferred shares of a par value of US$0.0001 (together, the " Preferred Shares " and, together with the Ordinary Shares, the " Securities ").

 

1 Documents Reviewed

 

We have reviewed originals, copies, drafts or conformed copies of the following documents:

 

1.1 The certificate of incorporation dated 26 February 2016 and the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company as adopted on 8 August 2017 and to be effective on 30 November 2017 (the " Memorandum and Articles ").

 

1.2 The written resolutions of the board of directors of the Company dated 29 November 2017 (the " Resolutions ") and the corporate records of the Company maintained at its registered office in the Cayman Islands.

 

1.3 A certificate of good standing with respect to the Company issued by the Registrar of Companies (the " Certificate of Good Standing ").

 

1.4 A certificate from a director of the Company a copy of which is attached to this opinion letter (the " Director's Certificate ").

 

1.5 The Certificate of Designations of Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Shares (the " Certificate of Designations ").

 

1.6 The transaction document listed in the Second Schedule (the " Transaction Document ").

 

Maples and Calder

PO Box 309   Ugland House    Grand Cayman KY1-1104    Cayman Islands

Tel + 1 345 949 8066    Fax + 1 345 949 8080    maplesandcalder.com

 

 

 

 

2 Assumptions

 

The following opinions are given only as to, and based on, circumstances and matters of fact existing and known to us on the date of this opinion letter. These opinions only relate to the laws of the Cayman Islands which are in force on the date of this opinion letter. In giving the following opinions, we have relied (without further verification) upon the completeness and accuracy, as at the date of this opinion letter, of the Director's Certificate and the Certificate of Good Standing. We have also relied upon the following assumptions, which we have not independently verified:

 

2.1 The Transaction Document has been or will be authorised and duly executed and unconditionally delivered by or on behalf of all relevant parties in accordance with all relevant laws (other than, with respect to the Company, the laws of the Cayman Islands).

 

2.2 The Transaction Document is, or will be, legal, valid, binding and enforceable against all relevant parties in accordance with its terms under laws of the State of New York (the " Relevant Law ") and all other relevant laws (other than, with respect to the Company, the laws of the Cayman Islands).

 

2.3 The choice of the Relevant Law as the governing law of the Transaction Document has been made in good faith and would be regarded as a valid and binding selection which will be upheld by the courts of the State of New York (the " Relevant Jurisdiction ") and any other relevant jurisdiction (other than the Cayman Islands) as a matter of the Relevant Law and all other relevant laws (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands).

 

2.4 Where the Transaction Document has been provided to us in draft or undated form, it will be duly executed, dated and unconditionally delivered by all parties thereto in materially the same form as the last version provided to us and, where we have been provided with successive drafts of the Transaction Document marked to show changes to a previous draft, all such changes have been accurately marked.

 

2.5 Copies of documents, conformed copies or drafts of documents provided to us are true and complete copies of, or in the final forms of, the originals, and translations of documents provided to us are complete and accurate.

 

2.6 All signatures, initials and seals are genuine.

 

2.7 The capacity, power, authority and legal right of all parties under all relevant laws and regulations (other than, with respect to the Company, the laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands) to enter into, execute, unconditionally deliver and perform their respective obligations under the Transaction Document.

 

2.8 There is no contractual or other prohibition or restriction (other than as arising under Cayman Islands law) binding on the Company prohibiting or restricting it from entering into and performing its obligations under the Transaction Document.

 

2.9 No monies paid to or for the account of any party under the Transaction Document represent or will represent criminal property or terrorist property (as defined in the Proceeds of Crime Law (2017 Revision) and the Terrorism Law (2017 Revision), respectively).

 

  2

 

 

2.10 The Company has not entered into any mortgages or charges over its property or assets other than those entered in the register of mortgages and charges of the Company, or as contemplated by the Transaction Document.

 

2.11 There is nothing under any law (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands) which would or might affect the opinions set out below. Specifically, we have made no independent investigation of the Relevant Law.

 

2.12 The Court Register constitutes a complete record of the proceedings before the Grand Court as at the time of the Litigation Search (as those terms are defined below).

 

2.13 The Company will receive money or money's worth in consideration for the issue of the Ordinary Shares, and none of the Ordinary Shares were or will be issued for less than par value.

 

2.14 The Securities that will be issued pursuant to the Transaction Document will be duly registered, and will continue to be registered, in the Company's register of members (shareholders).

 

2.15 No invitation has been or will be made by or on behalf of the Company to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for any of the Securities.

 

2.16 None of the parties to the Transaction Document (other than the Company) is a company incorporated, or a partnership or a foreign company or partnership registered, under applicable Cayman Islands law and all the activities of such parties in relation to the Transaction Document and any transactions entered into thereunder have not been and will not be carried on through a place of business in the Cayman Islands.

 

3 Opinions

 

Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing assumptions and the qualifications set out below, and having regard to such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 

3.1 The Company has been duly incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability and is validly existing and in good standing with the Registrar of Companies under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

3.2 The Company has all requisite power and authority under the Memorandum and Articles to enter into, execute and perform its obligations under the Transaction Document.

 

3.3 The execution and delivery of the Transaction Document do not, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Transaction Document will not, conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of the Memorandum and Articles or any law, public rule or regulation applicable to the Company currently in force in the Cayman Islands.

 

3.4 The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Document have been authorised by and on behalf of the Company and, upon the execution and unconditional delivery of the Transaction Document by a director of the Company or an officer of the Company for and on behalf of the Company, the Transaction Document will have been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Company and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

  3

 

 

3.5 The Securities to be issued by the Company pursuant to the Transaction Document have been duly authorised for issue by the Company, and when issued by the Company against payment in full of the consideration, in accordance with the Transaction Document, the Memorandum and Articles and the Certificate of Designations and duly registered in the Company's register of members (shareholders), will be validly issued, fully-paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights under the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands (the " Companies Law ") or pursuant to the Memorandum and Articles or the Certificate of Designations.

 

3.6 No authorisations, consents, approvals, licences, validations or exemptions are required by law from any governmental authorities or agencies or other official bodies in the Cayman Islands in connection with:

 

(a) the execution, creation or delivery of the Transaction Document by and on behalf of the Company;

 

(b) subject to the payment of the appropriate stamp duty, enforcement of the Transaction Document against the Company; or

 

(c) the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Transaction Document, including the issuance of the Securities or the payment of any amount under the Transaction Document.

 

3.7 No taxes, fees or charges (other than stamp duty) are payable (either by direct assessment or withholding) to the government or other taxing authority in the Cayman Islands under the laws of the Cayman Islands in respect of:

 

(a) the execution or delivery of the Transaction Document;

 

(b) the enforcement of the Transaction Document; or

 

(c) payments made under, or pursuant to, the Transaction Document.

 

The Cayman Islands currently have no form of income, corporate or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax.

 

3.8 The courts of the Cayman Islands will observe and give effect to the choice of the Relevant Law as the governing law of the Transaction Document.

 

3.9 Based solely on our search of the Register of Writs and Other Originating Process (the " Court Register ") maintained by the Clerk of the Court of the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands from the date of incorporation of the Company to the close of business (Cayman Islands time) on 29 November 2017 (the " Litigation Search "), the Court Register disclosed no writ, originating summons, originating motion, petition (including any winding-up petition), counterclaim nor third party notice (" Originating Process ") nor any amended Originating Process pending before the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, in which the Company is identified as a defendant or respondent.

 

3.10 Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the State of New York, a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction will be recognised and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment:

 

  4

 

 

(a) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given;

 

(c) is final;

 

(d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and

 

(e) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

 

3.11 It is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Transaction Document that any document be filed, recorded or enrolled with any governmental authority or agency or any official body in the Cayman Islands.

 

3.12 There is no exchange control legislation under Cayman Islands law and accordingly there are no exchange control regulations imposed under Cayman Islands law.

 

3.13 The submission by the Company in the Transaction Document to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Relevant Jurisdiction is legal, valid and binding on the Company assuming that the same is true under the Relevant Law and under the laws, rules and procedures applying in the Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

3.14 None of the parties to the Transaction Document (other than the Company) is or will be treated as resident, domiciled or carrying on or transacting business in the Cayman Islands solely by reason of the negotiation, preparation or execution of the Transaction Document.

 

3.15 None of the parties to the Transaction Document will be required to be licensed, qualified, or otherwise entitled to carry on business in the Cayman Islands in order to enforce their respective rights under the Transaction Document, or as a consequence of the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Document.

 

3.16 Based solely on our review of the Memorandum and Articles and the Director's Certificate, the authorised share capital of the Company will be US$90,000 divided into 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 100,000,000 Preferred Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

 

3.17 The rights, privileges and preferences of the Ordinary Shares are as set out in the Memorandum and Articles and the rights, privileges and preferences of the Preferred Shares are as set out in the Memorandum and Articles and the Certificate of Designations.

 

4 Qualifications

 

The opinions expressed above are subject to the following qualifications:

 

4.1 The obligations assumed by the Company under the Transaction Document will not necessarily be enforceable in all circumstances in accordance with their terms. In particular:

 

  5

 

 

(a) enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, readjustment of debts or moratorium or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b) enforcement may be limited by general principles of equity. For example, equitable remedies such as specific performance may not be available, inter alia , where damages are considered to be an adequate remedy;

 

(c) some claims may become barred under relevant statutes of limitation or may be or become subject to defences of set off, counterclaim, estoppel and similar defences;

 

(d) where obligations are to be performed in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands, they may not be enforceable in the Cayman Islands to the extent that performance would be illegal under the laws of that jurisdiction;

 

(e) the courts of the Cayman Islands have jurisdiction to give judgment in the currency of the relevant obligation and statutory rates of interest payable upon judgments will vary according to the currency of the judgment. If the Company becomes insolvent and is made subject to a liquidation proceeding, the courts of the Cayman Islands will require all debts to be proved in a common currency, which is likely to be the "functional currency" of the Company determined in accordance with applicable accounting principles. Currency indemnity provisions have not been tested, so far as we are aware, in the courts of the Cayman Islands;

 

(f) arrangements that constitute penalties will not be enforceable;

 

(g) enforcement may be prevented by reason of fraud, coercion, duress, undue influence, misrepresentation, public policy or mistake or limited by the doctrine of frustration of contracts;

 

(h) provisions imposing confidentiality obligations may be overridden by compulsion of applicable law or the requirements of legal and/or regulatory process;

 

(i) the courts of the Cayman Islands may decline to exercise jurisdiction in relation to substantive proceedings brought under or in relation to the Transaction Document in matters where they determine that such proceedings may be tried in a more appropriate forum;

 

(j) any provision in the Transaction Document which is governed by Cayman Islands law purporting to impose obligations on a person who is not a party to the Transaction Document (a " third party ") is unenforceable against that third party. Any provision in the Transaction Document which is governed by Cayman Islands law purporting to grant rights to a third party is unenforceable by that third party, except to the extent that the Transaction Document expressly provides that the third party may, in its own right, enforce such rights (subject to and in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Law, 2014 of the Cayman Islands);

 

(k) any provision of the Transaction Document which is governed by Cayman Islands law which expresses any matter to be determined by future agreement may be void or unenforceable;

 

  6

 

 

(l) we reserve our opinion as to the enforceability of the relevant provisions of the Transaction Document to the extent that they purport to grant exclusive jurisdiction as there may be circumstances in which the courts of the Cayman Islands would accept jurisdiction notwithstanding such provisions; and

 

(m) a company cannot, by agreement or in its articles of association, restrict the exercise of a statutory power and there is doubt as to the enforceability of any provision in the Transaction Document whereby the Company covenants to restrict the exercise of powers specifically given to it under the Companies Law, including, without limitation, the power to increase its authorised share capital, amend its memorandum and articles of association or present a petition to a Cayman Islands court for an order to wind up the Company.

 

4.2 Applicable court fees will be payable in respect of the enforcement of the Transaction Document.

 

4.3 Cayman Islands stamp duty may be payable if the original Transaction Document is brought to or executed in the Cayman Islands.

 

4.4 To maintain the Company in good standing with the Registrar of Companies under the laws of the Cayman Islands, annual filing fees must be paid and returns made to the Registrar of Companies within the time frame prescribed by law.

 

4.5 The Company must make an entry in its register of mortgages and charges in respect of all mortgages and charges created under the Transaction Document in order to comply with section 54 of the Companies Law; failure by the Company to comply with this requirement does not operate to invalidate any mortgage or charge though it may be in the interests of the secured parties that the Company should comply with the statutory requirements.

 

4.6 Under the laws of the Cayman Islands any term of the Transaction Document which is governed by Cayman Islands law may be amended or waived orally or by the conduct of the parties thereto, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the relevant Transaction Document.

 

4.7 The obligations of the Company may be subject to restrictions pursuant to United Nations sanctions as implemented under the laws of the Cayman Islands and/or restrictive measures adopted by the European Union Council for Common Foreign and Security Policy extended to the Cayman Islands by the Order of Her Majesty in Council.

 

4.8 A certificate, determination, calculation or designation of any party to the Transaction Document as to any matter provided therein might be held by a Cayman Islands court not to be conclusive final and binding if, for example, it could be shown to have an unreasonable or arbitrary basis, or in the event of manifest error.

 

4.9 The Litigation Search of the Court Register would not reveal, amongst other things, an Originating Process filed with the Grand Court which, pursuant to the Grand Court Rules or best practice of the Clerk of the Courts' office, should have been entered in the Court Register but was not in fact entered in the Court Register (properly or at all), or any Originating Process which has been placed under seal or anonymised (whether by order of the Court or pursuant to the practice of the Clerk of the Courts' office).

 

  7

 

 

4.10 In principle the courts of the Cayman Islands will award costs and disbursements in litigation in accordance with the relevant contractual provisions but there remains some uncertainty as to the way in which the rules of the Grand Court will be applied in practice. Whilst it is clear that costs incurred prior to judgment can be recovered in accordance with the contract, it is likely that post-judgment costs (to the extent recoverable at all) will be subject to taxation in accordance with Grand Court Rules Order 62.

 

4.11 We reserve our opinion as to the extent to which the courts of the Cayman Islands would, in the event of any relevant illegality or invalidity, sever the relevant provisions of the Transaction Document and enforce the remainder of the Transaction Document or the transaction of which such provisions form a part, notwithstanding any express provisions in the Transaction Document in this regard.

 

4.12 We express no opinion as to the meaning, validity or effect of any references to foreign (i.e. non-Cayman Islands) statutes, rules, regulations, codes, judicial authority or any other promulgations and any references to them in the Transaction Document.

 

We express no view as to the commercial terms of the Transaction Document or whether such terms represent the intentions of the parties and make no comment with regard to warranties or representations that may be made by the Company.

 

The opinions in this opinion letter are strictly limited to the matters contained in the opinions section above and do not extend to any other matters. We have not been asked to review and we therefore have not reviewed any of the ancillary documents relating to the Transaction Document and express no opinion or observation upon the terms of any such document.

 

This opinion letter is addressed to and for the benefit solely of the addressees and may not be relied upon by any other person for any purpose, nor may it be transmitted or disclosed (in whole or part) to any other person without our prior written consent.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

Maples and Calder

 

  8

 

 

First Schedule

 

Addressees

 

The Purchasers under the Transaction Document

 

  9

 

 

Second Schedule

 

Transaction Document

 

The Investment Agreement between the Company and the Persons Listed on Annex 1 thereto.

 

  10

 

 

FGL Holdings

PO Box 309, Ugland House

Grand Cayman

KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

 

30 November 2017

 

To: Maples and Calder
  PO Box 309, Ugland House
  Grand Cayman
  KY1-1104
  Cayman Islands

 

Dear Sirs

 

FGL Holdings (the " Company ")

 

I, the undersigned, being an officer of the Company, am aware that you are being asked to provide an opinion letter (the " Opinion ") in relation to certain aspects of Cayman Islands law. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalised terms used in this certificate have the respective meanings given to them in the Opinion. I hereby certify that:

 

1 The Memorandum and Articles remain in full force and effect and are unamended.

 

2 The Resolutions were duly passed in the manner prescribed in the Memorandum and Articles (including, without limitation, with respect to the disclosure of interests (if any) by directors of the Company) and have not been amended, varied or revoked in any respect.

 

3 The shareholders of the Company (the " Shareholders ") have not restricted the powers of the directors of the Company in any way.

 

4 The directors of the Company at the date of the Resolutions and at the date of this certificate were and are Chinh Chu, William Foley II, Richard Massey, James Quella and Keith Abell.

 

5 The minute book and corporate records of the Company as maintained at its registered office in the Cayman Islands and made available to you are complete and accurate in all material respects, and all minutes and resolutions filed therein represent a complete and accurate record of all meetings of the Shareholders and directors (or any committee thereof) of the Company (duly convened in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles) and all resolutions passed at the meetings or passed by written resolution or consent, as the case may be.

 

6 Prior to, at the time of, and immediately following the execution of the Transaction Document the Company was, or will be, able to pay its debts as they fell, or fall, due and has entered, or will enter, into the Transaction Document for proper value and not with an intention to defraud or wilfully defeat an obligation owed to any creditor or with a view to giving a creditor a preference.

 

7 Each director of the Company considers the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Document to be of commercial benefit to the Company and has acted in good faith in the best interests of the Company, and for a proper purpose of the Company, in relation to the transactions which are the subject of the Opinion.

 

  11

 

 

8 To the best of my knowledge and belief, having made due inquiry, the Company is not the subject of legal, arbitral, administrative or other proceedings in any jurisdiction. Nor have the directors or Shareholders taken any steps to have the Company struck off or placed in liquidation, nor have any steps been taken to wind up the Company. Nor has any receiver been appointed over any of the Company's property or assets.

 

9 The Company is not a central bank, monetary authority or other sovereign entity of any state and is not a subsidiary, direct or indirect, of any sovereign entity or state.

 

10 The Company has no employees.

 

11 The authorised share capital of the Company is US$90,000 divided into 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 100,000,000 Preferred Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

 

  12

 

 

I confirm that you may continue to rely on this certificate as being true and correct on the day that you issue the Opinion unless I shall have previously notified you in writing personally to the contrary.

 

Signature:    
     
Name:    
     
Title: Director  

 

  13

 

 

Exhibit D

Articles of Association and Amended Articles

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

  OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

FGL Holdings

(adopted by special resolution dated 8 AUGUST 2017 and EFFECTIVE ON 30 NOVEMBER 2017)

 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

FGL Holdings

(adopted by special resolution dated 8 AUGUST 2017 and EFFECTIVE ON 30 NOVEMBER 2017)

 

1 The name of the Company is FGL Holdings

 

2 The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or at such other place within the Cayman Islands as the Directors may decide.

 

3 The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

4 The liability of each Member is limited to the amount unpaid on such Member's shares.

 

5 The share capital of the Company is US$90,000 divided into 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 100,000,000 Preferred Shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

 

6 The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7 Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the respective meanings given to them in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

  2

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

  OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

  COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

  ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

FGL Holdings

(adopted by special resolution dated 8 AUGUST 2017 and EFFECTIVE ON 30 NOVEMBER 2017)

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 In the Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

" Affiliate " means, as to any person, any person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person. For purposes of this definition, " control " of a person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person whether by ownership of voting shares, by agreement or otherwise.
   
" Applicable Law " means, with respect to any person, all provisions of laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, certificates, judgments, decisions, decrees or orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to such person.
   
" Articles " means these articles of association of the Company.
   
" Auditor " means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).
   
" Blackstone " means Blackstone Group, L.P.
   
" Blackstone Group " means: (a) Blackstone; (b) Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., an investment fund managed by Blackstone; (c) any investment fund or other collective investment vehicle whose general partner or managing member is owned, directly or indirectly, by Blackstone or one or more of Blackstone's subsidiaries; and (d) any Affiliate or Subsidiary of any of the foregoing (other than: (x) the Company; and (y) employees of the Company and Blackstone or either of their respective Subsidiaries).

 

  3

 

 

" Business Day " means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorised or obligated by law to close in New York City.
   
" Cause " means a conviction for a criminal offence involving dishonesty or engaging in conduct which brings a Director or the Company into disrepute or which results in a material financial detriment to the Company.
   
" Code " means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any United States Federal statute from time to time in effect that has replaced such statute, and any reference in the Articles to a provision of the Code or a United States Treasury regulation promulgated thereunder means such provision or regulation as amended from time to time or any provision of a United States Federal law or any United States Treasury regulation, from time to time in effect that has replaced such provision or regulation.
   
" Company " means the above named company.
   
" Controlled Share " means an Ordinary Share owned by a US Person either: (a) directly, indirectly or constructively under Section 958 of the Code; or (b) beneficially within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.
   
" Directors " means the directors for the time being of the Company.
   
" Dividend " means any dividend (whether interim or final) resolved to be paid on Shares pursuant to the Articles.
   
" Electronic Record " has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Law.
   
" Electronic Transactions Law " means the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
   
" Equity Security " means a Share, any security exercisable or convertible into or exchangeable for Shares and all options, warrants, and other rights to purchase or otherwise subscribe for Shares, including any share appreciation or similar rights, contractual or otherwise.

 

  4

 

 

" Exchange Act " means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
   
" FNF " means Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
   
" FNF Group " means: (a) FNF; (b) any subsidiary of FNF; (c) any investment fund or other investment vehicle whose general partner or managing member is owned, directly or indirectly, by FNF or one or more of FNF's Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (d) Fidelity National Financial Ventures, LLC; and (e) any affiliate, successor or officer of any of the foregoing.
   
" Governmental Authority " means any Cayman Islands, United States Federal, state, county, city, local or foreign governmental, administrative or regulatory authority, commission, committee, agency or body (including any court, tribunal or arbitral body and any self-regulating authority such as the United States Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).
   
" Group " shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
   
" Member " has the same meaning as in the Statute.
   
" Memorandum " means the memorandum of association of the Company.
   
" Minimum Member " means a Member meeting the minimum requirements set forth for eligible members to submit proposals under Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act or any applicable rules thereunder as may be amended or promulgated thereunder from time to time.
   
" Ordinary Resolution " means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting. In computing the majority when a poll is demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles.
   
" Ordinary Share " means an ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.

 

  5

 

 

" Preferred Share " means a preferred share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.
   
" Register of Members " means the register of Members maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any branch or duplicate register of Members.
   
" Registered Office " means the registered office for the time being of the Company.
   
" Seal " means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.
   
" Share " means an Ordinary Share or a Preferred Share in the Company and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.
   
" Special Resolution " has the same meaning as in the Statute.
   
" Statute " means the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
   
" Subscriber " means the subscriber to the Memorandum.
   
" Subsidiary " means, with respect to any person, any other person the majority of whose equity securities or shares or voting securities or shares able to appoint the board of directors or comparable governing body are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such person.
   
" Total Voting Power " means the total votes attributable to all issued Shares of the Company.
   
" Treasury Share " means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Statute.
   
" US Person " means a United States person as defined in Section 957(c) of the Code.

 

1.2 In the Articles:

 

(a) words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b) words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

  6

 

 

(c) "written" and "in writing" include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(d) "shall" shall be construed as imperative and "may" shall be construed as permissive;

 

(e) references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced;

 

(f) any phrase introduced by the terms "including", "include", "in particular" or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

(g) the term "and/or" is used herein to mean both "and" as well as "or." The use of "and/or" in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms "and" or "or" in others. The term "or" shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term "and" shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires);

 

(h) headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Articles;

 

(i) any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(j) any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Law;

 

(k) sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law shall not apply;

 

(l) the term "clear days" in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

 

(m) the term "holder" in relation to a Share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such Share; and

 

(n) words importing "person" shall be construed in the broadest sense and means and includes a natural person, a partnership, a company, a corporation, an association, a joint share company, a limited liability company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organisation and any other entity and any government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, or any private or public court or tribunal.

 

  7

 

 

2 Commencement of Business

 

2.1 The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation of the Company as the Directors shall see fit.

 

2.2 The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

 

3 Issue of Shares

 

3.1 Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to Dividend or other distribution, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper, and may also (subject to the Statute and the Articles) vary such rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subscriber shall have the power to:

 

(a) issue one Ordinary Share to itself;

 

(b) transfer that Ordinary Share by an instrument of transfer to any person; and

 

(c) update the Register of Members in respect of the issue and transfer of that Ordinary Share.

 

3.2 The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

4 Rights Attaching to Shares

 

4.1 The voting rights of the Shares shall be subject to the following provisions:

 

(a) except as provided in the other provisions of this Article, every Member of record owning Shares conferring the right to vote present in person or by proxy shall have one vote, or such other number of votes as may be specified in the terms of the issue and rights and privileges attaching to such Shares or in the Articles, for each such Share registered in such Member's name;

 

  8

 

 

(b) if, as a result of giving effect to the foregoing provisions of this Article or otherwise, the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares, directly or indirectly or by attribution, to any US Person that owns (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Code) any Shares, would otherwise represent more than 9.5% of the Total Voting Power, the votes conferred by such Controlled Shares shall be reduced by whatever amount is necessary so that after any such reduction the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares to such US Person shall constitute 9.5% of the Total Voting Power (provided, however, that: (a) votes shall be reduced only in the Controlled Shares (other than Controlled Shares held directly by members of the Blackstone Group or members of the FNF Group); and (b) votes shall be reduced in Controlled Shares held directly by the members of the Blackstone Group or the FNF Group only if and to the extent that reductions in the vote of other Controlled Shares do not result in satisfaction of the 9.5% threshold set forth in this Article 4.1(b). Notwithstanding anything in the Articles to the contrary, nothing in this Article 4.1 will reduce the votes conferred by: (i) any Shares held directly by the members of the Blackstone Group, without the consent of a majority of the Blackstone Group shareholders (as determined based on their ownership of the Ordinary Shares); or (ii) any Shares held directly by a member of the FNF Group without the consent of the applicable member of the FNF Group;

 

(c) any reduction in votes required by this Article 4.1(b) shall be effected beginning with the Controlled Shares of the US Person whose Controlled Shares have the largest number of votes and continuing, as required, with the Controlled Shares of each US Person whose Controlled Shares successively have a smaller number of votes (after giving effect to prior reductions), the reduction in votes conferred by the Controlled Shares shall be effected proportionately among all of the Controlled Shares of such US Person in accordance with the relative voting power of such Controlled Shares. If varying the order in which votes are reduced would result in a more equitable allocation of the reduction of votes as determined by the Directors, the Directors shall have the discretion to vary the order in which votes are reduced;

 

(d) after all required reductions to the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares are effected pursuant to Article 4.1(c), the amount of any reduction in the votes of the Controlled Shares of each US Person effected by application of Articles 4.1(b) and (c) shall be reallocated among and conferred on the shares held directly by such US Person, proportionately in accordance with the reduction in voting power of such shares pursuant to Article 4.1(c), to the extent that so doing does not cause the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares, directly or indirectly or by attribution, to any US Person that owns (within the meaning of Section 958(c) of the Code) any Shares to exceed 9.5% of the Total Voting Power;

 

(e) upon written notification by a Member to the Directors, the number of votes conferred by the total number of Shares held directly by such Member shall be reduced to that percentage of the Total Voting Power, as so designated by such Member (subject to acceptance of such reduction by the Directors in their sole discretion), so that (and to the extent that) such Member may meet any applicable insurance or other regulatory requirement or voting threshold or limitation that may be applicable to such Member or to evidence that such person's voting power is no greater than such threshold;

 

  9

 

 

(f) notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, after having applied such provisions as best as they consider reasonably practicable, the Directors may make final adjustments to the aggregate number of votes conferred, directly or indirectly or by attribution, by the Controlled Shares on any US Person to the extent that the Directors reasonably determine, by affirmative majority vote of the Directors, that it is necessary to do so to avoid any adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Member or its Affiliates. Such adjustments intended to implement the 9.5% limitation set forth in Article 4.1(b) shall be subject to the proviso contained in such Article 4.1(b), but adjustments intended to implement the limitation set forth in a notification pursuant to Article 4.1(e) shall not be subject to the proviso contained in Article 4.1(b); and

 

(g) each Member shall provide the Company with such information as the Company may reasonably request so that the Company and the Directors may make determinations as to the ownership (direct or indirect or by attribution) of Controlled Shares to such Member or to any person to which Shares may be attributed as a result of the ownership of Shares by such Member. If a Member fails to provide a timely, complete and accurate response to any such request, the Directors may, upon an affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors and after a reasonable cure period, make adjustments to the aggregate number of votes conferred upon the Shares held by such Member.

 

4.2 Any US Person shall give notice to the Company in writing within ten days following the date that such person acquires actual knowledge that such person would hold directly or indirectly or by attribution Controlled Shares that would but for Article 4.1(b) represent more than 9.5% of the voting power of all Shares entitled to vote generally at an election of Directors.

 

4.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person shall be liable to any other person or the Company for any losses or damages resulting from a Member's failure to respond to, or submission of incomplete or inaccurate information in response to, a request under Article 4.1(e) above or from such person's failure to give notice under Article 4.2. The Directors may rely on the information provided by a person under this Article in the satisfaction of its obligations under this Article. The Company may, but shall have no obligation to, provide notice to any person of any adjustment to its voting power that may result from the application of this Article.

 

5 Tax Restrictions

 

5.1 No Member or holder of Equity Securities that is a US Person (in all cases, excluding any member of the Blackstone Group and any member of the FNF Group), shall knowingly permit itself (or, to its actual knowledge, any direct or indirect beneficial owner thereof) to own (directly, indirectly or constructively pursuant to Section 958 of the Code) Equity Securities possessing fifty per cent (50%) or more of:

 

(a) the total voting power of the Shares or Equity Securities; or

 

(b) the total value of the Shares or Equity Securities.

 

  10

 

 

No Member or holder of Equity Securities (or, to its actual knowledge, any direct or indirect beneficial owner thereof) nor any " related person " (within the meaning of Section 953(c) of the Code) to such Member or holder of Equity Securities (or such owner) (in all cases, excluding any member of the Blackstone Group and any member of the FNF Group) shall make any investment, or enter into a transaction, that, to the actual knowledge of such Member at the time such Member, holder of Equity Securities, owner or related person becomes bound to make the investment or enter into the transaction, would cause such Member, holder of Equity Securities, owner or related person, or any other US Person to own (directly, indirectly or constructively pursuant to Section 958 of the Code) issued Shares or Equity Securities possessing fifty per cent (50%) or more of: (a) the total voting power of the Shares or Equity Securities; or (b) the total value of the Shares or Equity Securities.

 

5.2 In the event any Member or holder of Equity Securities that is a US Person (in all cases, excluding any member of the Blackstone Group and any member of the FNF Group) violates Article 5.1 (without regard to any knowledge qualifier therein), at the discretion of the Directors, such Member or holder of Equity Securities shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect beneficial owner of such Member or holder of Equity Securities and any “related person” (within the meaning of Section 953(c) of the Code) to such Member or holder of Equity Securities to:

 

(a) sell some or all of its Equity Securities at fair market value (as determined by the Company and such Member or holder in good faith) as directed by the Directors; or

 

(b) allow the Company to repurchase some or all of its Equity Securities at fair market value (as determined by the Company and such Member or holder in good faith).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon a breach of Article 5.1 (without regard to any knowledge qualifier therein), the breaching Member or holder of Equity Securities shall be required to take any reasonable action the Directors deem appropriate.

 

6 Register of Members

 

6.1 The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute.

 

6.2 The Directors may determine that the Company shall maintain one or more branch registers of Members in accordance with the Statute. The Directors may also determine which register of Members shall constitute the principal register and which shall constitute the branch register or registers, and to vary such determination from time to time.

 

7 Closing Register of Members or Fixing Record Date

 

7.1 For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty days.

 

  11

 

 

7.2 In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

7.3 If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend or other distribution, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors resolving to pay such Dividend or other distribution is passed, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

8 Certificates for Shares

 

8.1 A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and subject to the Articles no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

8.2 The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

8.3 If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.

 

8.4 Every share certificate sent in accordance with the Articles will be sent at the risk of the Member or other person entitled to the certificate. The Company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.

 

9 Transfer of Shares

 

9.1 Subject to Article 3.1, Shares are freely transferable.

 

9.2 The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by or on behalf of the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

  12

 

 

10 Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares

 

10.1 Subject to the provisions of the Statute the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares shall be effected in such manner and upon such other terms as the Company may, by Special Resolution, determine before the issue of the Shares.

 

10.2 Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) in such manner and on such other terms as the Directors may agree with the relevant Member.

 

10.3 The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Statute, including out of capital.

 

10.4 The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

11 Treasury Shares

 

11.1 The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

11.2 The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

 

12 Variation of Rights of Shares

 

12.1 Subject to Article 3.1, if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two thirds of the issued Shares of that class, or with the approval of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class. To any such meeting all the provisions of the Articles relating to general meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis , except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

  13

 

 

12.2 For the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such class of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.

 

12.3 The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

13 Commission on Sale of Shares

 

The Company may, in so far as the Statute permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

14 Non Recognition of Trusts

 

The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognise in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by the Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

 

15 Lien on Shares

 

15.1 The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company's lien thereon. The Company's lien on a Share shall also extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.

 

15.2 The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within fourteen clear days after notice has been received or deemed to have been received by the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.

 

  14

 

 

15.3 To give effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company's power of sale under the Articles.

 

15.4 The net proceeds of such sale after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any balance shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

 

16 Call on Shares

 

16.1 Subject to the terms of the allotment and issue of any Shares, the Directors may make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares (whether in respect of par value or premium), and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen clear days' notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on the Shares. A call may be revoked or postponed, in whole or in part, as the Directors may determine. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

16.2 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

16.3 The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

16.4 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at such rate as the Directors may determine (and in addition all expenses that have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment), but the Directors may waive payment of the interest or expenses wholly or in part.

 

16.5 An amount payable in respect of a Share on issue or allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the par value of the Share or premium or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid all the provisions of the Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

16.6 The Directors may issue Shares with different terms as to the amount and times of payment of calls, or the interest to be paid.

 

16.7 The Directors may, if they think fit, receive an amount from any Member willing to advance all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any Shares held by him, and may (until the amount would otherwise become payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such amount in advance.

 

  15

 

 

16.8 No such amount paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such amount to any portion of a Dividend or other distribution payable in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such amount would, but for such payment, become payable.

 

17 Forfeiture of Shares

 

17.1 If a call or instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days' notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

17.2 If the notice is not complied with, any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors. Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends, other distributions or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

17.3 A forfeited Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

17.4 A person any of whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with interest at such rate as the Directors may determine, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies due and payable by him in respect of those Shares.

 

17.5 A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or officer of the Company that a Share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is sold or otherwise disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.

 

17.6 The provisions of the Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the par value of the Share or by way of premium as if it had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

  16

 

 

18 Transmission of Shares

 

18.1 If a Member dies the survivor or survivors (where he was a joint holder) or his legal personal representatives (where he was a sole holder), shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his Shares. The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share, for which he was a joint or sole holder.

 

18.2 Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may be required by the Directors, elect, by a notice in writing sent by him to the Company, either to become the holder of such Share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the holder of such Share. If he elects to have another person registered as the holder of such Share he shall sign an instrument of transfer of that Share to that person. The Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

18.3 A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends, other distributions and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of such Share. However, he shall not, before becoming a Member in respect of a Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him be registered as the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution or any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within ninety days of being received or deemed to be received (as determined pursuant to the Articles) the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all Dividends, other distributions, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

19 Amendments of Memorandum and Articles of Association and Alteration of Capital

 

19.1 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a) increase its share capital by such sum as the Ordinary Resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c) convert all or any of its paid-up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid-up Shares of any denomination;

 

  17

 

 

(d) by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and

 

(e) cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the Ordinary Resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

19.2 All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

19.3 Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the provisions of the Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

(a) change its name;

 

(b) alter or add to the Articles;

 

(c) alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

(d) reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve fund.

 

20 Offices and Places of Business

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office. The Company may, in addition to its Registered Office, maintain such other offices or places of business as the Directors determine.

 

21 General Meetings

 

21.1 All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

21.2 The Company may, but shall not (unless required by the Statute) be obliged to, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. Any annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint and if no other time and place is prescribed by them, it shall be held at the Registered Office on the second Wednesday in December of each year at ten o'clock in the morning. At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

21.3 The Directors may call general meetings.

 

  18

 

 

22 Notice of General Meetings

 

22.1 At least five days' notice shall be given of any general meeting. Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted at the general meeting and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

(a) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than ninety five per cent. in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

22.2 The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that general meeting.

 

23 Advance Notice for Business

 

23.1 At each annual general meeting, the Members shall appoint the Directors then subject to appointment in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Articles and subject to Applicable Law and the rules of any applicable stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares may be then listed or quoted. At any such annual general meeting any other business properly brought before the annual general meeting may be transacted.

 

23.2 To be properly brought before an annual general meeting, business (other than nominations of Directors, which must be made in compliance with, and shall be exclusively governed by, Article 30) must be:

 

(a) specified in the notice of the annual general meeting (or any supplement thereto) given to Members by or at the direction of the Directors in accordance with the Articles;

 

(b) otherwise properly brought before the annual general meeting by or at the direction of the Directors; or

 

(c) otherwise properly brought before the annual general meeting by a Member who:

 

(i) is a Minimum Member at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Article and at the time of the annual general meeting;

 

(ii) is entitled to vote at such annual general meeting; and

 

  19

 

 

(iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article.

 

23.3 For any such business to be properly brought before any annual general meeting pursuant to Article 23.2(c), the Member must have given timely notice thereof in writing, either by personal delivery or express or registered mail (postage prepaid), to the Company not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day and not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the one-year anniversary of the date of the annual general meeting for the immediately preceding year. However, in the event that the date of the annual general meeting is more than 30 days before or after such anniversary date, in order to be timely, a Member's notice must be received by the Company not later than the later of: (x) the close of business 90 days prior to the date of such annual general meeting; and (y) if the first public announcement of the date of such advanced or delayed annual general meeting is less than 100 days prior to such date, 10 days following the date of the first public announcement of the annual general meeting date. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual general meeting, or such adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period or otherwise extend any time period for the giving of a Member's notice as described herein.

 

23.4 Any such notice of other business shall set forth as to each matter the Member proposes to bring before the annual general meeting:

 

(a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual general meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual general meeting and the text of any proposal regarding such business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, if such business includes a proposal to amend the Articles, the text of the proposed amendment), which shall not exceed 1,000 words;

 

(b) as to the Member giving notice and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the proposal is made:

 

(i) the name and address of such Member (as it appears in the Register of Members) and such beneficial owner on whose behalf the proposal is made;

 

(ii) the class and number of Shares which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially or of record by any such Member and by such beneficial owner, respectively, or their respective Affiliates (naming such Affiliates), as at the date of such notice;

 

(iii) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, without limitation, any swap or other derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and securities lending or borrowing arrangement) to which such Member or any such beneficial owner or their respective Affiliates is, directly or indirectly, a party as at the date of such notice: (x) with respect to any Shares; or (y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage the potential risk or benefit of share price changes (increases or decreases) for, or increase or decrease the voting power of such Member or beneficial owner or any of their Affiliates with respect to Shares or which may have payments based in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, on the value (or change in value) of any Shares (any agreement, arrangement or understanding of a type described in this Article 23.4(iii), a " Covered Arrangement "); and

 

  20

 

 

(iv) a representation that the Member is a holder of record of Shares entitled to vote at such annual general meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual general meeting to propose such business;

 

(c) a description of any direct or indirect material interest by security holdings or otherwise of the Member and of any beneficial owner on whose behalf the proposal is made, or their respective Affiliates, in such business (whether by holdings of securities, or by virtue of being a creditor or contractual counterparty of the Company or of a third party, or otherwise) and all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such Member or any such beneficial owner or their respective Affiliates and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) in connection with the proposal of such business by such Member;

 

(d) a representation whether the Member or the beneficial owner intends or is part of a Group which intends:

 

(i) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Ordinary Shares (or other Shares) required to approve or adopt the proposal; and/or

 

(ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from Members in support of such proposal;

 

(e) an undertaking by the Member and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the proposal is made to:

 

(i) notify the Company in writing of the information set forth in Articles 23.4(b)(ii), (b)(iii) and (c) above as at the record date for the annual general meeting promptly (and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days) following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first disclosed by public announcement; and

 

(ii) update such information thereafter within two (2) Business Days of any change in such information and, in any event, as at close of business on the day preceding the meeting date; and

 

(f) any other information relating to such Member, any such beneficial owner and their respective Affiliates that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, such proposal pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, to the same extent as if the Shares were registered under the Exchange Act.

 

  21

 

 

23.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the notice requirements set forth herein with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Article, other than nominations for Directors which must be made in compliance with, and shall be exclusively governed by, Article 30, shall be deemed satisfied by a Member if such Member has submitted a proposal to the Company in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act and such Member's proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Company to solicit proxies for the annual general meeting; provided, that such Member shall have provided the information required by Article 23.4; provided, further, that the information required by Article 23.4(b) may be satisfied by providing the information to the Company required pursuant to Rule 14a-8(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

23.6 Notwithstanding anything in the Articles to the contrary:

 

(a) no other business brought by a Member (other than the nominations of Directors, which must be made in compliance with, and shall be exclusively governed by, Article 30) shall be conducted at any annual general meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article; and

 

(b) unless otherwise required by Applicable Law and the rules of any applicable stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares may be then listed or quoted, if a Member intending to bring business before an annual general meeting in accordance with this Article does not: (x) timely provide the notifications contemplated by Article 23.4(e) above; or (y) timely appear in person or by proxy at the annual general meeting to present the proposed business, such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business may have been received by the Company or any other person or entity.

 

23.7 Except as otherwise provided by Applicable Law or the Articles, the chairman of any annual general meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether any business proposed to be brought before an annual general meeting was proposed in accordance with the foregoing procedures (including whether the Member solicited or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such Member's proposal in compliance with such Member's representation as required by Article 23.4(d)) and if any business is not proposed in compliance with this Article, to declare that such defective proposal shall be disregarded. The requirements of this Article shall apply to any business to be brought before an annual general meeting by a Member other than nominations of Directors (which must be made in compliance with, and shall be exclusively governed by, Article 30) and other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act. For purposes of the Articles, " public announcement " shall mean:

 

(a) prior to the initial public offering of the Company, notice of the annual general meeting given to Members by or at the direction of the Directors in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Articles; and

 

(b) on and after the initial public offering of the Company, disclosure in a press release of the Company reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Company with or to the United States Securities Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

  22

 

 

23.8 Nothing in this Article shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

 

(a) Members to request inclusion of proposals in the Company's proxy statement pursuant to applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act; or

 

(b) the holders of any class of Preferred Shares, or any other class of Shares authorised to be issued by the Company, to make proposals pursuant to any applicable provisions thereof.

 

23.9 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, a Member shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Article, if applicable.

 

24 Proceedings at General Meetings

 

24.1 No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. The holders of a majority of the issued Shares being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy shall be a quorum.

 

24.2 A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

24.3 If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened upon a Members' requisition, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and/or place or to such other day, time and/or place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

24.4 The Directors may, at any time prior to the time appointed for the meeting to commence, appoint any person to act as chairman or co-chairman of a general meeting of the Company or, if the Directors do not make any such appointment, the chairman or co-chairman, if any, of the board of Directors shall preside as chairman or co-chairman at such general meeting. If there is no such chairman or co-chairman, or if he shall not be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

  23

 

 

24.5 If no Director is willing to act as chairman or co-chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

24.6 The chairman or co-chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

24.7 When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice of an adjourned meeting.

 

24.8 A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.

 

24.9 A poll shall be taken as the chairman or co-chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

24.10 A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or co-chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such date, time and place as the chairman of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.

 

24.11 In the case of an equality of votes the chairman or each co-chairman, if any, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

25 Votes of Members

 

25.1 Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any Shares, every Member present in any such manner shall have one vote for every Share of which he is the holder.

 

25.2 In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy), shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

25.3 A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member's behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

  24

 

 

25.4 No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by him in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

25.5 No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time in accordance with this Article shall be referred to the chairman or co-chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

25.6 Votes may be cast either personally or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy). A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting. Where a Member appoints more than one proxy the instrument of proxy shall specify the number of Shares in respect of which each proxy is entitled to exercise the related votes.

 

25.7 A Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of his Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing him, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed.

 

26 Proxies

 

26.1 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation or other non natural person, under the hand of its duly authorised representative. A proxy need not be a Member.

 

26.2 The Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited physically at the Registered Office not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting or adjourned meeting to commence at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote.

 

The chairman or co-chairman may in any event at his discretion declare that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted, or which has not been declared to have been duly deposited by the chairman or co-chairman, shall be invalid.

 

  25

 

 

26.3 The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or such other form as the Directors may approve) and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.

 

26.4 Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

27 Corporate Members

 

Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

28 Shares that May Not be Voted

 

Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

29 Directors

 

29.1 There shall be a board of Directors consisting of not less than one person provided however that the Company may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors. The first Directors of the Company shall be determined in writing by, or appointed by a resolution of, the Subscriber.

 

  26

 

 

29.2 The Directors shall be divided into three classes: Class A, Class B and Class C. The number of Directors in each class shall be as nearly equal as possible. Upon the adoption of the Articles, the existing Directors shall by resolution classify themselves as Class A, Class B or Class C Directors. The Class A Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company's third annual general meeting following effectiveness of the Articles, the Class B Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company's first annual general meeting following effectiveness of the Articles and the Class C Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company's second annual general meeting following effectiveness of the Articles. At each annual general meeting following effectiveness of the Articles, the class of Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual general meeting after such election. Except as the Statute or other applicable law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings called for the election and/or the removal of one or more Directors and the filling of any vacancy in that connection, additional Directors and any vacancies in the board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of Directors for Cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, although less than a quorum (as defined in the Articles), or by the sole remaining Director. All Directors shall hold office until the expiration of their respective terms of office and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified. A Director elected to fill a vacancy resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a Director shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the Director whose death, resignation or removal shall have created such vacancy and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. Holders of Shares may nominate persons for election as Director by sending a written notice addressed to the Company at the Registered Office by prepaid postal delivery, such notice to arrive at least twenty Business Days before the date of a general meeting at which the election of Directors is to be considered.

 

30 Nomination of Directors

 

30.1 Nominations of persons for election as Directors may be made at an annual general meeting only by:

 

(a) the Directors; or

 

(b) by any Member who:

 

(i) is a Minimum Member at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Article and at the time of the annual general meeting;

 

(ii) is entitled to vote for the appointments at such annual general meeting; and

 

(iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article (notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Articles, this Article 30.1(b) shall be the exclusive means for a Member to make nominations of persons for election of Directors at an annual general meeting).

 

30.2 Any Member entitled to vote for the elections may nominate a person or persons for election as Directors only if written notice of such Member's intent to make such nomination is given in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article, either by personal delivery or express or registered mail (postage prepaid), to the Company not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day and not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the one-year anniversary of the date of the annual general meeting for the immediately preceding year. However, in the event that the date of the annual general meeting is more than 30 days before or after such anniversary date, in order to be timely, a Member's notice must be received by the Company not later than the later of: (x) the close of business 90 days prior to the date of such annual general meeting; and (y) if the first public announcement of the date of such advanced or delayed annual general meeting is less than 100 days prior to such date, 10 days following the date of the first public announcement of the annual general meeting date. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual general meeting, or such adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period or otherwise extend any time period for the giving of a Member's notice as described herein. Members may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to the Directors only as provided in this Article and only for such class(es) as are specified in the notice of annual general meeting as being up for election at such annual general meeting.

 

  27

 

 

30.3 Each such notice of a Member's intent to make a nomination of a Director shall set forth:

 

(a) as to the Member giving notice and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made:

 

(i) the name and address of such Member (as it appears in the Register of Members) and any such beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made;

 

(ii) the class and number of Shares which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such Member and any such beneficial owner, respectively, or their respective Affiliates (naming such Affiliates), as at the date of such notice;

 

(iii) a description of any Covered Arrangement to which such Member or beneficial owner, or their respective Affiliates, directly or indirectly, is a party as at the date of such notice;

 

(iv) any other information relating to such Member and any such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement in connection with a solicitation of proxies for the election of Directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and

 

(v) a representation that the Member is a holder of record of Shares entitled to vote at such annual general meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in such Member's notice;

 

(b) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the Member or any beneficial owner, or their respective Affiliates, and each nominee or any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the Member;

 

(c) a representation whether the Member or the beneficial owner is or intends to be part of a Group which intends:

 

(i) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Ordinary Shares (or other Shares) required to elect the Director or Directors nominated; and/or

 

  28

 

 

(ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from Members in support of such nomination or nominations;

 

(d) as to each person whom the Member proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a Director:

 

(i) all information relating to such person as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed in connection with a solicitation of proxies for the election of Directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act;

 

(ii) a description of any Covered Arrangement to which such nominee or any of his or her Affiliates is a party as at the date of such notice

 

(iii) the written consent of each nominee to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if so elected; and

 

(iv) whether, if elected, the nominee intends to tender any advance resignation notice(s) requested by the Directors in connection with subsequent elections, such advance resignation to be contingent upon the nominee's failure to receive a majority vote and acceptance of such resignation by the Directors; and

 

(e) an undertaking by the Member of record and each beneficial owner, if any, to (i) notify the Company in writing of the information set forth in Articles 30.3(a)(2), (a)(iii), (b) and (d) above as at the record date for the annual general meeting promptly (and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days) following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first disclosed by public announcement and (ii) update such information thereafter within two (2) Business Days of any change in such information and, in any event, as at close of business on the day preceding the meeting date.

 

30.4 No person shall be eligible for election as a Director unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Articles. Except as otherwise provided by Applicable Law or the Articles, the chairman of any annual general meeting to elect Directors or the Directors may, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure or if the Member solicits proxies in support of such Member's nominee(s) without such Member having made the representation required by Article 30.3 (c); and if the chairman or the Directors should so determine, it shall be so declared to the annual general meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding anything in the Articles to the contrary, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law or the rules of any applicable stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares may be then listed or quoted, if a Member intending to make a nomination at an annual general meeting in accordance with this Article does not:

 

(a) timely provide the notifications contemplated by of Article 30.3(e); or

 

  29

 

 

(b) timely appear in person or by proxy at the annual general meeting to present the nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been received by the Company or any other person or entity.

 

30.5 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, any Member intending to make a nomination at an annual general meeting in accordance with this Article, and each related beneficial owner, if any, shall also comply with all requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the same extent as if the Shares were registered under the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in the Articles; provided, however, that any references in the Articles to the Exchange Act are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations made or intended to be made in accordance with Article 30.1(b).

 

30.6 Nothing in this Article shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any class of Preferred Shares, or any other class of Shares authorised to be issued by the Company, to appoint Directors pursuant to the terms thereof.

 

30.7 To be eligible to be a nominee for election or re-election as a Director pursuant to Article 30.1(b), a person must deliver (not later than the deadline prescribed for delivery of notice) to the Company a written questionnaire prepared by the Company with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Company upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Company upon written request) that such person:

 

(a) is not and will not become a party to:

 

(i) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a Director, will act or vote on any issue or question (a " Voting Commitment ") that has not been disclosed to the Company; or

 

(ii) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person's ability to comply, if elected as a Director, with such person's duties under Applicable Law;

 

(b) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Company with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a Director that has not been disclosed therein;

 

(c) in such person's individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a Director, and will comply with, Applicable Law and corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and share ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Company that are applicable to Directors generally; and

 

  30

 

 

(d) if elected as a Director, will act in the best interests of the Company and not in the interest of any individual constituency. The nominating and governance committee shall review all such information submitted by the Member with respect to the proposed nominee and determine whether such nominee is eligible to act as a Director. The Company and the nominating and governance committee of the Directors may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent Director or that could be material to a reasonable Member's understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

 

30.8 At the request of the Directors, any person nominated for election as a Director shall furnish to the Company the information that is required to be set forth in a Members' notice of nomination pursuant to this Article.

 

30.9 Any Member proposing to nominate a person or persons for election as Director shall be responsible for, and bear the costs associated with, soliciting votes from any other voting Member and distributing materials to such Members prior to the annual general meeting in accordance with the Articles and applicable rules of the United States Securities Exchange Commission. A Member shall include any person or persons such Member intends to nominate for election as Director in its own proxy statement and proxy card.

 

31 Powers of Directors

 

31.1 Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and the Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

31.2 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable or transferable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine by resolution.

 

31.3 The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

31.4 The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

  31

 

 

32 Appointment and Removal of Directors

 

32.1 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director for Cause (and not otherwise).

 

32.2 The Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of Directors.

 

33 Vacation of Office of Director

 

The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

(a) the Director gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; or

 

(b) the Director absents himself (for the avoidance of doubt, without being represented by proxy) from three consecutive meetings of the board of Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and the Directors pass a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated office; or

 

(c) the Director dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(d) the Director is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

 

(e) all of the other Directors (being not less than two in number) determine that he should be removed as a Director for Cause (and not otherwise), either by a resolution passed by all of the other Directors at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held in accordance with the Articles or by a resolution in writing signed by all of the other Directors.

 

34 Proceedings of Directors

 

34.1 The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed shall be a majority if there are three or more Directors, shall be two if there are two Directors, and shall be one if there is only one Director.

 

34.2 Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman or, if there are co-chairman, each co-chairman, shall have a second or casting vote.

 

  32

 

 

34.3 A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman or co-chairman is located at the start of the meeting.

 

34.4 A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of the Directors or, in the case of a resolution in writing relating to the removal of any Director or the vacation of office by any Director, all of the Directors other than the Director who is the subject of such resolution shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.

 

34.5 A Director may, or other officer of the Company on the direction of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days' notice in writing to every Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors either at, before or after the meeting is held. To any such notice of a meeting of the Directors all the provisions of the Articles relating to the giving of notices by the Company to the Members shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

34.6 The continuing Directors (or a sole continuing Director, as the case may be) may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to the Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to be equal to such fixed number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

34.7 The Directors may elect a chairman or co-chairman of their board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such chairman or co-chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman or co-chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

34.8 All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director, and/or that they or any of them were disqualified, and/or had vacated their office and/or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and/or not disqualified to be a Director and/or had not vacated their office and/or had been entitled to vote, as the case may be.

 

34.9 A Director may be represented at any meetings of the board of Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by him. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director.

 

  33

 

 

35 Presumption of Assent

 

A Director who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or co-chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

36 Directors' Interests

 

36.1 A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

36.2 A Director may act by himself or by, through or on behalf of his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director.

 

36.3 A Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

36.4 No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A Director shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

36.5 A general notice that a Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

  34

 

 

37 Minutes

 

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of recording all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of the Directors, including the names of the Directors present at each meeting.

 

38 Delegation of Directors' Powers

 

38.1 The Directors may delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions, including the power to sub-delegate, to any committee consisting of one or more Directors. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such delegation may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

38.2 The Directors may establish any committees, local boards or agencies or appoint any person to be a manager or agent for managing the affairs of the Company and may appoint any person to be a member of such committees, local boards or agencies. Any such appointment may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such appointment may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of any such committee, local board or agency shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

38.3 The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any person to be the agent of the Company on such conditions as the Directors may determine, provided that the delegation is not to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked by the Directors at any time.

 

38.4 The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under the Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

38.5 The Directors may appoint such officers of the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any chairman (or co-chairman) of the board of Directors, vice chairman of the board of Directors, one or more chief executive officers, presidents, a chief financial officer, a secretary, a treasurer, vice-presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries or any other officers as may be determined by the Directors) as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment an officer of the Company may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members. An officer of the Company may vacate his office at any time if he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns his office.

 

  35

 

 

39 No Minimum Shareholding

 

The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.

 

40 Remuneration of Directors

 

40.1 The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine. The Directors shall also be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any class of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company or the discharge of their duties as a Director, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.

 

40.2 The Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services which in the opinion of the Directors go beyond his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel, attorney or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director.

 

41 Seal

 

41.1 The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

41.2 The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

41.3 A Director or officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

 

  36

 

 

42 Dividends, Distributions and Reserve

 

42.1 Subject to the Statute and this Article and except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, the Directors may resolve to pay Dividends and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or other distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. A Dividend shall be deemed to be an interim Dividend unless the terms of the resolution pursuant to which the Directors resolve to pay such Dividend specifically state that such Dividend shall be a final Dividend. No Dividend or other distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by the Statute.

 

42.2 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, all Dividends and other distributions shall be paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

42.3 The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or other distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

42.4 The Directors may resolve that any Dividend or other distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular (but without limitation) by the distribution of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees in such manner as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

42.5 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, Dividends and other distributions may be paid in any currency. The Directors may determine the basis of conversion for any currency conversions that may be required and how any costs involved are to be met.

 

42.6 The Directors may, before resolving to pay any Dividend or other distribution, set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the discretion of the Directors, be employed in the business of the Company.

 

42.7 Any Dividend, other distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Dividends, other distributions, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

  37

 

 

42.8 No Dividend or other distribution shall bear interest against the Company.

 

42.9 Any Dividend or other distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company's name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend or other distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend or other distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

43 Capitalisation

 

The Directors may at any time capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company's reserve accounts or funds (including the share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution; appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst such Members had the same been a distribution of profits by way of Dividend or other distribution; and apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalisation, with full power given to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit in the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental or relating thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such Members and the Company.

 

44 Books of Account

 

44.1 The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company's affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

44.2 The Directors shall determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

  38

 

 

44.3 The Directors may cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

45 Audit

 

45.1 The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.

 

45.2 Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

45.3 Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

46 Notices

 

46.1 Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member). Any notice, if posted from one country to another, is to be sent by airmail.

 

46.2 Where a notice is sent by courier, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays in the Cayman Islands) following the day on which the notice was posted. Where a notice is sent by cable, telex or fax, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted. Where a notice is given by e-mail service shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

  39

 

 

46.3 A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under the Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

46.4 Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner authorised by the Articles to every holder of Shares carrying an entitlement to receive such notice on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves by reason of his being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member where the Member but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

47 Winding Up

 

47.1 If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors' claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any Shares, in a winding up:

 

(a) if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company's issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them; or

 

(b) if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company's issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

47.2 If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any Shares and with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Statute, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

  40

 

 

48 Indemnity and Insurance

 

48.1 Every Director and officer of the Company (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former officer of the Company (each an " Indemnified Person ") shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

 

48.2 The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

 

48.3 The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

 

49 Financial Year

 

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31st December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1st January in each year.

 

50 Transfer by Way of Continuation

 

If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

  41

 

 

51 Mergers and Consolidations

 

The Company shall, with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more constituent companies (as defined in the Statute), upon such terms as the Directors may determine.

 

52 Business Opportunities

 

52.1 In recognition and anticipation of the facts that: (a) directors, managers, officers, members, partners, managing members, employees and/or agents of one or more members of the Investor Group (each of the foregoing, an “ Investor Group Related Person ”) may serve as Directors and/or officers of the Company); and (b) the Investor Group engages, and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Company as they may involve the Members and the Investor Group Related Persons, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Company and its officers, Directors and Members in connection therewith.

 

52.2 To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Investor Group and the Investor Group Related Persons shall have no duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for either the Investor Group or the Investor Group Related Persons, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other. Except to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Investor Group and the Investor Group Related Persons shall have no duty to communicate or offer any such corporate opportunity to the Company and shall not be liable to the Company or its Members for breach of any fiduciary duty as a Member, Director and/or officer of the Company solely by reason of the fact that such party pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, himself or herself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Company.

 

52.3 Except as provided elsewhere in this Article, the Company hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and the Investor Group, about which a Director and/or officer of the Company who is also an Investor Group Related Person acquires knowledge.

 

  42

 

 

52.4 To the extent a court might hold that the conduct of any activity related to a corporate opportunity that is renounced in this Article to be a breach of duty to the Company or its Members, the Company hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any and all claims and causes of action that the Company may have for such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the provisions of this Article apply equally to activities conducted in the future and that have been conducted in the past.

 

52.5 As used in this Article, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a) Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act; and

 

(b) Investor Group ” shall mean Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., CF Capital Growth, LLC, CC Capital Management LLC, GSO Capital Partners LP and Fidelity National Financial, Inc. and their respective Affiliates, and the respective successors and assigns of the foregoing.

 

53 Voting of Subsidiary Shares

 

53.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles to the contrary (but subject to Article 53.2), if the Company, in its capacity as a member or shareholder of any Subsidiary of the Company that is not a company or corporation organised under the laws of the United States of America or any state (or limited liability company organised under the laws of the United States of AMerica or any state that is taxable as a company or corporation for United States Federal income tax purposes) and that is not treated as a pass-through vehicle or disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes (unless such disregarded entity owns, directly or indirectly, any subsidiary organised under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States of America that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes), is required or has the right to vote at a general meeting or special meeting of such Subsidiary (whether in person or by its attorney-in-fact or proxy) (or by written resolution in lieu of a general meeting or special meeting), and the subject matter of the vote is:

 

(a) the appointment, removal or remuneration of directors of a non- United States Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

(b) any other subject matter with respect to a non-United States Subsidiary of the Company that legally requires the approval of the shareholders of such non-United States Subsidiary of the Company, the Directors shall refer the subject matter of the vote to the Members and seek instruction from the Members entitled to vote generally at an election of Directors for the Company's corporate representative or proxy to vote with respect to the resolution proposed by such Subsidiary of the Company.

 

The Directors shall cause the Company's corporate representative or proxy to vote the Company's shares in such Subsidiary of the Company pro rata to the votes received at the general meeting of the Company, with votes for or against the directing resolution being taken, respectively, as an instruction for the Company's corporate representative or proxy to vote the appropriate proportion of its share for and the appropriate proportion of its shares against the resolution proposed by such Subsidiary of the Company. The Directors shall have authority to resolve any ambiguity. All votes referred to the Members pursuant to this Article shall give effect to and otherwise be subject to the voting power restrictions of Article 4.

 

  43

 

 

53.2 If the Directors, in their discretion, determine that the application of Article 53.1(b) with respect to a particular vote is not necessary to achieve the purposes of this Article, they may waive the application of Article 53.1(b) with respect to such vote.

 

54 Bye-laws or Articles of Association of Certain Subsidiaries

 

The Directors shall require that the bye-laws or articles of association or similar organisational documents of each Subsidiary of the Company that is not a company or corporation organised under the laws of the United States of AMerica or any state (or limited liability company organised under the laws of the United States of America or any state that is taxable as a corporation for United States Federal income tax purposes) and that is not treated as a pass-through vehicle or disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes (unless such disregarded entity owns, directly or indirectly, any subsidiary organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) contain provisions substantially similar to Article 53 and this Article. The Company shall enter into agreements, as and when determined by the Directors, with each such Subsidiary of the Company, only if and to the extent reasonably necessary and permitted under Applicable Law, to effectuate or implement this Article.

 

  44

 

 

Exhibit 10.35

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Investment Management Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 30, 2017, is by and between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company, a life insurance company domiciled in the State of Iowa (the “ Company ”) and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Investment Manager ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Investment Manager supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment with respect to the assets in the Company's general account (the assets in such account, including any assets held in the modified coinsurance account or other collateral arrangements established pursuant to the Reinsurance Agreement, as defined below, or other arrangements, and together with all additions, substitutions and alterations thereto, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Account ”), and the Investment Manager wishes to accept such appointment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into a modified coinsurance agreement with F&G Re Ltd, a Bermuda Class C reinsurance company organized under the laws of Bermuda, pursuant to which the Company will hold the assets and reserves associated with the liabilities ceded thereunder in a modified coinsurance account, which will be maintained by the Company and will be part of the Company's general account (such agreement, the “ Reinsurance Agreement ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.           Appointment of Investment Manager . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby appoints the Investment Manager as investment manager of the Account with discretionary authority to manage the investment and reinvestment of the funds and assets of the Account in accordance with the terms hereof, and the Investment Manager accepts such appointment. In the course of providing the services contemplated by this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall act as a fiduciary and shall discharge its fiduciary duties and exercise each of its powers under this Agreement with the care, skill and diligence that a registered investment adviser, acting in a like capacity and familiar with insurance company matters, would use in the conduct of a like enterprise with like aims, taking into consideration the facts and circumstances then prevailing, and such fiduciary duties shall specifically include a duty (a) to act with good faith; (b) of loyalty to Company; (c) to provide full and fair disclosure of all material facts; (d) to employ reasonable care to avoid misleading Company; and (e) to act in a manner consistent with the Investment Guidelines for the Account as agreed to between Investment Manager and Company.

 

 

 

 

2.           Management Services; Duties of and Restrictions on Investment Manager; Sub-Managers .

 

(a)         For the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the powers conferred upon it by Section 1, the Investment Manager shall be responsible for the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Account in accordance with the Investment Guidelines set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (as amended or supplemented from time to time by an agreement in writing of the Company and the Investment Manager, the “ Investment Guidelines ”). In connection therewith, the Investment Manager shall have full authority:

 

(i)          to buy, sell, sell short, hold and trade, on margin or otherwise and in or on any market or exchange within or outside the United States or otherwise, preferred and common stock of domestic and foreign issuers, securities convertible into preferred or common stock of domestic and foreign issuers, debt securities of and/or loans to domestic and foreign governmental issuers (including federal, state, municipal, governmental sponsored agency, global and regional development bank and export-import bank issuers) and domestic and foreign corporate issuers, investment company securities, money-market securities, partnership interests, mortgage and asset backed securities, foreign currencies and currency forwards, futures contracts and options thereon, bank and debtor-in-possession loans, trade receivables, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, commercial paper, other securities, futures and derivatives (including equity, interest rate and currency swaps, swaptions, caps, collars and floors), asset hedging, rights and options on all of the foregoing and other investments, assets or property selected by the Investment Manager in its discretion;

 

(ii)         to select, open, maintain or close one or more sub-accounts with any Custodian (as defined below) pursuant to the applicable Custodial Agreement (as defined below);

 

(iii)        to transfer funds (by wire transfer or otherwise) or securities (by transfer via the Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation or otherwise) (A) between the Account's Custodians (if more than one), (B) between sub-accounts maintained by any Custodian for the Account, (C) subject to Section 20(d), between the Account and any account owned by other clients of the Investment Manager or (D) to or from any brokers or dealers engaged by the Investment Manager on behalf of the Company in connection with the investments permitted herein;

 

(iv)        to select and open, maintain, and close one or more trading accounts with brokers and dealers for the execution of transactions on behalf of the Company and to negotiate, enter into, execute, deliver, perform, renew, extend, and terminate all contracts, agreements, and other undertakings on behalf of the Company with brokers, dealers, prime brokers or other counterparties, including, but not limited to, executing broker agreements; and

 

(v)         to effect such other investment transactions involving the assets in the Company's name and solely for the Account, including without limitation, to execute swaps, futures, options and other agreements with counterparties on the Company's behalf as the Investment Manager deems appropriate from time to time in order to carry out the Investment Manager's responsibilities hereunder.

 

  2  

 

 

(b)       The Investment Guidelines, including any amendments or supplements thereto, shall comply with the insurance laws and regulations of the State of Iowa applicable to investments of the Company (“ Applicable Investment Law ”). If, due to a change in Applicable Investment Law, the Company reasonably determines that the Investment Guidelines no longer conform to Applicable Investment Law, the Company may request revisions to the Investment Guidelines in order to cause the Investment Guidelines to conform to Applicable Investment Law, and the Investment Manager shall accept such revisions.

 

(c)       In accordance with the Investment Manager's policies and procedures set forth in Schedule 3 attached hereto, the Investment Manager or its agent is authorized, but shall not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the Account; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Investment Manager shall not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith.

 

(d)       Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Investment Manager may, in its own discretion, but with the prior verbal or written consent of the Company, delegate any or all of its discretionary investment, advisory and other rights, powers, functions and obligations hereunder to one or more investment advisers (each, a “ Sub-Manager ”), including its affiliates; provided that (i) any such delegation shall be revocable by either the Investment Manager or the Company consistent with the terms and conditions related to the appointment of such Sub-Manager, (ii) no such designation shall relieve the Investment Manager from any of its obligations or liabilities hereunder, and the Investment Manager shall always remain responsible to the Company for all obligations or liabilities of such Sub-Manager with regards to providing such service or services as if provided by the Investment Manager and (iii) the Investment Manager shall be responsible for ensuring that any Sub-Manager complies with the Investment Guidelines. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3(a), any fees and other remuneration payable to Sub-Managers (the “ Sub-Manager Fees ”) will be payable out of the assets managed by such Sub-Managers.

 

3.        Compensation; Expenses .

 

(a)       The Company agrees to pay, from the assets of the Account, the Investment Manager or its designee a management fee (“ Management Fee ”) for the services provided pursuant to this Agreement, calculated and paid in accordance with Schedule 2 attached hereto. To the extent that the Investment Manager engages a sub-advisor to assist with the services to be provided by the Investment Manager pursuant to this Agreement, the Investment Manager will be responsible for all fees and expenses payable to such sub-advisor in connection with such engagement and the Company will not incur additional fees related to such engagement of a sub-advisor.

 

(b)       [Reserved].

 

  3  

 

 

(c)       The Investment Manager will be responsible for all fees and expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under this Agreement, including any fees and expenses incurred by any sub-advisor engaged by the Investment Manager (which shall include internal costs of the Company related to the management of the Account as may be invoiced to the Investment Manager by the Company or its Affiliates) except, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) Sub-Manager Fees which shall be paid in accordance with Section 2(d) and (ii) Account Trading and Investment Expenses, which shall be paid by the Company out of the assets of the Account. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Account Trading and Investment Expenses ” shall mean all out-of-pocket brokerage fees, brokerage commissions and all other brokerage transaction costs, stock borrowing and lending fees, interest on cash balances, custodial fees, reasonable transaction legal expenses, regulatory fees or taxes payable in respect of the Account, professional expenses (including fees in connection with the use of proxy voting services) and any other fees and expenses related to the trading and investment activity of the Account as determined by the Investment Manager (or any Sub-Manager) in good faith.

 

(d)       Any fees charged that are payable out of the assets of the Company managed by Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager or otherwise charged to the Company for separately-managed account or fund investments managed or developed by Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager will be at rates no less favorable than the fees charged with respect to comparably-sized third-party investors, including, in the case of such Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager, fees charged to comparably-sized clients of Investment Manager or its affiliates pursuing similar investment strategies.

 

4.          Custodian .

 

(a)       The assets of the Account shall be held by one or more custodians, trustees or securities intermediaries duly appointed by the Company (each, a “ Custodian ”), in one or more accounts at each such Custodian pursuant to custodial, trust or similar agreements approved by the Company (each, a “ Custodial Agreement ”). The Investment Manager may open new sub-accounts under any Custodial Agreement, and cause the assets of the Account to be held in such sub-accounts established with the applicable Custodian in accordance with such Custodial Agreement. The Investment Manager is authorized to give instructions to each Custodian, in writing, with respect to all investment decisions regarding the Account. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Investment Manager to take or receive physical possession of any of the assets for the Account, it being intended that sole responsibility for safekeeping thereof (in such investments as the Investment Manager may direct) and the consummation of all purchases, sales, deliveries and investments made pursuant to the Investment Manager's direction shall rest upon the Custodians. The Custodians may be changed from time to time upon the written instructions of the Company.

 

(b)       The Company shall instruct each Custodian to send the Investment Manager duplicate copies of all Account statements given to the Company by the Custodian. The Company acknowledges that it receives Account statements from each Custodian at least quarterly.

 

  4  

 

 

5.        Brokerage . The Company hereby delegates to the Investment Manager sole and exclusive authority to designate the brokers or dealers through whom all purchases and sales on behalf of the Account will be made. To the extent permitted by applicable law, such brokers or dealers may include affiliates of the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager will determine the rate or rates, if any, to be paid for brokerage services provided to the Account. In selecting brokers or dealers to effect transactions on behalf of the Account, the Investment Manager, subject to its overall duty to obtain “best execution” of Account transactions, will have authority to and may consider the full range and quality of the ability of the brokers or dealers to execute transactions efficiently, their responsiveness to the Investment Manager's instructions, their facilities, reliability and financial responsibility and the value of any research or other services or products they provide. The Investment Manager will not be obligated to seek in advance competitive bidding for the most favorable commission rate applicable to any particular transaction for the Account or to select any broker-dealer on the basis of its purported posted commission rate. As long as the services or other products provided by a particular broker or dealer (whether directly or through a third party) qualify as “brokerage and research” services within the meaning of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and relevant Securities and Exchange Commission interpretations of that section) and the Investment Manager determines in good faith that the amount of commission charged by such broker or dealer is reasonable in relation to the value of such “brokerage and research services,” the Investment Manager may utilize the services of that broker or dealer to execute transactions for the Account on an agency basis even if (i) the Account would incur higher transaction costs than it would have incurred had another broker or dealer been used and (ii) the Account does not necessarily benefit from the research or products provided by that broker or dealer.

 

6.          Limitation of Liability; Indemnification .

 

(a)       The Investment Manager does not guarantee the future performance of the Account or any specific level of performance, the success of any investment decision or strategy that the Investment Manager may use, or the success of the Investment Manager's overall management of the Account. The Investment Manager does not provide any express or implied warranty as to the performance or profitability of the Account or any part thereof or that any specific investment objectives will be successfully met. The Company understands that investment decisions made by the Investment Manager on behalf of the Account are subject to various market, currency, economic, political and business risks, and that those investment decisions will not always be profitable.

 

(b)       The Investment Manager, any affiliate of the Investment Manager or any member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, officer, employee or agent of the Investment Manager or any such affiliate (each, an “ Investment Manager Party ”) shall not be liable for any loss, liability or damage (“ Losses ”) resulting from: (i) any act or omission (including any such acts or omissions deemed to constitute willful misconduct, negligence, or bad faith) of any independent representative, consultant, independent contractor, broker, agent or other person (other than any Sub-Manager) who is selected, engaged or retained by the Investment Manager in connection with the performance of ministerial services, without investment management discretion, under this Agreement, unless such person was selected, engaged or retained by the Investment Manager in a grossly negligent manner or in bad faith; (ii) any act or failure to act by any Custodian or any other third party (other than any Sub-Manager); (iii) the failure by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager to adhere to any limitations or restrictions contained in the Investment Guidelines as a result of changes in market value, additions to or withdrawals from the Account, portfolio rebalancing or other non-volitional acts of the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager; (iv) any act or omission by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager in connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement, except in cases of willful misconduct, gross negligence, bad faith or reckless disregard by the Investment Manager or such Sub-Manager of the obligations and duties of the Investment Manager under this Agreement; or (v) revisions to the Investment Guidelines pursuant to Section 2(b). The Investment Manager shall have no liability for any Losses suffered, and shall be fully indemnified by the Company for any Losses it may suffer, as the result of any actions it takes or any actions it does not take based on instructions received from any of the authorized persons of the Company reasonably believed by the Investment Manager to be genuine. The Investment Manager may consult with legal counsel at its cost and expense concerning any question which may arise with reference to this Agreement or its duties hereunder.

 

  5  

 

 

(c)       The Investment Manager shall indemnify, defend, hold and save harmless the Company, any affiliate of the Company or any member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any such affiliate (each, a “ Company Party ”) against any Losses, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the defense of Proceedings) to the extent arising from: (i) any inaccuracy in or breach of the representations and warranties made by the Investment Manager contained in Section 8(b) of this Agreement, (ii) any breach or failure by the Investment Manager to perform any of its covenants or obligations contained in this Agreement, (iii) any act or omission by the Investment Manager deemed to constitute a breach of the standard of care set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement or (iv) any bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties in connection with the performance by Investment Manager, its officers, agents and employees of its obligations under this Agreement. The Investment Manager will provide written notice to the Company promptly if the Investment Manager identifies any matter that is or is reasonably likely to result in a breach of this Agreement

 

(d)        The federal and state securities laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on persons who act in good faith, and therefore nothing in this Agreement will waive or limit any rights that the Company may have under those laws.

 

7.          Termination .

 

(a)       Either party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice (a “ Termination Notice ”) or such shorter period of time as the parties may agree in writing. Such prior notice shall also be given to the Commissioner of the Iowa Insurance Division.

 

(b)       Termination of this Agreement shall not, however, affect liabilities and obligations incurred or arising from transactions initiated under this Agreement prior to the termination date, or consummation of any transactions initiated prior to the receipt by one party of the other party’s notice of termination. Following a Termination Notice, the Investment Manager shall work with the Company to effect a prompt and orderly transition of the portfolio; provided, however, that the Investment Manager will have no obligation to recommend any action with respect to, or to liquidate, the assets in the portfolio nor shall the Investment Manager be required to incur any out of pocket expense.

 

  6  

 

 

 

(c)       Prior to any termination of this Agreement, the Company shall provide written notice of such termination to the Iowa Insurance Division in accordance with applicable law.

 

8.          Representations, Warranties and Covenants .

 

(a)       The Company represents and warrants to the Investment Manager as follows:

 

(i)         the Company has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(ii)        this Agreement constitutes a binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights or by general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(iii)       the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company do not violate (A) any law applicable to the Company, (B) any provision of the constituent documents of the Company, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party, except for such violations as would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(iv)       no consent of any person, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement other than those already obtained;

 

(v)        the Company is an insurance company;

 

(vi)       the Company is not an investment company (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) nor exempt from the definition of investment company by reason of Section 3(c)(1) of such Act;

 

(vii)      the Company is a “qualified institutional buyer” (“ QIB ”) as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QIB;

 

(viii)      the Company is a “qualified eligible person” (“ QEP ”) as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 4.7 (“CFTC Rule 4.7”), and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QEP, and hereby consents to be treated as an “exempt account” under CFTC Rule 4.7 by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager, as the case may be;

 

  7  

 

 

(ix)       the Company is a “qualified purchaser” (“ QP ”) as defined in Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QP;

 

(x)        none of the assets contained in the Account are or will be “plan assets” of an employee benefit plan subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and

 

(xi)       the Company has adopted appropriate anti-money laundering policies and procedures consistent with the applicable requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and any other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

 

(b)       The Investment Manager represents and warrants, and with respect to clause (vi) below, covenants, to the Company as follows:

 

(i)         the Investment Manager has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(ii)        this Agreement constitutes a binding obligation of the Investment Manager, enforceable against the Investment Manager in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights or by general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(iii)       the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Investment Manager do not violate (A) any law applicable to the Investment Manager, (B) any provision of the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Investment Manager, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which the Investment Manager is a party, except for such violations as would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Investment Manager to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(iv)       no consent of any person, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Investment Manager in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement other than those already obtained;

 

(v)        the Investment Manager is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, as an “investment adviser”; and

 

(vi)       the Investment Manager shall continue to be registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, as an “investment adviser” for as long as this Agreement is in full force and effect or until this Agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with Section 7.

 

  8  

 

 

 

9.          Asset Hedging Activities . The Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager to enter into, in the name, and on behalf, of the Company, such over-the-counter, exchange traded and other asset hedging and derivative transactions with respect to the Account (including executing any and all contracts or agreements related thereto) as are permitted pursuant to the Investment Guidelines and in accordance with the Company’s derivative use plan as adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors (each such transaction, a “ Derivative Transaction ) and any such Derivative Transaction shall be the responsibility of the Company.

 

10.        Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, facsimile, e-mail, or mailed by first class, registered mail, return receipt requested, postage and registry fees prepaid and addressed as follows:

 

(a) If to the Company:

Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company
Two Ruan Center, 601 Locust Street
Des Moines, Iowa 50309
Attention: General Counsel

 

(b)

If to the Investment Manager:

 

Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
Email: jeffrey.iverson@blackstone.com
Attention: Jeffrey Iverson
                  Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer

  

Addresses may be changed by notice in writing signed by the addressee.

 

11.         No Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and receipt of prior approval or non-objection of the Iowa Insurance Division in accordance with applicable law. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “assign” shall have the meaning given the term “assignment” in Section 202(a)(1) of the Advisers Act and Rule 202(a)(1)-1 thereunder. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns, in each case provided that such successor or assignee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

12.         Governing Law . To the extent consistent with any mandatorily applicable federal law, this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of law thereof that would permit or require the application of the law of another jurisdiction and are not mandatorily applicable by law.

 

  9  

 

 

13.        Iowa Insurance Law Requirements . To the extent this Agreement is considered a “management services” agreement under Iowa Ins. Reg. 191-45.9:

 

(a)       If the Company is placed in receivership or seized by the Iowa Insurance Commissioner (the “ Commissioner ”) under the Iowa Receivership Act: (1) all of the rights of the Company under this Agreement extend to the receiver or the Commissioner; and (2) all books and records will immediately be made available to the receiver or the Commissioner and shall be turned over to the receiver or the Commissioner immediately upon the receiver's or the Commissioner's request.

 

(b)       The Investment Manager does not have any automatic right to terminate the agreement if the Company is placed in receivership pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 507C.

 

(c)       The Investment Manager agrees to continue to maintain any systems, programs, or other infrastructure notwithstanding a seizure by the Commissioner under Iowa Code chapter 507C, and will make them available to the receiver for so long as the Investment Manager continues to receive timely payment for services rendered.

 

14.        Arbitration . Any controversy arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in New York City in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and any award rendered thereon shall be enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction. Without giving effect to Section 12, any such arbitration and this Section 14 shall be governed by Title 9 of the U.S. Code (Arbitration).

 

15.        Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. Each party hereby (i) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of the other has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the other would not, in the event of a proceeding, seek to enforce the forgoing waiver and (ii) acknowledges that it has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this paragraph.

 

16.        Right to Audit . The Company and it representatives shall have the right, at its own expense, to conduct an audit of the relevant books, records and accounts of the Investment Manager related to the Account during normal business hours upon giving reasonable notice of their intent to conduct such an audit. In the event of such audit, the Investment Manager shall comply with the reasonable requests of the Company and its representatives and provide access to all books, records and accounts necessary to the audit and the Company shall reimburse the Investment Manager for its reasonable costs and expenses in connection with such audit.

 

17.        Books and Records . The Investment Manager shall keep and maintain proper books and records wherein shall be recorded the business transacted by it on behalf of, in the name of, or on account of the Company in respect of the Account.

 

  10  

 

 

18.        Reports . The Investment Manager shall furnish the Company with such reports relating to the Account as the Company shall from time to time reasonably require.

 

19.        Force Majeure . No party to this Agreement shall be liable for damages resulting from delayed or defective performance when such delays arise out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or gross negligence of the offending party. Such causes may include, but are not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, terrorism, acts of the state in its sovereign capacity, fires, floods, earthquakes, power failure, disabling strikes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions and freight embargoes.

 

20.        Non-Exclusive Dealings with and by Investment Manager Parties; Conflicts of Interest .

 

(a)       Although nothing herein shall require the Investment Manager to devote its full time or any material portion of its time to the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall furnish continuous investment management services for the Account and, in that connection, devote to such services such of its time and activity (and the time and activity of its employees) during normal business days and hours as it shall reasonably determine to be necessary for the Account to achieve its investment objective(s); provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 20(a) shall preclude the Investment Manager Parties from acting, consistent with the foregoing, either individually or as a member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, trustee, officer, official, employee or agent of any entity, in connection with any type of enterprise (whether or not for profit), regardless of whether the Company, Account or any Investment Manager Party has dealings with or invests in such enterprise.

 

(b)       The Company understands that the Investment Manager will continue to furnish investment management and advisory services to others, and that the Investment Manager shall be at all times free, in its discretion, to make recommendations to others which may be the same as, or may be different from those made to the Account. The Company further understands that the Investment Manager Parties may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale the Investment Manager may recommend. Actions with respect to securities of the same kind may be the same as or different from the action which the Investment Manager Parties or other investors may take with respect thereto. Furthermore, the Company understands and agrees that each Investment Manager Party shall have the right to engage, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Investment Manager and any other Investment Manager Party and no knowledge or expertise of any Investment Manager Parties or any opportunities available to such Investment Manager Parties shall be imputed to the Investment Manager or any other Investment Manager Parties.

 

(c)       The Company agrees that the Investment Manager may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of the Investment Manager Parties are directors or officers, or companies as to which the Investment Manager Parties have any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information, unless the Investment Manager either determines in good faith that it may appropriately do so without disclosing such conflict to the Company or discloses such conflict to the Company prior to rendering such advice or services with respect to the Account.

 

  11  

 

 

(d)       From time to time, when determined by the Investment Manager to be in the best interest of the Company, the Account may purchase securities from or sell securities to another account (including, without limitation, public or private collective investment vehicles) managed, maintained or trusteed by the Investment Manager or an affiliate at prevailing market levels in accordance with applicable law and utilizing such pricing methodology determined to be fair and equitable to the Company in the Investment Manager's good faith judgment.

 

(e)       Consistent with applicable law, the Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager to effect securities transactions on behalf of the Account with its affiliated broker-dealers, and understands that such affiliated broker-dealers may retain commissions in connection with effecting any transactions for the Account. The Investment Manager and any affiliated broker-dealers are also hereby authorized, consistent with applicable law, by the Company to execute agency cross transactions on behalf of the Account. Agency cross transactions may facilitate a purchase or sale of a block of securities for the Account at a predetermined price and may avoid unfavorable price movements which might otherwise be suffered if the purchase or sale order were exposed to the market. However, the Investment Manager and its affiliated broker-dealers may receive commissions from, and therefore may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities regarding, both parties to an agency cross transaction. The Company understands that its authority to the Investment Manager to effect agency cross transactions for the Company is terminable at will without penalty, effective upon receipt by the Investment Manager of written notice from the Company.

 

21.        Aggregation and Allocation of Orders . The Company acknowledges that circumstances may arise under which the Investment Manager determines that, while it would be both desirable and suitable that a particular security or other investment be purchased or sold for the account of more than one of the Investment Manager's clients' accounts, there is a limited supply or demand for the security or other investment. Under such circumstances, the Company acknowledges that, while the Investment Manager will seek to allocate the opportunity to purchase or sell that security or other investment among those accounts on a fair and reasonable basis, the Investment Manager shall not be required to assure equality of treatment among all of its clients (including that the opportunity to purchase or sell that security or other investment will be proportionally allocated among those clients according to any particular or predetermined standards or criteria). Where, because of prevailing market conditions, it is not possible to obtain the same price or time of execution for all of the securities or other investments purchased or sold for the Account, the Investment Manager may average the various prices and charge or credit the Account with the average price.

 

22.        Investment Manager Independent . For all purposes of this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall have no authority to act for, bind or represent the Company or the Company's shareholders in any way, except as expressly provided herein, and shall not otherwise be deemed to be an agent of the Company. Nothing contained herein shall create or constitute the Investment Manager and the Company as a member of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or other separate entity, nor shall anything contained herein be deemed to confer on any of them any express, implied, or apparent authority to incur any obligation or liability on behalf of any other person, except as expressly provided herein.

 

  12  

 

 

23.        Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. There are no understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement other than as expressed herein.

 

24.        Severability . To the extent this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be construed to the greatest extent practicable in a manner consistent with such law or regulation. The invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the validity or legality of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

25.        Counterparts; Amendment . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may not be modified or amended, except (a) by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound or as may otherwise be provided for herein and (b) as approved or non-objected to by the Iowa Insurance Division.

 

26.        Business Day . For the purpose of this Agreement, “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or executive order to close in Des Moines, Iowa or New York, New York.

 

  13  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date and year first above written.

 

PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION IN CONNECTION WITH ACCOUNTS OF QUALIFIED ELIGIBLE PERSONS, THIS BROCHURE OR ACCOUNT DOCUMENT IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE, AND HAS NOT BEEN, FILED WITH THE COMMISSION. THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF PARTICIPATING IN A TRADING PROGRAM OR UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR DISCLOSURE. CONSEQUENTLY, THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED OR APPROVED THIS TRADING PROGRAM OR THIS BROCHURE OR ACCOUNT DOCUMENT.

 

  Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
   
  /s/ Jeffrey C. Iverson
  Name: Jeffrey C. Iverson
  Title: Chief Compliance Officer and General Counsel

 

  Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company
   
  /s/ Christopher J. Littlefield
  Name: Christopher J. Littlefield
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page

Investment Management Agreement

 

 

 

 

Schedule I

 

Investment Guidelines

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in these Investment Guidelines have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Investment Management Agreement.

 

Both parties agree that the Investment Guidelines will be amended to reflect any future changes in the Iowa Insurance Code with respect to reinsurance reserve credits or assets eligible to back the legal reserves.

 

Investment Objectives

 

The Company’s investment objectives are to ensure the prudent management of the Company’s investments, taking into account the safety of principal, investment yield and return, stability in the value of the investment, and liquidity necessary to meet the Company’s obligations to policyholders, expected business needs, and investment diversification, and to satisfy all requirements under the Iowa Insurance Code and Iowa Insurance Regulations governing capital, surplus, risk based capital and investment activities.

 

Board Oversight

 

The management of the Account shall at all times remain under the oversight of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company’s management will oversee the ongoing activities of the Investment Manager to achieve the Company’s business goals within its risk, capital and liquidity tolerances. The Company reserves the right to review and direct as needed specific investment activity to achieve its objectives.

 

Eligible Investments .

 

The Investment Manager shall have full authority to buy and sell the investments for the Company to the extent permitted by Section 511.8 of the Iowa Insurance Code and related regulations, including as described below:

 

(i) U.S. Treasury and agency securities, cash equivalents (defined as any security that has an effective duration under one year, a weighted average life of less than one year, and spread duration less than one year), money-market securities, commercial paper.
(ii) Debt securities of and/or loans to domestic and foreign governmental issuers (including federal, state, municipal, governmental sponsored agency, global and regional development bank and export-import bank issuers) and domestic and foreign corporate issuers.
(iii) Preferred and common stock of domestic and foreign issuers
(iv) Securities convertible into preferred or common stock of domestic and foreign issuers.
(v) Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and resecuritizations of such.

 

  IG- 1  

 

 

(vi) Mezzanine real estate loans.
(vii) Securities issued by a REIT.
(viii) Real estate.
(ix) Reverse repurchase agreements.
(x) Partnership interests.
(xi) Repurchase agreements.
(xii) Commercial mortgage whole loans.
(xiii) Equipment loans.
(xiv) Other securities, futures and derivatives (including equity, interest rate and currency forwards, futures, swaps, swaptions, caps, collars and floors, and credit default swaps) for hedging purposes.

 

Investment Limits .

 

All limits referred to herein are with respect to statutory book value.

 

1. Credit Quality Limits .

 

The portfolio is managed within the following rating guidelines.

 

Rating    
NAIC 1 and 2   0% - 100%
NAIC 3-6   0% - 20%
NAIC 4-6   0% - 10%
NAIC 5-6   0% - 3%
NAIC 6   0% - 1%

 

2. Asset Class Requirements

 

The following characteristics must be satisfied with respect to investments in the following asset classes:

 

· Commercial Mortgage Whole Loans 45%
o First lien LTV must be no greater than 90
o Second lien cannot exceed 70% of the amount by which the FMV of the property exceeds the amount outstanding under the first mortgage.
o No more than 10% in owned real estate.

 

3. Stock Limits

 

· No more than 10% of the portfolio may be invested in unaffiliated common stock.
· Preferred stock and hybrids
o The Company may invest in preferred shares and hybrid securities of solvent institutions in the U.S. and Canada that are either rated NAIC 1-2 or the net earnings available for fixed charges and preferred dividends of the issuing corporation has been for each of the five fiscal years immediately preceding the date of acquisition, not less than 1.5 times the sum of the annual fixed charges and the contingent interest, if any, and the annual preferred dividend requirements as of the date of acquisition; or at the date of acquisition the preferred stock is investment grade as defined by the Commissioner by rule.

 

  IG- 2  

 

 

o No more than 2% of the portfolio may be invested in the preferred stock of an unaffiliated single issuer.
· Common stock
· No more than 0.5% of the portfolio may be invested in the common stock of an unaffiliated single issuer.
· No more than 4% of the portfolio may be invested in common stock that is not listed on a foreign or U.S. securities exchange.

 

4. Partnership Limit

 

No more than 10% of the portfolio may be invested in partnership interests.

 

5. Foreign Limits

 

· Foreign Issuers (Note: Excludes Canada)
o Investments in securities issued by foreign issuers (whether sovereign, quasi-sovereign or corporate) may not in aggregate exceed 25%.
o Investments in securities issued from a single foreign jurisdiction (other than the United Kingdom), which are rated AAA, may not exceed 5%.
o Investments in securities issued from a single foreign jurisdiction, which are not rated AAA, may not exceed 2%. Note: Investments in securities of the United Kingdom may not exceed 4%.
· Foreign Currencies
o Investments denominated in foreign currencies may not exceed 10%.
o No more than 3% can be denominated in the currency of any foreign jurisdiction that has a sovereign debt rating of less than NAIC 1.
o Investment is not considered foreign currency denominated if foreign currency risk is hedged.
o Foreign investments must be included within the applicable Asset Class limits set forth above.
· Investments in collateralized loan obligations (“ CLOs ”) that (a) have a U.S. based co-issuer and (b) provide that at least 80% of such CLO’s assets must be invested in obligations of issuers domiciled or organized in the U.S., will not qualify as a foreign investment for the purposes of these Investment Guidelines and shall not be subject to the limits under this Item 5.

 

  IG- 3  

 

 

 

6. Single Issuer Limits

 

Exposure to single issuers is limited to protect against the risk of concentrated exposure to any one entity.

 

  · Limit: 3% of admitted assets per single issuer (or pool of assets, in the case of ABS), except for RMBS/CMBS.
  · RMBS/CBMS Limit: 5% of admitted assets per pool of assets.
  · Mortgage Loans: 2% of legal reserve in any single parcel of property.
  · Miscellaneous  
    Investment Bucket: 3% per single issuer.
       
  Single Issuer Limit by Rating:
       
  · NAIC 3: 1% of admitted assets
  · NAIC 4-6: 0.5% of admitted assets

 

7. Reverse Repurchase Transaction. Securities Lending, and Dollar Roll Limits

 

Reverse repurchase, securities lending and dollar transactions may be utilized for the purpose of bridging short term funding gaps. Any transaction must terminate no later than one year from its inception. No more than 10% of admitted assets may be subject to securities lending, repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements. Note: This excludes collateral posted to the FHLB.

 

In a dollar roll transaction (the sale of securities issued, assumed, or guaranteed by the federal housing agencies with the obligation to purchase no more than 96 days later substantially similar securities), cash received by the Company must equal at least 100% of the market value of the securities transferred to the counterparty.

 

8. FX Exposures

 

The Company will seek to manage its foreign currency exposure, and to the extent such exposure is not hedged to the U.S. Dollar the Company’s Board of Directors will impose appropriate limitations.

 

9. Derivatives

 

Derivatives may be used in hedging transactions.

 

· Options, caps, floors and warrants not attached to another financial instrument purchased and used in hedging are limited to 7.5%.

 

· Warrants, options, caps and floors written in hedging transactions are limited to 3%.

 

· Potential exposure of collars, swaps, forwards and futures used in hedging transactions are limited to 6.5%.

 

Counterparty exposure limits in hedging transactions are to be calculated in accordance with Chapter 49 of the Iowa Insurance Regulations.

 

  IG- 4  

 

 

10. Real Estate Bonds and Mortgages

 

· Maximum of 2% of legal reserve for all real estate mezzanine loans classified as NAIC CM3.

 

· Maximum of 1% of legal reserve for all real estate mezzanine loans classified as NAIC CM4.

 

11. Equipment Trust Obligations

 

· Must be secured by transportation equipment used in whole or in part in the U.S. or Canada.

 

· Maximum 10% of legal reserve; maximum 2% of legal reserve in any single corporation.

 

12. Investments in Affiliated Funds and Strategies

 

· The limits and requirements set forth below apply to:

 

o Investment vehicles controlled and managed by affiliates of the Investment Manager (“ Affiliated Funds ”) which may include commingled or single investor, pooled or single purpose, funds and other separately managed account arrangements and assets

 

o Investment strategies structured and managed by affiliates of the Investment Manager (“ Affiliated Strategies ”)

 

· Any investment in an Affiliated Fund equal to or in excess of three percent of the Company’s admitted assets shall require written notice to the Commissioner at least thirty days prior to such investment and the non-disapproval of the Commissioner.

 

· All investments in Affiliated Funds and Affiliated Strategies shall be reported in any Form B or amendment thereto filed with the Commissioner.

 

  IG- 5  

 

 

Schedule 2

 

Management Fee Schedule

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Schedule 2 have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Investment Management Agreement.

 

1. Management Fee: In consideration of the services performed under the Agreement, the Company shall pay the Investment Manager a management fee (the “ Management Fee ”) equal to 0.30% per annum of the Average Month-End Net Asset Value of the Account, calculated and paid quarterly in arrears.

 

The “ Average Month-End Net Asset Value ” shall be the average of the month-end net asset values of the Account during the calendar quarter with adjustments for contributions to, or withdrawals from, the Account during such period.

 

If the period in respect of which a Management Fee is payable is less than a calendar quarter, then the Management Fee shall be pro-rated accordingly.

 

2. Valuation . The Custodian shall be responsible for determining the value of the Account and shall submit a proposed valuation of the Account as of each month-end to the Investment Manager. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith as to any objections raised by the Investment Manager about the valuation of assets in the Account for purposes of determining the Management Fee.

 

3. Payment of Fees: The Management Fee will be calculated, billed, and paid quarterly in arrears, based on the Average Month-End Net Asset Value of the Account as of the last business day of each and all of the three calendar months during the relevant quarter, or in the case of any partial quarterly period, the last day of each calendar month during the relevant period and the last business day of such period. Any fee payable by the Company hereunder will be paid by Company within 10 Business Days following receipt by the Company of an invoice for such fee, detailing the calculation of such fee. Upon termination of the Agreement, any outstanding Management Fee shall become immediately payable by the Company.

 

4. Sub-Manager Fees . For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Schedule shall affect the provisions of the Agreement pursuant to which any Sub-Manager Fees (subject to the requirements of the Investment Guidelines) shall be payable out of the assets managed by such Sub-Managers, which are in addition to any Management Fees payable hereunder.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3

 

Proxy Policies and Procedures Schedule

 

[ See attached .]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.36

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Investment Management Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 30, 2017, is by and between FGL US Holdings Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “ Company ”) and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Investment Manager ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Investment Manager supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment with respect to the assets in the Company's general account and any other accounts of the Company (the assets in such accounts, and together with all additions, substitutions and alterations thereto, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Account ”), and the Investment Manager wishes to accept such appointment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.            Appointment of Investment Manager . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby appoints the Investment Manager as investment manager of the Account with discretionary authority to manage the investment and reinvestment of the funds and assets of the Account in accordance with the terms hereof, and the Investment Manager accepts such appointment. In the course of providing the services contemplated by this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall act as a fiduciary and shall discharge its fiduciary duties and exercise each of its powers under this Agreement with the care, skill and diligence that a registered investment adviser, acting in a like capacity and familiar with insurance company matters, would use in the conduct of a like enterprise with like aims, taking into consideration the facts and circumstances then prevailing, and such fiduciary duties shall specifically include a duty (a) to act with good faith; (b) of loyalty to Company; (c) to provide full and fair disclosure of all material facts; (d) to employ reasonable care to avoid misleading Company; and (e) to act in a manner consistent with the Investment Guidelines for the Account as agreed to between Investment Manager and Company.

 

2.            Management Services; Duties of and Restrictions on Investment Manager; Sub-Managers .

 

(a)          For the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the powers conferred upon it by Section 1, the Investment Manager shall be responsible for the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Account in accordance with the Investment Guidelines set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (as amended or supplemented from time to time by an agreement in writing of the Company and the Investment Manager, the “ Investment Guidelines ”). In connection therewith, the Investment Manager shall have full authority:

 

 

 

 

(i)          to buy, sell, sell short, hold and trade, on margin or otherwise and in or on any market or exchange within or outside the United States or otherwise, preferred and common stock of domestic and foreign issuers, securities convertible into preferred or common stock of domestic and foreign issuers, debt securities of and/or loans to domestic and foreign governmental issuers (including federal, state, municipal, governmental sponsored agency, global and regional development bank and export-import bank issuers) and domestic and foreign corporate issuers, investment company securities, money-market securities, partnership interests, mortgage and asset backed securities, foreign currencies and currency forwards, futures contracts and options thereon, bank and debtor-in-possession loans, trade receivables, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, commercial paper, other securities, futures and derivatives (including equity, interest rate and currency swaps, swaptions, caps, collars and floors), asset hedging, rights and options on all of the foregoing and other investments, assets or property selected by the Investment Manager in its discretion;

 

(ii)         to select, open, maintain or close one or more sub-accounts with any Custodian (as defined below) pursuant to the applicable Custodial Agreement (as defined below);

 

(iii)        to transfer funds (by wire transfer or otherwise) or securities (by transfer via the Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation or otherwise) (A) between the Account's Custodians (if more than one), (B) between sub-accounts maintained by any Custodian for the Account, (C) subject to Section 20(d), between the Account and any account owned by other clients of the Investment Manager or (D) to or from any brokers or dealers engaged by the Investment Manager on behalf of the Company in connection with the investments permitted herein;

 

(iv)        to select and open, maintain and close one or more trading accounts with brokers and dealers for the execution of transactions on behalf of the Company and to negotiate, enter into, execute, deliver, perform, renew, extend and terminate all contracts, agreements, and other undertakings on behalf of the Company with brokers, dealers, prime brokers or other counterparties, including, but not limited to, executing broker agreements; and

 

(v)         to effect such other investment transactions involving the assets in the Company's name and solely for the Account, including without limitation, to execute swaps, futures, options and other agreements with counterparties on the Company's behalf as the Investment Manager deems appropriate from time to time in order to carry out the Investment Manager's responsibilities hereunder.

 

(b)          In accordance with the Investment Manager's policies and procedures set forth in Schedule 3 attached hereto, the Investment Manager or its agent is authorized, but shall not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the Account; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Investment Manager shall not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith.

 

  2  

 

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Investment Manager may, in its own discretion, but with the prior verbal or written consent of the Company, delegate any or all of its discretionary investment, advisory and other rights, powers, functions and obligations hereunder to one or more investment advisers (each, a “ Sub-Manager ”), including its affiliates; provided that (i) any such delegation shall be revocable by either the Investment Manager or the Company consistent with the terms and conditions related to the appointment of such Sub-Manager, (ii) no such designation shall relieve the Investment Manager from any of its obligations or liabilities hereunder, and the Investment Manager shall always remain responsible to the Company for all obligations or liabilities of such Sub-Manager with regards to providing such service or services as if provided by the Investment Manager and (iii) the Investment Manager shall be responsible for ensuring that any Sub-Manager complies with the Investment Guidelines. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3(a) , any fees and other remuneration payable to Sub-Managers (the “ Sub-Manager Fees ”) will be payable out of the assets managed by such Sub-Managers.

 

3.            Compensation; Expenses .

 

(a)          The Company agrees to pay, from the assets of the Account, the Investment Manager or its designee a management fee (“ Management Fee ”) for the services provided pursuant to this Agreement, calculated and paid in accordance with Schedule 2 attached hereto. To the extent that the Investment Manager engages a sub-advisor to assist with the services to be provided by the Investment Manager pursuant to this Agreement, the Investment Manager will be responsible for all fees and expenses payable to such sub-advisor in connection with such engagement and the Company will not incur additional fees related to such engagement of a sub-advisor.

 

(b)          [Reserved].

 

(c)          The Investment Manager will be responsible for all fees and expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under this Agreement, including any fees and expenses incurred by any sub-advisor engaged by the Investment Manager (which shall include internal costs of the Company related to the management of the Account as may be invoiced to the Investment Manager by the Company or its Affiliates) except, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) Sub-Manager Fees which shall be paid in accordance with Section 2(d) and (ii) Account Trading and Investment Expenses, which shall be paid by the Company out of the assets of the Account. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Account Trading and Investment Expenses ” shall mean all out-of-pocket brokerage fees, brokerage commissions and all other brokerage transaction costs, stock borrowing and lending fees, interest on cash balances, custodial fees, reasonable transaction legal expenses, regulatory fees or taxes payable in respect of the Account, professional expenses (including fees in connection with the use of proxy voting services) and any other fees and expenses related to the trading and investment activity of the Account as determined by the Investment Manager (or any Sub-Manager) in good faith.

 

(d)          Any fees charged that are payable out of the assets of the Company managed by Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager or otherwise charged to the Company for separately-managed account or fund investments managed or developed by Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager will be at rates no less favorable than the fees charged with respect to comparably-sized third-party investors, including, in the case of such Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager, fees charged to comparably-sized clients of Investment Manager or its affiliates pursuing similar investment strategies.

 

  3  

 

 

4.            Custodian .

 

(a)          The assets of the Account shall be held by one or more custodians, trustees or securities intermediaries duly appointed by the Company (each, a “ Custodian ”), in one or more accounts at each such Custodian pursuant to custodial, trust or similar agreements approved by the Company (each, a “ Custodial Agreement ”). The Investment Manager may open new sub-accounts under any Custodial Agreement, and cause the assets of the Account to be held in such sub-accounts established with the applicable Custodian in accordance with such Custodial Agreement. The Investment Manager is authorized to give instructions to each Custodian, in writing, with respect to all investment decisions regarding the Account. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Investment Manager to take or receive physical possession of any of the assets for the Account, it being intended that sole responsibility for safekeeping thereof (in such investments as the Investment Manager may direct) and the consummation of all purchases, sales, deliveries and investments made pursuant to the Investment Manager's direction shall rest upon the Custodians. The Custodians may be changed from time to time upon the written instructions of the Company.

 

(b)          The Company shall instruct each Custodian to send the Investment Manager duplicate copies of all Account statements given to the Company by the Custodian. The Company acknowledges that it receives Account statements from each Custodian at least quarterly.

 

5.             Brokerage . The Company hereby delegates to the Investment Manager sole and exclusive authority to designate the brokers or dealers through whom all purchases and sales on behalf of the Account will be made. To the extent permitted by applicable law, such brokers or dealers may include affiliates of the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager will determine the rate or rates, if any, to be paid for brokerage services provided to the Account. In selecting brokers or dealers to effect transactions on behalf of the Account, the Investment Manager, subject to its overall duty to obtain “best execution” of Account transactions, will have authority to and may consider the full range and quality of the ability of the brokers or dealers to execute transactions efficiently, their responsiveness to the Investment Manager's instructions, their facilities, reliability and financial responsibility and the value of any research or other services or products they provide. The Investment Manager will not be obligated to seek in advance competitive bidding for the most favorable commission rate applicable to any particular transaction for the Account or to select any broker-dealer on the basis of its purported posted commission rate. As long as the services or other products provided by a particular broker or dealer (whether directly or through a third party) qualify as “brokerage and research” services within the meaning of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and relevant Securities and Exchange Commission interpretations of that section) and the Investment Manager determines in good faith that the amount of commission charged by such broker or dealer is reasonable in relation to the value of such “brokerage and research services,” the Investment Manager may utilize the services of that broker or dealer to execute transactions for the Account on an agency basis even if (i) the Account would incur higher transaction costs than it would have incurred had another broker or dealer been used and (ii) the Account does not necessarily benefit from the research or products provided by that broker or dealer.

 

  4  

 

 

6.            Limitation of Liability; Indemnification .

 

(a)          The Investment Manager does not guarantee the future performance of the Account or any specific level of performance, the success of any investment decision or strategy that the Investment Manager may use or the success of the Investment Manager's overall management of the Account. The Investment Manager does not provide any express or implied warranty as to the performance or profitability of the Account or any part thereof or that any specific investment objectives will be successfully met. The Company understands that investment decisions made by the Investment Manager on behalf of the Account are subject to various market, currency, economic, political and business risks, and that those investment decisions will not always be profitable.

 

(b)          The Investment Manager, any affiliate of the Investment Manager or any member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, officer, employee or agent of the Investment Manager or any such affiliate (each, an “ Investment Manager Party ”) shall not be liable for any loss, liability or damage (“ Losses ”) resulting from: (i) any act or omission (including any such acts or omissions deemed to constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith) of any independent representative, consultant, independent contractor, broker, agent or other person (other than any Sub-Manager) who is selected, engaged or retained by the Investment Manager in connection with the performance of ministerial services, without investment management discretion, under this Agreement, unless such person was selected, engaged or retained by the Investment Manager in a grossly negligent manner or in bad faith; (ii) any act or failure to act by any Custodian or any other third party (other than any Sub-Manager); (iii) the failure by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager to adhere to any limitations or restrictions contained in the Investment Guidelines as a result of changes in market value, additions to or withdrawals from the Account, portfolio rebalancing or other non-volitional acts of the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager; or (iv) any act or omission by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager in connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement, except in cases of willful misconduct, gross negligence, bad faith or reckless disregard by the Investment Manager or such Sub-Manager of the obligations and duties of the Investment Manager under this Agreement. The Investment Manager shall have no liability for any Losses suffered, and shall be fully indemnified by the Company for any Losses it may suffer, as the result of any actions it takes or any actions it does not take based on instructions received from any of the authorized persons of the Company reasonably believed by the Investment Manager to be genuine. The Investment Manager may consult with legal counsel at its cost and expense concerning any question which may arise with reference to this Agreement or its duties hereunder.

 

  5  

 

 

(c)          The Investment Manager shall indemnify, defend, hold and save harmless the Company, any affiliate of the Company or any member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any such affiliate (each, a “ Company Party ”) against any Losses, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the defense of Proceedings) to the extent arising from: (i) any inaccuracy in or breach of the representations and warranties made by the Investment Manager contained in Section 8(b) of this Agreement, (ii) any breach or failure by the Investment Manager to perform any of its covenants or obligations contained in this Agreement, (iii) any act or omission by the Investment Manager deemed to constitute a breach of the standard of care set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement or (iv) any bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties in connection with the performance by Investment Manager, its officers, agents and employees of its obligations under this Agreement. The Investment Manager will provide written notice to the Company promptly if the Investment Manager identifies any matter that is or is reasonably likely to result in a breach of this Agreement.

 

(d)           The federal and state securities laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on persons who act in good faith, and therefore nothing in this Agreement will waive or limit any rights that the Company may have under those laws.

 

7.             Termination .

 

(a)          Either party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice (a “ Termination Notice ”) or such shorter period of time as the parties may agree in writing.

 

(b)          Termination of this Agreement shall not, however, affect liabilities and obligations incurred or arising from transactions initiated under this Agreement prior to the termination date, or consummation of any transactions initiated prior to the receipt by one party of the other party’s notice of termination. Following a Termination Notice, the Investment Manager shall work with the Company to effect a prompt and orderly transition of the portfolio; provided, however, that the Investment Manager will have no obligation to recommend any action with respect to, or to liquidate, the assets in the portfolio nor shall the Investment Manager be required to incur any out of pocket expense.

 

8.            Representations, Warranties and Covenants .

 

(a)          The Company represents and warrants to the Investment Manager as follows:

 

(i)          the Company has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(ii)         this Agreement constitutes a binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights or by general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(iii)        the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company do not violate (A) any law applicable to the Company, (B) any provision of the constituent documents of the Company or (C) any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party, except for such violations as would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  6  

 

 

(iv)        no consent of any person, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, other than those already obtained;

 

(v)         the Company is not an investment company (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) nor exempt from the definition of investment company by reason of Section 3(c)(1) of such Act;

 

(vi)        the Company is a “qualified institutional buyer” (“ QIB ”) as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QIB;

 

(vii)       the Company is a “qualified eligible person” (“ QEP ”) as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 4.7 (“ CFTC Rule 4.7 ”), and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QEP, and hereby consents to be treated as an “exempt account” under CFTC Rule 4.7 by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager, as the case may be;

 

(viii)      the Company is a “qualified purchaser” (“ QP ”) as defined in Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QP;

 

(ix)         none of the assets contained in the Account are or will be “plan assets” of an employee benefit plan subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

(x)          the Company has adopted appropriate anti-money laundering policies and procedures consistent with the applicable requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and any other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations; and

 

(xi)         the Company has received a copy of the Investment Manager’s Form ADV Part 2A.

 

(b)          The Investment Manager represents and warrants, and with respect to clause (vii) below, covenants, to the Company as follows:

 

(i)          the Investment Manager has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  7  

 

 

(ii)         this Agreement constitutes a binding obligation of the Investment Manager, enforceable against the Investment Manager in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights or by general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(iii)        the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Investment Manager do not violate (A) any law applicable to the Investment Manager, (B) any provision of the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Investment Manager or (C) any agreement or instrument to which the Investment Manager is a party, except for such violations as would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Investment Manager to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(iv)        no consent of any person, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Investment Manager in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, other than those already obtained;

 

(v)         the Investment Manager is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, as an “investment adviser”;

 

(vi)        the Investment Manager has adopted appropriate anti-money laundering policies and procedures consistent with the applicable requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and any other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations; and

 

(vii)       the Investment Manager shall continue to be registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, as an “investment adviser” for as long as this Agreement is in full force and effect or until this Agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with Section 7 .

 

(c)          The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in accordance with Section 4, the Investment Manager shall under no circumstances act as custodian of the assets of the Account or any securities or other investments purchased or sold for the Account or cash pending contribution to or distribution from any such investment or take or have title to or possession of the assets of the Account or any securities or other investments purchased or sold for the Account. The Investment Manager shall not have the power or authority to amend the terms of any of the Company’s custody arrangements with respect to the Account or related cash or to appoint a custodian without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

9.            Asset Hedging Activities . The Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager to enter into, in the name, and on behalf, of the Company, such over-the-counter, exchange traded and other asset hedging and derivative transactions with respect to the Account (including executing any and all contracts or agreements related thereto) as are permitted pursuant to the Investment Guidelines and in accordance with the Company’s derivative use plan as adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors (each such transaction, a “ Derivative Transaction ) and any such Derivative Transaction shall be the responsibility of the Company.

 

  8  

 

 

10.           Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, facsimile, e-mail, or mailed by first class, registered mail, return receipt requested, postage and registry fees prepaid and addressed as follows:

 

(a)          If to the Company:

FGL US Holdings Inc.
1000 Fleet Street, 6 th Floor
Baltimore, MD 21202
Email: legalgovernance@fglife.com
Attention: General Counsel

 

(b)          If to the Investment Manager:

Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
Email: jeffrey.iverson@blackstone.com
Attention: Jeffrey Iverson
                 Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer

 

Addresses may be changed by notice in writing signed by the addressee.

 

11.          No Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “assign” shall have the meaning given the term “assignment” in Section 202(a)(1) of the Advisers Act and Rule 202(a)(1)-1 thereunder. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns, in each case provided that such successor or assignee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

12.          Governing Law . To the extent consistent with any mandatorily applicable federal law, this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of law thereof that would permit or require the application of the law of another jurisdiction and are not mandatorily applicable by law.

 

13.          [Reserved] .

 

14.          Arbitration . Any controversy arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in New York City in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and any award rendered thereon shall be enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction. Without giving effect to Section 12, any such arbitration and this Section 14 shall be governed by Title 9 of the U.S. Code (Arbitration).

 

  9  

 

 

15.           Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. Each party hereby (i) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of the other has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the other would not, in the event of a proceeding, seek to enforce the forgoing waiver and (ii) acknowledges that it has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this paragraph.

 

16.           Right to Audit . The Company and its representatives shall have the right, at its own expense, to conduct an audit of the relevant books, records and accounts of the Investment Manager related to the Account during normal business hours upon giving reasonable notice of their intent to conduct such an audit. In the event of such audit, the Investment Manager shall comply with the reasonable requests of the Company and its representatives and provide access to all books, records and accounts necessary to the audit and the Company shall reimburse the Investment Manager for its reasonable costs and expenses in connection with such audit.

 

17.           Books and Records . The Investment Manager shall keep and maintain proper books and records wherein shall be recorded the business transacted by it on behalf of, in the name of or on account of the Company in respect of the Account.

 

18.           Reports . The Investment Manager shall furnish the Company with such reports relating to the Account as the Company shall from time to time reasonably require.

 

19.           Force Majeure . No party to this Agreement shall be liable for damages resulting from delayed or defective performance when such delays arise out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or gross negligence of the offending party. Such causes may include, but are not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, terrorism, acts of the state in its sovereign capacity, fires, floods, earthquakes, power failure, disabling strikes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions and freight embargoes.

 

20.           Non-Exclusive Dealings with and by Investment Manager Parties; Conflicts of Interest .

 

(a)          Although nothing herein shall require the Investment Manager to devote its full time or any material portion of its time to the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall furnish continuous investment management services for the Account and, in that connection, devote to such services such of its time and activity (and the time and activity of its employees) during normal business days and hours as it shall reasonably determine to be necessary for the Account to achieve its investment objective(s); provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 20(a) shall preclude the Investment Manager Parties from acting, consistent with the foregoing, either individually or as a member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, trustee, officer, official, employee or agent of any entity, in connection with any type of enterprise (whether or not for profit), regardless of whether the Company, Account or any Investment Manager Party has dealings with or invests in such enterprise.

 

  10  

 

 

(b)          The Company understands that the Investment Manager will continue to furnish investment management and advisory services to others, and that the Investment Manager shall be at all times free, in its discretion, to make recommendations to others which may be the same as, or may be different from those made to the Account. The Company further understands that the Investment Manager Parties may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale the Investment Manager may recommend. Actions with respect to securities of the same kind may be the same as or different from the action which the Investment Manager Parties or other investors may take with respect thereto. Furthermore, the Company understands and agrees that each Investment Manager Party shall have the right to engage, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Investment Manager and any other Investment Manager Party and no knowledge or expertise of any Investment Manager Parties or any opportunities available to such Investment Manager Parties shall be imputed to the Investment Manager or any other Investment Manager Parties.

 

(c)          The Company agrees that the Investment Manager may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of the Investment Manager Parties are directors or officers, or companies as to which the Investment Manager Parties have any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information, unless the Investment Manager either determines in good faith that it may appropriately do so without disclosing such conflict to the Company or discloses such conflict to the Company prior to rendering such advice or services with respect to the Account.

 

(d)          From time to time, when determined by the Investment Manager to be in the best interest of the Company, the Account may purchase securities from or sell securities to another account (including, without limitation, public or private collective investment vehicles) managed, maintained or trusteed by the Investment Manager or an affiliate at prevailing market levels in accordance with applicable law and utilizing such pricing methodology determined to be fair and equitable to the Company in the Investment Manager's good faith judgment.

 

(e)          Consistent with applicable law, the Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager to effect securities transactions on behalf of the Account with its affiliated broker-dealers, and understands that such affiliated broker-dealers may retain commissions in connection with effecting any transactions for the Account. The Investment Manager and any affiliated broker-dealers are also hereby authorized, consistent with applicable law, by the Company to execute agency cross transactions on behalf of the Account. Agency cross transactions may facilitate a purchase or sale of a block of securities for the Account at a predetermined price and may avoid unfavorable price movements which might otherwise be suffered if the purchase or sale order were exposed to the market. However, the Investment Manager and its affiliated broker-dealers may receive commissions from, and therefore may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities regarding, both parties to an agency cross transaction. The Company understands that its authority to the Investment Manager to effect agency cross transactions for the Company is terminable at will without penalty, effective upon receipt by the Investment Manager of written notice from the Company.

 

  11  

 

 

21.          Aggregation and Allocation of Orders . The Company acknowledges that circumstances may arise under which the Investment Manager determines that, while it would be both desirable and suitable that a particular security or other investment be purchased or sold for the account of more than one of the Investment Manager's clients' accounts, there is a limited supply or demand for the security or other investment. Under such circumstances, the Company acknowledges that, while the Investment Manager will seek to allocate the opportunity to purchase or sell that security or other investment among those accounts on a fair and reasonable basis, the Investment Manager shall not be required to assure equality of treatment among all of its clients (including that the opportunity to purchase or sell that security or other investment will be proportionally allocated among those clients according to any particular or predetermined standards or criteria). Where, because of prevailing market conditions, it is not possible to obtain the same price or time of execution for all of the securities or other investments purchased or sold for the Account, the Investment Manager may average the various prices and charge or credit the Account with the average price.

 

22.          Investment Manager Independent . For all purposes of this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall have no authority to act for, bind or represent the Company or the Company's shareholders in any way, except as expressly provided herein, and shall not otherwise be deemed to be an agent of the Company. Nothing contained herein shall create or constitute the Investment Manager and the Company as a member of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or other separate entity, nor shall anything contained herein be deemed to confer on any of them any express, implied or apparent authority to incur any obligation or liability on behalf of any other person, except as expressly provided herein.

 

23.          Anti-Money Laundering . Upon request from the Company no more than once per calendar year, the Investment Manager shall promptly provide to the Company a signed, written certification in the Investment Manager’s standard form with respect to the Investment Manager’s compliance of their services rendered to the Company with the Investment Manager’s anti-money laundering policies and procedures. If the Investment Manager fails to deliver to the Company an accurate certification of compliance with the Investment Manager’s anti-money laundering policies and procedures as required by this Section 23 , the Company shall have the right to audit the Investment Manager for compliance with the Investment Manager’s anti-money laundering policies and procedures, as determined by the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Officer.

 

24.          Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. There are no understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement other than as expressed herein.

 

25.          Severability . To the extent this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be construed to the greatest extent practicable in a manner consistent with such law or regulation. The invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the validity or legality of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

  12  

 

 

26.          Counterparts; Amendment . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may not be modified or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound or as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

27.          Business Day . For the purpose of this Agreement, “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or executive order to close in New York, New York.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

 

  13  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date and year first above written.

 

PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION IN CONNECTION WITH ACCOUNTS OF QUALIFIED ELIGIBLE PERSONS, THIS BROCHURE OR ACCOUNT DOCUMENT IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE, AND HAS NOT BEEN, FILED WITH THE COMMISSION. THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF PARTICIPATING IN A TRADING PROGRAM OR UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR DISCLOSURE. CONSEQUENTLY, THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED OR APPROVED THIS TRADING PROGRAM OR THIS BROCHURE OR ACCOUNT DOCUMENT.

 

  Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
     
  /s/ Jeffrey C. Iverson
  Name: Jeffrey C. Iverson
  Title: Chief Compliance Officer and General Counsel
     
  FGL US Holdings Inc.
     
  /s/ Menes O. Chee
  Name:   Menes O. Chee
  Title: President and Secretary

 

Signature Page
Investment Management Agreement  

 

 

 

Schedule I

 

Investment Guidelines

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in these Investment Guidelines have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Investment Management Agreement.

 

Account Investment Guidelines

 

The following Investment Guidelines shall apply to the assets in the Account.

 

Investment Objectives

 

The Company’s investment objectives are to ensure the prudent management of the Company’s investments, taking into account the safety of principal, investment yield and return, stability in the value of the investment and liquidity necessary to meet the Company’s obligations, expected business needs and investment diversification.

 

Board Oversight

 

The management of the Account shall at all times remain under the oversight of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company’s management will oversee the ongoing activities of the Investment Manager to achieve the Company’s business goals within its risk, capital and liquidity tolerances. The Company reserves the right to review and direct as needed specific investment activity to achieve its objectives.

 

  IG- 1  

 

 

Schedule 2

 

Management Fee Schedule

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Schedule 2 have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Investment Management Agreement.

 

1. Management Fee: In consideration of the services performed under the Agreement, the Company shall pay the Investment Manager a management fee (the “ Management Fee ”) equal to 0.30% per annum of the Average Month-End Net Asset Value of the Account, calculated and paid quarterly in arrears.

 

The “ Average Month-End Net Asset Value ” shall be the average of the month-end net asset values of the Account during the calendar quarter with adjustments for contributions to, or withdrawals from, the Account during such period.

 

If the period in respect of which a Management Fee is payable is less than a calendar quarter, then the Management Fee shall be pro-rated accordingly.

 

2. Valuation . The Custodian shall be responsible for determining the value of the Account and shall submit a proposed valuation of the Account as of each month-end to the Investment Manager. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith as to any objections raised by the Investment Manager about the valuation of assets in the Account for purposes of determining the Management Fee.

 

3. Payment of Fees: The Management Fee will be calculated, billed and paid quarterly in arrears, based on the Average Month-End Net Asset Value of the Account as of the last business day of each and all of the three calendar months during the relevant quarter, or in the case of any partial quarterly period, the last day of each calendar month during the relevant period and the last business day of such period. Any fee payable by the Company hereunder will be paid by Company within 10 Business Days following receipt by the Company of an invoice for such fee, detailing the calculation of such fee. Upon termination of the Agreement, any outstanding Management Fee shall become immediately payable by the Company.

 

4. Sub-Manager Fees . For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Schedule shall affect the provisions of the Agreement pursuant to which any Sub-Manager Fees (subject to the requirements of the Investment Guidelines) shall be payable out of the assets managed by such Sub-Managers, which are in addition to any Management Fees payable hereunder.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3

 

Proxy Policies and Procedures Schedule

 

[ See attached. ]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.37

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Investment Management Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 30, 2017, is by and between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “ Company ”) and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Investment Manager ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Investment Manager supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment with respect to the assets in the Company's general account and any other accounts of the Company (the assets in such accounts, and together with all additions, substitutions and alterations thereto, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Account ”), and the Investment Manager wishes to accept such appointment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.            Appointment of Investment Manager . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby appoints the Investment Manager as investment manager of the Account with discretionary authority to manage the investment and reinvestment of the funds and assets of the Account in accordance with the terms hereof, and the Investment Manager accepts such appointment. In the course of providing the services contemplated by this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall act as a fiduciary and shall discharge its fiduciary duties and exercise each of its powers under this Agreement with the care, skill and diligence that a registered investment adviser, acting in a like capacity and familiar with insurance company matters, would use in the conduct of a like enterprise with like aims, taking into consideration the facts and circumstances then prevailing, and such fiduciary duties shall specifically include a duty (a) to act with good faith; (b) of loyalty to Company; (c) to provide full and fair disclosure of all material facts; (d) to employ reasonable care to avoid misleading Company; and (e) to act in a manner consistent with the Investment Guidelines for the Account as agreed to between Investment Manager and Company.

 

2.            Management Services; Duties of and Restrictions on Investment Manager; Sub-Managers .

 

(a)          For the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the powers conferred upon it by Section 1, the Investment Manager shall be responsible for the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Account in accordance with the Investment Guidelines set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (as amended or supplemented from time to time by an agreement in writing of the Company and the Investment Manager, the “ Investment Guidelines ”). In connection therewith, the Investment Manager shall have full authority:

 

 

 

 

(i)          to buy, sell, sell short, hold and trade, on margin or otherwise and in or on any market or exchange within or outside the United States or otherwise, preferred and common stock of domestic and foreign issuers, securities convertible into preferred or common stock of domestic and foreign issuers, debt securities of and/or loans to domestic and foreign governmental issuers (including federal, state, municipal, governmental sponsored agency, global and regional development bank and export-import bank issuers) and domestic and foreign corporate issuers, investment company securities, money-market securities, partnership interests, mortgage and asset backed securities, foreign currencies and currency forwards, futures contracts and options thereon, bank and debtor-in-possession loans, trade receivables, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, commercial paper, other securities, futures and derivatives (including equity, interest rate and currency swaps, swaptions, caps, collars and floors), asset hedging, rights and options on all of the foregoing and other investments, assets or property selected by the Investment Manager in its discretion;

 

(ii)         to select, open, maintain or close one or more sub-accounts with any Custodian (as defined below) pursuant to the applicable Custodial Agreement (as defined below);

 

(iii)        to transfer funds (by wire transfer or otherwise) or securities (by transfer via the Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation or otherwise) (A) between the Account's Custodians (if more than one), (B) between sub-accounts maintained by any Custodian for the Account, (C) subject to Section 20(d), between the Account and any account owned by other clients of the Investment Manager or (D) to or from any brokers or dealers engaged by the Investment Manager on behalf of the Company in connection with the investments permitted herein;

 

(iv)        to select and open, maintain, and close one or more trading accounts with brokers and dealers for the execution of transactions on behalf of the Company and to negotiate, enter into, execute, deliver, perform, renew, extend, and terminate all contracts, agreements, and other undertakings on behalf of the Company with brokers, dealers, prime brokers or other counterparties, including, but not limited to, executing broker agreements; and

 

(v)         to effect such other investment transactions involving the assets in the Company's name and solely for the Account, including without limitation, to execute swaps, futures, options and other agreements with counterparties on the Company's behalf as the Investment Manager deems appropriate from time to time in order to carry out the Investment Manager's responsibilities hereunder.

 

(b)          In accordance with the Investment Manager's policies and procedures set forth in Schedule 3 attached hereto, the Investment Manager or its agent is authorized, but shall not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the Account; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Investment Manager shall not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith.

 

  2  

 

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Investment Manager may, in its own discretion, but with the prior verbal or written consent of the Company, delegate any or all of its discretionary investment, advisory and other rights, powers, functions and obligations hereunder to one or more investment advisers (each, a “ Sub-Manager ”), including its affiliates; provided that (i) any such delegation shall be revocable by either the Investment Manager or the Company consistent with the terms and conditions related to the appointment of such Sub-Manager, (ii) no such designation shall relieve the Investment Manager from any of its obligations or liabilities hereunder, and the Investment Manager shall always remain responsible to the Company for all obligations or liabilities of such Sub-Manager with regards to providing such service or services as if provided by the Investment Manager and (iii) the Investment Manager shall be responsible for ensuring that any Sub-Manager complies with the Investment Guidelines. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3(a) , any fees and other remuneration payable to Sub-Managers (the “ Sub-Manager Fees ”) will be payable out of the assets managed by such Sub-Managers.

 

3.            Compensation; Expenses .

 

(a)          The Company agrees to pay, from the assets of the Account, the Investment Manager or its designee a management fee (“ Management Fee ”) for the services provided pursuant to this Agreement, calculated and paid in accordance with Schedule 2 attached hereto. To the extent that the Investment Manager engages a sub-advisor to assist with the services to be provided by the Investment Manager pursuant to this Agreement, the Investment Manager will be responsible for all fees and expenses payable to such sub-advisor in connection with such engagement and the Company will not incur additional fees related to such engagement of a sub-advisor.

 

(b)          [Reserved].

 

(c)          The Investment Manager will be responsible for all fees and expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under this Agreement, including any fees and expenses incurred by any sub-advisor engaged by the Investment Manager (which shall include internal costs of the Company related to the management of the Account as may be invoiced to the Investment Manager by the Company or its Affiliates) except, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) Sub-Manager Fees which shall be paid in accordance with Section 2(d) and (ii) Account Trading and Investment Expenses, which shall be paid by the Company out of the assets of the Account. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Account Trading and Investment Expenses ” shall mean all out-of-pocket brokerage fees, brokerage commissions and all other brokerage transaction costs, stock borrowing and lending fees, interest on cash balances, custodial fees, reasonable transaction legal expenses, regulatory fees or taxes payable in respect of the Account, professional expenses (including fees in connection with the use of proxy voting services) and any other fees and expenses related to the trading and investment activity of the Account as determined by the Investment Manager (or any Sub-Manager) in good faith.

 

(d)          Any fees charged that are payable out of the assets of the Company managed by Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager or otherwise charged to the Company for separately-managed account or fund investments managed or developed by Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager will be at rates no less favorable than the fees charged with respect to comparably-sized third-party investors, including, in the case of such Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager, fees charged to comparably-sized clients of Investment Manager or its affiliates pursuing similar investment strategies.

 

  3  

 

 

4.            Custodian .

 

(a)          The assets of the Account shall be held by one or more custodians, trustees or securities intermediaries duly appointed by the Company (each, a “ Custodian ”), in one or more accounts at each such Custodian pursuant to custodial, trust or similar agreements approved by the Company (each, a “ Custodial Agreement ”). The Investment Manager may open new sub-accounts under any Custodial Agreement, and cause the assets of the Account to be held in such sub-accounts established with the applicable Custodian in accordance with such Custodial Agreement. The Investment Manager is authorized to give instructions to each Custodian, in writing, with respect to all investment decisions regarding the Account. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Investment Manager to take or receive physical possession of any of the assets for the Account, it being intended that sole responsibility for safekeeping thereof (in such investments as the Investment Manager may direct) and the consummation of all purchases, sales, deliveries and investments made pursuant to the Investment Manager's direction shall rest upon the Custodians. The Custodians may be changed from time to time upon the written instructions of the Company.

 

(b)          The Company shall instruct each Custodian to send the Investment Manager duplicate copies of all Account statements given to the Company by the Custodian. The Company acknowledges that it receives Account statements from each Custodian at least quarterly.

 

5.            Brokerage . The Company hereby delegates to the Investment Manager sole and exclusive authority to designate the brokers or dealers through whom all purchases and sales on behalf of the Account will be made. To the extent permitted by applicable law, such brokers or dealers may include affiliates of the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager will determine the rate or rates, if any, to be paid for brokerage services provided to the Account. In selecting brokers or dealers to effect transactions on behalf of the Account, the Investment Manager, subject to its overall duty to obtain “best execution” of Account transactions, will have authority to and may consider the full range and quality of the ability of the brokers or dealers to execute transactions efficiently, their responsiveness to the Investment Manager's instructions, their facilities, reliability and financial responsibility and the value of any research or other services or products they provide. The Investment Manager will not be obligated to seek in advance competitive bidding for the most favorable commission rate applicable to any particular transaction for the Account or to select any broker-dealer on the basis of its purported posted commission rate. As long as the services or other products provided by a particular broker or dealer (whether directly or through a third party) qualify as “brokerage and research” services within the meaning of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and relevant Securities and Exchange Commission interpretations of that section) and the Investment Manager determines in good faith that the amount of commission charged by such broker or dealer is reasonable in relation to the value of such “brokerage and research services,” the Investment Manager may utilize the services of that broker or dealer to execute transactions for the Account on an agency basis even if (i) the Account would incur higher transaction costs than it would have incurred had another broker or dealer been used and (ii) the Account does not necessarily benefit from the research or products provided by that broker or dealer.

 

  4  

 

 

6.            Limitation of Liability; Indemnification .

 

(a)          The Investment Manager does not guarantee the future performance of the Account or any specific level of performance, the success of any investment decision or strategy that the Investment Manager may use, or the success of the Investment Manager's overall management of the Account. The Investment Manager does not provide any express or implied warranty as to the performance or profitability of the Account or any part thereof or that any specific investment objectives will be successfully met. The Company understands that investment decisions made by the Investment Manager on behalf of the Account are subject to various market, currency, economic, political and business risks, and that those investment decisions will not always be profitable.

 

(b)          The Investment Manager, any affiliate of the Investment Manager or any member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, officer, employee or agent of the Investment Manager or any such affiliate (each, an “ Investment Manager Party ”) shall not be liable for any loss, liability or damage (“ Losses ”) resulting from: (i) any act or omission (including any such acts or omissions deemed to constitute willful misconduct, negligence, or bad faith) of any independent representative, consultant, independent contractor, broker, agent or other person (other than any Sub-Manager) who is selected, engaged or retained by the Investment Manager in connection with the performance of ministerial services, without investment management discretion, under this Agreement, unless such person was selected, engaged or retained by the Investment Manager in a grossly negligent manner or in bad faith; (ii) any act or failure to act by any Custodian or any other third party (other than any Sub-Manager); (iii) the failure by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager to adhere to any limitations or restrictions contained in the Investment Guidelines as a result of changes in market value, additions to or withdrawals from the Account, portfolio rebalancing or other non-volitional acts of the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager; or (iv) any act or omission by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager in connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement, except in cases of willful misconduct, gross negligence, bad faith or reckless disregard by the Investment Manager or such Sub-Manager of the obligations and duties of the Investment Manager under this Agreement. The Investment Manager shall have no liability for any Losses suffered, and shall be fully indemnified by the Company for any Losses it may suffer, as the result of any actions it takes or any actions it does not take based on instructions received from any of the authorized persons of the Company reasonably believed by the Investment Manager to be genuine. The Investment Manager may consult with legal counsel at its cost and expense concerning any question which may arise with reference to this Agreement or its duties hereunder.

 

  5  

 

 

(c)          The Investment Manager shall indemnify, defend, hold and save harmless the Company, any affiliate of the Company or any member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any such affiliate (each, a “ Company Party ”) against any Losses, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the defense of Proceedings) to the extent arising from: (i) any inaccuracy in or breach of the representations and warranties made by the Investment Manager contained in Section 8(b) of this Agreement, (ii) any breach or failure by the Investment Manager to perform any of its covenants or obligations contained in this Agreement, (iii) any act or omission by the Investment Manager deemed to constitute a breach of the standard of care set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement or (iv) any bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties in connection with the performance by Investment Manager, its officers, agents and employees of its obligations under this Agreement. The Investment Manager will provide written notice to the Company promptly if the Investment Manager identifies any matter that is or is reasonably likely to result in a breach of this Agreement.

 

(d)           The federal and state securities laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on persons who act in good faith, and therefore nothing in this Agreement will waive or limit any rights that the Company may have under those laws.

 

7.            Termination .

 

(a)          Either party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice (a “ Termination Notice ”) or such shorter period of time as the parties may agree in writing.

 

(b)          Termination of this Agreement shall not, however, affect liabilities and obligations incurred or arising from transactions initiated under this Agreement prior to the termination date, or consummation of any transactions initiated prior to the receipt by one party of the other party’s notice of termination. Following a Termination Notice, the Investment Manager shall work with the Company to effect a prompt and orderly transition of the portfolio; provided, however, that the Investment Manager will have no obligation to recommend any action with respect to, or to liquidate, the assets in the portfolio nor shall the Investment Manager be required to incur any out of pocket expense.

 

8.             Representations, Warranties and Covenants .

 

(a)          The Company represents and warrants to the Investment Manager as follows:

 

(i)          the Company has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(ii)         this Agreement constitutes a binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights or by general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(iii)        the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company do not violate (A) any law applicable to the Company, (B) any provision of the constituent documents of the Company, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party, except for such violations as would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  6  

 

 

(iv)        no consent of any person, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement other than those already obtained;

 

(v)         the Company is not an investment company (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) nor exempt from the definition of investment company by reason of Section 3(c)(1) of such Act;

 

(vi)        the Company is a “qualified institutional buyer” (“ QIB ”) as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QIB;

 

(vii)       the Company is a “qualified eligible person” (“ QEP ”) as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 4.7 (“CFTC Rule 4.7”), and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QEP, and hereby consents to be treated as an “exempt account” under CFTC Rule 4.7 by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager, as the case may be;

 

(viii)      the Company is a “qualified purchaser” (“ QP ”) as defined in Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QP;

 

(ix)         none of the assets contained in the Account are or will be “plan assets” of an employee benefit plan subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

(x)          the Company has adopted appropriate anti-money laundering policies and procedures consistent with the applicable requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and any other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations; and

 

(xi)         the Company has received a copy of the Investment Manager’s Form ADV Part 2A.

 

(b)          The Investment Manager represents and warrants, and with respect to clause (vii) below, covenants, to the Company as follows:

 

(i)          the Investment Manager has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

  7  

 

 

(ii)         this Agreement constitutes a binding obligation of the Investment Manager, enforceable against the Investment Manager in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights or by general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(iii)        the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Investment Manager do not violate (A) any law applicable to the Investment Manager, (B) any provision of the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Investment Manager, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which the Investment Manager is a party, except for such violations as would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Investment Manager to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(iv)        no consent of any person, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Investment Manager in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement other than those already obtained;

 

(v)         the Investment Manager is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, as an “investment adviser”;

 

(vi)        the Investment Manager has adopted appropriate anti-money laundering policies and procedures consistent with the applicable requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and any other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations; and

 

(vii)       the Investment Manager shall continue to be registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, as an “investment adviser” for as long as this Agreement is in full force and effect or until this Agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with Section 7 .

 

(c)          The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in accordance with Section 4 , the Investment Manager shall under no circumstances act as custodian of the assets of the Account or any securities or other investments purchased or sold for the Account or cash pending contribution to or distribution from any such investment or take or have title to or possession of the assets of the Account or any securities or other investments purchased or sold for the Account. The Investment Manager shall not have the power or authority to amend the terms of any of the Company’s custody arrangements with respect to the Account or related cash or to appoint a custodian without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

9.            Asset Hedging Activities . The Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager to enter into, in the name, and on behalf, of the Company, such over-the-counter, exchange traded and other asset hedging and derivative transactions with respect to the Account (including executing any and all contracts or agreements related thereto) as are permitted pursuant to the Investment Guidelines and in accordance with the Company’s derivative use plan as adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors (each such transaction, a “ Derivative Transaction ) and any such Derivative Transaction shall be the responsibility of the Company.

 

  8  

 

 

10.           Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, facsimile, e-mail, or mailed by first class, registered mail, return receipt requested, postage and registry fees prepaid and addressed as follows:

 

(a) If to the Company:

 

Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.

1001 Fleet Street, 6 th Floor

Baltimore, Maryland 21202

Attention: General Counsel

 

(b) If to the Investment Manager:

 

Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Email: jeffrey.iverson@blackstone.com

Attention: Jeffrey Iverson

                 Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer

 

Addresses may be changed by notice in writing signed by the addressee.

 

11.           No Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “assign” shall have the meaning given the term “assignment” in Section 202(a)(1) of the Advisers Act and Rule 202(a)(1)-1 thereunder. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns, in each case provided that such successor or assignee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

12.           Governing Law . To the extent consistent with any mandatorily applicable federal law, this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of law thereof that would permit or require the application of the law of another jurisdiction and are not mandatorily applicable by law.

 

13.           [Reserved] .

 

14.           Arbitration . Any controversy arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in New York City in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and any award rendered thereon shall be enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction. Without giving effect to Section 12, any such arbitration and this Section 14 shall be governed by Title 9 of the U.S. Code (Arbitration).

 

  9  

 

 

15.           Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. Each party hereby (i) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of the other has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the other would not, in the event of a proceeding, seek to enforce the forgoing waiver and (ii) acknowledges that it has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this paragraph.

 

16.           Right to Audit . The Company and it representatives shall have the right, at its own expense, to conduct an audit of the relevant books, records and accounts of the Investment Manager related to the Account during normal business hours upon giving reasonable notice of their intent to conduct such an audit. In the event of such audit, the Investment Manager shall comply with the reasonable requests of the Company and its representatives and provide access to all books, records and accounts necessary to the audit and the Company shall reimburse the Investment Manager for its reasonable costs and expenses in connection with such audit.

 

17.           Books and Records . The Investment Manager shall keep and maintain proper books and records wherein shall be recorded the business transacted by it on behalf of, in the name of, or on account of the Company in respect of the Account.

 

18.           Reports . The Investment Manager shall furnish the Company with such reports relating to the Account as the Company shall from time to time reasonably require.

 

19.           Force Majeure . No party to this Agreement shall be liable for damages resulting from delayed or defective performance when such delays arise out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or gross negligence of the offending party. Such causes may include, but are not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, terrorism, acts of the state in its sovereign capacity, fires, floods, earthquakes, power failure, disabling strikes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions and freight embargoes.

 

20.           Non-Exclusive Dealings with and by Investment Manager Parties; Conflicts of Interest .

 

(a)          Although nothing herein shall require the Investment Manager to devote its full time or any material portion of its time to the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall furnish continuous investment management services for the Account and, in that connection, devote to such services such of its time and activity (and the time and activity of its employees) during normal business days and hours as it shall reasonably determine to be necessary for the Account to achieve its investment objective(s); provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 20(a) shall preclude the Investment Manager Parties from acting, consistent with the foregoing, either individually or as a member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, trustee, officer, official, employee or agent of any entity, in connection with any type of enterprise (whether or not for profit), regardless of whether the Company, Account or any Investment Manager Party has dealings with or invests in such enterprise.

 

  10  

 

 

(b)          The Company understands that the Investment Manager will continue to furnish investment management and advisory services to others, and that the Investment Manager shall be at all times free, in its discretion, to make recommendations to others which may be the same as, or may be different from those made to the Account. The Company further understands that the Investment Manager Parties may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale the Investment Manager may recommend. Actions with respect to securities of the same kind may be the same as or different from the action which the Investment Manager Parties or other investors may take with respect thereto. Furthermore, the Company understands and agrees that each Investment Manager Party shall have the right to engage, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Investment Manager and any other Investment Manager Party and no knowledge or expertise of any Investment Manager Parties or any opportunities available to such Investment Manager Parties shall be imputed to the Investment Manager or any other Investment Manager Parties.

 

(c)          The Company agrees that the Investment Manager may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of the Investment Manager Parties are directors or officers, or companies as to which the Investment Manager Parties have any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information, unless the Investment Manager either determines in good faith that it may appropriately do so without disclosing such conflict to the Company or discloses such conflict to the Company prior to rendering such advice or services with respect to the Account.

 

(d)          From time to time, when determined by the Investment Manager to be in the best interest of the Company, the Account may purchase securities from or sell securities to another account (including, without limitation, public or private collective investment vehicles) managed, maintained or trusteed by the Investment Manager or an affiliate at prevailing market levels in accordance with applicable law and utilizing such pricing methodology determined to be fair and equitable to the Company in the Investment Manager's good faith judgment.

 

(e)          Consistent with applicable law, the Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager to effect securities transactions on behalf of the Account with its affiliated broker-dealers, and understands that such affiliated broker-dealers may retain commissions in connection with effecting any transactions for the Account. The Investment Manager and any affiliated broker-dealers are also hereby authorized, consistent with applicable law, by the Company to execute agency cross transactions on behalf of the Account. Agency cross transactions may facilitate a purchase or sale of a block of securities for the Account at a predetermined price and may avoid unfavorable price movements which might otherwise be suffered if the purchase or sale order were exposed to the market. However, the Investment Manager and its affiliated broker-dealers may receive commissions from, and therefore may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities regarding, both parties to an agency cross transaction. The Company understands that its authority to the Investment Manager to effect agency cross transactions for the Company is terminable at will without penalty, effective upon receipt by the Investment Manager of written notice from the Company.

 

  11  

 

 

21.           Aggregation and Allocation of Orders . The Company acknowledges that circumstances may arise under which the Investment Manager determines that, while it would be both desirable and suitable that a particular security or other investment be purchased or sold for the account of more than one of the Investment Manager's clients' accounts, there is a limited supply or demand for the security or other investment. Under such circumstances, the Company acknowledges that, while the Investment Manager will seek to allocate the opportunity to purchase or sell that security or other investment among those accounts on a fair and reasonable basis, the Investment Manager shall not be required to assure equality of treatment among all of its clients (including that the opportunity to purchase or sell that security or other investment will be proportionally allocated among those clients according to any particular or predetermined standards or criteria). Where, because of prevailing market conditions, it is not possible to obtain the same price or time of execution for all of the securities or other investments purchased or sold for the Account, the Investment Manager may average the various prices and charge or credit the Account with the average price.

 

22.           Investment Manager Independent . For all purposes of this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall have no authority to act for, bind or represent the Company or the Company's shareholders in any way, except as expressly provided herein, and shall not otherwise be deemed to be an agent of the Company. Nothing contained herein shall create or constitute the Investment Manager and the Company as a member of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or other separate entity, nor shall anything contained herein be deemed to confer on any of them any express, implied, or apparent authority to incur any obligation or liability on behalf of any other person, except as expressly provided herein.

 

23.           Anti-Money Laundering . Upon request from the Company no more than once per calendar year, the Investment Manager shall promptly provide to the Company a signed, written certification in the Investment Manager’s standard form with respect to the Investment Manager’s compliance of their services rendered to the Company with the Investment Manager’s anti-money laundering policies and procedures. If the Investment Manager fails to deliver to the Company an accurate certification of compliance with the Investment Manager’s anti-money laundering policies and procedures as required by this Section 23 , the Company shall have the right to audit the Investment Manager for compliance with the Investment Manager’s anti-money laundering policies and procedures, as determined by the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Officer.

 

24.           Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. There are no understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement other than as expressed herein.

 

25.           Severability . To the extent this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be construed to the greatest extent practicable in a manner consistent with such law or regulation. The invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the validity or legality of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

  12  

 

 

26.           Counterparts; Amendment . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may not be modified or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound or as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

27.           Business Day . For the purpose of this Agreement, “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or executive order to close in New York, New York.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

 

  13  

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date and year first above written.

 

PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION IN CONNECTION WITH ACCOUNTS OF QUALIFIED ELIGIBLE PERSONS, THIS BROCHURE OR ACCOUNT DOCUMENT IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE, AND HAS NOT BEEN, FILED WITH THE COMMISSION. THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF PARTICIPATING IN A TRADING PROGRAM OR UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR DISCLOSURE. CONSEQUENTLY, THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED OR APPROVED THIS TRADING PROGRAM OR THIS BROCHURE OR ACCOUNT DOCUMENT.

 

  Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
     
  /s/ Jeffrey C. Iverson
  Name: Jeffrey C. Iverson
  Title: Chief Compliance Officer and General Counsel
     
  Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.
     
  /s/ Christopher J. Littlefield
  Name: Christopher J. Littlefield
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page
Investment Management Agreement

 

 

 

Schedule I

 

Investment Guidelines

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in these Investment Guidelines have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Investment Management Agreement.

 

Account Investment Guidelines

 

The following Investment Guidelines shall apply to the assets in the Account.

 

Investment Objectives

 

The Company’s investment objectives are to ensure the prudent management of the Company’s investments, taking into account the safety of principal, investment yield and return, stability in the value of the investment, and liquidity necessary to meet the Company’s obligations, expected business needs and investment diversification.

 

Board Oversight

 

The management of the Account shall at all times remain under the oversight of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company’s management will oversee the ongoing activities of the Investment Manager to achieve the Company’s business goals within its risk, capital and liquidity tolerances. The Company reserves the right to review and direct as needed specific investment activity to achieve its objectives.

 

  IG- 1  

 

 

Schedule 2

 

Management Fee Schedule

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Schedule 2 have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Investment Management Agreement.

 

1. Management Fee: In consideration of the services performed under the Agreement, the Company shall pay the Investment Manager a management fee (the “ Management Fee ”) equal to 0.30% per annum of the Average Month-End Net Asset Value of the Account, calculated and paid quarterly in arrears.

 

The “ Average Month-End Net Asset Value ” shall be the average of the month-end net asset values of the Account during the calendar quarter with adjustments for contributions to, or withdrawals from, the Account during such period.

 

If the period in respect of which a Management Fee is payable is less than a calendar quarter, then the Management Fee shall be pro-rated accordingly.

 

2. Valuation . The Custodian shall be responsible for determining the value of the Account and shall submit a proposed valuation of the Account as of each month-end to the Investment Manager. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith as to any objections raised by the Investment Manager about the valuation of assets in the Account for purposes of determining the Management Fee.

 

3. Payment of Fees: The Management Fee will be calculated, billed, and paid quarterly in arrears, based on the Average Month-End Net Asset Value of the Account as of the last business day of each and all of the three calendar months during the relevant quarter, or in the case of any partial quarterly period, the last day of each calendar month during the relevant period and the last business day of such period. Any fee payable by the Company hereunder will be paid by Company within 10 Business Days following receipt by the Company of an invoice for such fee, detailing the calculation of such fee. Upon termination of the Agreement, any outstanding Management Fee shall become immediately payable by the Company.

 

4. Sub-Manager Fees . For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Schedule shall affect the provisions of the Agreement pursuant to which any Sub-Manager Fees (subject to the requirements of the Investment Guidelines) shall be payable out of the assets managed by such Sub-Managers, which are in addition to any Management Fees payable hereunder.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3

 

Proxy Policies and Procedures Schedule

 

[ See attached. ]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.38

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Investment Management Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 30, 2017, is by and between Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd., a Cayman exempted company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”) and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Investment Manager ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Investment Manager supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment with respect to the assets in the Company's general account and any other accounts of the Company, including any surplus or funds withheld accounts (the assets in such accounts, and together with all additions, substitutions and alterations thereto, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Account ”), and the Investment Manager wishes to accept such appointment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Appointment of Investment Manager . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby appoints the Investment Manager as investment manager of the Account with discretionary authority to manage the investment and reinvestment of the funds and assets of the Account in accordance with the terms hereof, and the Investment Manager accepts such appointment. In the course of providing the services contemplated by this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall act as a fiduciary and shall discharge its fiduciary duties and exercise each of its powers under this Agreement with the care, skill and diligence that a registered investment adviser, acting in a like capacity and familiar with insurance company matters, would use in the conduct of a like enterprise with like aims, taking into consideration the facts and circumstances then prevailing, and such fiduciary duties shall specifically include a duty (a) to act with good faith; (b) of loyalty to Company; (c) to provide full and fair disclosure of all material facts; (d) to employ reasonable care to avoid misleading Company; and (e) to act in a manner consistent with the Investment Guidelines for the Account as agreed to between Investment Manager and Company.

 

2.             Management Services; Duties of and Restrictions on Investment Manager; Sub-Managers .

 

(a)          For the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the powers conferred upon it by Section 1, the Investment Manager shall be responsible for the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Account in accordance with the Investment Guidelines set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto (as amended or supplemented from time to time by an agreement in writing of the Company and the Investment Manager, the “ Investment Guidelines ”). In connection therewith, the Investment Manager shall have full authority:

 

 

 

 

(i)          to buy, sell, sell short, hold and trade, on margin or otherwise and in or on any market or exchange within or outside the United States or otherwise, preferred and common stock of domestic and foreign issuers, securities convertible into preferred or common stock of domestic and foreign issuers, debt securities of and/or loans to domestic and foreign governmental issuers (including federal, state, municipal, governmental sponsored agency, global and regional development bank and export-import bank issuers) and domestic and foreign corporate issuers, investment company securities, money-market securities, partnership interests, mortgage and asset backed securities, foreign currencies and currency forwards, futures contracts and options thereon, bank and debtor-in-possession loans, trade receivables, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, commercial paper, other securities, futures and derivatives (including equity, interest rate and currency swaps, swaptions, caps, collars and floors), asset hedging, rights and options on all of the foregoing and other investments, assets or property selected by the Investment Manager in its discretion;

 

(ii)         to select, open, maintain or close one or more sub-accounts with any Custodian (as defined below) pursuant to the applicable Custodial Agreement (as defined below);

 

(iii)        to transfer funds (by wire transfer or otherwise) or securities (by transfer via the Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation or otherwise) (A) between the Account's Custodians (if more than one), (B) between sub-accounts maintained by any Custodian for the Account, (C) subject to Section 20(d), between the Account and any account owned by other clients of the Investment Manager or (D) to or from any brokers or dealers engaged by the Investment Manager on behalf of the Company in connection with the investments permitted herein;

 

(iv)        to select and open, maintain, and close one or more trading accounts with brokers and dealers for the execution of transactions on behalf of the Company and to negotiate, enter into, execute, deliver, perform, renew, extend, and terminate all contracts, agreements, and other undertakings on behalf of the Company with brokers, dealers, prime brokers or other counterparties, including, but not limited to, executing broker agreements; and

 

(v)         to effect such other investment transactions involving the assets in the Company's name and solely for the Account, including without limitation, to execute swaps, futures, options and other agreements with counterparties on the Company's behalf as the Investment Manager deems appropriate from time to time in order to carry out the Investment Manager's responsibilities hereunder.

 

(b)          In accordance with the Investment Manager's policies and procedures set forth in Schedule 3 attached hereto, the Investment Manager or its agent is authorized, but shall not be required, to vote, tender or convert any securities in the Account; to execute waivers, consents and other instruments with respect to such securities; to endorse, transfer or deliver such securities or to consent to any class action, plan of reorganization, merger, combination, consolidation, liquidation or similar plan with reference to such securities; and the Investment Manager shall not incur any liability to the Company by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any such discretion in the absence of gross negligence or bad faith.

 

  2  

 

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Investment Manager may, in its own discretion, but with the prior verbal or written consent of the Company, delegate any or all of its discretionary investment, advisory and other rights, powers, functions and obligations hereunder to one or more investment advisers (each, a “ Sub-Manager ”), including its affiliates; provided that (i) any such delegation shall be revocable by either the Investment Manager or the Company consistent with the terms and conditions related to the appointment of such Sub-Manager, (ii) no such designation shall relieve the Investment Manager from any of its obligations or liabilities hereunder, and the Investment Manager shall always remain responsible to the Company for all obligations or liabilities of such Sub-Manager with regards to providing such service or services as if provided by the Investment Manager and (iii) the Investment Manager shall be responsible for ensuring that any Sub-Manager complies with the Investment Guidelines. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3(a) , any fees and other remuneration payable to Sub-Managers (the “ Sub-Manager Fees ”) will be payable out of the assets managed by such Sub-Managers.

 

3.             Compensation; Expenses .

 

(a)          The Company agrees to pay, from the assets of the Account, the Investment Manager or its designee a management fee (“ Management Fee ”) for the services provided pursuant to this Agreement, calculated and paid in accordance with Schedule 2 attached hereto. To the extent that the Investment Manager engages a sub-advisor to assist with the services to be provided by the Investment Manager pursuant to this Agreement, the Investment Manager will be responsible for all fees and expenses payable to such sub-advisor in connection with such engagement and the Company will not incur additional fees related to such engagement of a sub-advisor.

 

(b)          [Reserved].

 

(c)          The Investment Manager will be responsible for all fees and expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under this Agreement, including any fees and expenses incurred by any sub-advisor engaged by the Investment Manager (which shall include internal costs of the Company related to the management of the Account as may be invoiced to the Investment Manager by the Company or its Affiliates) except, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) Sub-Manager Fees which shall be paid in accordance with Section 2(d) and (ii) Account Trading and Investment Expenses, which shall be paid by the Company out of the assets of the Account. For purposes of this Agreement, “Account Trading and Investment Expenses” shall mean all out-of-pocket brokerage fees, brokerage commissions and all other brokerage transaction costs, stock borrowing and lending fees, interest on cash balances, custodial fees, reasonable transaction legal expenses, regulatory fees or taxes payable in respect of the Account, professional expenses (including fees in connection with the use of proxy voting services) and any other fees and expenses related to the trading and investment activity of the Account as determined by the Investment Manager (or any Sub-Manager) in good faith.

 

(d)          Any fees charged that are payable out of the assets of the Company managed by Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager or otherwise charged to the Company for separately-managed account or fund investments managed or developed by Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager will be at rates no less favorable than the fees charged with respect to comparably-sized third-party investors, including, in the case of such Sub-Managers that are Affiliates of the Investment Manager, fees charged to comparably-sized clients of Investment Manager or its affiliates pursuing similar investment strategies.

 

  3  

 

 

4.             Custodian .

 

(a)          The assets of the Account shall be held by one or more custodians, trustees or securities intermediaries duly appointed by the Company (each, a “ Custodian ”), in one or more accounts at each such Custodian pursuant to custodial, trust or similar agreements approved by the Company (each, a “ Custodial Agreement ”). The Investment Manager may open new sub-accounts under any Custodial Agreement, and cause the assets of the Account to be held in such sub-accounts established with the applicable Custodian in accordance with such Custodial Agreement. The Investment Manager is authorized to give instructions to each Custodian, in writing, with respect to all investment decisions regarding the Account. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Investment Manager to take or receive physical possession of any of the assets for the Account, it being intended that sole responsibility for safekeeping thereof (in such investments as the Investment Manager may direct) and the consummation of all purchases, sales, deliveries and investments made pursuant to the Investment Manager's direction shall rest upon the Custodians. The Custodians may be changed from time to time upon the written instructions of the Company.

 

(b)          The Company shall instruct each Custodian to send the Investment Manager duplicate copies of all Account statements given to the Company by the Custodian. The Company acknowledges that it receives Account statements from each Custodian at least quarterly.

 

5.             Brokerage . The Company hereby delegates to the Investment Manager sole and exclusive authority to designate the brokers or dealers through whom all purchases and sales on behalf of the Account will be made. To the extent permitted by applicable law, such brokers or dealers may include affiliates of the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager will determine the rate or rates, if any, to be paid for brokerage services provided to the Account. In selecting brokers or dealers to effect transactions on behalf of the Account, the Investment Manager, subject to its overall duty to obtain “best execution” of Account transactions, will have authority to and may consider the full range and quality of the ability of the brokers or dealers to execute transactions efficiently, their responsiveness to the Investment Manager's instructions, their facilities, reliability and financial responsibility and the value of any research or other services or products they provide. The Investment Manager will not be obligated to seek in advance competitive bidding for the most favorable commission rate applicable to any particular transaction for the Account or to select any broker-dealer on the basis of its purported posted commission rate. As long as the services or other products provided by a particular broker or dealer (whether directly or through a third party) qualify as “brokerage and research” services within the meaning of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and relevant Securities and Exchange Commission interpretations of that section) and the Investment Manager determines in good faith that the amount of commission charged by such broker or dealer is reasonable in relation to the value of such “brokerage and research services,” the Investment Manager may utilize the services of that broker or dealer to execute transactions for the Account on an agency basis even if (i) the Account would incur higher transaction costs than it would have incurred had another broker or dealer been used and (ii) the Account does not necessarily benefit from the research or products provided by that broker or dealer.

 

  4  

 

 

6.             Limitation of Liability; Indemnification .

 

(a)          The Investment Manager does not guarantee the future performance of the Account or any specific level of performance, the success of any investment decision or strategy that the Investment Manager may use, or the success of the Investment Manager's overall management of the Account. The Investment Manager does not provide any express or implied warranty as to the performance or profitability of the Account or any part thereof or that any specific investment objectives will be successfully met. The Company understands that investment decisions made by the Investment Manager on behalf of the Account are subject to various market, currency, economic, political and business risks, and that those investment decisions will not always be profitable.

 

(b)          The Investment Manager, any affiliate of the Investment Manager or any member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, officer, employee or agent of the Investment Manager or any such affiliate (each, an “ Investment Manager Party ”) shall not be liable for any loss, liability or damage (“ Losses ”) resulting from: (i) any act or omission (including any such acts or omissions deemed to constitute willful misconduct, negligence, or bad faith) of any independent representative, consultant, independent contractor, broker, agent or other person (other than any Sub-Manager) who is selected, engaged or retained by the Investment Manager in connection with the performance of ministerial services, without investment management discretion, under this Agreement, unless such person was selected, engaged or retained by the Investment Manager in a grossly negligent manner or in bad faith; (ii) any act or failure to act by any Custodian or any other third party (other than any Sub-Manager); (iii) the failure by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager to adhere to any limitations or restrictions contained in the Investment Guidelines as a result of changes in market value, additions to or withdrawals from the Account, portfolio rebalancing or other non-volitional acts of the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager; or (iv) any act or omission by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager in connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement, except in cases of willful misconduct, gross negligence, bad faith or reckless disregard by the Investment Manager or such Sub-Manager of the obligations and duties of the Investment Manager under this Agreement. The Investment Manager shall have no liability for any Losses suffered, and shall be fully indemnified by the Company for any Losses it may suffer, as the result of any actions it takes or any actions it does not take based on instructions received from any of the authorized persons of the Company reasonably believed by the Investment Manager to be genuine. The Investment Manager may consult with legal counsel at its cost and expense concerning any question which may arise with reference to this Agreement or its duties hereunder.

 

  5  

 

 

(c)          The Investment Manager shall indemnify, defend, hold and save harmless the Company, any affiliate of the Company or any member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any such affiliate (each, a “ Company Party ”) against any Losses, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the defense of Proceedings) to the extent arising from: (i) any inaccuracy in or breach of the representations and warranties made by the Investment Manager contained in Section 8(b) of this Agreement, (ii) any breach or failure by the Investment Manager to perform any of its covenants or obligations contained in this Agreement, (iii) any act or omission by the Investment Manager deemed to constitute a breach of the standard of care set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement or (iv) any bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties in connection with the performance by Investment Manager, its officers, agents and employees of its obligations under this Agreement. The Investment Manager will provide written notice to the Company promptly if the Investment Manager identifies any matter that is or is reasonably likely to result in a breach of this Agreement.

 

(d)           The federal and state securities laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on persons who act in good faith, and therefore nothing in this Agreement will waive or limit any rights that the Company may have under those laws.

 

7.             Termination .

 

(a)          Either party may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice (a “ Termination Notice ”) or such shorter period of time as the parties may agree in writing.

 

(b)          Termination of this Agreement shall not, however, affect liabilities and obligations incurred or arising from transactions initiated under this Agreement prior to the termination date, or consummation of any transactions initiated prior to the receipt by one party of the other party’s notice of termination. Following a Termination Notice, the Investment Manager shall work with the Company to effect a prompt and orderly transition of the portfolio; provided, however, that the Investment Manager will have no obligation to recommend any action with respect to, or to liquidate, the assets in the portfolio nor shall the Investment Manager be required to incur any out of pocket expense.

 

8.             Representations, Warranties and Covenants .

 

(a)          The Company represents and warrants to the Investment Manager as follows:

 

(i)          the Company has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(ii)         this Agreement constitutes a binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights or by general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(iii)        the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company do not violate (A) any law applicable to the Company, (B) any provision of the constituent documents of the Company, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party, except for such violations as would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  6  

 

 

(iv)        no consent of any person, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement other than those already obtained;

 

(v)         the Company is an insurance company;

 

(vi)        the Company is not an investment company (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) nor exempt from the definition of investment company by reason of Section 3(c)(1) of such Act;

 

(vii)       the Company is a “qualified institutional buyer” (“ QIB ”) as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QIB;

 

(viii)      the Company is a “qualified eligible person” (“ QEP ”) as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Rule 4.7 (“CFTC Rule 4.7”), and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QEP, and hereby consents to be treated as an “exempt account” under CFTC Rule 4.7 by the Investment Manager or any Sub-Manager, as the case may be;

 

(ix)         the Company is a “qualified purchaser” (“ QP ”) as defined in Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the Company will promptly notify the Investment Manager if the Company ceases to be a QP;

 

(x)          none of the assets contained in the Account are or will be “plan assets” of an employee benefit plan subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

(xi)         the Company has adopted appropriate anti-money laundering policies and procedures consistent with the applicable requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and any other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations; and

 

(xii)        the Company has received a copy of the Investment Manager’s Form ADV Part 2A.

 

(b)          The Investment Manager represents and warrants, and with respect to clause (vii) below, covenants, to the Company as follows:

 

  7  

 

 

(i)          the Investment Manager has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

(ii)         this Agreement constitutes a binding obligation of the Investment Manager, enforceable against the Investment Manager in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights or by general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(iii)        the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Investment Manager do not violate (A) any law applicable to the Investment Manager, (B) any provision of the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Investment Manager, or (C) any agreement or instrument to which the Investment Manager is a party, except for such violations as would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Investment Manager to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(iv)        no consent of any person, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Investment Manager in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement other than those already obtained;

 

(v)          the Investment Manager is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, as an “investment adviser”;

 

(vi)        the Investment Manager has adopted appropriate anti-money laundering policies and procedures consistent with the applicable requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and any other applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations; and

 

(vii)        the Investment Manager shall continue to be registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, as an “investment adviser” for as long as this Agreement is in full force and effect or until this Agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with Section 7 .

 

(c)           The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in accordance with Section 4 , the Investment Manager shall under no circumstances act as custodian of the assets of the Account or any securities or other investments purchased or sold for the Account or cash pending contribution to or distribution from any such investment or take or have title to or possession of the assets of the Account or any securities or other investments purchased or sold for the Account. The Investment Manager shall not have the power or authority to amend the terms of any of the Company’s custody arrangements with respect to the Account or related cash or to appoint a custodian without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

  8  

 

 

9.             Asset Hedging Activities . The Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager to enter into, in the name, and on behalf, of the Company, such over-the-counter, exchange traded and other asset hedging and derivative transactions with respect to the Account (including executing any and all contracts or agreements related thereto) as are permitted pursuant to the Investment Guidelines and in accordance with the Company’s derivative use plan as adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors (each such transaction, a “ Derivative Transaction ) and any such Derivative Transaction shall be the responsibility of the Company.

 

10.            Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, facsimile, e-mail, or mailed by first class, registered mail, return receipt requested, postage and registry fees prepaid and addressed as follows:

 

(a)          If to the Company:

Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd.
1001 Fleet Street, 6 th Floor
Baltimore, Maryland 21202
Email: legalgovernance@fglife.bm
Attention: General Counsel

 

(b)          If to the Investment Manager:

Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
Email: jeffrey.iverson@blackstone.com
Attention: Jeffrey Iverson
                 Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer

 

Addresses may be changed by notice in writing signed by the addressee.

 

11.           No Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned by any party to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “assign” shall have the meaning given the term “assignment” in Section 202(a)(1) of the Advisers Act and Rule 202(a)(1)-1 thereunder. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns, in each case provided that such successor or assignee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

12.           Governing Law . To the extent consistent with any mandatorily applicable federal law, this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of law thereof that would permit or require the application of the law of another jurisdiction and are not mandatorily applicable by law.

 

13.           [Reserved] .

 

14.           Arbitration . Any controversy arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in New York City in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and any award rendered thereon shall be enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction. Without giving effect to Section 12, any such arbitration and this Section 14 shall be governed by Title 9 of the U.S. Code (Arbitration).

 

  9  

 

 

15.           Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. Each party hereby (i) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of the other has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the other would not, in the event of a proceeding, seek to enforce the forgoing waiver and (ii) acknowledges that it has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this paragraph.

 

16.           Right to Audit . The Company and it representatives shall have the right, at its own expense, to conduct an audit of the relevant books, records and accounts of the Investment Manager related to the Account during normal business hours upon giving reasonable notice of their intent to conduct such an audit. In the event of such audit, the Investment Manager shall comply with the reasonable requests of the Company and its representatives and provide access to all books, records and accounts necessary to the audit and the Company shall reimburse the Investment Manager for its reasonable costs and expenses in connection with such audit.

 

17.           Books and Records . The Investment Manager shall keep and maintain proper books and records wherein shall be recorded the business transacted by it on behalf of, in the name of, or on account of the Company in respect of the Account.

 

18.           Reports . The Investment Manager shall furnish the Company with such reports relating to the Account as the Company shall from time to time reasonably require.

 

19.           Force Majeure . No party to this Agreement shall be liable for damages resulting from delayed or defective performance when such delays arise out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or gross negligence of the offending party. Such causes may include, but are not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, terrorism, acts of the state in its sovereign capacity, fires, floods, earthquakes, power failure, disabling strikes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions and freight embargoes.

 

20.           Non-Exclusive Dealings with and by Investment Manager Parties; Conflicts of Interest .

 

(a)          Although nothing herein shall require the Investment Manager to devote its full time or any material portion of its time to the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall furnish continuous investment management services for the Account and, in that connection, devote to such services such of its time and activity (and the time and activity of its employees) during normal business days and hours as it shall reasonably determine to be necessary for the Account to achieve its investment objective(s); provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 20(a) shall preclude the Investment Manager Parties from acting, consistent with the foregoing, either individually or as a member, partner, shareholder, principal, director, trustee, officer, official, employee or agent of any entity, in connection with any type of enterprise (whether or not for profit), regardless of whether the Company, Account or any Investment Manager Party has dealings with or invests in such enterprise.

 

  10  

 

 

(b)          The Company understands that the Investment Manager will continue to furnish investment management and advisory services to others, and that the Investment Manager shall be at all times free, in its discretion, to make recommendations to others which may be the same as, or may be different from those made to the Account. The Company further understands that the Investment Manager Parties may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale the Investment Manager may recommend. Actions with respect to securities of the same kind may be the same as or different from the action which the Investment Manager Parties or other investors may take with respect thereto. Furthermore, the Company understands and agrees that each Investment Manager Party shall have the right to engage, directly or indirectly, in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Investment Manager and any other Investment Manager Party and no knowledge or expertise of any Investment Manager Parties or any opportunities available to such Investment Manager Parties shall be imputed to the Investment Manager or any other Investment Manager Parties.

 

(c)          The Company agrees that the Investment Manager may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of the Investment Manager Parties are directors or officers, or companies as to which the Investment Manager Parties have any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information, unless the Investment Manager either determines in good faith that it may appropriately do so without disclosing such conflict to the Company or discloses such conflict to the Company prior to rendering such advice or services with respect to the Account.

 

(d)          From time to time, when determined by the Investment Manager to be in the best interest of the Company, the Account may purchase securities from or sell securities to another account (including, without limitation, public or private collective investment vehicles) managed, maintained or trusteed by the Investment Manager or an affiliate at prevailing market levels in accordance with applicable law and utilizing such pricing methodology determined to be fair and equitable to the Company in the Investment Manager's good faith judgment.

 

(e)          Consistent with applicable law, the Company hereby authorizes the Investment Manager to effect securities transactions on behalf of the Account with its affiliated broker-dealers, and understands that such affiliated broker-dealers may retain commissions in connection with effecting any transactions for the Account. The Investment Manager and any affiliated broker-dealers are also hereby authorized, consistent with applicable law, by the Company to execute agency cross transactions on behalf of the Account. Agency cross transactions may facilitate a purchase or sale of a block of securities for the Account at a predetermined price and may avoid unfavorable price movements which might otherwise be suffered if the purchase or sale order were exposed to the market. However, the Investment Manager and its affiliated broker-dealers may receive commissions from, and therefore may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities regarding, both parties to an agency cross transaction. The Company understands that its authority to the Investment Manager to effect agency cross transactions for the Company is terminable at will without penalty, effective upon receipt by the Investment Manager of written notice from the Company.

 

  11  

 

 

21.           Aggregation and Allocation of Orders . The Company acknowledges that circumstances may arise under which the Investment Manager determines that, while it would be both desirable and suitable that a particular security or other investment be purchased or sold for the account of more than one of the Investment Manager's clients' accounts, there is a limited supply or demand for the security or other investment. Under such circumstances, the Company acknowledges that, while the Investment Manager will seek to allocate the opportunity to purchase or sell that security or other investment among those accounts on a fair and reasonable basis, the Investment Manager shall not be required to assure equality of treatment among all of its clients (including that the opportunity to purchase or sell that security or other investment will be proportionally allocated among those clients according to any particular or predetermined standards or criteria). Where, because of prevailing market conditions, it is not possible to obtain the same price or time of execution for all of the securities or other investments purchased or sold for the Account, the Investment Manager may average the various prices and charge or credit the Account with the average price.

 

22.            Investment Manager Independent . For all purposes of this Agreement, the Investment Manager shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall have no authority to act for, bind or represent the Company or the Company's shareholders in any way, except as expressly provided herein, and shall not otherwise be deemed to be an agent of the Company. Nothing contained herein shall create or constitute the Investment Manager and the Company as a member of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or other separate entity, nor shall anything contained herein be deemed to confer on any of them any express, implied, or apparent authority to incur any obligation or liability on behalf of any other person, except as expressly provided herein.

 

23.           Anti-Money Laundering . Upon request from the Company no more than once per calendar year, the Investment Manager shall promptly provide to the Company a signed, written certification in the Investment Manager’s standard form with respect to the Investment Manager’s compliance of their services rendered to the Company with the Investment Manager’s anti-money laundering policies and procedures. If the Investment Manager fails to deliver to the Company an accurate certification of compliance with the Investment Manager’s anti-money laundering policies and procedures as required by this Section 23 , the Company shall have the right to audit the Investment Manager for compliance with the Investment Manager’s anti-money laundering policies and procedures, as determined by the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering Officer.

 

24.           Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. There are no understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement other than as expressed herein.

 

25.           Severability . To the extent this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be construed to the greatest extent practicable in a manner consistent with such law or regulation. The invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the validity or legality of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

  12  

 

 

26.           Counterparts; Amendment . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may not be modified or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound or as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

27.           Business Day . For the purpose of this Agreement, “ Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or executive order to close in New York, New York.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. ]

 

  13  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date and year first above written.

 

PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION IN CONNECTION WITH ACCOUNTS OF QUALIFIED ELIGIBLE PERSONS, THIS BROCHURE OR ACCOUNT DOCUMENT IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE, AND HAS NOT BEEN, FILED WITH THE COMMISSION. THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF PARTICIPATING IN A TRADING PROGRAM OR UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF COMMODITY TRADING ADVISOR DISCLOSURE. CONSEQUENTLY, THE COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION HAS NOT REVIEWED OR APPROVED THIS TRADING PROGRAM OR THIS BROCHURE OR ACCOUNT DOCUMENT.

 

  Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.
     
  /s/ Jeffrey C. Iverson
  Name: Jeffrey C. Iverson
  Title: Chief Compliance Officer and General Counsel
     
  Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd.
     
  /s/ John Tweedie
  Name:   John Tweedie
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page

Investment Management Agreement 

 

 

 

Schedule I

 

Investment Guidelines

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in these Investment Guidelines have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Investment Management Agreement.

 

Account Investment Guidelines

 

The following Investment Guidelines shall apply to the assets in the Account.

 

The Investment Guidelines for the Account, including specific Investment Guidelines for any sub-division of the Account, may be amended or supplemented from time to time by an agreement in writing between the Company and the Investment Manager, to reflect duration, asset, sector, credit quality, appropriate limits and excluded investments, and to conform to applicable regulatory investment requirements of all relevant jurisdictions pertaining to the assets in the Account as may be reasonably requested by the Company. Upon any change or supplement to the Investment Guidelines or determination of non-compliance with the Investment Guidelines, the Investment Manager will act to comply with the Investment Guidelines within a reasonable period of time following notice to the Investment Manager of such change, supplement or determination of non-compliance.

 

Both parties agree that the Investment Guidelines will be amended to reflect any future changes in the Cayman Insurance Law with respect to reinsurance reserve credits or assets eligible to back the legal reserves.

 

Investment Objectives

 

The Company’s investment objectives are to ensure the prudent management of the Company’s investments, taking into account the safety of principal, investment yield and return, stability in the value of the investment, and liquidity necessary to meet the Company’s obligations to policyholders, expected business needs, and investment diversification, and to satisfy all applicable jurisdictions’ regulatory requirements and related regulations governing capital, surplus, risk based capital and investment activities.

 

Board Oversight

 

The management of the Account shall at all times remain under the oversight of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company’s management will oversee the ongoing activities of the Investment Manager to achieve the Company’s business goals within its risk, capital and liquidity tolerances. The Company reserves the right to review and direct as needed specific investment activity to achieve its objectives.

 

  IG- 1  

 

 

Schedule 2

 

Management Fee Schedule

 

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Schedule 2 have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Investment Management Agreement.

 

1. Management Fee: In consideration of the services performed under the Agreement, the Company shall pay the Investment Manager a management fee (the “ Management Fee ”) equal to 0.30% per annum of the Average Month-End Net Asset Value of the Account, calculated and paid quarterly in arrears.

 

The “ Average Month-End Net Asset Value ” shall be the average of the month-end net asset values of the Account during the calendar quarter with adjustments for contributions to, or withdrawals from, the Account during such period.

 

If the period in respect of which a Management Fee is payable is less than a calendar quarter, then the Management Fee shall be pro-rated accordingly.

 

2. Valuation . The Custodian shall be responsible for determining the value of the Account and shall submit a proposed valuation of the Account as of each month-end to the Investment Manager. The parties agree to negotiate in good faith as to any objections raised by the Investment Manager about the valuation of assets in the Account for purposes of determining the Management Fee.

 

3. Payment of Fees: The Management Fee will be calculated, billed, and paid quarterly in arrears, based on the Average Month-End Net Asset Value of the Account as of the last business day of each and all of the three calendar months during the relevant quarter, or in the case of any partial quarterly period, the last day of each calendar month during the relevant period and the last business day of such period. Any fee payable by the Company hereunder will be paid by Company within 10 Business Days following receipt by the Company of an invoice for such fee, detailing the calculation of such fee. Upon termination of the Agreement, any outstanding Management Fee shall become immediately payable by the Company.

 

4. Sub-Manager Fees . For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Schedule shall affect the provisions of the Agreement pursuant to which any Sub-Manager Fees (subject to the requirements of the Investment Guidelines) shall be payable out of the assets managed by such Sub-Managers, which are in addition to any Management Fees payable hereunder.

 

 

 

 

Schedule 3

 

Proxy Policies and Procedures Schedule

 

[ See attached. ]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.39

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CF Corporation

Sterling House

16 Wesley Street

Hamilton HM CX

Bermuda

 

November 30, 2017

 

Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Email: jeffrey.iverson@blackstone.com

Attn: Jeffrey Iverson, Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer

 

Investment Management Agreements

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Investment Management Agreements set forth on Exhibit A (as such agreements may be amended or modified from time to time, the “ Investment Management Agreements ”) to be entered into between certain subsidiaries (individually, a “ Company ” and collectively, the “ Companies ”) of CF Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted corporation (“ CF Corp. ”), that are party to such Investment Management Agreements, and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Investment Manager ”), and a wholly owned subsidiary of The Blackstone Group L.P. (“ Blackstone ”).

 

Pursuant to, and in anticipation of entering into and performing the services required of it under, the Investment Management Agreements, the Investment Manager has dedicated, and will dedicate, significant efforts and has expended, and will expend, significant resources, including by hiring employees, entering into service agreements and other contractual arrangements, investing in information technology systems, making regulatory filings and corresponding with regulators, securing office space, and committing time and resources of personnel of the Investment Manager and its affiliates, in each case, in developing and implementing an investment management and asset allocation strategy that will be intended to result in significant benefits to the Companies and their respective affiliates. In order to induce the Investment Manager to devote the resources necessary to successfully implement the arrangements contemplated by the Investment Management Agreements and to ensure the preservation of the covenants and agreements set forth in the Investment Management Agreements, and in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in such Investment Management Agreements, and the expected benefits to be derived by the Companies from entering into the applicable Investment Management Agreements with the Investment Manager, CF Corp., the ultimate parent company of the Companies, is entering into this agreement (this “ Agreement ”) with you as follows:

 

 

 

 

1.           Defined Terms . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the applicable Investment Management Agreement.

 

2.           Termination of the Investment Management Agreements . CF Corp shall not cause, permit or suffer any Company to terminate the Investment Management Agreement that such Company is a party to, except (x) in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2(b) hereof (which, among other things, requires the delivery of a notice in connection with the end of the then-current Term and provides the Investment Manager the opportunity to address any long-term performance concerns and adjust fees) or (y) in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2(c) hereof:

 

(a)          The “ Term ” with respect to each Investment Management Agreement will commence on the Closing Date (as defined in the Merger Agreement, dated May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corp., Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a Delaware corporation, FGL US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, and FGL Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation), and will (i) initially end on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Initial Term”) and thereafter (ii) automatically renew on each anniversary of the Closing Date (beginning on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing Date) for an additional one (1) year period unless terminated in accordance with Section 2(b) or Section 2(c) .

 

(b)          Termination for Adverse Performance:

 

(i)          Following the Initial Term, a Company may make an election to terminate the Investment Management Agreement to which it is a party on any annual anniversary of the Closing Date (each, an “ IMA Termination Election Date ”) provided , that:

 

(1) such Company has provided written notice to the Investment Manager of such termination (an “ IMA Termination Notice ”) at least thirty (30) days prior to the applicable IMA Termination Election Date;

 

  2  

 

 

(2) the IMA Termination Notice has been authorized by the vote of the Chief Executive Officer of CF Corp. and at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors of CF Corp. who are not current officers or employees of the Investment Manager and its corporate affiliates (which corporate affiliates shall not, for the avoidance of doubt, include CF Corp. or its subsidiaries) or of investment funds sponsored by the Investment Manager and its corporate affiliates (the “ Non-Affiliated Directors ”) in accordance with clause (ii) below (an IMA Termination Notice delivered with such approval, a “ Valid IMA Termination Notice ”); and

 

(3) no such termination shall be effective on any date earlier than the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the applicable IMA Termination Election Date (the “ IMA Termination Effective Date ”).

 

(ii)         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, no Company may approve any election to terminate the Investment Management Agreement to which it is a party pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) unless the Chief Executive Officer of CF Corp. and at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Non-Affiliated Directors, in their sole discretion and acting reasonably and in good faith, determine that one of the following two events has occurred and is continuing:

 

(1) unsatisfactory long term performance by the Investment Manager under such Investment Management Agreement, that is materially detrimental to such Company; or

 

(2) the fees charged by the Investment Manager under such Investment Management Agreement are unfair and excessive compared to those that would be charged by a comparable asset manager (which for these purposes shall mean an asset manager with personnel of experience, education and qualification, and whose services are of a scale and scope, comparable to those of the Investment Manager (considered together with its affiliates) managing an investment portfolio with a composition and asset allocation comparable to the Account) and under investment guidelines and restrictions comparable to the applicable Investment Guidelines attached to such Investment Management Agreement;

 

  3  

 

 

(3) provided , however, in either such case, the Non-Affiliated Directors shall deliver written notice of such finding to the Investment Manager, and the Investment Manager shall thereafter reasonably cooperate until the applicable IMA Termination Effective Date (i.e., for 2 years) to address the Non-Affiliated Directors’ concerns and; provided further, that in the case of clause (2), the Investment Manager shall have the right to adjust its fees so that they are no higher, in the aggregate, than the fees proposed by any comparable asset manager; and

 

(4) if the Investment Manager has addressed the Non-Affiliated Directors’ concerns (with the assessment of whether the Non-Affiliated Directors’ concerns have been addressed being rendered in good faith with the approval of at least a majority of the Non-Affiliated Directors) or, if applicable, adjusted its fees to be not higher, in aggregate, than the fees proposed by a comparable asset manager, then the applicable IMA Termination Notice shall be deemed rescinded and of no further force or effect and the corresponding IMA Termination Effective Date shall not occur.

 

(iii)         Beginning on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing Date, and on each anniversary thereafter, to the extent no Valid IMA Termination Notice has been delivered in accordance with this Section 2(b) prior to such date, the Term with respect to each Investment Management Agreement for which no Valid IMA Termination Notice has been delivered shall be extended automatically without any further action or obligation by any persons (including, without limitation, the parties thereto or hereto) for one (1) additional year.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2 , a Company may terminate the Investment Management Agreement that it is a party to at any time by providing written notice to the Investment Manager that such Company has determined that either:

 

(i)          the Investment Manager is no longer able to carry on its investment advisory business as a going concern under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940; or

 

(ii)         the Investment Manager is unable to manage the applicable Account in all material respects as provided for in such Investment Management Agreement; or

 

  4  

 

 

(iii)        the Investment Manager is performing its obligations under such Investment Management Agreement with gross negligence, willful misconduct or reckless disregard of any of such obligations; provided , that

 

(iv)        in each case the Investment Manager shall have the right to dispute such Company’s determination within thirty (30) days after receiving notice from such Company, in which case the parties to such Investment Management Agreement shall submit the question as to whether the conditions of this clause (c)(i), (ii) or (iii) have been met to binding arbitration in accordance with Section 14 of such Investment Management Agreement, and such Investment Management Agreement shall continue to remain in effect during the period of the arbitration; and

 

(v)         any termination by such Company as provided in this Section 2(c) shall require the approval of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Non-Affiliated Directors and the delivery of written notice to the Investment Manager of such termination at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such termination.

 

(d)          For avoidance of doubt, the provisions contained in this Section 2 do not and shall not be deemed to constitute an obligation of a Company in respect of its rights to terminate the Investment Management Agreement to which it is a party, which rights are set forth solely therein. Any breach of this Agreement by CF Corp., and any termination by a Company of the Investment Management Agreement to which it is a party in any manner that is not in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 , will give rise to remedies solely against CF Corp. (or any successor thereto) as described in Sections 3 and 4 below.

 

3.           Specific Performance . Each of the parties hereto agrees that irreparable damage would occur and that the other party would not have any adequate remedy at law in the event that any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached and that money damages or other legal remedies would not be an adequate remedy for any such failure to perform or breach. It is accordingly agreed that, without posting a bond or other undertaking, each party shall be entitled to injunctive or other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in the courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York, the federal courts for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. In the event that any such action is brought in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, neither party shall allege, and each party hereby waives the defense or counterclaim, that there is an adequate remedy at law. The parties hereto further agree that (a) by seeking any remedy provided for in this Section 3 , a party hereto shall not in any respect waive its right to seek any other form of relief that may be available to such party hereto under this Agreement and (b) nothing contained in this Section 3 shall require any party hereto to institute any action for (or limit such party’s right to institute any action for) specific performance under this Section 3 before exercising any other right under this Agreement.

 

  5  

 

 

4.           Remedy in the Event of Company Termination . If a Company exercises its rights to terminate the Investment Management Agreement that such Company is a party to in any manner that is not in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 2 , above, the Investment Manager shall be entitled to receive from CF Corp. as compensation for the costs incurred in performing services under, and the failure to receive the benefits reasonably anticipated by, such Investment Management Agreement, the full amount of damages available at law in the same manner and to the same extent as if such Investment Management Agreement had been terminated by or at the direction of CF Corp. in violation of the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.           Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and its enforcement will be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State, without regard to any principles of conflicts of laws principles of such State that would provide for the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits for itself and its property in any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, the formation, breach, termination or validity of this Agreement or the recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of this Agreement, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York, the federal courts for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, and all claims in respect of any such dispute shall be heard and determined in such New York courts or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Any such dispute may and shall be brought in such courts and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue or jurisdiction of any such dispute in any such court or that such dispute was brought in an inconvenient court and shall not plead or claim the same.

 

6.           Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. Each party hereby (i) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of the other has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the other would not, in the event of a proceeding, seek to enforce the forgoing waiver and (ii) acknowledges that it has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this paragraph.

 

  6  

 

 

7.           Assignment; Successors; Waivers . This Agreement shall not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Section 7 shall be void. This Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived, or the time for its performance may be extended, in writing at any time by the party or parties entitled to the benefit thereof. Any such waiver shall be validly and sufficiently authorized for the purposes of this Agreement if, as to any party, it is authorized in writing by an authorized representative of such party. The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any preceding or subsequent breach.

 

8.           Severability . To the extent this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law, this Agreement shall be construed to the greatest extent practicable in a manner consistent with such law. The invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the validity or legality of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

9.           Counterparts; Amendment . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may not be modified or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound or as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

If the above correctly reflects our understanding and agreement with respect to the foregoing matters, please so confirm by signing a copy of this letter, and returning it to us, in the space provided below.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow ]

 

  7  

 

 

  Sincerely,
     
  CF CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Chinh E. Chu
  Name: Chinh E. Chu
  Title: Co-Executive Chairman

 

  8  

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED
 
BLACKSTONE ISG-I ADVISORS L.L.C.
 
By: /s/ Jeffrey C. Iverson  
Name: Jeffrey C. Iverson  
Title: Chief Compliance Officer and General Counsel  

 

  9  

 

 

Exhibit A

Investment Management Agreements

  

· Investment Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between FGL US Holdings Inc. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.

 

· Investment Management Agreement, by and between FGL Holdings and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.

 

· Investment Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.

 

· Investment Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.

 

· Investment Management Agreement, dated as of December 4, 2017, by and between F&G Re Ltd and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.

 

· Investment Management Agreement, by and between CF Bermuda Holdings Limited and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.

 

· Investment Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company and Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C.

 

  A- 1  

 

Exhibit 10.40

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CF Corporation

1701 Village Center Circle

Las Vegas, Nevada 89134

 

November 30, 2017

 

Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

 

Letter Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter agreement (the “ Letter Agreement ”) sets forth the terms of our agreement with Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC (“ BTO Advisors ”) with regard to the following matters related to the completion of the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation, FGL US Holdings Inc. (“ FGL US Holdings ”), FGL Merger Sub Inc. and Fidelity & Guaranty Life (the “ Merger Agreement ”). Each capitalized term used but not defined in this Letter Agreement will have the meaning ascribed to it in the Merger Agreement, except as otherwise provided below.

 

1.          BTO Advisors Services . In consideration for BTO Advisors providing to CF Corporation and FGL US Holdings due diligence investigations and corporate strategy and other advice, that in each case helped enable the Merger Agreement to be entered into and the Merger to be consummated, CF Corporation will pay to BTO Advisors at the closing of the Merger a non-refundable fee of $23 million.

 

2.          No Modification; Entire Agreement . This Letter Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of each party hereto. This Letter Agreement constitutes the sole agreement, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and statements, written or oral, among us and any of our Affiliates, and each of you and any of your Affiliates, with respect to the matters set forth in Paragraph 1.

 

3.          Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Letter Agreement, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or relating to this Letter Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Letter Agreement (including any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of or related to any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Letter Agreement) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without respect to its applicable principles of conflicts of laws that might require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Delaware Court of Chancery (or, only if the Delaware Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction over a particular matter, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware (and the Complex Commercial Litigation Division thereof if such division has jurisdiction over the particular matter), or if the Superior Court of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, any federal court of the United States of America sitting in the State of Delaware) (“ Delaware Courts ”), and any appellate court from any decision thereof, in any Action arising out of or relating to this Letter Agreement, including the negotiation, execution or performance of this Letter Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of any such Action shall be heard and determined in the Delaware Courts, (ii) waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Action arising out of or relating to this Letter Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Letter Agreement in the Delaware Courts, including any objection based on its place of incorporation or domicile, (iii) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such Action in any such court and (iv) agrees that a final judgment in any such Action shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

 

 

 

 

Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY BE BASED UPON, ARISE OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY FOR ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY HEREOF OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LETTER AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NEITHER THE OTHER PARTIES NOR THEIR RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS HAVE REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH OF THE PARTIES UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH OF THE PARTIES MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) EACH OF THE PARTIES HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS OF THIS SECTION. ANY PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS LETTER AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

4.          Equitable Relief . Each party hereto shall, without prejudice to any rights to judicial relief it may otherwise have, be entitled to equitable relief, including injunction and/or specific performance, in the event of any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Letter Agreement. Neither party nor its Representatives will oppose the granting of such relief on the basis that the other party has an adequate remedy at law and agree to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of a bond in connection with such party seeking or obtaining such relief.

 

5.          Counterparts . This Letter Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic transmission in “portable document format”), and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

 

 

 

Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC

 

6.          No Third Party Beneficiaries . The parties hereby agree that their respective representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein are solely for the benefit of the other party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement, and nothing in this Letter Agreement, express or implied, is intended to, and does not, confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns any rights or remedies hereunder or any rights under this Letter Agreement.

 

7.          Confidentiality . This Letter Agreement may not be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to in any document, except with the written consent of the parties hereto; provided , that no such written consent shall be required (a) for any disclosure of the existence or terms of this Letter Agreement to a party’s Representatives with a need to know in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (b) to the extent required by applicable Law, the applicable rules of any national securities exchange or if required or requested in connection with any required filing or notice with any Governmental Authority relating to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or (c) to enforce the rights and remedies under this Letter Agreement.

 

8.          Headings . The descriptive headings used herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Letter Agreement.

 

9.          Waiver . No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any right, power or privilege.

 

10.        Severability . If any provision of this Letter Agreement (or any portion thereof) or the application of any such provision (or any portion thereof) to any Person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof (or the remaining portion thereof) or the application of such provision to any other Persons or circumstances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties intend that the remedies and limitations thereon contained in this Letter Agreement be construed as an integral provision of this Letter Agreement and that such remedies and limitations shall not be severable in any manner that increases liability or obligations hereunder of either party hereto.

 

11.        Assignment . Neither this Letter Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Letter Agreement shall be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part, by operation of Law or otherwise by any of the parties without the prior written consent of the other party. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Any purported assignment in violation of this Section 12 shall be null and void.

 

[ Signature page follows ]

 

 

 

  

  Sincerely,
   
  CF CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Douglas B. Newton
    Name:   Douglas B. Newton
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

BLACKSTONE TACTICAL OPPORTUNITIES ADVISORS LLC

 

By: /s/ Christopher J. James  
  Name:   Christopher J. James  
  Title: Authorized Signatory  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.41

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

CF Corporation

1701 Village Center Circle

Las Vegas, Nevada 89134

 

November 30, 2017

 

Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC
345 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10154

 

Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
601 Riverside Avenue
Jacksonville, Florida 32204

 

Letter Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter agreement (the “ Letter Agreement ”) sets forth the terms of our agreement with Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC (“ BTO Advisors ”) and Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“ FNF ”) with regard to the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017, by and among CF Corporation, FGL US Holdings Inc., FGL Merger Sub Inc. and Fidelity & Guaranty Life (the “ Merger Agreement ”) and the ongoing business of CF Corporation following consummation of the Merger Agreement. Each capitalized term used but not defined in this Letter Agreement will have the meaning ascribed to it in the Merger Agreement, except as otherwise provided below.

 

1.           Services . For the period after the Closing through December 31, 2018, or longer as agreed by the parties hereto, BTO Advisors and FNF agree to provide to CF Corporation and its subsidiaries, at CF Corporation’s request, transactional and operational services and advice, including the services set forth on Exhibit A. In consideration for such services, CF Corporation shall pay the following fees: (i) to BTO Advisors (or its designee(s)), up to $10.0 million on a date agreed by the parties but in no event later than December 31, 2018, payable in cash, ordinary shares of CF Corporation or warrants exercisable for ordinary shares of CF Corporation, at the option of CF Corporation; and (ii) to FNF, up to $6 million on a date agreed by the parties but in no event later than December 31, 2018, payable in cash, ordinary shares of CF Corporation or warrants exercisable for ordinary shares of CF Corporation, at the option of CF Corporation. The actual amount payable pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) in the preceding sentence shall be negotiated in good faith by CF Corporation and the applicable party to receive such fees based on the quality and/or quantity of services provided by such parties hereunder. CF Corporation will not be obligated to issue ordinary shares or warrants hereunder to the extent that such issuance would require shareholder approval pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange on which the ordinary shares are listed.

 

 

 

 

Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC

 

2.           No Modification; Entire Agreement . This Letter Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of each party hereto. This Letter Agreement constitutes the sole agreement, and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and statements, written or oral, among us and any of our Affiliates, and each of you and any of your Affiliates, with respect to the matters set forth in Paragraph 1.

 

3.           Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Letter Agreement, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or relating to this Letter Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Letter Agreement (including any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of or related to any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Letter Agreement) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without respect to its applicable principles of conflicts of laws that might require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Delaware Court of Chancery (or, only if the Delaware Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction over a particular matter, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware (and the Complex Commercial Litigation Division thereof if such division has jurisdiction over the particular matter), or if the Superior Court of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, any federal court of the United States of America sitting in the State of Delaware) (“ Delaware Courts ”), and any appellate court from any decision thereof, in any Action arising out of or relating to this Letter Agreement, including the negotiation, execution or performance of this Letter Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of any such Action shall be heard and determined in the Delaware Courts, (ii) waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Action arising out of or relating to this Letter Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Letter Agreement in the Delaware Courts, including any objection based on its place of incorporation or domicile, (iii) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such Action in any such court and (iv) agrees that a final judgment in any such Action shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY BE BASED UPON, ARISE OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY FOR ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY HEREOF OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LETTER AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NEITHER THE OTHER PARTIES NOR THEIR RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS HAVE REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH OF THE PARTIES UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH OF THE PARTIES MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) EACH OF THE PARTIES HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS OF THIS SECTION. ANY PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS LETTER AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

 

 

 

Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC

 

4.           Equitable Relief . Each party hereto shall, without prejudice to any rights to judicial relief it may otherwise have, be entitled to equitable relief, including injunction and/or specific performance, in the event of any breach or threatened breach of the provisions of this Letter Agreement. Neither party nor its Representatives will oppose the granting of such relief on the basis that the other party has an adequate remedy at law and agree to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of a bond in connection with such party seeking or obtaining such relief.

 

5.           Counterparts . This Letter Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic transmission in “portable document format”), and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

6.           No Third Party Beneficiaries . The parties hereby agree that their respective representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein are solely for the benefit of the other party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns, in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement, and nothing in this Letter Agreement, express or implied, is intended to, and does not, confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns any rights or remedies hereunder or any rights under this Letter Agreement.

 

7.           Confidentiality . This Letter Agreement may not be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to in any document, except with the written consent of the parties hereto; provided , that no such written consent shall be required (a) for any disclosure of the existence or terms of this Letter Agreement to a party’s Representatives with a need to know in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, (b) to the extent required by applicable Law, the applicable rules of any national securities exchange or if required or requested in connection with any required filing or notice with any Governmental Authority relating to the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or (c) to enforce the rights and remedies under this Letter Agreement.

 

8.           Headings . The descriptive headings used herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Letter Agreement.

 

9.           Waiver . No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any right, power or privilege.

 

 

 

 

Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Advisors LLC

 

10.          Severability . If any provision of this Letter Agreement (or any portion thereof) or the application of any such provision (or any portion thereof) to any Person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof (or the remaining portion thereof) or the application of such provision to any other Persons or circumstances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties intend that the remedies and limitations thereon contained in this Letter Agreement be construed as an integral provision of this Letter Agreement and that such remedies and limitations shall not be severable in any manner that increases liability or obligations hereunder of either party hereto.

 

11.          Assignment . Neither this Letter Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Letter Agreement shall be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part, by operation of Law or otherwise by any of the parties without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Any purported assignment in violation of this Section 11 shall be null and void.

 

[ Signature page follows ]

 

 

 

 

  Sincerely,
   
  CF CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Douglas B. Newton
    Name:   Douglas B. Newton
    Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Agreed to and accepted:

 

BLACKSTONE TACTICAL OPPORTUNITIES ADVISORS LLC

 

By: /s/ Christopher J. James  
  Name:   Christopher J. James  
  Title: Authorized Signatory  

 

FIDELITY NATIONAL FINANCIAL, INC.

By: /s/ Michael L. Gravelle  
  Name:   Michael L. Gravelle  
  Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel  
    and Corporate Secretary  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Services

 

· Assistance with preparation of a 100-day plan for CF Corporation and its subsidiaries

· Providing CF Corporation and its subsidiaries with access to BTO Advisor’s “group purchasing organization” and other cost savings resources through BTO Advisor (or its affiliates) for a minimum of three years

· Financial, managerial and operational advice in connection with the day-to-day operations of CF Corporation and its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, advice with respect to the development and implementation of strategies for improving the operating, marketing and financial performance of CF Corporation and its subsidiaries and advice regarding the capital structure of CF Corporation and its subsidiaries

· Financial and strategic planning and analysis

· Advice and consulting services regarding potential mergers and acquisitions

 

None of the services listed above shall include any activities that would require BTO Advisors or FNF to act as a broker-dealer or undertake other regulated activities for which BTO Advisors or FNF does not hold any required licenses.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.42

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

NOMINATING AND VOTING AGREEMENT

 

THIS NOMINATING AND VOTING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of November 30, 2017, by and among Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. (“ BTO” ), Chinh E. Chu (“ Chu ”), William P. Foley, II (“ Foley ”) and CF Corporation (the “ Company ” and, collectively with BTO, Chu and Foley, the “ Parties ”). BTO, Chu and Foley are referred to herein as the “ Nominating Parties.

 

A.           Prior to the date hereof, (i) the Company, BTO, GSO Capital Partners LP and Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“ FNF ”) entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Agreement, dated October 6, 2017, as amended (the “ Investor Agreement ”), (ii) the Company, FGL US Holdings Inc., FGL Merger Sub Inc. and Fidelity & Guaranty Life entered into that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 24, 2017, as amended (the “ Merger Agreement ”) and (iii) FGL US Holdings Inc., the Company, HRG Group, Inc., Front Street Re (Delaware) Ltd., Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. and Front Street Re Ltd. entered into that certain Share Purchase Agreement, dated May 24, 2017 (the “ Share Purchase Agreement ”, and together with the Investor Agreement and the Merger Agreement, the “ Transaction Agreements ”).

 

B.           Following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the Share Purchase Agreement, each of the Nominating Parties will own ordinary shares of the Company (“ Ordinary Shares ”) and the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement with respect to the nomination of certain directors to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) and the voting by the Nominating Parties of their Ordinary Shares in favor of such nominees, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

C.          Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Merger Agreement.

 

The Parties agree as follows:

 

1.           Nominating Provisions .

 

1.1.          

 

(a)          With respect to any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company (the “ Shareholders ”) at which the election of Class A directors, Class B directors or Class C directors is to be voted on (an “ Election Meeting ”), if Foley, Chu, their respective Affiliates and Affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (“ Blackstone ”) continue to own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least twenty percent (20%) of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Board, whether acting through the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board or otherwise, to include, in the slate of nominees recommended to the Shareholders for election to the Board , an individual (each, a “ Nominated Person ”) selected by the Nominating Parties (which individual, for the avoidance of doubt, may be Chu, Foley or an Affiliate of Blackstone) in accordance with Section 1.2 below, provided that the Nominating Parties notify the Company in writing of such Nominated Person no later than ten (10) days after receiving notice of the date of the applicable Election Meeting provided to the Nominating Parties.

 

 

 

 

(b)          If Foley, Chu and Blackstone and their respective Affiliates continue to own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least twelve percent (12%) but less than twenty percent (20%) (the “ Two Director Range ”) of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Board, whether acting through the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board or otherwise, to include, in the slate of nominees recommended to the Shareholders for election to the Board, a Nominated Person for each of the two (2) classes of directors (the “ Two Director Classes ”) to be voted on at the two (2) Election Meetings immediately after such aggregate ownership of Ordinary Shares becomes within the Two Director Range and for each subsequent meeting at which one of the Two Director Classes is to be voted on by the Shareholders, provided that (i) such aggregate ownership remains within the Two Director Range at the time of each such nomination and (ii) the Nominating Parties notify the Company in writing of each such Nominated Person no later than ten (10) days after receiving notice of the date of the applicable Election Meeting provided to the Nominating Parties.

 

(c)          If Foley, Chu and Blackstone and their respective Affiliates continue to own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least five percent (5%) but less than twelve percent (12%) (the “ One Director Range ”) of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Board, whether acting through the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board or otherwise, to include, in the slate of nominees recommended to the Shareholders for election to the Board, a Nominated Person for the class of directors (the “ One Director Class ”) to be voted on at the Election Meeting immediately after such aggregate ownership of Ordinary Shares becomes within the One Director Range and for each subsequent meeting at which one of the One Director Class is to be voted on by the Shareholders, provided that (i) such aggregate ownership remains within the One Director Range at the time of each such nomination and (ii) the Nominating Parties notify the Company in writing of each such Nominated Person no later than ten (10) days after receiving notice of the date of the applicable Election Meeting provided to the Nominating Parties.

 

(d)          If any Nominating Party, together with any of such Party’s successors, heirs and permitted assigns who, in each case, has executed a joinder to this Agreement in substantially the form of Annex A hereto (a “ Joinder ”), ceases to own, directly or indirectly, or hold voting control over, an aggregate of at least 6,937,695 Ordinary Shares, then this Agreement and all rights and obligations hereunder shall immediately terminate with respect to such Party and such successors, heirs and permitted assigns and shall remain effective only with respect to the other Parties and such Parties’ successors, heirs and permitted assigns who, in each case, have executed Joinders. For purposes of this Section 1.1(d), (i) all Ordinary Shares owned by an Affiliate of Blackstone (other than BTO) will be treated as owned by BTO, at any time at which such Affiliate of Blackstone has executed a Joinder and remains a Party hereto (ii) all Ordinary Shares owned by any FNF Party (as defined below) will be treated as owned by Foley, at any time at which such FNF Party has executed a Joinder and remains a Party hereto.

 

1.2.          Each Nominated Person shall be selected by the affirmative vote of two of Chu, Foley and BTO, so long as each of Chu, Foley and BTO remains a Party to this Agreement. If no such individual receives the affirmative vote of two of Chu, Foley and BTO within ten (10) days after receiving notice of the date of the applicable Election Meeting provided to the Nominating Parties, the Nominating Parties shall lose their right to designate an individual to be included in the slate of nominees recommended to the Shareholders at the relevant Election Meeting.

 

  2  

 

 

1.3.          If one of Chu, Foley and BTO is no longer a Party hereto, then the individual to be included in the slate of nominees recommended to the Shareholders for election to the Board at an Election Meeting shall be selected by the affirmative vote of both remaining Nominating Parties; provided , that if both remaining Nominated Parties do not agree on the individual to be included in the slate of nominees recommended to the Shareholders for election to the Board at an Election Meeting within ten (10) days after receiving notice of the date of the applicable Election Meeting provided to the remaining Nominating Parties, the remaining Nominating Parties shall lose their right to designate the individual to be included in the slate of nominees recommended to the Shareholders for election to the Board at the relevant Election Meeting. If two of Chu, Foley and BTO are no longer Parties to this Agreement, then the individual to be included in the slate of nominees recommended to the Shareholders for election to the Board at an Election Meeting shall be selected by the remaining Nominating Party; provided, that if Chu or Foley is the remaining Nominating Party, (i) he shall only have the right to make such selection if the size of the Board has been set at eleven (11) or more directors and (ii) notwithstanding how many Ordinary Shares he owns, he shall only be entitled to exercise such nomination right or the nomination right contemplated by Section 1.4 with respect to one director in one class of directors. If, at any time, Chu or Foley is the last remaining Nominating Party and holds at least five percent (5%) of the Ordinary Shares and the size of the Board is fewer than eleven (11) directors, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the size of the Board to be set at eleven (11) directors as promptly as practicable.

 

1.4.          Any vacancy on the Board arising from the death, removal or resignation of a Nominated Person shall be filled with (i) an individual agreed on by two of Chu, Foley and BTO, so long as each of Chu, Foley and BTO remains a Party to this Agreement, (ii) an individual agreed on by both remaining Nominating Parties, if one of Chu, Foley and BTO is no longer a Party to this Agreement and (iii) an individual nominated by the remaining Nominating Party if only one of Chu, Foley and BTO remains a Party to this Agreement; provided , that Chu or Foley shall only be entitled to exercise the nomination right contemplated by this clause (iii) if Chu or Foley, as applicable, then has the right to nominate a director pursuant to the second sentence of Section 1.3 and no director who was nominated by Chu or Foley, as applicable, pursuant to such second sentence of Section 1.3 is then serving on the Board.

 

1.5.          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 1 , the Nominating Parties shall not be entitled to designate a person as a nominee to the Board upon a written determination by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board (which determination shall set forth in writing reasonable grounds for such determination) that such person would not be qualified under any applicable Law to serve as a director of the Company; provided , that the relevant Nominating Party or Parties shall then be entitled to designate an alternative person as a nominee to the Board. Other than pursuant to the foregoing sentence, neither the Company nor any other Party shall have the right to object to any nominee selected pursuant to this Section 1 .

 

  3  

 

 

2.           Voting . Each Party shall vote, or cause to be voted, all Ordinary Shares owned by such Party, directly or indirectly, or over which such Party has voting control, for each person nominated or selected pursuant to Section 1 .

 

3.           Blackstone Affiliates . It shall be a condition to any transfer of Ordinary Shares by BTO or any Affiliate of Blackstone with respect to any Ordinary Shares owned by such Affiliate of Blackstone which were initially owned by BTO to an Affiliate of Blackstone that such transferee become a Party to this Agreement, and execute a Joinder, and all Ordinary Shares held by BTO, such transferee and all other such transferees will be included in the calculations described in Section 1.1 In addition, if one or more Affiliates of Blackstone, other than BTO, becomes an owner of Ordinary Shares other than through the transfer of Ordinary Shares from BTO or another Affiliate of Blackstone, then such Blackstone Affiliate may elect to become a Party to this Agreement, in which case such Blackstone Affiliate shall execute a Joinder. At any time that BTO is not a Party to this Agreement and one or more Blackstone Affiliates, other than BTO, owns Ordinary Shares and is a Party to this Agreement, all references in this Agreement to “BTO” shall be deemed to be references to the Blackstone Affiliate that is a Party to this Agreement that owns more Ordinary Shares than any other Blackstone Affiliate that is a Party to this Agreement (if any) and such Blackstone Affiliate shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be a Nominating Party.

 

4.           Transfers to FNF or FNFV . Foley agrees that it shall be a condition to any transfer of Ordinary Shares by Foley or any entity controlled by Foley to FNF, Fidelity National Financial Ventures, or any of their respective Affiliates (together, the “ FNF Parties ”), that such transferee become a Party to this Agreement, and execute a Joinder, and all Ordinary Shares held by the FNF Parties will be included in the calculations described in Section 1.1 .

 

5.           Term . Any of the Nominating Parties may elect to withdraw as a Party hereunder, on a day that is subsequent to the Company’s second annual meeting following the Closing Date (such effective date, the “ Withdrawal Date ”), by delivering written notice to the other Parties at least thirty (30) days prior to the Withdrawal Date. Upon any withdrawal from this Agreement by Foley, the FNF Parties shall be deemed to have also withdrawn from this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in effect until all of the Nominating Parties have withdrawn pursuant to the foregoing sentence or been terminated as Parties pursuant to Section 1.1(d) . To the extent a Nominating Party is no longer a Party to this Agreement and none of its Affiliates is a Party to this Agreement, the Ordinary Shares of such Nominating Party and its Affiliates shall not be included in the calculations described in Section 1.1 .

 

6.           Miscellaneous .

 

6.1.           Successors and Assigns . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors, heirs and permitted assigns of the Parties. Any of the Nominating Parties may assign all of his or its rights and obligations hereunder to any of his or its Affiliates to whom such Nominating Party transfers all of the Ordinary Shares he or it holds at the time of such transfer. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the Parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

  4  

 

 

6.2.          Enforceability . This Agreement may only be enforced by the Parties hereto, and nothing set forth in this Agreement shall be construed to confer upon or give to any other person, other than the Parties hereto and their respective successors, heirs and permitted assigns, any rights to enforce the undertakings set forth herein.

 

6.3.          Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)          This Agreement, and all claims or causes of action (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) that may be based upon, arise out of or relating to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement (including any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of or related to any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without respect to its applicable principles of conflicts of laws that might require the application of the Laws of another jurisdiction, except to the extent that Caymans Islands law would be mandatorily applicable to any matter contemplated hereby.

 

(b)          Each of the Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Delaware Court of Chancery (or, only if the Delaware Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction over a particular matter, the Superior Court of the State of Delaware (and the Complex Commercial Litigation Division thereof if such division has jurisdiction over the particular matter), or if the Superior Court of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, any federal court of the United States of America sitting in the State of Delaware) (“ Delaware Courts ”), and any appellate court from any decision thereof, in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action shall be heard and determined in the Delaware Courts, (ii) waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement in the Delaware Courts, including any objection based on its place of incorporation or domicile, (iii) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action in any such court and (iv) agrees that a final judgment in any such action shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

(c)          EACH OF THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY BE BASED UPON, ARISE OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY FOR ANY DISPUTE BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY HEREOF OR ANY TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NEITHER THE OTHER PARTIES NOR THEIR RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR ATTORNEYS HAVE REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH OF THE PARTIES UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH OF THE PARTIES MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) EACH OF THE PARTIES HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS OF THIS SECTION 6.3(c) . ANY PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

  5  

 

 

6.4.           Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic transmission in “portable document format”), and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

6.5.           Headings . The descriptive headings used herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

6.6.           Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (a) personal delivery to the Party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective Parties at their address as set forth on the signature pages hereto, or to such email address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.6.

 

6.7.           Consent Required to Amend, Terminate or Waive . This Agreement may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument executed by (i) the holders of at least a majority of the Ordinary Shares held by BTO and Blackstone Affiliates with respect to Ordinary Shares owned by such Affiliate of Blackstone which were initially owned by BTO, (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the Ordinary Shares held by Chu and Chu’s Affiliates with respect to Ordinary Shares owned by such Affiliate of Chu which were initially owned by Chu and (iii) the holders of at least a majority of the Ordinary Shares held by Foley and Foley’s Affiliates with respect to Ordinary Shares owned by such Affiliate of Foley which were initially owned by Foley. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

(a)          this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may not be waived with respect to any Party without the written consent of such Party unless such amendment, termination or waiver applies to all Parties, as the case may be, in the same fashion; and

 

(b)          any provision hereof may be waived by the waiving Party on such Party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other Party.

 

  6  

 

 

Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.7 shall be binding on each Party and all of such Party’s successors and permitted assigns, whether or not any such Party, successor or assignee entered into or approved such amendment, termination or waiver. For purposes of this Section 6.7 , the requirement of a written instrument may be satisfied in the form of an action by written consent of the Parties and executed by the Parties specified, whether or not such action by written consent makes explicit reference to the terms of this Agreement.

 

6.8.           Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other Party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting Party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default previously or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

6.9.           Severability . If any provision of this or the application of any such provision to any Party or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof or the application of such provision to any other Parties or circumstances.

 

6.10.          Manner of Voting . The voting of Ordinary Shares pursuant to this Agreement may be effected in person, by proxy, by written consent or in any other manner permitted by applicable Law. For the avoidance of doubt, voting of the Ordinary Shares pursuant to this Agreement need not make explicit reference to the terms of this Agreement.

 

6.11.          Confidentiality . This Agreement may not be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to in any document, except with the written consent of the Parties hereto; provided, that no such written consent shall be required (a) for any disclosure of the existence or terms of this Agreement to the parties to the Transaction Agreements or their representatives or advisors with a need to know in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, (b) to the extent required by applicable Law, the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange or if required or requested in connection with any required filing or notice with any governmental authority relating to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements or (c) to enforce the rights and remedies under this Agreement.

 

6.12.          Further Assurances . At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the Parties agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other Party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as the other Party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise carry out the intent of the Parties hereunder.

 

[Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally; Signature Page Follows]

 

  7  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Nominating and Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  CF CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Douglas B. Newton
    Name: Douglas B. Newton
    Title: Chief Financial Officer
     
  Address:
   
  Sterling House
  16 Wesley Street
  Hamilton HM CX
  Bermuda
   
  With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
   
  Winston & Strawn LLP
  200 Park Avenue
  New York, New York 10166
  Attention:   Joel L. Rubinstein, Esq.

 

[Signature Page to Nominating and Voting Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  BLACKSTONE TACTICAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND II L.P.
   
  B y: Blackstone Capital Partners Holdings Director L.L.C., its sole director
     
  By: /s/ Christopher J. James
     
  Name: Christopher J. James
  Title: Authorized Signatory
     
  Address:
   
  c/o The Blackstone Group L.P.
  345 Park Avenue
  New York, New York 10154
   
  With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
   
  Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
  919 Third Avenue
  New York, New York 10022
  Attention:    Nicholas F. Potter, Esq.

 

[Signature Page to Nominating and Voting Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  By: /s/ Chinh E. Chu
    Chinh E. Chu

 

  Address:
   
  c/o CC Capital Management LLC
  555 Madison Avenue, 26th Floor
  New York, New York 10022
   
  With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
   
  Aequum Law, LLC
  555 Madison Avenue, 5th Floor
  New York, New York 10022
  Attention:    John J. Altorelli, Esq.

 

[Signature Page to Nominating and Voting Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  By: /s/ William P. Foley, II
    William P. Foley, II

 

  Address:
   
  c/o Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
  601 Riverside Avenue
  Jacksonville, Florida 32204
   
  With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
   
  Fidelity National Financial, Inc.
  601 Riverside Avenue
  Jacksonville, Florida 32204
  Attention:   Michael L. Gravelle, Esq.

 

[Signature Page to Nominating and Voting Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Annex A

 

FORM OF JOINDER

 

Joinder Agreement

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms, effective as of the date hereof, that by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the undersigned shall become a party to that certain Nominating and Voting Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017 (as it may be amended, supplemented or modified, the “ Voting Agreement ”), by and among Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P., Chinh E. Chu, William P. Foley, II and CF Corporation, and for all purposes of the Voting Agreement the undersigned shall, effective as of the date hereof, have all of the rights and obligations of a “Party” thereunder as if it had executed the Voting Agreement. The undersigned hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Voting Agreement applicable to the Parties and be included within the term “Party” (as defined in the Voting Agreement).

 

Date: ____________________ Party:  
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  
     
  Address:  
     
     
     
  Attention:  

 

 

  

 

Exhibit 10.43

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of November 30, 2017

 

among

 

FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC.,

and

CF BERMUDA HOLDINGS LIMITED,

as Borrowers,

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as Administrative Agent and LC Issuer,

 

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS 1
and
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Lead Bookrunners,

 

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS
and
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Syndication Agents,

 

BNP PARIBAS, ASSOCIATED BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, WELLS FARGO
BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION and BMO HARRIS BANK N.A.,

as Co-Documentation Agents,

 

and

 

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

 

 

 

 

 

1 RBC Capital Markets is a brand name for the capital markets business of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.

 

 

 

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
     
Section 1.01. Certain Defined Terms 1
Section 1.02. Other Interpretive Provisions 44
Section 1.03. Classification of Loans 45
Section 1.04. Accounting Principles 45
     
ARTICLE 2
The Credits
     
Section 2.01. Revolving Loans 46
Section 2.02. Pro Rata Shares 47
Section 2.03. Conversion and Continuation of Revolving Loans 47
Section 2.04. Notes; Loan Accounts 48
Section 2.05. Prepayments 48
Section 2.06. Interest 50
Section 2.07. Fees 51
Section 2.08. Computation of Fees and Interest 52
Section 2.09. Payments Generally 52
Section 2.10. Sharing of Payments by Lenders 54
Section 2.11. Defaulting Lenders 55
Section 2.12. Facility LCs 58
Section 2.13. Incremental Facilities 63
Section 2.14. Maturity Extension of Revolving Loans 64
     
ARTICLE 3
Taxes, Yield Protection and Illegality
     
Section 3.01. Taxes 68
Section 3.02. Illegality 71
Section 3.03. Increased Costs and Reduction of Return 72
Section 3.04. Funding Losses 73
Section 3.05. Inability to Determine Rates 74
Section 3.06. Certificates of Lenders 75
Section 3.07. Substitution of Lenders; Mitigation 75
Section 3.08. Survival 75
     

ARTICLE 4

Conditions Precedent
     
Section 4.01. Conditions to Effectiveness 76
Section 4.02. Conditions to All Borrowings 79
Section 4.03. Determinations Under Section 4.01 79

 

  i  

 

  

ARTICLE 5
Representations and Warranties
     
Section 5.01. Corporate Existence and Power 79
Section 5.02. Corporate Authorization; No Contravention 80
Section 5.03. Governmental Authorization; Other Consents 81
Section 5.04. Binding Effect 81
Section 5.05. Litigation 81
Section 5.06. No Default 81
Section 5.07. ERISA Compliance 81
Section 5.08. Margin Regulations 82
Section 5.09. Title to Properties 83
Section 5.10. Taxes 83
Section 5.11. Financial Condition 83
Section 5.12. Environmental Matters 85
Section 5.13. Investment Company Act of 1940 85
Section 5.14. Subsidiaries 86
Section 5.15. Insurance and Other Licenses 86
Section 5.16. Full Disclosure 86
Section 5.17. Solvency 87
Section 5.18. Insurance 87
Section 5.19. Anti-Corruption Laws; Anti-Money Laundering Laws; Sanctions 87
Section 5.20. Use of Proceeds 88
Section 5.21. Representations as to Foreign Jurisdiction Matters 88
Section 5.22. EEA Financial Institutions 89
     
ARTICLE 6
Affirmative Covenants
     
Section 6.01. Financial Statements 89
Section 6.02. Certificates; Other Information 91
Section 6.03. Notices 93
Section 6.04. Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc. 94
Section 6.05. Insurance 94
Section 6.06. Payment of Taxes and Claims 94
Section 6.07. Compliance with Laws 95
Section 6.08. Inspection of Property; Books and Records 95
Section 6.09. Use of Proceeds 96
Section 6.10. Additional Guarantors 96
Section 6.11. Maintenance of Properties 97
Section 6.12. Environmental 97
Section 6.13. Anti-Corruption Laws; Anti-Money Laundering Laws; Sanctions 98
     
ARTICLE 7
Negative Covenants
     
Section 7.01. Limitation on Indebtedness; Certain Capital Stock 98

 

  ii  

 

 

 

Section 7.02 . Liens 103
Section 7.03. Disposition of Assets 107
Section 7.04. Transactions with Affiliates 109
Section 7.05. Change in Business 112
Section 7.06. Fundamental Changes 113
Section 7.07. Restricted Payments 114
Section 7.08. Modifications of Certain Agreements 120
Section 7.09. Parent Borrower Net Worth 120
Section 7.10. Parent Borrower Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio 121
Section 7.11. FGL Insurance Minimum Aggregate RBC Ratio 121
Section 7.12. Bermuda Reinsurer Minimum Equity 121
Section 7.13. Restrictive Agreements 122
Section 7.14. [Reserved] 123
Section 7.15. Changes in Accounting Policies 123
     
ARTICLE 8
Events of Default
     
Section 8.01. Events of Default 123
Section 8.02. Remedies 125
Section 8.03. Rights Not Exclusive 126
     
ARTICLE 9
The Administrative Agent
     
Section 9.01. Appointment and Authority 126
Section 9.02. Rights as a Lender 127
Section 9.03. Exculpatory Provisions 127
Section 9.04. Reliance by Administrative Agent 128
Section 9.05. Delegation of Duties 128
Section 9.06. Resignation of Administrative Agent 129
Section 9.07. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders 130
Section 9.08. No Other Duties; Other Agents; Etc. 130
Section 9.09. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim 130
Section 9.10. Indemnification of Agent-Related Persons 131
Section 9.11. Withholding Tax 132
     
ARTICLE 10
Miscellaneous
     
Section 10.01. Amendments and Waivers 132
Section 10.02. Notices 134
Section 10.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies 136
Section 10.04. Costs and Expenses 137
Section 10.05. Borrowers Indemnification; Damage Waiver 138
Section 10.06. Marshaling; Payments Set Aside 139
Section 10.07. Assignments, Successors, Participations, Etc. 139

 

  iii  

 

  

Section 10.08. Confidentiality 143
Section 10.09. Set-off 144
Section 10.10. Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc. 144
Section 10.11. Effectiveness; Counterparts 145
Section 10.12. Survival of Representations and Warranties 145
Section 10.13. Severability 145
Section 10.14. Replacement of Defaulting Lenders, Declining Lenders and Non-Consenting Lenders 145
Section 10.15. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process 146
Section 10.16. Waiver of Jury Trial 147
Section 10.17. USA PATRIOT Act Notice 147
Section 10.18. Entire Agreement 148
Section 10.19. Independence of Covenants 148
Section 10.20. Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders Right 148
Section 10.21. No Fiduciary Duty 148
Section 10.22. Joint and Several Liability 149
Section 10.23. Judgment Currency 149
Section 10.24. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions 150

 

  iv  

 

  

APPENDICES  
   
Appendix A Revolving Commitments
   
SCHEDULES  
   
Schedule 5.05 Litigation
Schedule 5.14 Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.01 Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 7.02 Existing Liens
Schedule 10.02 Addresses for Notices
   
EXHIBITS  
   
Exhibit A Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit B Form of Revolving Loan Note
Exhibit C-1 Form of Loan Notice
Exhibit C-2 Form of Conversion/Continuation Notice
Exhibit D Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit E Form of Guarantee Agreement
Exhibit F-1 United States Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit F-2 United States Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit F-3 United States Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit F-4 United States Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Exhibit G Form of Prepayment Notice
Exhibit H Solvency Certificate
Exhibit I Form of Facility LC Application

 

  v  

 

  

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of November 30, 2017, by and among FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), CF BERMUDA HOLDINGS LIMITED, a Bermuda exempted limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrower ”; together with the Company, the “ Borrowers ” and individually, each, a “ Borrower ”), the lenders from time to time party to this Agreement (collectively, the “ Lenders ”; individually, each, a “ Lender ”), ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and an LC Issuer, and the other agents and arrangers party hereto.

 

WHEREAS, the Borrowers desire to obtain from the Lenders a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrowers intend to use the proceeds of the revolving credit facility (i) for working capital, growth initiatives and general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries and (ii) to pay fees, commissions and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Transactions; and

 

WHEREAS, each of the Guarantors (as defined below) is willing to guarantee the obligations of the Borrowers, as provided in the Guarantee Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
Definitions

 

Section 1.01.            Certain Defined Terms .

 

The following terms have the following meanings:

 

Acquisition ” means (a) an Investment by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Subsidiary or shall be consolidated, amalgamated or merged with the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or (b) the acquisition by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of assets of any Person.

 

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement, and its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity.

 

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify.

 

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, membership interests, by contract or otherwise.

 

 

 

  

Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(a) .

 

Agent-Related Persons ” means the initial Administrative Agent, any successor Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the Syndication Agents and the Co-Documentation Agents, in each case together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

 

Aggregate RBC Ratio ” means, (i) for purposes of Section 7.11 hereof, on any date of determination, one-half of the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the aggregate “Total Adjusted Capital” (as defined by the applicable Department) for FGL Insurance to (b) the aggregate “Authorized Control Level Risk-Based Capital” (as defined by the applicable Department) for FGL Insurance and (ii) for all other purposes of the Loan Documents, with respect to the Insurance Subsidiaries (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary) taken as a whole, on any date of determination, one-half of the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the aggregate “Total Adjusted Capital” (as defined by the applicable Department) for each such Insurance Subsidiary to (b) the aggregate “Authorized Control Level Risk-Based Capital” (as defined by the applicable Department) for each such Insurance Subsidiary.

 

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

A.M. Best ” means A.M. Best Company.

 

Annual Statement ” means the annual statutory financial statement of any Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary (except the Bermuda Reinsurer)) required to be filed with the applicable Department, which statement shall be in the form required by such Insurance Subsidiary’s jurisdiction of domicile or, if no specific form is so required, in the form of financial statements permitted by such Department to be used for filing annual statutory financial statements and shall contain the type of information permitted or required by such Department to be disclosed therein, together with all exhibits or schedules filed therewith.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means laws, judgments, orders, executive orders, decrees, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes, case law or treaties related to corruption or bribery that are applicable to the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 78dd-1, et seq.).

 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” means laws, judgments, orders, executive orders, decrees, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes, case law or treaties related to terrorism financing or money laundering including any applicable provision of the Patriot Act and the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act (also known as the “Bank Secrecy Act”, 31 U.S.C. §§ 5311-5330 and 12 U.S.C. §§ 1818(s), 1820(b) and 1951-1959).

 

  2  

 

  

Applicable Margin ” and “ Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage ” mean (a) from the Closing Date until the date of delivery of the Compliance Certificate and the financial statements for the period ending March 31, 2018, a percentage, per annum , determined by reference to the following table as if the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio of the Parent Borrower then in effect were less than or equal to 25% but greater than 15%; and (b) thereafter, a percentage, per annum , determined by reference to the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio of the Parent Borrower and in effect from time to time as set forth in the table below:

 

Debt to Total
Capitalization
Ratio of the
Parent Borrower
  Applicable
Margin for
Base Rate Loans
    Applicable
Margin for
Eurodollar Rate
Loans
    Applicable
Revolving
Commitment
Fee Percentage
 
0% ˂ x  ≤ 15%     1.50 %     2.50 %     0.375 %
15% ˂ x  ≤ 25%     1.75 %     2.75 %     0.45 %
x ˃ 25%     2.00 %     3.00 %     0.50 %

 

No change in the Applicable Margin or Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage shall be effective until one (1) Business Day after the date on which the Administrative Agent shall have received the applicable financial statements and a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(a) calculating the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio of the Parent Borrower. At any time the Borrowers have not submitted to the Administrative Agent the applicable information as and when required under Section 6.02(a) , the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage shall be determined as if the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio of the Parent Borrower were in excess of 25%. Within one (1) Business Day of receipt of the applicable information under Section 6.02(a) , the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrowers and each Lender telefacsimile, telephonic or electronic notice (confirmed in writing) of the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage in effect from such date. In the event that any financial statement or Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) is shown to be inaccurate (at a time when this Agreement is in effect and unpaid Obligations under this Agreement are outstanding (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations not yet due and payable)), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin or Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Margin or Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage applied for such Applicable Period, then (x) the Company shall immediately deliver to the Administrative Agent a correct Compliance Certificate required by Section 6.02(a) for such Applicable Period, (y) the Applicable Margin or Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage shall be determined based on the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio of the Parent Borrower set forth in such correct Compliance Certificate and (z) the Borrowers shall immediately pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin or Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage for such Applicable Period. Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under Section 2.06 or Article 8 .

 

  3  

 

  

Applicable Reserve Requirement ” means, at any time, for any determination of the Eurodollar Rate, the maximum rate, expressed as a decimal, at which reserves (including any basic marginal, special, supplemental, emergency or other reserves) are required to be maintained with respect thereto against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is defined in Regulation D) under regulations issued from time to time by the FRB or other applicable banking regulator. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Applicable Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by such member banks with respect to (a) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the applicable Eurodollar Rate is to be determined, or (b) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Eurodollar Rate Loans. A Revolving Loan bearing interest at an interest rate based on the Eurodollar Rate shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and as such shall be deemed subject to reserve requirements without benefits of credit for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to the applicable Lender. The rate of interest on a Revolving Loan bearing interest at an interest rate based on the Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Applicable Reserve Requirement.

 

Approved Electronic Communications ” means any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries provides to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein, which is distributed to the Administrative Agent or Lenders by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 10.02(b) .

 

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee substantially in the form of Exhibit D or in another form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Associated Bank ” means Associated Bank, National Association.

 

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

 

Average Life ” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (b) the sum of all such payments.

 

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

 

  4  

 

  

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

 

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus  1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest determined by Royal Bank of Canada from time to time as its prime commercial lending rate for United States Dollar loans in the United States for such day as the “U.S. Prime Rate”, and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for an Interest Period of one month beginning on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately preceding such day) plus  1.00% per annum ; provided that, if such rate per annum is less than zero, the Base Rate will be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Base Rate Loan ” means a Revolving Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

 

Bermuda Companies Law ” means the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Bermuda Insurance Law ” means the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Bermuda Reinsurer ” means F&G Re Ltd, a Bermuda exempted company registered as an insurer under the Bermuda Insurance Law.

 

Bermuda Reinsurer Capitalization Date ” means the date on which the Bermuda Reinsurer is capitalized as part of the Fidelity Acquisition Transactions.

 

Blackstone Funds ” means, individually or collectively, any investment fund, coinvestment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles or accounts, in each case, managed by an Affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., or any of their respective successors.

 

BMO ” means BMO Harris Bank N.A.

 

BNP ” means BNP Paribas.

 

Board of Directors ” means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person does not have such a board of directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors or other governing body.

 

Borrower Material ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

 

  5  

 

  

Borrowers ” has the meaning specified in the preamble hereto.

 

Borrowing Date ” means the date of a Credit Extension.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located or New York City and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

Calculation Period ” means, with respect to any ratio or calculation, the period for which such ratio or calculation is being calculated.

 

Capital Adequacy Regulation ” means any guideline, request or directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other law, rule or regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in each case, regarding capital adequacy or liquidity of any bank or of any corporation controlling a bank.

 

Capital and Surplus ” means, as to any Insurance Subsidiary, as of any date, the total assets minus total liabilities of such Insurance Subsidiary, as at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of such Insurance Subsidiary of which financial statements are available, determined in accordance with SAP.

 

Capital Market Indebtedness ” means any series of Indebtedness specified within clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Indebtedness” with an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of $100,000,000.

 

Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), including partnership interests and membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Capital Stock shall not be deemed to include debt convertible or exchangeable for any of the foregoing.

 

Capitalized Lease Liabilities ” means, with respect to any Person, all monetary obligations of such Person under any leasing or similar arrangement that, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be classified as a capitalized lease, provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP, and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of this definition, whenever in this Agreement is it necessary to determine whether a lease is a capital lease or an operating lease, such determination shall be made on the basis of GAAP as in effect on January 1, 2017.

 

Cash Collateralize ” means, in respect of an Obligation, to provide and pledge (as a first priority perfected security interest) cash collateral in Dollars, at a location and pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (and “ Cash Collateralization ” has a corresponding meaning). “ Cash Collateral ” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

 

  6  

 

  

Cash Equivalents ” means: (a) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, Canadian dollars and yen; (b) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or issued by any agency or instrumentality of the United States ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; (c) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of “A” or better from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or A2 or better from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (d) certificates of deposit, demand deposits, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by (x) any commercial bank the long-term debt of which is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (y) any commercial bank the short term commercial paper of such commercial bank or its parent company is rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and having combined capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, or (z) any Lender; (e) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) , (c) and (d) above, entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above; (f) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; (g) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above denominated in euros or any foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to in such clauses and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; (h) interests in any investment company or money market fund that invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (a) through (g) above and clause (j) below; (i) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Rule 2A-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated at the time of acquisition thereof “AAA” or the equivalent by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “Aaa” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000; and (j) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (d) of this definition.

 

Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations owed in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds or in respect of any credit card or similar services.

 

  7  

 

  

CBOs ” means notes or other instruments (other than CMOs) secured by collateral consisting primarily of debt securities and/or other types of debt obligations, including loans.

 

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980.

 

Change in Law ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any Requirement of Law, (b) any change in any Requirement of Law or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.

 

Change of Control ” means (a) the occurrence of both (x) any acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or group (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the SEC under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more of the aggregate Voting Stock of the Parent Borrower other than a Permitted Holder and (y) the Permitted Holders ceasing to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the SEC under the Exchange Act), in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, at least as much of the aggregate Voting Stock of the Parent Borrower as that beneficially owned by such person or group; (b) the majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the Parent Borrower cease to be occupied by (i) Persons who were members of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower on the Closing Date or (ii) any new directors whose election by such board or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Parent Borrower was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Parent Borrower then still in office who were either directors on the Closing Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved; or (c) the occurrence of a “change of control” (howsoever defined) under the Existing Debt that constitutes an “event of default” under such Existing Debt. The Fidelity Acquisition Transactions shall not be deemed a Change of Control.

 

Class ” means (i) with respect to Lenders, Lenders having Revolving Exposure and (ii) with respect to Loans, Revolving Loans. Until the consummation of an Extension pursuant to Section 2.14 , there will be only one Class of Lenders and one Class of Loans hereunder.

 

Closing Date ” means November 30, 2017.

 

CMOs ” means notes or other instruments secured by collateral consisting primarily of mortgages, mortgage-backed securities and/or other types of mortgage-related obligations.

 

“Co-Documentation Agents ” means each of BNP, Associated Bank, Wells Fargo and BMO and their respective successors and assigns in such capacity.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Collateral Shortfall Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(b) .

 

Commitment ” means any Revolving Commitment.

 

  8  

 

 

Commitment Letter ” means the commitment letter, dated October 10, 2017, between the Borrowers, Royal Bank, RBCCM, Bank of America, MLPFS, BNP and Associated Bank.

 

Commitment Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (a) (i) with respect to the Original Revolving Credit Commitments and the Original Revolving Loans, the date that is three years after the Closing Date and (ii) with respect to any Extended Revolving Commitments and Extended Revolving Loans of a given Class, the Extended Maturity Date as specified in the Extension Amendment with respect to such Class, (b) with respect to any Class of Revolving Commitments, the date the Revolving Commitments of such Class are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.05 , and (c) the date of the termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 8.02 .

 

Company ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Compensation Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(c)(ii) .

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period ( plus , without duplication, all net income of the Insurance Subsidiaries):

 

(a)           increased (without duplication) by the following items to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

 

(2) Consolidated Income Taxes; plus

 

(3) consolidated depreciation expense; plus

 

(4) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of FASB ASC 350 and FASB ASC 360; plus

 

(5) other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, including any write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period not included in the calculation); plus

 

(6) any fees, charges or other expenses made or Incurred in connection with any actual or proposed non-ordinary course Investment, asset sale, acquisition, recapitalization or issuance of Capital Stock or Incurrence of Indebtedness or any amendment or modification of Indebtedness (including as a result of Statement of FASB ASC 805), including Fidelity Acquisition Transaction Expenses; plus

 

  9  

 

  

(7) the amount of any restructuring charges (including lease termination, severance and relocation expenses), integration costs or other business optimization expenses or non-ordinary course reserves or other non-recurring or unusual charges or expenses deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income;

 

(b)          decreased (without duplication) by non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the recognition of deferred revenue, the reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period that did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period); and

 

(c)           increased or decreased (without duplication) to eliminate the following items to the extent reflected in Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1) any non-ordinary course net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of FASB ASC 815;

 

(2) all unrealized gains and losses relating to financial instruments or liabilities to which fair market value accounting is applied; and

 

(3) any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk).

 

Consolidated Income Taxes ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental authority which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits or capital of such Person or such Person and its Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period), including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the interest expense of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including but not limited to the portion of any payments or accruals with respect to Capitalized Lease Liabilities that are allocable to interest expense, excluding (x) any write-offs of capitalized fees under agreements governing Indebtedness and all amendments thereto, (y) all non-cash charges for the amortization of deferred financing fees and debt issuance costs, and (z) any interest on tax reserves to the extent the Parent Borrower has elected to treat such interest as an interest expense under FASB ASC 450 since its adoption.

 

  10  

 

  

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of any Person (the “ primary Person ”) and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (before preferred stock dividends); provided , however , that (without duplication):

 

(a) any net income (loss) of any other Person (a “ secondary Person ”) if such secondary Person is not a Subsidiary of the primary Person or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income, except that:

 

(1) the primary Person in the net income of any such secondary Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such secondary Person during such period to the primary Person or any of its Subsidiaries as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to any such Subsidiary, to clause (2) below); and

 

(2) the primary Person’s equity in a net loss of any such secondary Person for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the primary Person or a Subsidiary of the primary Person during such period;

 

(b) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C)(1) of Section 7.07(a) , there shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income any net income (but not loss) of any Subsidiary of the primary Person (other than the Company, a Guarantor or an Insurance Subsidiary of the primary Person) if such Subsidiary is subject to prior government approval or other restrictions due to the operation of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or government regulation (which have not been waived), directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the primary Person, except that:

 

(1) the primary Person’s equity in the net income of any such Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash that could have been distributed by such Subsidiary during such period to the primary Person or another Subsidiary of the primary Person as a dividend (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Subsidiary of the primary Person, to the limitation contained in this clause); and

 

(2) the primary Person’s equity in a net loss of any such Subsidiary for such period will be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(c) any net income (but not loss) of the Insurance Subsidiaries of the primary Person determined on a combined basis shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any such period, there shall be included in Consolidated Net Income any such amount determined on a combined basis that could have been distributed directly or indirectly by the Insurance Subsidiaries on a combined basis to the primary Person or any Credit Party as a dividend, distribution or return of capital or as a payment of interest or principal on any Surplus Debentures or Notes;

 

(d) any after-tax effect of gain or loss (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) realized upon sales or other dispositions of any assets of the primary Person or such Subsidiary of the primary Person (including pursuant to any sale and leaseback transaction) other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

  11  

 

  

(e) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or early termination of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(f) the after-tax effect of extraordinary gain or loss shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(g) the after-tax effect of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(h) any after-tax effect of non-cash impairment charges recorded in connection with the application of FASB ASC 350 and FASB ASC 360 shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(i) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the primary Person or any Subsidiary of the primary Person shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(j) all impairment charges in connection with Investments made by any Insurance Subsidiary of the primary Person in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded from such Consolidated Net Income; provided that the amount of any cash charges relating to such impairment charges shall not be excluded from Consolidated Net Income by operation of this clause (j) to the extent such cash charges reduce (i) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary of the primary Person that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, “Total Adjusted Capital” (as defined by the applicable Department) or (ii) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary of the primary Person that is a Foreign Subsidiary, such comparable term as defined by the applicable Department; and

 

(k) interest related realized net investment portfolio trading losses of any Insurance Subsidiary of the primary Person shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income to the extent such losses do not reduce (i) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary of the primary Person that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, such Insurance Subsidiary’s “Total Adjusted Capital” (as defined by the applicable Department) or (ii) with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary of the primary Person that is a Foreign Subsidiary, such comparable term as defined by the applicable Department.

 

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any material security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, undertaking, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or agreement to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Controlled Group ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with a Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

 

  12  

 

  

Conversion/Continuation Notice ” means a notice of conversion or continuation of a Revolving Loan substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 .

 

Credit Extension ” means (a) the making, conversion or continuation of a Revolving Loan or (b) the issuance, renewal or extension of a Facility LC.

 

Credit Parties ” means the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

 

Currency Agreement ” means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency futures contract, currency option contract or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary.

 

Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date, the ratio of (a) the principal amount of, and accrued but unpaid interest on, all Indebtedness for borrowed money of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, other than (i) Indebtedness owing to such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) the liabilities (if any) of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of Hedging Obligations as determined by reference to the Swap Termination Value of the Swap Contracts giving rise to such Hedging Obligations, to (b) Total Capitalization of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries on such date.

 

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally, including state insurance insolvency laws.

 

Declining Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a) .

 

Default ” means any event or circumstance that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured or otherwise remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.11(b) , any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Revolving Loans within two Business Days of the date such Revolving Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (which conditions precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any LC Issuer any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in the Facility LCs) within two Business Days of the date when due unless the subject of a good faith dispute, (b) has notified the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or any LC Issuer in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lenders’ obligation to fund a Revolving Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with the applicable default, if any, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Company, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent) or (d) the Administrative Agent has received notification that such Lender is, or has a direct or indirect parent company that is (i) insolvent, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (ii) the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its direct or indirect parent company, or such Lender or its direct or indirect parent company has taken any action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or (iii) the subject of a Bail-in Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Capital Stock in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

 

  13  

 

  

Department ” means, with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary, the Governmental Authority (including the applicable insurance commissioner or other titled officer with duties of an insurance commissioner) of such Insurance Subsidiary’s state or jurisdiction of domicile with insurance regulatory jurisdiction over such Insurance Subsidiary, including, to the extent applicable, the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

 

Disposition ” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan, of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, including any transaction pursuant to a Reinsurance Agreement (other than directors’ qualifying shares or local ownership shares) (it being understood that the Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower is not an asset of the Parent Borrower), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “ disposition ”) by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or similar transaction. The terms “ Dispose of ”, “ Disposing of ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meaning.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable (other than for Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than for Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares), in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date, (b) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Capital Stock referred to in clause (a) above, in each case at any time on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date, or (c) contains any repurchase obligation which may come into effect prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided , however , that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Capital Stock is convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the issuer thereof to redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change in control or an asset sale prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if such Capital Stock provides that the issuer thereof will not redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions prior to the repayment in full of the Obligations. In addition, any Capital Stock held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their estates, spouses or former spouses) of the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Parent Borrower pursuant to any stockholders agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries following the termination of employment or death or disability of such employee, director, officer, manager or consultant with the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or in order to satisfy applicable regulatory or statutory obligation (so long as, in each case referred to in this sentence, any such requirement is made subject to compliance with this Agreement).

 

  14  

 

  

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” and “ $ ” each mean lawful money of the United States.

 

EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clause (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

 

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person other than an Ineligible Institution.

 

Entitled Person ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.23(b) .

 

Environment ” means ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, soil, surface and subsurface strata, and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

 

Environmental Claims ” means all written claims, complaints or notices, by any Governmental Authority or other Person alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law, or for release or injury to the Environment or threat to public health, personal injury (including sickness, disease or death), property damage, natural resources damage, or otherwise alleging liability or responsibility for damages (punitive or otherwise), cleanup, removal, remedial or response costs, restitution, civil or criminal penalties, injunctive relief or other type of relief, resulting from or based upon the presence, placement, or Release (including intentional or unintentional, negligent or non-negligent, sudden or non-sudden or accidental or non-accidental placement, spills, leaks, discharges, emissions or releases) of any Hazardous Material at, in, under or from property, whether or not owned by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, excluding, in any case, liabilities or claims arising under any insurance contract or policy, reinsurance agreement or retrocession agreement relating to any of the foregoing where the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is the insurer.

 

  15  

 

  

Environmental Laws ” means all Requirements of Law relating to pollution or protection of the Environment, health and safety.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Parent Borrower, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the release, threatened release, generation, use, handling, transportation, storage or treatment of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Materials or (c) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Equity Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(h) .

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Single Employer Pension Plan; (b) with respect to any Single Employer Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Sections 412 or 430 of the Code and Sections 302 or 303 of ERISA, whether or not waived; (c) a withdrawal by the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate from a Single Employer Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (d) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Single Employer Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) an event or condition that constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Single Employer Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than required plan contributions and PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including by reason of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries being or having been deemed an ERISA Affiliate of any other trade or business; or (h) the imposition of a Lien under Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 303(k) or 4068 of ERISA.

 

  16  

 

  

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

 

Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the greater of (a) 0.00% per annum and (b) the rate per annum obtained by dividing (x) (i) the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such period) with a term equivalent to such period in Dollars displayed on page LIBOR01 of the Reuters Screen (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion), determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such Interest Rate Determination Date, or (ii) in the event the rate referenced in the preceding clause (i) is not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest equal to the offered quotation rate to major banks in the offshore Dollar market at their request by the Administrative Agent’s London Branch for deposits (for delivery on the first day of the relevant period) in Dollars of amounts in same day funds comparable to the principal amount of the Revolving Loan, for which the Eurodollar Rate is then being determined with maturities comparable to such period as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such Interest Rate Determination Date, by (y) an amount equal to (i) one minus (ii) the Applicable Reserve Requirement.

 

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Revolving Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary to the extent such Subsidiary guaranteeing the Obligations would reasonably be expected to result in an adverse tax consequence to the Parent Borrower (or its direct or indirect beneficial owners) and its Subsidiaries (including as a result of the operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law or regulation in any applicable jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Company, (b)  any Subsidiary that (i) has assets with an aggregate Fair Market Value less than $5,000,000 as of the end of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter of the Parent Borrower, (ii) has aggregate revenues less than $5,000,000 for the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ended, and (iii) has no Subsidiaries other than any Subsidiary with assets with an aggregate Fair Market Value less than $5,000,000 as of the end of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter of the Parent Borrower, or aggregate revenues less than $5,000,000 for the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ended, (c) any Insurance Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary, (d) any Special Purpose Subsidiary, (e) any Subsidiary that is not permitted by law or regulation to guarantee the Obligations or that would be required to obtain governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization to guarantee the Obligations (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received) and (f) any Subsidiary that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Obligations by any contractual obligation in existence on the Closing Date (or, in the case of any newly acquired Subsidiary, in existence at the time of acquisition but not entered into in contemplation thereof). Any Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary under clause (b) above that fails to meet the condition in such clause (b) as of the last day of the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ended shall continue to be deemed an “Excluded Subsidiary” hereunder until the date that is 60 days following the delivery of annual or quarterly financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof with respect to such period (or the last quarter thereof, as applicable).

 

  17  

 

  

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any LC Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party under any Loan Document, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case (i) imposed as a result of such recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) any U.S. federal withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to a Lender under any laws in effect at the time (i) in the case of a Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrowers under Section 3.07 ), such Lender acquires the applicable interest in the Commitment or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except to the extent in each case that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrowers with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a) , (c) any Tax that is attributable to such recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e) and any U.S. federal backup withholding tax and (d) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

 

Existing Debt ” means the 6.375% senior unsecured notes due 2021 issued by the Company pursuant to the FGL Indenture.

 

Existing Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(c)(ii) .

 

Existing Revolving Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(c)(ii) .

 

Extended Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(c)(ii) .

 

Extended Revolving Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(c)(ii) .

 

Extended Termination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a) .

 

Extension ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a) .

 

Extension Amendment ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(f) .

 

  18  

 

  

Extension Offer ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a) .

 

Facility ” means, collectively, the Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments therefor.

 

Facility LC ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(a) .

 

Facility LC Application ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(c) substantially in the form of Exhibit I or such other form acceptable to the applicable LC Issuer.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any property, the price that would reasonably be expected to be paid in an arm’s length free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower.

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code effective as of the date hereof and any amended or successor version of such sections that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with (including any current or future U.S. Treasury Department regulations or other official administrative guidance promulgated thereunder), any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code, and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or official practices adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreement.

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Fee Letter ” means the fee letter dated October 10, 2017, between the Borrowers, Royal Bank, RBCCM, Bank of America and MLPFS.

 

FGL Indenture ” means the Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of November 20, 2017, by and among the Company, as issuer, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo as trustee, which amended and restated the Indenture dated as of March 27, 2013, as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.

 

FGL Insurance ” means Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company, an Iowa insurance company.

 

Fidelity Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(g) .

 

  19  

 

  

Fidelity Acquisition Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Permitted Holders, Fidelity & Guaranty Life or any of its (or their) Subsidiaries in connection with the Fidelity Acquisition Transactions (including payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock option, expenses in connection with hedging transactions and any original issue discount or upfront fees), the Merger Agreement, any Investment Management Agreement, the FGL Indenture, the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

Fidelity Acquisition Transactions ” means (i) the Fidelity Acquisition, (ii) any Incurrence of Indebtedness by Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates relating to the Fidelity Acquisition and the refinancing of any existing Indebtedness of the Company in connection with the Fidelity Acquisition, and the application of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any restructuring transactions relating to the Fidelity Acquisition, (iv) the payment of Fidelity Acquisition Transaction Expenses and (v) any other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or entered into in connection with or relating to the Fidelity Acquisition.

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means any fiscal quarter of a Fiscal Year.

 

Fiscal Year ” means any period of twelve consecutive calendar months ending on December 31.

 

Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings Limited.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period.

 

In the event that the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving credit borrowings, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, Dispositions, Asset Acquisitions (as defined below) and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary has determined to make and/or has made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such events (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, Disposition, Asset Acquisition or discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such event had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

  20  

 

  

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by the Parent Borrower. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Parent Borrower to reflect operating expense reductions and other operating improvements, synergies or cost savings for which the actions necessary to realize such reductions, improve-ments, synergies or cost savings are taken or expected to begin to be taken no later than 12 months from such relevant pro forma event. The Company shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company setting forth such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements, synergies or cost savings and calculations and in-formation supporting them in reasonable detail.

 

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Ob-ligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in ex-cess of 12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Liabilities shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Liabilities in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

 

For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating Consolidated EBITDA for the applicable period.

 

For purposes of this definition, “ Asset Acquisition ” means (a) an Investment by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Subsidiary or shall be consolidated, amalgamated or merged with the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or (b) the acquisition by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of assets of any Person.

 

  21  

 

  

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, with-out duplication, of:

 

(a)       Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, and

 

(b)       all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

 

FNF ” means Fidelity National Financial, Inc..

 

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means (i) a Subsidiary (which may be a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other legal entity) organized or existing under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (ii) any Subsidiary that is organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, if all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consist of equity or debt of one or more Subsidiaries described in clause (i) , intellectual property relating to such Subsidiaries and other assets (including cash or Cash Equivalents) relating to an ownership interest in such Subsidiaries, and (iii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in clause (i) .

 

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to the relevant LC Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s ratable share of the LC Obligations with respect to Facility LCs issued by such LC Issuer other than the LC Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time, including those set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting profession).

 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial or regulatory functions of or pertaining to government and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing, including any Department, board of insurance, insurance department or insurance commissioner.

 

  22  

 

  

Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person, directly or indirectly, guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other financial obligations of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other financial obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided , however , that the term “ Guarantee ” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “ Guarantee ” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guarantee Agreement ” means the Guarantee Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit E .

 

Guaranteed Party ” has the meaning specified in the Guarantee Agreement.

 

Guarantors ” means each of Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a Delaware corporation, FGL US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation and each other Subsidiary (other than the Company) that shall, at any time on or after the date thereof, become a Guarantor pursuant to the terms hereof or the Guarantee Agreement.

 

Hazardous Material ” means: (a) any “hazardous substance,” as defined by CERCLA; (b) any “hazardous waste,” as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; (c) petroleum and any petroleum product; or (d) any other pollutant, contaminant, chemical, material, waste or substance in any form that is subject to regulation or, as to which, liability or standards of conduct can be imposed under any Environmental Law.

 

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement, excluding any obligations of Insurance Subsidiaries with respect to Swap Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the investment policy approved by the Board of Directors of such Insurance Subsidiary.

 

Historical Financial Statements ” means as of the Closing Date (i) audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Company for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2015 and 2016 and (ii) unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements of the Company for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2016, March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017.

 

Historical Statutory Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.11(b) .

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary (other than an Insurance Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date, the Company or a Guarantor) that holds, directly or indirectly, less than 5% of the consolidated assets of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time or that accounts for less than 5% of the consolidated revenues of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time, in each instance determined in accordance with GAAP. Any Subsidiary so designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary that fails to meet the foregoing as of the last day of the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters most recently ended shall continue to be deemed an “Immaterial Subsidiary” hereunder until the date that is 60 days following the delivery of annual or quarterly financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof with respect to such period (or the last quarter thereof, as applicable).

 

  23  

 

  

Increased Amount Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(a) .

 

Incur ” means to issue, create, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; and the terms “ Incurred ” and “ Incurrence ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. Any Indebtedness issued at a discount (including Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at the initial accreted amount thereof.

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication): (a) the principal of and premium (if any) payable in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (b) the principal of and premium (if any) payable in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (c) the principal component of all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit (including Facility LCs), bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a Trade Payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business) other than obligations with respect to letters of credit (excluding Facility LCs), bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (a) and (b) above and clause (e) below) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments are not drawn upon or, to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the fifth Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or similar instrument; (d) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except Trade Payables), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, except (i) any such balance that constitutes a Trade Payable, accrued liability or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) any earn-out obligation until the amount of such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; (e) Capitalized Lease Liabilities of such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor); (f) the principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary that is not the Company or a Guarantor, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); (g) the principal component of all indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such indebtedness of such other Persons; (h) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person (whether or not such items would appear on the balance sheet of the guarantor or obligor); and (i) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the Swap Termination Value of such Swap Contracts giving rise to such Hedging Obligation); provided that the following shall not constitute Indebtedness: (i) except as provided in clause (e) above, any obligations in respect of a lease properly classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP as in effect on January 1, 2017, (ii) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established to the extent required by GAAP, (iii) any customer deposits or advance payments received in the ordinary course of business, (iv) obligations of Insurance Subsidiaries with respect to Swap Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the investment policy approved by the Board of Directors of such Insurance Subsidiary, (v) the following obligations issued or undertaken in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing: (A) Surplus Debentures or Notes or other obligations of any Special Purpose Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (“ Reserve Financing Notes ”), (B) any securities backed by such Reserve Financing Notes by an entity formed in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing, (C) letters of credit issued for the account of any Special Purpose Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, (D) reimbursement obligations of any Special Purpose Subsidiary, (E) any guarantees by a Borrower or Guarantor of the obligations described in clause (A) , (B) , (C) or (D) above, (F) reimbursement obligations of a Borrower or Guarantor or (G) capital maintenance or similar obligations of a Borrower or Guarantor in favor of any Special Purpose Subsidiary, (vi) any obligations with respect to insurance policies, annuities, guaranteed investment contracts and similar policies underwritten by an Insurance Subsidiary, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and (vii) letters of credit and other obligations in connection with Reinsurance Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

  24  

 

  

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(a) .

 

Indemnified Person ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(a) .

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) , Other Taxes.

 

Independent Auditor ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(a)(i) .

 

Independent Financial Advisor ” means (a) an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or (b) a consultant to Persons engaged in any business that is the same as or related, ancillary or complementary to any of the businesses of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and any reasonable extension or evolution of any of the foregoing, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Parent Borrower, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

  25  

 

  

Index Debt ” means (i) so long as the Existing Debt is outstanding, the Existing Debt and (ii) at any time the Existing Debt is no longer outstanding, any other senior, unsecured, long-term debt of the Company that is not guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any other credit enhancement.

 

Ineligible Institution ” means (a) a natural person, (b) a Defaulting Lender, (c) a Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or (d) a company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural person or relative(s) thereof, other than, in the case of this clause (d) , any such company, investment vehicle or trust that (1) has not been established for the primary purpose of acquiring Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments, (2) is managed by a professional advisor having significant experience in the business of making or purchasing commercial loans, (3) has assets greater than $25,000,000 and (4) makes or purchases commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business as significant part of its activities.

 

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.16 .

 

Insolvency Proceeding ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any case, action or proceeding with respect to such Person before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, conservation, rehabilitation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, in any case, undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Insurance Act ” means the Insurance Act of 1978 of Bermuda and its related rules and regulations, as amended.

 

Insurance Investments ” means investments by an Insurance Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary for its investment portfolio in the ordinary course of business (other than any of its Investments in Subsidiaries engaged in insurance lines of business) consistent with the policies and procedures approved by the board of directors or the investment committee (or other applicable committee) of such Insurance Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary or otherwise consistent with Investment guidelines specifically approved by the applicable Department for such Insurance Subsidiary.

 

Insurance Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is required to be licensed as an insurer or reinsurer.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each of March, June, September and December and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to the Credit Extension of which such Revolving Loan is a part; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the date that falls three months after the beginning of such Interest Period and after each Interest Payment Date thereafter is also an Interest Payment Date (but in each case, subject to the definition of “Interest Period”).

 

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period beginning on the date of the applicable Credit Extension and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter (or such other period as may be agreed to by each Lender), as the applicable Borrower may elect; provided that:

 

  26  

 

  

(a)       if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

 

(b)       any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall, subject to clause (c) of this definition, end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

 

(c)       no Interest Period with respect to any portion of any Class of Revolving Loans shall extend beyond such Class’s Commitment Termination Date.

 

For purposes hereof, the date of a Credit Extension initially shall be the date on which such Credit Extension is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent continuation of such Credit Extension.

 

Interest Rate Agreement ” means with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

 

Interest Rate Determination Date ” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

 

Interest Type ” means, when used with respect to any Revolving Loan, whether the rate of interest on such Revolving Loan is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate.

 

Investment ” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business that are in conformity with GAAP recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment:

 

(1) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and in compliance with this Agreement;

 

  27  

 

  

(2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent Borrower;

 

(4) a deposit of funds in connection with an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities; provided that either such acquisition is consummated by or through a Subsidiary or such deposit is returned to the Person who made it;

 

(5) an account receivable arising, or prepaid expenses or deposits made, in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(6) licensing or transfer of know-how or intellectual property or the providing of services in the ordinary course of business.

 

Investment Management Agreement ” means each investment management agreement, each management services agreement and any similar or related agreements or arrangements, between (a) any of the management companies associated with one or more of the Permitted Holders or their advisors, if applicable, and (b) the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary (and/or any direct or indirect parent companies of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary), in each case, as in effect from time to time.

 

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

 

Judgment Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.23(b) .

 

Latest Maturity Date ” means, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Revolving Loan or Revolving Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Extended Revolving Commitments or Extended Revolving Loans, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

 

LC Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(d) .

 

LC Fee Payment Date ” means the last day of each calendar quarter; provided that, if such day is not a Business Day, the LC Fee Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

LC Issuer ” means each of Royal Bank of Canada and each other Lender designated by the Borrowers as an “LC Issuer” hereunder that has agreed to such designation in writing (and is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), each in its capacity as the issuer of Facility LCs hereunder. Each LC Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Facility LCs to be issued by Affiliates or branches of such LC Issuer, in which case the term “LC Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate or branch, as applicable, with respect to Facility LCs issued by such Affiliate.

 

  28  

 

  

LC Obligations ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of all Facility LCs that remain available for drawing at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all disbursements under Facility LCs that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrowers at such time. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Facility LC has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices (ISP98), such Facility LC shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Facility LC at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Facility LC in effect at such time; provided that, with respect to any Facility LC that, by its terms or the terms of any document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Facility LC shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Facility LC after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

 

Lead Arrangers ” means each of RBCCM and MLPFS (or any other registered broker-dealer wholly-owned by Bank of America Corporation to which all or substantially all of Bank of America Corporation’s or any of its subsidiaries’ investment banking, commercial lending services or related businesses may be transferred following the date of this Agreement).

 

Lenders ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement and includes any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption in accordance with Section 10.07 , other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.

 

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender specified as its “Lending Office” or “Domestic Lending Office” or “Eurodollar Lending Office,” as the case may be, on Schedule 10.02 or in its administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent, or such other office or offices or office of a third party or sub-agent, as appropriate, which office may include any Affiliate of such Lender or any domestic or foreign branch of such Lender or such Affiliate, as such Lender may from time to time notify the Company and the Administrative Agent.

 

License ” means any license, certificate of authority, permit or other authorization that is required to be obtained from any Governmental Authority in connection with the operation, ownership or transaction of insurance or reinsurance business or to act as an insurance agent or broker.

 

Lien ” means any security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or lien (statutory or other) in respect of any property (including those created by, arising under or evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, the interest of a lessor under a capital lease or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) and any agreement to provide any of the foregoing, but not including the interest of a lessor under an operating lease or a licensor under a license that does not otherwise secure an obligation.

 

  29  

 

  

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Facility LC Applications and amendments of and joinders to this Agreement, all Revolving Loan Notes, the Guarantee Agreement, the Fee Letter and any fee letter agreement entered into pursuant to Section 2.07 and all other documents, certificates, instruments or agreements executed and delivered by or on behalf of a Credit Party for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection herewith on or after the date hereof.

 

Loan Notice ” means a notice of Credit Extension substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 .

 

Margin Stock ” means “margin stock” as such term is defined in Regulation U or X of the FRB.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the business, properties, results of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform under the Loan Documents; (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Credit Parties of the Loan Documents to which they are a party, taken as a whole; or (d) a material adverse change in the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, the Administrative Agent, any Lender and any LC Issuer under the Loan Documents, taken as a whole.

 

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Contracts having an aggregate outstanding principal amount, individually or in the aggregate with the outstanding principal amount of all other Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding Indebtedness under the Loan Documents) of not less than $40,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of any Swap Contracts at any time will be the Swap Termination Value thereof.

 

Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 24, 2017 (as amended, supplemented or modified and in effect from time to time, and including all schedules and exhibits thereto), among CF Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company, FGL US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, FGL Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Fidelity & Guaranty Life, a Delaware corporation.

 

Minimum Collateral Amount ” means, with respect to a Defaulting Lender, at any time, an amount equal to 103% of the Fronting Exposure of the relevant LC Issuer(s) with respect to such Defaulting Lender for all Facility LCs issued by such LC Issuer(s) and outstanding at such time.

 

MLPFS ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

 

MNPI ” means material non-public information (within the meaning of United States federal, state or other applicable securities laws) with respect to the Guarantors, the Borrowers or their respective affiliates or securities.

 

Modify ” and “ Modification ” have the meaning as specified in Section 2.12(a) .

 

  30  

 

  

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., together with any Person succeeding thereto by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of its assets, including substantially all of its business of rating securities.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a “multiemployer plan,” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate makes, is making or is obligated to make contributions or, during the preceding six calendar years, has made, or been obligated to make, contributions.

 

NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto, or in the absence of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or such successor, any other association, agency or other organization performing advisory, coordination or other like functions among insurance departments, insurance commissioners and similar Governmental Authorities of the various states of the United States toward the promotion of uniformity in the practices of such Governmental Authorities.

 

New Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(a) .

 

New Revolving Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(a) .

 

New Revolving Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(b) .

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” means, with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or Indebtedness, the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees, charges and expenses actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” means a Lender that does not consent to an amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 10.01 that requires the consent of all or all affected Lenders in order to become effective and as to which Lenders holding more than 50% of the Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments have consented.

 

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

 

Obligations ” means (a) all advances to, and debts, liabilities and obligations of, any Credit Party arising under any Loan Document with respect to the Revolving Loans, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding and (b) all LC Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Credit Parties under the Loan Documents include the obligation to pay principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Credit Party under any Loan Document.

 

  31  

 

  

OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

 

Original Revolving Credit Commitments ” means the commitments of the Revolving Lenders in effect as of the Closing Date to fund Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.01 .

 

Original Revolving Loans ” means the Revolving Loans made by the Lenders to the borrowers under the Original Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.01 .

 

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in the Revolving Loans, Revolving Commitments, Facility LCs or Loan Documents at the Borrowers’ request pursuant to Section 3.07 ).

 

Other Taxes ” means any present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes or sales Taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.07 ).

 

Parent Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d) .

 

Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d) .

 

Patriot Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.17 .

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under ERISA.

 

Pension Plan ” means a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA that the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors or maintains, or to which it makes, is making or is obligated to make contributions, or in the case of a multiple employer plan (as described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA) has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

 

Permitted Holder ” means

 

(a) each of CF Corporation, Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II, L.P., GSO Capital Partners LP, BilCar, LLC, CC Capital Management, LLC, CFS Holdings (Cayman), LP, CFS II Holdings (Cayman), LP, FNF and the Blackstone Funds;

 

  32  

 

  

(b) any Affiliate or Related Party of any Person specified in clauses (a) , other than another portfolio company thereof (which means a company actively engaged in providing goods and services to unaffiliated customers) or a company controlled by a “portfolio company;” and

 

(c) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned 50% or more by Persons specified in clauses (a) and (b) or any group in which the Persons specified in clauses (a) and (b) own more than a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock held by such group, and any Person that is a member of any such group, other than another portfolio company thereof (which means a company actively engaged in providing goods and services to unaffiliated customers) or a company controlled by a “portfolio company”.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining whether an event described in clause (a)(x) in the definition of Change of Control has occurred, FNF shall not be a Permitted Holder unless it has a corporate credit rating from S&P and a corporate family rating from Moody’s equal to or higher than such corporate credit rating and corporate family rating, respectively, of CF Corporation.

 

Permitted Investment ” means an Investment by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in:

 

(a) the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary, including through the purchase of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary;

 

(b) any Investment by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in any business that is the same as or related, ancillary or complementary to any of the businesses of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and any reasonable extension or evolution of any of the foregoing if as a result of such Investment:

 

(i) such Person becomes a Subsidiary; or

 

(ii) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary,

 

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer;

 

(c) cash and Cash Equivalents or Investments that constituted Cash Equivalents at the time made;

 

(d) receivables owing to the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided , however , that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Parent Borrower or any such Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

 

  33  

 

  

(e) commission, relocation, entertainment, payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f) loans or advances to, or guarantees of third party loans to, employees, officers or directors of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not in excess of $2,000,000 with respect to all loans or advances or guarantees made since the Closing Date (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan) or to fund such Person’s purchase of Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower;

 

(g) any Investment acquired by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries:

 

(i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Parent Borrower or any such Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a judgment, bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable;

 

(ii) as a result of a foreclosure by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or

 

(iii) in the form of notes payable, or stock or other securities issued by account debtors to the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to negotiated agreements with respect to the settlement of such account debtor’s accounts, and other Investments arising in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection of accounts receivable, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 7.03 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting a Disposition;

 

(i) Investments in existence on the Closing Date and Investments committed to be made as of the Closing Date, and any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investments, or Investments purchased or received in exchange for such Investments, existing on the Closing Date, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than (x) as contemplated by the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Closing Date, (y) as permitted under this definition or Section 7.07 hereof or (z) pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Closing Date, as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities);

 

(j) any Person to the extent such Investments consist of Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 7.01 hereof;

 

(k) guarantees of Indebtedness issued in accordance with Section 7.01 hereof and guarantees to suppliers, licensors or the providers of operating leases (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business;

 

  34  

 

  

(l) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan, including, without limitation, split-dollar insurance policies, in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;

 

(m) Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

 

(n) any Person to the extent such Investments consist of prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility, unemployment insurance, workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(o) prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(p) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;

 

(q) loans or advances or similar transactions with customers, distributors, clients, developers, suppliers or purchasers of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

 

(r) Insurance Investments by any Insurance Subsidiary (including by any Subsidiary of such Insurance Subsidiary that is not itself an Insurance Subsidiary);

 

(s) Investments by the Parent Borrower that constitute Investments that would be permitted to be made by an Insurance Subsidiary pursuant to clause (r) of this definition of “Permitted Investments”;

 

(t) Investments of the type described in clause (v) of the proviso in the definition of “Indebtedness” in connection with Statutory Reserve Financings;

 

(u) Investments permitted by Section 7.06 ; and

 

(v) Investments by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (v) , in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed $35,000,000 outstanding at any one time (with the Fair Market Value of such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

 

Permitted Swap Obligations ” means all obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof existing or arising under Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or other Swap Contracts; provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging interest rate or currency exposure of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes.

 

  35  

 

  

Permitted Tax Restructuring ” means any reorganizations and other activities related to tax planning and tax reorganization (as determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith) entered into after the date hereof, so long as such Permitted Tax Restructuring is not materially adverse to the Lenders and the LC Issuers, and after giving effect to such Permitted Tax Restructuring, the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries comply with Section 6.10 .

 

Permitted Transactions ” means (a) mortgage-backed security transactions in which an investor sells mortgage collateral, such as securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, for delivery in the current month while simultaneously contracting to repurchase “substantially the same” (as determined by the Public Securities Association and GAAP) collateral for a later settlement, (b) transactions in which an investor lends cash to a primary dealer and the primary dealer collateralizes the borrowing of the cash with certain securities, (c) transactions in which an investor lends securities to a primary dealer and the primary dealer collateralizes the borrowing of the securities with cash collateral, (d) transactions in which an investor makes loans of securities to a broker-dealer under an agreement requiring such loans to be continuously secured by cash collateral or United States government securities, (e) transactions structured as, and submitted to the NAIC Security Valuation Office for approval as, Replication (Synthetic Asset) Transactions (RSAT) ( provided that, to the extent that such approval is not granted in respect of any such transaction, such transaction shall cease to constitute a Permitted Transaction 30 days following the date of such rejection, denial or non-approval) and (f) transactions in which a federal home loan mortgage bank (a “ FHLMB ”) makes loans to an Insurance Subsidiary, that are sufficiently secured by appropriate assets of such Insurance Subsidiary consisting of Qualifying Collateral in accordance with the rules, regulations and guidelines of such FHLMB for its loan programs.

 

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

 

Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan subject to ERISA that any Credit Party, any of their Subsidiaries, or any member of the Controlled Group sponsors or maintains or to which any Credit Party, any of their Subsidiaries, or any member of the Controlled Group makes, is making or is obligated to make, contributions and to which any Credit Party could have any liability.

 

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

 

Portfolio Interest Exemption ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e)(C)(iii) .

 

Preferred Stock ” means, as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

 

Prepayment Notice ” means a written notice made pursuant to Section 2.05(e) substantially in the form of Exhibit G .

 

  36  

 

  

Primary Policies ” means any insurance or reinsurance policies issued by a Credit Party or any Insurance Subsidiary.

 

Pro Rata Share ” means, at any time, with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Revolving Commitment, Revolving Loans or Facility LCs of any Lender with respect to any Class, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Revolving Commitment of that Lender with respect to such Class at such time by (b) the aggregate Revolving Commitment of all Lenders of such Class at such time. In the event the Revolving Commitments of a Class shall have expired or been terminated, the Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders shall be determined on the basis of the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments.

 

Projections ” means all financial projections (including financial estimates, budgets, forecasts and other forward-looking information) furnished by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiaries hereunder or in connection with the Transactions or the Fidelity Acquisition Transactions.

 

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 .

 

Qualifying Collateral ” means: (i) whole mortgage loans, including residential first mortgage, multifamily mortgage, home equity line of credit (HELOC), second mortgage and commercial mortgage; (ii) loans secured by farmland; (iii) government and agency securities, including treasuries, agencies, agency mortgage back security (MBS) pass-through, agency collateralized mortgage obligation (CMO) or real estate mortgage investment, real estate mortgage investment conduit (REMIC), Small Business Administration (SBA) pool certificates, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) guaranteed notes and Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae) home equity conversion mortgage (HECM); (iv) non-agency securities, including municipal securities, private placement securities, residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) and asset-backed securities secured by HELOC/second mortgage loan collateral; and (v) cash.

 

Quarterly Statement ” means the quarterly statutory financial statement of any Insurance Subsidiary (other than an Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary) required to be filed with the applicable Department or, if no specific form is so required, in the form of financial statements permitted by such Department to be used for filing quarterly statutory financial statements and shall contain the type of financial information permitted by such Department to be disclosed therein, together with all exhibits or schedules filed therewith.

 

Rating ” means, at any time, the rating issued by S&P and Moody’s and then in effect with respect to the Index Debt.

 

Rating Agencies ” means S&P and Moody’s.

 

Rating Decline Event ” means that each of the Ratings immediately following a Disposition becoming known publicly is more than one level or category lower than such Rating immediately prior to such Disposition becoming known publicly.

 

  37  

 

  

RBCCM ” means RBC Capital Markets 2 .

 

Refinance ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, replace, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for or to consolidate, such Indebtedness. “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness that Refinances any other Indebtedness, including any successive Refinancings, so long as:

 

(a) such Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of:

 

(1) the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, and

 

(2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including accrued and unpaid interest, premiums, transaction costs and defeasance costs, related to such Refinancing,

 

(b) the Average Life of such Indebtedness is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced (or, if the Average Life of such refinancing Indebtedness is less than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced, then such refinancing Indebtedness shall have a maturity date no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date),

 

(c) the Stated Maturity of such Indebtedness is no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced (or, if earlier, the Latest Maturity Date), and

 

(d) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced was subordinated to the Obligations, the new Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Obligations at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness being Refinanced;

 

provided , however , that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower that is not a Credit Party that Refinances Indebtedness of a Credit Party.

 

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(c) .

 

Reimbursement Obligations ” means, at any time, the aggregate of all obligations of the Borrowers then outstanding under Section 2.12 to reimburse the relevant LC Issuer for amounts paid by such LC Issuer in respect of any one or more drawings under Facility LCs.

 

Reinsurance Agreements ” means any agreement, contract, treaty, certificate or other arrangement by which any Insurance Subsidiary agrees to transfer or cede to another insurer, or has transferred or ceded to it by another insurer, all or part of the liability assumed or assets held under one or more insurance, annuity, reinsurance or retrocession policy, agreement, contract, treaty, certificate or similar arrangement. Reinsurance Agreements shall include, but not be limited to, any agreement, contract, treaty, certificate or other arrangement that is treated as such by the applicable Department.

 

 

2 RBC Capital Markets is a brand name for the capital markets businesses of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.

 

  38  

 

  

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, members, controlling persons, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and successors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, discharge, deposit, disposal, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection, migration or leaching into or through the Environment.

 

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder, other than any such event for which the 30-day notice requirement under ERISA has been waived in regulations issued by the PBGC.

 

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, one or more Lenders having or holding Revolving Exposure and unused Revolving Commitments representing more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Exposure and unused Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders; provided that the aggregate amount of Revolving Exposure and unused Revolving Commitments shall be determined with respect to any Defaulting Lender by disregarding the Revolving Exposure and unused Revolving Commitments of such Defaulting Lender.

 

Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all Governmental Authorities, in each case applicable to or legally binding upon the Person or any of its property or to which the Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer, secretary, assistant secretary or other officer of similar stature or responsibility, of a Credit Party. Any document delivered under any Loan Document that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Credit Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Credit Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Credit Party.

 

Restricted Investment ” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Payment ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.07 .

 

Revolving Commitment ” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund any Revolving Loan and any risk participation in a Facility LC and of the LC Issuer to issue Facility LCs hereunder, and “Revolving Commitments” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment is set forth on Appendix A or in the applicable Assignment and Assumption, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments as of the Closing Date is $250,000,000.

 

  39  

 

 

Revolving Commitment Period ” means the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Commitment Termination Date.

 

Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender and (b) an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the LC Obligations at such time.

 

Revolving Lender ” means a Lender having a Revolving Commitment.

 

Revolving Loan ” means a Revolving Loan made by a Lender to a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) .

 

Revolving Loan Note ” means a promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit B , as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, together with any Person succeeding thereto by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of its assets, including substantially all of its business of rating securities.

 

Sanctioned Country ” means a country, territory or region that is the subject of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions.

 

Sanctioned Person ” means any Person: (a) identified on any Sanctions-related list of designated persons, including, without limitation, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC; (b) domiciled, organized or resident in, or the government or any agency or instrumentality of the government of, any Sanctioned Country; or (c) owned 50% or more, individually or in the aggregate, or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any Person described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b) .

 

Sanctions ” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered, or enforced from time to time by: (a) the U.S. government, including OFAC and the U.S. Department of State; (b) the United Nations Security Council; (c) the European Union; and (d) the United Kingdom, including Her Majesty’s Treasury.

 

SAP ” means, with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary, the statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the applicable Department in the jurisdiction of such Insurance Subsidiary for the preparation of Annual Statements, Quarterly Statements and other financial reports by insurance companies of the same type as such Insurance Subsidiary that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of filing of such statement or report.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

  40  

 

 

Single Employer Pension Plan ” means a Pension Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, that the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate sponsors or maintains, or to which the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions or could reasonably be expected to have liability, including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA at any time during the preceding five years or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.

 

Special Purpose Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed to issue Surplus Debentures or Notes or other obligations in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing or enter into Reinsurance Agreements in connection with a Statutory Reserve Financing or enter into ancillary obligations in respect of the foregoing.

 

Specified Currency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.23(a) .

 

Specified Place ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.23(a) .

 

Specified Representations ” means the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.01(a)(i) and (b)(ii) , 5.02 (the first sentence and clause (a) only), 5.04 , 5.08 , 5.13 , 5.17 5.19(b) and (d) .

 

Sponsors ” means Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P. and/or its affiliates.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Statutory Reserve Financing ” means a transaction or series of transactions entered into primarily for the purpose of financing a portion of the statutory reserves required to be held by an Insurance Subsidiary, where the proceeds or funding obligations provided by the financing counterparty or counterparties in such transaction or transactions are not expected, as of the date such transaction or transactions are entered into, to be used or applied to pay insurance or reinsurance claims reasonably projected to be payable as of the date such transaction or transactions are entered into.

 

Subordinated Obligation ” means any Indebtedness of any Borrower (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Revolving Loans pursuant to its terms. No Indebtedness of any Borrower shall be deemed to be subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Borrower solely by virtue of Liens, guarantees, maturity or payments or structural subordination.

 

  41  

 

 

Subsidiary ” of a Person means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint venture, trust, association or other unincorporated organization of which or in which such Person and such Person’s Subsidiaries own directly or indirectly more than 50% of (a) the combined voting power of all classes of stock having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect a majority of the board of directors, if it is a corporation, (b) the voting or managing interests (which shall mean the general partner in the case of a partnership), if it is a partnership, joint venture or similar entity, (c) the beneficial interest, if it is a trust, association or other unincorporated organization or (d) the membership interest, if it is a limited liability company. Unless otherwise specified, “ Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company.

 

Surplus Debentures or Notes ” means, as to any Insurance Subsidiary, debt securities or notes of such Insurance Subsidiary issued to any of its Affiliates the proceeds of which are permitted to be included, in whole or in part, as Capital and Surplus of such Insurance Subsidiary as approved and permitted by the applicable Department and are of a type generally described in the insurance industry as a “surplus note”.

 

Swap Contract ” means any agreement relating to any transaction (whether or not arising under a master agreement) that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap or option, bond, note or bill option, interest rate option, futures contract, forward foreign exchange transaction, cap, collar or floor transaction, currency swap, cross-currency rate swap, swaption, currency option, credit derivative transaction or any other similar transaction (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) or any combination of the foregoing, and any master agreement relating to or governing any or all of the foregoing.

 

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, for any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount that the applicable Person would be required to pay if such Swap Contracts were terminated on such date of determination.

 

Syndication Agents ” means each of RBCCM and Bank of America and their respective successors and assigns in such capacity.

 

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Tax Status Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e)(C)(iii) .

 

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Parent Borrower for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which any calculation of Total Assets is being made, with such pro forma adjustments for transactions consummated on or prior to or simultaneously with the date of the calculation as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

Total Capitalization ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) the amount described in clause (a) of the definition of “Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio” plus (b) the Total Shareholders’ Equity of such Person.

 

  42  

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity ” means as to any Person the total common and preferred shareholders’ equity of such Person as determined in accordance with GAAP (calculated excluding (a) accumulated other comprehensive income (or loss) (which includes unrealized gains (losses) on securities as determined in accordance with FASB ASC 320 (Investments—Debt and Equity Securities)) and (b) any charges taken to write off any goodwill included on such Person’s balance sheet on the Closing Date to the extent such charges are required by FASB ASC 320 (Investments— Debt and Equity Securities) and ASC 350 (Intangibles—Goodwill and Others).

 

Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Obligations at such date.

 

Trade Payables ” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

 

Transactions ” means the (a) execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of the Loan Documents to which it is to be a party, (b) borrowing of the Revolving Loans and the issuance of Facility LCs hereunder and (c) payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing.

 

Unfunded Pension Liability ” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 430 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

 

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

 

United States ” and “ U.S. ” each means the United States of America.

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person entitling the holders thereof (whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock or other relevant equity interest has voting power by reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person.

 

Wells Fargo ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or local ownership shares) is owned by the Parent Borrower or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

 

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

  43  

 

 

Section 1.02.          Other Interpretive Provisions.

 

(a)          The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

(b)          The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ,” “ hereunder ” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and subsection, Section, Schedule, Appendix and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(c)          (i) The term “ documents ” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other writings, however evidenced.

 

(ii)         The term “ including ” is not limiting and means “including without limitation”.

 

(iii)        In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “from and including,” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “to but excluding” and the word “ through ” means “to and including”.

 

(iv)        The term “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall ”.

 

(d)          Unless otherwise expressly provided herein or the context requires otherwise, (i) references to agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document, (ii) references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation, (iii) any reference herein to a Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and assigns, (iv) the word “ property ” shall be construed to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (v) any reference to any IRS form shall be construed to include any successor form.

 

(e)          The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(f)          This Agreement and other Loan Documents may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.

 

(g)          This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of negotiations among, and have been reviewed by counsel to, the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and the other parties, and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, they shall not be construed against the Lenders or the Administrative Agent merely because of the Administrative Agent’s or Lenders’ involvement in their preparation.

 

  44  

 

 

Section 1.03.          Classification of Loans.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, Revolving Loans may be classified and referred to by Interest Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Rate Loan”).

 

Section 1.04.          Accounting Principles.

 

(a)          Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, all accounting terms not expressly defined herein shall be construed, and all financial computations required under this Agreement shall be made, in accordance with GAAP as in effect from time to time, consistently applied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, the effect of any election under FASB ASC 825 to value any Indebtedness or financial liabilities of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries at “fair value” shall be disregarded and (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

 

(b)          References herein to particular columns, lines or sections of any Person’s Annual Statement shall be deemed, where appropriate, to be references to the corresponding column, line or section of such Person’s Quarterly Statement, or if no such corresponding column, line or section exists or if any report form changes, then to the corresponding item referenced thereby. In the event the columns, lines or sections of the Annual Statement or Quarterly Statement referenced herein are changed or renumbered from the columns, lines and sections applicable to the 2016 Annual Statement, or the June 30, 2017 Quarterly Statement, all such references shall be deemed references to such column, line or section as so renumbered or changed.

 

(c)          If, at any time after the date of this Agreement, any material change is made to GAAP, or any Credit Party’s accounting practices that would affect in any material respect the determination of compliance with the covenants set forth in this Agreement and the Borrowers notify the Administrative Agent that the Borrowers wish to amend any covenant or any related definition contained in this Agreement to eliminate the effect of such change (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers that the Required Lenders wish to amend any covenant or any related definition for such purpose), then the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent shall negotiate in good faith to amend such provisions to restore the Credit Parties and the Lenders to the position they occupied before the implementation of such material change in GAAP or accounting practices; provided that until such notice is withdrawn or such covenant shall have been amended in accordance herewith, compliance with the applicable covenants shall be determined on the basis of GAAP or the applicable Credit Party’s accounting practices as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective.

 

(d)          To the extent that any provision of this Agreement requires or tests compliance on a pro forma basis with (or with respect to) any of the covenants set forth in Section 7.09 , 7.10 , 7.11 or 7.12 as of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter prior to the date that such covenant is first tested under Section 7.09 , 7.10 , 7.11 or 7.12 , as applicable, such provision shall be deemed to require compliance with such Section as of the date of consummation of the relevant transaction which required pro forma compliance.

 

  45  

 

 

ARTICLE 2
The Credits

 

Section 2.01.          Revolving Loans.

 

(a)           Revolving Commitments . During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender with a Revolving Commitment severally agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower that requests such Revolving Loans (the Obligations in respect of such Revolving Loans being the joint and several obligations of the Borrowers) in an aggregate amount up to but not exceeding its Revolving Commitment and participate in Facility LCs issued upon the request of any Borrower in an aggregate amount up to but not exceeding its Revolving Commitment. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.01(a) may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period. Each Revolving Commitment shall expire on the Commitment Termination Date and all Revolving Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date. Each LC Issuer agrees to issue Facility LCs hereunder on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.12 .

 

(b)           Borrowing Mechanics for Revolving Loans .

 

(i)          Revolving Loans (x) that are Eurodollar Rate Loans will be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount and (y) that are Base Rate Loans will be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

 

(ii)         Whenever a Borrower desires that Lenders make Revolving Loans (other than as provided in Section 2.12(f) ), such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a fully executed and delivered Loan Notice no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed Borrowing Date in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, and no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to the proposed Borrowing Date in the case of a Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan; provided that, if such Borrowing Date is the Closing Date, such Loan Notice may be delivered within such period shorter than three Business Days as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Loan Notice for a Revolving Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be irrevocable.

 

(iii)        Notice of receipt of each Loan Notice in respect of Revolving Loans, together with the amount of each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, if any, together with the applicable interest rate, shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to each applicable Lender by facsimile or other electronic communication with reasonable promptness, but ( provided that the Administrative Agent shall have received such notice by 10:00 a.m. (New York City time)) not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same day as the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such Loan Notice from the applicable Borrower.

 

  46  

 

 

(iv)        Except as provided in Section 2.12(f) , each Lender shall make the amount of its Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the applicable Borrowing Date by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, at the Administrative Agent’s Office. Each Lender may, at its option, make any Revolving Loan to a Borrower available by causing any foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Revolving Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of such Borrower to repay such Revolving Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Except as provided herein, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, the Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Revolving Loans available to the Borrower that requested such Revolving Loans on the applicable Borrowing Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Revolving Loans received by the Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of such Borrower at the Administrative Agent’s Office or such other account as may be designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by such Borrower.

 

Section 2.02.          Pro Rata Shares.

 

All Revolving Loans shall be made by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Revolving Loan requested hereunder or reimburse the relevant LC Issuer pursuant to Section 2.12(e) nor shall any Revolving Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Revolving Loan requested hereunder or reimburse the relevant LC Issuer pursuant to Section 2.12(e) .

 

Section 2.03.          Conversion and Continuation of Revolving Loans.

 

(a)          Each conversion of Revolving Loans from one Interest Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the applicable Borrower’s irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent in the form of a Conversion/Continuation Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of such Borrower. Each such Conversion/Continuation Notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans. The Administrative Agent shall determine the interest rate that shall apply to any converted or continued Eurodollar Rate Loans pursuant to Section 2.06(c) .

 

(b)          Each Conversion/Continuation Notice shall specify (i) whether such Borrower is requesting a conversion of Revolving Loans from one Interest Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Revolving Loans to be converted or continued, (iv) the Interest Type of Revolving Loans to which existing Revolving Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto (each such Interest Period shall comply with the provisions of the definition of “Interest Period”).

 

  47  

 

 

(c)          Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent, each Revolving Loan will be converted into a Base Rate Loan at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

Section 2.04.          Notes; Loan Accounts.

 

(a)          Each Revolving Loan made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The loan accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive evidence of the amount of the Revolving Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers, the interest and payments thereon, the original stated amount of each Facility LC and the amount of LC Obligations outstanding at any time absent manifest error. Any failure so to record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Facility LC issuances. If such accounts are inconsistent with the Register, the Register shall prevail.

 

(b)          Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, instead of or in addition to loan accounts, the Revolving Loans made by such Lender may be evidenced by a Revolving Loan Note. Each Lender shall endorse on the schedules annexed to its Revolving Loan Note the date, amount and maturity of each Revolving Loan deemed made by it and the amount of each payment of principal made by the Borrowers with respect thereto. Each such Lender is irrevocably authorized by the Borrowers to endorse its Revolving Loan Note and each Lender’s record shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided that the failure of a Lender to make, or an error in making, a notation thereon with respect to the Revolving Loan shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder or under any such Revolving Loan Note to such Lender.

 

Section 2.05.          Prepayments.

 

(a)           Optional Prepayments . The Borrowers will have the right at any time to prepay any Revolving Loan, without premium or penalty in whole or in part, in minimum amounts of (x) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, $1,000,000 or any multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (y) with respect to Base Rate Loans $500,000 or any multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof, in each case subject to the provisions of this Section 2.05 ; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, any Revolving Loan may be prepaid in its entirety.

 

(b)           Voluntary Commitment Reductions .

 

(i)          The Borrowers may, upon not less than three Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time and from time to time terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part, without premium or penalty, the Revolving Commitments in an amount up to the amount by which the Revolving Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments at the time of such proposed termination or reduction; provided that any such partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

 

  48  

 

 

(ii)         A Borrower’s notice to the Administrative Agent shall designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the amount of any partial reduction. Any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by such Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

 

(iii)        Each reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments.

 

(c)           Mandatory Prepayments . The Borrowers shall from time to time prepay the Revolving Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the Facility LCs to the extent necessary so that the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments does not at any time exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect. The outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loans together with all other amounts owed hereunder with respect thereto, shall, in any event, be paid in full no later than the Commitment Termination Date.

 

(d)           Application of Prepayments . Any prepayment of the Revolving Loans will be applied as follows:

 

(i)           first , to prepay the Revolving Loans to the full extent thereof without any permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments;

 

(ii)          second , to prepay outstanding reimbursement obligations with respect to the Facility LCs without any permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments; and

 

(iii)         third , to Cash Collateralize the Facility LCs making such prepayment without any permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments.

 

(e)           Notice of Prepayments . The applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in the form of a Prepayment Notice of any prepayment of any Revolving Loan hereunder not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) one Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such Prepayment Notice shall be irrevocable, shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Revolving Loan or portion thereof to be prepaid and may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by such Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

 

(f)           Application of Prepayments of Revolving Loans to Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans . Considering each Class of Revolving Loans being prepaid separately, any prepayment thereof shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case in a manner which minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 3.04 .

 

  49  

 

 

Section 2.06.          Interest.

 

(a)          Except as otherwise set forth herein, each Class of Revolving Loans shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made through repayment (whether by acceleration or otherwise) thereof as follows:

 

(i)          if a Base Rate Loan, at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; or

 

(ii)         if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, at the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

 

(b)          The basis for determining the rate of interest with respect to any Revolving Loan, and the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, shall be selected by the applicable Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to the applicable Loan Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, as the case may be; provided that the Borrowers may not select the Eurodollar Rate for any Credit Extension if the aggregate amount of such Credit Extension is less than $1,000,000.

 

(c)          In connection with Eurodollar Rate Loans there shall be no more than ten Interest Periods outstanding at any time. In the event the applicable Borrower fails to specify between a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable Loan Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, such Revolving Loan (if outstanding as a Eurodollar Rate Loan) will be automatically converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then-current Interest Period for such Revolving Loan (or if outstanding as a Base Rate Loan will remain as, or (if not then outstanding) will be made as, a Base Rate Loan). In the event the applicable Borrower fails to specify an Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable Loan Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice (or fails to deliver a Conversion/Continuation Notice within the time limits provided in Section 2.03(a) ), such Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month. As soon as practicable after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Interest Rate Determination Date, the Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the Eurodollar Rate Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrowers and each Lender. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of any change in the U.S. Prime Rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

 

(d)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and for so long as such Event of Default is continuing, the overdue principal amount of each Revolving Loan and Reimbursement Obligations and overdue interest payable thereon shall, without further notice, bear interest, after as well as before judgment to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum equal to 2.00% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Revolving Loan or Reimbursement Obligations as provided in the preceding subsections of this Section 2.06 or Section 2.12 , with respect to Reimbursement Obligations. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, if any fee or other amount (other than principal or interest on any Revolving Loan or Reimbursement Obligations) payable by the Borrowers pursuant to any Loan Document is not paid when due, whether upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment to the extent permitted by law, at a rate per annum equal to 2.00% plus the rate otherwise applicable to Base Rate Loans as provided in the preceding subsections of this Section 2.06 .

 

  50  

 

 

(e)          Interest on each Revolving Loan shall be paid in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Revolving Loan; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to Section 2.06(d) shall be payable on demand of the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders; provided that no such instruction shall be required in the case of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.01(a) , (f) or (g) ), (ii) upon any repayment or prepayment of any Revolving Loan, interest accrued on the principal amount repaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment and (iii) upon any conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan before the end of the current Interest Period therefor, interest accrued on such Revolving Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

 

(f)          Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of the Borrowers to any Lender hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that payments of interest shall not be required for any period for which interest is computed hereunder to the extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for or receiving such payment by such Lender would be contrary to the provisions of any law applicable to such Lender limiting the highest rate of interest that may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such Lender, and in such event the Borrowers shall pay such Lender interest at the highest rate permitted by applicable law until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In addition, if when the Revolving Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the highest rate of interest that may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of Lenders and the Borrowers to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws. Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the highest rate of interest that may be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such Lender, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Revolving Loans made hereunder or be refunded to the Borrowers.

 

Section 2.07.          Fees.

 

(a)          From the Closing Date until the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, the Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders commitment fees equal to (1) the average of the daily difference between (A) the Revolving Commitments and (B) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments, multiplied by (2) the Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage.

 

(b)          All fees referred to in Section 2.07(a) will be calculated pursuant to the second sentence of Section 2.08(a) and, unless otherwise stated, shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year during the Revolving Commitment Period, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Commitment Termination Date.

 

  51  

 

 

(c)          In addition to the foregoing, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable pursuant to the Fee Letter and any other fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent. Such fees will be fully earned when paid and will not be refundable under any circumstances (except as set forth in the Fee Letter or separately agreed).

 

Section 2.08.          Computation of Fees and Interest.

 

(a)          All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the U.S. Prime Rate shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 (or 366 days in a leap year) and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed. Interest and fees shall accrue during each period in which such interest or fees are computed from the first day thereof to the last day thereof.

 

(b)          Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent will, at the request of a Borrower or any Lender, deliver to the Borrowers or such Lender, as the case may be, a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate and the resulting interest rate.

 

Section 2.09.          Payments Generally.

 

(a)          All payments to be made by the Borrowers under the Loan Documents shall be made without condition or deduction for any defense, set-off, recoupment or counterclaim. Except as otherwise expressly provided in any Loan Document, all payments to be made by the Borrowers under any Loan Document shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders at the Administrative Agent’s Office, and shall be made in dollars and in immediately available funds, no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date specified in such Loan Document. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as expressly provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue to such following Business Day. Each reference to the Administrative Agent in this Section 2.09 shall also be deemed to refer, and shall apply equally, to the relevant LC Issuer, in the case of payments required to be made by the Borrowers to such LC Issuer pursuant to Section 2.12(f) .

 

(b)          Subject to the provisions set forth in the definition of “Interest Period” herein, whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the following Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

  52  

 

 

(c)          Unless a Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrowers or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds, then:

 

(i)          if the Borrowers failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect; and

 

(ii)         if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at the customary rate set by the Administrative Agent for the correction of errors among banks for three Business Days and thereafter at the Base Rate. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount (other than the interest thereon) shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan included in the applicable Credit Extension. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the Borrowers, and the Borrowers shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the applicable rate for Base Rate Loans to the applicable Credit Extension. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Revolving Commitments or to prejudice any rights that the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrowers, with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

(d)          If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Revolving Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article 2 , and such funds are not made available to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the extension of Revolving Loans set forth in Article 4 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

 

(e)          The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Revolving Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Loan on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Revolving Loans.

 

  53  

 

 

(f)          Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Revolving Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for the Revolving Loan in any particular place or manner.

 

Section 2.10.          Sharing of Payments by Lenders.

 

If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment (i) on account of any Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time resulting in such Lender receiving payment in excess of its ratable share (calculated according to the proportion of (1) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (2) the aggregate amount of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (ii) of or on account of any of Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (calculated according to the proportion of (1) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (2) the aggregate amount of Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time, then in each case, such Lender shall (A) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (B) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Obligations of the other Lenders due and payable or owing, as the case may be, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of such excess payments shall be shared by all such Lenders; provided that:

 

(a) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

 

(b) the provisions of this Section 2.10 shall not be construed to apply to (1) any payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (2) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Revolving Loans to any assignee or participant.

 

Each Credit Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Credit Party rights of set-off and counterclaim (subject to Section 10.09 ) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Credit Party in the amount of such participation.

 

  54  

 

 

Section 2.11.          Defaulting Lenders.

 

(a)           Defaulting Lender Adjustments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

 

(i)           Defaulting Lender Waterfall . Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article 8 or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.09 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the LC Issuers; third , to Cash Collateralize the LC Issuers’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender on a pro rata basis in accordance with Section 2.11(d) ; fourth , as the applicable Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing), to the funding of any Revolving Loan on a pro rata basis in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Revolving Loans on a pro rata basis under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the LC Issuers’ future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Facility LCs issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.11(d) ; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders or LC Issuers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to the payment of any amounts owing to any Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Revolving Loans or reimbursement obligations with respect to Facility LCs in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Revolving Loans were made or the relevant Facility LCs were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Revolving Loans of or reimbursement obligations with respect to Facility LCs owed to all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Revolving Loans of such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Revolving Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Facility LCs are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the applicable Commitments without giving effect to Section 2.11(a)(iii) . Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

  55  

 

 

(ii)          Certain Fees .

 

(1)         No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee pursuant to Section 2.07(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

 

(2)         With respect to any fees not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (1) above, the Borrowers shall not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

(3)         Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive LC Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its ratable share of the stated amount of Facility LCs for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.11(d) .

 

(4)         With respect to any LC Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (3) above, the Borrowers shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in LC Obligations that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iii) below, (y) pay to each LC Issuer the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such LC Issuer’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

(iii)         Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure . All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in LC Obligations shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. Subject to Section 10.24 , no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

 

(iv)         Cash Collateral . If the reallocation described in clause (iii) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, Cash Collateralize the LC Issuers’ Fronting Exposure on a pro rata basis in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.11(d) .

 

  56  

 

 

(b)           Defaulting Lender Cure . If the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the LC Issuers agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon, as of the effective date specified in such notice, and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Revolving Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Facility LCs to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the applicable Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.11(a)(iii )), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender. The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 2.11 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.

 

(c)           New Facility LCs . So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no LC Issuer shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Facility LC unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.

 

(d)           Cash Collateral . At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one (1) Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or any LC Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize such LC Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to the reallocation pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(iii) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.

 

(i)           Grant of Security Interest . The Borrowers, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant LC Issuers, and agree to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of LC Obligations, to be applied pursuant to clause (ii) below. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the relevant LC Issuers as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Borrowers or such Defaulting Lender, as appropriate, will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (in the case of the Borrowers, after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

 

(ii)          Application . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.11 in respect of Facility LCs shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of LC Obligations (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

 

  57  

 

 

(iii)         Termination of Requirement . Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce any LC Issuer’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.11(d) (i) following the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender) or (ii) to the extent the amount of Cash Collateral exceeds the Minimum Collateral Amount; provided that, subject to this Section 2.11 , the Person providing Cash Collateral and such LC Issuer may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations. Any Cash Collateral no longer required to be held as a result of the immediately preceding sentence shall be promptly returned, and in any event within five (5) Business Days, by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers or paid to whomever may be legally entitled thereto at such time.

 

Section 2.12.          Facility LCs.  

 

(a)           Issuance . Each LC Issuer hereby agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to issue standby letters of credit denominated in Dollars (each, a “ Facility LC ”) requested by the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries as the applicant or co-applicant thereof for the support of the Parent Borrower’s or the Subsidiaries’ obligations and to renew, extend, increase, decrease or otherwise modify each Facility LC (“ Modify ,” and each such action a “ Modification ”), from time to time from and including the date of this Agreement and prior to the Commitment Termination Date upon the request of the applicable Borrower; provided that immediately after each such Facility LC is issued or Modified, the aggregate amount of the outstanding LC Obligations shall not exceed $20,000,000. Each of the Borrowers unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that, in connection with any Facility LC issued for the support of any Subsidiary’s obligations as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph, it will be jointly and severally fully responsible for the reimbursement of all payments made by the LC Issuers in respect of Facility LCs in accordance with the terms hereof, the payment of interest thereon and the payment of fees due under Section 2.12(d) to the same extent as if it were the sole account party in respect of such Facility LC (the Borrowers hereby irrevocably waiving any defenses that might otherwise be available to them as guarantors or surety of the obligations of such a Subsidiary that is an account party in respect of any such Facility LC). Each Facility LC shall have an expiry date no later than one (1) year after its issuance and may be annually automatically renewed on an “evergreen” basis; provided , however , the renewed Facility LC expires (x) no later than five (5) Business Day prior to the Commitment Termination Date or (y) after the Commitment Termination Date so long as the Borrowers have Cash Collateralized such Facility LC in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and in an amount equal to 103% of the LC Obligations with respect to such Facility LC. If a Facility LC will not be renewed, the LC Issuer shall notify the beneficiary of such Facility LC of such non-renewal. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Required Lenders may provide written notice to the Administrative Agent and each LC Issuer identifying such Event of Default and instructing the LC Issuers (i) not to renew any “evergreen” Facility LCs during the continuance of such Event of Default (it being understood and agreed that, in the event such Event of Default is cured or waived, any other Event of Default that resulted from such Event of Default shall be deemed cured or waived for purposes of this sentence only) and (ii) to notify the beneficiaries of such Facility LCs of such non-renewal and upon receipt of such notice, the applicable LC Issuers shall not renew any such “evergreen” Facility LCs and shall provide such notices to the beneficiaries thereof (to the extent such LC Issuers are then permitted to provide such notices under the terms of such Facility LCs).

 

  58  

 

 

(b)           Participations . Upon the issuance or Modification by the relevant LC Issuer of a Facility LC, such LC Issuer shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably sold to each Lender, and each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from such LC Issuer, a participation in such Facility LC (and each Modification thereof) and the related LC Obligations in proportion to its Pro Rata Share in an aggregate amount up to, collectively with such Lender’s existing Revolving Exposure, but not exceeding its Revolving Commitment.

 

(c)           Notice . Subject to the terms of Section 2.12(a) , the Borrower requesting the issuance or Modification of a Facility LC shall give the Administrative Agent and the relevant LC Issuer notice prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least three (3) Business Days (or such shorter period of time as such Borrower and the related LC Issuer may agree upon) prior to the proposed date of issuance or Modification of such Facility LC, specifying the beneficiary, the proposed date of issuance (or Modification) and the expiry date of such Facility LC, and describing the proposed terms of such Facility LC and the nature of the transactions proposed to be supported thereby. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the relevant LC Issuer and each Lender of the contents thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s participation in such proposed Facility LC. The issuance or Modification by any LC Issuer of any Facility LC shall, in addition to the conditions precedent set forth in Article IV (if, in the case of a Modification, such Modification renews, increases the amount of, or extends the expiry date of a Facility LC), be subject to the conditions precedent that such Facility LC shall be reasonably satisfactory to such LC Issuer and that the applicable Borrower shall have executed and delivered an application agreement (each, a “ Facility LC Application ”). No LC Issuer shall have any independent duty to ascertain whether any of the applicable conditions set forth in Article IV have been satisfied; provided , however , that no LC Issuer shall issue a Facility LC if, on or before the proposed date of issuance, the relevant LC Issuer shall have received notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders that any such applicable condition has not been satisfied or waived. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Facility LC Application, the terms of this Agreement shall control. Immediately following issuance of or Modification to Facility LCs, the LC Issuer shall provide copies thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall send such copies to the Lenders.

 

(d)           LC Fees . The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares, with respect to each Facility LC, a letter of credit fee at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Loans in effect from time to time on the maximum daily amount available to be drawn under such Facility LC for the actual number of days elapsed over a 360-day year, such fee to be payable in arrears on each LC Fee Payment Date and on the Commitment Termination Date (the “ LC Fee ”). The Borrowers shall also pay to the relevant LC Issuer for its own account (x) a fronting fee in an amount agreed upon between such LC Issuer and the Borrowers and (y) promptly after demand, all amendment, drawing and other fees regularly charged by such LC Issuer to its letter of credit customers generally and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such LC Issuer in connection with the issuance, Modification, administration or payment of any Facility LC.

 

  59  

 

 

(e)           Administration; Reimbursement by Lenders . Upon receipt of any demand for payment under any Facility LC from the beneficiary of such Facility LC, the relevant LC Issuer shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and each other Lender as to the amount to be paid by such LC Issuer as a result of such demand and the proposed payment date. The responsibility of the relevant LC Issuer to the Borrowers and each Lender shall be only to determine that the documents (including each demand for payment) delivered under each Facility LC in connection with such presentment shall be in conformity with such Facility LC. Each LC Issuer shall exercise the same care in the issuance and administration of the Facility LCs as it does with respect to letters of credit in which no participations are granted, it being understood that in the absence of any gross negligence or willful misconduct by such LC Issuer, each Lender shall be severally (but not jointly) obligated, without regard to the occurrence of any Event of Default or any condition precedent whatsoever, to reimburse such LC Issuer on demand for (i) such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of each payment made by such LC Issuer under each Facility LC to the extent such amount is not reimbursed by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.12(f) below and there is no Cash Collateral available to cover the same, in an aggregate amount up to, collectively with such Lender’s existing Revolving Exposure, but not exceeding its Revolving Commitment, plus (ii) interest on the foregoing amount to be reimbursed by such Lender, for each day from the date of such LC Issuer’s demand for such reimbursement (or, if such demand is made after 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date, from the next succeeding Business Day) to the date on which such Lender pays the amount to be reimbursed by it at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

(f)           Reimbursement by Borrowers . The Borrowers shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to reimburse the relevant LC Issuer for any amounts paid by such LC Issuer upon any drawing under any Facility LC, without presentment, demand, protest or other formalities of any kind (other than the demand contemplated hereby). Such reimbursement shall be due by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day following the date such LC Issuer makes demand to the Borrowers therefor, provided that the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant LC Issuer interest on the amount subject to reimbursement for the Business Day such demand is made if such demand is not satisfied on the same Business Day at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans in effect at such time. All such amounts paid by the relevant LC Issuer and remaining unpaid by the Borrowers after such amounts are due in accordance with the foregoing shall bear interest, payable on demand, for each day until paid at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2.00% per annum plus the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans for such day. The relevant LC Issuer will pay to each Lender ratably in accordance with its Pro Rata Share all amounts received by it from the Borrowers for application in payment, in whole or in part, of the Reimbursement Obligation in respect of any Facility LC issued by such LC Issuer, but only to the extent such Lender has made payment to such LC Issuer in respect of such Facility LC pursuant to Section 2.12(e) . If an LC Issuer shall not have received from the Borrowers the payment required to be made by this Section 2.12(f) within the time specified in this section, such LC Issuer will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the non-payment of such drawing and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each applicable Revolving Lender to provide its Pro Rata Share thereof by no later than 12:00 (noon) on the Business Day on which such payment was not received from the Borrowers. Each such Revolving Lender shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. on such date an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such drawing (it being understood that (i) if the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied, such amount shall be deemed to constitute a Base Rate Loan of such Lender and, to the extent of such payment, the Reimbursement Obligations of the Borrowers in respect of such drawing shall be discharged and replaced with the resulting Base Rate Loan and (ii) if such conditions precedent to borrowing have not been satisfied, then any such amount paid by any Revolving Lender shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrowers from their obligation to reimburse such drawing).

 

  60  

 

 

(g)           Obligations Absolute . The Borrowers’ obligations under this Section 2.12 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment which the Borrowers may have or have had against any LC Issuer, any Lender or any beneficiary of a Facility LC. The Borrowers further agree with the LC Issuers and the Lenders that the LC Issuers and the Lenders shall not be responsible for, and the Borrowers’ Reimbursement Obligation in respect of any Facility LC shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrowers, any of their Affiliates, the beneficiary of any Facility LC or any financing institution or other party to whom any Facility LC may be transferred or any claims or defenses whatsoever of the Borrowers or of any of their Affiliates against the beneficiary of any Facility LC or any such transferee unless such action was the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the applicable LC Issuer.

 

(h)           Actions of LC Issuers . Each LC Issuer shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any Facility LC, draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, facsimile, telex, teletype or electronic mail message, statement, order or other document reasonably and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by such LC Issuer in good faith and with reasonable care. Each LC Issuer shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement that could reasonably be expected to expose such LC Issuer to liability for which it would not be entitled to indemnity or reimbursement hereunder, unless it shall first have received such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it reasonably deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.12 , each LC Issuer shall in all cases, with respect to the other Lenders only, be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and any future holders of a participation in any Facility LC.

 

(i)          [Reserved].

 

  61  

 

 

(j)           Lenders’ Indemnification . Each Lender shall, ratably in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, indemnify the relevant LC Issuer, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower) against any cost, expense (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements), claim, demand, action, loss or liability (except such as result from such indemnitees’ gross negligence or willful misconduct or such LC Issuer’s failure to pay under any Facility LC issued by such LC Issuer after the presentation to it of a request strictly complying with the terms and conditions of the Facility LC) that such indemnitees may suffer or incur in connection with this Section 2.12 or any action taken or omitted by such indemnitees hereunder.

 

(k)           Rights as a Lender . In its capacity as a Lender, each LC Issuer shall have the same rights and obligations as any other Lender.

 

(l)           Separate Reimbursement Agreement . In the event any LC Issuer enters into a separate reimbursement agreement with the Borrowers covering the Facility LCs issued by such LC Issuer and the terms of such reimbursement agreement conflict with or contradict the terms of this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

 

(m)           LC Issuer Agreements . Each LC Issuer agrees that, unless otherwise requested by the Administrative Agent, such LC Issuer shall report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) on the first Business Day of each month, the daily activity (set forth by day) in respect of Facility LCs during the immediately preceding month, including all issuances, extensions, amendments and renewals, all expirations and cancellations and all disbursements and reimbursements, (ii) on each Business Day on which such LC Issuer makes any payment pursuant to a Facility LC, the date of such payment and the amount of such payment, (iii) on any Business Day on which any Borrower fails to reimburse a payment made by an LC Issuer in respect of a Facility that is required to be reimbursed to such LC Issuer on such day, the date of such failure and the amount of such payment and (iv) on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

 

(n)           Resignation as LC Issuer . Any LC Lender may resign as LC Issuer upon 30 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrowers. At the time any such resignation shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the resigned LC Issuer. From and after the effective date of any such resignation, (a) any successor LC Issuer shall have all the rights and obligations of the LC Issuer under this Agreement with respect to Facility LCs to be issued thereafter and (b) references herein to the term “LC Issuer” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous LC Issuer, or to such successor and all previous LC Issuer, as the context shall require. After the resignation of an LC Issuer hereunder, the resigned LC Issuer shall remain a party hereto to the extent that Facility LCs issued by it remain outstanding and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an LC Issuer under this Agreement with respect to the Facility LCs issued by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Facility LCs.

 

  62  

 

 

Section 2.13.          Incremental Facilities.

 

(a)          The Borrowers may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, elect to request prior to the applicable Commitment Termination Date, an increase to any then-existing Class of Revolving Commitments (any such increase, “ New Revolving Commitments ”), by an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000,000. Each such notice shall specify (i) the date (each, an “ Increased Amount Date ”) on which the Borrowers propose that the New Revolving Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than 10 Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the identity of each Lender or other Person that is an Eligible Assignee (each, a “ New Revolving Lender ”) to whom the Borrowers propose any portion of such New Revolving Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations, which Eligible Assignee must be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund shall be deemed reasonably acceptable); provided that the Administrative Agent may elect or decline to arrange such New Revolving Commitments in its sole discretion and any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the New Revolving Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Revolving Commitment. Such New Revolving Commitments shall become effective as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that (A) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date both prior to and after giving effect to such New Revolving Commitments; (B) all of the representations and warranties contained herein or in any Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such Increased Amount Date to the same extent as though made on and as of such Increased Amount Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that, in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; (C) the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with Sections 7.09 , 7.10 , 7.11 , and 7.12 giving effect to such New Revolving Commitments and appropriate pro forma adjustments, including any acquisitions or dispositions after the beginning of the relevant determination period but prior to or simultaneously with the Incurrence of such New Revolving Commitments and any borrowing thereunder; and (D) each New Revolving Commitment is in a minimum amount of $10,000,000 and in additional increments of $5,000,000. In connection with any New Revolving Commitments, (x) all New Revolving Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more joinders to this Agreement executed and delivered by the Borrowers, the New Revolving Lenders and the Administrative Agent, each of which shall be recorded in the Register and each New Revolving Lender shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 3.01(e) ; (y) the Borrowers shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 3.04 in connection with the New Revolving Commitments; and (z) the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction.

 

  63  

 

 

(b)          On any Increased Amount Date on which New Revolving Commitments are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) (A) each of the Revolving Lenders of the relevant Class shall assign to each of the New Revolving Lenders, and each of the New Revolving Lenders shall purchase from each of the Revolving Lenders of the relevant Class, at the principal amount thereof, such interests in the Revolving Loans of the relevant Class outstanding on such Increased Amount Date and (B) each of the Revolving Lenders of the relevant Class will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each of the New Revolving Lenders, and each of the New Revolving Lenders will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed a portion of such Revolving Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Facility LCs and LC Obligations, if applicable, in each case of clauses (A) and (B) as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, the Revolving Exposure will be held by then-existing Revolving Lenders of the relevant Class and New Revolving Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such New Revolving Commitments to the Revolving Commitments, (ii) each New Revolving Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Commitment and each Loan made thereunder (a “ New Revolving Loan ”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Loan and (iii) each New Revolving Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the New Revolving Commitment and all matters relating thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, the terms and provisions of the New Revolving Loans and New Revolving Commitments shall be documented solely as an increase, and shall be identical, to the then-existing Revolving Commitments (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any upfront fees paid to the New Revolving Lenders).

 

The Administrative Agent shall notify Lenders promptly upon receipt of a Borrower's notice of each Increased Amount Date and in respect thereof (x) the New Revolving Commitments and the New Revolving Lenders and (y) the respective interests in such Lender’s Revolving Loans, in each case subject to the assignments contemplated by this Section 2.13 .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, on any Increased Amount Date, this Agreement may be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the New Revolving Commitments with respect thereto. Any such amendment may be effected in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers and furnished to the other parties hereto but without the consent of any other party hereto.

 

Section 2.14.          Maturity Extension of Revolving Loans.

 

(a)          The Borrowers may from time to time, pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.14 , agree with one or more Lenders holding Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments of any Class to extend the maturity date of such Class of Loans and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.14 (each such modification, an “ Extension ”) pursuant to one or more written offers (each, an “ Extension Offer ”) made from time to time by the Company to all Lenders under any Class that is proposed to be extended under this Section 2.14 , in each case on a pro rata basis (based on the relative principal amounts of the outstanding Revolving Commitments of each Lender in such Class) and on the same terms to each such Lender. In connection with each Extension, the Company will provide notification to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders of the applicable Class), no later than thirty (30) days prior to the maturity of the applicable Class or Classes to be extended of the requested new termination date for the extended Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments of each such Class (each, an “ Extended Termination Date ”) and the due date for Lender responses, which due date shall be no sooner than ten (10) Business Days after delivery of such notice by the Company. In connection with any Extension, each Lender of the applicable Class wishing to participate in such Extension shall, prior to such due date, provide the Administrative Agent with a written notice thereof in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Any Lender that does not respond to an Extension Offer by the applicable due date shall be deemed to have rejected such Extension. Any Lender that declines or does not respond to an Extension Offer by the applicable due date (a “ Declining Lender ”) will have its Revolving Commitment terminated on the earlier of (1) the then-existing Commitment Termination Date (without regard to any extensions by the other Lenders) and (2) the date such Declining Lender is replaced in accordance with Section 10.14 . In connection with any Extension, the Borrowers shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be reasonably established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.14 .

 

  64  

 

 

(b)          After giving effect to any Extension, the Revolving Commitments so extended shall cease to be a part of the Class of which they were a part immediately prior to the Extension and shall be a new Class hereunder; provided that at no time shall there be more than three (3) different Classes of Revolving Commitments; provided , further , that, (i) all Credit Extensions and all prepayments of Revolving Loans shall continue to be made on a ratable basis among all Lenders, based on the relative amounts of their Revolving Commitments, until the repayment of the Revolving Loans attributable to the non-extended Revolving Commitments on the applicable Commitment Termination Date, (ii) the allocation of the outstanding Obligations with respect to any then-existing or subsequently issued or made Facility LC as between the Revolving Commitments of such new “Class” and the remaining Revolving Commitments shall be made on a ratable basis in accordance with the relative amounts thereof until the applicable Commitment Termination Date has occurred, (iii) no termination of Extended Revolving Commitments and no repayment of Extended Revolving Loans accompanied by a corresponding permanent reduction in Extended Revolving Commitments shall be permitted unless such termination or repayment (and corresponding reduction) is accompanied by at least a pro rata termination or permanent repayment (and corresponding pro rata permanent reduction), as applicable, of the Existing Revolving Loans and Existing Revolving Commitments (or all Existing Revolving Commitments of such Class and related Existing Revolving Loans shall have otherwise been terminated and repaid in full) and (iv) with respect to the Facility LCs, the Commitment Termination Date with respect to the Revolving Commitments may not be extended without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the LC Issuer. If the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceeds the Revolving Commitments as a result of the occurrence of the Commitment Termination Date while an extended Class of Revolving Commitments remains outstanding, the Borrowers shall make such payments as are necessary in order to eliminate such excess on such date.

 

(c)          The consummation and effectiveness of each Extension shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)          no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time any Extension Offer is delivered to the Lenders or at the time of such Extension (after giving effect to such Extension);

 

  65  

 

 

(ii)         the Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, of any Lender extended pursuant to any Extension (as applicable, “ Extended Revolving Loans ” or “ Extended Revolving Commitments ”) shall have the same terms as the Class of Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, subject to the related Extension Amendment (as applicable, “ Existing Revolving Loans ” or “ Existing Revolving Commitments ”), except (A) the final maturity date of any Extended Revolving Commitments of a Class to be extended pursuant to an Extension may be later than the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Extension, and the Average Life of any Extended Revolving Commitments of a Class to be extended pursuant to an Extension shall be no shorter than the Average Life of the Class of Existing Revolving Commitments, as applicable, subject to the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Extension; (B) the all-in pricing (including, without limitation, margins, fees and premiums) with respect to the Extended Revolving Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, may be higher or lower than the all-in pricing (including, without limitation, margins, fees and premiums) for the Existing Revolving Loans or Existing Revolving Commitments, as applicable; (C) the revolving credit commitment fee rate with respect to the Extended Revolving Commitments may be higher or lower than the revolving credit commitment fee rate for Existing Revolving Commitments, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (D) no repayment of any Extended Revolving Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, shall be permitted unless such repayment is accompanied by an at least pro rata repayment of all earlier maturing Loans (including previously extended Loans) (or all earlier maturing Loans (including previously extended Loans) shall otherwise be or have been terminated and repaid in full); (E) the Extended Revolving Loans and/or Extended Revolving Commitments may contain a “most favored nation” provision for the benefit of Lenders holding Extended Revolving Commitments; and (F) the other terms and conditions applicable to Extended Revolving Loans and/or Extended Revolving Commitments may be terms different than those with respect to the Existing Revolving Loans or Existing Revolving Commitments, as applicable, so long as such terms and conditions only apply after the Latest Maturity Date; provided , further , that each Extension Amendment may, without the consent of any Lender other than the applicable extending Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.14 , including any amendments necessary to treat the applicable Loans and/or Commitments of the extending Lenders as a new “Class” of loans and/or commitments hereunder; provided , however , that no Extension Amendment may provide for any Class of Extended Revolving Commitments to be secured by any assets of any Subsidiary that do not also secure the Existing Revolving Commitments;

 

(iii)        all documentation in respect of such Extension shall be consistent with the foregoing, and all written communications by the Borrowers generally directed to the applicable Lenders under the applicable Class in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(iv)        a minimum amount in respect of such Extension (to be determined in the Parent Borrower’s discretion and specified in the relevant Extension Offer, but in no event less than $50,000,000, unless another amount is agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) shall be satisfied; and

 

(v)         no Extension shall become effective unless, on the proposed effective date of such Extension, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02(a) , (b)  and (c)  shall be satisfied (with all references in such Section to the making of a Loan being deemed to be references to the Extension on the applicable date of such Extension), and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated the applicable date of such Extension and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company.

 

  66  

 

 

(d)          For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that the provisions of Section 2.10 and Section 10.01 will not apply to any payment of interest or fees in respect of any Extended Revolving Commitments that have been extended pursuant to an Extension at a rate or rates different from those paid or payable in respect of Revolving Loans of any other Class, in each case as is set forth in the relevant Extension Offer made pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.14 with respect to such Extensions of Revolving Commitments.

 

(e)          [Reserved].

 

(f)          The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments (collectively, “ Extension Amendments ”) to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary in order to establish new Classes of Revolving Commitments created pursuant to an Extension, in each case on terms consistent with this Section 2.14 . Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any Extension, (i) the Borrowers and the appropriate Guarantors shall (at their expense) amend (and the Administrative Agent is hereby directed to amend) any Loan Document that the Administrative Agent reasonably requests to be amended to reflect the then latest Extended Termination Date and (ii) the Borrowers and the appropriate Guarantors shall deliver such board resolutions, secretary’s certificates, officer’s certificates and other documents as shall reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith (in each case, in form and substance similar to such documents delivered by the Credit Parties on the Closing Date) and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, a legal opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood and agreed that an opinion similar in form and substance to the opinion delivered by counsel to the Borrowers on the Closing Date, shall be deemed to be reasonably acceptable).

 

(g)          Promptly following the consummation and effectiveness of any Extension, the Company will furnish to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly furnish to each Lender) written notice setting forth the Extended Termination Date and material economic terms of the Extension and the aggregate principal amount of each Class of Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments after giving effect to the Extension and attaching a copy of the fully executed Extension Amendment.

 

  67  

 

 

ARTICLE 3
Taxes, Yield Protection and Illegality

 

Section 3.01.          Taxes.

 

(a)           Payments Free of Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of such applicable withholding agent) to deduct or withhold any Taxes from such payments, then (i) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions or withholdings, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and (iii) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, the amount so payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions or withholdings for such Indemnified Tax have been made (including deductions and withholdings for such Indemnified Tax applicable to additional amounts so payable under this Section 3.01 ) the Administrative Agent, Lender or LC Issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the amount it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made. For purposes of this Section 3.01 , the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

 

(b)           Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrowers shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

(c)           Indemnification by the Borrowers . Without duplication of the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each LC Issuer, within ten (10) Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes in respect of payments under any Loan Document (including Indemnified Taxes imposed on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01 ) that are imposed on or payable by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such LC Issuer, as the case may be, and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrowers by a Lender or any LC Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or an LC Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Borrower shall be under any obligation to indemnify the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any LC Issuer under this Section 3.01 with respect to (i) any amounts withheld or deducted by Borrowers prior to the date that is 360 days prior to the date that the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such LC Issuer makes a written demand therefor or (ii) any Indemnified Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, a Lender or a LC Issuer if written demand therefor is made to the Borrowers on a date that is 360 days after the date the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such LC Issuer filed the tax return with respect to which such Indemnified Taxes relate.

 

(d)           Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Credit Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

  68  

 

 

(e)           Status of Lenders . Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and to the Administrative Agent, whenever reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable laws and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, (i) to determine whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (ii) to determine, if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction and (iii) to establish such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender pursuant to any Loan Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in an applicable jurisdiction. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrowers or Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. If any form, certification or other documentation provided by a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.01(e) (including any of the specific documentation described below) expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, such Lender shall notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent in writing and shall update or otherwise correct the affected documentation or notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent in writing that such Lender is not legally eligible to do so. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation will not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (in such number of duly completed and executed copies as shall be requested by the recipient), at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from any payment under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents pursuant to FATCA. Solely for purposes of this paragraph, “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

 

(A)         the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrowers on or prior to the date on which it becomes the Administrative Agent under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrowers);

 

(i)          executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account, and

 

(ii)         executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business within the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrowers to be treated as a U.S. person with respect to such payments (and the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent agree to so treat the Administrative Agent as a U.S. person with respect to such payments as contemplated by Section 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv) or Section 1.1441-1T(b)(2)(iv)(A) of the United States Treasury Regulations);

 

  69  

 

 

(B)         any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent duly completed and executed copies of IRS Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable laws or reasonably requested by the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent (in such number of signed copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon request of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent) as will enable the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine that such Lender is not subject to U.S. federal backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and

 

(C)         each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (in such number of signed copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent), duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(iii)        IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor thereto) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

 

(iv)        IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor thereto) claiming that specified payments (as applicable) under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (as applicable) constitute income that is effectively connected with such Foreign Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States,

 

(v)         in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code (the “ Portfolio Interest Exemption ”), (x) a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 , F-2 , F-3 or F-4 , as applicable (a “ Tax Status Certificate ”), to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (1) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrowers, within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and that no interest to be received is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business and (y) IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor thereto),

 

(vi)        where such Foreign Lender is a partnership (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or otherwise not a beneficial owner ( e.g. , where such Lender has sold a participation), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto) and all required supporting documentation (including, where one or more of the underlying beneficial owner(s) is claiming the benefits of the Portfolio Interest Exemption, a Tax Status Certificate of such beneficial owner(s); provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender, the Tax Status Certificate from the beneficial owner(s) may be provided by the Foreign Lender on behalf of the beneficial owner(s)), or

 

  70  

 

 

(vii)       any other form prescribed by applicable laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable laws to permit the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.01(e) , no Lender shall be required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to provide.

 

For purposes of this Section 3.01(e) , the term “Lender” includes each LC Issuer.

 

(f)           Treatment of Certain Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 3.01 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this subsection (f) ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection (f) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this subsection (f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

Section 3.02.          Illegality.

 

(a)          If any Change in Law, after the Closing Date, has made it unlawful, or if any central bank or other Governmental Authority has asserted after the Closing Date that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or for any LC Issuer to issue or participate in Facility LCs, then, on notice thereof by the Lender or the LC Issuer to the Borrowers through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of that Lender or that LC Issuer to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or to issue or participate in Facility LCs, as applicable, shall be suspended until the Lender or the LC Issuer notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.

 

  71  

 

 

(b)          If it shall have become unlawful for such Lender to maintain any Eurodollar Rate Loan after the Closing Date, upon the Borrowers’ receipt of written notice of such fact and demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), such Eurodollar Rate Loans of that Lender then outstanding, either on the last day of the Interest Period thereof, if the Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if the Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loan, shall convert to a Base Rate Loan on such applicable date and on such date the Borrowers shall pay to the applicable Lender accrued interest on such Eurodollar Rate Loan along with all amounts required under Section 3.04 .

 

(c)          If the obligation of any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans has been so terminated or suspended, the Borrowers may elect, by the Company giving notice to the Lender through the Administrative Agent, that all Revolving Loans which would otherwise be made or maintained by the Lender as Eurodollar Rate Loans shall instead be Base Rate Loans.

 

(d)          If any Lender or any LC Issuer requests compensation pursuant to Section 3.01 , 3.02 or 3.03 , the Borrowers are required to pay any increased payment or indemnity payment pursuant to Section 3.01 , 3.02 or 3.03 , or Eurodollar Rate Loans or commitments to make Eurodollar Rate Loans are automatically converted to Base Rate Loans or commitments to make Base Rate Loans, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 3.02 , then such Lender or such LC Issuer shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Eurodollar Rate Loans or issuing its Facility LCs hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or such LC Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to this Section 3.02 or such payment pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.03 , and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or such LC Issuer to any additional cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or such LC Issuer in any material economic, legal or regulatory respect.

 

Section 3.03.          Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.

 

(a)          If any Lender or any LC Issuer reasonably and in good faith determines that, due to either (x) Change in Law or (y) the compliance by that Lender or that LC Issuer with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) after the Closing Date, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loans or such LC Issuer agreeing to issue or issuing or participating in Facility LCs, in each case, including Taxes (other than (i) Taxes described in clauses (b) , (c) and (d) of the definition of “Excluded Taxes”, (ii) Connection Income Taxes and (iii) Indemnified Taxes that are covered by Section 3.01 ) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, liabilities or capital attributable thereto, then the Borrowers shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, promptly upon written demand (with a copy of such demand to be sent to the Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender or such LC Issuer, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate such Lender or such LC Issuer for such increased costs.

 

  72  

 

 

(b)          If any Lender or any LC Issuer reasonably and in good faith shall have determined that (i) the introduction of any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or (iv) compliance by the Lender (or its Lending Office) or the LC Issuer or any corporation controlling the Lender or the LC Issuer with any of the foregoing, in each case after the Closing Date, does or shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s, such LC Issuer’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s or such LC Issuer’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender, such LC Issuer or such corporation could have achieved but for such change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s, such LC Issuer’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender or such LC Issuer to be material, then from time to time, within thirty days after submission by such Lender or such LC Issuer to the Borrowers (through the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor certifying (x) that one of the events described in this clause (b) has occurred and describing in reasonable detail the nature of such event, (y) as to the reduction of the rate of return on capital resulting from such event and (z) as to the additional amount or amounts demanded by such Lender, such LC Issuer or corporation and a reasonably detailed explanation of the calculation thereof, the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender or such LC Issuer such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, such LC Issuer or corporation for such reduction. Such a certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.03(b) submitted by such Lender or such LC Issuer, through the Administrative Agent, to the Borrowers shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.03(b) , the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an LC Issuer pursuant to this Section 3.03(b) for any amounts incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or such LC Issuer notifies the Borrowers of such Lender’s or such LC Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the change in law giving rise to any such increased cost or reductions is retroactive, then the 270 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for all purposes of the Loan Documents, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority), or the United States or other regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III, will in each case, regardless of the date adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented be deemed to have been a Change in Law adopted and to have taken effect after the Closing Date.

 

Section 3.04.          Funding Losses.

 

The Borrowers shall reimburse each Lender and hold each Lender harmless from any loss (other than loss of profits or the Applicable Margin), expense or liability which the Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of:

 

(a)          the failure of the Borrowers to make on a timely basis any payment of principal of any Eurodollar Rate Loan;

 

  73  

 

 

(b)          the failure of the Borrowers to continue a Eurodollar Rate Loan after the applicable Borrower has given (or is deemed to have given) a Conversion/Continuation Notice thereof;

 

(c)          the failure of the Borrowers to make any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan in accordance with any notice of prepayment given by a Borrower;

 

(d)          the prepayment (including pursuant to Section 2.05 ) or other payment (including after acceleration thereof) of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the relevant Interest Period;

 

(e)          a Credit Extension of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Loan Notice, or a conversion to or continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Conversion/Continuation Notice; or

 

(f)          any conversion of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to the Revolving Loan;

 

including, in each case of clauses (a) through (f) above any such loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained, but excluding (i) any administrative fee or other amount chargeable by such Lender for the calculation of such loss and (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, the Applicable Margin for such Eurodollar Rate Loans. In the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (x) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Eurodollar Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (y) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market.

 

Section 3.05.          Inability to Determine Rates.

 

If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or that the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Revolving Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrowers and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice in writing. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers may revoke any notice of continuation then submitted by it pursuant to Section 2.03 . If the Borrowers do not revoke such notice of continuation, the Lenders shall make, convert or continue the Revolving Loans, as proposed by the Borrowers, in the amount specified in the applicable notice submitted by the Borrowers, but such Revolving Loans shall be made, converted or continued as Base Rate Loans instead of Eurodollar Rate Loans.

 

  74  

 

 

Section 3.06.          Certificates of Lenders.

 

Any Lender claiming reimbursement or compensation under this Article shall deliver to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount payable to the Lender hereunder and such certificate shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers in the absence of demonstrable error. Such certificate shall set forth in reasonable detail the methodology used in determining the amount payable to the Lender.

 

Section 3.07.          Substitution of Lenders; Mitigation.

 

(a)          If a Borrower receives notice from any Lender of a claim for compensation or of any illegality under Section 3.01 , 3.02 or  3.03 , the Borrowers may, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, replace such Lender by causing such Lender to assign all of its Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitment (with the assignment fee to be paid by a Borrower in such instance) pursuant to Section 10.07(b) to one or more other Lenders or Eligible Assignees procured by the Borrowers; provided that (x) the Borrowers shall be obligated to replace all Lenders that have made similar requests for compensation, (y) each such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Revolving Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees, funded participations in Facility LCs and all other amounts payable to it under the Loan Documents from the applicable assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts) and (z) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.03 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter. The Borrowers shall release such Lender from its obligations under the Loan Documents. Any Lender being replaced shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s outstanding Revolving Loans; provided that if the Lender being replaced does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Assignment and Assumption and/or any other documentation necessary to reflect such replacement by the later of (i) the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Assumption and/or such other documentation and (ii) the date as of which all obligations of the Borrowers owing to such replaced Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender and/or the Borrowers to such Lender being replaced, then the Lender being replaced shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption and/or such other documentation as of such date and the Administrative Agent shall be entitled (but not obligated) to execute and deliver such Assignment and Assumption and/or such other documentation on behalf of such Lender.

 

Section 3.08.          Survival.

 

The agreements and obligations of the Borrowers in Section 3.01 , Section 3.03 , Section 3.04 and Section 3.06 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of all other Obligations.

 

  75  

 

 

ARTICLE 4
Conditions Precedent

 

Section 4.01.          Conditions to Effectiveness.

 

This Agreement shall become effective on the date that each of the following conditions precedent are satisfied or waived:

 

(a)          The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, each of which shall be originals, facsimiles or PDFs delivered by electronic mail unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Credit Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date):

 

(i)          executed counterparts of this Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement; and

 

(ii)         a Revolving Loan Note executed by the Borrowers in favor of each Lender that has requested a Revolving Loan Note at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(b)          The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received (i) the Historical Financial Statements and (ii) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet of CF Corporation as of September 30, 2017 and a pro forma statement of operations for the nine-month period ending on September 30, 2017, in each case adjusted to give effect to the Fidelity Acquisition and the other transactions related thereto as if they had occurred at the beginning of the period.

 

(c)          The Administrative Agent shall have received:

 

(i)          copies of the resolutions of the board of directors, authorized subcommittee thereof, or other equivalent body of each Credit Party authorizing the Transactions to which such Credit Party is a party, certified as of the Closing Date by a Responsible Officer of such Credit Party;

 

(ii)         a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Credit Party certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Credit Party authorized to execute, deliver and perform, as applicable, this Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be delivered by such Credit Party hereunder;

 

(iii)        the articles or certificate of incorporation or equivalent document of each Credit Party as in effect on the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary of State (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) of its state of incorporation or organization as of a recent date;

 

(iv)        the by-laws, bye-laws or equivalent document of each Credit Party as in effect on the Closing Date, certified by a Responsible Officer of such Credit Party as of the Closing Date;

 

  76  

 

 

(v)         to the extent such concept is applicable in such jurisdiction, a certificate of good standing or equivalent document for each Credit Party from the Secretary of State (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) of its state of incorporation or organization as of a recent date; and

 

(vi)        a certificate of compliance for each Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary) from the applicable Department as of a recent date.

 

(d)          The Administrative Agent shall have received written opinions, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent in form and substance, (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the LC Issuers and the Lenders and dated the Closing Date) from (i) Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Credit Parties and (ii) ASW Law Limited, Bermuda counsel for the Credit Parties (such opinion to be issued in relation to the Parent Borrower only).

 

(e)          The Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall have been paid all costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, Attorney Costs of the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers) to the extent then due and payable to the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arrangers, including those fees payable pursuant to the Commitment Letter (and with respect to expenses of the Lead Arrangers (other than Attorney Costs) limited to those expenses provided for in the Commitment Letter and (except in the case of fees) to the extent invoiced to the Borrowers no later than three Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(f)          The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date certifying that each of the conditions precedent specified in clauses (g) , (h) , (j) and (k) of this Section 4.01 have been satisfied and (ii) a solvency certificate executed by an authorized representative of the Parent Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit H .

 

(g)          The acquisition of Fidelity & Guaranty Life by the Parent Borrower shall have been consummated (or will be consummated substantially concurrently with the Closing Date (the “ Fidelity Acquisition ”)), in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. The Merger Agreement shall not have been amended or waived in any material respect by CF Corporation or any of its affiliates, nor shall CF Corporation or any of its affiliates have given a material consent thereunder, in a manner materially adverse to the Lenders (in their capacity as such) without the consent of the Lead Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) (it being understood and agreed that any change to the definition of “Company Material Adverse Effect” contained in the Merger Agreement shall be deemed to be materially adverse to the Lenders); provided that (a) any amendment, waiver or consent which results in a 10% or less reduction in the purchase price for the Fidelity Acquisition shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the Lenders and (b) any increase in purchase price for the Fidelity Acquisition shall not be deemed to be materially adverse to the Lenders to the extent funded with common equity of FGL US Holdings Inc.

 

  77  

 

 

(h)          On the Closing Date, the Sponsors, the other Equity Providers (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and the Forward Purchasers (as defined in the Merger Agreement) shall have contributed to CF Corporation cash that, together with cash currently held in a trust account of CF Corporation, will be sufficient to pay the aggregate Merger Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and related fees and expenses (such aggregate amount, the “ Equity Amount ”) in an amount not less than $1,900,000,000, which shall include both preferred stock and common stock of CF Corporation issued in connection with the Fidelity Acquisition and the transactions related thereto. Immediately following receipt of the portion of the Equity Amount which constitutes a contribution from the Equity Providers and the Forward Purchasers, CF Corporation shall have contributed the Equity Amount to its wholly owned subsidiary, the Parent Borrower, as an equity or surplus contribution.

 

(i)          Each Credit Party shall have provided at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date all documentation and other information about the Borrowers and the Guarantors as has been reasonably requested in writing at least ten days prior to the Closing Date by the Administrative Agent as is mutually agreed to be required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

 

(j)          Since September 30, 2016, there shall not have occurred a Company Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Merger Agreement), except as disclosed in any report, schedule, form, statement or other document filed with, or furnished to, the SEC by Fidelity & Guaranty Life and publicly available prior to the date of the Merger Agreement (but excluding any forward-looking disclosure set forth in any sections titled “Risk Factors” or “forward-looking statements” (or similarly captioned section) or in any other section to the extent the disclosure is a forward-looking statement or predictive, cautionary or forward-looking in nature).

 

(k)          The Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects and (ii) the representations and warranties made by Fidelity & Guaranty Life in the Merger Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that CF Corporation or FGL Merger Sub Inc. (or any of their respective affiliates) have the right (taking into account any applicable cure provisions) to terminate their (or such affiliates’) obligations under the Merger Agreement, or to decline to consummate the Fidelity Acquisition (in each case, in accordance with the terms thereof and without liability to any of them), as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects, except that, in the case of any representation or warranty which expressly relates to a given date or period, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the respective date or for the respective period, as the case may be. To the extent that any representations and warranties made on, or as of, the Closing Date (or a date prior thereto) are qualified by or subject to “material adverse effect”, the definition thereof shall be “Company Material Adverse Effect” as defined in the Merger Agreement, for purposes of such representations and warranties.

 

(l)          If the initial Credit Extension includes (i) the issuance of a Facility LC, the Administrative Agent shall have received a properly completed Facility LC Application or (ii) a Revolving Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Loan Notice in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

  78  

 

 

Section 4.02.          Conditions to All Borrowings.

 

The obligation of any Lender or any LC Issuer to make any Revolving Loans or to issue any Facility LCs, on any Borrowing Date (other than on the Closing Date), is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)          All of the representations and warranties contained herein or in any Loan Document by the Borrowers and each Guarantor shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such Borrowing Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided that, in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof.

 

(b)          No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or immediately after giving effect to the proposed Credit Extension.

 

(c)          The Administrative Agent shall have received a Loan Notice or Facility LC Application, as applicable, in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

(d)          After making the Credit Extension requested on such Borrowing Date (i) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect and (ii) the Revolving Exposure of each Lender shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments of such Lender.

 

Each Loan Notice and each Facility LC Application submitted by the applicable Borrower (other than in connection with a Credit Extension on the Closing Date) shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b)  have been satisfied (or waived) on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

 

Section 4.03.          Determinations Under Section 4.01.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01 , by entering into this Agreement, each of the Lenders and each of the LC Issuers shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by, or acceptable or satisfactory to, the Lenders and the LC Issuers.

 

ARTICLE 5
Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrowers represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the LC Issuers that on the Closing Date, on the date of the making of each Revolving Loan and on the date of issuing each Facility LC hereunder, the following statements are true and correct:

 

Section 5.01.          Corporate Existence and Power.

 

Each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries:

 

  79  

 

 

(a)          (i) is duly organized or incorporated and validly existing and (ii) in good standing (only to the extent such concept is applicable), in each case, under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization;

 

(b)          has the corporate (or other organizational) power and authority (i) to own its assets and carry on its business and (ii) in the case of a Credit Party, to perform its obligations, if any, under the Loan Documents to which it is a party;

 

(c)          is duly qualified and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of its property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification; and

 

(d)          is in compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property (it being understood and agreed that this Section 5.01(d) shall not apply to Requirements of Law covered by Section 5.19 );

 

except, in each case referred to in clauses (a)(i) (except with respect to the Borrowers, the Bermuda Reinsurer and FGL Insurance), (a)(ii) (c)  and (d) , to the extent that the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or result in the imposition of substantial penalties.

 

Section 5.02.          Corporate Authorization; No Contravention.

 

The Transactions to be entered into by each Credit Party are within such Person’s corporate or other organizational powers. The Transactions (including the execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of each Loan Document to which it is a party) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action of each Credit Party and do not and will not:

 

(a)          contravene the terms of any of such Credit Party’s or any of its Subsidiaries articles of incorporation, by-laws, bye-laws, memorandum and articles of association or other organizational documents;

 

(b)          conflict with or result in any breach, violation or contravention of, or result in or require the creation of any Lien under, any agreement, document or instrument evidencing any material Contractual Obligation or Material Indebtedness to which such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, except, in each case, to the extent that such conflict, breach, violation, contravention or Lien, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(c)          violate any Requirement of Law or any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or its property is subject, except to the extent that such violation, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  80  

 

 

Section 5.03.          Governmental Authorization; Other Consents.

 

No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the Transactions (including the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, each Credit Party of each Loan Document to which it is a party), except such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect (including, without limitation, the approval of the applicable Department of each Insurance Subsidiary, if required).

 

Section 5.04.          Binding Effect.

 

This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which such other Credit Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Credit Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party, in each case enforceable against the Borrowers or such other Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

 

Section 5.05.          Litigation.

 

Except as set forth on Schedule 5.05 , there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending, or to the knowledge of such Credit Party, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that: (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions (including the Transactions) contemplated hereby or thereby or (b) could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.06.          No Default.

 

No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Neither such Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its material Contractual Obligations to which it may be subject or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, could constitute such a default, except where the consequences, direct or indirect, of such default or defaults, if any, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.07.          ERISA Compliance.

 

(a)          Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law except to the extent that such non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS and to the knowledge of such Credit Party, nothing has occurred which could reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification, except where such non-qualification could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Credit Party, its Subsidiaries and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to any Pension Plan, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Pension Plan, except where such lack of contribution or application for funding waiver could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  81  

 

 

(b)          There are no pending or, to the knowledge of such Credit Party, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of such Credit Party, there has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          Except for occurrences or circumstances that individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or could be reasonably expected to occur and (ii) no Single Employer Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability.

 

(d)          To the extent the assets of the Borrowers are deemed to be “plan assets” within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA, or otherwise, (i) on each day that an extension of credit pursuant to a Credit Extension is in effect, such extension of credit will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code as a result of the applicability of Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 95-60, and (ii) at any time when regulation 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21, as modified in 2016, is applicable, the fiduciary making the decision on behalf of the Borrowers with respect to the Credit Extension will be deemed to represent and warrant that it (v) is a bank, insurance company, registered investment adviser, broker-dealer or other person with financial expertise, in each case as described in 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i); (w) is an independent plan fiduciary within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21; (x) is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies; (y) is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transaction and (z) it is not paying any fee or other compensation to the Lenders, Administrative Agent, Lead Arrangers, LC Issuer, Syndication Agents or Co-Documentation Agents (the “ Transaction Parties ”) for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the transaction. In addition, such fiduciary will be deemed to acknowledge and agree that it (1) has been informed (and it is hereby expressly confirmed) that none of the Transaction Parties, or other persons that provide marketing services, nor any of their affiliates, has provided, and none of them will provide, impartial investment advice and they are not giving any advice in ‎a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the Credit Extensions and (2) has received information concerning, and understands the existence and nature of, the financial interests of the Transaction Parties in the Credit Extensions.

 

Section 5.08.          Margin Regulations.

 

Neither such Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock. None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the direct or indirect use of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans or Facility LCs) will violate or result in a violation of Regulation T, U or X of the FRB.

 

  82  

 

 

Section 5.09.          Title to Properties.

 

Each Credit Party and its Subsidiaries has (a) good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in real property), (b) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), (c) valid license rights in (in the case of licensed interests in intellectual property) and (d) good title to (in the case of all other personal property), all of their respective properties and assets necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of their respective businesses except for any failure to have such good title and any defects in title or interests as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets of each Credit Party and their Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) are free and clear of Liens (other than Liens permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document).

 

Section 5.10.          Taxes.

 

(a)          Each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries have timely filed all federal income Tax, other income Tax and other Tax returns and reports required to be filed by any jurisdiction (domestic and foreign) to which any of them is subject, and have paid all federal income Tax, other income Tax and other Taxes levied or imposed upon it or its properties, income or assets that have become due and payable (including in its capacity as a withholding agent) when due and payable, except those that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with SAP or GAAP, as applicable ( provided that such contest effectively suspends collection of the same and enforcement of any Lien securing the same) or those the failure to so file or pay could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no current or proposed Tax audit, assessment, deficiency or other claim or proceeding against such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          Except as could not be reasonably expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries have made adequate provision in accordance with SAP or GAAP (as applicable) for all Taxes not yet due and payable.

 

Section 5.11.          Financial Condition.

 

(a)          Each of the Historical Financial Statements:

 

(i)          were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, subject, in the case of such unaudited financial statements, to ordinary, good faith year-end and audit adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosure;

 

  83  

 

 

(ii)         fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and results of operations for the period covered thereby; and

 

(iii)        show all material Indebtedness of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and changes in Capital and Surplus of the respective Insurance Subsidiaries covered thereby for the respective periods then ended.

 

(b)          Each of (x) the December 31, 2016 Annual Statement of each Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary) and (y) the June 30, 2017 Quarterly Statement of each Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary) (collectively, the “ Historical Statutory Statements ”):

 

(i)          were prepared in accordance with SAP, except as may be reflected in the notes thereto and subject, with respect to the Quarterly Statements, to the absence of notes required by SAP and to normal year-end adjustments; and

 

(ii)         were in all material respects in compliance with applicable Requirements of Law when filed and present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the respective Insurance Subsidiaries covered thereby as of the respective dates thereof and changes in Capital and Surplus of the respective Insurance Subsidiaries covered thereby for the respective periods then ended.

 

Except for liabilities and obligations disclosed or provided for in the Historical Statutory Statements (including, without limitation, reserves, policy and contract claims and statutory liabilities), no Insurance Subsidiary had, as of the date of its respective Historical Statutory Statements, any material liabilities or obligations of any nature whatsoever (whether absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not due) that, in accordance with SAP, would have been required to have been disclosed or provided for in such Historical Statutory Statement.

 

(c)          On and as of the Closing Date, the projections of the Parent Borrower that have been made available to the Lead Arrangers or the Lenders by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions that are believed by the preparer thereof to be reasonable at the time such financial projections were furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, it being understood and agreed that financial projections are not a guarantee of financial performance and actual results may differ from financial projections and such differences may be material.

 

(d)          Since June 30, 2017, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to result in, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; provided that, neither (a) the negotiation, execution, announcement, pendency, performance or compliance with the express terms of the Merger Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein, and no effect arising out of, or resulting from, such activities nor (b) any event, circumstance or change disclosed in any report, schedule, form, statement or other document filed with, or furnished to, the SEC by Fidelity & Guaranty Life and publicly available prior to the date hereof (but excluding any forward-looking disclosure set forth in any sections titled “Risk Factors” or “forward-looking statements” (or similarly captioned section) or in any other section to the extent the disclosure is a forward-looking statement or predictive, cautionary or forward-looking in nature) shall constitute or be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur.

 

  84  

 

 

Section 5.12.          Environmental Matters .

 

(a)          All properties owned or leased by such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries have been, and continue to be, owned or operated by such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries in compliance with all Environmental Laws, except where failure to so comply could not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          There have been no past, and there are no pending or, to the knowledge of such Credit Party, threatened, Environmental Claims against such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such Environmental Claims that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          There has been no Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any property now or, to the knowledge of such Credit Party, previously owned or leased by such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, have had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)          Such Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries have been issued and are in compliance with all permits, certificates, approvals, licenses and other authorizations required under any Environmental Law to own and operate their property or to conduct their businesses except where failure to obtain or comply with the foregoing could not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)          There are no underground or above ground storage tanks, active or abandoned, including petroleum storage tanks, on or under any property now owned or leased by such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)          To the knowledge of such Credit Party, neither such Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries has directly transported or directly arranged for the transportation of any Hazardous Material to any location that could reasonably be expected to result in liability of such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries under any Environmental Law, except any such liability which could not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)          To the knowledge of such Credit Party, there are no polychlorinated biphenyls or friable asbestos present at any property now owned or leased by such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.13.          Investment Company Act of 1940 .

 

No Credit Party is required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

  85  

 

 

Section 5.14.          Subsidiaries .

 

Schedule 5.14 sets forth the name of, and the ownership interest of the Parent Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) in, each of its Subsidiaries and identifies each Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, Foreign Subsidiary and/or an Insurance Subsidiary, in each case as of the Closing Date.

 

Section 5.15.          Insurance and Other Licenses .

 

(a)          Schedule T to the most recent Annual Statement of each Insurance Subsidiary (other than an Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary) lists, as of the Closing Date, all of the jurisdictions in which such Insurance Subsidiary holds active Licenses. No material License of any Insurance Subsidiary is the subject of a proceeding for suspension or revocation and to such Credit Party’s knowledge, there is no sustainable basis for such suspension or revocation, and no such suspension or revocation has been threatened by any Governmental Authority, except in any such case where such proceedings would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)          Such Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries has all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents, and approvals (i) to own its assets and carry on its business and (ii) in the case of a Credit Party, to perform its obligations, if any, under the Loan Documents to which it is a party; except, in each case referred to in the preceding clauses (b)(i) and (ii) , to the extent that the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          Such Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries is duly licensed under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of its property or the conduct of its business requires such license; except, in each case referred to in this clause (c) , to the extent that the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)          Such Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries possesses all franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, licenses and permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate for the conduct of its business substantially as now conducted without known conflict with any rights of others, except, in each case referred to in this clause (d) , to the extent that the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.16.          Full Disclosure .

 

All written information other than the Projections and information of a general economic or general industry nature (collectively, the “ Information ”) that has been or will be made available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any LC Issuer by or on behalf of each Borrower or any of its representatives, taken as a whole, and taken together with (i) all filings with the SEC of Fidelity & Guaranty Life, prior to the date hereof and (ii) the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed by CF Corporation on July 26, 2017, is or will be, when furnished, correct in all material respects and does not or will not, when furnished, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements are made (after giving effect to all supplements thereto).

 

  86  

 

 

Section 5.17.          Solvency .

 

Immediately after the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date are consummated, and, upon the incurrence of any Revolving Loan or any Facility LC by any Credit Party on any date on which this representation and warranty is made, and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loan or such Facility LC:

 

(a)          the fair value of the assets of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds, on a consolidated basis, their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise;

 

(b)          the present fair saleable value of the property of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, on a consolidated basis, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured;

 

(c)          the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, on a consolidated basis, as such liabilities become absolute and matured; and

 

(d)          the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital.

 

Section 5.18.          Insurance .

 

Other than as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the insurance maintained by or reserved on the books of such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries is sufficient to protect such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries and their respective directors and officers against such risks as are usually insured against in accordance with industry practice by companies in the same or similar business.

 

Section 5.19.          Anti-Corruption Laws; Anti-Money Laundering Laws; Sanctions .

 

(a)          The Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, their respective officers and directors and, to the knowledge of such Credit Party, Affiliates controlled by the Parent Borrower, employees and agents are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws in all material respects. Each of the Credit Parties and its respective Subsidiaries has implemented and maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve continued compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

(b)          No Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers or, to the knowledge of such Credit Party, employees, agents or Affiliates controlled by the Parent Borrower which will benefit from the credit facilities established hereby is in violation of any applicable Anti-Money Laundering Law in any material respect. Each of the Credit Parties and its respective Subsidiaries has implemented and maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve continued compliance with applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

 

  87  

 

 

(c)          No Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers or, to the knowledge of such Credit Party, employees, agents or Affiliates controlled by the Parent Borrower which will benefit from the credit facilities established hereby: (i) is a Sanctioned Person; or (ii) has engaged in the past five (5) years in any dealings with, involving or for the benefit of, any Sanctioned Person, in each case in violation of applicable Sanctions. Each of the Credit Parties and its respective Subsidiaries has implemented and maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve continued compliance with applicable Sanctions.

 

(d)          The Borrowers will not use, directly or indirectly, any part of any proceeds of any Revolving Loan or any Credit Extension or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds: (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws; (ii) in violation of Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (iii) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of, with or involving any Sanctioned Person in violation of applicable Sanctions; or (iv) in any other manner that would constitute or give rise to a violation of Sanctions by any party hereto, including any Lender.

 

Section 5.20.          Use of Proceeds .

 

Such Credit Party will use the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Facility LCs (a) for working capital, growth initiatives and general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries and for other purposes not prohibited by this Agreement and (b) to pay fees, commissions and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Transactions.

 

Section 5.21.          Representations as to Foreign Jurisdiction Matters .

 

(a)          Each Credit Party organized under the laws of Bermuda is subject to civil and commercial laws with respect to its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and the execution, delivery and performance by such Credit Parties of the Loan Documents constitute and will constitute private and commercial acts and not public or governmental acts. No Credit Party organized under the laws of Bermuda or any of its property has any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise), in each case under the laws of Bermuda in respect of its obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

(b)          The Loan Documents are in proper legal form under the laws of Bermuda for the enforcement under the laws of Bermuda thereof against each of the Credit Parties organized under the laws of Bermuda, and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Loan Documents. It is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability, priority or admissibility in evidence of the Loan Documents in Bermuda that the Loan Documents be filed, registered or recorded with, or executed or notarized before, any court or other authority in Bermuda or that any registration charge or stamp or similar tax be paid on or in respect of the Loan Documents or any other document, except for (i) any such filing, registration, recording, execution or notarization that has been made and is in full force and effect, or is not required to be made until the Loan Documents are sought to be enforced and (ii) any charge or tax that has been timely paid by or on behalf of such Credit Party.

 

  88  

 

 

(c)          As of the Closing Date, there is no tax, levy, impost, duty, fee, assessment or other governmental charge, or any deduction or withholding, imposed by any Governmental Authority in or of Bermuda either (i) on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of the Loan Documents or (ii) on any payment to be made by each Credit Party organized under the laws of Bermuda pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

(d)          The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents by each Credit Party organized under the laws of Bermuda are, under applicable foreign exchange control regulations of Bermuda, not subject to any notification or authorization except (i) such as have been made or obtained or (ii) such as cannot be made or obtained until a later date ( provided that any notification or authorization described in clause (ii) shall be made or obtained as soon as is reasonably practicable).

 

Section 5.22.          EEA Financial Institutions .

 

No Borrower is an EEA Financial Institution.

 

ARTICLE 6
Affirmative Covenants

 

Until all principal of and interest on each Revolving Loan, all Reimbursement Obligations and all fees and other amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full (other than unmatured, surviving contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and payable) and all Revolving Commitments have been terminated and no Facility LC is outstanding (except those that are Cash Collateralized), the Borrowers covenant and agree with the Lenders to, and the Borrowers shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, as applicable:

 

Section 6.01.          Financial Statements .

 

The Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(a)

 

(i)             promptly upon filing thereof with the SEC, if applicable (including as part of a Form 10-K), but in any event within one hundred (100) days after the end of each Fiscal Year for the Parent Borrower, commencing with the Fiscal Year in which the Closing Date occurs, (i) the consolidated balance sheets of the Parent Borrower as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ or stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent Borrower for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year (to the extent corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year were prepared) and (ii) a report thereon of KPMG LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Parent Borrower (“ Independent Auditor ”) (which report and/or the accompanying financial statements shall be unqualified as to going concern and scope of audit ( provided that a qualification may be included in any such audit report for a period ending within the twelve (12) month period preceding the scheduled maturity date with respect to a Class of Loans under this Agreement to the extent that such qualification is related solely to an upcoming Commitment Termination Date hereunder), and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Parent Borrower as at the dates indicated and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP); and

 

  89  

 

 

(ii)            promptly upon filing thereof with the SEC, if applicable (including as part of a Form 10-K), but in any event within one hundred thirty-five (135) days after the end of each Fiscal Year for the Bermuda Reinsurer, commencing with the Fiscal Year in which the Closing Date occurs, the consolidated balance sheets of the Bermuda Reinsurer as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ or stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Bermuda Reinsurer for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year (to the extent corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year were prepared);

 

(b)          promptly upon filing thereof with the SEC, if applicable (including as part of a Form 10-Q), and in any event within fifty (50) days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year (other than the Fiscal Quarter in which the Fidelity Acquisition occurs, in which case within seventy-five (75) days after the end of such Fiscal Quarter), commencing with the Fiscal Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs, the consolidated balance sheets of the Parent Borrower and the Bermuda Reinsurer as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ or stockholders’ equity and cash flows of each of the Parent Borrower and the Bermuda Reinsurer for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year (to the extent corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year were prepared), certified by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Person whose financial statements are being delivered, as fairly presenting in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of footnotes and year-end audit adjustments), the financial position, the results of operations and cash flows of such Person;

 

(c)          (i) with respect to each Insurance Subsidiary (other than an Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary (except for the Bermuda Reinsurer)) within two Business Days after delivery to the applicable Department, and in any event not later than ninety (90) days after the close of each Fiscal Year of such Insurance Subsidiary (other than the Bermuda Reinsurer) and not later than four months after the close of each Fiscal Year of the Bermuda Reinsurer (unless the Bermuda Monetary Authority has agreed to extend the time period for delivery, in which case not later than seven months after the close of each Fiscal Year of the Bermuda Reinsurer), copies of the unaudited Annual Statement of such Insurance Subsidiary on a stand-alone basis in each case, to the extent such Annual Statement is required to be delivered to the applicable Department, the stand-alone Annual Statement to be certified by a Responsible Officer of such Insurance Subsidiary, all such statements to be prepared in accordance with SAP consistently applied throughout the periods reflected therein and (ii) if required by the applicable Department, copies of the audited Annual Statement of each Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary (except the Bermuda Reinsurer)), on a stand-alone basis, in each case, audited and certified by independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing (such audited Annual Statement to be delivered within five days after delivery to the applicable Department and in any event not later than April 30 of each year);

 

  90  

 

 

(d)          within five days after delivery to the applicable Department, and in any event not later than forty-five (45) days after the close of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year of each Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary), copies of the Quarterly Statement of such Insurance Subsidiary, in each case, to the extent such Quarterly Statement is required to be delivered to the applicable Department, on a stand-alone basis, the stand-alone Quarterly Statement to be certified by a Responsible Officer of such Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary), all such statements to be prepared in accordance with SAP consistently applied through the period reflected therein;

 

(e)          within one hundred (100) days after the close (or, in the case of Raven Reinsurance Company, by June 30) of each Fiscal Year of each Insurance Subsidiary (other than any Insurance Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary), a copy of the “Statement of Actuarial Opinion” and “Management Discussion and Analysis” for each such Insurance Subsidiary that is provided to the applicable Department (or equivalent information should such Department no longer require such a statement), to the extent required by the applicable Department, as to the adequacy of reserves of such Insurance Subsidiary, such opinion to be in the format prescribed by the insurance code of the state of domicile of such Insurance Subsidiary; and

 

(f)          within thirty (30) days of receipt of any audit committee report prepared by a Credit Party’s accountants, if there are any reportable events resulting in any discussion in the sections of such report entitled “Errors or Irregularities”, “Illegal Acts” or “Misstatements Due to Fraud”, the Borrowers will provide copies of such sections to the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 6.02.          Certificates; Other Information .

 

The Borrowers shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, for further distribution to each Lender:

 

(a)          concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) , a Compliance Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower (it being understood and agreed that, if the financial statements of the Bermuda Reinsurer for any fiscal year referred to in Section 6.01(a)(ii) are delivered on a date other than the date on which the Parent Borrower delivers the Compliance Certificate pursuant to this paragraph for such fiscal year, the Parent Borrower or the Bermuda Reinsurer shall, on the date on which the financial statements of the Bermuda Reinsurer are delivered, certify that the financial statements of the Bermuda Reinsurer so delivered fairly represent in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial position, the results of operation and cash flows of the Bermuda Reinsurer);

 

  91  

 

 

(b)          promptly after the same becomes publicly available, all periodic and other material reports, proxy statements and registration statements that the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) may file with, the SEC;

 

(c)          as soon as practicable and in any event no later than ninety (90) days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, a detailed consolidated budget for such Fiscal Year (including a summary pro forma capitalization of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year); and

 

(d)          promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent, for itself or at the request of any Lender, may from time to time reasonably request.

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 , this Section 6.02 or Section 6.03 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent Borrower or the Company posts such documents or provide a link thereto on the Parent Borrower’s or the Company’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Parent Borrower’s or the Company’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender, each LC Issuer and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); or (iii) on which such documents are made publicly available at www.sec.gov ; provided that, in each case of clauses (i) through (iii) of this paragraph, the Company shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and, solely with respect to clause (ii) , provide the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e. soft copies) of such documents. Except for Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

The Borrowers hereby acknowledge that (1) the Administrative Agent will make available information (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) to the Lenders by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks, SyndTrak or another similar secure electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (2) certain of the Lenders may be “public side” Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrowers shall use commercially reasonable efforts to clearly designate as such all Borrower Materials provided to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Borrowers which is suitable to make available to Public Lenders. If the Borrowers have not indicated whether Borrower Materials cannot be distributed to Public Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall post such Borrower Materials solely on that portion of the Platform designated for non-Public Lenders.

 

  92  

 

 

Section 6.03.          Notices .

 

The Borrowers shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent:

 

(a)          of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

(b)          of any matter that has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect, including any of the following that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) any breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a material Contractual Obligation of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation (including any governmental proceeding or arbitration proceeding), tax audit or investigative proceeding, claim, lawsuit, and/or investigation against or involving the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their businesses or operations; (iii) the expiration without renewal, revocation, suspension or restriction of, or the institution of any proceedings to revoke, suspend or restrict, any License now or hereafter held by any Insurance Subsidiary that is required to conduct insurance business in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations (other than any restriction on the Bermuda Reinsurer’s License that is in effect as of the Closing Date); (iv) the institution of any disciplinary proceedings against or in respect of any Insurance Subsidiary, or the issuance of any order, the taking of any action or any request for an extraordinary audit for cause by any Governmental Authority; or (v) the issuance or adoption of any judicial or administrative order limiting or controlling the insurance business of any Insurance Subsidiary (and not the insurance industry generally);

 

(c)          of the occurrence of any of the following events affecting the Parent Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate (but in no event more than ten (10) days after such event) and deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a copy of any notice with respect to such event that is filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to the Parent Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to such event:

 

(i)             an ERISA Event;

 

(ii)            a material increase in any Unfunded Pension Liabilities of any Pension Plan;

 

(iii)           the adoption of or the commencement of contributions to any Pension Plan by any Credit Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate; or

 

(iv)           the adoption of any amendment to a Single Employer Pension Plan, if such amendment results in a material increase in contributions or results in Unfunded Pension Liability;

 

provided that no such notice will be required under this Section 6.03(c) with respect to the occurrence of any such event if such occurrence does not result in, and is not reasonably expected to result in, any liability to any Credit Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  93  

 

 

(d)          of any change of the name, type of organization or jurisdiction of incorporation of any Borrower or any Insurance Subsidiary in existence on the Closing Date.

 

Each notice under this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein, and stating what action the Parent Borrower or any affected Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 6.04.          Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc.

 

The Borrowers shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to (except as permitted by Section 7.03 or Section 7.06 ):

 

(a)          (i) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its existence under the laws of its state or jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable; provided no Subsidiary (other than the Company, the Bermuda Reinsurer and FGL Insurance) shall be required to preserve any such existence if the loss thereof would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) preserve and maintain its good standing under the laws of its state or jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(b)          preserve and maintain in full force and effect all governmental rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, Licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business (including those which may at any time and from time to time be necessary for any Insurance Subsidiary to operate its insurance business in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations), including to qualify and remain qualified as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which failure to receive or retain such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (b) , where such failure to preserve and maintain could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.05.          Insurance .

 

The Borrowers shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, maintain with financially sound and reputable independent insurers insurance against losses or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons; provided that nothing in this Section 6.05 shall be construed to impose requirements with respect to reinsurance or other risk assumption products provided by a Credit Party to any of its customers.

 

Section 6.06.          Payment of Taxes and Claims .

 

The Borrowers shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, pay all Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before the same shall become overdue, and all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies, but excluding claims under Primary Policies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, or which, if unpaid, might give rise to a claim entitled to priority over general creditors of such Credit Party or such Subsidiary in any proceeding under the Bermuda Companies Law, Bermuda Insurance Law or any other applicable law, or any insolvency proceeding, liquidation, receivership, rehabilitation, dissolution or winding-up involving such Credit Party or such Subsidiary prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto, except (i) to the extent a failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) as is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, so long as adequate reserve or other appropriate provision, as shall be required in conformity with SAP and GAAP shall have been made therefor.

 

  94  

 

 

Section 6.07.          Compliance with Laws .

 

The Borrowers shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, comply with all Requirements of Law of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it or its business (including without limitation the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, the Bermuda Companies Law, the Bermuda Insurance Law and all applicable Environmental Laws), except (i) for such non-compliance that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) as may be contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without limiting the effect of Section 6.13 , with respect to applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Sanctions, the Borrowers shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects. The Borrowers shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote compliance in all material respects with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Sanctions.

 

Section 6.08.          Inspection of Property; Books and Records .

 

The Borrowers shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in conformity with GAAP or SAP, as applicable, consistently applied. The Borrowers shall permit, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to permit, representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent or its designees, at the Borrowers’ expense, to visit and inspect any of their respective properties, to examine their respective corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrowers; provided that members of senior management will be notified and permitted to be present during any such meetings; provided , further , that the Borrowers shall not be required to reimburse the costs of the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any representative thereof) for more than one visit per Fiscal Year to the Borrowers’ properties unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.08 , none of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries will be required to permit the Administrative Agent or any of its independent contractors, representatives or designees to make copies of any document, information or other matter that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information.

 

  95  

 

 

Section 6.09.          Use of Proceeds .

 

The proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Facility LCs shall be used (a) for the working capital, growth initiatives and general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries and (b) to pay fees, commissions and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Transactions. None of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the direct or indirect use of the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Facility LCs) will violate or result in a violation of Regulation T, U or X of the FRB.

 

Section 6.10.          Additional Guarantors .

 

In the event that (a) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) is formed or acquired after the Closing Date or (b) any other Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (other than the Company) guarantees any Capital Market Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Guarantor, the Borrowers shall (i) promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and shall cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Guarantee Agreement Supplement (as defined in the Guarantee Agreement) and (ii) take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements, and certificates reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with such Guarantee Agreement Supplement, including any information required pursuant to Section 10.17 (it being understood and agreed that general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference principles, capital maintenance rules, “thin capitalisation” rules and similar principles may limit the ability of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower to Guarantee the Obligations or may require that such Guarantee be limited by an amount or otherwise, in each case as reasonably determined by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent); provided that legal opinions shall not be required to be executed and delivered in connection with any such Guarantee Agreement Supplement; provided further that any Guarantee Agreement Supplement may, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), include such schedules (or updates to schedules) as may be necessary to qualify any representation or warranty with respect to the Subsidiary executing such Guarantee Agreement Supplement as may be necessary to qualify any representation or warranty with respect to such Subsidiary set forth in any Loan Document to the extent necessary to ensure that such representation or warranty is true and correct in all material respects to the extent required thereby or by the terms of any other Loan Document. Any notification delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall include (1) the date on which such Person became a Wholly Owned-Subsidiary of a Credit Party and (2) all of the data required to be set forth in Schedule 5.14 with respect to such Person; and such written notice shall be deemed to supplement Schedule 5.14 for all purposes hereof. In addition, the Borrowers may cause any Subsidiary (other than the Company) that is not a Guarantor to so guarantee payment of the Obligations and become a Guarantor.

 

  96  

 

 

Section 6.11.          Maintenance of Properties .

 

The Borrowers shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, all material properties used or useful in the business of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries and from time to time will make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof, except, in each case, where the failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.12.          Environmental .

 

(a)           Environmental Disclosure . The Borrowers will deliver to the Administrative Agent and Lenders:

 

(i)             promptly upon the occurrence thereof, written notice describing in reasonable detail (1) any Release of Hazardous Materials, which has a reasonable possibility of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims or otherwise having, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and (2) any remedial action taken by any Borrower or any other Person in response to (A) any past, current, or threatened event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective action or response action with respect to any such event or occurrence, the existence of which could reasonably be expected to result in one or more Environmental Claims or otherwise have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, or (B) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(ii)            as soon as practicable following the sending or receipt thereof by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, a copy of any and all written communications with respect to (1) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (2) any Release of Hazardous Materials, which could reasonably be expected to result in one or more Environmental Claims or otherwise have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and (3) any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining, or in the vicinity of, any real property which could reasonably be expected to result in one or more Environmental Claims or otherwise have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iii)           prompt written notice describing in reasonable detail (1) any proposed acquisition of stock, assets, or property by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to (A) result in Environmental Claims the existence of which could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (B) affect the ability of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to maintain in full force and effect all material Governmental Authorizations required under any Environmental Laws for their respective operations, except as could otherwise not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (2) any proposed action to be taken by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to modify current operations in a manner that could reasonably be expected to subject the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries to any additional material obligations or requirements under any Environmental Laws, the existence of which could reasonably be expected to result in one or more Environmental Claims or otherwise have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  97  

 

 

(iv)        with reasonable promptness, such other documents and information as from time to time may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in relation to any matters disclosed pursuant to this Section 6.12(a ).

 

(b)           Hazardous Materials Activities, Etc . The Borrowers shall promptly take, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) promptly to take, any and all actions necessary to (i) cure any violation of applicable Environmental Laws by such Credit Party or its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) make an appropriate response to any Environmental Claim against such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries and discharge any obligations it may have to any Person thereunder where failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.13.          Anti-Corruption Laws; Anti-Money Laundering Laws; Sanctions . The Borrowers agree not to use, directly or indirectly, any part of any proceeds of any Revolving Loan or any Credit Extension or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds: (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws; (ii) in violation of Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (iii) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of, with or involving any Sanctioned Person in violation of applicable Sanctions; or (iv) in any other manner that would constitute or give rise to a violation of Sanctions by any party hereto, including any Lender.

 

ARTICLE 7
Negative Covenants

 

Until all principal of and interest on each Revolving Loan, all Reimbursement Obligations and all fees and other amounts payable hereunder have been paid in full (other than unmatured, surviving contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and payable) and all Revolving Commitments have been terminated and no Facility LC is outstanding (except those that are Cash Collateralized), the Borrowers covenant and agree with the Lenders and the LC Issuers to and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to:

 

Section 7.01.          Limitation on Indebtedness; Certain Capital Stock .

 

(a)          The Borrowers shall not, nor shall they permit any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, Incur or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness, except:

 

(i)             Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

 

(ii)            Indebtedness consisting of the deferred purchase price of equity interests (or option or warrants or similar instruments) of departing officers, directors and employees of the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries issued (whether in the form of notes or otherwise) for the purchase or redemption thereof pursuant to the terms of an existing compensation plan or employment contract;

 

  98  

 

 

(iii)           Indebtedness in connection with Permitted Transactions entered into by Insurance Subsidiaries or by the Borrowers in connection with Investments permitted by clause (r) of the definition of “Permitted Investment”;

 

(iv)           Permitted Swap Obligations;

 

(v)            non-recourse Indebtedness of Insurance Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business resulting from the sale or securitization of non-admitted assets, policy loans, CBOs and CMOs;

 

(vi)           Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Liabilities, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations), incurred for the purpose of financing or reimbursing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of the acquisition, development, construction, purchase, lease, repair, addition or improvement of property (real or personal), plant, equipment or other fixed or capital assets, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of Equity Interests of any Person owning such assets (in each case, incurred within 180 days of such acquisition, development, construction, purchase, lease, repair, addition or improvement) and all Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any such Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (vi) , will not exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(vii)          Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower owing to and held by any Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary owing to and held by the Parent Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided , however :

 

(1)         if a Borrower is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Revolving Loans and Facility LCs;

 

(2)         if a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party is the obligee, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantees of such Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement; and

 

(3)         (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary; and (B) any subsequent sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary; shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by such Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be;

 

  99  

 

 

(viii)         (x) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument, including, but not limited to, electronic transfers, wire transfers and commercial card payments drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business (except in the form of committed or uncommitted lines of credit); provided , however , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of Incurrence; and (y) Indebtedness owed to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arise in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to provide treasury services or to manage cash balances of the Parent Borrowers and the Subsidiaries;

 

(ix)            Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(x)             Indebtedness Incurred by the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiaries in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance obligations, performance, bid, surety, appeal and similar bonds and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) or security deposits, banker’s guarantees or banker’s acceptances, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xi)            the Existing Debt and any other Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01 , and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

(xii)           Guarantees to suppliers or licensors (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiii)          Guarantees of (x) any Borrower or any Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by a Borrower or a Guarantor under this Section 7.01(a) ; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Revolving Loans or Facility LCs or the Guarantee of such Subsidiary, as applicable, any such Guarantee of such Borrower or such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Credit Party’s Obligations with respect to the Revolving Loans or Facility LCs substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Revolving Loans or Facility LCs or the Guarantee of such Subsidiary, as applicable and (y) Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of Indebtedness incurred by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(xiv)         Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-outs or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets of the Parent Borrower or any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Capital Stock for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

 

  100  

 

 

(xv)          Indebtedness Incurred by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with third party insurance premium financing arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xvi)         Indebtedness of Persons Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary or was acquired by, or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into, the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation); provided , however , that after giving effect thereto, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full Fiscal Quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such transaction would have been either (x) at least 2.00 to 1.00 or (y) greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, in each case determined on a pro forma basis; and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xvi) ;

 

(xvii)        Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to existing or former employees, management or directors of or consultants to the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or their assigns, estates or heirs to purchase, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, cancel, retire or make payment in respect of Capital Stock, or options, warrants, equity appreciation rights or other rights to purchase or acquire Capital Stock, of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) in an aggregate principal amount which, if paid in cash, would be permitted by Section 7.07 (it being understood that the issuance of a promissory note for such aggregate principal amount shall be treated for purposes of Section 7.07 as if a cash payment were made under Section 7.07 in such amount);

 

(xviii)       other Indebtedness of the Borrowers; provided that on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness after giving effect to such Incurrence (or on the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness or entry into the definitive agreement providing the commitment to fund such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of the entire committed amount, in which case such committed amount may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with this clause (xviii) ) after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness, the Credit Parties shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.10 for the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter; provided , further , that such Indebtedness must (A) be pari passu or junior to the Revolving Loans with respect to Lien priority and payment priority, (B) not have a maturity date earlier than the Latest Maturity Date and (C) not benefit from any Guarantees of any Person that do not also Guarantee the Obligations; and

 

(xix)          in addition to the items referred to in clauses (i) through (xviii) above, Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xix) and then outstanding, will not exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 0.2% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding.

 

  101  

 

 

(b)          The Company shall not and shall not permit FGL Insurance to issue any Voting Stock other than to the Credit Parties. The Parent Borrower shall not and shall not permit the Company or the Bermuda Reinsurer to issue Voting Stock other than to a Credit Party.

 

(c)          For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 7.01 :

 

(i)             in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 7.01(a) , the Borrowers, in their sole discretion, may divide and classify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) on the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 7.01 and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness once;

 

(ii)            Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit or banker’s acceptances related thereto relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

 

(iii)           the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof;

 

(iv)           Indebtedness permitted by this Section 7.01 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 7.01 permitting such Indebtedness; and

 

(v)            the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.01 . The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable-in-kind, (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness, (iii) in the case of the guarantee by a specified Person of Indebtedness of another Person, the maximum liability to which the specified Person may be subject upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation and (iv) in the case of Indebtedness of others guaranteed solely by means of a Lien on any asset or property of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary (and not to their other assets or properties generally), the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value of such asset or property on the date on which such Indebtedness is Incurred and (y) the amount of the Indebtedness so secured.

 

  102  

 

 

(d)          For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus the amount of any reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.01 , the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 7.01 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing.

 

Section 7.02.          Liens .

 

The Borrowers shall not, nor shall they permit any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, directly or indirectly, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien on any property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person, except for the following:

 

(a)          Liens on assets of Insurance Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries thereof securing (i) Indebtedness permitted by Section 7.01(a)(iii) , (ii) obligations under Primary Policies, (iii) obligations under transactions entered into in connection with Insurance Investments, (iv) statutory Liens on assets of Insurance Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries thereof and (v) Liens arising in connection with Reinsurance Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)          Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents securing Permitted Swap Obligations or captive financing arrangements;

 

(c)          Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;

 

  103  

 

 

(d)          (i) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment, general insurance and other insurance laws and old age pensions and other social security or retirement benefits or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory or regulatory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or good faith deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) collateral consisting of cash or Cash Equivalents securing letters of credit issued in respect of obligations to insurers in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(e)          Liens imposed by law and carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business of such Person;

 

(f)          Liens incurred in connection with the collection or disposition of delinquent accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)          Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Liabilities, mortgage financings, purchase money indebtedness or other payments Incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(a)(vi) hereof to finance assets or property (other than Capital Stock or other Investments) acquired, constructed, improved or leased in the ordinary course of business; provided that, in the case of this clause (g) :

 

(i)             the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired, constructed or improved, plus reasonable fees and expenses of such Person incurred in connection therewith; and

 

(ii)            such Liens are created within 180 days of construction, acquisition or improvement of such assets or property and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto and the proceeds thereof;

 

(h)          minor survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title) and similar encumbrances as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(i)          statutory, common law or contractual Liens of landlords;

 

(j)           leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries;

 

(k)          attachment or judgment Liens not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(i) ;

 

  104  

 

 

(l)           Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings with respect to operating leases or consignment arrangements entered into by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)         Liens incurred to secure Cash Management Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and customary set-off rights in favor of depositary banks;

 

(n)          any Lien on any asset of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary, or on any asset at the time the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary acquires such asset (including by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation) and (i) is not created in contemplation of such event and (ii) is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure), the obligations to which such Liens relate;

 

(o)          (i) Liens on any cash earnest money deposit made by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or acquisition agreement that is not prohibited by this Agreement and (ii) Liens consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a disposition permitted under Section 7.03 , after the execution of such agreement and prior to its termination or closing, solely to the extent such disposition would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

(p)          Liens arising out of deposits by the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries of cash, securities or other property (other than any Capital Stock of any such Subsidiary) securing obligations of such Person in respect of (i) trust arrangements formed in the ordinary course of business for the benefit of cedents to secure reinsurance recoverables owed to them by any Insurance Subsidiary, or (ii) other security arrangements contained or arising in connection with any Reinsurance Agreement or Statutory Reserve Financing in the ordinary course of business;

 

(q)          [Reserved];

 

(r)          Liens in favor of issuers of surety, appeal or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(s)          Liens that constitute banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a bank, depositary or other financial institution, whether arising by operation of law or pursuant to contract;

 

(t)           Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.02 ;

 

(u)          Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary owing to a Borrower or a Guarantor;

 

(v)         Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (g) , (n) , (t) or (u) of this Section 7.02 , provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect of the property that was previously so subject to a Lien) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure), the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

  105  

 

 

(w)          any interest or title of a lessor under any operating lease;

 

(x)          Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(y)          Liens on funds of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary held in deposit accounts with third party providers of payment services securing credit card charge-back reimbursement and similar cash management obligations of the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiaries; and Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction covering only the items being collected upon;

 

(z)          Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder; and Liens on insurance policies and proceeds of insurance policies (including rebates of premiums) securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.01(a)(xvi) to finance the payment of premiums on the insurance policies subject to such Liens;

 

(aa)         customary Liens granted in favor of a trustee to secure fees and other amounts owing to such trustee under an indenture or other agreement pursuant to which Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.01 is Incurred in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

 

(bb)        Liens in favor of credit card processors granted in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

 

(cc)        Liens in favor of clearing agencies, futures commission merchants, broker-dealers, or trading exchanges in connection with cleared swaps and other cleared derivative transactions arising due to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(dd)        any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any non-majority-owned joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar arrangement the Investment in which was permitted under this Agreement;

 

(ee)        Liens created pursuant to any Loan Document securing any Obligations;

 

(ff)         Liens on the proceeds of any Indebtedness permitted hereunder incurred in connection with any transaction permitted hereunder, which proceeds have been deposited into an escrow account on customary terms to secure such Indebtedness pending the application of such proceeds to finance such transaction;

 

  106  

 

 

(gg)        other Liens securing obligations in an amount not to exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 0.2% of Total Assets at any time outstanding.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than pursuant to Section 7.02(o)(ii) , none of the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiaries may directly or indirectly voluntarily grant a Lien on any Capital Stock of FGL Insurance, the Bermuda Reinsurer, Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. or Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York now owned or hereafter acquired by it.

 

Section 7.03.          Disposition of Assets .

 

The Borrowers shall not, nor shall they permit any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, Dispose of (whether in one or a series of transactions) any property (including accounts and notes receivable with or without recourse and Capital Stock of any of the Subsidiaries whether newly issued or otherwise), except:

 

(a)          (i) Dispositions of inventory and equipment in the ordinary course of business, (ii) Dispositions of cash or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business or (iii) the unwinding of any Permitted Swap Obligations;

 

(b)          the sale of equipment to the extent that such equipment is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement equipment or the proceeds of such sale are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement equipment;

 

(c)          Dispositions of Insurance Investments by any Insurance Subsidiary (or any Subsidiary of an Insurance Subsidiary);

 

(d)          Dispositions by a Borrower to a Subsidiary of such Borrower or by any Subsidiary of a Borrower to such Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries of such Borrower;

 

(e)          any Dispositions pursuant to Reinsurance Agreements and Statutory Reserve Financings entered into in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of managing insurance risk consistent with industry practice;

 

(f)          any Disposition of used, obsolete, surplus, damaged or worn out property disposed of by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and the disposition of Permitted Investments in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)          foreclosure, condemnation, casualty or any similar action with respect to property or other assets;

 

(h)          the licensing or sublicensing of patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property, know-how or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property which do not materially interfere with the business of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries as operated immediately prior to the granting of such license, lease or sublease;

 

  107  

 

  

(i)           Dispositions consisting of mergers, amalgamations and consolidations among the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, or of any liquidation, winding up or dissolution of any of their Subsidiaries, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 7.06 ;

 

(j)           a sale/leaseback transaction that is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the cost of the underlying fixed or capital asset and is consummated within 180 days after the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary acquires or completes the acquisition of such fixed or capital asset;

 

(k)          dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements;

 

(l)          to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property for use in any business that is the same as or related, ancillary or complementary to any of the businesses of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and any reasonable extension or evolution of any of the foregoing;

 

(m)         any sale of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities, of (i) any Immaterial Subsidiary or (ii) any Subsidiary, including any Insurance Subsidiary, which becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower after the Closing Date;

 

(n)          the receipt by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation award payable by reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage, taking or similar event with respect to any of their respective property or assets;

 

(o)          operating leases in the ordinary course of business;

 

(p)          the surrender or waiver of contract rights or litigation rights or the settlement, release or surrender of tort or other litigation claims of any kind;

 

(q)          the transfer of improvements, additions or alterations in connection with the lease of any property;

 

(r)          dispositions of Investments made out of the cash proceeds received from any Insurance Subsidiary permitted to be distributed in accordance with Section 7.07 hereof, pending further distribution in accordance with Section 7.07 hereof;

 

(s)          an issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary to a Borrower or a Guarantor;

 

(t)          sales of assets received by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

 

(u)          sale of assets of a Subsidiary which becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower after the Closing Date;

 

(v)         (i) sale of Equity Interests in an Immaterial Subsidiary, (ii) subject to the last paragraph of this Section 7.03 , sale of Equity Interests in any Insurance Subsidiary and (iii) other sales of assets (other than Equity Interests), so long as, in each such case (x) immediately before and after giving effect thereto, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (y) no Rating Decline Event shall have occurred; and

 

  108  

 

 

(w)          dispositions permitted by Section 7.07 hereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary shall Dispose of (whether in one or a series of transactions) any Voting Stock of FGL Insurance or the Bermuda Reinsurer, whether newly issued or otherwise.

 

Section 7.04.          Transactions with Affiliates .

 

(a)          The Borrowers shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, enter into or conduct any transaction with any Affiliate of any Borrower (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), involving payments of consideration in excess of $5,000,000 unless:

 

(i)             the terms of such Affiliate Transaction, when viewed together with any related Affiliate Transactions, are not materially less favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not an Affiliate; and

 

(ii)            in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $25,000,000, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower (and such majority determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (i) above).

 

(b)          The provisions of Section 7.04(a) shall not apply to:

 

(i)             any (1) Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof and (2) Permitted Investment in any Person that is an Affiliate of any Borrower solely as a result of the ownership of Investments in such Person by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(ii)            any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower pursuant to restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans, pension plans or similar plans or agreements or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower or the compensation committee thereof;

 

(iii)           loans or advances to employees, officers or directors of the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not in excess of $2,000,000 (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan);

 

  109  

 

 

(iv)           any transaction between or among the Parent Borrower and any Subsidiary or between or among Subsidiaries, and any Guarantees issued by the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary for the benefit of the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary;

 

(v)            the payment of reasonable and customary compensation (including fees, benefits, severance, change of control payments and incentive arrangements) to, and employee benefit arrangements, including, without limitation, split-dollar insurance policies, and indemnity or similar arrangements provided on behalf of, directors, officers, employees and agents of the Parent Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower, whether by charter, bylaw, statutory or contractual provisions;

 

(vi)           the existence of, and the performance of obligations of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement to which the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party as of or on the Closing Date, as these agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time; provided , however , that any future amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal entered into after the Closing Date shall be permitted to the extent that its terms, taken as a whole, are not more disadvantageous to the Lenders or the LC Issuers in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower, than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Closing Date;

 

(vii)          any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged with or into or amalgamated or consolidated with the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lenders or the LC Issuers, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower, when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition, merger or amalgamation);

 

(viii)         insurance transactions, intercompany pooling and other reinsurance transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ix)            any purchases by any Borrower’s Affiliates of Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Revolving Loans, Revolving Commitments or Facility LCs), the majority of which Indebtedness is placed with Persons who are not Affiliates and payments of principal and interest on such Indebtedness;

 

(x)             arrangements for indemnification payments for directors and officers of the Parent Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower;

 

(xi)            any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Parent Borrower and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to the Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary that is otherwise not prohibited hereunder;

 

  110  

 

 

(xii)           payments by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Affiliate for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are on arm’s-length terms and are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower in good faith;

 

(xiii)          any transaction pursuant to which any Permitted Holder provides the Parent Borrower and/or the Subsidiaries, at cost, with services, including services to be purchased from third-party providers, such as legal and accounting, tax, consulting, financial advisory, corporate governance, insurance coverage and other services which transaction is approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower or a committee thereof in good faith;

 

(xiv)         transactions in which the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable taken as a whole than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate;

 

(xv)          transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint ventures, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods and services and Investments permitted by clause (q) of the definition of “Permitted Investment”, in each case in the ordinary course of business (as determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith) and on terms no less favorable than that available from non-affiliates (as determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith) and that is otherwise not prohibited hereunder;

 

(xvi)         any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary is Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) that is otherwise not prohibited hereunder;

 

(xvii)        the payment of all fees and expenses in connection with the Revolving Loans or Facility LCs;

 

(xviii)      any merger, amalgamation, consolidation or reorganization of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary (otherwise permitted by this Agreement) with an Affiliate of the Parent Borrower solely for the purpose of (A) reorganizing to facilitate an initial public offering of securities of the Parent Borrower or a direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower, (B) forming or collapsing a holding company structure, (C) reincorporating the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in a new jurisdiction or (D) in connection with a Permitted Tax Restructuring;

 

(xix)          transactions between Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because one or more of its directors is also a director of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Parent Borrower or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

 

  111  

 

 

(xx)           any transaction entered into by an Insurance Subsidiary for which approval has been received from the applicable Department; provided that any direct involvement of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than such Insurance Subsidiary) in such transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable taken as a whole than those that might reasonably have been obtained by the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at such time on an arms’ length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate, as determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith;

 

(xxi)          the entry by the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries into, and payments pursuant to, a tax sharing agreement providing for payments consistent with Section 7.07(b)(xvii)(2) ;

 

(xxii)         the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year) and any termination fees (including any such cash lump sum or present value fee upon the consummation of a corporate event, including an initial public equity offering) pursuant to any Investment Management Agreement;

 

(xxiii)        [Reserved];

 

(xxiv)        (i) investments by Permitted Holders in securities or loans of the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered by the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms, and (ii) payments to Permitted Holders in respect of securities or loans of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing subclause (i) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities or loans; and

 

(xxv)         the Fidelity Acquisition Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Fidelity Acquisition Transaction Expenses.

 

Section 7.05.          Change in Business .

 

The Borrowers shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than the insurance and reinsurance and annuity business and providing other financial services and businesses related, incidental or complementary thereto as reasonably determined by the board of directors of such Person.

 

  112  

 

 

Section 7.06.          Fundamental Changes .

 

The Borrowers shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than Immaterial Subsidiaries) to, enter into any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, or sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), except,

 

(a)          in a disposition permitted by Section 7.03 or an Investment permitted by Section 7.07 ;

 

(b)          any two Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties may merge, consolidate or amalgamate;

 

(c)          any of the Subsidiaries that is not a Credit Party may liquidate, wind up or dissolve so long as the assets of such Subsidiary are distributed to the Parent Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries;

 

(d)          any Guarantor may liquidate, wind up or dissolve so long (i) as the assets of such Guarantor are distributed to a Borrower or a Guarantor and (ii) such dissolution is not prohibited by the FGL Indenture;

 

(e)          any Subsidiary of any Credit Party (other than the Company) may merge, amalgamate or consolidate (i) with a Credit Party in a transaction in which the surviving Person is a Borrower or a Guarantor or (ii) in order to consummate a Permitted Tax Restructuring;

 

(f)          the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary may change its legal form if the Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders or the LC Issuers;

 

(g)          any Subsidiary (other than the Company) may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person so long as (A) the surviving entity is such Subsidiary, or the surviving Person becomes a Subsidiary, (B) no Default is in existence or would occur after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and (C) after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or acquisition, the Borrowers shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenants set forth in Sections 7.09 , 7.10 , 7.11 and 7.12 for the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter;

 

(h)          any Borrower may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person so long as (A) the surviving entity is such Borrower or, if the surviving Person is not such Borrower, (i) the surviving Person (the “ Successor Borrower ”) shall be a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or incorporated and existing (x) with respect to the Parent Borrower, under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, Bermuda or Cayman Islands or (y) with respect to the Company, under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (ii) the Successor Borrower assumes all of the obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement and (iii) each Guarantor shall have confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations in respect of this Agreement, (B) no Default is in existence or would occur after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and (C) after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation consolidation or acquisition, the Borrowers shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenants set forth in Sections 7.09 , 7.10 , 7.11 and 7.12 for the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter; and

 

  113  

 

 

(i)           any Subsidiary, other than the Company, a Guarantor, FGL Insurance or the Bermuda Reinsurer, may liquidate or dissolve if the Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 7.07.          Restricted Payments .

 

(a)          Unless the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio of the Parent Borrower as of the last day of the Parent Borrower’s most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which internal financial statements are available that immediately precedes the date of any Restricted Payment, calculated immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment and any related transactions on a pro forma basis, is equal to or less than 17.5%, the Borrowers shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 

(i)             declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) other than:

 

(1)         dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower; and

 

(2)         dividends or distributions by a Subsidiary payable to the Parent Borrower or another Subsidiary (and if such Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to its other holders of any series or class of Capital Stock on a pro rata basis in respect of such series or class or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of a greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis);

 

(ii)             purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower held by Persons other than the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock));

 

(iii)           make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value (whether in cash, securities or other property, and including optional prepayments and open market purchases), prior to any scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Existing Debt, Material Indebtedness or Subordinated Obligations other than (x) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition of such Existing Debt, Material Indebtedness or Subordinated Obligations in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition or (y) principal payments of the Existing Debt or Material Indebtedness if, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such principal payment, the Borrowers would be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Sections 7.09 , 7.10 , 7.11 and 7.12 for the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter; or

 

  114  

 

 

(iv)           make any Restricted Investment;

 

(all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) (other than any exception thereto) shall be referred to as a “ Restricted Payment ”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(A)        no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom);

 

(B)         immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, (1) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full Fiscal Quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such transaction would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis; (2) the Aggregate RBC Ratio exceeds 300%; and (3) with respect to the Bermuda Reinsurer, the Total Shareholders’ Equity of the Bermuda Reinsurer is equal to or greater than 60% of the Total Shareholders’ Equity of the Bermuda Reinsurer as of the Bermuda Reinsurer Capitalization Date; and

 

(C)         the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made subsequent to the Closing Date (excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) , (v) , (vi) , (vii) , (ix) , (xi) , (xiii) , (xiv) , (xv) and (xvii) of Section 7.07(b) ) would not exceed the sum of, without duplication:

 

(1)         the sum of, without duplication 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower during the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning with the first day of the Fiscal Quarter immediately following the Fiscal Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the Parent Borrower’s most recently ended Fiscal Quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

 

(2)         100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions (other than any capital contributions made in connection with the Fidelity Acquisition Transactions) subsequent to without duplication, the Closing Date, other than Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of a Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by any Borrower or any Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination; plus

 

  115  

 

 

(3)         the amount by which Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries is reduced on the Parent Borrower’s consolidated balance sheets upon the conversion or exchange subsequent to the Closing Date of any Indebtedness of the Parent Borrower or its Subsidiaries for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent Borrower (less the amount of any cash, or the Fair Market Value of any other property, distributed by the Parent Borrower upon such conversion or exchange); plus

 

(4)         100% of the Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash and marketable securities from the sale or other disposition (other than to a Borrower or a Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made after the Closing Date and redemptions and repurchases of such Restricted Investments from the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries and repayment of Restricted Investments in the form of loans or advances from the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and releases of guarantees that constitute Restricted Investments by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (other than in each case to the extent the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to Section 7.07(b)(xi) ); plus

 

(5)         $350,000,000.

 

(b)          The provisions of Section 7.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:

 

(i)             any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations or any Restricted Investment made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a contribution to the common equity capital of the Parent Borrower or the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower (other than (1) Disqualified Stock and (2) Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); provided , however , that the Net Cash Proceeds from such contribution or sale of Capital Stock shall be excluded from Section 7.07(a)(C)(2) ;

 

(ii)            any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent Incurrence of Refinancing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 ;

 

(iii)           any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary made in exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such Disqualified Stock is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 7.01 ;

 

  116  

 

 

(iv)           dividends paid or redemptions made within 60 days after the date of declaration or the giving of the redemption notice if at such date of declaration or notice such dividend or redemption would have complied with this provision;

 

(v)            the purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition (including by cancellation of indebtedness), cancellation or retirement for value of or payment in respect of (or payments to the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower to fund any such purchase, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value) Capital Stock, or options, warrants, equity appreciation rights or other rights to purchase or acquire Capital Stock, of the Parent Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) held by any existing or former employees, management or directors of or consultants to the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with the repurchase or payment provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other compensatory agreements approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower or the compensation committee thereof; provided that such purchases, repurchases, redemptions, acquisitions, cancellations or retirements pursuant to this clause (v) will not exceed $3,000,000 in the aggregate during any calendar year (with any unused amounts in a given calendar year being available in succeeding calendar years so long as the amount does not exceed $6,000,000 in any given calendar year); provided , further , that the amount in any calendar year (with any unused amounts in a given calendar year being available in succeeding calendar years) may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(1)         the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent Borrower to, or capital contributions by, existing or former employees or members of management of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock or capital contributions have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments ( provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sales or contributions shall be excluded from Section 7.07(a)(C)(2) ); plus

 

(2)         the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date relating to such Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ key persons who are so insured; less

 

(3)         the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the Net Cash Proceeds described in the clauses (1) and (2) of this clause (v) ;

 

provided that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary from any existing or former employees, management, directors or consultants of the Parent Borrower, any Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 7.07 or any other provision of this Agreement;

 

  117  

 

 

(vi)           (1) the accrual, declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges” and payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock when due at final maturity in accordance with its terms and (2) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of the Parent Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Closing Date; provided that (A) the aggregate amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (2) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the common equity capital of the Parent Borrower from the sale of such Preferred Stock and (B) the amount of cash used to make any payments pursuant to this clause (2) shall be excluded from calculations pursuant to Section 7.07(a)(C)(2) and shall not be used for the purpose of any other Restricted Payment;

 

(vii)          repurchases or other acquisitions of Capital Stock deemed to occur (1) upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, restricted stock units or other rights to purchase Capital Stock or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or conversion price thereof or (2) in connection with withholdings or similar taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director or officer;

 

(viii)         [Reserved];

 

(ix)            cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower or other exchanges of securities of the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary in exchange for Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower;

 

(x)             [Reserved];

 

(xi)            other Restricted Payments not to exceed $30,000,000 in the aggregate in any one calendar year;

 

(xii)           the purchase of fractional shares of Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or mergers, amalgamations, consolidations or other acquisitions;

 

(xiii)          in connection with any acquisition by the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the receipt or acceptance of the return to the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower constituting a portion of the purchase price consideration in settlement of indemnification claims or as a result of a purchase price adjustment (including earn outs or similar obligations);

 

(xiv)         the distribution of rights pursuant to any shareholder rights plan or the redemption of such for nominal consideration in accordance with the terms of any shareholder rights plan;

 

  118  

 

 

(xv)          payments or distributions to stockholders pursuant to appraisal rights required under applicable law in connection with any merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other acquisition by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(xvi)         [Reserved];

 

(xvii)        payments made to any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower (1) (A) to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower to pay administrative expenses and corporate overhead, franchise fees, public company costs (including SEC and auditing fees) and customary director fees; (B) to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower to pay premiums and deductibles in respect of directors and officers insurance policies and umbrella excess insurance policies obtained from third-party insurers and indemnities for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees, and (C) to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower to pay reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or equity offering or any unsuccessful acquisition or strategic transaction by such direct or indirect parent company of the Parent Borrower and (2) to allow such direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower to pay (A) any taxes measured by income incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower, but only to the extent such taxes are attributable to the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the amount of such taxes that would be payable by the Parent Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis if the Parent Borrower had filed a consolidated return on behalf of an affiliated group (as defined in Section 1504 of the Code or any analogous provision of state, local or foreign law) including its Subsidiaries of which it were the common parent and (B) franchise and excise taxes, fees and other similar taxes and expenses required to maintain its existence; provided that any payments pursuant to this clause (2) in any period not otherwise deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income shall be deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period (and shall be deemed to be a provision for taxes for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for such period);

 

(xviii)       the payment by the Parent Borrower of, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Parent Borrower to any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower to pay, dividends on the common shares or equity of the Parent Borrower or any such direct or indirect parent following a public offering of such common shares or equity after the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed in any Fiscal Year 6% of the net cash proceeds received by the Parent Borrower (whether directly, or indirectly through a contribution to common equity capital by any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower) in or from such public offering; and

 

(xix)          any Restricted Payments made in connection with the Fidelity Acquisition Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates in connection therewith;

 

provided , however , that at the time of and after giving effect to any Restricted Payment permitted under clause (v) and (xviii) , no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

  119  

 

 

(c)          The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount and any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined conclusively in good faith by the Parent Borrower.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.07 , in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in clauses (i) through (xviii) of Section 7.07(b) , or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 7.07(a) , the Borrowers shall be entitled to divide and classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment in any manner that complies with this Section 7.07 .

 

If the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary makes a Restricted Investment or a Permitted Investment and the Person in which such Investment was made subsequently becomes a Subsidiary, to the extent such Investment resulted in a reduction of the amounts calculated under Section 7.07(a) or any other provision of this Section 7.07 or the definition of “Permitted Investment” (which was not subsequently reversed), then such amount shall be increased by the amount of such reduction to the extent of the lesser of (x) the amount of such Investment and (y) the Fair Market Value of such Investment at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary.

 

Section 7.08.          Modifications of Certain Agreements .

 

(a)          The Borrowers shall not amend, waive or otherwise modify (i) the Existing Debt and the documents relating thereto (excluding pursuant to a refinancing thereof, in whole or in part, permitted by Section 7.01(a)(xi) ) which increases the rate or shortens the time of payment of interest or premium payable, whether at maturity, at a date fixed for prepayment or by acceleration or otherwise on the Existing Debt, or shortens the fixed maturity of the Existing Debt to a date prior to the Latest Maturity Date or (ii) the documents or instruments governing or evidencing any other Indebtedness or Capital Stock in a manner that is not permitted by Section 7.01 .

 

(b)          The Borrowers shall not, nor shall they permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, amend their or its respective certificate of incorporation or by laws or certificate or partnership or partnership agreement, as the case may be, which amendment would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 7.09.          Parent Borrower Net Worth .

 

The Borrowers shall not permit the Total Shareholders’ Equity of the Parent Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries at the end of any Fiscal Quarter to be less than the sum of (a) the greater of (i) 70% of the Total Shareholders’ Equity of the Parent Borrower as of the Closing Date and (ii) $1,190,000,000 plus (b) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Parent Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis since the first day of the Fiscal Quarter immediately following the Fiscal Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs plus (c) 50% of all equity issuance of the Parent Borrower after the Closing Date.

 

  120  

 

 

Section 7.10.          Parent Borrower Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio .

 

The Borrowers shall not permit the Debt to Total Capitalization Ratio of the Parent Borrower as at the end of any Fiscal Quarter to be more than 0.35 to 1.00 for the Parent Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries.

 

Section 7.11.          FGL Insurance Minimum Aggregate RBC Ratio .

 

The Borrowers shall not permit the Aggregate RBC Ratio of FGL Insurance as at the end of any Fiscal Quarter to be less than 300%.

 

Section 7.12.          Bermuda Reinsurer Minimum Equity .

 

The Borrowers shall not permit the Total Shareholders’ Equity of the Bermuda Reinsurer to be less than 60% of the Total Shareholders’ Equity of the Bermuda Reinsurer as of the Bermuda Reinsurer Capitalization Date.

 

  121  

 

 

Section 7.13.          Restrictive Agreements .

 

The Borrowers shall not, nor shall they permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition on (a) the ability of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to create or permit to exist any Lien on any of its property to secure the Obligations or (b) the ability of any of the Subsidiaries to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its Capital Stock or to make, repay or prepay loans or advances to the Credit Parties or any other Subsidiary of the Credit Parties or (c) the ability of any of the Subsidiaries to Dispose of assets to the Credit Parties or any other Subsidiary of the Credit Parties; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit prohibitions, restrictions or conditions existing under or by reason of (i) any encumbrance, condition or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Existing Debt in effect on such date; (ii) any encumbrance, condition or restriction with respect to a Person or assets pursuant to an agreement in effect on or before the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary or was acquired by, merged into or amalgamated or consolidated with the Parent Borrower or a Subsidiary (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Subsidiary or was acquired by, merged into or amalgamated or consolidated with the Parent Borrower or in contemplation of the transaction) or such assets were acquired by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that any such encumbrance or restriction shall not extend to any Person or the assets or property of the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary other than the Person and its Subsidiaries or the assets and property so acquired and that, in the case of Indebtedness, was permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) any encumbrance, condition or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 7.13 or this clause (iii) or contained in any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement, refunding, replacement or Refinancing of an agreement referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 7.13 or this clause (iii) ; provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Subsidiary contained in any such agreement are no less favorable (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) in any material respect, taken as a whole, to the Lenders or the LC Issuers than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such agreements referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 7.13 on the Closing Date or the date such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was merged into or amalgamated or consolidated with a Subsidiary, whichever is applicable; (iv) encumbrances, conditions or restrictions arising in connection with Liens permitted to be Incurred under the provisions of Section 7.02 hereof that apply only to the assets subject to such Liens; (v) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Liabilities, in each case, that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (a) or (c) above on the property so acquired; (vi) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; (vii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or lessors or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; (viii) any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; (ix) encumbrances, conditions or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation, order, permit or grant, including for the avoidance of doubt, any encumbrance or restriction on any Insurance Subsidiary by any Governmental Authority having the power to regulate such Insurance Subsidiary; (x) encumbrances, conditions or restrictions contained in or arising under indentures or debt instruments or other debt arrangements Incurred or Preferred Stock issued by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof; provided that such encumbrances, conditions or restrictions contained in any such indenture, instrument or other arrangement will not materially adversely affect the Borrowers’ ability to make anticipated payments hereunder or are otherwise customary for such indenture, instrument or other arrangement (in each case, as determined by the Parent Borrower in good faith); (xi) encumbrances, conditions or restrictions contained in or arising under any Reinsurance Agreement or Statutory Reserve Financing or agreement entered into by an Insurance Subsidiary or Special Purpose Subsidiary; provided that such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially adversely affect the Borrowers’ ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Revolving Loans or Reimbursement Obligations or are otherwise customary for financings or arrangements of that type (in each case, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower); (xii) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase or other agreement to which the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party and entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Parent Borrower or such Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Subsidiary; (xiii) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements; (xiv) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (xv) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

  122  

 

 

Section 7.14.         [Reserved]

 

Section 7.15.          Changes in Accounting Policies .

 

The Borrowers shall not, nor shall they permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, make any change to its accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by GAAP or SAP (it being understood and agreed that the Company shall be permitted to change the end of its Fiscal Year to December 31 and make any accounting policy or reporting changes reasonable related thereto).

 

ARTICLE 8
Events of Default

 

Section 8.01.          Events of Default .

 

Each of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

 

(a)           Non-Payment . Any Borrower fails to pay (i) when required to be paid herein, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise, any amount of principal of any Revolving Loans or any Reimbursement Obligations, or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest, fee or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

 

(b)           Representation or Warranty . Any representation or warranty by any Credit Party made or deemed made herein or in any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or contained in any certificate or document furnished at any time pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, is incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

 

(c)           Specific Defaults . Any Credit Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.03(a) , Section 6.04(a) (with respect to the maintenance of existence of each Borrower, FGL Insurance or the Bermuda Reinsurer), or Article 7 ; or

 

(d)           Other Defaults . Any Credit Party fails to perform or observe any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document on its part to be performed, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the date upon which written notice thereof is given to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

 

  123  

 

 

(e)           Cross-Default . (i) any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) (1) fails to make any payment of principal or interest in respect of any Material Indebtedness (other than in respect of Swap Contracts), when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, or otherwise) beyond the applicable grace or cure period thereunder or (2) fails to perform or observe any other condition or covenant, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Material Indebtedness (other than in respect of Swap Contracts) beyond the applicable grace or cure period thereunder if the effect of such failure, event or condition is (x) to cause, or (y) to permit the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, such Material Indebtedness to be declared to be due and payable prior to its stated maturity; provided that, any event described in clause (i)(2)(y) shall constitute an Event of Default only after any such applicable grace or cure period has expired and any required notice has been given and only if such failure has not been cured or waived or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (x) any Event of Default (as defined in such Swap Contract) under such Swap Contract as to which a Credit Party or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (y) any Termination Event (as so defined) as to which any Credit Party or any of their Subsidiaries is an Affected Party (as so defined), and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by a Credit Party or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than $40,000,000 (in the aggregate for all such Swap Contracts); provided that, any event described in clause (ii) shall constitute an Event of Default only after the Credit Party or any Subsidiary fails to pay the Swap Termination Value to such Affected Party on the Early Termination Date; or

 

(f)           Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings . Any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) (i) generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any, whether at stated maturity or otherwise; (ii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to itself; (iii) applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, mortgagee in possession or other similar Person for itself or for a substantial part of its assets; or (iv) takes any corporate action to effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing; or

 

(g)           Involuntary Proceedings . (i) An involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (x) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (y) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered or (ii) any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding; or

 

(h)           ERISA. With respect to any Single Employer Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, any ERISA Event has occurred that could reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of liability by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, where in any event, individually or in the aggregate, such liability could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  124  

 

 

(i)           Material Judgments . One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) involving in the aggregate a liability (after giving effect to any insurance or indemnity) of $25,000,000 or more, and such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within sixty (60) days from the entry thereof, or any action shall be taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any asset of any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries to enforce any such judgment or decree; or

 

(j)           Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control, the Company ceases to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of FGL Insurance or the Parent Borrower ceases to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Company or the Bermuda Reinsurer; or

 

(k)          Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect or binding on the applicable Credit Party party thereto; or any Credit Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document; or any Credit Party denies in writing that it has any further liability or obligation under any material provision of any Loan Document, or purports in writing to revoke, terminate or rescind any material provision of any Loan Document.

 

Section 8.02.          Remedies.

 

If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders:

 

(a)         declare the obligation of each Lender to make extensions of the Revolving Loans and the obligation and power of each LC Issuer to issue, extend or renew Facility LCs to be terminated;

 

(b)         declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans, all outstanding Reimbursement Obligations, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, whereupon such outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans, all outstanding Reimbursement Obligations, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind (except as expressly provided in Section 8.01 above), all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers, and upon notice to the Borrowers and in addition to the continuing right to demand payment of all amounts payable under this Agreement, make demand on the Borrowers to pay, and the Borrowers will, forthwith upon such demand and without any further notice to act, pay to the Administrative Agent an amount in immediately available funds, which funds shall be held as Cash Collateral, equal to the difference of (x) the aggregate amount of Facility LCs that remain available for drawing at such time less (y) the amount of existing Cash Collateral at such time which is free and clear of all rights and claims of third parties and has not been applied against the Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (such difference, the “ Collateral Shortfall Amount ”);

 

  125  

 

 

(c)          if the Administrative Agent determines that the Collateral Shortfall Amount at such time is greater than zero, make demand on the Borrowers to pay, and the Borrowers will, forthwith upon such demand and without any further notice to act, pay to the Administrative Agent the Collateral Shortfall Amount, which funds shall be held as Cash Collateral;

 

(d)         apply Cash Collateral to the payment of the Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other amounts as shall from time to time have become due and payable by the Borrower to the Lenders or the LC Issuers under the Loan Documents, and none of the Borrowers or any Person claiming on behalf of or through the Borrowers shall have any right to withdraw any of the Cash Collateral; provided , that after all of the Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations not yet due and payable) have been paid in full in cash and the Revolving Commitment has been terminated, or if all Events of Default have been cured or waived, any remaining Cash Collateral shall be promptly returned, and in any event within five (5) Business Days, by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers or paid to whomever may be legally entitled thereto at such time; and

 

(e)         exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the LC Issuers all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the LC Issuers under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

 

provided that upon the occurrence of any event specified in Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g) with respect to any Borrower, FGL Insurance, the Bermuda Reinsurer or any Guarantor that beneficially owns directly or indirectly the Capital Stock of any Insurance Subsidiary (upon the expiration of the 60-day period mentioned therein, if applicable), the obligation of each Lender to make Revolving Loans and the obligation and power of each LC Issuer to issue, extend or renew Facility LCs shall automatically terminate and the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans, all outstanding Reimbursement Obligations and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrowers.

 

Section 8.03.          Rights Not Exclusive.

 

The rights provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

 

ARTICLE 9
The Administrative Agent

 

Section 9.01.          Appointment and Authority.

 

Each of the Lenders and LC Issuers hereby irrevocably appoints Royal Bank of Canada to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the LC Issuers, and none of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions (other than Section 9.06 ).

 

  126  

 

 

Section 9.02.          Rights as a Lender.

 

The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with any Borrower, any Credit Party or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

Section 9.03.          Exculpatory Provisions.

 

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

 

(a)         shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(b)         shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that it is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

 

(c)         shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, or shall be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of the Borrowers’ Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

 

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 8.02 and  10.01 ) or (ii) in the absence of the Administrative Agent’s own bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to it by the Company, a Lender or an LC Issuer.

 

  127  

 

 

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to it.

 

Section 9.04.          Reliance by Administrative Agent.

 

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Revolving Loan or the issuing of a Facility LC that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an LC Issuer, as applicable, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such LC Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such LC Issuer prior to the making of such Revolving Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

Section 9.05.          Delegation of Duties.

 

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent selected by the Administrative Agent with reasonable care and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facility as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

 

  128  

 

 

Section 9.06.          Resignation of Administrative Agent.

 

The Administrative Agent may resign, upon thirty (30) days’ prior notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the LC Issuers and the Borrowers. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(a) , (f) or (g) ) of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the LC Issuers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that in no event shall any successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender. If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to the Borrowers and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, with (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(a) , (f) or (g) ) the Company’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), appoint a successor. If the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers, the Lenders and the LC Issuers that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders), then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the LC Issuers under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender or each LC Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent, with (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(a) , (f) or (g) ) the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Sections 10.04 and  10.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent. Any resigning (or resigned) Administrative Agent that is also an LC Issuer, automatically upon the effectiveness of such resignation, shall be deemed to have resigned as an LC Issuer in accordance with Section 2.12(n) , without the requirement of any consent of, or notice to, any other Person.

 

  129  

 

 

Section 9.07.          Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders.

 

Each Lender and each LC Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person or any other Lender, any other LC Issuer or any of their respective Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and each LC Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person or any other Lender, any other LC Issuer or any of their respective Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

Section 9.08.          No Other Duties; Other Agents; Etc.

 

Each of RBCCM and Bank of America is hereby appointed a Syndication Agent hereunder, and each Lender and each LC Issuer hereby authorizes each of RBCCM and Bank of America to act as a Syndication Agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents. Any Syndication Agent, without consent of or notice to any party hereto, may assign any and all of its rights or obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates. Each of BNP, Associated Bank, Wells Fargo and BMO is hereby appointed a Co-Documentation Agent hereunder, and each Lender and each LC Issuer hereby authorizes each of BNP, Associated Bank, Wells Fargo and BMO to act as a Co-Documentation Agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents. Any Documentation Agent, without consent of or notice to any party hereto, may assign any and all of its rights or obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates. The Syndication Agents, Co-Documentation Agents and any other Agent may resign from such role at any time, with immediate effect, by giving prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Lead Arrangers, Joint Lead Bookrunners, Syndication Agents or Co-Documentation Agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an LC Issuer hereunder.

 

Section 9.09.          Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.

 

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of the Revolving Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrowers) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a)         to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Revolving Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the LC Issuers and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the LC Issuers and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the LC Issuers and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.07 , 10.04 and  10.05 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

  130  

 

 

(b)         to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and each LC Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders or the LC Issuers, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.07 , 10.04 and  10.05 .

 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or any LC Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or any LC Issuer or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or any LC Issuer in any such proceeding.

 

Section 9.10.          Indemnification of Agent-Related Persons.

 

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), ratably according to their Pro Rata Share (without giving effect to the phrase “with respect to any Class” or any similar phase in the definition thereof) of the total Revolving Commitments with respect to the Revolving Loans held on the date on which indemnification is sought, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities to the extent determined in a final, nonappealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent-Related Person’s own bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct; and provided , further , that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse each Agent-Related Person upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by such Agent-Related Person in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent-Related Person is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrowers. The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent or any Agent-Related Person.

 

  131  

 

 

Section 9.11.          Withholding Tax.

 

To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent shall withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equal to any applicable withholding Tax. If the IRS or any Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from any amount paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrowers and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrowers to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties, additions to Tax or interest thereon, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Article 9 . The agreements in this Article 9 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Revolving Loans and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under this Agreement. Unless required by applicable laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender.

 

ARTICLE 10
Miscellaneous

 

Section 10.01.        Amendments and Waivers.

 

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Borrower or any other Credit Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrowers or the applicable Credit Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that the Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Borrowers only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any other Loan Document to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent), so long as (i) such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Lender or any LC Issuer and (ii) the Lenders or the LC Issuers shall have received at least five Business Days’ prior written notice thereof and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders or the LC Issuers, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment; provided , further , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

  132  

 

 

(a)         extend or increase the Revolving Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Revolving Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02 ) without the written consent of such Lender; provided that no amendment, modification or waiver of any condition precedent, representation, warranty, covenant, Default or Event of Default shall constitute an increase in any Revolving Commitment of any Lender;

 

(b)         postpone or delay the maturity of the Revolving Loans or any Reimbursement Obligations or any date for the payment of any interest or fees due to the Lenders (or any of them) or any LC Issuer hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or reduce the amount of, or rate, as applicable, waive or excuse any such payment, without the written consent of each Lender and each LC Issuer directly and adversely affected thereby (other than as a result of waiving (i) an Event of Default in accordance with the terms hereof, (ii) default interest hereunder to the extent a waiver of the underlying default giving rise to such default interest does not require a vote of all Lenders and all LC Issuers or (iii) a mandatory prepayment to be made hereunder);

 

(c)         amend the definition of “Pro Rata Share” without the consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby; provided that with the consent of Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant hereto may be included in the determination of “Pro Rata Share” on substantially the same basis as the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans are included on the Closing Date without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(d)         amend the definition of “Required Lenders” without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(e)         release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees under the Guarantee Agreement, except as expressly permitted under the Loan Documents, without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(f)         amend this Section 10.01 without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(g)         change Section 2.10 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

 

(h)         consent to the assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender (other than any such assignment or transfer permitted by Section 7.06 );

 

(i)          amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of the Loan Documents as the same applies to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers or the Syndication Agents or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers or the Syndication Agents, in each case, without the consent of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers or the Syndication Agents, as applicable;

 

  133  

 

 

(j)          release all or substantially all of the Cash Collateral except as expressly permitted under the Loan Documents and except in connection with a “credit bid” undertaken by the Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders and the applicable LC Issuer for whom such Cash Collateral is held pursuant to Section 363(k), Section 1129(b)(2)(a)(ii) or otherwise of the Bankruptcy Code or other sale or disposition of assets in connection with an enforcement action with respect to the Cash Collateral, as applicable, permitted pursuant to the applicable Loan Documents (in which case only the consent of the Required Lenders and the applicable LC Issuer for whom such Cash Collateral is held will be needed for such release), without the written consent of each Lender and the LC Issuers;

 

(k)         extend the stated expiration date of any Facility LC beyond the Commitment Termination Date without the written consent of each Lender, the issuing LC Issuer and the Administrative Agent, unless all such Facility LCs are Cash Collateralized in an amount equal to at least 103% of the LC Obligations with respect to such Facility LC; or

 

(l)          affect the rights or obligations of one or more members of a Class (the “ Subject Class ”) in an adverse manner from its effect on the rights or obligations of any other Class without the written consent of Revolving Lenders in the Subject Class having or holding Revolving Exposure and unused Revolving Commitments representing more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Exposure and unused Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders in the Subject Class, in addition to any other consents required pursuant to this Credit Agreement;

 

provided , further , that (i) no such agreement shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Required Lenders or all the Lenders, as the case may be, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except with respect to the removal of the Administrative Agent), (ii) no such agreement shall, unless in writing signed by the LC Issuers in addition to the Required Lenders or all the Lenders, as the case may be, amend any provision with respect to the rights and duties of the LC Issuers and (iii) any fee agreement referred to in Section 2.07 may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except for any amendment, waiver or consent in clauses (a) and (b) of the second proviso in Section 10.01 .

 

Section 10.02.          Notices.

 

(a)         Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile or electronic transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, emailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number ( provided that any matter transmitted by the Borrowers by facsimile (1) shall be promptly confirmed by a telephone call to the recipient at the number specified on Schedule 10.02 , and (2) shall be followed promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof) or (subject to clause (b) below) electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

(i)          if to the Borrowers, any other Credit Party or the Administrative Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

 

  134  

 

 

(ii)         if to any other Lender or any LC Issuer, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its administrative questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

 

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile or electronic mail, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of clause (b) below), when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Article 2 shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voicemail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

 

(b) Electronic Communications:

 

(1)         Notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the LC Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any LC Issuer pursuant to Article 2 if such Person has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (A) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient and (B) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing subclause (A) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

  135  

 

 

(2)         The Parent Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent that such losses, costs, expenses or liabilities are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent.

 

(3)         The Platform and any Approved Electronic Communications are provided “as is” and “as available”. None of the Agent-Related Persons warrant the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the Approved Electronic Communications or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and the Approved Electronic Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the Agent-Related Persons in connection with the Platform or the Approved Electronic Communications.

 

(4)         Parent Borrower, each of its Subsidiaries, each Lender and each LC Issuer agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

 

(5)         Any notice of Default or Event of Default may be provided to the Administrative Agent by telephone if confirmed promptly thereafter by delivery of written notice thereof.

 

(c)         The Agent-Related Persons, the Lenders and the LC Issuers shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrowers even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. All telephonic notices to and other communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

Section 10.03.          No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

 

No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any LC Issuer, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

  136  

 

 

Section 10.04.          Costs and Expenses.

 

The Borrowers jointly and severally agree (a) to pay or reimburse each of the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers for all reasonable and documented costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement (subject to the limitations set forth in the Commitment Letter with respect to expenses of the Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent (other than Attorney Costs) incurred prior to the Closing Date), the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby are consummated) and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including Attorney Costs, which Attorney Costs in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be limited to the reasonable fees and reasonable disbursements of one primary counsel for the Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent and, if reasonably necessary, a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction, collectively, for the Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, each Lender and each LC Issuer for all reasonable and documented costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement (including, but not limited to this Section 10.04 ) or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any “workout” or restructuring in respect of the Obligations and during any legal proceeding, including in any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding), including all Attorney Costs, which Attorney Costs in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be limited to the reasonable fees and reasonable disbursements of (i) a single primary counsel for the Administrative Agent and the LC Issuers collectively, (ii) a single primary counsel for the Lenders collectively (for purposes of this subclause (ii) deeming the Administrative Agent not to be a Lender), (iii) if reasonably necessary, a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction, collectively, for the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each LC Issuer and (iv) in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected Indemnified Persons similarly situated. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be payable within ten (10) Business Days after written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the repayment of the Revolving Loans and the other Obligations.

 

  137  

 

 

Section 10.05.          Borrowers Indemnification; Damage Waiver.

 

(a)         Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrowers jointly and severally shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Lead Arranger, each Lender, each LC Issuer and their respective Affiliates, and the directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents and partners (to the extent such Person is a partnership) of such Persons and Affiliates involved with the Transactions (collectively, the “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all out-of-pocket liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, charges and costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable Attorney Costs which shall be limited to the reasonable fees and reasonable disbursements of a single primary counsel for the Indemnified Persons and, if reasonably necessary, a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected Indemnified Persons similarly situated)) of any kind or nature whatsoever (including those arising from or relating to any environmental matters) that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnified Person by any third party or by any Borrower or any other Credit Party in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (i) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) any Revolving Commitment, Revolving Loan or Facility LC or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any Environmental Liability related to the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnified Person; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnified Person, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements (1) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person or any Related Party of such Indemnified Person in connection with or as a result of the transactions hereunder, (2) to the extent arising from a material breach of the obligations of such Indemnified Person or any Related Party of such Indemnified Person under the Loan Documents (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision), (3) arise out of or are in connection with any claim, litigation, loss or proceeding not involving an act or omission of the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and that is brought by an Indemnified Person against another Indemnified Person (other than against the Administrative Agent or the Lead Arrangers in their capacity as such or any other Indemnified Person in performing the services that are the subject of the Loan Documents) or (4) relate to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim. No Indemnified Person shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks, SyndTrak or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement except to the extent such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of such Indemnified Person or any Related Party of such Indemnified Person (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision). No Indemnified Person will have any liability for any indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages in connection with or as a result of such Indemnified Person’s activities related to the transactions hereunder. None of the Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates shall have any liability for any indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages in connection with its activities related to the transactions hereunder; provided , that this sentence shall not limit the Borrowers’ indemnification obligations herein to the extent that such indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnified Person is otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder. All amounts due under this Section 10.05(a) shall be payable within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor together with, if requested by the Borrowers, backup documentation supporting such indemnification request. The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the resignation of any LC Issuer, the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

  138  

 

 

(b)         No Indemnified Person shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

Section 10.06.          Marshaling; Payments Set Aside.

 

Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Credit Party or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that the Borrowers make a payment to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders (or to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders), or any Administrative Agent or Lender enforces any security interests or exercises any right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such enforcement or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its pro rata share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 10.07.          Assignments, Successors, Participations, Etc.

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder (other than any transfer permitted pursuant to a provision hereof, including Section 7.06 ) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(b) or (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(d) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (as defined below) to the extent provided in Section 10.07(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)          Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment and Revolving Loans at the time owing to it); provided that:

 

  139  

 

 

(i)           each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(a) , (f) or (g) , the Borrowers shall have provided their consent to such assignment (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent shall be required in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

 

(ii)          each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Revolving Loans or the Revolving Commitments assigned under the Facility;

 

(iii)         the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption; such Assignment and Assumption to be (1) electronically executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent via an electronic settlement system then acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually) and (2) delivered together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, unless waived or reduced by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion;

 

(iv)         if the Eligible Assignee shall not be a Lender, (1) the relevant assignor, at the time that it notifies the Administrative Agent of such proposed assignment, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or applicable IRS Form W-8 of the proposed Eligible Assignee and (2) such Eligible Assignee shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire, in the form prescribed by the Administrative Agent; and

 

(v)          except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Revolving Loans or Revolving Commitment at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $2,500,000, unless each of the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no consent of the Borrowers shall be required so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(a) , (f) or (g) .

 

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(c) , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement ( provided that, with respect to circumstances in effect on the effective date of such Assignment and Assumption, an Eligible Assignee shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive had the assignment not taken place), and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits (and to have the obligations) of Sections 3.01 , 3.03 , 3.04 , 10.04 and  10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, the Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Revolving Loan Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection (b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(d) .

 

  140  

 

 

(c)          Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Revolving Commitments of, and principal amounts of (and stated interest on) the Revolving Loans owing to, each Lender and participation of each Lender in Facility LCs pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers and each Lender (with respect to its own interests in the Facility only) at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

 

(d)          Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Parent Borrower or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment and/or the owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects such Participant. Except to the extent limited by Section 10.07(e) , the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.03 and  3.04 (subject to the limitations and requirements of such Sections (including Section 3.01(e) ) and Section 3.07 , as if such Participant were a Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(b) ; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to the requirements of Section 3.01(e) and Section 3.07 , as if such Participant were a Lender. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.10 as though it were a Lender.

 

  141  

 

 

Each Lender that sells a participation pursuant to this Section 10.07(d) shall, acting for itself and, solely for this purpose, as an agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it records the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts of (and stated interest on) each participant’s participation interest with respect to the Revolving Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (each, a “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any Revolving Commitments, Revolving Loans or its other obligations under this Agreement) except to the extent that the relevant parties, acting reasonably and in good faith, determine that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Revolving Commitment, Revolving Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

(e)          Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Credit Party shall not be obligated to make any greater payment under Section 3.01 or  3.03 than the Credit Party would have been obligated to make in the absence of any participation; provided that this Section 10.07(e) shall not apply if the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers’ prior written consent and shall not apply to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.

 

(f)          Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Revolving Loan Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(g)          Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

  142  

 

 

Section 10.08.          Confidentiality.

 

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the LC Issuers agree to maintain the confidentiality of all information provided to it by the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary, or by the Administrative Agent on the Parent Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s behalf, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except that the Administrative Agent may disclose such information to the Lenders and the LC Issuers and each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the LC Issuers may make disclosures thereof to the extent such information (a) was or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any LC Issuer, any of its or their Affiliates and any Related Party of the foregoing in breach of the provisions of this Section 10.08 , or (b) was or becomes available on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Parent Borrower or the Subsidiaries; provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Parent Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries known to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such LC Issuer (as applicable); provided , further , the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any LC Issuer may disclose such information (i) at the request or pursuant to any requirement of any Governmental Authority or representative thereof to which the Lender or the LC Issuer is subject (including the NAIC) or in connection with an examination of such Lender or such LC Issuer by any such authority; (ii) pursuant to subpoena or other court process; (iii) when required to do so in accordance with the provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law; (iv) to the extent reasonably required in connection with any litigation or administrative proceeding to which the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any LC Issuer or their respective Affiliates may be party; (v) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document; (vi) to any Participant, Lender, LC Issuer or Eligible Assignee, actual or potential, to any pledgee referred to in Section 10.07(f) or any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrowers and their obligations or any credit insurance provider relating to a Borrower and its obligations; provided that such Person agrees to be bound by the terms of this Section 10.08 (or language substantially similar to this Section 10.08 ) which agreement may be made pursuant to customary syndication practice; (vii) as to any Lender, any LC Issuer or its respective Affiliate, as expressly permitted under the terms of any other document or agreement regarding confidentiality to which the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary is party with such Lender, such LC Issuer or such Affiliate; (viii) to its Affiliates and to their respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees, legal counsel, independent auditors and other advisors, experts or agents who need to know such information and are informed of the confidential nature of such information and who are directed to comply with the terms of this Section 10.08 (or language substantially similar to this Section 10.08 ) provided that the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each LC Issuer shall be responsible for the breach of any confidentiality provisions pursuant to this Section 10.08 by such persons to which the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such LC Issuer, as applicable, has disclosed such information; (ix) to any other party to this Agreement; (x) subject to the Borrowers’ prior approval of the information to be disclosed (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to Moody’s, S&P, Fitch’s and A.M. Best and other rating agencies in connection with the ratings contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (xi) in the case of (x) this Agreement and (y) the country of domicile and place of incorporation of each Borrower and each guarantor of the Revolving Facility, on a confidential basis to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Revolving Loans, to the extent required by the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency. In addition, the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each LC Issuer may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement on a need to know and confidential basis, to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry and to service providers to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the LC Issuers in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. In the case of confidential information received from the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information shall be clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. In the case of clauses (ii) , (iii) and (iv) the disclosing party shall (except with respect to any routine or ordinary course audit or examination conducted by bank examiners or any governmental bank regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority) give prompt notice of such disclosure to the Borrowers, to the extent not prohibited by any Requirement of Law or court order and if such disclosing party is unable to notify the Borrowers in advance of such disclosure, such notice shall be delivered to the Borrowers promptly thereafter to the extent permitted by Requirement of Law or regulation. In the case of clause (i) , the disclosing party shall (except with respect to any routine or ordinary course audit or examination conducted by bank examiners or any governmental bank regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority) give prior notice of such disclosure to the Borrowers, to the extent practicable and not prohibited by any Requirement of Law or court order and if such disclosing party is unable to notify the Borrowers in advance of such disclosure, such notice shall be delivered to the Borrowers promptly thereafter to the extent permitted by Requirement of Law or regulation. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of information as provided in this Section 10.08 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

  143  

 

 

Section 10.09.          Set-off.

 

In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrowers, any such notice being waived by the Borrowers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any Loan Document ; provided that neither any Lender nor any of its Affiliates shall be entitled to exercise any such set off with respect to any trust, tax reserve or payroll account. Each Lender agrees to promptly notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

Section 10.10.          Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc.

 

Each Lender and each LC Issuer shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any changes in the address to which notices to the Lender or the LC Issuer should be directed, of addresses of any Lending Office, of payment instructions in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder and of such other administrative information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

 

  144  

 

 

Section 10.11.          Effectiveness; Counterparts.

 

This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent of written notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof. This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission ( e.g. , “.pdf” or “.tif”) shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart hereof.

 

Section 10.12.          Survival of Representations and Warranties.

 

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each LC Issuer, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any LC Issuer or on their behalf, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the Revolving Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Facility LC is outstanding (except those that are Cash Collateralized).

 

Section 10.13.          Severability.

 

If any provision of any Loan Document is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent (but only to the extent) of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, (b) the other provisions of the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and (c) the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any such provision in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.14.          Replacement of Defaulting Lenders, Declining Lenders and Non-Consenting Lenders.

 

If any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, Declining Lender (so long as Lenders with respect to the Class of Revolving Loans being extended holding more than 50% of the Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments of the relevant Class have consented to the applicable Extension Offer) or a Non-Consenting Lender, then a Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.07 (other than the consent of the Agent in the event the proposed assignee is another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:

 

(a)         the Administrative Agent shall have received the assignment fee specified in Section 10.07(b) from the Borrowers; and

 

  145  

 

 

(b)         such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Revolving Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Sections 2.05(c) , 3.01 , 3.03 and  3.04 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts).

 

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

No action by or consent of a Defaulting Lender, a Declining Lender described above or a Non-Consenting Lender shall be necessary in connection with such assignment (and such Defaulting Lender, Declining Lender or Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered an appropriately completed Assignment and Assumption to effect such assignment), which shall be immediately and automatically effective upon payment of such purchase price. In connection with any such assignment, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, such Defaulting Lender, such Declining Lender or such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with this Section 10.14 ; provided that if such Defaulting Lender, such Declining Lender or such Non-Consenting Lender does not comply with this Section 10.14 within one Business Day after a Borrower’s request, compliance with this Section 10.14 shall not be required to effect such assignment.

 

Section 10.15.          Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

 

(a)         This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

(b)         Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any relevant appellate court, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each party hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. The Parent Borrower hereby appoints the Company, and the Company hereby accepts such appointment, as agent for service of process of the Parent Borrower in any matter related to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. Nothing in any Loan Document shall affect any right that any Lender or the Administrative Agent may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Document against any Credit Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction in the courts of any jurisdiction in the event such action or proceeding cannot be heard or otherwise determined in the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County or the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York.

 

  146  

 

 

(c)         Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court referred to in the first sentence of clause (b) of this Section. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(d)         The Parent Borrower hereby appoints the Company, as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby that may be instituted in any court.

 

(e)         Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.02 . Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

Section 10.16.          Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

Section 10.17.          USA PATRIOT Act Notice.

 

Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Credit Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Credit Party, which information includes the name and address of each Credit Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Credit Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

  147  

 

 

Section 10.18.          Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents and any separate agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the Credit Parties, the Lenders, the LC Issuers and the Administrative Agent and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

Section 10.19.          Independence of Covenants.

 

All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

 

Section 10.20.          Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders Right.

 

The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Revolving Commitment of any other Lender hereunder. Nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and independent debt, and each Lender shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out hereof and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

 

Section 10.21.          No Fiduciary Duty.

 

The Administrative Agent, each Lender, each LC Issuer and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “ Lenders ”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Credit Parties, their stockholders and/or their affiliates. Each Credit Party agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender, on the one hand, and such Credit Party, its stockholders or its affiliates, on the other. The Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that (a) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Credit Parties, on the other, and (b) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (i) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Credit Party, its stockholders or its affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Credit Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Credit Party except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (ii) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of any Credit Party, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person. Each Credit Party acknowledges and agrees that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Credit Party agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such Credit Party, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

  148  

 

 

Section 10.22.          Joint and Several Liability.

 

(a)         Each Borrower agrees that it is jointly and severally liable for the obligations of the other Borrower hereunder, including with respect to the payment of principal of and interest on all Revolving Loans and all Reimbursement Obligations and the payment of fees and indemnities and reimbursement of costs and expenses.

 

(b)         The Parent Borrower hereby appoints the Company as its agent, attorney-in-fact and representative for purposes of (w) making any requests required under this Agreement, (x) the giving of notices by the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (y) the delivery of any documents, agreements, instruments, requests, consents, approvals, certificates, reports, statements or written materials required to be delivered by the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (z) all other purposes incidental to any of the foregoing.

 

(c)         The Parent Borrower agrees that any action taken by the Company as the agent, attorney-in-fact and representative of the Parent Borrower shall be binding upon the Parent Borrower to the same extent as if directly taken by the Parent Borrower and that the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, approval, report, statement, instrument, agreement, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the Company.

 

Section 10.23.          Judgment Currency.

 

(a)         This is an international loan transaction in which the specification of a particular currency (the “ Specified Currency ”) and place of payment (the “ Specified Place ”) is of the essence, and the obligation of each Credit Party under this Agreement to make payment to or for account of a Guaranteed Party in the Specified Currency shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed or converted into any other currency or in another place except to the extent that such tender or recovery results in the effective receipt by such Guaranteed Party in the Specified Place of the full amount of the Specified Currency payable to such Guaranteed Party under this Agreement.

 

(b)         If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in the Specified Currency into another currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”), the rate of exchange that shall be applied shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase such Specified Currency at the principal office of the Administrative Agent in the Specified Place with the Judgment Currency on the Business Day next preceding the day on which such judgment is rendered. The obligation of each Credit Party in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party (the “ Entitled Person ”) shall, notwithstanding the rate of exchange actually applied in rendering such judgment, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Entitled Person of any sum adjudged to be due hereunder in the Judgment Currency such Entitled Person may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase and transfer of the Specified Currency to the Specified Place with the amount of the Judgment Currency so adjudged to be due; and each Credit Party hereby, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, agrees to indemnify such Entitled Person against, and to pay such Entitled Person on demand, in the Specified Currency, the amount (if any) by which the sum originally due to such Entitled Person in the Specified Currency hereunder exceeds the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased and transferred.

 

  149  

 

 

Section 10.24.          Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

(a)           the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

 

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

(i)          a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

(ii)         a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

(iii)        the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

  150  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE HOLDINGS,

INC., as Company and a Borrower

     
  By: /s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
    Name:  Dennis R. Vigneau
    Title:  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
     
 

CF BERMUDA HOLDINGS LIMITED, as

Parent Borrower and a Borrower

     
  By: /s/ Wendy J. B. Young
    Name:  Wendy J. B. Young
    Title:  Senior Vice President and Secretary

 

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA ,
  as Administrative Agent
     
  By: /s/ Ann, Hurley
    Name:  Ann, Hurley
    Title:  Manager, Agency

 

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA ,
  as an LC Issuer
     
  By: /s/ Brij Grewal
    Name:  Brij Grewal
    Title:  Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA ,
  as a Lender
     
  By: /s/ Brij Grewal
    Name:  Brij Grewal
    Title:  Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ,
  as a Lender
     
  By: /s/ Hema Kishani
    Name:  Hema Kishani
    Title:  Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

  BNP PARIBAS ,
  as a Lender
     
  By: /s/ Marguerite L. Lebon
    Name:  Marguerite L. Lebon
    Title:  Vice President
     
  By: /s/ Michael Albanese
    Name:  Michael Albanese
    Title:  Managing Director

 

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

  ASSOCIATED BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
  as a Lender
     
  By: /s/ Edward J. Chidiac
    Name:  Edward J. Chidiac
    Title:  Senior Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
  as a Lender
     
  By: /s/ Kimberly Shaffer
    Name:  Kimberly Shaffer
    Title:  Managing Director

 

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

  BMO HARRIS BANK N.A. ,
  as a Lender
     
  By: /s/ Benjamin Mlot
    Name:  Benjamin Mlot
    Title: Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

  CitiBANK, N.A. ,
  as a Lender
     
  By: /s/ Justine O’Connor
    Name:  Justine O’Connor
    Title:  Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

  CIBC Bank USA ,
  as a Lender
     
  By: /s/ Daniel A. Palmer
    Name:  Daniel A. Palmer
    Title: Managing Director

 

[ Signature Page to Credit Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

Appendix A

 

Revolving Commitments

 

Lender   Revolving Commitment  
Royal Bank of Canada   $ 40,000,000  
Bank of America, N.A.   $ 40,000,000  
BNP Paribas   $ 35,000,000  
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association   $ 35,000,000  
Associated Bank, National Association   $ 30,000,000  
BMO Harris Bank N.A.   $ 30,000,000  
Citibank, N.A.   $ 25,000,000  
CIBC Bank USA   $ 15,000,000  
Total   $ 250,000,000  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.44

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of November 30, 2017

 

among

 

FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE,

 

FGL US HOLDINGS INC.,

 

FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.

 

and

 

the other GUARANTORS Party Hereto

 

and

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

as Administrative Agent

 

 


 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Section 1. Definitions 1
     
Section 2. Guarantees by Guarantors 3
     
Section 3. General Representations and Warranties 7
     
Section 4. Reserved 8
     
Section 5. Remedies upon Event of Default 8
     
Section 6. Fees and Expenses; Indemnification 8
     
Section 7. Additional Guarantors 8
     
Section 8. Notices 8
     
Section 9. No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive 10
     
Section 10. Successors and Assigns 10
     
Section 11. Amendments and Waivers 10
     
Section 12. Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process 10
     
Section 13. Waiver of Jury Trial 11
     
Section 14. Severability 11
     
Exhibit A Form of Guarantee Agreement Supplement  

 

i  

 

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

 

This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, amended and restated, replaced, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) dated as of November 30, 2017 is entered into by and among FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE , a Delaware corporation (“ FGL ”), FGL US HOLDINGS INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ FGL US ”), FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE BUSINESS SERVICES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ FGLBS ”), the other Guarantors party hereto and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as Administrative Agent.

 

WHEREAS, Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and CF Bermuda Holdings Limited, a Bermuda exempted limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrower ”), as borrowers (in such capacity, the “ Borrowers ” and individually, each, a “ Borrower ”) are entering into the Credit Agreement described in Section 1 hereof, consisting on the date hereof of a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrowers intend to use the proceeds of the revolving credit facility (i) for working capital, growth initiatives and general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and (ii) to pay fees, commissions and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Transactions;

 

WHEREAS, the Guarantors (as defined below) are each willing to guarantee the obligations of the Borrowers as provided herein;

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders are not willing to enter into the Credit Agreement unless the obligations of the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed as described above;

 

WHEREAS, the Guarantors will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the extensions of credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend credit to the Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1.           Definitions . Terms Defined in Credit Agreement . Capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined in subsection (b) of this Section have, as used herein, the respective meanings provided for in the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)           Additional Definitions . The following additional capitalized terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

 

Administrative Agent ” means Royal Bank of Canada, in its capacity as Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, and its successors and assigns in such capacity.

 

 

 

 

Agent-Related Persons ” means the initial Administrative Agent and any successor Administrative Agent, in each case together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

 

Aggregate Payments ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(k) .

 

Borrowers ” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

 

Contributing Guarantors ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(k) .

 

Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Borrowers, the Lenders party thereto, Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent and LC Issuer, and the other agents and arrangers party thereto.

 

Fair Share ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(k) .

 

Fair Share Contribution Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(k) .

 

Funding Guarantor ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(k) .

 

Guarantee ” means, with respect to each Guarantor, its guarantee of the Obligations under Section 2 hereof or Section 1 of a Guarantee Agreement Supplement.

 

Guarantee Agreement Supplement ” means a Guarantee Agreement Supplement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A , signed and delivered to the Administrative Agent for the purpose of adding a Person as a party hereto pursuant to Section 7 .

 

Guaranteed Parties ” means, collectively, (i) the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) the LC Issuers and (iii) the respective successors and assigns and the permitted transferees and endorsees of each of the foregoing.

 

Guarantor ” means FGL, FGL US, FGLBS and each Person that, at any time after the date hereof, becomes a “Guarantor” pursuant to Section 7 .

 

Release Conditions ” means the following conditions for releasing all the Guarantees:

 

(i)           all Revolving Commitments under the Credit Agreement shall have expired or been terminated; and

 

(ii)          all Obligations (other than (i) unmatured, surviving contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and payable and (ii) LC Obligations that have been Cash Collateralized in an amount equal to 103% of the Fronting Exposure with respect thereto) shall have been paid in full.

 

Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning specified in Section 2(j) .

 

  2  

 

 

(c)           Terms Generally . The definitions of capitalized terms herein (including those incorporated by reference to another document) apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun includes the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein or the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement (including this Agreement), instrument or other document shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto and shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth in the Loan Documents), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references herein to Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (v) the word “ property ” shall be construed to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

Section 2.           Guarantees by Guarantors .

 

(a)           Guarantees . Subject to the provisions of Section 2(k) , the Guarantors jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Guaranteed Parties the full and punctual payment and performance of each Obligation when due (whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise). If the Borrowers fail to pay any Obligation punctually when due, the Guarantors jointly and severally shall forthwith on demand pay the amount not so paid at the place and in the manner specified in the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)           Guarantees Unconditional . The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, will not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by:

 

(i)           any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release in respect of any obligation of any Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person under any Loan Document, by operation of law or otherwise;

 

(ii)          any modification or amendment of or supplement to any Loan Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise;

 

(iii)         any change in the corporate existence, structure or ownership of any Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any of their respective subsidiaries, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting any Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any of their assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of any Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person under any Loan Document;

 

  3  

 

 

(iv)         the existence of any claim, set-off or other right whatsoever (in any case, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory) that such Guarantor may have at any time against any Borrower, any other Guarantor, any Guaranteed Party or any other Person, whether in connection with the Loan Documents or any unrelated transactions; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

 

(v)          any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against any Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person for any reason of any Loan Document, or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment of any Obligation by any Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person;

 

(vi)         any failure of any Guaranteed Party to disclose to any Guarantor any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any Credit Party now or hereafter known to such Guaranteed Party (each Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Guaranteed Parties to disclose such information); or

 

(vii)        other than satisfaction in full of the Release Conditions, any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by any Borrower, any other Guarantor, any other party to any Loan Document, any Guaranteed Party or any other Person, or any other circumstance whatsoever that might, but for the provisions of this clause (vii) , constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to any obligation of any Guarantor hereunder.

 

(c)           Release of Guarantees .

 

(i)         All the Guarantees will automatically be discharged and released without any further action by the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party when all the Release Conditions are satisfied. If at any time any payment of an Obligation is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned, in whole or in part, upon the insolvency or receivership of any Borrower or otherwise, the Guarantees will be reinstated with respect thereto as though such payment, or part thereof, had been due but not made at such time.

 

(ii)         If all the capital stock of a Guarantor or all or substantially all the assets of a Guarantor are disposed of to a Person or a Guarantor merges, amalgamates or consolidates with another Person in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement and such Person is not required under the Credit Agreement to assume the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder (any such sale, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, a “ Sale of Guarantor ”), the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall automatically be discharged and released without any further action by the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party effective as of the time of such Sale of Guarantor. Such release shall not require the consent of any Guaranteed Party, and the Administrative Agent shall be fully protected in relying on a certificate of the Borrowers as to whether any particular sale, merger, amalgamation or consolidation constitutes a Sale of Guarantor.

 

  4  

 

 

(iii)        The Administrative Agent, at the request and expense of the Borrowers, will execute and deliver all documents that a Borrower or a Guarantor may reasonably request to evidence the release and termination of the Guarantee pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above.

 

(d)           Waiver by Guarantors . To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, diligence, marshaling, demand, protest and any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against any Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person. For the avoidance of doubt, each Guarantee will not be subject to any revocation, limitation, impairment, set-off, defense, counterclaim, discharge or termination for any reason other than full satisfaction of the Release Conditions as provided in clause (c)(i) above or a release effected in accordance with clause (c)(ii) above.

 

(e)           Subrogation . A Guarantor that makes a payment with respect to an Obligation hereunder will be subrogated to the rights of the payee against the Borrowers with respect to such payment; provided that no Guarantor may enforce any payment by way of subrogation against the Borrowers, or by reason of contribution against any other Guarantor of such Obligation, until all of the Release Conditions have been satisfied in full. If any amount is paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the satisfaction in full of the Release Conditions, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Guaranteed Parties, shall be segregated from other property and funds of such Guarantor and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents.

 

(f)           Stay of Acceleration . To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, if acceleration of the time for payment of any Obligation by any Borrower is stayed by reason of the insolvency or receivership of such Borrower or otherwise, all Obligations otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of the Credit Agreement shall nonetheless be payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by the Administrative Agent.

 

(g)           Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Guaranteed Parties provided by applicable law, if any Obligation is not paid promptly when due (after the passage of any applicable cure period as set forth in the Loan Documents), each of the Guaranteed Parties and their respective Affiliates is authorized at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, without prior notice to any Guarantor, any such notice being waived by each Guarantor, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such Guaranteed Party or Affiliate or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee, irrespective of whether or not such Guaranteed Party made any demand thereunder; provided that neither any Guaranteed Party nor any of its Affiliates will be entitled to exercise any such set off with respect to any trust or payroll account. By its acceptance hereof, each Guaranteed Party agrees to promptly notify the Borrowers, the relevant Guarantor and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Guaranteed Party; provided that the failure to give such notice will not affect the validity of such set off and application.

 

  5  

 

 

(h)           Continuing Guarantee . Each Guarantee is a continuing guarantee, and the provisions of this Agreement are binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns under the Credit Agreement. If all or part of any Guaranteed Party’s interest in any Obligation is assigned or otherwise transferred in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the transferor’s rights under each Guarantee, to the extent applicable to the obligation so transferred, will automatically be transferred with such obligation. Without limiting Section 2(c) , no Guarantor, except pursuant to a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement, will have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

(i)           Limitation on Obligations of Guarantor . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the Guarantee of each Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of applicable state law and not otherwise be void or voidable under any similar laws (including foreign laws) affecting the rights of creditors generally. To effectuate that intention, the parties hereto hereby agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee are limited to the maximum amount that would not render such Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of applicable state law.

 

(j)           Reinstatement . If at any time payment of any of the Obligations or any portion thereof is rescinded, disgorged or must otherwise be restored or returned by any Guaranteed Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of any Borrower or any other Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, any Borrower or any other Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, or if any Guaranteed Party repays, restores, or returns, in whole or in part, any payment or property previously paid or transferred to the Guaranteed Party in full or partial satisfaction of any Obligation, because the payment or transfer or the incurrence of the obligation so satisfied, is declared to be void, voidable, or otherwise recoverable under any state or federal law (collectively a “ Voidable Transfer ”), or because such Guaranteed Party elects to do so on the reasonable advice of its counsel in connection with an assertion that the payment, transfer or incurrence is a Voidable Transfer, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer and as to all reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses and attorney’s fees of the Guaranteed Party related thereto, the liability of each Guarantor hereunder will automatically and immediately be revived, reinstated, and restored and will exist as though the Voidable Transfer had never been made.

 

  6  

 

 

(k)           Contribution by Guarantors . All Guarantors desire to allocate among themselves (collectively, the “ Contributing Guarantors ”), in a fair and equitable manner, their obligations arising under this Guarantee. Accordingly, in the event any payment or distribution is made on any date by a Guarantor (a “ Funding Guarantor ”) under this Guarantee such that its Aggregate Payments exceed its Fair Share as of such date, such Funding Guarantor will be entitled to a contribution from each of the other Contributing Guarantors in an amount sufficient to cause each Contributing Guarantor’s Aggregate Payments to equal its Fair Share as of such date. “ Fair Share ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the ratio of (i) the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to such Contributing Guarantor to (ii) the aggregate of the Fair Share Contribution Amounts with respect to all Contributing Guarantors multiplied by (b) the aggregate amount paid or distributed on or before such date by all Funding Guarantors under this Guarantee in respect of the obligations Guaranteed. “ Fair Share Contribution Amount ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations of such Contributing Guarantor under this Guarantee that would not render its obligations hereunder or thereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or any comparable applicable provisions of state law or otherwise void or voidable under any similar laws (including foreign laws) affecting the rights of creditors generally; provided , solely for purposes of calculating the “Fair Share Contribution Amount” with respect to any Contributing Guarantor for purposes of this Section 2(k) , any assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor arising by virtue of any rights to subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification or any rights to or obligations of contribution hereunder will not be considered as assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor. “ Aggregate Payments ” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate amount of all payments and distributions made on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor in respect of this Guarantee (including in respect of this Section 2(k) ), minus (2) the aggregate amount of all payments received on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor from the other Contributing Guarantors as contributions under this Section 2(k) . The amounts payable as contributions hereunder will be determined as of the date on which the related payment or distribution is made by the applicable Funding Guarantor. The allocation among Contributing Guarantors of their obligations as set forth in this Section 2(k) will not be construed in any way to limit the liability of any Contributing Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor is a third party beneficiary to the contribution agreement set forth in this Section 2(k) .

 

(l)           Guaranty of Payment . The Guarantee of each Guarantor is a Guarantee of payment when due (whether or not any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law shall have stayed the accrual of collection of any of the Obligations or operated as a discharge thereof) and not of collection.

 

Section 3.           General Representations and Warranties . Each Guarantor represents and warrants that:

 

(a)           Such Guarantor (i) is duly organized and validly existing and (ii) in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization (except, in each case referred to in clauses (i) (other than with respect to FGL US) and (ii) , to the extent that the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or result in the imposition of substantial penalties).

 

  7  

 

 

(b)           In executing and delivering this Agreement (including providing its Guarantee), such Guarantor has (i) without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party or any information received from the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party and based upon such documents and information it deems appropriate, made an independent investigation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Parent Borrower, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries, the business, assets, operations, prospects and condition, financial or otherwise of the Parent Borrower, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries, and any circumstances which may bear upon such transactions or the obligations and risks undertaken herein with respect to the Obligations, (ii) adequate means to obtain from the Parent Borrower, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries on a continuing basis information concerning the Parent Borrower, the Company and such Subsidiaries, (iii) access to the Loan Documents and any other documents executed in connection with the Loan Documents as it deems appropriate to make the determinations set forth in clause (i) above, and (iv) not relied and will not rely upon any representations or warranties of the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party not embodied herein or any acts heretofore or hereafter taken by the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party (including any review by the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Party of the affairs of the Parent Borrower, the Company or their respective Subsidiaries).

 

Section 4.           Reserved .

 

Section 5.           Remedies upon Event of Default . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may exercise (or cause its sub-agents to exercise) any or all of the remedies available to it (or to such sub-agents) hereunder.

 

Section 6.           Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .

 

(a)           The Guarantors shall pay, or shall cause the Borrowers to pay, to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days following written demand therefor the amount of any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including Attorney Costs (which shall be limited to one firm of counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Guaranteed Parties and, if reasonably necessary, a single local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction, collectively, for the Administrative Agent and each Guaranteed Party (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected Indemnified Persons similarly situated)), that the Administrative Agent may incur in connection with (x) the administration or enforcement of this Agreement or (y) the exercise by the Administrative Agent of any of its rights or powers under this Agreement; and

 

Section 7.           Additional Guarantors . Any Person may become a party hereto by signing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Guarantee Agreement Supplement, whereupon such Person will become a “Guarantor” as defined herein.

 

Section 8.           Notices .

 

(a)           Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, emailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number ( provided that any matter transmitted by any Guarantor by facsimile (1) shall be promptly confirmed by a telephone call to the recipient at the number specified below and (2) shall be followed promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof) or (subject to subsection (c) below) electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

  8  

 

 

(i)           if to any Guarantor on the Closing Date or the Administrative Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 of the Credit Agreement or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as will be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties;

 

(ii)          if to any Lender or any LC Issuer, to the Administrative Agent to be forwarded to such Lender or such LC Issuer at its address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its administrative questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as will be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent;

 

(iii)         if to any other Guarantor (other than FGL or a Guarantor which is a Guarantor on the Closing Date), to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person in its first Guarantee Supplement or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as will be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

 

(iv)         if to any Guaranteed Party Requesting Notice, to such address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as such party will hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the Administrative Agent.

 

All such notices and other communications will be deemed given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of subsection (c) below), when delivered. In no event will a voicemail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

 

(b)           This Agreement may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or PDF delivered by electronic mail. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures will, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as signed originals and will be binding on the Borrowers, all Guarantors, the Guaranteed Parties and the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually delivered original thereof; provided , that the failure to request or deliver the same will not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile or PDF document or signature.

 

  9  

 

 

(c)           The Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the LC Issuers will be entitled to rely and act on any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of any Guarantor even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. All telephonic notices to and other communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording. The Administrative Agent or any Guarantor may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (A) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient and (B) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing subclause (A) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

Section 9.           No Implied Waivers; Remedies Not Exclusive . No failure by the Administrative Agent or any Guaranteed Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising and no course of dealing with respect to, any right or remedy under this Agreement will operate as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Guaranteed Party of any right or remedy under any Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies specified in the Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

Section 10.          Successors and Assigns . No Guarantor my assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder other than in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 11.          Amendments and Waivers . Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended, modified or terminated except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the parties hereto, with the consent of such Lenders as are required to consent thereto under Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 12.          Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

 

(a)           This Agreement is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

(b)           Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any relevant appellate court, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each party hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in any Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Guarantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction in the event such action or proceeding cannot be heard or otherwise determined in the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County or the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York.

 

  10  

 

 

(c)           Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court referred to in the first sentence of clause (b) of this Section. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(d)           Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 8 . Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

Section 13.          Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 14.          Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision in such jurisdiction will not affect the validity or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction.

 

[ SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW ]

 

  11  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE
 
By: /s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
 
FIDELITY US HOLDINGS INC.
 
By: /s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

FIDELITY & GUARANTY LIFE BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.
 
By: /s/ Dennis R. Vigneau
Name: Dennis R. Vigneau
Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Guarantee Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as Administrative Agent
 
By: /s/ Ann, Hurley
Name: Ann, Hurley
Title: Manager, Agency

 

[ Signature Page to Guarantee Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

 

This GUARANTEE AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT dated as of _______________ is entered into by and between [NAME OF GUARANTOR] (the “ Guarantor ”) and Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent.

 

WHEREAS, the Guarantors party thereto and Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent, are parties to a Guarantee Agreement dated as of November 30, 2017 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, replaced, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee Agreement ”) under which the Guarantors guarantee certain of the Obligations of the Borrowers;

 

WHEREAS, the Guarantor desires to become a party to the Guarantee Agreement as a Guarantor thereunder; and

 

WHEREAS, terms defined in the Guarantee Agreement (or whose definitions are incorporated by reference in Section 1 of the Guarantee Agreement) and not otherwise defined herein have, as used herein, the respective meanings provided for therein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.           Guarantee . The Guarantor unconditionally guarantees the full and punctual payment of each Obligation when due (whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise). The Guarantor acknowledges that, by signing this Guarantee Agreement Supplement and delivering it to the Administrative Agent, the Guarantor becomes a “Guarantor” for all purposes of the Guarantee Agreement and that its obligations thereunder are subject to all the provisions of the Guarantee Agreement (including those set forth in Section 2 thereof) applicable to the obligations of a Guarantor thereunder. 1

 

2.           Party to Guarantee Agreement . Upon delivering this Guarantee Agreement Supplement to the Administrative Agent, the Guarantor will become a party to the Guarantee Agreement and will thereafter have all the rights and obligations of a Guarantor thereunder and be bound by all the provisions thereof as fully as if the Guarantor were one of the original parties thereto.

 

3.           Address of Guarantor . The address, facsimile number, electronic mail address and telephone number of the Guarantor for purposes of Section 8 of the Guarantee Agreement are:

 

 

1 The provisions of this supplement may be modified with respect to any Guarantor which is a Foreign Subsidiary in order to take into account general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, fraudulent preference principles, capital maintenance rules, “thin capitalisation” rules and similar principles that may limit the ability of a Foreign Subsidiary to Guarantee the Obligations or require that such Guarantee be limited by an amount or otherwise, in each case in a manner reasonably determined by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

 

 

 

 

[address]

 

[facsimile number]

 

[e-mail address]

 

[telephone number]

 

4.           Representations and Warranties . The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that:

 

(a) the Guarantor is a corporation 2 duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable) under the laws of [jurisdiction of organization], except, in each case, where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(b) the execution and delivery of this Guarantee Agreement Supplement by the Guarantor and the performance by it of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement as supplemented hereby are within its corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action, require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official (except such as have been obtained on or prior to the date hereof) and do not contravene the terms of the Guarantor’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ articles of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents;

 

(c) the execution and delivery of this Guarantee Agreement Supplement by the Guarantor and the performance by it of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement as supplemented hereby do not result in any breach, violation or contravention of, or result in or require the creation of any Lien under any material Contractual Obligation or Material Indebtedness to which such Guarantor is a party, or any Requirement of Law, order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority binding upon it, except to the extent that such conflict, breach, violation, contravention or Lien, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d) the Guarantee Agreement as supplemented hereby constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability; and

 

 

2 Modify as needed if not a corporation.

 

  A- 2  

 

 

(e) each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Guarantee Agreement is true and correct in all material respects as applied to the Guarantor (for purposes of this clause (e) , references in said Sections to a “Guarantor” are deemed to refer to the Guarantor and references to the “Closing Date” are deemed to refer to the date on which the Guarantor signs and delivers this Guarantee Agreement Supplement). 3

 

5.           Governing Law . This Guarantee Agreement Supplement is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

[ SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW ]

 

 

3 This supplement may, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), include such schedules (or updates to schedules) as may be necessary to qualify any representation or warranty with respect to the Guarantor executing this supplement as may be necessary to qualify any representation or warranty with respect to such Guarantor set forth in any Loan Document to the extent necessary to ensure that such representation or warranty is true and correct in all material respects to the extent required hereby or by the terms of any other Loan Document.

 

  A- 3  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Guarantee Agreement Supplement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF GUARANTOR]
 
By:  
Name:  
Title:  
 
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
as Administrative Agent
 
By:  
Name:  
Title:  

 

[ Signature Page to Guarantee Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.45

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH IT MAY BE CONVERTED HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH IT MAY BE CONVERTED MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

CF CORPORATION

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Not to Exceed $1,500,000.00 November 29, 2017

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and subject to the conversion features set forth herein, CF Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), promises to pay to CF Capital Growth, LLC (“ Holder ”), or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America, a principal sum of One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00), or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof (this “ Note ”). All unpaid principal shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date, unless accelerated upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined below). Holder may make advances to the Company from time to time under this Note; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, at no time shall the aggregate of all advances and readvances outstanding under this Note exceed $1,500,000.00.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of Holder and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which Holder, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1.             Definitions . As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)           Business Combination ” shall mean the Company’s initial merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses.

 

(b)           Ordinary Shares ” shall mean the Class A Ordinary Shares, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company.

 

(c)           The “ Company ” includes the corporation initially executing this Note and any Person which shall succeed to or assume the obligations of the Company under this Note.

 

(d)           Event of Default ” has the meaning given in Section 4 hereof.

 

(e)           Holder ” shall mean the Person specified in the introductory paragraph of this Note, or any Person who shall at the time be the registered holder of this Note.

 

(f)           Maturity Date” shall mean the earlier of (i) the consummation of a  Business Combination or (ii) May 25, 2018 .

 

(g)          “ Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

(h)           Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  1  

 

 

(i)           Sponsor Warrants ” means those warrants entitling the holder thereof to purchase one Ordinary Share of the Company at an exercise price of $11.50 per share as more fully described in the prospectus for the Company’s initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 20, 2016.

 

2.             Investment, Experience, Accredited Investor . Holder is acquiring this Note for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. Holder understands that the acquisition of this Note involves substantial risk.  Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment in this Note, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment in this Note and protecting its own interests in connection with this investment.

 

3.             Prepayment . Any of the outstanding principal amount to date under this Note may be prepaid by the Company, at its election and without penalty, without the consent of Holder.

 

4.            Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Note:

 

(a)           Failure to Pay . The Company shall fail to pay when due any principal payment on the Maturity Date hereof; or

 

(b)           Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings . The Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) be unable, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its or any of its creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of its property by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(c)           Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings . Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of the Company or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within 60 days of commencement.

 

5.             Rights of Holder upon Default . Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 4(b) or 4(c) ) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Holder may, by written notice to the Company, declare all outstanding obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived. Upon the occurrence or existence of any Event of Default described in Sections 4(b) and 4(c) , immediately and without notice, all outstanding obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

 

6.             Conversion .

 

(a)           Optional Conversion . At the option of Holder, any amounts outstanding under this Note may be converted into warrants (“ Warrants ”) to purchase Ordinary Shares at a conversion price of $1.00 per warrant (the “ Warrant Conversion Price ”). Each Warrant will entitle Holder to purchase one Ordinary Share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, commencing 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination. Each warrant will contain such other terms identical to the Sponsor Warrants. Before this Note may be converted under this Section 6(a) , Holder shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal of this Note to be converted and the name or names in which the certificates for Warrants are to be issued. The conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of the surrender of this Note and the Person or Persons entitled to receive the Warrants upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Warrants as of such date. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that all principal on this Note has been paid in full on or prior to the Maturity Date, then Holder shall not be entitled to convert any portion of this Note into Warrants.

 

  2  

 

 

(b)           Remaining Principal . All accrued and unpaid principal of this Note that is not then converted into Warrants, shall continue to remain outstanding and to be subject to the terms and conditions of this Note.

 

(c)           Fractional Warrants; Effect of Conversion . No fractional warrants shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. In lieu of issuing any fractional warrants to Holder upon the conversion of this Note, the Company shall pay to Holder an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Warrant Conversion Price by the fraction of a warrant not issued pursuant to the previous sentence. Upon conversion of this Note in full and the payment of any amounts specified in this Section 6(c) , this Note shall be cancelled and void without further action of the Company or Holder, and the Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note.

 

7.             Successors and Assigns . Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in Sections 9 and 10 below, the rights and obligations of the Company and Holder shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

8.             Waiver and Amendment . Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Company.

 

9.           Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof . With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Note or securities into which such Note may be converted, Holder shall give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with (i) a written opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Company in form and substance from counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such offer, sale or other distribution may be effected without registration or qualification under any federal or state law then in effect and (ii) a written undertaking executed by the desired transferee reasonably satisfactory to the Company in form and substance agreeing to be bound by the restrictions on transfer contained herein. Upon receiving such written notice, reasonably satisfactory opinion, or other evidence, and such written acknowledgment, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify Holder that Holder may sell or otherwise dispose of this Note or such securities, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 9 that the opinion of counsel for Holder, or other evidence, or the written acknowledgment from the desired transferee, is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify Holder promptly after such determination has been made. Each Note thus transferred shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act, unless in the opinion of counsel for the Company such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Company. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

10.          Assignment by the Company . Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of Holder.

 

11.          Notices . All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, e-mailed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties as set forth below, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to Holder, or Holder to the Company, in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile or e-mail (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

  3  

 

 

If to the Company :

 

CF Corporation

1701 Village Center Drive

Las Vegas, Nevada 89134

Attention: Douglas B. Newton

 

If to Holder :

 

CF Capital Growth, LLC

1701 Village Center Drive

Las Vegas, Nevada 89134

Attention: Douglas B. Newton

 

12.          Waivers . The Company hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

13.          Disputes . The Company hereby expressly and unconditionally waives, in connection with any suit, action or proceeding brought by Holder on this Note, any and every right it may have to (i) injunctive relief, (ii) a trial by jury, (iii) interpose any counterclaim therein and (iv) have the same consolidated with any other or separate suit, action or proceeding. Nothing herein contained shall prevent or prohibit the Company from instituting or maintaining a separate action against Holder with respect to any asserted claim.

 

14.          Final Agreement . This Note represents the final agreement between the parties and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties.

 

15.          Governing Law . This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of New York, or of any other state.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

  4  

 

 

The Company has caused this Note to be issued as of the date first written above.

 

  CF CORPORATION
  a Cayman Islands exempted company
   
  By: /s/ Douglas B. Newton
  Name: Douglas B. Newton
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
     

 

Agreed and Acknowledged:  
   
CF CAPITAL GROWTH, LLC  
By: CC Capital Management, LLC, its member  
     
By: /s/ Chinh E. Chu  
Name: Chinh E. Chu  
Title: Sole Member  

 

[Signature Page to Convertible Promissory Note]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.46

 

FGL Holdings

 

2017 Omnibus INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1. Establishment, Purpose and Types of Awards 1
     
2. Definitions 1
     
3. Administration 6
     
4. Stock Available Under the Plan; Maximum Awards 8
     
5. Participation 9
     
6. Stock Options 9
     
7. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units 11
     
8. Stock Appreciation Rights 12
     
9. Unrestricted Stock and Dividend Equivalents 13
     
10. Performance Awards 13
     
11. Cash Awards 14
     
12. Tax Withholding 14
     
13. Transferability 15
     
14. Adjustments; Business Combinations 16
     
15. Termination and Amendment 17
     
16. Non-Guarantee of Employment 17
     
17. Termination of Relationship 17
     
18. Written Agreement 18
     
19. Non-Uniform Determinations 18
     
20. Limitation on Benefits 18
     
21. Compliance with Securities and Other Laws 18
     
22. Clawbacks; Forfeitures 19
     
23. No Trust or Fund Created 19
     
24. No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements 19
     
25. No Restriction of Corporate Action 19
     
26. Construction; Governing Law 20
     
27. Plan Subject to Charter and Bylaws 20
     
28. Effective Date; Termination Date 20
     
29. Tax Consequences of Awards/Payments 20
     
30. No Fractional Shares 21
     
31. Severability 21

 

  i

 

 

1. Establishment, Purpose and Types of Awards

 

FGL Holdings (the “ Company ”) hereby establishes the FGL Holdings 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the Company by (i) providing incentives to individuals who provide services to the Company in order to improve stockholder value and contribute to the growth and financial success of the Company, and (ii) enabling the Company to attract, retain and reward the best available persons to provide services to the Company. The Plan permits the granting of Awards in the form of Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Unrestricted Stock, Performance Awards, Dividend Equivalents and Cash Awards, in each case as such term is defined below, and any combination of the foregoing.

 

2. Definitions

 

Under this Plan, except where the context otherwise indicates, the following definitions apply:

 

Affiliate ” means any entity, that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

 

Award ” means an Incentive Stock Option, Non-Statutory Stock Option, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Appreciation Right, Unrestricted Stock, Performance Award, Dividend Equivalents, Cash Award, and any combination of the foregoing.

 

Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant memorializing the terms and conditions of an Award granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cash Award ” means an Award denominated in cash that is granted under Section 11 of the Plan.

 

  1  

 

 

Cause ” means, with respect to a Participant’s Termination of Relationship: (i) if such Participant is at the time of termination a party to a written employment or similar agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, which defines such term, the meaning given in such employment or similar agreement; (ii) otherwise if such Participant is at the time of termination a party to an Award Agreement, which was entered into under this Plan and defines such term, the meaning given in such Award Agreement; and (iii) in all other cases, a Termination of Relationship by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates based on such Participant’s (A) commission of a felony or a crime of moral turpitude (under the laws of the United States or any relevant state, or a similar crime or offense under the applicable laws of any relevant foreign jurisdiction); (B) commission of a willful and material act of dishonesty involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (C) material non-curable breach of the Participant’s obligations hereunder or any other agreement entered into between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (D) breach of the Company’s policies or procedures (or the policies or procedures of any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that are applicable to the Participant) that causes material harm to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of their business reputations; (E) willful misconduct or gross negligence which causes material harm to the or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of their business reputations; (F) violation of a fiduciary duty of loyalty to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates that causes material harm to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (G) knowing attempt to obstruct or knowing failure to cooperate with any investigation authorized by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any governmental or self-regulatory entity relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (H) disqualification or bar by any governmental or self-regulatory authority or the Participant’s loss of any governmental or self-regulatory license that is reasonably necessary for the Participant to perform his / her duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (I) termination as a result of any directive has been made by any governmental or self-regulatory authority to terminate the Participant; or (J) failure to cure a material breach of his or her obligations under this Plan, an Award Agreement or any other agreement entered into between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates within 30 days after written notice of such breach. The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to whether a Participant has been discharged for Cause.

 

Change in Control ” means, except to the extent otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the first to occur of the following events after the Grant Date: (i) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to one or more persons or entities that are not, immediately prior to such sale, transfer or other disposition, an Affiliate; (ii) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% or more of the voting power of the Stock of the Company (other than the Company, any Subsidiary, any Affiliate; any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company (or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates); The Blackstone Group L.P., Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund II L.P., any affiliated investment funds or any of their respective affiliates); (iii) the merger or consolidation of the Company, as a result of which persons who were stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation, do not, immediately thereafter, own, directly or indirectly, a majority of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the merged or consolidated company; (iv) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company other than a liquidation or dissolution for the purposes of effecting a corporate restructuring or reorganization as a result of which persons who were stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such liquidation or dissolution continue to own immediately thereafter, directly or indirectly, a majority of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the entity that owns, directly or indirectly, substantially all of the assets of the Company following such transaction; or (v) a majority of the members of the Board are replaced during any twelve-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of such appointment or election.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations issued thereunder.  

 

  2  

 

 

Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee or sub-committee of the Board as may be appointed pursuant to Section 3 of the Plan to administer the Plan.

 

Committee Delegate ” means the Chief Executive Officer or other senior officer or employee of the Company to whom duties and powers of the Board or Committee hereunder have been delegated pursuant to Section 3(b) .

 

Covered Employee ” has the same meaning as set forth in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, as interpreted by IRS Notice 2007-49.

 

Disabled” or “Disability ” means, unless an Award Agreement provides otherwise, as to any Participant who is party to an employment or similar agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, “disability” as defined therein. In the absence of such an employment or similar agreement, “Disability” shall mean a long-term disability as defined the Company’s long-term disability policy or program in which the Participant participates, or if none, “Disability” shall mean that the Participant is unable to perform substantially his or her required duties with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates for a period of four (4) consecutive months or for any aggregate period of six (6) months in any twelve (12) month period, all of which is as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, Disability means a Participant s disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

Dividend Equivalent ” means an award of rights in respect of dividend payments made with respect to Stock, as set forth in Sections 7(c) or 9(c) .

 

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Fair Market Value ” of the Stock for any purpose on a particular date means the closing price per share of the Stock on such date as reported by such registered national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed, or, if the Stock is not listed on such an exchange, as quoted on Nasdaq; provided, that, if there is no trading on such date, Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be the closing price per share on the last preceding date on which the Stock was traded. If the Stock is not listed on any registered national securities exchange or quoted on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value of the Stock shall be determined in good faith by the Committee by the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method consistent with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B). 

 

Grant Date ” means the date on which the Committee formally acts to grant an Award to a Participant or such other later date as the Committee shall so designate at the time of taking such formal action, provided that such Grant Date will not be earlier than the date of such Committee action.

 

Incentive Stock Options ” means an option to acquire shares of Stock that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

  3  

 

 

Eligible Director ” means a person who is (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act; and (ii) an “independent director” under the rules of the Nasdaq or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Stock is listed or quoted, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation.  

 

Non-Statutory Stock Options ” means an option to acquire shares of Stock that does not meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

Option ” means either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Statutory Stock Option.

 

Outside Director ” means a director who is an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(e)(3) or any successor to such statute and regulation.

 

Participant ” means any member of the Board, consultant, officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, who is granted an Award under the Plan.

 

Performance Award ” means an Award under Section 10 hereof

 

Performance Measure ” means one or more of the following objective performance criteria, or such other objective operating objectives, selected by the Committee and set forth in an Award Agreement, to measure performance of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or other business division, operating unit, operating segment, reporting segment or individual measures of such entity for a Performance Period, whether in absolute or relative terms:

 

(1) Earnings per share, economic value created, market share (actual or targeted growth), net income (before or after taxes), operating income (before or after taxes), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and restructuring costs (EBITDAR), adjusted net income after capital charge, return on assets (actual or targeted growth), return on capital (actual or targeted growth), return on equity (actual or targeted growth), return on investment (actual or targeted growth), revenue (actual or targeted growth), cash flow, operating margin (before or after taxes) (including pre-tax title margin), profit measures (e.g., gross profit, net profit, operating profit, investment profit and/or underwriting profit), investment income generated by underwriting or other operations or on the float from such operations, equity, or revenue, working capital targets or improvements, share price, share price growth, total stockholder return, book value growth, and strategic business criteria consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration goals, productivity measures, geographic business expansion goals, capital expenditures, cost targets, customer satisfaction or employee satisfaction goals, goals relating to merger synergies, management of employment practices and employee benefits, or supervision of litigation and information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures of Subsidiaries and/or other affiliates or joint ventures.

 

(2) Any one or more of the aforementioned performance criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or an Affiliate as a whole or any division, business unit or operational unit of the Company and/or an Affiliate or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Measures pursuant to the performance criteria specified in this paragraph.

 

  4  

 

 

(3) The Committee is authorized to adjust the Performance Measure, on an objective basis, (but only, if desired, to the extent the exercise of such authority after such period would not cause the Performance Awards granted to any Participant for the Performance Period to fail to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code) based on the following events: asset write-downs, litigation or claim judgments or settlements, gain or loss on the disposal of a business segment, unusual and/or infrequently occurring events and transactions and the effects of changes in accounting principles or other laws or regulatory rules affecting the Performance Measures.

 

Performance Period ” means a period set forth in an Award Agreement of not less than one fiscal quarter over which the achievement of targets for Performance Measures is determined.

 

Performance Shares ” mean Restricted Stock Units that are designated as Performance Awards pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.

 

Repricing ” means any of the following or other action that has the same effect: (i) lowering the exercise price of an Option after it is granted, (ii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, or (iii) canceling an Option at a time when its exercise price exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock in exchange for another Award, or other equity of the Company, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with a merger, acquisition, spin-off, or similar corporate transaction or prior shareholder approval has been provided.

 

Restricted Stock ” and “ Restricted Stock Units ” means Awards under Section 7 .

 

Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 as in effect under the Exchange Act on the effective date of the Plan, or any successor provision prescribing conditions necessary to exempt the issuance of securities under the Plan (and further transactions in such securities) from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Separation from Service ” means separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code).

 

Stock ” means ordinary shares, of the Company, par value $.0001 per share.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights ” or “ SARs ” means Awards under Section 8 .

 

Subsidiary ” and “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to the Company, only a company or companies, whether now or hereafter existing, within the meaning of the definition of “subsidiary company” provided in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor thereto of similar import.

 

  5  

 

 

“Termination of Relationship” means, with respect to a Participant, the termination of the Participant’s services as an employee or director of, or consultant to, the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates for any reason, including as a result of the Subsidiary or Affiliate to which the Participant provides services no longer being a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company because of a sale, divestiture or other disposition of such Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

Unrestricted Stock ” means Awards under Section 9 .

 

3. Administration

 

(a)           Procedure.

 

(i)           The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have discretion regarding whether particular Awards shall be intended to comply with the exemption requirements of Rule 16b-3 and/or Section 162(m) of the Code. If such exemption requirements are intended to be satisfied with respect to particular Awards, the Committee shall designate a subcommittee, if necessary, comprised only of Outside Directors and Eligible Directors, as applicable, to grant such Awards.

 

(ii)          The Committee shall have at least two (2) members at all times. Except as specifically reserved to the Board under the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have full and final authority to operate, manage, interpret and administer the Plan on behalf of the Company. Action by the Committee shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of all members thereof.

 

(b)           Secondary Committees and Sub-Plans . The Board may, in its sole discretion, divide the duties and powers of the Committee by establishing one or more secondary Committees to which certain duties and powers of the Committee hereunder are delegated (each of which shall be regarded as a “Committee” under the Plan with respect to such duties and powers). Additionally, if permitted by applicable law, the Board or Committee may delegate certain of the Committee’s duties and powers hereunder to the Chief Executive Officer and/or to other senior officers or employee of the Company subject to such conditions and limitations as the Board or Committee shall prescribe. The Committee shall also have the power to establish sub-plans (which may be included as appendices to the Plan or the respective Award Agreements), which may constitute separate programs, for the purpose of establishing programs which meet any special tax or regulatory requirements of jurisdictions other than the United States and its subdivisions. Any such interpretations, rules, administration and sub-plans shall be consistent with the basic purposes of the Plan.

 

(c)           Powers of the Committee . The Committee shall have all the powers vested in it by the terms of the Plan, such powers to include authority, in its sole and absolute discretion, to grant Awards under the Plan, prescribe Award Agreements evidencing such Awards and establish programs for granting Awards. The Committee shall have full power and authority to take all other actions necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the authority to:

 

(i)           determine the Participants to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted,

 

  6  

 

 

(ii)          determine the types of Awards to be granted,

 

(iii)         determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by or used for reference purposes for each Award,

 

(iv)         impose such terms, limitations, vesting schedules, restrictions and conditions upon any such Award as the Committee shall deem appropriate, including without limitation establishing, in its discretion, Performance Measures that must be satisfied before an Award vests and/or becomes payable, the term during which an Award is exercisable, the purchase price, if any, under an Award and the period, if any, following a Termination of Relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate during which the Award shall remain exercisable,

 

(v)          subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, modify, extend or renew outstanding Awards, accept the surrender of outstanding Awards and substitute new Awards, provided that no such action shall be taken with respect to any outstanding Award that would materially, adversely affect the Participant without the Participant’s consent, or constitute a Repricing of an Option without the approval of the holders of the Company’s voting securities,

 

(vi)         subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, accelerate the time in which an Award may be exercised or in which an Award becomes payable and waive or accelerate the lapse, in whole or in part, of any restriction or condition with respect to an Award, and

 

(vii)        establish objectives and conditions, including targets for Performance Measures, if any, for earning Awards and determining whether Awards will be paid after the end of a Performance Period.

 

The Committee shall have full power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations, agreements, guidelines and instruments for the administration of the Plan as the Committee deems necessary, desirable or appropriate in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company.

 

(d)           Limited Liability . To the maximum extent permitted by law, no member of the Board or Committee or a Committee Delegate shall be liable for any action taken or decision made in good faith relating to the Plan or any Award thereunder.

 

(e)           Indemnification . The members of the Board and Committee and any Committee Delegate shall be indemnified by the Company in respect of all their activities under the Plan in accordance with the procedures and terms and conditions set forth in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Company as in effect from time to time. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise.

 

(f)           Effect of Committee’s Decision . All actions taken and decisions and determinations made by the Committee or a Committee Delegate on all matters relating to the Plan pursuant to the powers vested in it hereunder shall be in the Committee’s or Committee Delegate’s sole and absolute discretion and shall be conclusive and binding on all parties concerned, including the Company, its stockholders, any Participants in the Plan and any other employee of the Company, and their respective successors in interest.

 

  7  

 

 

4. Stock Available Under the Plan; Maximum Awards

 

(a)           Stock Available Under the Plan.

 

(i)           Subject to adjustments as provided in Section 14 of the Plan, the aggregate number of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be issued under the Plan shall not exceed seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of the Company’s outstanding shares of Stock immediately prior to the time the stockholders of the Company approve this Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that shares subject to an outstanding Award granted under the Plan are not issued or delivered by reason of (i) the expiration, termination, cancellation or forfeiture of such Award or (ii) the settlement of such Award in cash, then except to the extent prohibited by law or applicable listing or regulatory requirements, such shares shall again be available for Awards under the Plan, other than for grants of Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4(a)(i) to the contrary, shares subject to an Award may not be made available for issuance under this Plan if such shares are: (i) shares used to pay the exercise price of an Option, (ii) shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay withholding taxes related to an Award under the Plan or (iii) shares repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of an Option exercise.

 

(ii)          Shares to be delivered under this Plan shall be made available from authorized and unissued shares, authorized and issued shares reacquired and held as treasury shares or otherwise, shares of Stock purchased on the open market or a combination thereof.

 

(b)           Maximum Awards to Participants . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14 , the following Award limitations shall apply with respect to each Participant: (a) the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which Options or SARs may be granted during any fiscal year of the Company to any Participant shall be equal to one and one-half percent (1.5%) of the Company’s outstanding shares of Stock immediately prior to the time the stockholders of the Company approve this Plan, (b) the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which Awards intended to qualify as Performance Awards and denominated in shares of Stock that may be granted (counted at target amount granted) during any fiscal year of the Company to any Participant shall be equal to one and one-half percent (1.5%) of the Company’s outstanding shares of Stock immediately prior to the time the stockholders of the Company approve this Plan, and (c) the maximum amount payable to a Participant under any Cash Award intended to qualify as a Performance Award granted for any Performance Period shall not exceed $2,000,000.

 

(c)           Maximum Awards to Non-Employee Directors . The aggregate grant date fair value of shares of Stock that may be granted during any fiscal year of the Company to any non-employee director, together with any cash fees paid (under the Plan or otherwise) to such non-employee director shall not exceed a total value of $500,000.

 

  8  

 

 

5. Participation

 

Participation in the Plan shall be open to all officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company, or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, as may be selected by the Committee from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, participation in the Plan with respect to Awards of Incentive Stock Options shall be limited to employees of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Awards may be granted to such Participants and for or with respect to such number of shares of Stock as the Committee shall determine, subject to the limitations in Section 4 of the Plan. A grant of any type of Award made in any one year to a Participant shall neither guarantee nor preclude a further grant of that or any other type of Award to such person in that year or subsequent years.

 

6. Stock Options

 

Subject to the other applicable provisions of the Plan, the Committee may from time to time grant to Participants Awards of Non-Statutory Stock Options and/or Incentive Stock Options. The Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions.

 

 

(a)           Grant of Option . The grant of an Option shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, executed by the Company and the Participant, stating the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option evidenced thereby, the exercise price and the terms and conditions of such Option, in such form as the Committee may from time to time determine.

 

(b)           Exercise Price . The price per share payable upon the exercise of each Option shall be determined by the Committee but shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Grant Date.

 

(c)           Payment . Options may be exercised in whole or in part by payment of the exercise price of the Stock to be acquired in accordance with the provisions of the Award Agreement, and/or such rules and regulations as the Committee may have prescribed, and/or such determinations, orders, or decisions as the Committee may have made.

 

Payment may be made in cash (or cash equivalents acceptable to the Committee) or, if provided in the Award Agreement and permitted by applicable law, in shares of Stock which have been held by Participant or which would otherwise be issuable to Participant on exercise, or a combination of cash and such Stock, or by such other means as the Committee may prescribe. The Fair Market Value of Stock delivered on exercise of Options shall be determined as of the date of exercise.

 

The Committee, subject to such limitations as it may determine, may authorize payment of the exercise price, in whole or in part, by delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with irrevocable instructions, to: (i) a brokerage firm to deliver promptly to the Company the aggregate amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price and any withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise, and (ii) the Company to deliver the certificates for such purchased Stock directly to such brokerage firm.

 

  9  

 

 

(d)           Term of Options . The term during which each Option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that in no event shall an Option be exercisable more than ten (10) years from the date it is granted. Prior to the exercise of the Option and delivery of the Stock certificates represented thereby, the Participant shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Stock represented by an outstanding stock option.

 

(e)           Restrictions on Incentive Stock Options . Incentive Stock Option Awards granted under the Plan shall comply in all respects with Section 422 of the Code and, as such, shall meet the following additional requirements:

 

(i)           Grant Date . An Incentive Stock Option must be granted within ten (10) years of the earlier of the Plan’s adoption by the Board or approval by the Company’s stockholders.

 

(ii)          Exercise Price and Term . The exercise price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted and the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed ten (10) years. Also, the exercise price of any Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who owns (within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code, after the application of the attribution rules in Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the grant date and the term of such Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed five (5) years.

 

(iii)         Maximum Grant . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of Stock of the Company with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options first become exercisable by any Participant in any calendar year under this or any other plan of the Company and any Subsidiaries may not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or such other amount as may be permitted from time to time under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that such aggregate Fair Market Value shall exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), or other applicable amount, such portion of the Incentive Stock Option shall be treated as a Non-Statutory Stock Option. In such case, the Company may designate the shares of Stock that are to be treated as Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(iv)         Participant . Incentive Stock Options shall only be issued to employees of the Company or of a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

(v)          Designation . No stock option shall be an Incentive Stock Option unless so designated by the Committee at the time of grant or in the Award Agreement evidencing such intent.

 

(vi)         Stockholder Approval . No Option issued under the Plan shall be an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of its adoption by the Board in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company and governing law relating to such matters.

 

  10  

 

 

(f)           Other Terms and Conditions . Award Agreements for any Option may contain such other provisions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine appropriate from time to time.

 

7. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

 

(a)           In General . Subject to the other applicable provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee may at any time and from time to time grant Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to Participants, in such amounts and subject to such vesting conditions, other restrictions and conditions for the lapse of restrictions as it determines. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, Participants receiving Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are not required to pay the Company cash consideration to receive the corresponding Stock (except as may be required for applicable tax withholding).

 

(b)           Vesting Conditions and Other Restrictions . Each Award for Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that specifies the applicable vesting conditions and other restrictions, if any, on such Award, the duration of such restrictions, and the time or times at which such restrictions shall lapse with respect to all or a specified number of the shares of Stock that are part of the Award.

 

(c)           Stock Issuance and Stockholder Rights.

 

(i)           Restricted Stock . Stock certificates with respect to Stock granted pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall be issued, and/or Stock shall be registered, in the Participant’s name at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to forfeiture if the Restricted Stock does not vest or other restrictions do not lapse. Any Stock certificates shall bear an appropriate legend with respect to the restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock Award and the Participant will be required to deposit the certificates with the Company during the period of any restriction thereon and to execute a blank stock power or other instrument of transfer therefor. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, during the period of restriction following issuance of Restricted Stock certificates, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a holder of Stock, including but not limited to the rights to receive dividends (or amounts equivalent to dividends) and to vote with respect to the Restricted Stock. The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement that any dividends or distributions paid with respect to Stock subject to the unvested portion of a Restricted Stock Award will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock to which such dividends or distributions relate.

 

  11  

 

 

(ii)          Restricted Stock Units . For the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit that the Committee elects to settle in stock, Stock shall be registered in the Participant’s name upon vesting and lapse of any other restrictions with respect to the issuance of Stock under such Award. The Participant will not be entitled to vote such Stock or to any of the other rights of stockholders during the period prior to the registration of the Stock. An Award of Restricted Stock Units may provide the Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents while the Award is outstanding, and an Award may be settled in cash or Stock, all as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee with respect to a particular Award (and set forth in the Award Agreement), each outstanding Restricted Stock Unit that is entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents while the Award is outstanding shall accrue such Dividend Equivalents, deferred as equivalent amounts of additional Restricted Stock Units, and such amounts shall be paid only when and if the Restricted Stock Unit (on which such Dividend Equivalents were accrued) vests and becomes payable. If the Committee determines to provide for the current payment of Dividend Equivalents with respect to Stock subject to the Award, the terms and conditions of such payment shall be set forth in the Award Agreement and shall be structured in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that a Restricted Stock Unit does not vest or is otherwise forfeited, any accrued and unpaid Dividend Equivalents shall be forfeited. Amounts payable or distributable (including Dividend Equivalents that are payable with respect to such Restricted Stock Units) shall be made or distributed within thirty (30) days after the Participant’s rights to such payments vest. In the event the Award provides for partial vesting over multiple years, amounts payable or distributable with respect to the Award (including Dividend Equivalents that are payable with respect to such Restricted Stock Units) shall be made or distributed within thirty (30) days after vesting occurs, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement.

 

8. Stock Appreciation Rights

 

(a)           Award of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the other applicable provisions of the Plan, the Committee may at any time and from time to time grant Stock Appreciation Rights (“ SARs ”) to Participants, either on a free-standing basis (without regard to or in addition to the grant of an Option) or on a tandem basis (related to the grant of an underlying Option), as it determines. SARs granted in tandem with or in addition to an Option may be granted at the same time as the stock option; provided, however, that a tandem SAR shall not be granted with respect to any outstanding Incentive Stock Option Award without the consent of the Participant. SARs shall be evidenced by Award Agreements, executed by the Company and the Participant, stating the number of shares of Stock subject to the SAR evidenced thereby and the terms and conditions of such SAR, in such form as the Committee may from time to time determine. The term during which each SAR may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee. In no event shall a SAR be exercisable more than ten (10) years from the date it is granted. The Participant shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Stock represented by a SAR prior to exercise of the SAR.

 

(b)           Restrictions of Tandem SARs . No Incentive Stock Option may be surrendered in connection with the exercise of a tandem SAR unless the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to the Incentive Stock Option is greater than the exercise price for such Incentive Stock Option. SARs granted in tandem with Options shall be exercisable only to the same extent and subject to the same conditions as the Options related thereto are exercisable. The Committee may, in its discretion, prescribe additional conditions to the exercise of any such tandem SAR.

 

(c)           Amount of Payment upon Exercise of SARs . A SAR shall entitle the Participant to receive, subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, a payment having an aggregate value equal to the product of (i) the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the exercise date over (B) the base price per share of Stock specified in the Award Agreement, times (ii) the number of shares of Stock specified by the SAR, or portion thereof, that is exercised. The base price per share specified in the Award Agreement shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date. In the case of exercise of a tandem SAR, such payment shall be made in exchange for the surrender of the unexercised related Option (or any portion or portions thereof which the Participant from time to time determines to surrender for this purpose).

 

  12  

 

 

(d)           Form of Payment upon Exercise of SARs . Payment by the Company of the amount receivable upon any exercise of a SAR shall be made by the delivery of the number of whole shares of Stock determined by dividing the amount payable under the SAR by the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the exercise date, or in cash. The amount equivalent in value to any fractional share will be paid out currently in cash.

 

9. Unrestricted Stock and Dividend Equivalents

 

(a)           Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock . Subject to the limitations contained in Section 4 , the Committee in its discretion may grant or sell to any Participant shares of Stock free of any restrictions under the Plan (“ Unrestricted Stock ”) at a purchase price determined by the Committee. Shares of Unrestricted Stock may be granted or sold as described in the preceding sentence in respect of past services or other valid consideration.

 

(b)           Restrictions on Transfers . The right to receive Unrestricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(c)           Dividend Equivalents . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, award dividend equivalents in connection with the grant of other types of Awards hereunder, or as separate Awards hereunder, subject to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement.

 

10. Performance Awards

 

(a)           In General . The Committee, in its discretion, may establish Performance Measures for selected Participants and authorize the granting, vesting, payment and/or delivery of Performance Awards in the form of Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units (which shall be referred to as “Performance Shares” if granted under this Section 10 ), Stock Appreciation Rights, Unrestricted Stock and/or Cash Awards to such Participants upon achievement of such targets for Performance Measures during a Performance Period. The Committee, in its discretion, shall determine the Participants eligible for Performance Awards, the targets for Performance Measures to be achieved during each Performance Period, and the type, amount, and terms and conditions of any Performance Awards. Performance Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to other Awards made under the Plan. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, in the case of an Award intended to meet the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may not exercise discretion to increase the amount of the Award that will be paid or vested.

 

  13  

 

 

(b)           Covered Employee Targets . In connection with any Performance Awards granted to a Covered Employee which are intended to meet the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall (i) establish in the applicable Award Agreement the specific targets relative to the Performance Measures which must be attained before the respective Performance Award is granted, vests, or is otherwise paid or delivered, (ii) provide in the applicable Award Agreement the method for computing the portion of the Performance Award which shall be granted, vested, paid and/or delivered if the target or targets are attained in full or part, and (iii) at the end of the relevant Performance Period and prior to any such grant vesting or being paid or delivered certify the extent to which the applicable target or targets were achieved and whether any other material terms were in fact satisfied. The specific targets and the method for computing the portion of such Performance Award which shall be granted, vested, paid or delivered to any Covered Employee shall be established by the Committee prior to the earlier to occur of (A) ninety (90) days after the commencement of the Performance Period to which the Performance Measure applies and (B) the lapse of twenty-five percent (25%) of the Performance Period and in any event while the outcome is substantially uncertain. In interpreting Plan provisions applicable to Performance Measures and Performance Awards which are intended to meet the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, it is the intent of the Plan to conform with the standards of Section 162(m) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(e)(2), and the Committee in interpreting the Plan shall be guided by such provisions. In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit the Committee discretion to alter the Performance Measures without obtaining shareholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining shareholder approval.

 

(c)           Nonexclusive Provision . Notwithstanding this Section 10 , the Committee may authorize the granting, vesting, payment and/or delivery of Performance Awards based on performance measures other than the Performance Measures and performance periods other than the Performance Periods to employees who are not Covered Employees or to Covered Employees to the extent such Awards are not intended to meet the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code and in such case waive the deadlines for establishing performance measures under Subsection (b) above. Moreover, to the extent applicable, an Award may be structured to comply with the transitional relief described in Section 1.162-27(f)(4) of the Treasury Regulations, to the extent such relief as available.

 

11. Cash Awards

 

Subject to the other applicable provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee may at any time and from time to time grant Cash Awards to Participants, in such amounts and subject to such vesting conditions, other restrictions and conditions for the lapse of restrictions as it determines. Each Cash Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that specifies the applicable vesting conditions and other restrictions, if any, on such Award, payment terms, the duration of such restrictions, and the time or times at which such restrictions shall lapse. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in an Award Agreement, all earned and vested Cash Awards shall be paid in the year following the end of the Performance Period, provided that payment is no later than March 15 th of such year.

 

12. Tax Withholding

 

(a)           Withholding by the Company; Payment by Participant . The Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any Federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld from any payment of any kind due to the Participant under the Plan or with respect to any compensation owed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Affiliates to the Participant. Each Participant shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the Participant for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any Federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such income.

 

  14  

 

 

(b)           Payment in Shares . A Participant may elect, with the consent of the Committee, to have such tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to an Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy up to the maximum withholding amount due with respect to such Award, (ii) transferring to the Company shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Participant on the open market or have been beneficially owned by the Participant and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan and with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due, or (iii) any combination thereof subject to compliance with any applicable securities laws. The Award Agreement may also provide that all tax withholding obligations will be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to an Award that number of shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) required to satisfy up to the maximum withholding amounts due with respect to such Award.

 

(c)           Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . Each holder of an Incentive Stock Option shall agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after making a disqualifying disposition (as defined in Section 421(b) of the Code) of any Stock purchased upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

 

13. Transferability

 

No Option, SAR or unvested Award granted under the Plan shall be transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, an Option or SAR may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or, during the period the Participant is under a legal disability, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with the Committee’s permission expressed in the Award Agreement or otherwise, any Award may, in the Committee’s sole discretion, be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to (i) the Participant’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, daughter-in-law, son-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships (such persons, “ Family Members ”), (ii) a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity whose only stockholders, partners or members, as applicable are the Participant and/or Family Members, or (iii) a trust in which the Participant and/or Family Members have all of the beneficial interests, and subsequent to any such transfer any Award may be exercised by any such transferee. Notwithstanding any of the preceding in this Section 13 , under no circumstances will a Participant be permitted to transfer an Option to a third-party financial institution without prior stockholder approval.

 

  15  

 

 

14. Adjustments; Business Combinations

 

(a)           Adjustments . In the event of a reclassification, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares or other similar event, the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan as provided in Section 4 shall be adjusted to reflect such event, and the Committee shall make such adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable in the number, kind and price of shares covered by outstanding Awards made under the Plan, and in any other matters that relate to Awards and that are affected by the changes in the shares referred to above.

 

(b)           Change in Control . In the event of any proposed Change in Control, the Committee shall take such action as it deems appropriate and equitable to effectuate the purposes of this Plan and to protect the Participants, which action may include, without limitation, any one or more of the following to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code: (i) acceleration of vesting; (ii) acceleration or change of the exercise and/or expiration dates of any Award to require that settlement be made, if at all, prior to the Change in Control; (iii) cancellation of any Award upon payment to the holder in cash of the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to such Award as of the date of (and, to the extent applicable, as established for purposes of) the Change in Control, less the aggregate exercise price, if any, of the Award; and (iv) in any case where equity securities of another entity are proposed to be delivered in exchange for or with respect to Stock of the Company, arrangements to have such other entity replace the Awards granted hereunder with awards with respect to such other securities, with appropriate adjustments in the number of shares subject to, and the exercise prices under, the Award. In the case of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price or base price that equals or exceeds the price to paid for a share of Stock in connection with the Change in Control, the Committee may cancel the Option or Stock Appreciation Right without the payment of consideration therefor.

 

(c)           Dissolution and Liquidation . In the event the Company dissolves and liquidates (other than pursuant to a plan of merger or reorganization), then, to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code, each Participant shall have the right to exercise his or her vested, outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights and to require payment in cash or registration in Participant’s name of the Stock (as elected by the Committee), under any vested, outstanding Restricted Stock Unit Awards, at any time up to the effective date of such liquidation and dissolution, upon which date all Awards under the Plan shall terminate.

 

(d)           Other Adjustments . The Committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 14 ) affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.

 

  16  

 

 

Except as hereinbefore expressly provided, issuance by the Company of stock of any class or securities convertible into stock of any class, for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, upon the exercise of rights or warranty to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of stock or obligations of the Company convertible into such stock or other securities, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to Awards theretofore granted or the purchase price per share of Stock subject to Awards.

 

15. Termination and Amendment

 

(a)           Amendment or Termination by the Board . The Board, without further approval of the stockholders, may amend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time, except that no amendment shall become effective without prior approval of the stockholders of the Company to increase the number of shares of Stock subject to the Plan or if stockholder approval is required under the terms of the Plan or is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement or rule of any exchange or national automated quotation system upon which the Stock is listed or quoted (including for this purpose stockholder approval that is required for continued compliance with Rule 16b-3) or stockholder approval that is required to enable the Committee to grant Incentive Stock Options pursuant to the Plan.

 

(b)           Amendments by the Committee . The Committee shall be authorized to make minor or administrative amendments to the Plan as well as amendments to the Plan that may be dictated by requirements of U.S. federal or state laws applicable to the Company or that may be authorized or made desirable by such laws. The Committee may amend any outstanding Award in any manner as provided in Section 3(c) and to the extent that the Committee would have had the authority to make such Award as so amended.

 

(c)           Approval of Participants . No amendment to the Plan or any Award may be made that would materially adversely affect any outstanding Award previously made under the Plan without the written approval of the Participant.

 

16. Non-Guarantee of Employment

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any Award Agreement thereunder shall confer any right on an employee to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate an employee at any time.

 

17. Termination of Relationship

 

For purposes of maintaining a Participant’s continuous status as an employee and accrual of rights under any Award, transfer of an employee among the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall not be considered a Termination of Relationship. Nor shall it be considered a Termination of Relationship for such purposes if an employee is placed on military or sick leave or such other leave of absence that is considered as continuing intact the employment relationship; in such a case, the employment relationship shall be continued until the date when an employee’s right to reemployment shall no longer be guaranteed either by law or contract. In the case of non-employee directors or consultants, references in this Plan or an Award to “termination of employment” or other similar terms shall be deemed to refer to a cessation of the service provider relationship.

 

  17  

 

 

18. Written Agreement

 

Each Award Agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant with respect to an Award granted under the Plan shall incorporate the terms of this Plan and shall contain such provisions, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be established by the Committee.

 

19. Non-Uniform Determinations

 

The Committee’s determinations under the Plan (including without limitation determinations of the persons to receive Awards, the form, amount and time of such Awards, the terms and provisions of such Awards and the agreements evidencing same) need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

 

20. Limitation on Benefits

 

With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3. To the extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee.

 

21. Compliance with Securities and Other Laws

 

Any Stock certificates for shares issued pursuant to this Plan may bear a legend restricting transferability of the Stock unless such shares are registered or an exemption from registration is available under the Securities Act and applicable securities laws of the states of the U.S. The Company may notify its transfer agent to stop any transfer of Stock not made in compliance with these restrictions. Stock shall not be issued with respect to an Award granted under the Plan unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of Stock certificates for such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and the requirements of any national securities exchange or Nasdaq System upon which the Stock may then be listed or quoted, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance to the extent such approval is sought by the Committee.

 

  18  

 

 

22. Clawbacks; Forfeitures

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any company policy or arrangement, law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to cancellation, deductions, forfeitures and clawbacks as may be required to be made pursuant to such policy or arrangement, law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (including on a retroactive basis). The Committee may also provide in an Award Agreement that if the Participant receives any amount in excess of what the Participant should have received under the terms of the Award for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), all as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, then the Participant shall be required to promptly repay any such excess amount to the Company.

 

23. No Trust or Fund Created

 

Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a Participant or any other person. With respect to any transfer or payment not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, the obligation of the Company shall be interpreted solely as an unfunded contractual obligation to make such transfer or payment in the manner and under the conditions prescribed under the written instrument evidencing the Award. Any shares of Stock or other assets set aside with respect to an Award shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors, and no person other than the Company shall, by virtue of an Award, have any interest in such shares or assets. In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the provisions of this Section 23 . In no event shall any assets set aside (directly or indirectly) with respect to an Award be located or transferred outside the United States.

 

24. No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements

 

Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other compensation arrangements (whether such arrangements be generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases), including without limitation the granting of Incentive Stock Options, Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Dividend Equivalents, Unrestricted Stock Units or Cash Awards otherwise than under the Plan.

 

25. No Restriction of Corporate Action

 

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to limit or impair the power of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes in its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets or, except as otherwise provided herein, or in an Award Agreement, to take other actions which it deems to be necessary or appropriate. No employee, beneficiary or other person shall have any claim against the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate as a result of such action.

 

  19  

 

 

26. Construction; Governing Law

 

The Plan is generally intended to constitute an equity compensation plan that does not provide for the deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code and, if any provision of the Plan is subject to more than one interpretation or construction, such ambiguity shall be resolved in favor of that interpretation or construction which is consistent with the Plan not being subject to the provisions of Section 409A. To the extent any Awards under the Plan are subject to Section 409A, then no amount of “deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) shall be paid earlier than the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that an Award is subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, the provisions of the Plan relating to such Awards, including all distributions thereunder, are intended to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and if any such provision is subject to more than one interpretation or construction, such ambiguity shall be resolved in favor of the interpretation or construction which is consistent with the Plan complying with the provisions of Section 409A. To the extent an amount subject to Section 409A is payable upon Termination of Relationship, such payment shall be made only if such Termination of Relationship constitutes a Separation from Service. To the extent an amount referred to in the preceding sentence is payable to a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code), such payment shall be delayed as set forth in such Code section. Any Award subject to Section 409A that is payable in installments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments under Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

The validity, construction and effect of the Plan, of Award Agreements entered into pursuant to the Plan, and of any rules, regulations, determinations or decisions made by the Board or Committee relating to the Plan or such Award Agreements, and the rights of any and all persons having or claiming to have any interest therein or thereunder, shall be determined in accordance with applicable federal laws and the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to its choice of law provisions).

 

27. Plan Subject to Charter and Bylaws

 

This Plan is subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, as they may be in effect from time to time.

 

28. Effective Date; Termination Date

 

The Plan is effective as of the date on which the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Award shall be granted under the Plan after the close of business on the day immediately preceding the tenth (10th) anniversary of the effective date of the Plan. Subject to other applicable provisions of the Plan, all Awards made under the Plan prior to such termination of the Plan shall remain in effect until such Awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the Plan and the terms of such Awards.

 

29. Tax Consequences of Awards/Payments

 

The Company makes no representations as to the tax consequences of any compensation or benefits provided hereunder (including, without limitation, under Section 409A of the Code, if applicable). A Participant is solely responsible for any and all income, excise or other taxes imposed on the Participant with respect to any and all compensation or other benefits provided to the Participant pursuant to an Award under the Plan.

 

  20  

 

 

30. No Fractional Shares

 

No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall determine whether cash, additional Awards or other securities or property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock or whether any fractional shares should be rounded, forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

31. Severability

 

If any of the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, whether in whole or in part, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

AmericasActive:9254969.8 

  21  

 

 

Exhibit 14.1

 

  FGL HOldings
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

1. Introduction

 

a. This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Policy”) applies to all directors, officers, and employees of FGL Holdings; CF Bermuda Holdings Limited; F&G Re Ltd; FGL US Holdings Inc.; Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.; Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company; or Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York; and their direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Directors, officers, and employees of the Company shall conduct the Company’s business with the highest standards of professional and ethical conduct. The central concept of the Policy is to confirm the Company’s dedication to the principles of ethical and lawful business conduct, and all of its business decisions should be evaluated in this light. As a director, officer, or employee of the Company, you must avoid any activities that might lead to an actual or perceived conflict of interest between your personal interests and the interests of the Company or its customers. As a director, officer, or employee of the Company, you have an obligation to read this Policy carefully to make sure you understand the provisions of this Policy, become familiar with and comply with the principles set forth in this Policy, as well as all other applicable Company policies and procedures, and understand the consequences of your failure to comply with this Policy. It is important for all directors, officers, and employees to remember that the Company’s success depends in large measure upon public confidence in the Company’s integrity and principled business conduct.

 

b. Annual Certification of Compliance - On an annual basis, every director, officer, and employee is required to certify to the Company that he or she has read this Policy and affirm that he or she agrees to comply with and is complying with all of the provisions set forth in the Policy. A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy Acknowledgement and Disclosure is attached to this Policy as Exhibit B.

 

c. Violations of Policies - Violations of the Policy or other Company policies are subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination. In some cases, civil and criminal penalties may also apply.

 

For all intents and purposes, this Policy shall be deemed a “Code of Ethics” within the meaning of paragraph (b) or Regulation S-K Item 406, applicable to the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and persons performing similar functions.

 

2. Objectives of the Policy

 

The objectives of this Policy include:

 

· Provide guidance on how to maintain the Company’s commitment to being ethical in all of its business dealings;

· Confirm the Company’s dedication to conduct business endeavors in accordance with the highest ethical and moral standards, avoiding any activity or transaction which would be in violation of the law;

· Avoid business-related conflicts of interest;

· Ensure the appearance of fairness in the interest of the Company;

 

  1  

 

 

· Document the process for the disclosure and review of actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest; and

· Provide a mechanism for the objective review of personal outside financial interests.

 

By ensuring the above is implemented, the Company will be able to

 

· Conduct its business endeavors with integrity and in an ethical manner;

· Allow officers, directors or employees, where appropriate, to acquire and maintain personal financial interests provided that obligations and commitments do not interfere with or have the potential to interfere with their duties to the Company, or improperly influence the judgments expected of them;

· Protect officers, directors, and employees from misplaced charges of conflict of interest by providing a mechanism for objective review and approval of personal outside interests; and

· Avoid any appearance of bias or self-interest in personal outside financial interests.

 

3. Scope

 

The requirements outlined in this Policy apply to all directors, officers, and employees of the Company, except that the inherent conflict presented by the outside activities of the Vermont resident director, as fully described in Exhibit A to this Policy, shall not disqualify that individual from serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

4. Customers

 

The Company is committed to serving its customers fairly and ethically. We expect all directors, officers, and employees to share this commitment.

 

We commit ourselves, in the sale of our insurance products:

 

· To conduct business according to high standards of honesty and fairness and to treat our customers as we would expect to be treated;

· To provide competent and customer-focused sales and service;

· To compete fairly;

· To provide advertising and sales material that is clear, honest, and accurate;

· To handle customer complaints and disputes fairly and promptly; and

· To maintain a system of supervision and monitoring reasonably designed to demonstrate our commitment to compliance with these principles.

 

5. Employee Relations

 

The Company values the relationship it has with its employees and bases Company actions on respect for the dignity of the individual.

 

The Company is committed to the following principles when managing its employee relationships:

 

· Recruit and promote employees on the basis of their suitability for the job without discrimination in terms of race, religion, color, gender, age, marital status, sexual orientation or disability unrelated to the task at hand.

 

  2  

 

 

· Seek to provide a healthy and safe work environment. Employees for their part have a duty to take every reasonable precaution to avoid injury to themselves, their co-workers, and the public.

· Recognize the efforts of the individual in helping to create the success of the Company. Compensation policies seek to recognize both the contribution of the individuals and the performance of the sector of business in which they work.

· Encourage and help employees at all levels to develop relevant skills and competencies, through both work-related training and self-development, in order to progress their careers.

· Recognize the need to develop effective processes for communication with employees within and across each department of the Company.

 

6. Conflicts of Interest

 

a. What is a Conflict of Interest?

 

A conflict of interest refers to a situation in which personal interests or activities may affect, or be perceived to affect, an employee’s, officer’s or director’s judgment in acting in the best interests of the Company. It includes using your position as director, officer, or employee, confidential information, or corporate time, material, or facilities for personal gain or advancement.

 

A conflict of interest may also arise when a director, officer, or employee or his or her family members receive improper personal benefits as a result of the director’s, officer’s, or employee’s position with the Company. For purposes of this Policy, family member includes spouse or domestic partner, children, children-in-law, parents, parents-in-law, siblings and siblings-in-law.

 

While it is impossible to list every circumstance which may give rise to possible conflicts of interest, the following represent types of activities which may cause actual conflicts or the appearance of conflicts:

 

·          An outside interest that prevents the director, officer, or employee from devoting his or her full attention or full ability to his or her duties to the Company.

 

·          A material interest of a director, officer, or employee or any member of his or her family in a supplier, agent or client, or in a competitor of the Company. In addition, insurance laws or regulations require that a material interest in another insurance company, insurance agency, or any other company whose principal business or holdings relate directly to the insurance industry be reported to the Company. A material interest is defined as a directorship, an ownership of an equity interest (stocks, etc.) aggregating 5% or more of the total equity interest of a firm or corporation, or an equity interest aggregating more than 30% of one’s total personal investment portfolio.

 

·          Receipt by a director, officer or employee of fees, profits or any other form of compensation from a supplier, client or competitor. Directors, officers and employees with financial interests in a client, competitor or supplier should refrain from participating in any decisions regarding relationships with these clients, competitors and supplier firms.

 

·          Acceptance or providing entertainment beyond a business luncheon or similar entertainment such as a sporting event, or acceptance or providing of any form of compensation, gift or gratuity beyond $100 in value and in accordance with applicable custom and established process. No gift, compensation, gratuity, or business entertainment should be accepted from or given to a supplier, client or anyone else the Company has or may establish a business relationship with if it could potentially raise implications of an obligation of reciprocity. No gift of cash or securities should be accepted from or given to such person under any circumstances.

 

  3  

 

 

·          Representation of the Company by the director, officer, or employee in any transaction in which the director, officer, or employee, or any member of his or her family has a substantial interest.

 

·          Disclosure or use of confidential information about the Company’s affairs for the personal profit or advantage of the director, officer or employee, a member of his or her family or anyone else, including the use of confidential information for the profit of the director, officer, or employee, a member of his or her family or anyone else, in purchasing or selling of property or trading in the common stock or other securities of the Company.

 

Officers, directors, and employees are permitted to serve as members of the boards of directors of non-competing firms that might have a supplier or client relationship with the Company, provided that the officer, director, or employee provides full disclosure of the relationship pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Policy and that no special circumstances are found to exist which would make the directorship inadvisable.

 

b.        Disclosure of Potential or Actual Conflicts of Interest

 

Obligation to Disclose . All directors, officers, and employees of the Company must fully communicate and disclose all information required by this Policy, including, but not limited to, any relationship or commitment which could impair their ability to act with integrity or objectivity in their role at the Company, or divert them from their duty to further the interests of the Company.

 

Written disclosure of actual or potential conflicts of interest must be made to the Company’s Corporate Secretary, or their designee, who will arrange for the activity which gives rise to the conflict to be either approved or declined, except that the inherent conflict presented by the outside activities of the Vermont resident director, as fully described in exhibit A to this Policy, shall not be required to be disclosed.

 

c.       Disclosure in Advance of an Activity .

 

Affiliations or interests must be disclosed at the beginning of any negotiations or at the beginning of any decision-making process whenever there is any doubt about whether a conflict of interest may arise or may be perceived to arise, except as otherwise provided in this Section 6 with respect to the Vermont resident director.

 

d.       Change in Circumstances .

 

If the affiliation of a director, officer or employee who has made or is making a disclosure changes, thereby introducing a new undisclosed financial interest, the director, officer or employee must revise and resubmit the disclosure.

 

  4  

 

 

e.       Pre-Existing Arrangements.

 

From the date of approval of this Policy, or from the date of employment or appointment to the board of directors, all pre-existing affiliations and indirect associations, which may give rise to an actual or potential conflict of interest, must be disclosed in accordance with this Policy.

 

In all situations in which disclosure is required, the conflicted director, officer or employee must abstain from any decision-making process related to the conflicted activity and recuse himself or herself from formal discussions related to the conflicted activity.

 

Each director, officer and employee, while encouraged to take an active part in educational, cultural, charitable, and civic activities, shall secure approval of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, before accepting any outside responsibility which is likely to involve the substantial use of the officer's or employee's time during normal business hours. The Chairman of the Board shall receive such approval from the Company’s Board of Directors of the Company or the Company’s Audit Committee. The foregoing approval must also be obtained prior to any officer or other employee accepting nomination or appointment to any public office. Directors, officers, and employees should be mindful of situations in which personal activities and opinions may be attributed to the Company and should avoid creating the impression that they represent the Company when not so authorized.

 

f.       Process for Review and Approval of Conflicts of Interest .

 

The Company’s Corporate Secretary, or their designee, or, with respect to direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer shall determine whether a proposed transaction poses an impermissible material conflict of interest. The Corporate Secretary or Chief Executive Officer will report actual or potential conflicts to the Company’s Board of Directors, as appropriate. All conflicts of interest disclosure statements will be held in the strictest confidence.

 

If the approval of the disclosed conflict is not waived, the director, officer or employee will need to step aside or be removed from the potential conflict.

 

The Corporate Secretary will ensure a record is retained and potential conflicts are either cleared in accordance with the approval process or, if clearance cannot be given, required to be terminated or discontinued within a timeframe notified to the director, officer or employee who has disclosed the matter concerned, except as otherwise provided in Section this 6 with respect to the Vermont resident director.

 

7. Integrity and Accountability

 

All directors, officers, and employees are required to act honestly and deal fairly and ethically in all of the Company’s business relationships, whether with its policyholders, customers, suppliers, competitors, or other Company personnel. This requirement goes beyond mere compliance with the law. Directors, officers, and employees should not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair or unethical practice.

 

  5  

 

 

a.       Accounting and Auditing Matters .

 

The Company has established written procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters, and for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. Complaint procedures are available through the Fraud Hotline (866-748-6471) which is also posted on the intranet maintained by the Company for its employees.

 

b.       Accountability.

 

All books, records and accounts shall, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company. All transactions shall be recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, statutory accounting principles, applicable laws, and as necessary to maintain accountability for assets.

 

All payments made and all transactions effected on behalf of the Company shall be accurately documented in the Company’s accounting records. All books, records, and accounts shall be made available for inspection by the Company’s directors, officers, and independent auditors.

 

No fund of corporate moneys or other assets shall be established or maintained unless it is fully and properly recorded in the books and records of the Company.

 

No director, officer, or employee, shall, directly or indirectly, falsify or cause to be falsified, any book, record or account of the Company.

 

No director, officer, or employee shall, directly or indirectly, make or cause to be made a false or misleading statement to an accountant in connection with any audit or examination of the financial statements of the Company or the preparation or filing of any financial document or report.

 

c.       Compliance .

 

Directors, officers, and employees must comply fully with this Policy and all applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations that govern the Company’s business. Because the laws that are applicable to the Company’s business are often very complex, and penalties for violations can be severe, employees should discuss any legal questions he or she may have with their supervising Company officer, who may refer questions to the Company’s General Counsel. If an employee suspects or becomes aware of a violation of law by a Company director, officer, or employee, it is the employee’s responsibility to report this immediately.

 

The Company maintains a number of policies that are designed to assist employees in complying with applicable law in the conduct of the Company’s business. These include, for example, applicable policies on sexual harassment and equal employment opportunity, which are described in other written materials available to you.

 

d.       Full, Fair, Accurate, Timely and Understandable Disclosure .

 

U.S. federal and state securities laws impose continuing disclosure requirements on the Company, and require the Company to regularly file certain reports with and make certain submissions (the “Reports”) to the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock exchange and disseminate them to its shareholders. Such Reports must comply with all applicable legal and exchange requirements and may not contain material misstatement or omit material facts.

 

  6  

 

 

All directors, officers and employees directly or indirectly involved in preparing such Reports, any directors, officers or employees who regularly communicate with the press, investors and analysts concerning the Company, and all representatives who assist the Company in preparing such Reports and communications, will ensure that such Reports and communications are (i) full, fair, timely, accurate and understandable and (ii) meet all legal requirements. This policy applies to all public disclosure of material information about the Company, including written disclosures, oral statements, visual presentations, press conferences and media calls. This policy also applies to reports and submissions of the Company under the rules of all applicable insurance regulators.

 

8. Bribery, Corruption, Political Contributions and Other Improper Payments

 

a.       Bribery and Other Improper Payments .

 

The Company must maintain high ethical and professional standards in dealings with government officials and members of the private sector. The Company and its directors, officers, and employees are prohibited from engaging in bribery for the Company’s or an employee’s benefit or that of an employee’s family, friends or business associates. Accordingly, you must not, on behalf of the Company, directly or indirectly promise, offer or give money, gifts or favors to anyone, including any government official, agent, employee, committee or campaign of any government, political party, labor organization or business entity, or any candidate for political office, with the intent to induce favorable business treatment or to improperly affect business or government decisions. Conversely, directors, officers, and employees are not permitted to accept gifts or favors that are meant to persuade him or her to take an action on behalf of the Company that is favorable to the gift-giver.

 

No political contributions may be made directly or indirectly by the Company to any political candidate, party, committee or campaign except as permitted by law and with the approval of the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

These prohibitions do not restrict the right of directors, officers, and employees, acting in an individual capacity and not as a representative of the Company, to support political parties or candidates of their choice. However, political activity by directors, officers, and employees must be undertaken at their own time and at their own expense.

 

All acts of hospitality toward public officials shall be of such a scale and nature as to avoid compromising the integrity or reputation of the public official or the Company. All such acts should be performed in the expectation that they will become matter of public knowledge.

 

All commissions or other fees paid or accrued for agents, representatives or suppliers of the Company shall be in accordance with sound business practice, for legitimate commercial reasons, and reasonably related in value to the service performed. Where there is reason to suspect that all or part of any payment may be used for improper purposes, the responsible officer or employee must satisfy himself that such will not be the case.

 

  7  

 

 

b.       Corruption .

 

Directors, officers, and employees must not become involved in corrupt activities intended to influence the action of any person in relation to the Company’s business. In addition, directors, officers, and employees must comply with the rules applicable to any governmental agency with which they are dealing.

 

c.       Gifts and Hospitality .

 

The anti-bribery provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“FCPA”) prohibit the giving, offering, or authorization of the payment of money, gifts, or “anything of value” for the purpose of corruptly influencing a foreign official. The payment of value may include, among other things, payment for travel or entertainment, gifts, or contributions to charity affiliated with or sponsored by foreign officials or their family members, or associates. The anti-bribery provisions do not apply to employees who give to their own charities or community support projects.

 

The Company’s gifts and hospitality principles extend beyond the anti-bribery provisions of FCPA and influencing foreign officials. For purposes of defining gifts and hospitality on behalf of the Company, a “gift or favor” shall not include a loan from a financial institution on customary terms, an article of nominal value ordinarily given for sales promotion or as a common business courtesy, or occasional and reasonable business meals or entertainment consistent with local, social and industry custom. Employees of the Company must seek approval from their manager for hospitality/gifts accepted or offered above a limit of $100. Any gift over $100 will need to be reported to your manager for approval and a Gift Approval Form will need to be filled out and approved by your manager and sent to Compliance for tracking purposes. The Gift Approval Form can be found attached as Exhibit C to this Policy.

 

d.       Competitive Practices .

 

No director, officer or employee shall engage in any discussion which would directly or indirectly suggest the allocation of clients or territories or the boycott of clients or suppliers. All clients, suppliers and contractors should be treated fairly. Price and payment for products of like kind and quality must be uniform for all clients, suppliers and contractors except where differences are justified by cost or competition. There shall be no "tie in" sales or "reciprocity" arrangement. No client shall be requested to purchase one of the Company’s products to obtain another and no supplier or contractor shall be requested to purchase the Company’s products in order to obtain its business.

 

9. Whistleblowing Policy

 

The Company’s senior management encourages and supports disclosure of suspicious or illegal activity impacting the Company. There is a mechanism in place for directors, officer, and employees to disclose their concerns through the Company’s Fraud Hotline (866-748-6471). The Company has shared the availability of the Fraud Hotline for purposes of this whistleblowing policy through the display of the Fraud Hotline phone number and instructions in public areas of the Company’s worksite. The Company’s Fraud Hotline is a resource for employees to report illegal activities that includes an independent, objective and prompt investigation of the alleged activity reported. The Company will not permit retaliation against any employee of the Company for reporting, in good faith, suspected violations of this Policy.

 

  8  

 

 

“Illegal Activities” are defined as an activity or behavior being committed or about to be committed including, but not limited to, the following:

 

· Criminal offense;

· Breach of conduct of any legal obligation;

· Endangering health and safety;

· Damage to environment or Company property;

· Unethical Practice in accounting, internal accounting controls, financial reporting and auditing matters;

· Conduct committed contrary to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Conflicts of Interest Policy and other core Company values; and

· Cover up of any of these actions.

 

A “Whistleblower” is an employee who alerts the Company, via the appropriate channels, such as a manager, the human resources department, or the Fraud Hotline, of illegal actions that may endanger the Company’s employees, assets or reputation.

 

To be protected as a whistleblower, an individual must:

 

· Genuinely believe that the knowledge or suspicions reported by the whistleblower are true and relate to illegal actions impacting the Company. The whistleblower can relate to past, present or future events.

· Clearly communicate from the outset that a confidential whistleblowing report is being made to senior management.

 

Suspicions or knowledge of illegal activity should be dealt with through the chain of command first unless there are specific reasons why this is not reasonable (for example, the whistleblower believes that up line management might be implicated).

 

It is only when the normal reporting line has been exhausted, or is impractical and the whistleblower is not satisfied that the manner has been adequately dealt with, that a whistleblower report should be considered. This communication may be:

 

· Speaking to or e-mailing the person within the Company that has been identified to receive whistleblowing complaints; or by

· Making a report through the Company’s Fraud Hotline (866-748-6471).

 

All reported and suspected financial crimes, involving the Company, are fully investigated by the Anti-Fraud Officer. After a full investigation is conducted, a response plan incident is documented which denotes findings and if any follow-up actions are necessary. The incident will be reported to senior management and the Chief Executive Officer as deemed necessary. Where appropriate, the crime will be reported to law enforcement and/or regulatory authorities.

 

If the whistleblower chooses to remain anonymous, it is important that they communicate their request to remain anonymous and they ensure that enough information is provided in their report to facilitate a thorough investigation.

 

  9  

 

 

Failure to follow the procedure of internal options first (for instance by approaching the media before the Company) could lead to disciplinary action. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act permits an exception to the requirement to follow internal disclosure procedures first with a system for reporting a violation of United States securities laws to the Securities and Exchange Commission. However, this federal regulation encourages employees, with potential monetary reward incentives, to follow internal company procedures prior to reporting any violations to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

While protection is provided to whistleblowers under these procedures, deliberate false or malicious reports will not be tolerated. Anyone found making deliberate or false reports will be subject to disciplinary action which could lead to termination.

 

Giving or accepting an instruction to cover up serious violations will not be tolerated and will lead to disciplinary action.

 

All employees of the Company are required to cooperate with investigations. During or after the investigation, any employee that discloses the presence of an investigation or details to the contrary to these principles outside of the investigators may be subject to disciplinary action.

 

10. Insider Trading

 

United States federal and state law prohibits the use of “material nonpublic information” when trading in or recommending Company securities. See the Company’s Policy on Trading in Securities by Directors, Designated Employees, and Employees for additional information on insider trading. “Material nonpublic information” is generally considered to be information not available to the general public, which a reasonable investor contemplating a purchase of Company share would be substantially likely to take into account in making his or her investment decision. Such information includes, but is not limited to, information relating to a share split and other actions relating to capital structure, major management changes, contemplated acquisitions or divestitures, and information concerning earnings or other financial information. Such information continues to be “nonpublic” information until it is disclosed to the general public.

 

Any person who is in possession of material nonpublic information is deemed to be an “insider.” This would include all directors, officers, or employees (whether management or non-management), as well as spouses, friends or brokers who may have acquired such information directly or indirectly from an insider “tip.”

 

Substantial penalties may be assessed against people who trade while in possession of material nonpublic information and can also be imposed upon companies and so-called controlling persons such as officers and directors, who fail to take appropriate steps to prevent or detect insider trading violations by their employees or subordinates. The Company has adopted written policies on trading in securities and directors, officers, and employees should review the FGL Holdings Policy on Trading in Securities before trading in securities and consult with the General Counsel if any doubts exist as to what constitutes “material nonpublic information.”

 

The Company is dedicated to its obligation to take reasonable steps to prevent insider trading by any of its directors, officer, and employees. The following restrictions apply to all directors, officers, and employees of the Company. Failure to abide by these restrictions would not only be a violation of the Policy, but may also be a violation of state or federal laws and may subject you to disciplinary action or to civil or criminal liability.

 

  10  

 

 

Each director, officer, and employee shall refrain from knowingly buying or selling, for their own account or the account of any member of their immediate family (including spouse or domestic partner):

 

· Any security or other interest about which the director, officer or employee may have material, non-public information relating to the Company; or

 

· Any security or other interest which the Company may be considering buying or selling, or has decided to buy or sell, until the Company decision has been completely executed.

 

Each director, officer, and employee shall also refrain from transmitting any knowledge of such considerations or decisions or any other information which might be prejudicial to the interests of the Company to any person other than in connection with his or her discharge of his or her Company responsibilities. Further, no director, officer, or employee who is in possession of material nonpublic information may communicate such information to third parties who may use such information in the decision to purchase or sell Company shares (“Tipping”). These restrictions also apply to securities of other companies if a director, officer, or employee learns of material nonpublic information in the course of his or her duties for the Company. In addition to violating Company policy, insider trading and Tipping are illegal.

 

11. Protection of Company Assets

 

a.       Company Assets .

 

Every director, officer, and employee must protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient and appropriate use. Theft, carelessness, and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. All Company assets must be used in accordance with applicable Company policies and procedures.

 

b.       Confidentiality and Privacy Policies .

 

Directors, officers, and employees may have access to extensive files of information regarding policyholders, customers, suppliers, employees, and consultants. Much of this information is confidential, and the Company has an obligation to keep it that way. In this regard, information about Company policyholders is particularly sensitive. Policyholders must be able to trust that the Company will treat such information with care and not disclose it except as may be required or permitted by law. Applicable Company policies govern the use and disclosure of confidential policyholder information and confidential Company financial information.

 

12. Company Opportunities

 

Employees may not use Company property or information or their position with the Company for personal gain. If employees are presented with a business opportunity through the use of Company property or information or because of employee’s position with the Company, and if such opportunity is within the Company’s line of business, then the employee must first present the business opportunity to the Company before pursuing it in an individual capacity. Each such business opportunity that an employee wishes to pursue must be disclosed to a supervisor, who shall then contact the executive office to whom he or she reports. If the Company issues a written waiver of its right to pursue the business opportunity and grants the employee written consent to pursue the business opportunity, the employee may do so on the same terms and conditions as originally proposed and consistent with the ethical guidelines established by the Policy and other Company policies.

 

  11  

 

 

Directors may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his or her office of director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the directors may determine. A director may act by himself or herself or by, through or on behalf of his or her firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or she or his or her firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he or she were not a director. A director may be or become a director or other officer or otherwise be interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him or her as a director or officer of, or from his or her interest in, such other company. No person shall be disqualified from the office of director or be prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as a vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realized by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A director shall be at the liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him or her at or prior to its consideration on any vote thereon. A general notice that a director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he or she has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

c.       Corporate Information Management .

 

The information systems activity of the Company is to be conducted in a secure environment. Information systems have become an integral part of all business and administrative processes of the Company. As such, the security, reliability, and integrity of the associated data, processes, and systems are of vital importance. Applicable Company policies set forth the guiding principles for ensuring such security, reliability, and integrity.

 

13. Enforcement of the Policy

 

a.       Reporting of Violations of the Policy .

 

If a director, officer, or employee has knowledge or suspicion of a violation of this Policy, he or she must immediately report it in accordance with the following guidelines. Directors, officers, and employees may report anonymously if he or she chooses.

 

i. Violations Involving Accounting and Auditing Matters - Any reported violations or suspected violations of the Policy involving any accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters relating to the Company should be reported to the Company’s Fraud Hotline (866-748-6471).

 

  12  

 

 

ii. Other Violations - The Company encourages directors, officers, and employees to report other violations directly to his or her supervisor, a manager, a human resources generalist, or any management representative up to and including the Chief Executive Officer. Situations involving possible violations of the Policy or other fraudulent activities, or other events, in which the reporting party may wish to remain anonymous, may be reported via the Company’s Fraud Hotline (866-748-6471).

 

The Company encourages employees to be actively aware of suspicious activity and will not permit retaliation for reports made in good faith.

 

b.       Investigations of Reported Violations of the Policy .

 

i. Violations Involving Accounting and Auditing Matters - Investigations of reported violations of the Policy involving accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters shall be conducted in accordance with the internal control procedures.

 

ii. Other Violations - Investigations of reported violations of the Policy not involving accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters shall be at the direction of the Company’s Audit Committee. Any such reported violations involving possible dishonest or fraudulent activities shall be referred to the Fraud Unit and the internal audit staff for investigation. After such investigation, the Fraud Unit or internal audit staff, as appropriate, will make recommendations, if any, to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The Chairman of the Audit Committee shall be notified of the facts and recommendations associated with any investigation of any Company officer or director for violations of the Policy.

 

iii. Disciplinary Action for Noncompliance - The Company intends to use every reasonable effort to prevent the occurrence of conduct not in compliance with the Policy and to halt any such conduct as soon as reasonably possible after its discovery. Company personnel who violate the Policy or other Company policies and procedures may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination. In appropriate circumstances, the Company may pursue civil remedies or seek criminal prosecution.

 

iv. Certificate of Compliance – Directors, officers, and employees will be required to complete a certification, similar to the certifications attached hereto as Exhibit B, upon first accepting a position with the Company and annually thereafter acknowledging his or her understanding of, and compliance with the Policy.

 

v. Publication of the Policy - The Policy shall be available at www.fglife.bm.

 

  13  

 

 

14. Internal Audit

 

The Company’s Audit Committee will conduct periodic reviews to provide independent assurance that this Policy is being followed, and that conflict of interest risk is being appropriately assessed, managed, and controlled, and that Company business is being conducted in an ethical and lawful manner.

 

15. No Rights Created

 

The Policy is a statement of fundamental principles and key policies and procedures that govern the conduct of the Company’s business. It is not intended to and does not in any way constitute an employment contract or an assurance of continued employment or otherwise create any rights to any director, officer, or employee.

 

16. Modifications to the Policy

 

The Policy is subject to change and modification at any time upon approval by the Audit Committee. Company directors, officers, and employees will be notified of any material changes as soon as practicable.

 

  14  

 

 

Exhibit A

 

VERMONT RESIDENT DIRECTOR

 

Vermont law imposes certain requirements on domestic captive insurance companies. One such requirement specifies that at least one member of the Board of Directors shall be a resident of Vermont. 8 V.S.A. § 6006(f)(1). This provision has been widely adopted by other domestic captive domiciles. The general purpose of the obligation is to provide assurance to regulators that at least one director of each Vermont captive insurer is subject to the direct jurisdiction of the State of Vermont.

 

The Vermont resident director is often an individual from one of the Company’s Vermont-based service providers who assists in managing the captive. This individual provides services to various captive insurers and commonly serves as an officer and director of a number of Vermont captive insurance companies. As a director in the Company, this individual will not participate in board actions where a conflict of interest is presented (such as determination of compensation to be paid to the service provider for which the director works) but shall not otherwise be disqualified under the terms of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Conflicts of Interest Policy, and shall not be required to disclose the identity of, or any other information, regarding any other captive insurer or other insurance company for which such director or their employer performs services.

 

  15  

 

 

Exhibit B

 

FGL Holdings

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Policy Acknowledgement and Disclosure

 

Acknowledgement and Compliance Certificate

 

Please check the boxes below to acknowledge you have read the specified policies set forth in the Policy and certify that you agree with each statement. Defined terms used in this Certificate shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy of FGL Holdings; CF Bermuda Holdings Limited; F&G Re Ltd, FGL US Holdings Inc.; Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.; Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company; Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York; and their direct and indirect subsidiaries.

 

 

Check the Box

To Certify

You Agree With

The Statement

I have read and understand the provisions set forth in the Policy, including Section 8 (Bribery, Corruption, Political Contributions and Other Improper Payments), Section 9 (Whistleblowing Policy), and Section 10 (Insider Trading), and agree to abide by the policies and principles set forth therein.  

 

Conflicts of Interest Disclosure

 

1. Neither I nor my family members have any material interests in companies or firms with which the Company now engages or is considering engaging in substantial transactions, except:

 

2. I have no interest (other than as a life insurance policyholder) in a life insurance company other than the Company, except:

 

3. Please list any for-profit organizations for which you are serving in the capacity of a director and/or officer and indicate whether the organization is affiliated with the Company and whether you are serving in such capacity at the direction of or for the benefit of the Company:

 

4. Please list any mutual funds, non-profit organizations, charitable organizations or other entities for which you are serving in the capacity of a director, trustee and/or officer, and indicate the type of entity:

 

  16  

 

 

5. (Only respond if you are an employee of the Company) I have received no fees (other than directors’ fees), compensation, commissions, or other remuneration from any source other than from my employment with the Company, except:

 

6. Please list any other relationships, commitments or circumstances that may give rise to an actual, potential or perceived conflict of interest, as described in Section 6 of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy (i.e., being a party to any excessive gifts or entertainment by or for customers, suppliers or contractors of the Company).

 

Certification

 

I have read and understand the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy. I certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information herein stated is true, correct and complete, and that I will report any circumstance or situation which may occur in the future which would have to be disclosed hereunder.

 

Should my outside financial or managerial interests, or those of my family members, change during the next calendar year so as to change my answer on any of the above questions; I agree to submit a revised Disclosure Form in accordance with the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy.

 

Signature: _________________________________       Date: ______________________

 

Printed Name: ______________________________

 

(Do not write below this line.)

 

Review and Approval

 

Approved ¨   Declined ¨

 

Conditions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:     Signature:    
           
Printed Name:     Printed Name:    
           
Date:     Date:    

 

  17  

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Gift Approval Form

 

To be used in accordance with Gifts and Hospitality subsection of the Bribery, Corruption, Political Contributions and Other Improper Payments section of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

 

Employee Name  
   
Manager Name  
   
Department  
   
Description of Gift  
   
Value of Gift  
   
Purpose of Gift  
   
Donor Information  

 

Additional space for clarification (if needed)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approved by Manager  ______________________________ Date ________________________________

 

Please e-mail this form to the Legal & Compliance Department at legalgovernance@fglife.bm for acknowledgement of Receipt.

 

Received by  ______________________________________ Date ________________________________

 

  18  

 

Exhibit 16.1

 

December 1, 2017

 

Office of the Chief Accountant

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N. E. Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have read the statements of FGL Holdings included under Item 4.01 of its Form 8-K dated December 1, 2017, and we agree with such statements, except that we are not in a position to agree or disagree with the Company’s statements that the audit committee decided to engage KPMG LLP to serve as the Company’s new independent registered public accounting firm, and the statements made in the 5th paragraph under Item 4.01.

 

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC  
New York, New York  

 

Mr. Timothy M. Walsh

Audit Committee Chairman

FGL Holdings

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of FGL Holdings

 

Entity   Jurisdiction
     
Fidelity & Guaranty Life   Delaware
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Business Services, Inc.   Delaware
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Holdings, Inc.   Delaware
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Assignment, LLC   Maryland
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Brokerage, Inc.   Maryland
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Agency, Inc.   Maryland
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company   Iowa
Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York   New York
Raven Reinsurance Company   Vermont
Front Street Re Ltd.   Bermuda
Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd.   Cayman Islands

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

Item 15. Financial Statements and Schedules

 

INDEX TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

FRONT STREET RE LTD AND FRONT STREET RE (CAYMAN) LTD

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Independent Auditor’s Report 2
Combined Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 4
Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 5
Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 6
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 7
Notes to Combined Financial Statements 8
Schedule I—Summary of Investments—Other than Investments in Related Parties 29
Schedule III—Supplementary Insurance Information 30
Schedule IV—Reinsurance 31

 

  1  

 

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

 

The Board of Directors

Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd and Front Street Re Ltd:

 

We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. and Front Street Re Ltd., which comprise the combined balance sheets as of September 30, 2017 and 2016, and the related combined statements of comprehensive (loss), changes in shareholder’s equity, and cash flows for the three-year period ended September 30, 2017, and the related notes to the combined financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these combined financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of combined financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditor’s Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards as established by the Auditing Standards Board (United States) and in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Companies are not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. and Front Street Re Ltd. as of September 30, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the three-year period ended September 30, 2017 in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

  2  

 

 

Other Matter

 

Our audits were conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the combined financial statements as a whole. The supplementary information included in Schedules I, III and IV are presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the combined financial statements. Such information is the responsibility of management and was derived from and relates directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the combined financial statements. The information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of the combined financial statements and certain additional procedures, including comparing and reconciling such information directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the combined financial statements or to the combined financial statements themselves, and other additional procedures in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards as established by the Auditing Standards Board (United States) and in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). In our opinion, the information is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the combined financial statements as a whole.

 

/s/ KPMG Audit Limited
 
Chartered Professional Accountants
Hamilton, Bermuda
November 17, 2017

  

  3  

 

 

FRONT STREET RE (CAYMAN) LTD and FRONT STREET RE LTD

 

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

 

( In millions )

 

    September 30,  
    2017     2016  
ASSETS                
Related party investments (Note 8)   $ 96.9     $ 98.4  
Cash and cash equivalents     29.5       32.1  
Funds withheld receivables at fair value (Note 5)     1,646.1       1,650.4  
Income tax receivable     1.3       16.5  
Other assets (Note 6)     25.3       19.0  
Total assets   $ 1,799.1     $ 1,816.4  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY                
Insurance reserves at fair value   $ 1,692.0     $ 1,685.9  
Other liabilities     5.9       9.9  
Total liabilities     1,697.9       1,695.8  
                 
Commitments and contingencies                
                 
Shareholder’s equity:                
Common stock ($1 par value, 425,000 shares authorized, 377,400 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2017 and 2016)     0.4       0.4  
Additional paid-in capital     177.7       177.7  
Accumulated deficit     (76.9 )     (57.7 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income           0.2  
Total shareholder’s equity     101.2       120.6  
Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity   $ 1,799.1     $ 1,816.4  

 

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements

 

  4  

 

 

FRONT STREET RE (CAYMAN) LTD and FRONT STREET RE LTD

 

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

( In millions )

 

    Year ended September 30,  
    2017     2016     2015  
Revenues:                        
Net investment income   $ 0.3     $ 2.4     $ 8.9  
Net investment gains (losses)     96.8       148.0       (107.7 )
Total revenues     97.1       150.4       (98.8 )
Benefits and expenses:                        
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves     103.4       153.2       (43.5 )
Acquisition and operating expenses     11.3       9.7       13.4  
Total benefits and expenses     114.7       162.9       (30.1 )
Operating loss     (17.6 )     (12.5 )     (68.7 )
Loss before income taxes     (17.6 )     (12.5 )     (68.7 )
Income tax expense (benefit)     1.6       6.2       (24.0 )
Net loss   $ (19.2 )   $ (18.7 )   $ (44.7 )
                         
Other comprehensive income:                        
Unrealized investment gains:                        
Changes in unrealized investment gains before reclassification adjustment   $ (0.3 )   $ 0.3     $  
Changes in unrealized investment gains after reclassification adjustment     (0.3 )     0.3        
Changes in deferred income tax asset/liability     0.1       (0.1 )      
Net unrealized (losses) gains on investments     (0.2 )     0.2        
Net change to derive comprehensive loss for the period     (0.2 )     0.2        
Comprehensive loss   $ (19.4 )   $ (18.5 )   $ (44.7 )

 

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements

 

  5  

 

 

FRONT STREET RE (CAYMAN) LTD and FRONT STREET RE LTD

 

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

 

( In millions)

 

    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Shareholder's
Equity
 
Balances at September 30, 2014   $ 0.4     $ 154.0     $ 5.7     $     $ 160.1  
Net loss                 (44.7 )           (44.7 )
Comprehensive loss                                     (44.7 )
Capital contributions           24.0                   24.0  
Balances at September 30, 2015     0.4       178.0       (39.0 )           139.4  
Net loss                 (18.7 )           (18.7 )
Unrealized investment gains, net                       0.2       0.2  
Comprehensive loss                                     (18.5 )
Stock compensation           (0.3 )                 (0.3 )
Balances at September 30, 2016     0.4       177.7       (57.7 )     0.2       120.6  
Net loss                 (19.2 )           (19.2 )
Unrealized investment losses, net                       (0.2 )     (0.2 )
Comprehensive loss                                     (19.4 )
                                         
Balance at September 30, 2017   $ 0.4     $ 177.7     $ (76.9 )   $     $ 101.2  

 

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements

 

  6  

 

 

FRONT STREET RE (CAYMAN) LTD and FRONT STREET RE LTD

 

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

( In millions)

 

    Fiscal  
    2017     2016     2015  
Cash flows from operating activities:                        
Net loss   $ (19.2 )   $ (18.7 )   $ (44.7 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to operating cash flows                        
Deferred income taxes     0.1       23.6       (7.7 )
Net recognized (losses) gains on investments and derivatives     (6.6 )     4.5       57.0  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities     23.4       (21.1 )     (73.3 )
Net change in cash due to operating activities     (2.3 )     (11.7 )     (68.7 )
Cash flows from investing activities:                        
Proceeds from investments, sold, matured or repaid     9.7       33.0       16.9  
Cost of investments acquired     (10.0 )     (7.2 )     (9.4 )
Net change in cash due to investing activities     (0.3 )     25.8       7.5  
Cash flows from financing activities:                        
Capital contributions                 24.0  
Net change in cash due to financing activities                 24.0  
Net change in cash and cash equivalents     (2.6 )     14.1       (37.2 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     32.1       18.0       55.2  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 29.5     $ 32.1     $ 18.0  
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information                        
Taxes paid during the year   $     $     $ 6.6  
Taxes received during the year     13.6       21.9        

 

See accompanying notes to combined financial statements

 

  7  

 

 

FRONT STREET RE (CAYMAN) LTD and FRONT STREET RE LTD

 

NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share and unit figures)

 

(1) Basis of Presentation and Nature of Operations

 

FSRC Holdings Ltd., an exempted company, was incorporated in the Cayman Islands with effect from March 22, 2010. Effective October 12, 2012, the company changed its name from FSRC Holdings Ltd. to Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. (“FSRC”). On October 24, 2012, FSRC was licensed under the Cayman Islands Insurance Law to carry on business and subsequently classified as a Class B (iii) Insurer under the law.

 

Front Street Re Ltd (“FSRB”) was incorporated on March 23, 2010 under the laws of Bermuda to provide life and annuity reinsurance. FSRB is licensed as a Class C long-term insurer under The Insurance Act 1978, amendments thereto and related regulations insofar as such provisions relate to accounting and financial reporting matters. FSRB has not entered into any reinsurance agreements as of September 30, 2017.

 

FSRC was established as a long-term reinsurer to provide reinsurance on asset intensive, long duration life and annuity liabilities, including but not limited to fixed, deferred and payout annuities, long-term care, group long-term disability and cash value life insurance.

 

FSRC and FSRB are wholly owned subsidiaries of Front Street Re (Delaware) Ltd. (“FSRD”), a Delaware corporation, which is ultimately owned and managed by HRG Group, Inc. (“HRG”). FSRD is a wholly owned subsidiary of FS Holdco II Ltd. (“FS Holdco”), a Delaware-domesticated direct, wholly owned subsidiary of HRG. Prior to March 4, 2014, FS Holdco was known as FS Holdco Ltd. (“FSH”), domesticated in the Cayman Islands. FS Holdco is a holding company with holdings in primarily financial services related industries. HRG is a diversified holding company focused on obtaining controlling equity stakes in companies that operate across a diversified set of industries. HRG’s shares of common stock trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the ticker symbol HRG.

 

The accompanying Combined Financial Statements included herein reflect FSRC and FSRB (the “Company”), which are both under the common control of FS Holdco, and have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of such information. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

 

Reinsurance Agreements

 

FSRC has entered into various reinsurance agreements on a funds withheld basis, meaning that funds are withheld by the ceding company from the coinsurance premium owed to FSRC as collateral for FSRC’s payment obligations. Accordingly, the collateral assets remain under the ultimate ownership of the ceding company. FSRC manages the assets supporting reserves in accordance with the internal investment policy of the ceding companies and applicable law. FSRC has entered into such reinsurance agreements with Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company (“FGL”), as well as third parties as further described below.

 

On December 31, 2012, following regulatory approval, FSRC entered into a coinsurance agreement (the “Cayman Reinsurance Agreement”) with FGL. Pursuant to the Cayman Reinsurance Agreement, FSRC reinsured a 10% quota share percentage of certain FGL annuity liabilities.

 

Effective September 17, 2014, FGL entered into a second reinsurance treaty (the “MYGA Treaty”, and together with the Cayman Reinsurance Agreement, the “Reinsurance Agreements with FGL”) with FSRC whereby FGL ceded 30% of any new business of its multi-year guaranteed deferred annuity (“MYGA”) block of business on a funds withheld basis. This treaty was subsequently terminated as to new business effective April 30, 2015, but remains in effect for policies ceded to FSRC with an effective date between September 17, 2014 and April 30, 2015.

 

At September 30, 2017 and 2016, FSRC had $903.5 and $978.8, respectively, of funds withheld receivables and $975.9 and $1,054.1, respectively, of insurance reserves related to the Reinsurance Agreements with FGL.

 

The funds withheld receivables portfolio related to the Reinsurance Agreements with FGL consists of investments in debt and equity securities that are carried at fair value. The funds withheld receivables portfolio also includes cash, derivatives and accrued income.

 

  8  

 

 

On December 16, 2013, FSRC closed a reinsurance treaty with Bankers Life Insurance Company. Under the terms of the treaty, Bankers Life Insurance Company ceded annuity business to FSRC, on a funds withheld basis. At September 30, 2017 and 2016, FSRC had $68.4 and $125.8, respectively, of funds withheld receivables and $62.7 and $119.0, respectively, of insurance reserves related to this transaction.

 

On October 31, 2014, FSRC purchased Ability Re from Ability Re Holdings. The Ability Re acquisition consisted of long-term care reinsurance business. The acquired reinsurance agreements complement FSRC’s existing in force long-duration insurance liabilities. At September 30, 2017 and 2016, FSRC had $287.3 and $295.6, respectively, of funds withheld receivables and $275.5 and $271.5, respectively, of insurance reserves related to this transaction.

 

On March 1, 2015, FSRC closed a reinsurance treaty with Universal Life Insurance Company. At September 30, 2017 and 2016, FSRC had $305.5 and $166.8, respectively, of funds withheld receivables and $297.8 and $161.9, respectively, of insurance reserves related to these transactions.

 

During Fiscal 2015, FSRC also closed two additional reinsurance transactions with unaffiliated parties. At September 30, 2017 and 2016, FSRC had $81.6 and $83.4, respectively, of funds withheld receivables and $80.1 and $79.4, respectively, of insurance reserves related to these transactions.

 

(2) Significant Accounting Policies and Practices and Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Fiscal Year End

 

The Company’s fiscal year ends on September 30 and the quarters end on the last calendar day of the months of December, March and June. References herein to Fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 refer to the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary instruments purchased with original maturities of three months or less from date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Net Investment Income

 

Dividends and interest income are recorded in “Net investment income” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss and are recognized on an accrual basis. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investments in debt securities are reflected in “Net investment income” over the contractual terms of the investments in a manner that produces a constant effective yield. “Net investment income” is presented net of earned investment management fees.

 

Net investment gains (losses)

 

Net investment gains (losses) include realized losses and gains from the sale of investments, changes in the fair value of FSRC’s funds withheld receivables and gains and losses on derivative investments.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. See below for detailed discussion of the estimates used in the preparation of the accompanying Combined Financial Statements.

 

Other Assets

 

The Company’s investments, other than related party investments, are reflected in “Other assets” in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets and consisted of investments in debt securities with amortized cost approximating fair value that were designated available-for-sale (“AFS”) and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” (“AOCI”), net of deferred income taxes. Refer to Note 6, Other Assets, for further detail. Derivative contracts carried at fair value which represent options which the Company uses to hedge equity risk and which trade on a major exchange. Refer to Derivative Financial Instruments for further detail. Other invested assets carried at fair value which represent investments where the Company has an income earning investment through a royalty receivable asset. The unrealized gains and losses are included in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the net loss on the Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. Investment funds classified as trading and reported at fair value. Distribution income earned from the funds is recorded in “Net investment income” and unrealized gains and losses are included in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the net loss on the Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss.

 

  9  

 

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Derivative assets and liabilities are reported at fair value in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets. When hedge accounting is elected at inception, the Company formally designates the financial instrument as a hedge of a specific underlying exposure and documents both the risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge. Depending on the nature of derivatives designated as hedging instruments, changes in fair value are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets or liability through earnings or recognized in equity through other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized. Any ineffective portion of a financial instrument’s change in fair value is recognized in earnings. For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the change in the fair value is recognized in earnings. The Company hedges certain portions of its economic exposure to product related equity market risk by entering into derivative transactions. Such derivative instruments are not designated as hedging instruments in accordance with hedge accounting with change in fair value recognized within “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss and included in “Other Assets” on the Combined Balance Sheets. The assumed FIA contracts permit the holder to receive a return based on the performance of a market index, based on the S&P 500 Index. FSRC purchases derivatives consisting of call options on the equity indices underlying the applicable policy. These derivatives are used to fund the index credits due to policyholders under the FIA contracts. The call options are one-year options purchases to match the funding requirements underlying the FIA contracts. On the respective anniversary dates of the applicable FIA contracts, the market index used to compute the annual index credit under the applicable FIA contract is reset. At such time, FSRC purchases new one-year call options to fund the next index credit. FSRC manages the cost of these purchases through the terms of its FIA contracts, which permit it to change caps. The change in the fair value of the call options is generally designed to offset the equity market related change in the fair value of the FIA contract’s related insurance liability. The call options are marked to fair value. The change in fair value of the call options includes the gains and losses recognized at the expiration of the instruments’ terms or upon early termination and the changes in fair value of open positions.

 

OTTI

 

A security is impaired when the fair value is below its cost. Securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity, as well as the preferred equity, are reviewed on a periodic basis to determine whether a decline in fair value below cost represents other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”). Several factors are considered in this assessment including, but not limited to: (1) the extent and duration of the decline; (2) the reason for the decline (e.g. credit spread widening, credit event); (3) the historical and implied future volatility of the fair value; (4) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; and (5) the collateral structure and credit support of the security, if applicable.

 

When preferred equity is considered to have suffered OTTI, the full amount of the impairment is included in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss .

 

For impaired available for sale and held to maturity debt securities where the Company intends to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery, the full amount of the impairment is charged to earnings and is included in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. Where the Company intends to hold the impaired security, management estimates the anticipated credit loss of the security and recognize only this portion of the impairment in income, with the remaining non-credit related balance of the impairment (i.e. related to interest rates, market conditions, etc.) recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

  10  

 

 

Upon recognition of an OTTI, the new cost basis for the security is the previous amortized cost for a fixed maturity or cost for an equity security less the OTTI recognized in income. The new cost basis is not adjusted for subsequent recoveries in fair value; except for fixed maturities whereby the difference between the new cost basis and the expected cash flows is accreted on a quarterly basis to net investment income over the remaining life of the fixed maturity.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws or rates is recognized in the income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company has the ability and intent to recover in a tax-free manner assets (or liabilities) with book/tax basis differences for which no deferred taxes have been provided, in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes .

 

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more-likely-than-not to be sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Accrued interest expense and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recorded in “Income tax expense (benefit)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss.

 

Refer to Note 7, Income Taxes, for further detail.

 

Legal Matters and Contingencies

 

The Company records legal fees and accruals in accordance with ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies”. Contingencies arising from regulatory judgments, claims, assessments, guarantees, litigation, recourse reserves, fines, penalties and other sources are recorded when deemed probable and reasonably estimable.

 

Comprehensive Loss

 

Comprehensive loss includes unrealized gains (losses) and non-credit related OTTI on investment securities classified as AFS of business held for sale. Net unrealized gains and losses on investment securities classified as AFS by the business held for sale are reduced by deferred income taxes and adjustments to intangible assets that would have resulted had such gains and losses been realized.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

The Company’s measurement of fair value is based on assumptions used by market participants in pricing the asset or liability, which may include inherent risk, restrictions on the sale or use of an asset or non-performance risk, which may include the Company’s own credit risk. The Company’s estimate of an exchange price is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell the asset or transfer the liability (“exit price”) in the principal market, or the most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market, for that asset or liability, as opposed to the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or receive a liability (“entry price”). The Company categorizes financial instruments carried at fair value into a three-level fair value hierarchy, based on the priority of inputs to the respective valuation technique. The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement is defined as follows:

 

Level 1 -  Values are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets accessible at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 -   Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices from those willing to trade in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by market data for the term of the instrument. Such inputs include market interest rates and volatilities, spreads and yield curves.

 

Level 3 -  Certain inputs are unobservable (supported by little or no market activity) and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s best estimate of what hypothetical market participants would use to determine a transaction price for the asset or liability at the reporting date based on the best information available in the circumstances.

 

  11  

 

 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lower level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the investment.

 

When a determination is made to classify an asset or liability within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement. Because certain securities trade in less liquid or illiquid markets with limited or no pricing information, the determination of fair value for these securities is inherently more difficult. However, Level 3 fair value investments may include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 inputs, observable components, which are components that are actively quoted or can be validated to market-based sources.

 

Funds Withheld Receivables, Other Assets and Related Party Investments

 

The Company measures the fair value of its securities based on assumptions used by market participants in pricing the security. The appropriate valuation methodology is selected based on the specific characteristics of the fixed maturity or equity security, and the Company will then consistently apply the valuation methodology to measure the security’s fair value. The Company’s fair value measurement is based on a market approach, which utilizes prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable securities. Sources of inputs to the market approach include a third-party pricing service, independent broker quotations or pricing matrices. The Company uses observable and unobservable inputs in its valuation methodologies. Observable inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data. In addition, market indicators and industry and economic events are monitored and further market data will be acquired when certain thresholds are met. For certain security types, additional inputs may be used, or some of the inputs described above may not be applicable. For broker-quoted only securities, quotes from market makers or broker-dealers are obtained from sources recognized to be market participants. Management believes the broker quotes are prices at which trades could be executed based on historical trends executed at broker-quoted or slightly higher prices. The Company did not adjust prices received from third parties as of September 30, 2017 and 2016. However, the Company does analyze the third-party valuation methodologies and its related inputs to perform assessments to determine the appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy.

 

Insurance Reserves

 

At the inception date of the reinsurance transactions, FSRC elected to apply the fair value option to account for its funds withheld receivables, non-funds withheld assets and insurance reserves related to its assumed reinsurance.

 

FSRC measures fair value of the funds withheld receivables based on the fair values of the securities in the underlying funds withheld portfolio held by the cedant. The non-funds withheld assets held by FSRC, backing the insurance reserves, are measured at fair value. Policy loans included in the funds withheld receivables with third parties are measured at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

 

FSRC uses a discounted cash flows approach to measure the fair value of the insurance reserves. The cash flows associated with future policy premiums and benefits are generated using best estimate assumptions (plus a risk margin, where applicable) and are consistent with market prices, where available. Risk margins are typically applied to non-observable, non-hedgeable market inputs such as mortality, morbidity, lapse, discount rate for non-performance risk, discount rate for risk margin, surrenders, etc. Mortality relates to the occurrence of death. Mortality assumptions are based upon the experience of the cedant as well as past and emerging industry experience, when available. Morbidity relates to the occurrence of a claim status and is a key assumption for the long term care business. Morbidity assumptions are based upon the experience of the cedant as well as past and emerging industry experience, when available. Mortality and morbidity assumptions may be different by sex, underwriting class and policy type. Assumptions are also made for future mortality and morbidity improvements.

 

Policies are terminated through surrenders and maturities, where surrenders represent the voluntary terminations of policies by policyholders and maturities are determined by policy contract terms. Surrender assumptions are based upon cedant experience adjusted for expected future conditions. As of June 30, 2017, FSRC began using duration weighting in the development of the discount rate. As of December 31, 2015, FSRC began discounting the liability cash flows by using the market yields on the underlying assets backing the liabilities plus a risk margin to reflect uncertainty and adjusts the discount rate to reflect the credit risk of FSRC. The changes in discount rate methodology reduced the fair value of the FSRC insurance reserves by $22.5 and $7.0 at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

  12  

 

 

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the FSRC insurance reserves are non-performance risk spread and risk spread to reflect uncertainty. Significant increases (decreases) in non-performance risk spread and risk margin to reflect uncertainty would result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement.

 

Refer to Note 4, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, for further detail.

 

Use of Assumptions

 

FSRC periodically, and at least annually, reviews the assumptions associated with insurance reserves. With respect to the Reinsurance Agreements, as part of the assumption review process in Fiscal 2017, changes were made to the morbidity, surrender rates and earned rates to bring assumptions in line with current and expected future experience; in Fiscal 2016, changes were made to the morbidity, surrender rates and earned rates to bring assumptions in line with current and expected future experience; and in Fiscal 2015, changes were made to morbidity, the earned rates and the guaranteed option costs. The assumption changes associated with the Reinsurance Agreements resulted in an increase in insurance reserves of $2.0 in Fiscal 2017, a decrease in insurance reserves of $0.6 in Fiscal 2016, and an increase in insurance reserves of $12.8 in Fiscal 2015.

 

(3) Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The fair value of outstanding derivatives recorded in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets were as follows:

 

        September 30,  
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:   Classification   2017     2016  
Assets:                    
Call option receivable from FGL   Funds withheld receivables   $ 14.5     $ 11.3  
Call options   Other assets     13.1       5.9  
        $ 27.6     $ 17.2  

 

During Fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized the following gains and losses on its derivatives:

 

        Fiscal  
Classification   Derivatives Not Designated as
Hedging Instruments
  2017     2016     2015  
Revenues:                            
Net investment gains (losses)   Call options   $ 18.3     $ 3.8     $ (7.6 )

 

Additional Disclosures

 

Call options . Derivative financial instruments included within “Other Assets” in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets are in the form of call options receivable by FSRC. FSRC hedges exposure to product related equity market risk by entering into derivative transactions. These options hedge FSRC’s share of the FIA index credit. The change in fair value is recognized within “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss.

 

Call option receivable from FGL. Under the terms of the coinsurance arrangement between FSRC and FGL, FGL is required to pay FSRC a portion of the net cost of equity option purchases and the proceeds from expirations related to the equity options which hedge the index credit feature of the reinsured FIA contracts. Accordingly, the receivable from FGL is reflected in “Funds withheld receivables at fair value” as of the balance sheet date with changes in fair value reflected in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss.

 

Credit Risk

 

FSRC is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by its counterparties on call options. FSRC seeks to reduce the risk associated with such agreements by purchasing such options from large, well-established financial institutions, but there can be no assurance that FSRC will not suffer losses in the event of counterparty non-performance. No collateral was posted by its counterparties; accordingly, at September 30, 2017, the maximum amount of loss due to credit risk that FSRC would incur if parties to the call options failed completely to perform according to the terms of the contracts was $13.1.

 

  13  

 

 

(4) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The Company’s combined assets and liabilities measured at fair value are summarized according to the hierarchy previously described as follows:

 

    September 30, 2017     September 30, 2016  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Fair
Value
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Fair
Value
 
Assets                                                                
Fixed maturity and equity securities included in funds withheld receivables   $ 81.2     $ 1,414.4     $ 37.4     $ 1,533.0     $ 69.9     $ 1,387.1     $ 78.1     $ 1,535.1  
Call option receivable from FGL included in funds withheld receivables           14.5             14.5             11.3             11.3  
Related party investments           2.2       94.7       96.9                   98.4       98.4  
Other invested assets included in other assets                 8.1       8.1                   5.5       5.5  
Investment funds included in other assets           3.4             3.4             2.9             2.9  
Derivatives included in other assets           13.1             13.1             5.9             5.9  
Total financial assets   $ 81.2     $ 1,447.60     $ 140.2     $ 1,669.0     $ 69.9     $ 1,407.2     $ 182.0     $ 1,659.1  
Liabilities                                                                
Insurance reserves   $     $     $ 1,692.0     $ 1,692.0     $     $     $ 1,685.9     $ 1,685.9  
Total financial liabilities   $     $     $ 1,692.0     $ 1,692.0     $     $     $ 1,685.9     $ 1,685.9  

 

  14  

 

 

Quantitative information regarding significant unobservable inputs used for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of financial instruments carried at fair value as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:

 

    Fair Value at             Range (Weighted average)
Assets   September 30,
2017
    September 30,
2016
   

Valuation

Technique

 

Unobservable

Input(s)

  September 30,
2017
  September 30,
2016
Related party investments - HGI Energy   $ 91.4     $ 91.0     Discounted Cash Flow   Discount rate   1.68%   0.79%
Related party investments - Salus preferred equity     3.1       6.7     Market- approach   Yield   5%   11%
                        RadioShack Corp. Recovery     5.5%
                        Discount Rate     15%
                        Salus CLO Equity     28.4%
Related party investments - Salus CLO equity tranche           0.7     Third party valuation   Offered quote     28.4%
                        Discount rate     15%
                        Constant default rate     —%
                        RSH Recovery     5.5%
                        Other loan recoveries     0% - 100%
Other invested assets included in other assets     8.1       5.5     Discounted Cash Flow   Probability of collection   100%   100%
                        Discount rate   11%   10%
Funds withheld receivables:                                
Fixed maturity, asset backed and commercial mortgage backed securities     33.2       35.2     Matrix pricing   Quoted prices   100% - 116% (105%)   98% - 122% (109%)
Fixed maturity securities     0.8       5.4     Loan Recovery Value   Recovery rate   26% - 100% (26%)   56% - 100% (82%)
Fixed maturity securities     3.4       35.7     Broker-quoted   Offered quotes   100%   97% - 100% (100%)
Loan participations           1.8     Loan Recovery Value   Recovery rate     52% - 100% (71%)
Total   $ 140.0     $ 182.0                  
Liabilities                                
Insurance reserves   $ 1,692.0     $ 1,685.9     Discounted cash flow   Non-performance risk spread   0.26%   0.32%
                        Risk margin to reflect uncertainty   0.53%   0.50%
Total   $ 1,692.0     $ 1,685.9                  

 

See Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies and Practices and Recent Accounting Pronouncements, for additional discussion of the significant unobservable inputs used in for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements of financial instruments carried at fair value.

 

  15  

 

 

The following tables summarize changes to the Company’s financial instruments carried at fair value and classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for Fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015. The gains and losses below may include changes in fair value due in part to observable inputs that are a component of the valuation methodology.

 

    Fiscal 2017  
          Total Gains (Losses)                       Net        
    Balance at
Beginning
of Period
    Included
in
Earnings
    Included
in AOCI
    Purchases     Sales     Settlements     Transfer
In (Out) of
Level 3 (a)
    Balance at
End of
Period
 
Assets                                                                
Related party investments   $ 98.4     $ (3.9 )   $     $     $     $     $     $ 94.5  
Other invested assets included in other assets     5.5       2.6                                     8.1  
Funds withheld receivables     78.1       (5.7 )           1.2       (11.2 )           (25.0 )     37.4  
Total assets at fair value   $ 182.0     $ (7.0 )   $     $ 1.2     $ (11.2 )   $     $ (25.0 )   $ 140.0  

 

          Total (Gains) Losses                       Net        
    Balance at
Beginning
of Period
    Included
in
Earnings
    Included
in AOCI
    Purchases     Sales     Settlements     transfer
In (Out) of
Level 3
    Balance at
End of
Period
 
Liabilities                                                                
Insurance reserves   $ 1,685.9     $ 108.3     $     $     $     $ (102.2 )   $     $ 1,692.0  
Total liabilities at fair value   $ 1,685.9     $ 108.3     $     $     $     $ (102.2 )   $     $ 1,692.0  

 

(a) During Fiscal 2017, the net transfers out of Level 3 was exclusively to Level 2. The transfers from Level 3 were related to changes in the primary pricing source and changes in the observability of external information used in determining the fair value.

 

    Fiscal 2016  
          Total Gains (Losses)                       Net        
    Balance at
Beginning
of Period
    Included
in
Earnings
    Included
in AOCI
    Purchases     Sales     Settlements     Transfer
In (Out) of
Level 3 (a)
    Balance at
End of
Period
 
                                                 
Assets                                                                
Corporate fixed maturity securities   $ 14.1     $ (0.5 )   $     $     $ (13.6 )   $     $     $  
Related party investments     61.7       (9.3 )           46.0                         98.4  
Other invested assets included in other assets     2.8       2.7                                     5.5  
Funds withheld receivables     74.7       (3.6 )           36.2       (34.4 )           5.2       78.1  
Total assets at fair value   $ 153.3     $ (10.7 )   $     $ 82.2     $ (48.0 )   $     $ 5.2     $ 182.0  

 

          Total (Gains) Losses                       Net        
    Balance at
Beginning
of Period
    Included
in
Earnings
    Included
in
AOCI
    Purchases     Sales     Settlements     transfer In
(Out) of
Level 3
    Balance at
End of
Period
 
Liabilities                                                                
Insurance reserves   $ 1,731.9     $ 162.7     $     $     $     $ (208.7 )   $     $ 1,685.9  
Total liabilities at fair value   $ 1,731.9     $ 162.7     $     $     $     $ (208.7 )   $     $ 1,685.9  

 

(a) During Fiscal 2016, the net transfers into Level 3 were exclusively from Level 2. The transfers into Level 3 were related to changes in the primary pricing source and changes in the observability of external information used in determining the fair value.

 

  16  

 

 

    Fiscal 2015  
          Total Gains (Losses)                       Net        
    Balance at
Beginning
of Period
    Included
in
Earnings
    Included
in
AOCI
    Purchases     Sales     Settlements     Transfer
In (Out) of
Level 3 (a)
    Balance at
End of
Period
 
Assets                                                                
Corporate fixed maturity securities   $ 16.3     $ (2.2 )   $     $     $     $     $     $ 14.1  
Related party investments     115.2       (56.2 )                             2.7       61.7  
Other invested assets included in other assets           (16.3 )                             19.1       2.8  
Funds withheld receivables     58.9       (0.5 )           30.4       (14.1 )                 74.7  
Total assets at fair value   $ 190.4     $ (75.2 )   $     $ 30.4     $ (14.1 )   $     $ 21.8     $ 153.3  

 

          Total (Gains) Losses                       Net        
    Balance at
Beginning
of Period
    Included
in
Earnings
    Included
in
AOCI
    Purchases     Sales     Settlements     transfer
In (Out) of
Level 3
    Balance at
End of
Period
 
                                                 
Liabilities                                                                
Insurance reserves   $ 1,408.9     $ (46.2 )   $     $ 444.7     $     $ (75.5 )   $     $ 1,731.9  
Total liabilities at fair value   $ 1,408.9     $ (46.2 )   $     $ 444.7     $     $ (75.5 )   $     $ 1,731.9  

 

(a) During Fiscal 2015, the net transfer to Level 3 was related to a loan receivable previously classified as a related party loan.

 

The Company reviews the fair value hierarchy classifications each reporting period. Changes in the observability of the valuation attributes may result in a reclassification of certain financial assets or liabilities. Such reclassifications are reported as transfers in and out of Level 3, or between other levels, at the beginning fair value for the reporting period in which the changes occur. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 for Fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

Financial Assets and Liabilities Not Measured at Fair Value

 

The carrying amount, estimated fair value and the level of the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s financial instrument assets and liabilities which are not measured at fair value in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets are summarized as follows:

 

    September 30, 2017  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Fair Value     Carrying
Amount
 
Assets (a)                                        
Policy loans, included in funds withheld receivables   $     $     $ 8.0     $ 8.0     $ 8.0  
Total financial assets   $     $     $ 8.0     $ 8.0     $ 8.0  

 

    September 30, 2016  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Fair Value     Carrying
Amount
 
Assets (a)                                        
Policy loans, included in funds withheld receivables   $     $     $ 8.5     $ 8.5     $ 8.5  
Total financial assets   $     $     $ 8.5     $ 8.5     $ 8.5  

 

(a) The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable and accrued investment income approximate fair value due to their short duration and, accordingly, they are not presented in the tables above.

 

  17  

 

 

(5) Funds Withheld Receivables

 

FSRC’s funds withheld receivables, excluding related party investments of $74.9 at September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, are summarized as follows:

 

    September 30, 2017  
    Cost or
Amortized Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Carrying Value  
Funds withheld receivables with FGL                                        
Corporates   $ 636.4     $ 15.5     $ (18.6 )   $ 633.3     $ 633.3  
Asset/Mortgage-backed securities     172.3       1.8       (2.3 )     171.8       171.8  
Municipals     6.3       0.1       (0.1 )     6.3       6.3  
Government bonds     1.1             (0.1 )     1.0       1.0  
Preferred stock     8.0       0.2       (0.9 )     7.3       7.3  
Total funds withheld receivables with FGL     824.1       17.6       (22.0 )     819.7       819.7  
Funds withheld receivables with third parties                                        
Corporates     387.1       9.0       (2.5 )     393.6       393.6  
Asset/Mortgage-backed securities     136.4       2.3       (5.0 )     133.7       133.7  
Municipals     95.9       2.7       (0.1 )     98.5       98.5  
Government bonds     82.7       0.1       (2.7 )     80.1       80.1  
Agency bonds     7.3       0.1             7.4       7.4  
Total funds withheld receivables with third parties     709.4       14.2       (10.3 )     713.3       713.3  
Total fixed maturity and equity securities included in funds withheld receivables     1,533.5       31.8       (32.3 )     1,533.0       1,533.0  
Call option receivable from FGL included in funds withheld receivables     8.5       6.0             14.5       14.5  
Accrued interest     17.0                   17.0       17.0  
Net receivables     73.6                   73.6       73.6  
Policy loans and other     8.0                   8.0       8.0  
Total funds withheld receivables   $ 1,640.6     $ 37.8     $ (32.3 )   $ 1,646.1     $ 1,646.1  

 

  18  

 

 

    September 30, 2016  
    Cost or
Amortized Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value     Carrying Value  
Funds withheld receivables with FGL                                        
Corporates   $ 638.5     $ 18.2     $ (29.5 )   $ 627.2     $ 627.2  
Asset/Mortgage-backed securities     238.8       0.6       (7.9 )     231.5       231.5  
Municipals     12.1       0.7             12.8       12.8  
Government bonds     1.1                   1.1       1.1  
Preferred stock     8.8       0.3       (0.9 )     8.2       8.2  
Total funds withheld receivables with FGL     899.3       19.8       (38.3 )     880.8       880.8  
Funds withheld receivables with third parties                                        
Corporates     390.0       18.8       (2.7 )     406.1       406.1  
Asset/Mortgage-backed securities     118.7       1.9       (1.7 )     118.9       118.9  
Municipals     49.5       4.1             53.6       53.6  
Government bonds     67.7       1.3       (0.2 )     68.8       68.8  
Agency bonds     6.6       0.3             6.9       6.9  
Total funds withheld receivables with third parties     632.5       26.4       (4.6 )     654.3       654.3  
Total fixed maturity and equity securities included in funds withheld receivables     1,531.8       46.2       (42.9 )     1,535.1       1,535.1  
Call option receivable from FGL included in funds withheld receivables     9.8       1.5             11.3       11.3  
Accrued interest     17.8                   17.8       17.8  
Net receivables     77.7                   77.7       77.7  
Policy loans and other     8.5                   8.5       8.5  
Total funds withheld receivables   $ 1,645.6     $ 47.7     $ (42.9 )   $ 1,650.4     $ 1,650.4  

 

Maturities of Funds Withheld Receivables

 

The amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity and equity securities included in funds withheld receivables by contractual maturities, as applicable, are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or pre-pay obligations.

 

    September 30, 2017  
    Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
Corporate, Non-structured Hybrids, Municipal and Preferred stock:                
Due in one year or less   $ 35.1     $ 34.7  
Due after one year through five years     178.4       177.4  
Due after five years through ten years     492.9       495.9  
Due after ten years     511.5       512.4  
Subtotal     1,217.9       1,220.4  
Other securities which provide for periodic payments:                
Asset/Mortgage-backed securities     308.7       305.5  
Structured hybrids     6.9       7.1  
Total fixed maturity and equity securities included in funds withheld receivables   $ 1,533.5     $ 1,533.0  

 

  19  

 

 

Net investment gains (losses)

 

“Net investment gains (losses)” reported in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss were as follows:

 

    Fiscal  
    2017     2016     2015  
Realized losses on available-for-sale securities not included in funds withheld receivables   $ (0.8 )   $ (0.5 )   $ (2.2 )
Realized losses on equity securities not included in funds withheld receivables                 (4.7 )
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on related party investments and other invested assets not included in funds withheld receivables     0.7       (5.6 )     (49.8 )
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments not included in funds withheld receivables     6.8       3.8       (7.6 )
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on funds withheld receivables     90.1       150.3       (43.4 )
Net investment gains (losses)   $ 96.8     $ 148.0     $ (107.7 )

 

Concentration of Securities Included in Funds Withheld Receivables

 

As of September 30, 2017 and 2016, FSRC’s most significant investment in one industry, excluding United States (“U.S.”) Government securities, was its investment securities in the financial sector with a fair value of $234.5, or 15.3% and $232.8, or 14.1%, respectively, of the funds withheld receivables portfolio and an amortized cost of $230.0 and $227.2, respectively. As of September 30, 2017 and 2016, the FSRC’s holdings in this industry include investments in 99 and 81 different issuers, respectively, with the top ten investments accounting for 43.9% and 48.0%, respectively, of the total holdings in this industry.

 

As of September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company had investments in 11 and 7 issuers, respectively, that exceeded 10% of stockholders equity with a total fair value of $155.8 or 9.5% and $115.6 or 7.0%, respectively of the funds withheld receivables portfolio.

 

The Company’s largest concentration in any single issuer as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 was in Citigroup Inc. which had a total fair value of $17.3 or 1.1% and $22.0 or 1.3%, respectively, of the funds withheld receivables portfolio.

 

Concentrations of Financial and Capital Markets Risk

 

The Company is exposed to financial and capital markets risk, including changes in interest rates and credit spreads which can have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. The Company expects to continue to face challenges and uncertainties that could adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company’s exposure to such financial and capital markets risk relates primarily to the market price and cash flow variability associated with changes in interest rates. A rise in interest rates, in the absence of other countervailing changes, will increase the net unrealized loss position of FSRC’s fund withheld receivables and, if long-term interest rates rise dramatically within a six to twelve month time period, certain of the FSRC’s reinsured products may be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that policyholders may surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment, requiring FSRC to liquidate assets in an unrealized loss position. This risk is mitigated to some extent by surrender charge protection provided by the products reinsured by FSRC.

 

Insurance Counterparty Risk

 

Through FSRC, the Company is exposed to insurance counterparty risk, which is the potential for FSRC to incur losses due to a client, retrocessionaire, or partner becoming distressed or insolvent. This includes run-on-the-bank risk and collection risk. The run-on-the-bank risk is that a client’s in force block incurs substantial surrenders and/or lapses due to credit impairment, reputation damage or other market changes affecting the counterparty. Substantially higher than expected surrenders and/or lapses could result in inadequate in force business to recover cash paid out for acquisition costs. The collection risk for clients and retrocessionaires includes their inability to satisfy a reinsurance agreement because the right of offset is disallowed by the receivership court; the reinsurance contract is rejected by the receiver, resulting in a premature termination of the contract; and/or the security supporting the transaction becomes unavailable to FSRC. FSRC has never experienced a material default in connection with retrocession arrangements, nor has it experienced any material difficulty in collecting claims recoverable from retrocessionaires; however, no assurance can be given as to the future performance of such retrocessionaires or as to the recoverability of any such claims.

 

  20  

 

 

(6) Other Assets

 

“Other assets” in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets consist of the following:

 

    September 30,  
    2017     2016  
Other invested assets   $ 8.1     $ 5.5  
Derivatives     13.1       5.9  
Asset-based loans           1.7  
Investment funds     3.4       2.9  
Other assets     0.7       3.0  
Total other assets   $ 25.3     $ 19.0  

 

(7) Income Taxes

 

FSRC has received undertakings from the Governor-in-Cabinet of the Cayman Islands to the provisions of the Tax Concession Law, as amended (1999 Revision), that until the year 2030: (1) no subsequently enacted Cayman Islands law imposing any tax on profits, income, gains or appreciation shall apply to FSRC and (2) no such tax in the nature of an estate duty or an inheritance tax shall be payable on any shares, debentures or other obligations of FSRC. Beginning with the tax year ended December 31, 2012, FSRC made an election under Section 953 (d) of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) to be treated as a U.S. domestic life insurance corporation for tax purposes.

 

FSRB has received undertakings from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda pursuant to Section 2 of the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, that until the year 2035: (1) no subsequently enacted Bermuda legislation imposing tax computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation shall apply to FSRB and (2) no such tax in the nature of our estate duty or an inheritance tax shall be payable on any shares, debentures or other obligations of FSRB. FSRB did not make a Section 953 (d) election.

 

FSRC has historically filed its own U.S. Federal income tax returns. Income tax expense (benefit) was calculated based upon the following components of loss before income taxes:

 

    Fiscal  
    2017     2016     2015  
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes:                        
United States   $ (17.6 )   $ (12.5 )   $ (68.7 )
Outside the United States                  
Total loss before income taxes   $ (17.6 )   $ (12.5 )   $ (68.7 )

 

The components of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:

 

    Fiscal  
    2017     2016     2015  
Current:                        
Federal   $ 1.5     $ (17.4 )   $ (16.4 )
Deferred:                        
Federal     0.1       23.6       (7.6 )
Income tax expense (benefit)   $ 1.6     $ 6.2     $ (24.0 )

 

  21  

 

 

The differences between income taxes expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35.0% and reported income tax expense (benefit) are summarized as follows:

 

    Fiscal  
    2017     2016     2015  
Expected income tax benefit at Federal statutory rate   $ (6.2 )   $ (4.4 )   $ (24.0 )
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets     7.8       12.0        
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit           (1.7 )      
Other           0.3        
Reported income tax expense (benefit)   $ 1.6     $ 6.2     $ (24.0 )
Effective tax rate     (9.48 )%     (49.6 )%     34.9 %

 

For Fiscal 2017, the Company’s effective tax rate of (9.48)% differed from the expected U.S. statutory tax rate of 35.0% and was primarily driven by FSRC an increase in the valuation allowance against its net deferred tax asset, as described below.

 

For Fiscal 2016, the Company’s effective tax rate of (49.6)% differed from the expected U.S. statutory tax rate of 35.0% and was primarily driven by FSRC establishing a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax asset, as described below.

 

For Fiscal 2015, the Company’s effective tax rate was 34.9%.

 

The following table summarizes the components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities:

 

    September 30,  
    2017     2016  
Deferred tax assets:                
Net operating loss carryforwards   $ 17.9     $ 4.4  
Unrealized tax losses on securities     5.9       12.2  
Insurance receivables     0.1       0.4  
AMT credit carryforwards     1.5        
Other     0.1        
Total deferred tax assets     25.5       17.0  
Less: Valuation allowance     (19.8 )     (12.0 )
Net deferred tax assets     5.7       5.0  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:                
Insurance reserves and claim related adjustments     (5.7 )     (4.9 )
Other           (0.1 )
Total deferred tax liabilities     (5.7 )     (5.0 )
Net deferred tax asset   $     $  

 

At September 30, 2017, FSRC had gross U.S. Federal operating loss carryforwards of $17.9 which, if unused, will expire in years 2031 and 2032.

 

In accordance with ASC Topic 740, the Company establishes valuation allowances for deferred tax assets that, in its judgment, are not more-likely-than-not realizable. These judgments are based on projections of future income, including tax-planning strategies, by individual tax jurisdiction. Changes in industry and economic conditions and the competitive environment may impact the accuracy of these projections. In accordance with ASC Topic 740, during each reporting period, the Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be realized and determines if adjustments to its valuation allowances are appropriate. As a result of this assessment, for Fiscal 2017, FSRC increased the valuation allowance to earnings totaling $19.8, as more fully described below.

 

  22  

 

 

The deferred tax assets of FSRC were evaluated for each of the reporting periods, including an assessment of cumulative income over the prior three-year period. Beginning with the tax year ended December 31, 2012, FSRC made an election under the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 953(d) to be treated as a U.S. domestic life insurance corporation for Federal income tax purposes. As of September 30, 2017, FSRC was in a three-year cumulative loss position for U.S. Federal tax purposes, excluding certain non-recurring losses incurred in Fiscal 2015. FSRC considered both positive and negative evidence in its assessment of the realizability of its deferred tax asset and determined the significant negative evidence of primarily the three-year cumulative loss position and lack of capital and operating loss carryback capacity outweighed the positive evidence. Therefore, based on its assessment, FSRC determined it was not more-likely-than-not that the entire $19.8 of FSRC’s net deferred tax asset at September 30, 2017, will be realized. Thus, the valuation allowance against FSRC’s deferred tax assets increased to $19.8 at September 30, 2017.

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

 

The Company applies the accounting guidance for uncertain tax positions which prescribes a minimum recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. The guidance also provides information on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more-likely-than-not sustainable. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) at September 30, 2017 was $0.8. If recognized in the future, $0.5 of UTBs would impact the effective tax rate. The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. At September 30, 2017, the Company’s accrued balances of interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions were $0.1.

 

The total amount of UTBs at September 30, 2016 was $0.5. If recognized in the future, $0.5 of UTBs would impact the effective tax rate. The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. At September 30, 2016, the Company’s accrued balances of interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions were $0.1.

 

The total amount of UTBs at September 30, 2015 were $1.9. If recognized in the future, $1.2 of UTBs would impact the effective tax rate. The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. At September 30, 2015, the Company’s accrued balances of interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions were $0.7.

 

The Company believes its income tax reserves for UTBs are adequate, consistent with the principles of ASC Topic 740. The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of additional tax assessments by jurisdiction and, if necessary, adjusts its tax reserves based on new information or developments.

 

The following table summarizes changes to the Company’s UTB reserves, excluding related interest and penalties:

 

    Fiscal  
    2017     2016     2015  
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year   $ 0.5     $ 1.9     $ 1.2  
Gross increase — tax positions in prior period     0.3             0.7  
Gross decrease — tax positions in prior period           (1.9 )      
Gross increase — tax positions in current period           0.5        
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year   $ 0.8     $ 0.5     $ 1.9  

 

All U.S. Federal income tax returns of FSRC from 2012 and forward are subject to examination by the taxing authorities. In 2017, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has begun an examination of FSRC’s U.S. Federal Income Tax Returns for its calendar tax years 2012 through 2015. FSRC expects to ultimately sustain its tax positions, it is reasonably possible that previously recognized tax benefits could change within the next 12 months. No estimate of the range can be made at this time given the early stage of the IRS exam.

 

  23  

 

 

(8) Related Party Transactions

 

On September 15, 2012, Harbinger Asset Management Holdings, LLC (“HAMCO”), an affiliated company, transferred its account interest in Salus Capital Partners LLC (“Salus”), to FSH; these interests were subsequently transferred from FSH to the Company on December 31, 2012. The account interest consists of HAMCO’s contributed capital to Salus, an affiliated company indirectly owned by HRG that provides asset-based financing, of $32.0 and an annual preferred dividend of 8% (“Preferred Return Account I”). HAMCO retained its interest in Salus’ residual profits and its ability to direct Salus’ operations. After the transfer of the account interest, Salus is considered to be a variable-interest entity. The Company was determined not to be the primary beneficiary of Salus owing to its inability to direct the operating activities of Salus that most significantly impact Salus’ performance and the fact that it was determined not to be closely related to Salus per the VIE tie breaker test prescribed under U.S. GAAP and therefore continues to not consolidate Salus. The Company’s loss exposure at Salus is limited to the recoverability of the interest and principal of preferred equity and interest carried in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets.

 

On February 15, 2013, $15.0 was provided to Salus in exchange for an interest in a newly created preferred return account (“Preferred Return Account II”) with an interest rate of 10% per annum.

 

On April 16, 2013, an additional $15.0 was provided to Salus in exchange for an interest in a newly created preferred return account (“Preferred Return Account III”) with an interest rate of 10% per annum. On January 8, 2014, Preferred Return Account II and Preferred Return Account III were sold to FGL and realized a gain of $3.3. During Fiscal 2014, a capital repayment of $0.9 was made on the Preferred Return Account I investment.

 

During Fiscal 2015, the Company recognized an OTTI of $26.0 on the Preferred Return Account I. Any investment income accrued on this investment was deemed not recoverable; the Company subsequently stopped accruing for investment income from April 2015 and wrote off $1.3 of accrued investment income. The total realized loss on this investment during Fiscal 2015 was $27.3. Investment income related to the Salus Preferred Return Account I investment is included in “Net investment income” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. The total realized loss is included within “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. During Fiscal 2015, the Company also realized a loss of $25.1 in relation to the investments in Salus Preferred Return Accounts II and III, which are held in the FGL funds withheld account. This loss is included within “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. The total loss recognized in Fiscal 2015 in relation to the Salus Preferred Return accounts was $52.4. No accrued investment income was included in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets.

 

During Fiscal 2016, the Company recognized an OTTI of $1.7 on the Preferred Return Account I. The Company also recognized a loss of $1.6 in relation to the investments in Salus Preferred Return Accounts II and III, which are held in the FGL funds withheld account. This loss is included within “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. The total loss recognized in Fiscal 2016 in relation to the Salus Preferred Return accounts was $3.3. No accrued investment income is included in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets.

 

During Fiscal 2017, the Company recognized an OTTI of $1.8 on the Preferred Return Account I. The Company also recognized a loss of $1.8 in relation to the investments in Salus Preferred Return Accounts II and III, which are held in the FGL funds withheld account. This loss is included within “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. The total loss recognized in Fiscal 2017 in relation to the Salus Preferred Return accounts was $3.6. No accrued investment income is included in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets.

 

On March 28, 2014, the Company purchased $1.4 worth of account interests with an annual preferred dividend of 8% (“EIC Preferred”) in Energy and Infrastructure Capital LLC (“EIC”), an affiliated company indirectly owned by HRG. On September 5, 2014, the Company purchased a further $2.0 of the EIC Preferred investment.

 

During Fiscal 2015, on January 23, 2015 and August 7, 2015, the Company purchased an additional $1.5 and $0.6, respectively, of EIC Preferred. During Fiscal 2015, the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets total related to this investment was $5.5. On January 14, 2016, the Company purchased an additional $1.4 of EIC Preferred, bringing the total investment in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets to $6.9. During Fiscal 2016, HRG wound down the operations of EIC. The Company recognized an OTTI of $6.9. Any investment income accrued on this investment was deemed not recoverable; the Company subsequently stopped accruing for investment income from June 2016 and wrote off $0.7 of accrued investment income.

 

The Company’s loss exposure at EIC is limited to the recoverability of the interest and principal of preferred equity and interest carried on the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets. Investment income related to the EIC Preferred investment is included in “Net investment income” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. In prior years, the accrued investment income was included in “Other assets” in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets.

 

  24  

 

 

On April 24, 2013, FSRC entered into a master participation agreement (“Salus MPA”) with Salus; where Salus originates loans to third-party businesses and Salus sells a pro-rata participation interest to FSRC. On June 27, 2014, the Company subsequently entered into an Investment Management Agreement (“Salus IMA”) with Salus. Under the Salus IMA, Salus originates loans to third-parties and sells a pro-rata participation interest to FSRC. The loans sold to FSRC under the Salus IMA are similar in nature to those under the Salus MPA. Salus targets lending to an underserved mid-market due to few providers with limited access to capital; the loans are highly structured, low risk debt instruments through first-lien collateral lending.

 

During Fiscal 2015 in July 2015, FSRC sold $9.3 of these loans to FGL at cost price. As of year-end, the total of these loans in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets was $4.5. The Company recognized an OTTI of $5.3 related to the RadioShack “RS” loan (RS filed for bankruptcy on February 5, 2015) and an OTTI of $16.3 in respect of the Fredericks of Hollywood “FOH” loan (FOH filed for bankruptcy on April 20, 2015). Any investment income accrued on the RS and FOH loans was deemed not recoverable; the Company subsequently stopped accruing for investment income from the bankruptcy dates. The total realized loss on these loans during Fiscal 2015 was $21.6. The total realized loss is included within “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. The accrued investment income related to the Salus loans (excluding the RS and FOH loans) is included in “Other assets” in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets. The balance payable for investment management fees is included in “Other liabilities” in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets. Investment income as well as any asset management fees related to these loans is included in “Net investment income” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss.

 

During Fiscal 2016 and 2017, the total balance of these loans recognized in “Other assets” in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets (excluding FOH) was $1.7 and $Nil. The Company recognized an OTTI of $0.1 and $1.1 and a realized loss of $0.1 on these investments recorded in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss.

 

During Fiscal 2016 and 2017 the RS loan realized a gain of $1.2 and $0.1 during the year. During 2016 an unrealized pre-tax gain of $0.3 ($0.2 post tax) was recorded in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” in the accompanying Combined Statement of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity, which was subsequently reversed and recognized as a realized gain of $0.1 in fiscal 2017.

 

As a result of the FOH liquidation, the Company received a stream of royalty income to replace the previous FOH loan. This royalty receivable asset has been classified as “Other assets” in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets valued at $5.5 and $8.1 as of September 30, 2016 and 2017. An unrealized gain of $2.7 and $2.6 was recognized on the royalty receivable and this was recorded in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss during Fiscal 2016 and 2017.

 

There was no accrued investment income related to the Salus loans in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets. There was no balance payable for investment management fees in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets.

 

Salus periodically consolidates their originated loans into a collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) offering. On September 19, 2013, FSRC purchased a $2.4 Class F Note and a $3.0 Subordinated Note from the $260.0 CLO offering.

 

Accrued investment income related to the Class F Note and the Subordinate Note was recognized in “Related party investments” in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets. Investment income on these investments was included in “Net investment income” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss .

 

During Fiscal 2015 in January 2015, FSRC sold the $3.0 Subordinated Note to FGL and realized a loss of $0.2 from the sale in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. As of year-end, FSRC held the Class F Note at $2.3 in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets.

 

During Fiscal 2015, the Company realized a loss of approximately $1.2 in relation to the investment in the Subordinated Note, which is held in the FGL funds withheld account. This loss is included in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss.

 

During Fiscal 2016, the Company’s investment in the Class F Note was redeemed at par of $2.4 and a gain of $0.1 was recognized in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. In the FGL funds withheld account, the Subordinated Note received a redemption of approximately 2% of par of $0.1. As of year-end, the FGL funds withheld account holds the subordinated note of $2.9 par, at a market value of $0.8.

 

  25  

 

 

During Fiscal 2017, $0.8 par of the Subordinated Note was redeemed and $2.1 was recorded as a loss in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss, leaving the market value at yearend of $Nil in the FGL funds withheld account. There is no accrued investment income related to any CLO’s in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets.

 

On December 31, 2012, the Company entered into its first reinsurance contract, a quota share agreement covering a 10% of FGL’s in force annuity block not already reinsured on a funds withheld basis. The reinsurance agreement covers individual fixed annuities, equity indexed and payout annuities.

 

Effective September 17, 2014, the Company entered into a second reinsurance contract with FGL, a 30% quota share agreement covering new business of FGL’s MYGA product on a funds withheld basis. This reinsurance agreement was terminated for new business as of April 30, 2015.

 

The accompanying Combined Balance Sheets accounts related to the above reinsurance contracts with FGL are “Related party investments”, “Funds withheld receivables”, and “Insurance reserves” and the accompanying Combined Statements of Operations transactions are included in “Net investment income”, “Net investment gains (losses)” and “Benefits and other changes in policy reserves”. The related party investments included in the FGL funds withheld asset at fair value in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets for Fiscal 2017 and 2016 are as follows: Salus Preferred Return Accounts II and III of $1.5 and $3.3, respectively; HGI Energy note of $71.4 and $71.8; and Salus CLO’s of $0.0 and $0.8, respectively.

 

Related to the reinsurance agreement with FGL, on December 31, 2012, the Company originally entered into an investment management agreement with HAMCO, an affiliated company indirectly owned by HRG, to provide investment manager services to the funds withheld account. In addition to the Salus IMA, the Company subsequently entered into investment management agreements, to provide investment manager services to the funds withheld account, with the following affiliated companies indirectly owned by HRG: Five Island Asset Management, LLC “FlAM” (subsequently ceased trading on February 20, 2015) and EIC (subsequently ceased trading around June 2016). During fiscal 2016 asset management fees recorded in “Net investment income” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss for FlAM, EIC and Salus were $Nil (2015: $2.0), $0.1, (2015: $0.2) and $Nil (2015: $0.1). In prior years, the balance payable for investment management fees was included in “Other liabilities” in the Combined Balance Sheets. There are no balance payables as at the end of the current fiscal year.

 

During Fiscal 2015, FSRC also entered into an IMA with EIC to provide investment manager services to the funds withheld account of one its non-affiliated treaties. EIC originates loans to third-parties and sells a pro-rata participation interest to FSRC. FSRC contributed $1.5 in December 2014 to its first loan participation with EIC. This investment was sold to one of the Company’s non-affiliated treaties in April 2015, where the Company realized a gain of $0.1 from sale. The realized gain is included in “Net investment gains (losses)” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. Investment income as well as any asset management fees related to these loans is included in “Net investment income” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. As of September 30, 2017, the Company had no loan participations through EIC included in debt securities in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets. Included in “Funds withheld receivables” in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets during Fiscal 2017 and 2016, from one of the non-affiliated treaties, are loan participations through EIC of $3.4 and $3.8, respectively.

 

In February 2013, in connection with the acquisition of EXCO Resources, Inc. by HGI Energy Holdings, LLC (“HGI Energy”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of HRG, HGI Energy entered into a note purchase agreement with two of its affiliates, FGL and the Company, for $100.0 notional aggregate principal amount due February 14, 2021. The notes paid interest at 9.0% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and July 1. Following the sale of Compass Production Partners, a majority-owned subsidiary of HGI Energy, in Fiscal 2016, the notes were replaced with $92.0 notional aggregate amount of new notes with an interest rate of 0.71% due on August 22, 2017. FGL’s portion of the new notes of $46.0 was then transferred to a reinsurance funds withheld account, for which FSRC bears the investment risk. In relation to the notes with HGI Energy, for Fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized $0.7, $4.1 and $4.5, respectively of net investment income from both the corporate and FGL funds withheld account. During Fiscal 2017, an allonge was issued to the new notes, effective August 21, 2017 extending the redemption date to the earlier of June 30, 2018 and five business days following the date of any occurrence of an FGL change of control. The allonge also changed the interest rate from 0.71% per annum to 1.5% per annum from August 21, 2017.

 

On October 23, 2015, FSRC sold bonds issued by Phoenix Life Insurance Company and received approximately $14.0 in aggregate proceeds from the sale. Jefferies acted as the principal in the transaction.

 

  26  

 

 

On January 1, 2013, FSRC entered into a support services agreement with FSH and FSRB. The agreement allocates the cost of management services and office space between FSH, FSRB and the Company. Effective July 1, 2014, the support services agreement was revised by deleting FSH and adding FSRD. The expense and related revenue recorded by FSRB have been eliminated in the Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss . On October 1, 2015, the Company entered into a support services agreement with HRG. The agreement charges the cost of support services provided to the Company at a fee of $0.2 per quarter. This expense is included in “Acquisition and operating expenses” in the accompanying Combined Statements of Comprehensive Loss. The payable due is included in “Other liabilities” in the accompanying Combined Balance Sheets.

 

The Company’s related party investments as of September 30, 2017 and 2016, and related Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income impact for Fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 are summarized as follows:

 

        September 30,  
Description   Balance Sheet Classification   2017     2016  
Assets:                    
HGI Energy Notes   Related party investments   $ 91.6     $ 91.0  
Salus Preferred Equity   Related party investments     3.1       6.7  
Spectrum Brands (a)   Related party investments     2.2        
Salus CLO   Related party investments           0.7  
Funds withheld receivables with FGL   Funds withheld receivable     903.5       978.8  
                     
Liabilities:                    
Insurance reserves   Insurance reserves     975.9       1,054.1  
Accounts payable to HRG   Other liabilities     0.2       0.2  

 

(a) In October 2016, FGL purchased bonds of Spectrum Brands, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of HRG.

 

    Fiscal  
Statement of Comprehensive Loss Classification   2017     2016     2015  
Net investment income   $ 0.3     $ 2.4     $ 6.1  
Net investment gains (losses)     76.4       101.1       (57.2 )
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves     59.4       96.5       (70.1 )
Acquisition and operating expenses     3.3       0.6        

 

  27  

 

 

(10) Statutory Requirements

 

FSRC is required to maintain a minimum net worth of $0.2 in accordance with its approved business plan with the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority (“CIMA”). The minimum level of net worth was met by FSRC as of September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

CIMA has statutory powers that enable it to use its discretion to require FSRC to conduct its operations in accordance with general or specific conditions which may be imposed by CIMA or may be agreed between CIMA and FSRC. Generally, such matters are set out in the business plan which FSRC files with CIMA and, amongst others, includes reference to the risks assumed and retained by FSRC, the premium funding and capitalization levels, and FSRC’s investment policies.

 

(11) Subsequent Events

 

ASC Topic 855, “Subsequent Events” (“ASC 855”), establishes general standards of accounting and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. ASC 855 requires the Company to evaluate events that occur after the balance sheet date through the date the Company’s financial statements are issued and to determine whether adjustments to or additional disclosures in the financial statements are necessary. The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date these financial statements were issued. No significant events occurred subsequent to September 30, 2017.

 

  28  

 

 

Schedule I

 

FRONT STREET RE (CAYMAN) LTD and FRONT STREET RE LTD

 

Summary of Investments—Other than Investments in Related Parties

 

September 30, 2017

 

(In millions)

 

    Amortized cost     Fair value     Amount at which
shown in the
balance sheet
 
Fixed maturities:                        
Bonds:                        
United States Government and government agencies and authorities   $ 81.2     $ 78.4     $ 78.4  
States, municipalities and political subdivisions     102.2       104.8       104.8  
Foreign governments     2.6       2.7       2.7  
Public utilities     174.2       168.7       168.7  
All other corporate bonds     856.6       865.6       865.6  
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized     308.7       305.5       305.5  
Total fixed maturities     1,525.5       1,525.7       1,525.7  
Equity securities:                        
Nonredeemable preferred stock     8.0       7.3       7.3  
Policy loans     8.0       8.0       8.0  
Short term investments     90.6       90.6       90.6  
Derivative investments     8.5       14.5       14.5  
Total investments included in funds withheld receivables (b)     1,640.6       1,646.1       1,646.1  
Derivatives investments included in Other Assets     6.3       13.1       13.1  

 

(a) Represents (i) original cost reduced by repayments and other-than-temporary impairments and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accrual of discounts for fixed maturity securities, (ii) original cost reduced by other-than-temporary impairments for equity securities, (iii) original cost for derivative investments, and (iv) unpaid principal balance reduced by an allowance for credit losses for commercial-mortgage and asset-based loans.

 

(b) This represents the underlying investments in FSRC’s funds withheld receivables portfolio.

 

See accompanying Independent Auditor’s Report.

 

  29  

 

 

Schedule III

 

FRONT STREET RE (CAYMAN) LTD and FRONT STREET RE LTD

 

Supplementary Insurance Information

 

(In millions)

 

    As of or for the year ended
September 30,
 
    2017     2016     2015  
Life Insurance (single segment):                        
Future policy benefits, losses, claims and loss expenses   $ 1,692.0     $ 1,685.9     $ 1,731.9  
Net investment income (loss)     96.8       148.0       (107.7 )
Benefits, claims, losses and settlement expenses     103.4       153.2       (43.5 )
Other operating expenses     (11.3 )     (9.7 )     (13.4 )

 

See accompanying Independent Auditor’s Report.

 

  30  

 

 

Schedule IV

 

FRONT STREET RE (CAYMAN) LTD and FRONT STREET RE LTD

 

Reinsurance

 

(In millions)

 

Fiscal 2017   Gross Amount     Ceded to other
companies
    Assumed from
other companies
    Net Amount     Percentage
of amount
assumed to net
 
Life insurance in force   $     $     $ 233.0     $ 233.0       100 %
Premiums and other considerations:                                        
Traditional life insurance premiums   $     $     $ 2.8     $ 2.8       100 %
Accident and health insurance premiums                 87.0       87.0       100 %
Total premiums and other considerations   $     $     $ 89.8     $ 89.8       100 %

 

Fiscal 2016   Gross Amount     Ceded to other
companies
    Assumed from
other companies
    Net Amount     Percentage
of amount
assumed to net
 
Life insurance in force   $     $     $ 244.5     $ 244.5       100.0 %
Premiums and other considerations:                                        
Traditional life insurance premiums   $     $     $ 3.1     $ 3.1       100.0 %
Accident and health insurance premiums                 92.2       92.2       100.0 %
Total premiums and other considerations   $     $     $ 95.3     $ 95.3       100.0 %

 

Fiscal 2015   Gross Amount     Ceded to other
companies
    Assumed from
other companies
    Net Amount     Percentage
of amount
assumed to net
 
Life insurance in force   $     $     $ 255.5     $ 255.5       100.0 %
Premiums and other considerations:                                        
Traditional life insurance premiums   $     $     $ 2.5     $ 2.5       100.0 %
Accident and health insurance premiums                 89.3       89.3       100.0 %
Total premiums and other considerations   $     $     $ 91.8     $ 91.8       100.0 %

 

See accompanying Independent Auditor’s Report.

 

  31  

 

 

 

 Exhibit 99.2

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are based on the historical financial statements of CF Corp. and FGL, as well as the historical combined financial statements of Front Street Re (Cayman) Ltd. and Front Street Re Ltd. (collectively, “FSR”). CF Corp., FGL and FSR shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Combined Company.”

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and related notes have been prepared utilizing period ends that differ by fewer than 93 days, as permitted by Regulation S-X. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 give pro forma effect to the Transactions (described below) as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 assumes that the Transactions had been consummated on September 30, 2017. These periods are presented on the basis of CF Corp. as the accounting acquirer.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 has been prepared using and should be read in conjunction with the following:

 

· CF Corp.’s unaudited condensed balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 and the related notes in CF Corp.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2017, which is incorporated by reference into this Current Report on Form 8-K;

 

· FGL’s audited consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 and the related notes in FGL’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended September 30, 2017, which is incorporated by reference into this Current Report on Form 8-K; and

 

· FSR’s audited combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 and the related notes, which are included elsewhere in this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 has been prepared using and should be read in conjunction with the following:

 

· CF Corp.’s audited statement of operations for the period from February 26, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016 and the related notes in CF Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, which is incorporated by reference into this Current Report on Form 8-K;

 

· FGL’s audited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended September 30, 2016 and the related notes in FGL’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, which is incorporated by reference into this Current Report on Form 8-K; and

 

· FSR’s audited combined statement of comprehensive loss for the year ended September 30, 2016 and the related notes, which are included elsewhere in this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 has been prepared using and should be read in conjunction with the following:

 

· CF Corp.’s unaudited condensed statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the related notes in CF Corp.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2017, which are incorporated by reference into this Current Report on Form 8-K;

 

· FGL’s unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended June 30, 2017, derived from the books and records underlying FGL’s audited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended September 30, 2017 and the related notes in FGL’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2017, which are incorporated by reference into this Current Report on Form 8-K; and

 

· FSR’s unaudited condensed combined statement of comprehensive loss for the nine months ended June 30, 2017, derived from the books and records underlying FSR’s audited combined statement of comprehensive loss for the year ended September 30, 2017 and the related notes, which are included elsewhere in this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

CF Corp. is a blank check company incorporated on February 26, 2016. CF Corp. consummated its initial public offering of 60,000,000 units for $10.00 per unit on May 25, 2016. On June 29, 2016, CF Corp. consummated the closing of the sale of 9,000,000 additional units pursuant to the exercise in full of the underwriters’ overallotment option. Simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering, CF Corp. consummated a private placement to the Sponsor of 14,000,000 warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant, generating gross proceeds of $14 million, and simultaneously with the consummation of the exercise of the overallotment option, CF Corp. consummated a private placement to the Sponsor of an additional 1,800,000 warrants, generating gross proceeds of $1.8 million. Upon the closing of the initial public offering, overallotment option and the private placement, $691 million from the net proceeds thereof was placed in a trust account and invested in a money market fund selected by CF Corp. As a special purpose acquisition company, CF Corp.’s purpose is to effect a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses. Effective May 24, 2017, CF Corp., FGL and FSR reached agreements under which CF Corp. would concurrently acquire all of the outstanding equity of the aforementioned entities pursuant to the Merger Agreement and a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Share Purchase Agreement”). On November 30, 2017, CF Corp. completed the business combination and its acquisition of FSR (the “Share Purchase”).

 

  1  

 

 

FGL provides its principal life and annuity products through its insurance subsidiaries, FGLIC and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York. FGL’s customers range across a variety of age groups and are concentrated in the middle-income market. FGL’s fixed indexed annuities provide for pre-retirement wealth accumulation and post-retirement income management. FGL’s life insurance provides wealth protection and transfer opportunities through indexed universal life products. Life and annuity products are primarily distributed through independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents.

 

FSR provides life and annuity reinsurance services, such as reinsurance on asset intensive, long duration life and annuity liabilities.

 

CF Corp. acquired FGL in exchange for cash consideration of $31.10 per share of FGL common stock totaling approximately $1.8 billion CF Corp. concurrently acquired FSR for cash consideration of $65 million, subject to certain adjustments. In addition, HRG, FS Holdco, CF Corp. and FGL US Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation and Parent agreed that FS Holdco may, at its option, cause Parent and FS Holdco to make a joint election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code with respect to the business combination and the deemed share purchases of FGL’s subsidiaries. If FS Holdco opts to make such an election, it will be required to pay Parent $30 million, plus additional specified amounts determined by reference to FGL’s incremental current tax costs attributable to the election, if any, and Parent will be required to pay FS Holdco additional specified amounts determined by reference to FGL’s incremental current tax savings attributable to the election, if any.

 

Consideration for the business combination and the Share Purchase were funded through the following sources and transactions (collectively the “Financing” and collectively with the business combination and the Share Purchase, the “Transactions”):

 

· Investments and cash equivalents held in the trust account of up to $694 million related to CF Corp.’s initial public offering of Class A ordinary shares. The proceeds will become available upon consummation of the business combination;

 

· The sale of 51,000,000 ordinary shares to anchor investors pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, resulting in gross proceeds of  $510 million;

 

· The sale of 36,000,000 ordinary shares pursuant to certain equity commitment letters, resulting in gross proceeds of  $360 million;

 

· The sale of 20,000,000 ordinary shares in connection with the rights of first offer contained in the forward purchase agreements, resulting in gross proceeds of  $200 million; and

 

· The sale of Series A and Series B Redeemable Preferred Shares of CF Corp. and 8,370,000 ordinary shares to GSO and FNF or their respective designees resulting in gross proceeds of $375 million. The preferred shares carry a paid-in-kind dividend option at the Combined Company’s election. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not reflect the payment of such in-kind dividends due to management’s discretion on exercising said option.

 

The business combination and Share Purchase were accounted for under the scope of ASC 805. Pursuant to ASC 805, CF Corp. was determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

 

· CF Corp. paid cash consideration for all of the equity in FGL and FSR; and

 

· The existing shareholders of CF Corp. and new shareholders in CF Corp. retained all of the voting rights in the Combined Company.

 

The evidence discussed above supports the conclusion that CF Corp. is the accounting acquirer in each of the business combination and Share Purchase.

 

Each of FGL and FSR constitutes a business, with inputs, processes, and outputs. Accordingly, each of the business combination and Share Purchase constitutes the acquisition of a business for purposes of ASC 805, and due to the changes in control from the business combination and Share Purchase, are accounted for using the acquisition method.

 

  2  

 

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2017

 

    As of September 30, 2017           Purchase                 As of September
30, 2017
 
    CF Corp.
(Historical)
    FGL
(Historical)
    FSR
(Historical)
    Combined     Accounting
Adjustments
    Intercompany
Eliminations (c)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Combined Pro
Forma
 
    (in millions)  
Assets                                                                
Investments:                                                                
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value   $ -     $ 21,154     $ -     $ 21,154     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 21,154  
Equity securities, available-for-sale, at fair value     -       773       -       773       -       -       -       773  
Derivative investments     -       413       -       413       -       -       -       413  
Commercial mortgage loans     -       547       -       547       5 (b)     -       -       552  
Other invested assets     -       185       -       185       (3 )(b)     -       -       182  
Related party investments     -       -       98       98       -       (6 )     -       92  
Total investments     -       23,072       98       23,170       2       (6 )     -       23,166  
Related party loans     -       71       -       71       -       (71 )     -       -  
Funds withheld receivable     -       -       1,648       1,648       -       (902 )     -       746  
Cash and cash equivalents     -       885       29       914       (1,902 )(a)     -       694 (f)     958  
                                                      (2 )(g)        
                                                      (25 )(h)        
                                                      362 (i)        
                                                      510 (j)        
                                                      325 (k)        
                                                      (45 )(l)        
                                                      (61 )(n)        
                                                      (12 )(m)        
                                                      200 (o)        
Prepaid expenses     5       -       -       5       -       -       -       5  
Accrued investment income     -       231       -       231       -       -       -       231  
Reinsurance recoverable     -       3,375       -       3,375       40 (b)     (1,016 )     -       2,399  
Intangibles, net     -       1,129       -       1,129       253 (b)     -       -       1,382  
Investments and cash equivalents held in Trust Account     694       -       -       694       -       -       (694 )(f)     -  
Other assets     -       202       27       229       (26 )(b)     (103 )     3 (m)     103  
Total assets   $ 699     $ 28,965     $ 1,802     $ 31,466     $ (1,633 )   $ (2,098 )   $ 1,255     $ 28,990  
                                                                 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity                                                                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 20     $ -     $ -       20       -       -       (18 )(n)     2  
Accrued commitment fee     5       -       -       5       -       -       (5 )(n)     -  
Due to related parties     1       -       -       1       -       -       -       1  
Deferred underwriting commissions and placement agent fees     45       -       -       45       -       -       (45 )(l)     -  
Contractholder funds     -       20,792       -       20,792       696 (b)     -       -       21,488  
Future policy benefits     -       3,412       -       3,412       -       -       -       3,412  
Funds witheld for reinsurance liabilities     -       1,083       -       1,083       -       (1,081 )     -       2  
Liability for policy and contract claims     -       67       -       67       -       -       -       67  
Insurance reserves     -       -       1,692       1,692       -       (976 )     -       716  
Debt     -       300       -       300       9 (b)     -       (9 )(m)     300  
Revolving credit facility     -       105       -       105       -       -       -       105  
Deferred tax liability, net     -       62       -       62       (27 )(d)     -       -       35  
Other liabilities     -       897       6       903       (23 )(b)     -       (10 )(h)     870  
Total liabilities     71       26,718       1,698       28,487       655       (2,057 )     (87 )     26,998  
                                                                 
Commitments                                                                
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption     623       -       -       623       -       -       (623 )(f)     -  
                                                                 
Shareholders' equity                                                                
Preferred shares     -       -       -       -       -       -       280 (i)     280  
Common stock     -       1       -       1       (1 )(e)     -       -       -  
Class A ordinary shares     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Class B ordinary shares     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Additional paid in capital     23       716       170       909       (886 )(e)     -       623 (f)     1,763  
                                                      510 (j)        
                                                      325 (k)        
                                                      200 (o)        
                                                      82 (i)      
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)     (18 )     1,000       (66 )     916       63 (b)     (41 )     (17 )(g)     (51 )
                                      (934 )(e)             (38 )(n)        
Accumulated other comprehensive income     -       543       -       543       (543 )(e)     -       -       -  
Treasury stock     -       (13 )     -       (13 )     13 (e)     -       -       -  
Total shareholders' equity     5       2,247       104       2,356       (2,288 )     (41 )     1,965       1,992  
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity   $ 699     $ 28,965     $ 1,802     $ 31,466     $ (1,633 )   $ (2,098 )   $ 1,255     $ 28,990  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

  3  

 

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

 

    For the period
from February 26,
2016 (Inception) to
December 31, 2016
    For the Year Ended
September 30, 2016
          Purchase                 For the Year
Ended
December 31, 2016
 
    CF Corp.
(Historical)
    FGL
(Historical)
    FSR
(Historical)
    Combined     Accounting
Adjustments
    Intercompany  
Eliminations (dd)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Combined Pro
Forma
 
    (in millions, except share and per share data)  
Revenues:                                                                
Premiums   $ -     $ 70     $ -     $ 70     $ -     $ 3     $ -     $ 73  
Net investment income     -       923       2       925       (19 )(ee)     61       -       967  
Net investment gains     -       19       148       167       -       (59 )     -       108  
Insurance and investment product fees and other     -       127       -       127       -       3       8 (ff)     138  
Total revenues     -       1,139       150       1,289       (19 )     8       8       1,286  
Benefits and expenses:                                                                
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves     -       791       153       944       (45 )(gg)     (49 )     -       850  
Acquisition and operating expenses, net of deferrals     1       119       10       130       (2 )(bb)     -       41 (ff)     169  
Amortization of intangibles     -       54       -       54       68 (aa)     -       -       122  
Total benefits and expenses     1       964       163       1,128       21       (49 )     41       1,141  
Income (loss) from operations     (1 )     175       (13 )     161       (40 )     57       (33 )     145  
Interest income     1       -       -       1       -       -       -       1  
Interest expense     -       (22 )     -       (22 )     -       -       -     (22 )
Income (loss) before income taxes     -       153       (13 )     140       (40 )     57       (33 )     124  
Income tax (benefit) expense     -       56       6       62       (14 )(cc)     21       (12 )(cc)     57  
Net income (loss)   $ -     $ 97     $ (19 )   $ 78     $ (26 )   $ 36     $ (21 )   $ 67  
                                                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding                                                                
Basic     18,560,652                                                 (4)     214,370,000  
Diluted     18,560,652                                                 (4)     214,370,000  
                                                                 
Net earnings per share                                                                
Basic   $ (0.02 )                                                   $ 0.18  
Diluted   $ (0.02 )                                                   $ 0.18  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

  4  

 

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2017

 

    For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30, 2017
    For the Nine Months Ended
June 30, 2017
          Purchase                 For the Nine
Months Ended
September 30, 2017
 
    CF Corp.
(Historical)
    FGL
(Historical)
    FSR
(Historical)
    Combined     Accounting
Adjustments
    Intercompany
Eliminations (dd)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Combined Pro
Forma
 
    (in millions, except share and per share data)  
Revenues:                                                                
Premiums   $ -     $ 26     $ -     $ 26     $ -     $ 1     $ -     $ 27  
Net investment income     -       744       -       744       (14 )(ee)     35       -       765  
Net investment gains     -       199       60       259       -       (33 )     -       226  
Insurance and investment product fees and other     -       125       -       125       -       2       6 (ff)     133  
Total revenues     -       1,094       60       1,154       (14 )     5       6       1,151  
Benefits and expenses:                                                                
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves     -       523       61       584       (34 )(gg)     (9 )     -       541  
Acquisition and operating expenses, net of deferrals     20       101       8       129       (1 )(bb)     -       18 (ff)(hh)     146  
Amortization of intangibles     -       207       -       207       25 (aa)     -       -       232  
Total benefits and expenses     20       831       69       920       (10 )     (9 )     18       919  
Income (loss) from operations     (20 )     263       (9 )     234       (4 )     14       (12 )     232  
Interest income     3       -       -       3       -       -       -       3  
Interest expense     -       (18 )     -       (18 )     -       -       -     (18 )
Income (loss) before income taxes     (17 )     245       (9 )     219       (4 )     14       (12 )     217  
Income tax (benefit) expense     -       84       2       86       (2 )(cc)     5       (4 )(cc)     85  
Net income (loss)   $ (17 )   $ 161     $ (11 )   $ 133     $ (2 )   $ 9     $ (8 )   $ 132  
                                                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding                                                                
Basic     20,541,255                                                 (4)     214,370,000  
Diluted     20,541,255                                                 (4)     214,370,000  
                                                                 
Net earnings per share                                                                
Basic   $ (0.84 )                                                   $ 0.55  
Diluted   $ (0.84 )                                                   $ 0.55  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

  5  

 

  

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

1. Description of each of the business combination and Share Purchase and Basis of Presentation

 

Description of each of the business combination and Share Purchase

 

Effective May 24, 2017, CF Corp., FGL and FSR reached agreements under which CF Corp. would concurrently acquire all of the outstanding equity of the aforementioned entities pursuant to the business combination and Share Purchase. On November 30, 2017, CF Corp. completed its acquisitions of FGL and FSR.

 

FGL provides its principal life and annuity products through its insurance subsidiaries, FGLIC and Fidelity & Guaranty Life Insurance Company of New York. FGL’s customers range across a variety of age groups and are concentrated in the middle-income market. FGL’s fixed indexed annuities provide for pre-retirement wealth accumulation and post-retirement income management. FGL’s life insurance provides wealth protection and transfer opportunities through indexed universal life products. Life and annuity products are primarily distributed through independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents.

 

FSR provides life and annuity reinsurance services, such as reinsurance on asset intensive, long duration life and annuity liabilities.

 

CF Corp. acquired FGL in exchange for cash consideration of $31.10 per share of FGL common stock totaling approximately $1.8 billion. CF Corp. concurrently acquired FSR for cash consideration of $65 million, subject to certain adjustments. In addition, HRG, FS Holdco, CF Corp. and Parent agreed that FS Holdco may, at its option, cause Parent and FS Holdco to make a joint election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code with respect to the business combination and the deemed share purchases of FGL’s subsidiaries. If FS Holdco opts to make such an election, it will be required to pay Parent $30 million, plus additional specified amounts determined by reference to FGL’s incremental current tax costs attributable to the election, if any, and Parent will be required to pay FS Holdco additional specified amounts determined by reference to FGL’s incremental current tax savings attributable to the election, if any.

 

Consideration for the business combination and Share Purchase was funded through the following sources and transactions:

 

· Investments and cash equivalents held in the Trust Account of up to $694 million related to CF Corp.’s initial public offering of Class A ordinary shares. The proceeds will become available upon consummation of the business combination;

 

· The sale of 51,000,000 ordinary shares pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, resulting in gross proceeds of  $510 million;

 

· The sale of 36,000,000 ordinary shares pursuant to certain equity commitment letters, resulting in gross proceeds of  $360 million;

 

· The sale of 20,000,000 ordinary shares in connection with the rights of first offer contained in the forward purchase agreements, resulting in gross proceeds of  $200 million; and

 

· The sale of Series A and Series B Redeemable Preferred Shares of CF Corp. and 8,370,000 common shares to GSO and FNF or their respective designees resulting in gross proceeds of $375 million. The preferred shares carry a paid-in-kind dividend option at the Combined Company’s election. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not reflect the payment of such in-kind dividends due to management’s discretion on exercising said option.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

Each of FGL and FSR constitutes a business, with inputs, processes, and outputs. Accordingly, each of the business combination and Share Purchase constitutes the acquisition of a business for purposes of ASC 805, and due to the changes in control from the business combination and Share Purchase, are accounted for using the acquisition method.

 

Under the acquisition method, the acquisition date fair value of the gross consideration paid by CF Corp. to effect each of the business combination and Share Purchase was allocated to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, as described in Note 5 below. Management has made significant estimates and assumptions in determining the preliminary allocation of the gross consideration transferred in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and in its determination of the pro forma adjustments. As the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared based on these preliminary estimates, the final amounts recorded, including the determination of any goodwill or bargain purchase gain recorded as a result of the business combination or Share Purchase, may differ materially from the information presented.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings, or cost savings that may be associated with the business combination and Share Purchase.

 

  6  

 

  

The pro forma adjustments reflecting the consummation of the business combination and Share Purchase are based on certain currently available information and certain assumptions and methodologies that CF Corp. believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited condensed pro forma adjustments may be revised as additional information becomes available and alternative valuation methodologies are evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments and it is possible the difference may be material. CF Corp. believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the business combination and Share Purchase contemplated based on information available to management at the time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the business combination and Share Purchase taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the Combined Company. They should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and notes thereto of CF Corp., FGL and FSR.

 

2. Accounting Policies

 

Upon consummation of each of the business combination and Share Purchase, CF Corp. will perform a comprehensive review of FGL’s and FSR’s accounting policies. As a result of the review, management may identify differences between the accounting policies of FGL and FSR which, when conformed, could have a material impact on the financial statements of the Combined Company. Based on its initial analysis, management did not identify any differences that would have a material impact on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. As a result, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not assume any differences in accounting policies.

 

3. Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Transactions and has been prepared for informational purposes only.

 

The pro forma combined consolidated provision for income taxes does not necessarily reflect the amounts that would have resulted had the Combined Company filed consolidated income tax returns during the periods presented.

 

The pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share amounts presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined consolidated statements of operations are based upon the number of CF Corp.’s shares outstanding, assuming the Transactions occurred on January 1, 2016.

 

  7  

 

 

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

 

The purchase accounting adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 are as follows:

 

(a) Represents the use of the consideration pursuant to the Merger Agreement and the Share Purchase Agreement to purchase all of the outstanding equity ownership of FGL and FSR.

 

    (in millions except share
and per share data)
 
Shares of FGL common stock outstanding as of the Merger Agreement     58,933,415  
Cash consideration per share to FGL common stockholders   $ 31.10  
Estimated cash consideration to FGL common stockholders   $ 1,833  
Estimated cash consideration for FGL outstanding stock-based compensation awards     4 (1)
Estimated total consideration for FGL     1,837  
Estimated total consideration for FSR     65  
Total estimated consideration   $ 1,902  

 

(1) Excludes amounts paid to redeem certain of FGL’s outstanding unvested stock-based compensation awards as of the date of the Merger Agreement which were determined to relate to post-business combination service periods and will be expensed in CF Corp.’s post-business combination financial statements. Amounts related to FGL’s outstanding unvested stock-based compensation awards were allocated between business combination consideration and post-business combination stock-based compensation expense based on an analysis of the total and remaining service periods related to the settled awards. Amounts related to post-business combination service periods were excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations as they were determined not to have a continuing effect. This allocation has been performed assuming the business combination occurred on September 30, 2017 and is expected to change based on the actual business combination date.

 

(b) Reflects the acquisition method of accounting based on the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities of FGL and FSR as discussed in Note 5 below. FSR’s assets and liabilities are primarily reported at their fair values and no material adjustments to its tangible net assets have been currently identified. The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed related to FGL and FSR exceeded the attributable consideration related to the business combination and Share Purchase. Therefore, bargain purchase gains of $24 million and $39 million, respectively, have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet. This gain has been excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations as it was determined to not have a continuing effect. Additional information regarding the estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired and the tax effect of the purchase accounting is discussed below.

 

    FGL     FSR     Total  
    (in millions)  
Commercial mortgage loans – carrying value   $ 547     $     $ 547  
Commercial mortgage loans – fair value     552             552  
Net purchase accounting adjustment   $ 5     $     $ 5  
                         
Other investments (1) – carrying value   $ 185     $     $ 185  
Other investments – fair value     182             182  
Net purchase accounting adjustment   $ (3 )   $     $ (3 )
                         
Reinsurance recoverables – carrying value   $ 3,375           $ 3,375  
Reinsurance recoverables – fair value     3,415             3,415  
Net purchase accounting adjustment   $ 40           $ 40  
                         
Intangibles, net – carrying value   $ 1,129     $     $ 1,129  
Intangibles, net – fair value     1,382             1,382  
Net purchase accounting adjustment (3)   $ 253     $     $ 253  
                         
Other assets (2) – carrying value   $ 202     $ 27     $ 229  
Other assets – fair value     176       27       203  
Net purchase accounting adjustment   $ (26 )   $     $ (26 )
                         
Contractholder funds – carrying value   $ 20,792     $     $ 20,792  
Contractholder funds (4) – fair value     21,488             21,488  
Net purchase accounting adjustment   $ 696     $     $ 696  
                         
Debt – carrying value   $ 300     $     $ 300  
Debt – fair value     309             309  
Net purchase accounting adjustment   $ 9     $     $ 9  
                         
Other liabilities – carrying value   $ 897     $ 6     $ 903  
Other liabilities – fair value     874       6       880  
Net purchase accounting adjustment (5)   $ (23 )   $     $ (23 )

 

(1) Related to policy loans held within other investments.

 

  8  

 

  

(2) Related to elimination of leasehold improvements and certain fixed assets that are written off due to no ascribed value.

 

(3) Reflects the elimination of FGL’s historical Deferred Acquisition Cost (“DAC”) ($1.1 billion) balance as well as recognition of new Value of Business Acquired (“VOBA”) resulting from the acquisition ($1.3 billion) and other intangible assets ($71 million) as further described below. The VOBA, when combined with the carrying value of the insurance liabilities, produces a fair value of those liabilities. VOBA is based on actuarially determined projections, by each line of business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operating expenses, investment returns and other factors. Actual experience of the purchased business may vary from these projections. VOBA is amortized in relation to estimated gross profits or premiums, depending on product type. For interest-sensitive products, if estimated gross profits differ from expectations, the amortization of VOBA will be adjusted to reflect actual experience. The net adjustment to amortization as a result of eliminating the historical DAC and VOBA is included in adjustment (aa).

 

(4) Adjustment to record contractholder funds at fair value.

 

(5) Reflects the elimination of deferred reinsurance revenue.

 

(c) The following intercompany eliminations between FGL and FSR related to reinsurance ceded by FGL and assumed by FSR upon consolidation by CF Corp. are reflected in these adjustments:

 

    (in millions)  
Assets        
Related party investments     (6 )
Related party loans     (71 )
Funds withheld receivables     (902 )
Reinsurance recoverables     (1,016 )
Other assets (1)     (103 )
         
Liabilities        
Funds withheld for reinsurance liabilities     (1,081 )
Insurance reserves     (976 )

 

(1) Reflects elimination of a funds withheld asset embedded derivative resulting from the reinsurance treaty between FGL and FSR.

 

(d) Represents adjustments to reflect the deferred tax impact of purchase accounting adjustments, resulting in the reversal of FGL’s historical deferred tax liability and the recording of net deferred tax liabilities of  $35 million and none for FGL and FSR, respectively, based on a 35% effective tax rate.

 

  9  

 

 

(e) Reflects the elimination of FGL’s and FSR’s historical equity accounts.

 

    FGL     FSR     Total  
    (in millions)  
Common stock   $ (1 )   $     $ (1 )
Additional paid-in capital     (716 )     (170 )     (886 )
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)     (1,000 )     66       (934 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income     (543 )           (543 )
Treasury stock     13             13  
Total adjustment   $ (2,247 )   $ (104 )   $ (2,351 )

 

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 are as follows:

 

(f) Represents the reclassification of $694 million of cash and cash equivalents held in the trust account that becomes available following the business combination.

 

(g) Reflects the payment of $2 million of cash bonuses payable to certain executives of FGL contingent upon completion of the business combination. Such bonuses have been excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations as they do not have a continuing impact on the Combined Company.

 

(h) Reflects the payment of $25 million related to certain stock-based compensation awards of FGL and FGLH that were accelerated and redeemed pursuant to the business combination.

 

(i) Reflects the receipt of gross proceeds of $375 million from the sale of preferred shares, and 8,370,000 ordinary shares net of $13 million in transaction costs.

 

(j) Reflects the receipt of gross proceeds of $510 million from the sale of 51,000,000 ordinary shares and 19,083,335 warrants pursuant to the forward purchase agreements. $20 million of related underwriting discounts and commissions were previously accrued. The payment of such amounts is included in adjustment (l).

 

(k) Reflects the receipt of gross proceeds of $360 million from the sale of 36,000,000 ordinary shares pursuant to certain equity commitment letters, net of $35 million in transaction costs.

 

(l) Reflects the payment of $45 million of deferred underwriting commissions and placement agent fees contingent upon completion of the business combination.

 

(m) Reflects fees of $3 million paid related to the Company’s Senior Unsecured Revolving Credit Agreement and $9 million paid related to the Company’s solicitation of consents from holders of its 6.375% Senior Notes due 2021, which occurred in connection with the business combination. Such expenses were capitalized as components of other assets and against the carrying amount of the Notes, respectively.

 

(n) Reflects the payment of $61 million of transaction costs incurred in connection with the business combination and Share Purchase, including adjustments to accounts payable and accrued expenses and accrued commitment fee for costs previously accrued, as well as retained earnings for expected to be incurred.

 

(o) Reflects the receipt of gross proceeds of $200 million from the sale of 20,000,000 ordinary shares in connection with the rights of first offer contained in the forward purchase agreements. $8 million of related underwriting discounts and commissions were previously accrued. The payment of such amounts is included in adjustment (l).

 

Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

 

The purchase accounting and pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are as follows:

 

(aa) Represents the sum of the adjustments to record amortization expense related to identifiable definite lived intangible assets. Such intangibles have been amortized using the straight-line method.

 

  10  

 

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2016     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017  
    FGL     FSR     Total     FGL     FSR     Total  
                                     
Historical amortization recognized on DAC and VOBA   $ 54     $ -     $ 54     $ 207     $ -     $ 207  
Amortization after fair value (including VOBA and other intangibles)     122       -       122       232       -       232  
Amortization expense adjustment for the period   $ 68     $ -     $ 68     $ 25     $ -     $ 25  

 

(bb) Represents the elimination of depreciation and amortization expense related to written-off fixed assets and leasehold improvements.

 

(cc) Represents adjustment to income tax expense as a result of the tax impact on the pro forma adjustments related to purchase accounting and pro forma adjustments based on a statutory tax rate of 35% to compute the income tax expense related to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations.

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2016    

Nine Months Ended September

30, 2017

 
    Purchase
Accounting
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Purchase
Accounting
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
 
                         
Pro forma net income (loss) before income taxes   $ (40 )   $ (33 )   $ (4 )   $ (12 )
Effective tax rate     35 %     35 %     35 %     35 %
Income tax (benefit) expense   $ (14 )   $ (12 )   $ (2 )   $ (4 )

 

 

(dd) Reflects adjustments to eliminate intercompany transactions between FGL and FSR:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
2016
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2017
 
             
Premiums     3       1  
Net investment income     61       35  
Net investment gains (losses)     (59 )     (33 )
Insurance and investment product fees and other     3       2  
Benefits and other changes in policy reserves     49       9  
Income tax (benefit) expense     (21 )     (5 )
Impact to net income (loss)     36       9  

 

(ee) Represents adjustment to net investment income to amortize the fair value adjustment to FGL’s investments.

 

(ff) Reflects the payment of an investment management fee, calculated as 30 bps of assets under management, from FGLIC to the Investment Manager as well as the payment of an investment administration services fee, calculated as 4 bps of assets under management, from the Investment Manager to FGLIC, in each case pursuant to agreements entered into in connection with the business combination and Share Purchase. The Company and the Investment Manager have agreed that the Investment Manager will forego approximately 30% of the first thirteen months' investment management fee. 

 

(gg) Represents the amortization of contract holder funds resulting from the increase in fair value of reserves upon acquisition of FGL.

 

(hh) Represents the elimination of $28 million of nonrecurring transaction costs included in the historical statements of operations of CF Corp. and FGL that are directly related to the business combination and Share Purchase. The historical statements of operations of FSR include no such costs.

 

  11  

 

 

4. Earnings per Share

 

Represents the net earnings per share calculated using the historical weighted average CF Corp. ordinary shares and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the business combination and Share Purchase, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2016:

 

Combined Pro Forma Basic and Diluted Weighted Average Shares      
Founders shares     30,000,000  
Issued shares as consideration for membership units purchased in IPO     69,000,000  
Share purchases pursuant to forward purchase agreements     51,000,000  
Share purchases pursuant to the equity commitments     36,000,000  
Share purchases by the ROFO participants     20,000,000  
Shares issued pursuant to the GSO and FNF Investment Agreement     8,370,000  
Pro forma weighted average shares (basic and diluted)     214,370,000  

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
2016
   

Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
2017

 
             
Pro forma net income     67       132  
Preferred share interest     28       14  
Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders     39       118  
Basic earnings (loss) per share   $ 0.18     $ 0.55  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share   $ 0.18     $ 0.55  

 

  12  

 

 

5. Estimated Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

 

The preliminary allocation of the consideration to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based on various preliminary estimates. Since this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared based on preliminary estimates, the actual amounts recorded for the acquisition, including the determination of any goodwill or bargain purchase gain recorded as a result of the business combination or Share Purchase, may differ from the information presented.

 

Allocation of consideration

 

    FGL     FSR  
    (in millions)  
Fixed maturity securities, available-for-sale   $ 21,154     $  
Equity securities, available-for-sale     773        
Derivative investments     413        
Commercial mortgage loans     552        
Other invested assets     182        
Related party investments           98  
Total investments     23,074       98  
Related party loans     71        
Funds withheld receivable           1,648  
Cash and cash equivalents     885       29  
Accrued investment income     231        
Reinsurance recoverable     3,415        
Intangibles, net     1,382        
Other assets     176       27  
Total identifiable assets acquired     29,234       1,802  
Contractholder funds     (21,488 )      
Future policy benefits     (3,412 )      
Funds withheld for insurance liabilities     (1,083 )      
Liability for policy and contract claims     (67 )      
Insurance reserves           (1,692 )
Debt     (309 )      
Revolving credit facility     (105 )      
Deferred tax liability, net     (35 )      
Other liabilities     (874 )     (6 )
Net identifiable liabilities acquired     1,861       104  
Bargain purchase gain (1)     (24 )     (39 )
Total gross consideration   $ 1,837     $ 65  

 

(1) The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed related to FGL and FSR exceeded the attributable consideration related to the business combination and Share Purchase. Therefore, bargain purchase gains of $24 million and $39 million, respectively, have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet. This gain has been excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations as it was determined to not have a continuing effect.

 

  13  

 

 

Intangible assets were identified that met either the separability criterion or the contractual-legal criterion described in ASC 805. The distribution network intangible asset represents the value of FGL’s existing distribution network, which was determined using the multi-period excess earnings method based on preliminary forecasts for FGL. The trade name intangible asset represents the Fidelity & Guaranty Life trade name which was valued using the relief-from-royalty method giving consideration to publicly available third-party trade name royalty rates as well as expectations for expected premiums over the anticipated life of the asset. The licenses, which represent FGL’s jurisdictional insurance licenses, were valued using the market approach based on third-party market transactions from which the prices paid for state insurance licenses could be derived. In addition to VOBA recognized on the acquisition ($1.3 billion), described above, the preliminary allocation to other intangible assets is as follows:

 

Intangible assets

 

    Fair Value      
    FGL     FSR     Total     Useful Life
    (in millions)      
Distribution channels   $ 44     $     $ 44     20 years
Trade names     20             20     10 years
Licenses     7             7     indefinite
Total intangible assets   $ 71     $     $ 71      

 

  14